NY-BNK Banking Law NY

Contents

ARTICLE 1 Short Title; Definitions; Miscellaneous Provisions

§ 1 — Short title

Short title. This chapter, together with amendments thereof,

shall be known as the "banking law", and shall be applicable to all

corporations, partnerships and individuals defined in the next section

and to such other corporations, unincorporated associations,

partnerships and individuals as shall subject themselves to special

provisions thereof, or who shall, by violating any of its provisions,

become subject to the penalties provided therein.

§ 2 — Definitions

Definitions. 1. Bank. The term, "bank," when used in this

chapter, unless a different meaning appears from the context, means any

corporation, other than a trust company, organized under or subject to

the provisions of article three of this chapter.

2. Trust company. The term, "trust company," when used in this

chapter, unless a different meaning appears from the context, means any

corporation or limited liability trust company organized under or

subject to the provisions of article three of this chapter, having, in

addition to the other powers specified in such article, the fiduciary

powers specified therein. The definitions set forth in section two-b of

this article shall be utilized when the provisions of this chapter are

applied to the formation and operation of limited liability trust

companies.

3. Private banker. The term, "private banker," when used in this

chapter, means an individual or partnership duly authorized by the

superintendent to engage in the business of a private banker pursuant to

the provisions of article four of this chapter.

4. Savings bank. The term, "savings bank," when used in this chapter,

means any corporation organized under or subject to the provisions of

article six of this chapter. Such term shall include stock-form savings

banks which shall be subject to the provisions of article six of this

chapter to the extent not otherwise provided by the superintendent of

financial services pursuant to regulations promulgated under section

fourteen-e of this chapter.

6. Safe deposit company. The term, "safe deposit company," when used

in this chapter, means any corporation organized under or subject to the

provisions of article eight of this chapter.

7. Licensed lender. The term, "licensed lender," when used in this

chapter, means any person or other entity duly authorized by the

superintendent to engage in business pursuant to the provisions of

article nine of this chapter. The terms, "licensee," and "licensees,"

when used in article nine of this chapter, mean a licensed lender or

licensed lenders.

8. Savings and loan association. The term, "savings and loan

association," when used in this chapter, means any corporation organized

under or subject to the provisions of article ten of this chapter. Such

term shall include stock-form savings and loan associations which shall

be subject to the provisions of article ten of this chapter to the

extent not otherwise provided by the superintendent of financial

services pursuant to regulations promulgated under section fourteen-e of

this chapter.

9. Credit union. The term, "credit union," when used in this chapter,

means any corporation organized under article eleven of chapter six

hundred eighty-nine of the laws of nineteen hundred nine, as amended by

chapter five hundred eighty-two of the laws of nineteen hundred

thirteen, or under article eleven of this chapter. Every such

corporation shall be a non-stock corporation.

10. Investment company. The term, "investment company," when used in

this chapter, means any corporation or limited liability investment

company organized under or subject to the provisions of article twelve

of this chapter. The definitions set forth in section two-a of this

article shall be utilized when the provisions of this chapter are

applied to the formation and operation of limited liability investment

companies.

10-a. Mutual trust investment company. The term "mutual trust

investment company" when used in this chapter, means an investment

company as defined by an act of congress entitled the "Investment

Company Act of 1940", approved August twenty-second, nineteen hundred

forty, as amended, provided that (a) such company is organized under or

subject to the provisions of article twelve-A of this chapter; and (b)

all of the stock and shares, other than stock or shares required by law

to qualify directors of such investment company, are or are to be owned

by trust companies or national banks having trust powers and having

their principal offices within the state of New York or their nominees

or the nominees of such corporate fiduciaries and individual

co-fiduciaries.

11. Banking organizations. The term, "banking organizations," when

used in this chapter, means and includes all banks, trust companies,

private bankers, savings banks, safe deposit companies, savings and loan

associations, credit unions and investment companies.

12. Time deposits. The term, "time deposits," when used in this

chapter, and except as provided otherwise by regulation of the

superintendent of financial services, means all deposits the payment of

which cannot legally be required within fourteen days.

13. Demand deposits. The term, "demand deposits," when used in this

chapter, and except as provided otherwise by regulation of the

superintendent of financial services, means deposits payment of which

can legally be required within fourteen days.

14. Net demand deposits. The term, "net demand deposits," when used in

this chapter, means the total of all deposits, and of all amounts due to

banking corporations and private bankers and of all amounts due on

certified and officers' checks, letters of credit and travelers' checks

sold for cash, and for unpaid dividends, less the following items:

(a) Time deposits;

(b) Amounts due on demand from banking corporations organized under

the laws of the United States or any state of the United States and

private bankers other than a federal reserve bank and reserve

depositaries.

15. Reserves on hand. The term, "reserves on hand," when used in this

chapter, means the reserves against deposits kept in the vault of any

banking organization.

16. Reserves on deposit. The term, "reserves on deposit," when used in

this chapter, means the reserves against deposits maintained with a

federal reserve bank located in this state and with reserve depositaries

by any banking organization, pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.

17. Total reserves. The term, "total reserves," when used in this

chapter, means the aggregate of reserves on hand and reserves on deposit

maintained pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.

18. Reserve depositary. The term, "reserve depositary," when used in

this chapter, means a banking corporation or private banker designated

by the superintendent as a depositary for reserves on deposit.

19. Stockholder. The term, "stockholder," when used in this chapter,

unless otherwise qualified, means a person who appears by the books of a

stock corporation to be the owner and holder of one or more shares of

the stock of such corporation.

20. Shareholder. The term, "shareholder," when used in this chapter,

means a member of a mutual savings and loan association or a member of a

credit union.

21. Population. The term, "population," when used in this chapter,

means population as determined by the latest federal census; or when

used in connection with the words "unincorporated village," as

determined by the superintendent from the best available sources of

information.

22. Capital stock. The term, "capital stock," when used in this

chapter in connection with any stock corporation subject to this

chapter, means the aggregate par value of all outstanding shares of

every class.

24. Deed of trust. The term "mortgage", when used in this chapter,

shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include a deed of trust

securing a loan; provided, however, that in applying the recording

provisions of this chapter in the case of any obligation secured by a

deed of trust, such provisions shall be deemed to require only that such

deed of trust be recorded in the name of the trustee or trustees

thereunder.

25. Bond and mortgage. The term "bond and mortgage", when used in this

chapter, in referring to investments in or loans secured by mortgages on

real estate, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include a

note secured by such mortgage.

26. Minor or infant. The term, "minor" or "infant", when used in this

chapter, shall mean a person who has not attained the age of eighteen

years; provided, however, that such definition shall not be applicable

to any provision relating to the New York Uniform Transfers to Minors

Act.

27. Trust office. The term "trust office", when used in this chapter,

means an office of a trust company at which the activities conducted are

limited to one or more of the fiduciary activities permitted for a trust

company under this chapter and such non-fiduciary activities as may be

ancillary to those activities. A trust office shall not be considered to

be a branch office pursuant to any other provisions of this chapter.

(28) Department. The term "department" means the department of

financial services of this state.

(29) Superintendent. The term "superintendent" means the

superintendent of financial services of this state.

30. Consummation of a mortgage loan. The term "consummation of a

mortgage loan" means, for purposes of the act of congress entitled Truth

in Lending Act and the regulations thereunder and the Real Estate

Settlement Procedures Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations

thereunder, when the applicant for the mortgage loan executes the

promissory note and mortgage including by electronic signature, in

accordance with applicable federal and state laws, rules, and

regulations.

31. Members of a borrower's social network. The term "members of a

borrower's social network" means a group of individuals authorized by a

borrower to be part of his or her social media communications and

network.

§ 2-a — Limited liability investment company; definitions

Limited liability investment company; definitions. When the

provisions of this chapter are applied to the formation and operation of

a limited liability investment company references to:

1. "Board of directors" shall include the managers charged with the

management of a limited liability investment company as set forth in its

articles of organization.

2. "By-laws" shall include the operating agreement of a limited

liability investment company.

3. "Capital stock" shall include the cash and property the members of

a limited liability investment company have contributed to the company,

but shall not include promissory notes, or other obligations to

contribute cash or property or to perform future services.

4. "Corporation" shall include an unincorporated investment company

formed as a limited liability investment company pursuant to the

provisions of article twelve of this chapter.

5. "Director" shall include one of the managers charged with the

management of a limited liability investment company as set forth in its

articles of organization.

6. "Dividend" shall include the distribution of a limited liability

investment company's cash or other assets to its members.

7. "Incorporator" shall include the person or persons who is or are

the organizer or organizers of a limited liability investment company.

8. "Organization certificate" shall include the articles of

organization of a limited liability investment company.

9. "Share" shall include the equity interest of a member of a limited

liability investment company as set forth in the company's articles of

organization or, in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest

represented by a member's right to a proportionate share of the profits

of the company.

10. "Stock" shall include the equity interest represented by the

percentage of the total votes a member may cast as set forth in the

articles of organization of a limited liability investment company or,

in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest represented by a

member's right to a proportionate share of the profits of the company.

11. "Stockholder" shall include a member of a limited liability

investment company who has an equity interest represented by his or her

right to a proportionate share of the profits or capital of the company.

12. "Voting stock" shall include the definition of stock as set forth

in this section.

§ 2-b — Limited liability trust companies; definitions

Limited liability trust companies; definitions. When the

provisions of this chapter are applied to the formation and operation of

a limited liability trust company references to:

1. "Board of directors" shall include the managers charged with the

management of a limited liability trust company as set forth in its

articles of organization.

2. "By-laws" shall include the operating agreement of a limited

liability trust company.

3. "Capital stock" shall include the cash and property the members of

a limited liability trust company have contributed to the company, but

shall not include promissory notes or other obligations to contribute

cash or property or to perform future services.

4. "Corporation" shall include an unincorporated trust company formed

as a limited liability trust company pursuant to the provisions of

article three of this chapter.

5. "Director" shall include one of the managers charged with the

management of a limited liability trust company as set forth in its

articles of organization.

6. "Dividend" shall include the distribution of a limited liability

trust company's cash or other assets to its members.

7. "Incorporator" shall include the person or persons who is or are

the organizer or organizers of a limited liability trust company.

8. "Organization certificate" shall include the articles of

organization of a limited liability trust company.

9. "Share" shall include the equity interest of a member of a limited

liability trust company as set forth in the company's articles of

organization or, in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest

represented by a member's right to a proportionate share of the profits

of the company.

10. "Stock" shall include the equity interest represented by the

percentage of the total votes a member may cast as set forth in the

articles of organization of a limited liability trust company or, in the

absence of such a provision, the equity interest represented by a

member's right to a proportionate share of the profits of the company.

11. "Stockholder" shall include a member of a limited liability trust

company who has an equity interest represented by his, her, or its right

to a proportionate share of the profits or capital of the company.

12. "Voting stock" shall include the definition of stock as set forth

in this section.

§ 4 — Information to be given to social services officials, state department of social services, state department of mental hygiene, the mental...

Information to be given to social services officials, state

department of social services, state department of mental hygiene, the

mental hygiene legal service, representatives of boards of child welfare

and children's court by banking organizations. 1. If requested by an

authorized representative of the state department of mental hygiene, the

mental hygiene legal service, or of the state department of social

services, or by the authorities charged with the duty of administering

laws relating to public assistance or care or hospital care at public

expense in any town, city or county, the officials of any banking

organization shall furnish to such representative such information as

such officials have as to whether any inmate of any state institution,

or any applicant for or any person who is or was a recipient of hospital

care at public expense, or any applicant for or any person who is or was

a recipient of any form of public assistance or care under the social

services law, named in such request or the husband or wife, or other

relative legally responsible for the support of such inmate, applicant,

or recipient has or had funds, securities or other property on deposit

or in the custody of such banking organization, and the amount or

probable value thereof.

2. If requested by an authorized representative of the state office of

temporary and disability assistance, or a social services district child

support enforcement unit established pursuant to section one hundred

eleven-c of the social services law, the officials of any financial

institution, as defined in paragraph one of subdivision (d) of section

four hundred sixty-nine A of the federal social security act, shall

enter into an agreement with the state office of temporary and

disability assistance or a social services district child support

enforcement unit to develop and operate a data match system, using

automated data exchanges to the maximum extent feasible, in which each

such financial institution shall provide for each calendar quarter the

name, record address, social security number or other taxpayer

identification number, and other identifying information for each

individual who maintains a demand deposit account, checking or

negotiable withdrawal order account, savings account, time deposit

account, or money-market mutual fund account at such institution and who

owes past-due support, as identified by the state office of temporary

and disability assistance or a social services district child support

enforcement unit by name and social security number or other taxpayer

identification number. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the

authority of a local social services district support collection unit

pursuant to section one hundred eleven-h of the social services law.

3. No financial institution which discloses information pursuant to

subdivision two of this section, or discloses any financial record to

the state office of temporary and disability assistance or a child

support enforcement unit of a social services district for the purpose

of enforcing a child support obligation of such person, shall be liable

under any law to any person for such disclosure, or for any other action

taken in good faith to comply with subdivision two of this section.

§ 4-a — Banks to display signs

Banks to display signs. Every banking organization having as

its purpose or among its purposes the receipt of deposits, shall

continuously display a sign, or signs, as prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, at each station or window within

the state where deposits are usually and normally received in its

principal place of business and in all its branches indicating whether

deposits are insured, and if insured the name of the insurer and the

extent to which each depositor is insured. Signs in non-insured banking

organizations shall clearly and legibly state "DEPOSITS NOT INSURED",

all in letters of the same size and character. No sign shall appear in

any non-insured bank with regard to insurance or deposits except as

herein prescribed.

§ 4-b — Advertising

Advertising. Every such non-insured banking organization shall

include in all its advertising within the state with reference to

deposit accounts the statement substantially as follows: "DEPOSITS NOT

INSURED". Where such advertising is printed the statement shall be of

such size and print to be clearly legible, all letters in such statement

being of the same size and character. No further reference shall be

contained in the advertising of non-insured banking organizations with

reference to the insurance of depositors which shall tend to be

misleading in connection therewith. The non-English equivalent of the

insurance statement may be used in any advertisement provided that the

entire advertisement is in such language and that the translation has

had the prior approval of the superintendent of financial services.

§ 4-c — Exemptions from certain provisions of chapter

Exemptions from certain provisions of chapter. Any uninsured

banking organization whose assets are in excess of two hundred million

dollars shall be exempt from compliance with the provisions of sections

four-a, four-b and four-c of this chapter unless otherwise directed by

the superintendent.

§ 5 — Loans pursuant to the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944

Loans pursuant to the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944." 1.

Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of

financial services finds to be necessary and proper, (i) any loan at

least twenty per centum of which is guaranteed under title three of an

act of congress entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944,"

may be made or invested in by any banking organization having the power

to make loans, and the savings and loan bank of the state of New York,

and (ii) any bank or trust company may make any loan made on the

security of a loan or loans eligible under the preceding subparagraph

(i), without regard to the limitations and restrictions of this chapter;

provided however, that

(a) No such loan upon the security of real estate shall be made or

invested in if the amount of such loan exceeds the appraised value of

such real estate, as improved or to be improved by the application of

the proceeds of such loan, or if the amount of such loan, when added to

the amount unpaid upon prior mortgages, liens and encumbrances upon such

real estate, exceeds such appraised value. Such appraised value shall be

determined by an appraiser appointed pursuant to policies established by

the board of directors or trustees of the corporation making or

investing in such loan, or, in the case of a private banker, shall be

determined by the private banker or by an appraiser appointed pursuant

to policies established by such private banker;

(b) Each such loan, if secured by real property, shall be subject to

the provisions of this chapter relating to the recording of mortgages

and assignments of mortgages upon real property;

(bb) The requirements of the foregoing paragraphs (a) and (b) shall

not apply when not less than ten such mortgages are assigned as security

for a loan made under paragraph (ii), providing the term of such loan

does not exceed twelve months;

(c) Each such loan shall be subject to the provisions of this chapter

prescribing the maximum limits, in amount, of (1) loans in the aggregate

to, or upon the net liability of, any one individual and (2) loans in

the aggregate secured by real property;

(d) Each such loan made or invested in by a savings bank, a savings

and loan association, or the savings and loan bank of the state of New

York shall be subject to the following additional provisions: (1) a loan

pursuant to section five hundred one, five hundred two or five hundred

three of the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944," for the purpose of

repairing, altering or improving a building or buildings, and a loan

pursuant to section five hundred five (a) of such act, need not be

secured by a lien on real property, but all other loans pursuant to such

act must be secured by a first lien on such property; and (2) in the

case of each loan for the acquisition or benefit of, or secured by, real

property, such real property must, if located without the state of New

York, be located, in the case of a savings bank, within twenty-five

miles of the principal office of such savings bank; in the case of a

savings and loan association, within fifty miles of the principal office

of such association; and, in the case of the savings and loan bank of

the state of New York, within fifty miles of the principal office of

such bank or the principal office of one of its member savings and loan

associations; except that, if the amount of a loan secured by real

property, after deducting therefrom the amount thereof which is

guaranteed pursuant to such act, is in excess of two-thirds of the

appraised value of such real property, as determined in accordance with

paragraph (a) of this subdivision, such real property must be located

within the state of New York and, in the case of a savings bank or a

savings and loan association, within one hundred miles of the principal

office of any such corporation which makes, and any such corporation

which invests in, such loan; and except that, in the case of a loan

pursuant to section five hundred five (a) of such act, the real property

for the acquisition or benefit of which such loan is made may be located

within the applicable and prescribed limits of this chapter as to the

location of real property securing a loan insured by the federal housing

commissioner.

(e) The authority provided in this subdivision to invest in any loan

secured by real property guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the

act of congress entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944",

shall include authority to acquire title to real property in connection

with investing in an installment contract for the sale of real property,

so guaranteed, where the purchaser under such contract is in possession

and control of the property, and title is acquired by the banking

organization solely as security for the obligations of the purchaser.

2. In complying with the provisions of this chapter which prescribe

the maximum limits, in amount, of loans in the aggregate to, or upon the

net liability of, any one individual, and loans in the aggregate secured

by real property, a banking organization or the savings and loan bank of

the state of New York may deduct from the total amount of each loan made

or invested in by it that portion of such loan which is guaranteed

pursuant to the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944", and, in the

case of each loan made or invested in by it which is secured by a loan

which is guaranteed pursuant to said act, may deduct that portion which

is equal to the portion of such security which is so guaranteed.

3. The foregoing provisions of this section shall not apply to loans

insured pursuant to section five hundred eight of the "Servicemen's

Readjustment Act of 1944," but the superintendent of financial services

shall have power to authorize banking organizations and the savings and

loan bank of the state of New York to make and invest in such loans upon

such terms and conditions as it shall prescribe. Nothing contained in

this section shall prevent loans guaranteed or insured pursuant to the

"Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944" from being made or invested in

under, and subject to the limitations and restrictions of, other

provisions of this chapter.

§ 6 — Investment in obligations of housing corporations indirectly guaranteed pursuant to the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944"

Investment in obligations of housing corporations indirectly

guaranteed pursuant to the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944".

Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of

financial services finds to be necessary and proper, any bank, trust

company or savings bank may invest in obligations of any corporation

organized under any law of this state for the purpose of acquiring,

constructing, owning, maintaining, operating, selling or conveying a

housing project or projects (not including hotels but including

accommodations for retail stores, shops, offices and other community

services reasonably incident to such projects) located within this

state, which obligations are (a) secured by a first mortgage lien on

such project, or such part thereof, as was or is to be constructed or

acquired out of the proceeds of such obligations, either directly or by

issue under an indenture of mortgage from such corporation to a

corporate trustee having its principal office in this state, and (b)

guaranteed indirectly through the pledge as security therefor of

obligations directly guaranteed under title three of an act of congress

entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944", in an aggregate

amount equal to at least thirty per centum of the principal amount of

all sums advanced to such corporation under the loan instrument or

indenture during the period of construction and, upon completion, to the

extent of at least forty per centum of the principal amount of such

obligations.

§ 6-a — Investment in obligations of certain persons sixty-five years of age or over incurred to satisfy real property tax indebtedness

Investment in obligations of certain persons sixty-five years

of age or over incurred to satisfy real property tax indebtedness. 1.

Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of

financial services finds to be necessary and proper and notwithstanding

any inconsistent provision of this chapter to the contrary, any bank,

trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association, or life

insurance company authorized to do business in this state may make loans

described in subdivision two of this section.

2. Banking institutions described in subdivision one may make loans

under this section to natural persons aged sixty-five or older subject

to the following conditions:

(a) the principal amount of the loan shall not exceed the aggregate

amount of all real property taxes, special ad valorem levies, and

special assessments paid or owing by the borrower for the current or

prior years or both with respect to real property owned individually or

jointly by such borrower which constitutes the principal residence of

such borrower; provided, however, that the loan agreement may provide

for such principal amount to be modified to include the amount of

additional real property taxes, special ad valorem levies, and special

assessments pertaining to such property as they are incurred; and

(b) such loan shall be secured by a first or second mortgage on the

property which mortgage expressly states in like or similar terms "this

mortgage is given to secure a loan made pursuant to the provisions of

section six-a of the banking law"; and

(c) the annual interest chargeable on such loan shall not exceed the

allowable interest chargeable by such lender to any other person, not

including a corporation, on an obligation secured by a first mortgage

lien; and

(d) a loan which is undertaken pursuant to this section shall not be

payable until the sale or other disposition of such property, provided

however that any borrower may discharge any indebtedness he has

undertaken pursuant to the provisions of this section at any time

without payment of any charges other than principal and interest.

3. Subject to regulations of the superintendent of financial services,

banking institutions described in subdivision one of this section which

make loans pursuant to this section may, pursuant to the loan agreement,

utilize part or all of the proceeds of such loan to make direct payment

of real property taxes, special ad valorem levies, and special

assessments on the property which secures such loan. Any such

institution which retains part or all of the proceeds of such loan for

the purpose of making direct payment of such real property taxes,

special ad valorem levies, and special assessments shall be liable to

such borrower, upon failure to pay such taxes, levies, and assessments

for the amount of such taxes, levies, and assessments plus penalties and

interest imposed thereon.

4. Every banking institution which makes direct payment of real

property taxes, special ad valorem levies, and special assessments

pursuant to subdivision three shall at least annually provide to the

borrower any paid bill it has received for the payment of such taxes,

levies, and assessments. Such bill shall be contained in a succeeding

loan statement as may be sent to such borrower. This section shall not

apply to billings for real property taxes, special ad valorem levies,

and special assessments transmitted by computer tape by a city with a

population of one million or more persons.

§ 6-c — Application forms to be made available; certain cases

Application forms to be made available; certain cases. 1.

Every banking organization which originates loans secured by real

property located in this state shall provide at its principal place of

business and at all its branches except automated teller machines,

point-of-sale terminals or other similar facilities, application forms

for such loans which forms shall be made available upon request.

2. Every such organization shall be required, in such manner as the

superintendent shall determine, to maintain a record of such application

forms returned substantially completed and the last activity had with

respect thereto.

3. Every such organization shall inform any person making inquiry

regarding the origination of loans secured by real property located in

this state that written loan application forms are available at its

principal place of business and at all its branches except automated

teller machines, point-of-sale terminals or other similar facilities.

4. For purposes of this section "a loan secured by real property"

shall include any loan secured by a mortgage or other lien upon real

property including a leasehold estate and any cooperative apartment loan

subject to the provisions of subdivision five of section one hundred

three, subdivision eight-a of section two hundred thirty-five or

subdivision two-a of section three hundred eighty of this chapter.

§ 6-d — Requirement to state in writing reason for denial of mortgage loan

Requirement to state in writing reason for denial of mortgage

loan. Every banking organization and licensed mortgage banker which

originates mortgage loans secured by real property located within New

York state which denies an application for such a loan or makes its

approval of such a loan conditional upon the applicant's agreement to

terms substantially different than those included in or contemplated by

the submitted application shall be required to notify, in writing, any

person or agent who returns a substantially completed written mortgage

loan application form of the reasons for the denial or conditioned

approval.

§ 6-e — Graduated payment mortgages authorized

Graduated payment mortgages authorized. Notwithstanding any

inconsistent provision of this chapter or other law and in addition to

any other power exercisable by it, every banking organization, licensed

mortgage banker, national banking association, federal savings bank,

federal savings and loan association and federal credit union shall have

the power to offer graduated payment mortgages and loans which conform

to the provisions of section two hundred seventy-nine of the real

property law, subject to the rules and regulations prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services.

§ 6-f — Alternative mortgage instruments made by banks, trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions

Alternative mortgage instruments made by banks, trust

companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations and credit

unions. 1. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of this chapter

or any other law of this state, the superintendent of financial services

is authorized to adopt such rules or regulations as shall permit banks,

trust companies, foreign banking corporations licensed to maintain a

branch or agency in this state, savings banks, savings and loan

associations, credit unions and persons and entities engaging in the

business described in section five hundred ninety of this chapter to

make residential mortgage loans and cooperative apartment unit loans

which provide for (a) periodic readjustments of the rate of interest

charged for the loan or successive terms of the loan or (b) terms of

loan which are shorter than the term of the mortgage or (c) repayment of

the principal amount of the loan by regular payments which are not equal

in amount throughout the term of the mortgage or (d) the lender thereof

to receive a share in the future appreciation of the property serving as

security for the loan under the circumstances set forth in the following

sentence or (e) any combination of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of

this subdivision, subject to the provisions of subdivision two of this

section. Where the lender or holder of a residential mortgage loan or

cooperative apartment unit loan enters into a written agreement with the

borrower under which the lender or holder conditionally reduces an

amount of principal of such loan in order to assist a borrower at risk

of foreclosure to avoid such foreclosure, the lender or holder may enter

into a written agreement (a "shared appreciation agreement") with the

borrower under which the lender shall be entitled to share in the

appreciation of the market value of the real property or cooperative

shares and proprietary lease securing such loan between the effective

date of such reduction in principal amount until the date when the

property is sold, provided that the amount the lender is entitled to

receive under such shared appreciation agreement shall be the lesser of

(i) the amount of such reduction in principal, plus interest on such

amount from the date of such reduction to the date of payment at the

same rate of interest as applies to the remaining principal amount of

the residential mortgage loan, and (ii) fifty percent of the amount of

such appreciation. Such amounts shall be payable when the mortgagor

sells the residential real property or cooperative shares and

proprietary lease that secure the loan. Such shared appreciation

agreement shall expressly and conspicuously bear a legend at the top of

the agreement in at least fourteen-point type which shall include the

following: "In this agreement, you are giving away some of any future

increase in value of your home. Please read carefully." For purposes of

this subdivision, the appreciation of the property shall be measured as

the difference, if positive, between the gross sales proceeds (net of

any reasonable real estate commission) of the sale of the property and

the value of the property at the time of the closing of the shared

appreciation mortgage, as determined by an appraisal by an independent

New York state licensed real estate appraiser. Recovery of such

reduction in the principal amount shall not be deemed to be interest for

any purpose of the laws of this state.

Any shared appreciation agreement shall be accompanied by a notice,

which shall be on a separate page from the shared appreciation agreement

and shall contain the following heading in bold, fourteen-point type:

"Important disclosures about the contract in which you agree to give

away a part of any future increase in value of your home. Please read

carefully." The notice shall include the following disclosures:

(1) a statement that the lender will be entitled to share in any

appreciation of the market value of the mortgaged property that occurs

between the time of the loan modification and the time the property is

sold, up to the amount of principal forborne plus interest on such

amount at the applicable rate of interest on the mortgage but in no

event more than fifty percent of the amount of such appreciation, and

providing at least three examples of how such shared appreciation may

affect the borrower at the time the borrower sells the mortgaged

property, such examples to include (A) no appreciation in the value of

the mortgaged property, (B) appreciation of twenty percent and (C)

appreciation of fifty percent;

(2) a statement advising the borrower to seek independent counseling

from a lawyer, a HUD-certified mortgage counselor or a tax advisor

regarding (A) the trade-off between a current reduction in the size of

the mortgage, versus the promise to give up part of the future

appreciation of the home, and (B) the tax consequences of the principal

forgiveness and shared appreciation agreement, and providing a list of

the names and contact information of five HUD-certified mortgage

counselors in the county where the mortgaged property is located or, if

there are fewer than five such counselors in that county, the list may

include counselors in one or more neighboring counties;

(3) a statement on the potential effect of the shared appreciation

agreement on any future refinancing of the mortgage and the potential

effect of any prepayment or refinancing of the mortgage on the

appreciation sharing agreement; and

(4) such other disclosures as the superintendent of financial services

may require.

2. Any rules or regulations which are adopted by the superintendent of

financial services pursuant to subdivision one of this section:

(a) shall provide for disclosures and notices to the borrower with

respect to the terms and conditions of the loan and the mortgage, and

the superintendent of financial services may require the adoption of

uniform disclosure and notice forms for this purpose;

(b) shall provide for the conditions governing renewals of the term of

the loan;

(c) shall not permit any uninsured loan secured by residential real

property to be made in an amount exceeding ninety percent of the

appraised value of the property; and

(d) shall not allow, with respect to any specific alternative mortgage

instrument which permits a periodic readjustment of the rate charged on

the loan, for a greater change in rate than that permitted under federal

law or regulations to federally-chartered banking organizations located

in this state for loans made pursuant to an equivalent alternative

mortgage instrument.

§ 6-g — Override of certain provisions of United States Public Law 97-320

Override of certain provisions of United States Public Law

97-320. 1. The provisions of Title VIII of an act of congress entitled

"Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982", United States

Public Law 97-320, and the preemption of state law provided in section

804 thereof, shall not apply with respect to residential real property

and cooperative apartment unit alternative mortgage transactions subject

to the laws of this state except as provided in this section.

2. With respect to a real property loan secured by a lien on

residential real property containing less than five dwelling units,

including a lien on the stock allocated to a dwelling unit in a

cooperative housing corporation or on a residential manufactured home, a

lender may not exercise its option pursuant to a "due-on-sale" clause

upon:

(a) A transfer by devise, descent, or operation of law on the death of

a joint tenant or tenant by the entirety;

(b) The granting of a leasehold interest of three years or less not

containing an option to purchase;

(c) A transfer to a relative resulting from the death of a borrower;

(d) A transfer where the spouse or children of the borrower become an

owner of the property;

(e) A transfer resulting from a decree of a dissolution of marriage,

legal separation agreement, or from an incidental property settlement

agreement, by which the spouse of the borrower becomes an owner of the

property; or

(f) A transfer into an inter-vivos trust in which the borrower is and

remains a beneficiary and that does not relate to a transfer of rights

of occupancy in the property.

§ 6-h — Reverse mortgage loans authorized

Reverse mortgage loans authorized. Notwithstanding any

inconsistent provision of law, in addition to any other power exercised

by it, every authorized lender, as defined by section two hundred eighty

or two hundred eighty-a of the real property law, shall have the power

to offer reverse mortgage loans (1) which conform to the provisions of

section two hundred eighty or two hundred eighty-a of the real property

law and the rules and regulations promulgated by the superintendent of

financial services; or (2) which conform to the requirements of the

federal housing administration's home equity conversion mortgage

insurance demonstration program for as long as such program exists as

provided for in section 1715Z-20 of title 12 of the United States Code.

"Reverse mortgage" shall mean the mortgage, deed of trust or other

security instrument relating to a particular reverse mortgage loan

transaction.

The proceeds of a reverse mortgage shall not be considered as income

for the purposes of section four hundred sixty-seven of the real

property tax law; provided, however, that monies used to repay a reverse

mortgage may not be deducted from income, and provided additionally that

any interest or dividends realized from the investment of reverse

mortgage proceeds shall be considered income.

§ 6-i — Mortgage loans

Mortgage loans. No person, partnership, corporation, banking

organization, exempt organization as defined in section five hundred

ninety of this chapter or other entity shall make a mortgage loan as

defined in section five hundred ninety of this chapter except in

conformity with the requirements of article twelve-D and in compliance

with such rules and regulations as may be promulgated by the

superintendent of financial services under this section. Nothing in this

section shall be construed to limit or otherwise modify any otherwise

applicable requirement of state or federal law.

§ 6-j — Proof of insurance

Proof of insurance. 1. No exempt organization, as defined in

section five hundred ninety of this chapter, or licensed mortgage banker

which originates mortgage loans shall, at the time of title closing for

a loan secured by a one to four family residential real property, refuse

to accept a binder, issued by an insurer, or a duly authorized

representative of an insurer, licensed to do business in this state, as

evidence that hazard insurance has been procured for the mortgaged

premises. Nothing herein is intended to prohibit the mortgage banker or

exempt organization from requiring the borrower to also furnish a

receipt indicating that the annual or installment premium on such

insurance policy has been paid.

2. As used in this section, "binder" means a written document (a)

which includes the name and address of the insured and any additional

named insureds, mortgagees, or lienholders; a description of the

property insured; a description of the nature and amount of coverage

which shall be deemed to include the terms of the standard fire

insurance policy except as conspicuously noted on the binder; the

identity of the insurer and of the authorized representative executing

the binder; the effective date of coverage; the binder number or the

policy number where applicable to a policy extension, and (b) which

temporarily obligates the insurer to provide that insurance coverage

pending issuance of the insurance policy. The cancellation of such a

binder shall be governed at the minimum by the provisions of the

standard fire insurance policy and the provisions of the insurance law

applicable thereto.

§ 6-k — Real property insurance escrow accounts

Real property insurance escrow accounts. 1. Definitions. When

used in this section: (a) "Mortgage investing institution" means any

bank, trust company, national bank, savings bank, savings and loan

association, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan association,

private banker, credit union, federal credit union, investment company,

pension fund, licensed mortgage banker or any other entity which

maintains a real property insurance escrow account for real property

located in this state.

(b) "Mortgagor" means a person having title to and occupying a one to

four family residence which is located in this state and is subject to a

mortgage.

(c) "Real property insurance" means a policy of insurance issued, or

issued for delivery in this state, on a risk located or resident in this

state insuring the following contingency: loss or damage (including but

not limited to loss or damage on account of fire) to real property used

predominantly for residential purposes and consists of not more than

four dwelling units, other than motels or hotels.

(d) "Real property insurance escrow account" means an account

established by contract between a mortgagor of real property improved by

a one to four family residence and the mortgage investing institution

having a mortgage thereon, into which the mortgage investing institution

shall deposit money collected from the mortgagor for the purpose of

paying real property insurance premiums.

(e) "One to four family residence" means property used primarily for

residential purposes for one to four families, including property held

in condominium form of ownership, and which is occupied in whole or in

part by the owner.

2. Duties and responsibilities of mortgage investing institutions. (a)

Every mortgage investing institution shall make all payments for

insurance for which they hold real property insurance escrow accounts in

a timely manner.

(b) Every mortgage investing institution shall pay at least the

minimum rate of interest on each real property insurance escrow account

as prescribed therein.

(c) Every mortgage investing institution shall deposit funds from a

real property insurance escrow account of a mortgagor in a banking

institution whose deposits are insured by a federal agency or a licensed

branch of a foreign banking corporation whose deposits are insured by a

federal agency. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this

subdivision, the superintendent shall have the power to exempt from the

requirements of this subdivision any banking organization which does not

receive deposits or share accounts from the general public.

(d) A mortgage investing institution may debit a mortgagor's real

property insurance escrow account for payments of insurance premiums

only if actual payment for such premiums is made within twenty-one days

after such debit.

(e) Every mortgage investing institution shall, at least annually,

provide to the mortgagor an analysis of the real property insurance

escrow account of the mortgagor. Such analysis shall contain, for the

twelve month period covered by the analysis, at least: (1) interest

earned; (2) the amount of insurance premiums paid from the real property

insurance escrow account; and (3) the account balance as of the

beginning of the period covered by the analysis and the ending account

balance as of a specified date within forty-five days preceding the date

of the analysis. In addition, the mortgage investing institution shall,

upon request by the mortgagor, provide to the mortgagor the date or

dates of the payment of insurance premiums from such real property

insurance escrow account. The information required by this paragraph may

be provided in notices otherwise required by federal or state law,

regulation or rule to be sent on at least an annual basis to the

mortgagor, including but not limited to notices under title three-A of

the real property tax law.

(f) The mortgage investing institution shall provide a written

disclosure, in at least eight point bold face type, to the mortgagor

with respect to the real property insurance escrow account. Such

disclosure shall be provided at the time of the establishment of the

real property insurance escrow account. In the case of accounts already

in existence on the effective date of this act, such disclosure shall be

provided to the mortgagor with the next annual analysis required by

paragraph (e) of this subdivision. The disclosure shall contain

substantially the following language:

(i) The mortgage investing institution is obligated to make all

payments for real property insurance for which the real property

insurance escrow account is maintained. If any such payments are not

timely, the mortgage investing institution is responsible for making

such payments including any penalties and interest and shall be liable

for all damages to the mortgagor resulting from its failure to make

timely payment.

(ii) In the event that a real property insurance premium notice is

sent directly to the mortgagor by the insurer, the mortgagor shall have

the obligation to promptly transmit such premium notice to the mortgage

investing institution, or such other institution or agent as may be

designated in writing by the mortgage investing institution, for

payment. Failure to do so may jeopardize the mortgagor's insurance

coverage and may excuse the mortgage investing institution from

liability for failure to timely make such real property insurance

payments.

(iii) The mortgagor is obligated to pay one-twelfth of the real

property insurance premiums each month to the mortgage investing

institution for deposit into the real property insurance escrow account,

unless there is a deficiency or surplus in the account, in which case a

greater or lesser amount may be required.

(iv) If the mortgage investing institution is subject to the

provisions of paragraph (c) of this subdivision, the mortgage investing

institution must deposit the escrow payments made by the mortgagor in a

banking institution or a licensed branch of a foreign banking

corporation whose deposits are insured by a federal agency.

(g) Every mortgage investing institution shall provide written notice

to a mortgagor no later than ten business days after the transfer to

another mortgage investing institution of the right to receive all

payments from the mortgagor, including payments made into the real

property insurance escrow account, which notice shall include the name,

address and telephone number of the mortgage investing institution to

which such rights have been transferred. Upon request by the mortgagor,

the mortgage investing institution shall advise the mortgagor of the

amount of money in such account as of the date of such transfer. Every

mortgage investing institution shall remain fully liable to pay any real

property insurance premiums which are due and payable prior to the date

of such transfer, and the mortgage investing institution to which such

rights have been transferred shall be liable to pay any real property

insurance premiums which are due and payable after the date of such

transfer, unless otherwise agreed among the parties to the transfer.

(h) Every mortgage investing institution shall, no later than thirty

days after the final payment of the mortgage loan, where the mortgagor

retains ownership of the property, send to the mortgagor a written

statement that shall include, but not be limited to the following

information: (i) that the real property insurance escrow account has

been or will be terminated (whichever is applicable); and (ii) that

unless the mortgagor establishes a new real property insurance escrow

account with a mortgage investing institution, the mortgagor will be

obliged to pay to the appropriate insurer real property insurance

premiums becoming due thereafter. The written notice shall also set

forth the effective date of the termination and shall provide the name

and address of each insurer and shall advise the mortgagor to contact

such insurer for billing information.

3. Mailing or delivery of bills to mortgage investing institutions. A

mortgagor who has entered into a real property insurance escrow account

may designate, in writing, a mortgage investing institution, and its

successors, agents or assigns to receive premium notices for real

property insurance. The mortgage investing institution shall advise the

insurer in writing within fifteen days after the termination of such

escrow account and shall inform the insurer that all future premium

notices should be sent directly to the insured. The mortgage investing

institution shall, upon the request of the insurer, provide any document

that clearly evidences its authorization to receive insurance premium

notices or obligation to pay real property insurance premiums.

4. Payments by mortgage investing institutions. A mortgage investing

institution may pay the real property insurance premiums due on more

than one parcel by a single instrument, provided that the mortgage

investing institution also provides to the insurer a detailed list of

the specific parcels to which the instrument is to be applied, each

parcel identification number (if any) and the amount of the real

property insurance premium to be paid with respect to each parcel.

5. Liabilities of mortgage investing institutions. (a) A mortgage

investing institution which receives moneys from a mortgagor for deposit

into a real property insurance escrow account shall be liable to such

mortgagor, upon failure to pay such real property insurance premiums,

for the amount of the real property insurance premiums plus penalties

and interest imposed thereon.

(b) In addition to any other remedies permitted by law, a mortgagor

whose real property insurance premiums are to be paid by means of a real

property insurance escrow account pursuant to this section may bring an

action against the mortgage investing institution maintaining such

account for the mortgagor under the provisions of this subdivision if

payments for real property insurance premiums have not been made for

thirty days after the date such insurance premiums have become due and

payable. If a court shall find, after considering the circumstances of

the failure of a mortgage investing institution to pay the real property

insurance premium of a mortgagor pursuant to an escrow agreement, that

such failure was due to the negligence or intentional acts of the

mortgage investing institution, its agent, or both, the court may award

the mortgagor injunctive relief and liquidated damages in an amount

equal to three times the real property insurance premium not paid, but

in no event greater than six thousand dollars.

(c) A mortgage investing institution shall be liable to the mortgagor

for all damages and shall bear all responsibility for failure to make

timely payment of insurance premiums.

(d) The mortgage investing institution shall have liability to the

mortgagor under this subdivision only if:

(i) the mortgage investing institution, or such other institution or

agent as designated in writing by the mortgage investing institution,

has received the real property insurance premium notice; and

(ii) the mortgagor has made required payments for deposit into the

real property insurance escrow account.

6. Separability. If any provision of this section or the application

of such provision in certain circumstances shall be held invalid, the

validity of the remainder of this section and its applicability to other

circumstances shall not be affected.

§ 6-l — High-cost home loans

High-cost home loans. 1. Definitions. The following definitions

apply for the purposes of this section:

(a) "Affiliate" means any company that controls, is controlled by, or

is under common control with another company, as set forth in the Bank

Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. § 1841 et seq.), as amended from

time to time.

(b) "Annual percentage rate" means the annual percentage rate for the

loan calculated according to the provisions of the Federal

Truth-in-Lending Act (15 U.S.C. § 1601, et seq.), and the regulations

promulgated thereunder by the federal reserve board (as said act and

regulations are amended from time to time).

(c) "Bona fide loan discount points" means loan discount points

knowingly paid by the borrower funded through any source, for the

purpose of reducing, and which in fact result in a bona fide reduction

of, the interest rate or time-price differential applicable to the loan,

provided that the amount of the interest rate reduction purchased by the

discount points is reasonably consistent with established industry norms

and practices for secondary mortgage market transactions. For purposes

of this section, it shall be presumed that a point is a bona fide loan

discount point if it reduces the interest rate by a minimum of

twenty-five basis points provided all other terms of the loan remain the

same.

(d) A "High-cost home loan" means a home loan in which the terms of

the loan exceed one or more of the thresholds as defined in paragraph

(g) of this subdivision.

(e) "Home loan" means a loan, including an open-end credit plan, other

than a reverse mortgage transaction or a loan made or fully or partially

guaranteed by the state of New York mortgage agency, in which:

(i) The principal amount of the loan at origination does not exceed

the conforming loan size limit (including any applicable special limit

for jumbo mortgages) for a comparable dwelling as established from time

to time by the federal national mortgage association;

(ii) The borrower is a natural person;

(iii) The debt is incurred by the borrower primarily for personal,

family, or household purposes;

(iv) The loan is secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on real estate

improved by a one to four family dwelling, or by a condominium unit, or

by any certificate of stock or other evidence of ownership in, and a

proprietary lease from, a corporation, partnership or other entity

formed for the purpose of cooperative ownership of real estate, in

either case used or occupied or intended to be used or occupied, wholly

or partly, as the home or residence of one or more persons and which is

or will be occupied by the borrower as the borrower's principal

dwelling; and

(v) The property is located in this state.

(f) "Points and fees" means:

(i) All items listed in 15 U.S.C. § 1605(a)(1) through (4), except

interest or the time-price differential;

(ii) All charges for items listed under § 226.4(c)(7) of title 12 of

the code of federal regulations, as amended from time to time, but only

if the lender receives direct or indirect compensation in connection

with the charge or the charge is paid to an affiliate of the lender;

otherwise, the charges are not included within the meaning of the phrase

"points and fees";

(iii) All compensation paid directly or indirectly to a mortgage

broker, including a broker that originates a loan in its own name in a

table-funded transaction, not otherwise included in subparagraphs (i)

and (ii) of this paragraph;

(iv) The cost of all premiums financed by the lender, directly or

indirectly, for any credit life, credit disability, credit unemployment,

or credit property insurance, or any other life or health insurance, or

any payments financed by the lender directly or indirectly for any debt

cancellation or suspension agreement or contract, except that insurance

premiums calculated and paid on a monthly basis shall not be considered

financed by the lender.

(g) "Thresholds" means:

(i) For a first lien mortgage loan, the annual percentage rate of the

home loan at consummation of the transaction exceeds eight percentage

points over the yield on treasury securities having comparable periods

of maturity to the loan maturity measured as of the fifteenth day of the

month immediately preceding the month in which the application for the

extension of credit is received by the lender; or for a subordinate

mortgage lien, the annual percentage rate of the home loan at

consummation of the transaction equals or exceeds nine percentage points

over the yield on treasury securities having comparable periods of

maturity on the fifteenth day of the month immediately preceding the

month in which the application for extension of credit is received by

the lender; as determined by the following rules: if the terms of the

home loan offer any initial or introductory period, and the annual

percentage rate is less than that which will apply after the end of such

initial or introductory period, then the annual percentage rate that

shall be taken into account for purposes of this section shall be the

rate which applies after the initial or introductory period; or

(ii) The total points and fees exceed: five percent of the total loan

amount if the total loan amount is fifty thousand dollars or more; or

six percent of the total loan amount if the total loan amount is fifty

thousand dollars or more and the loan is a purchase money loan

guaranteed by the federal housing administration or the veterans

administration; or the greater of six percent of the total loan amount

or fifteen hundred dollars, if the total loan amount is less than fifty

thousand dollars; provided, the following discount points shall be

excluded from the calculation of the total points and fees payable by

the borrower:

(1) Up to and including two bona fide loan discount points payable by

the borrower in connection with the loan transaction, but only if the

interest rate from which the loan's interest rate will be discounted

does not exceed by more than one percentage point the yield on United

States treasury securities having comparable periods of maturity to the

loan maturity measured as of the fifteenth day of the month immediately

preceding the month in which the application is received;

(2) Any and all bona fide loan discount points funded directly or

indirectly through a grant from a federal, state or local government

agency or 501(c)(3) organization.

(h) "Total loan amount" means the principal of the loan minus those

points and fees as defined in paragraph (f) of this subdivision that are

included in the principal amount.

(i) "Lender" means a mortgage banker as defined in paragraph (f) of

subdivision one of section five hundred ninety of this chapter or an

exempt organization as defined in paragraph (e) of subdivision one of

section five hundred ninety of this chapter.

2. Limitations and prohibited practices for high-cost home loans. A

high-cost home loan shall be subject to the following limitations:

(a) No call provisions. No high-cost home loan may contain a provision

that permits the lender, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the

indebtedness. This provision does not prohibit acceleration of the loan

in good faith due to the borrower's failure to abide by the material

terms of the loan.

(b) No balloon payments. No high-cost home loan may contain a

scheduled payment that is more than twice as large as the average of

earlier scheduled payments, unless such balloon payment becomes due and

payable at least fifteen years after the loan's origination. This

provision does not apply when the payment schedule is adjusted to the

seasonal or irregular income of the borrower.

(c) No negative amortization. No high-cost home loan may contain a

payment schedule with regular periodic payments that cause the principal

balance to increase. A loan is considered to have such a schedule if the

borrower is given the option to make regular periodic payments that

cause the principal balance to increase, even if the borrower is also

given the option to make regular periodic payments that do not cause the

principal balance to increase. This paragraph shall not prohibit

negative amortization as a result of a temporary forbearance sought by a

borrower.

(d) No increased interest rate. No high-cost home loan may contain a

provision which increases the interest rate after default. This

provision does not apply to interest rate changes in a variable rate

loan otherwise consistent with the provisions of the loan documents;

provided that the change in the interest rate is not triggered by the

event of default or the acceleration of the indebtedness.

(e) Limitation on advance payments. No high-cost home loan may include

terms under which more than two periodic payments required under the

loan are consolidated and paid in advance from the loan proceeds

provided to the borrower.

(f) No modification or deferral fees. A lender may not charge a

borrower any fees to modify, renew, extend, or amend a high-cost home

loan or to defer any payment due under the terms of a high-cost home

loan if, after the modification, renewal, extension or amendment, the

loan is still a high-cost loan or, if no longer a high-cost home loan,

the annual percentage rate has not been decreased by at least two

percentage points. For purposes of this paragraph, fees shall not

include interest that is otherwise payable and consistent with the

provisions of the loan documents. This paragraph shall not prohibit a

lender from charging points and fees in connection with any additional

proceeds received by the borrower in connection with the modification,

renewal, extension or amendment (over and above the current principal

balance of the existing high-cost home loan) provided that the points

and fees charged on the additional sum must reflect the lender's typical

point and fee structure for high-cost home loans.

(g) No oppressive mandatory arbitration clauses. No high-cost home

loan may be subject to a mandatory arbitration clause that is

oppressive, unfair, unconscionable, or substantially in derogation of

the rights of consumers.

(h) No financing of insurance or other products sold in connection

with the loan. No high-cost home loan shall finance, directly or

indirectly, any credit life, credit disability, credit unemployment, or

credit property insurance, or any other life or health insurance

premiums, or any payments directly or indirectly for any debt

cancellation or suspension agreement or contract, or any product or

service that is not necessary or related to the high-cost home loan such

as auto club memberships or credit report monitoring, but not including

fees paid to the lender, broker, or closing agent, fees related to the

recording of the mortgage, title insurance or other settlement fees.

Insurance premiums or debt cancellation or suspension fees calculated

and paid on a monthly basis shall not be considered financed.

(i) No "loan flipping". No lender or mortgage broker making or

arranging a high-cost home loan may engage in the unfair act or practice

of "loan flipping". "Loan flipping" is making a home loan to a borrower

that refinances an existing home loan when the new loan does not have a

tangible net benefit to the borrower considering all of the

circumstances, including the terms of both the new and refinanced loans,

the cost of the new loan, and the borrower's situation.

(j) No refinancing of special mortgages. No lender or mortgage broker

making or arranging a high-cost home loan may refinance an existing home

loan that is a special mortgage originated, subsidized or guaranteed by

or through a state, tribal or local government, or nonprofit

organization, which either bears a below-market interest rate at the

time of origination, or has nonstandard payment terms beneficial to the

borrower, such as payments that vary with income, are limited to a

percentage of income, or where no payments are required under specified

conditions, and where, as a result of the refinancing, the borrower will

lose one or more of the benefits of the special mortgage, unless the

lender is provided prior to loan closing documentation by a HUD approved

housing counselor or the lender who originally made the special mortgage

that a borrower has received home loan counseling in which the

advantages and disadvantages of the refinancing has been received.

(k) No lending without due regard to repayment ability. A lender or

mortgage broker shall not make or arrange a high-cost home loan without

due regard to repayment ability, based upon consideration of the

resident borrower or borrowers' current and expected income, current

obligations, employment status, and other financial resources (other

than the borrower's equity in the dwelling which secures repayment of

the loan), as verified by detailed documentation of all sources of

income and corroborated by independent verification. However, a lender

making a high-cost home loan shall benefit from a rebuttable presumption

that the loan was made with due regard to repayment ability if the

lender demonstrates that at the time the loan is consummated, the

resident borrower or borrowers' total monthly debts, including amounts

owed under the loan, do not exceed fifty percent of the resident

borrower or borrowers' monthly gross income; and the lender follows the

residual income guidelines established in 38 C.F.R. § 36.4337(e) and VA

Form 26-6393.

(l) (i) No lending without counseling disclosure and list of

counselors. A lender or mortgage broker must deliver, place in the

mail, fax or electronically transmit the following notice in at least

twelve point type to the borrower at the time of application: "You

should consider financial counseling prior to executing loan documents.

The enclosed list of counselors is provided by the New York State

Department of Financial Services". In the event of a telephone

application, the disclosures must be made immediately after receipt of

the application by telephone. Such disclosure shall be on a separate

form. In order to utilize an electronic transmission, the lender or

broker must first obtain either written or electronically transmitted

permission from the borrower. A list of approved counselors, available

from the New York state department of financial servcies, shall be

provided to the borrower by the lender or the mortgage broker at the

time that this disclosure is given.

(ii) A lender or mortgage broker shall not make or arrange a high-cost

home loan unless either the lender or mortgage broker has given the

following notice in writing to the borrower within three days after

determining that the loan is a high-cost home loan, but no less than ten

days before closing:

"CONSUMER CAUTION AND HOME OWNERSHIP COUNSELING NOTICE

If you obtain this loan, which pursuant to New York State Law is a

High-Cost Home Loan, the lender will have a mortgage on your home. You

could lose your home, and any money you have put into it, if you do not

meet your obligations under the loan.

You should shop around and compare loan rates and fees. Mortgage loan

rates and closing costs and fees vary based on many factors, including

your particular credit and financial circumstances, your earnings

history, the loan-to-value requested, and the type of property that will

secure your loan. The loan rate and fees could vary based on which

lender or mortgage broker you select. Higher rates and fees may be

related to the individual circumstances of a particular consumer's

application.

You should consider consulting a qualified independent credit

counselor or other experienced financial adviser regarding the rate,

fees, and provisions of this mortgage loan before you proceed. The

enclosed list of counselors is provided by the New York State Department

of Financial Services.

You are not required to complete any loan agreement merely because you

have received these disclosures or have signed a loan application. If

you proceed with this mortgage loan, you should also remember that you

may face serious financial risks if you use this loan to pay off credit

card debts and other debts in connection with this transaction and then

subsequently incur significant new credit card charges or other debts.

If you continue to accumulate debt after this loan is closed and then

experience financial difficulties, you could lose your home and any

equity you have in it if you do not meet your mortgage loan obligations.

Your payments on existing debts contribute to your credit ratings. You

should not accept any advice to ignore your regular payments to your

existing creditors."

(m) Financing of points and fees. In making a high-cost home loan, a

lender shall not, directly or indirectly, finance any points and fees as

defined in paragraph (f) of subdivision one of this section, in an

amount that exceeds three percent of the principal amount of the loan.

(n) Restrictions on home improvement contracts. A lender shall not pay

a contractor under a home improvement contract from the proceeds of a

high-cost home loan other than: by an instrument payable to the borrower

or jointly to the borrower and the contractor; or at the election of the

borrower, through a third-party escrow agent in accordance with terms

established in a written agreement signed by the borrower, the lender,

and the contractor prior to the disbursement.

(o) No encouragement of default. In making or arranging a high-cost

home loan, a lender or mortgage broker shall not recommend or encourage

default on an existing loan or other debt prior to and in connection

with the closing or planned closing of a high-cost home loan that

refinances all or any portion of such existing loan or debt.

(p) Prohibited payments to mortgage brokers. In making or arranging a

high-cost home loan, no lender or mortgage broker shall accept or give

any fee, kickback, thing of value, portion, split or percentage of

charges, other than as payment for goods or facilities that were

actually furnished or services that were actually performed. Such

payment must be reasonably related to the value of the goods or

facilities that were actually furnished or services that were actually

performed.

(q) No points and fees when a lender refinances its own high-cost home

loan with a new high-cost home loan. A lender shall not charge a

borrower points and fees in connection with a high-cost home loan if the

proceeds of the high-cost home loan are used to refinance an existing

high-cost home loan held by the lender or an affiliate of the lender.

(r) No prepayment penalties. Notwithstanding paragraph b of

subdivision three of section 5-501 of the general obligations law, no

prepayment penalties or fees shall be charged or collected on a

high-cost home loan. A prepayment penalty in a high-cost home loan shall

be unenforceable.

(s) No yield spread premiums. In connection with the making or

brokering of a home loan, no person may provide, and no mortgage broker

or mortgage lender may receive, directly or indirectly, any compensation

that is based on, or varies with, the terms of any home loan. This

paragraph shall not prohibit compensation based on the principal balance

of the loan.

(t) Mandatory escrow of taxes and insurance. No high-cost home loan

shall be made after July first, two thousand ten unless the lender

requires and collects the monthly escrow of property taxes and hazard

insurance. With respect to a high-cost home loan, a borrower may waive

escrow requirements by notifying the lender in writing after one year

from consummation of the loan. The provisions of this paragraph shall

not apply to a high-cost home loan that is a subordinate lien when the

taxes and insurance are escrowed through another home loan or where the

borrower can demonstrate a record of twelve months of timely payments of

taxes and insurance on a previous home loan.

(u) Mandatory disclosure of taxes and insurance payments. With respect

to a high-cost home loan, the first time a borrower is informed of the

anticipated or actual periodic payment amount in connection with a

first-lien residential mortgage loan for a specific property, the lender

or mortgage broker shall inform the borrower that an additional amount

will be due for taxes and insurance and shall disclose to the borrower

as soon as reasonably possible the approximate amount of the initial

periodic payment for property taxes and hazard insurance.

(v) No teaser rates. No lender or mortgage broker shall make or

arrange a high-cost home loan which has an initial or introductory rate

with a duration of less than six months.

2-a. (a) High-cost home loan mortgages shall include a legend on top

of the mortgage in twelve-point type stating that the mortgage is a

high-cost home loan subject to this section.

(b) The lender shall report both the favorable and unfavorable payment

history of the borrower to a nationally recognized consumer credit

bureau at least annually during such period as the lender holds or

services the high-cost home loan.

3. The provisions of this section shall apply to any person who in bad

faith attempts to avoid the application of this section by any

subterfuge, including but not limited to splitting or dividing any loan

transaction into separate parts for the purpose of evading the

provisions of this section.

4. A lender of a high-cost home loan that, when acting in good faith,

fails to comply with the provisions of this section, will not be deemed

to have violated this section if the lender establishes that either:

(a) Within thirty days of the loan closing and prior to the

institution of any action under this section, the borrower is notified

of the compliance failure, appropriate restitution is made, and whatever

adjustments are necessary are made to the loan to either, at the choice

of the borrower, (i) make the high-cost home loan satisfy the

requirements of this section, or (ii) change the terms of the loan in a

manner beneficial to the borrower so that the loan is no longer a

high-cost home loan subject to the provisions of this section; or

(b) The compliance failure resulted from a bona fide error

notwithstanding the maintenance of procedures reasonably adapted to

avoid such errors and, within sixty days after the discovery of the

compliance failure and prior to the institution of any action under this

section or the receipt of written notice of the compliance failure, the

borrower is notified of the compliance failure, appropriate restitution

is made, and whatever adjustments are necessary are made to the loan to

either, at the choice of the borrower, (i) make the high-cost home loan

satisfy the requirements of this section, or (ii) change the terms of

the loan in a manner beneficial to the borrower so that the loan is no

longer a high-cost home loan subject to the provisions of this section.

Examples of a bona fide error include clerical, calculation, computer

malfunction and programming, and printing errors. An error of legal

judgment with respect to a person's obligations under this section is

not a bona fide error.

5. The attorney general, the superintendent, or any party to a

high-cost home loan may enforce the provisions of this section.

6. A private action against the lender or mortgage broker pursuant to

this section must be commenced within six years of origination of the

high-cost home loan.

7. Any person found by a preponderance of the evidence to have

violated this section shall be liable to the borrower for the following:

(a) actual damages, including consequential and incidental damages;

and

(b) statutory damages as follows (i) all of the interest, earned or

unearned, points and fees, and closing costs charged on the loan shall

be forfeited and any amounts paid shall be refunded; except that this

element of statutory damages shall not be awarded for violations of:

(1) paragraph (i) of subdivision two of this section regarding loan

flipping; and

(2) paragraph (k) of subdivision two of this section regarding

ensuring the borrower's ability to repay the loan, so long as the lender

demonstrates that at the time of the loan, it verified by detailed

documentation all sources of the borrower's income and corroborated it

with independent verification; or

(ii) five thousand dollars per violation or twice the amount of points

and fees and closing costs as defined in this section, whichever is

greater, for violations of:

(1) paragraph (i) of subdivision two of this section regarding loan

flipping; and

(2) paragraph (k) of subdivision two of this section regarding

ensuring the borrower's ability to repay the loan, where the borrower is

not entitled to relief under subparagraph (i) of this paragraph.

8. A court may also award reasonable attorneys' fees to a prevailing

borrower.

9. A borrower may be granted injunctive, declaratory and such other

equitable relief as the court deems appropriate in an action to enforce

compliance with this section.

10. Upon a finding by the court of an intentional violation by the

lender of this section, or regulation thereunder, the home loan

agreement shall be rendered void, and the lender shall have no right to

collect, receive or retain any principal, interest, or other charges

whatsoever with respect to the loan, and the borrower may recover any

payments made under the agreement.

11. Upon a judicial finding that a high-cost home loan violates any

provision of this section, whether such violation is raised as an

affirmative claim or as a defense, the loan transaction may be

rescinded. Such remedy of rescission shall be available as a defense

without time limitation.

12. The remedies provided in this section are not intended to be the

exclusive remedies available to a borrower of a high-cost home loan.

13. In any action by an assignee to enforce a loan against a borrower

in default more than sixty days or in foreclosure, a borrower may assert

any claims in recoupment and defenses to payment under the provisions of

this section and with respect to the loan, without time limitations,

that the borrower could assert against the original lender of the loan.

14. The provisions of this section shall be severable, and if any

phrase, clause, sentence, or provision is declared to be invalid, or is

preempted by federal law or regulation, the validity of the remainder of

this section shall not be affected thereby. If any provision of this

section is declared to be inapplicable to any specific category, type,

or kind of points and fees, the provisions of this section shall

nonetheless continue to apply with respect to all other points and fees.

§ 6-m — Subprime home loans

Subprime home loans. 1. Definitions. The following definitions

apply for the purposes of this section:

(a) "Annual percentage rate" means the annual percentage rate for the

loan calculated according to the provisions of the Federal

Truth-in-Lending Act (15 U.S.C. § 1601, et seq.), and the regulations

promulgated thereunder by the federal reserve board (as said act and

regulations are amended from time to time).

(b) "Fully indexed rate" means: (i) for an adjustable rate loan based

on an index, the annual percentage rate calculated using the index rate

on the loan on the date the lender provides the "good faith estimate"

required under 12 USC §2601 et seq. plus the margin to be added to it

after the expiration of any introductory period or periods; or (ii) for

a fixed rate loan, the annual percentage rate on the loan disregarding

any introductory rate or rates and any interest rate caps that limit how

quickly the contractual interest rate may be reached calculated at the

time the lender issues its commitment.

(c) "Subprime home loan" means a home loan in which the initial

interest rate or the fully-indexed rate, whichever is higher, exceeds by

more than one and three-quarters percentage points for a first-lien

loan, or by more than three and three-quarters percentage points for a

subordinate-lien loan, the average commitment rate for loans in the

northeast region with a comparable duration to the duration of such home

loan, as published by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (herein

"Freddie Mac") in its weekly Primary Mortgage Market Survey (PMMS)

posted in the week prior to the week in which the lender provides the

"good faith estimate" required under 12 USC §2601 et seq. The term

"subprime home loan" excludes a transaction to finance the initial

construction of a dwelling, i.e., a construction only loan, a temporary

or "bridge" loan with a term of twelve months or less, such as a loan to

purchase a new dwelling where the borrower plans to sell a current

dwelling within twelve months, or a home equity line of credit but shall

include any loan, however structured, that thereafter is converted into

a permanent loan.

(i) The comparable duration for a home loan shall be determined as

follows: for an adjustable or variable home loan with an initial rate

that is fixed for less than three years, the Freddie Mac survey result

for a one-year adjustable rate mortgage; for an adjustable or variable

home loan with an initial rate that is fixed for at least three years,

the Freddie Mac survey result for a five-year hybrid adjustable rate

mortgage; for a fixed rate home loan with a term of fifteen years or

less, the Freddie Mac survey result for a fifteen-year fixed rate

mortgage; and for a fixed rate home loan with a term of more than

fifteen years, the Freddie Mac survey result for a thirty-year fixed

rate mortgage. The superintendent may prescribe by regulation a

different comparable duration standard as necessary or appropriate to

reflect changes in the terms and types of mortgages included in the

Freddie Mac survey.

(ii) Notwithstanding the comparable rates set forth in this paragraph,

and notwithstanding any other law, if the superintendent determines that

by statute, rule or regulation, different thresholds for determining

underwriting standards for subprime loans become applicable to

nationally chartered lending institutions, or the provisions of this

section have had an unduly negative effect upon the availability or

price of mortgage financing in this state, the superintendent may from

time to time designate such other threshold rates as may be necessary to

achieve parity between such nationally chartered institutions and

banking organizations, mortgage banks and mortgage brokers in this state

or to alleviate such unduly negative effects. Such determination shall

promptly be published on the website of the department of financial

services.

(iii) Notwithstanding the thresholds set forth in this paragraph, if a

home loan is insured by the federal housing administration, and if

annual mortgage insurance premiums are collected by the federal housing

administration for the maximum duration permitted under federal statute,

and if such loan is not a Title 1 home improvement loan nor a home

equity conversion mortgage, then the term "subprime home loan" means a

home loan in which the initial interest rate or the fully-indexed rate,

whichever is higher, exceeds by more than two and a half percentage

points for a first-lien loan, or by more than four and a half percentage

points for a subordinate-lien loan, the average commitment rate for

loans in the northeast region with a comparable duration to the duration

of such home loan, as published by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage

Corporation (herein "Freddie Mac") in its weekly Primary Mortgage Market

Survey (PMMS) posted in the week prior to the week in which the lender

provides the "good faith estimate" required under 12 USC §2601 et seq.

(d) "Home loan" means a loan, including an open-end credit plan, other

than a reverse mortgage transaction or a loan made or fully or partially

guaranteed by the state of New York mortgage agency, in which:

(i) The principal amount of the loan at origination does not exceed

the conforming loan size limit (including any applicable special limit

for jumbo mortgages) for a comparable dwelling as established from time

to time by the federal national mortgage association;

(ii) The borrower is a natural person;

(iii) The debt is incurred by the borrower primarily for personal,

family, or household purposes;

(iv) The loan is secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on real estate

improved by a one to four family dwelling, or by a condominium unit, or

by any certificate of stock or other evidence of ownership in, and a

proprietary lease from, a corporation, partnership or other entity

formed for the purpose of cooperative ownership of real estate, in

either case, used or occupied or intended to be used or occupied, wholly

or partly, as the home or residence of one or more persons and which is

or will be occupied by the borrower as the borrower's principal

dwelling; and

(v) The property is located in this state.

(e) "Lender" means a mortgage banker as defined in paragraph (f) of

subdivision one of section five hundred ninety of this chapter or an

exempt organization as defined in paragraph (e) of subdivision one of

section five hundred ninety of this chapter.

(f) "Mortgage broker" means a mortgage broker as defined in paragraph

(g) of subdivision one of section five hundred ninety of this chapter

and a mortgage banker as defined in paragraph (f) of subdivision one of

section five hundred ninety of this chapter, when such mortgage banker

solicits, processes, places or negotiates a mortgage loan for others.

2. Limitations and prohibited practices for subprime home loans. A

subprime home loan shall be subject to the following limitations:

(a) No call provisions. No subprime home loan may contain a provision

that permits the lender, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the

indebtedness. This provision shall not prohibit acceleration of the loan

in good faith due to the borrower's failure to abide by the material

terms of the loan.

(b) No negative amortization. No subprime home loan may contain a

payment schedule with regular periodic payments that cause or may cause

the principal balance to increase. A loan is considered to have such a

schedule if the borrower is given the option to make regular periodic

payments that cause the principal balance to increase, even if the

borrower is also given the option to make regular periodic payments that

do not cause the principal balance to increase. This paragraph shall not

prohibit negative amortization as a result of a temporary forbearance

sought by a borrower.

(c) No increased interest rate. No subprime home loan may contain a

provision which increases the interest rate after default. This

provision shall not apply to interest rate changes in a variable rate

loan otherwise consistent with the provisions of the loan documents;

provided that the change in the interest rate is not triggered by the

event of default or the acceleration of the indebtedness.

(d) Limitation on advance payments. No subprime home loan may include

terms under which more than two periodic payments required under the

loan are consolidated and paid in advance from the loan proceeds

provided to the borrower.

(e) No modification or deferral fees. A lender may not charge a

borrower any fees to modify, renew, extend, or amend a subprime home

loan or to defer any payment due under the terms of a suprime home loan

if, after the modification, renewal, extension or amendment, the loan is

still a subprime home loan or, if no longer a subprime home loan, the

annual percentage rate has not been decreased by at least two percentage

points. For purposes of this paragraph, fees shall not include interest

that is otherwise payable and consistent with the provisions of the loan

documents. This paragraph shall not prohibit a lender from charging

points and fees in connection with any additional proceeds received by

the borrower in connection with the modification, renewal, extension or

amendment (over and above the current principal balance of the existing

subprime home loan) provided that the points and fees charged on the

additional sum must reflect the lender's typical point and fee structure

for subprime home loans. This paragraph shall not apply if the existing

subprime home loan is in default or is sixty or more days delinquent and

the modification, renewal, extension, amendment or deferral is part of a

work-out process.

(f) No oppressive mandatory arbitration clauses. No subprime home loan

may be subject to a mandatory arbitration clause that is oppressive,

unfair, unconscionable, or substantially in derogation of the rights of

consumers.

(g) No financing of insurance or other products sold in connection

with the loan. No subprime home loan shall finance, directly or

indirectly, any credit life, credit disability, credit unemployment, or

credit property insurance, or any other life or health insurance

premiums, or any payments directly or indirectly for any debt

cancellation or suspension agreement or contract, or any product or

service that is not necessary or related to the home loan such as auto

club memberships or credit report monitoring, but not including fees

paid to the lender, broker, or closing agent, fees related to the

recording of the mortgage, title insurance or other settlement fees.

Insurance premiums or debt cancellation or suspension fees calculated

and paid on a monthly basis shall not be considered financed.

(h) No "loan flipping". No lender or mortgage broker making or

arranging a subprime home loan may engage in the unfair act or practice

of "loan flipping". "Loan flipping" is making a home loan to a borrower

that refinances an existing home loan when the new loan does not have a

tangible net benefit to the borrower considering all of the

circumstances, including the terms of both the new and refinanced loans,

the cost of the new loan, and the borrower's situation.

(i) No refinancing of special mortgages. No lender making a subprime

home loan may refinance an existing home loan that is a special mortgage

originated, subsidized or guaranteed by or through a state, tribal or

local government, or nonprofit organization, which either bears a

below-market interest rate at the time of origination, or has

nonstandard payment terms beneficial to the borrower, such as payments

that vary with income, are limited to a percentage of income, or where

no payments are required under specified conditions, and where, as a

result of the refinancing, the borrower will lose one or more of the

benefits of the special mortgage, unless the lender is provided prior to

loan closing documentation by a HUD approved housing counselor or the

lender who originally made the special mortgage that the borrower has

received home loan counseling about the advantages and disadvantages of

the refinancing.

(j) No lending without providing information on the availability of

counseling. A lender or mortgage broker must deliver, place in the mail,

fax or electronically transmit the following notice in at least twelve

point type to the borrower of a subprime home loan at the time of

application: "You should consider financial counseling prior to

executing loan documents. The enclosed list of counselors is provided by

the New York State Department of Financial Services." In the event of a

telephone application, the disclosures must be made immediately after

receipt of the application by telephone. Such disclosure shall be on a

separate form. In order to utilize an electronic transmission, the

lender or broker must first obtain either written or electronically

transmitted permission from the borrower. A list of approved counselors,

available from the New York state department of financial services,

shall be provided to the borrower by the lender or the mortgage broker

at the time that this disclosure is given.

(k) No encouragement of default. In making or arranging a subprime

home loan, a lender or mortgage broker shall not recommend or encourage

default on an existing loan or other debt prior to and in connection

with the closing or planned closing of the subprime home loan that

refinances all or any portion of such existing loan or debt.

(l) Prohibited payments to mortgage bankers and brokers. In making or

arranging a subprime home loan, no lender, mortgage banker or mortgage

broker shall accept or give any fee, kickback, thing of value, portion,

split or percentage of charges, other than as payment for goods or

facilities that were actually furnished or services that were actually

performed. Such payment must be reasonably related to the value of the

goods or facilities that were actually furnished or services that were

actually performed.

(m) No prepayment penalties on subprime home loans. No prepayment

penalties or fees shall be charged or collected on a subprime home loan.

A prepayment penalty in a subprime home loan shall be unenforceable.

(n) No yield spread premiums. In connection with the making or

brokering of a home loan, no person may provide, and no mortgage broker

or mortgage lender may receive, directly or indirectly, any compensation

that is based on, or varies with, the terms of any home loan. This

paragraph shall not prohibit compensation based on the principal balance

of the loan.

(o) Mandatory escrow of taxes and insurance. No subprime home loan

shall be made after July first, two thousand ten unless the lender

requires and collects the monthly escrow of property taxes and hazard

insurance. With respect to a subprime home loan, a borrower may waive

escrow requirements by notifying the lender in writing after one year

from consummation of the loan. The provisions of this paragraph shall

not apply to a subprime home loan that is a subordinate lien when the

taxes and insurance are escrowed through another home loan or where the

borrower can demonstrate a record of twelve months of timely payments of

taxes and insurance on a previous home loan.

(p) Mandatory disclosure of taxes and insurance payments. With respect

to a subprime home loan, the first time a borrower is informed of the

anticipated or actual periodic payment amount in connection with a

first-lien residential mortgage loan for a specific property, the lender

or mortgage broker shall inform the borrower that an additional amount

will be due for taxes and insurance and shall disclose to the borrower

as soon as reasonably possible the approximate amount of the initial

periodic payment for property taxes and hazard insurance.

(q) No teaser rates. No lender or mortgage broker shall make or

arrange a subprime home loan which has an initial or introductory rate

with a duration of less than six months.

3. Certain loan provisions rendered void. Any provision in a subprime

home loan that violates subdivision two of this section shall be

rendered void.

4. Ability to repay. No lender or mortgage broker shall make or

arrange a subprime home loan unless the lender or mortgage broker

reasonably and in good faith believes at the time of the loan closing

that one or more of the borrowers, when considered individually or

collectively, has the ability to repay the loan according to its terms

and to pay applicable real estate taxes and hazard insurance premiums.

If a lender or mortgage broker making or arranging a subprime home loan

knows that one or more home loans secured by the same real property will

be made contemporaneously to the same borrower with the subprime home

loan being made or arranged by that lender or mortgage broker, the

lender or mortgage broker making or arranging the subprime home loan

must document the borrower's ability to repay the combined payments of

all loans on the same real property.

(a) A lender or mortgage broker's analysis of a borrower's ability to

repay a subprime home loan according to the loan terms and to pay

related real estate taxes and insurance premiums shall be based on a

consideration of the borrower's credit history, current and expected

income, current obligations, employment status, and other financial

resources other than the borrower's equity in the real property that

secures repayment of the subprime home loan.

(b) In determining a borrower's ability to repay a subprime home loan,

the lender or mortgage broker shall take reasonable steps to verify the

accuracy and completeness of information provided by or on behalf of the

borrower using tax returns, payroll receipts, bank records, reasonable

alternative methods, or reasonable third-party verification.

(c) In determining a borrower's ability to repay a subprime home loan

according to its terms when the loan has an adjustable rate feature, the

lender or mortgage broker shall calculate the monthly payment amount for

principal and interest by assuming (i) the loan proceeds are fully

disbursed on the date of the loan closing, (ii) the loan is to be repaid

in substantially equal monthly amortizing payments of principal and

interest over the entire term of the loan, with no balloon payment, and

(iii) the interest rate over the entire term of the loan is a fixed rate

equal to the higher of the initial interest rate or the fully indexed

rate at the time of the loan closing, without considering any initial

discounted rate.

(d) A lender or mortgage broker's analysis of a borrower's ability to

repay a subprime home loan may utilize reasonable commercially

recognized underwriting standards and methodologies, including automated

underwriting systems, provided the standards and methodologies comply

with the provisions of this section.

5. Required legend. Subprime home loan mortgages shall include a

legend on top of the mortgage in twelve-point type stating that the

mortgage is a subprime home loan subject to this section.

6. Evasion of statutory requirements. The provisions of this section

shall apply to any person who attempts to avoid the application of this

section by any subterfuge, including but not limited to, splitting or

dividing any loan transaction into separate parts for the purpose of

evading the provisions of this section.

7. Good faith errors. A lender of a subprime home loan that, when

acting in good faith, fails to comply with the provisions of this

section, shall not be deemed to have violated this section if, prior to

the institution of any action and before the borrower is prejudiced, the

lender notifies the borrower of the compliance failure, appropriate

restitution is made, and whatever adjustments that are necessary are

made to the loan to make the loan satisfy the requirements of this

section.

8. Enforcement. The attorney general or the superintendent may enforce

the provisions of this section.

9. Damages. Any person found by a preponderance of the evidence to

have violated this section shall be liable to the borrower of a subprime

home loan for actual damages.

10. Attorneys fees. A court may also award reasonable attorneys' fees

to a prevailing borrower in a foreclosure action.

11. Equitable relief. A borrower may be granted injunctive,

declaratory and such other equitable relief as the court deems

appropriate in an action to enforce compliance with this section.

12. Remedies not exclusive. The remedies provided in this section are

not intended to be the exclusive remedies available to a borrower of a

subprime home loan.

13. Defense to foreclosure. In any action by a lender or assignee to

enforce a loan against a borrower in default more than sixty days or in

foreclosure, a borrower may assert as a defense, any violation of this

section.

14. Severability. The provisions of this section shall be severable,

and if any phrase, clause, sentence, or provision is declared to be

invalid, or is preempted by federal law or regulation, the validity of

the remainder of this section shall not be affected thereby. If any

provision of this section is declared to be inapplicable to any specific

category, type, or kind of points and fees with respect to a home loan,

the provisions of this section shall nonetheless continue to apply with

respect to all other points and fees.

§ 6-n — Responsibility of banks for mortgages being processed for modification

Responsibility of banks for mortgages being processed for

modification. 1. If a mortgage that is the subject of an application for

a modification of the mortgage terms is sold or transferred during the

modification process, the bank or financial institution selling or

transferring such mortgage shall provide the borrower with a written

list of all documents relating to such application for modification that

were provided to the bank or financial institution to which such

mortgage was sold or transferred.

2. If a borrower has been approved in writing for a first lien loan

modification or other modification to avoid foreclosure, and the

servicing of such borrower's loan is transferred or sold to another

mortgage servicer, the subsequent mortgage servicer shall assume all

duties and obligations related to any previously approved first lien

loan modification or other foreclosure prevention alternative in

accordance with the provisions of this section.

§ 6-o — Single point of contact for modifying delinquent home loans

* § 6-o. Single point of contact for modifying delinquent home loans.

1. A lender shall provide to a borrower who is thirty or more days

delinquent on his or her home loan with such lender and who chooses to

pursue a loan modification or other foreclosure prevention alternative,

a single point of contact for the borrower to reach the lender regarding

pursuing a loan modification. If at any time the contact information

provided to the borrower changes, a notification of such change shall be

provided by the lender to the borrower within five business days of such

change. The duties imposed on a lender by this section may also be

performed by a mortgage servicer acting on behalf of such lender.

2. The single point of contact required by this act shall be

responsible for the following:

(a) communicating information regarding options the borrower may have

for modifying his or her delinquent home loan;

(b) assisting the borrower with identifying documents necessary for

pursuing a loan modification; and

(c) providing accurate information regarding the status of a

borrower's loan modification application should such borrower choose to

apply for a modification.

3. The single point of contact required by this section shall remain

assigned to the borrower's account until such time as the lender

determines that all loss modification options have been exhausted or

until the borrower's account becomes current.

4. For the purposes of this section, "home loan" shall have the same

meaning as defined in paragraph (e) of subdivision one of section six-l

of this article.

5. The superintendent of financial services is hereby authorized to

establish rules and regulations as he or she may deem necessary for the

single point contact required by this section.

* NB There are 2 § 6-o's

§ 6-p — Loan counseling for mortgages guaranteed by the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944

Loan counseling for mortgages guaranteed by the Servicemen's

Readjustment Act of 1944. Every mortgage lending institution and

mortgage banker which originates loans secured by real property used for

residential purposes located in this state which are to be guaranteed

under the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944 shall provide a separate

disclosure form with each application stating that a veteran seeking a

housing loan under chapter 37 of title 38 of the United States Code has

been offered loan counseling services. Such loan counseling services

shall be provided by the department of veterans' services under section

twenty-nine-a of the veterans' services law upon request of an

applicant. The disclosure form required by this section shall be signed

by each applicant and shall include information detailing how to access

such counseling services.

§ 7 — Payment of dividends or interest upon unclaimed deposits or shares; limitation of charges in connection with savings accounts

Payment of dividends or interest upon unclaimed deposits or

shares; limitation of charges in connection with savings accounts. 1. No

banking organization or foreign banking corporation transacting business

in this state shall discontinue the payment of dividends or interest on

any deposit made with such organization or corporation, or reduce the

rate at which dividends or interest is paid, solely because such deposit

is inactive or unclaimed, except that payment of dividends or interest

may be discontinued for the period following June thirtieth of the year

in which the deposit is paid to the state comptroller pursuant to

section three hundred three of the abandoned property law. A share

issued by a savings and loan association or by a credit union shall be

deemed a deposit for the purposes of this section.

2. No banking organization or foreign banking corporation transacting

business in this state shall impose any service charge on an inactive

savings account which is higher than the service charge imposed by such

organization or corporation on an active savings account; provided,

however, that a banking organization or foreign banking corporation may

impose a reasonable charge on an inactive savings account for costs

related to or incurred as a result of the payment or delivery of

abandoned property to the state comptroller pursuant to the abandoned

property law.

3. The superintendent of financial services may promulgate such

regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper to implement and

define the provisions of this section.

§ 8 — Deposits by custodian designated by administrator of veterans' affairs, or by person certified by social security administration

Deposits by custodian designated by administrator of veterans'

affairs, or by person certified by social security administration. When

any deposit shall be made for the benefit of an individual by the person

who has been designated the custodian of such individual by the

administrator of veterans' affairs pursuant to the provisions of title

thirty-eight, United States code, "Veterans' Benefits", as amended, or

when a deposit shall be made for the benefit of an individual by a

person who has been certified by the social security administration as

the person to whom payment for the benefit of such individual should be

made pursuant to the provisions of an act of congress entitled the

"Social Security Act", the deposit, together with any interest or

dividends credited thereon, may be paid to such custodian or his

successor designated by the administrator of veterans' affairs or to

such person or his successor certified by the social security

administration, and the receipt or acquittance of such custodian or

person or such successor shall be a valid and sufficient release and

discharge to the depositary for any payment so made.

§ 9 — Checks drawn against corporate funds or payable to corporations; no notice of defense against or claim to check

Checks drawn against corporate funds or payable to corporations;

no notice of defense against or claim to check. Notwithstanding section

3-304 of the uniform commercial code, the drawing of a check by an

officer or agent of a corporation against the account of, or in the name

of the corporation, whether the check is drawn against an account in the

name of the corporation, or in the name of such officer or agent of the

corporation as such, to himself as payee, or the endorsement of a check

in the name of the corporation, to himself as endorsee, and in either

case the cashing of such check or the deposit thereof to the credit of

his personal account, shall not constitute notice to a private banker,

banking organization or branch of a foreign banking corporation of any

defense against or claim to the check on the part of any person,

provided that the private banker, banking organization or branch has on

file an authorization from the corporation showing that the officer or

agent is authorized on behalf of the corporation to perform any of the

above acts for unlimited or limited amounts, and that the amount of the

check does not exceed the maximum limits of the amount so contained in

the authorization so filed for the officer or agent when such a

limitation is contained therein.

§ 9-a — Defense of ultra vires

Defense of ultra vires.

No act of a corporation formed under this chapter, or of a corporation

formed under any other statute or special act having as its purpose or

among its purposes a purpose for which a corporation may be formed under

this chapter, and no transfer of real or personal property to or by such

a corporation, otherwise lawful, shall be invalid by reason of the fact

that the corporation was without capacity or power to do such act or to

make or receive such transfer, but such lack of capacity or power may be

asserted:

1. In an action by a stockholder or member against the corporation to

enjoin the doing of any act or the transfer of real or personal property

by or to the corporation. If the unauthorized act or transfer sought to

be enjoined is being, or is to be, performed or made under any contract

to which the corporation is a party, the court may, if all of the

parties to the contract are parties to the action and if it deems the

same to be equitable, set aside and enjoin the performance of such

contract, and in so doing may allow to the corporation or to the other

parties to the contract, as the case may be, such compensation as may be

equitable for the loss or damage sustained by any of them from the

action of the court in setting aside and enjoining the performance of

such contract; provided that anticipated profits to be derived from the

performance of the contract shall not be awarded by the court as a loss

or damage sustained.

2. In an action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a

judgment in its favor against an incumbent or former officer or director

of the corporation for loss or damage due to his unauthorized act.

3. In an action or special proceeding by the superintendent or the

attorney-general to annul or dissolve the corporation or to enjoin it

from the doing of unauthorized business.

§ 9-b — Actions or special proceedings by superintendent or attorney-general

Actions or special proceedings by superintendent or

attorney-general.

1. In addition to any action or special proceeding which may be

maintained by either of them under any other section of this chapter,

the superintendent or the attorney-general may maintain an action or

special proceeding:

(a) To annul the corporate existence or dissolve a corporation formed

under any article of this chapter or formed under any other statute or

special act having as its purpose or among its purposes a purpose for

which a corporation may be formed under this chapter that has acted

beyond its capacity or power or to restrain it from the doing of

unauthorized business.

(b) To annul the corporate existence or dissolve any such corporation

that has not been duly formed.

(c) To restrain any person or persons from acting as such a

corporation within this state without being duly incorporated or from

exercising in this state any corporate rights, privileges or franchises

not granted to them by the law of the state.

(d) To dissolve a corporation under section nine-c.

2. In any action or special proceeding brought under this section:

(a) If an action, it is triable by jury as a matter of right.

(b) The court may confer immunity in accordance with the provisions of

section 50.20 of the criminal procedure law.

(c) A temporary restraining order to restrain the commission or

continuance of the unlawful acts which form the basis of the action or

special proceeding may be granted upon proof, by affidavit, that the

defendant or defendants have committed or are about to commit such acts.

Application for such restraining order may be made ex parte or upon such

notice as the court may direct.

(d) When final judgment in such action or special proceeding is

rendered against the defendant or defendants, the court may direct the

costs to be collected by execution against any or all of the defendants

or by order of attachment or other process against the person of any

director or officer of a corporate defendant.

(e) In connection with any such proposed action or special proceeding

the superintendent or the attorney-general may take proof and issue

subpoenas in accordance with the civil practice law and rules.

§ 9-c — Superintendent's or attorney-general's action for judicial dissolution

Superintendent's or attorney-general's action for judicial

dissolution.

1. The superintendent or the attorney-general may bring an action for

the dissolution of a corporation formed under any article of this

chapter or formed under any other statute or special act having as its

purpose or among its purposes a purpose for which a corporation may be

formed under this chapter upon one or more of the following grounds:

(a) That the corporation procured its formation through fraudulent

misrepresentation or concealment of a material fact.

(b) That the corporation has exceeded the authority conferred upon it

by law, or has violated any provision of law whereby it has forfeited

its charter, or carried on, conducted or transacted its business in a

persistently fraudulent or illegal manner, or by the abuse of its powers

contrary to the public policy of the state has become liable to be

dissolved.

2. An action under this section is triable by jury as a matter of

right.

3. The enumeration in subdivision one of grounds for dissolution shall

not exclude actions or special proceedings by the superintendent, the

attorney-general or other state officials for the annulment or

dissolution of a corporation for other causes as provided in this

chapter or in any other statute of this state.

§ 9-d — Enforcement of section two hundred ninety-six-a of the executive law

Enforcement of section two hundred ninety-six-a of the

executive law. In addition to the powers conferred upon the

superintendent of financial services by this chapter, he shall enforce

section two hundred ninety-six-a of the executive law by taking such

action as is therein authorized.

§ 9-f — Geographic discrimination in making mortgage loans prohibited

Geographic discrimination in making mortgage loans prohibited.

1. No banking institution as such term is defined in this section shall

refuse to make a prudent loan upon the security of real property or

otherwise discriminate with respect thereto because of the geographic

location of such property if such property is located within the

geographic area ordinarily serviced by such bank or within the community

within which the principal or any branch office of such banks is

located. A violation of the provisions of this subdivision shall be

subject to the applicable provisions of sections thirty-nine and

forty-four of this chapter.

2. Any person who makes application for such a loan and is refused

such loan may request the superintendent to review the denial of such

application. If the superintendent determines that such loan was prudent

and was denied in violation of subdivision one hereof, the

superintendent shall certify such determination to the state of New York

mortgage agency created pursuant to title seventeen of article eight of

the public authorities law.

3. For the purposes of this section, the term (a) "prudent loan" means

a loan upon the security of real property which is prudent by acceptable

banking standards and is in compliance with all of the provisions of

this chapter and rules and regulations of the superintendent of

financial services; and (b) notwithstanding any other provision of this

chapter or law to the contrary, the term banking institution when used

in this section shall mean and include all banks, trust companies,

savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage

bankers, exempt organizations as defined in article twelve-D of this

chapter and foreign banking corporations whether incorporated,

chartered, organized or licensed under the laws of this state or any

other state or the United States.

4. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision or part of this

section or the application thereof to any person, firm or corporation,

or circumstance shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction

to be invalid or unconstitutional, such judgment shall not affect,

impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be confined (i) in

its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, or part

of this section, or (ii) in its application to the person, firm or

corporation, or circumstance, directly involved in the controversy in

which such judgment shall have been rendered.

§ 9-g — Right of set off

Right of set off. 1. (a) No banking institution shall assert,

claim or exercise any right of set off against any deposit account into

which social security or supplemental security income payments are

deposited pursuant to an agreement with such banking institution which

provides that such payments be deposited directly into such deposit

account without presentation to the depositor at the time of deposit.

(b) No banking institution shall assert, claim or exercise any right

of set off against any payments referred to in subdivision (p) of

section fifty-two hundred five of the civil practice law and rules.

2. No banking institution shall assert, claim or exercise any right of

set off against any other deposit account held by such banking

institution unless, prior to or on the same business day of such action,

notice of the set off together with the reasons for the set off are

mailed to the depositor.

3. Failure to provide the notice required by this section shall not be

deemed to affect the validity of the right of set off.

4. "Banking institution" as used in this section shall have the same

meaning as used in section nine-f of this chapter.

5. "Depositor" as used in this section shall include shareholders in

state and federal savings and loan associations and state and federal

credit unions.

6. "Deposit account" as used in this section shall include shares and

share accounts of state and federal savings and loan associations and

state and federal credit unions.

7. If any provision of this section, or the application of such

provision to any bank, trust company, national bank, savings bank,

federal mutual savings bank, savings and loan association, federal

savings and loan association, credit union, federal credit union or

branch of a foreign banking corporation, shall be held invalid, the

remainder of this section, and the application of such section to banks,

trust companies, national banks, savings banks, federal mutual savings

banks, savings and loan associations, federal savings and loan

associations, credit unions, federal credit unions or branches of

foreign banking corporations other than those to which it is held

invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

§ 9-h — Imposition of service charges prohibited

Imposition of service charges prohibited. No banking

organization shall impose any service charge with respect to any deposit

account as a result of the loss of a check or money which is properly

deposited with the banking organization by delivery to an employee of

the banking organization for credit to the deposit account and for which

a written receipt is issued by the employee.

§ 9-i — Close-out fees prohibited in certain cases

* § 9-i. Close-out fees prohibited in certain cases. No banking

institution, as that term is defined in section nine-f of this chapter,

shall charge its customers a fee for the withdrawal of all funds from

any account resulting in the closing of such account provided that such

account was opened for a period of at least one hundred eighty

consecutive days prior to its closing.

* NB There are 2 § 9-i's

§ 9-j — Disposal of records; customer accounts

Disposal of records; customer accounts. 1. Every banking

institution, which for purposes of this section means a bank, trust

company, savings bank, savings and loan association, licensed foreign

banks and credit unions, with respect to written records no longer

required or needed to be retained which contain information relating to

an identified customer or an identified customer's depository or loan

account, shall in disposing of such records provide procedures and

processes reasonably calculated to assure destruction or disposal in a

manner which prevents subsequent unauthorized review or reuse of the

record.

2. The superintendent shall enforce the provisions of this section by

appropriate rules, regulations and orders.

§ 9-k — Sale of education loans

Sale of education loans. 1. "Banking institution" as used in

this section shall mean and include all banks, trust companies, savings

banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions and foreign banking

corporations whether incorporated, chartered, organized or licensed

under the laws of this state or any other state or the United States.

2. "Lender" as used in this section shall mean and include:

(a) a national or state chartered bank, mutual savings bank, savings

and loan association, or credit union that:

(1) is subject to examination and supervision in its capacity as a

lender by an agency of the United States or of the state in which its

principal place of operation is established; and

(2) does not make or hold loans to students under the federal

guaranteed student loan program that total more than one-half of its

consumer credit loan dollar volume, including home mortgages, unless it

is a bank that is wholly owned by a state; or

(b) a pension fund as defined in the federal employees retirement

income security act; or

(c) an insurance company that is subject to examination and

supervision by an agency of the United States or a state; or

(d) in any state, a single agency of the state or a single private

nonprofit agency designated by the state; or

(e) for purposes only of purchasing and holding loans made by other

lenders under the federal guaranteed student loan program, the student

loan marketing association or an agency of any state functioning as a

secondary market.

3. "Guaranteed education loan" as used in this section shall mean and

include any loan made for the purpose of financing higher education

which is made under the authority of Part B of Title IV of the Higher

Education Act of 1965 as amended or under the authority of section six

hundred eighty of the education law.

4. Whenever a banking institution or other eligible lender as such

terms are defined in this section sells a guaranteed education loan to

another banking institution or eligible lender, such selling institution

shall notify the borrower in writing within fifteen days of such sale.

Such notice shall include the name and address of the institution which

has purchased such loan. The selling institution shall also notify the

New York state higher education services corporation or other guarantor

of such sale. Notice shall include:

(a) the name and address of the institution which has purchased the

loan; and

(b) the name, address and social security number of the borrower and

the borrower's account number.

§ 9-m — Return of checks

Return of checks. Any banking institution as that term is

defined in section nine-f of this chapter, except a credit union, and

any other financial institution which offers consumer accounts, meaning

accounts established by natural persons primarily for personal, family

or household purposes, which can be accessed by check, negotiable order

of withdrawal, or other similar written instrument, shall offer a

consumer account on which the cancelled checks, negotiable orders of

withdrawal, or other similar instruments drawn on that account are

returned to the customer with a periodic statement of the account.

§ 9-n — Trust accounts; address of beneficiary

Trust accounts; address of beneficiary. 1. Every banking

institution, which for the purposes of this section means a bank, trust

company, savings bank, savings and loan association, licensed foreign

bank or credit union, which shall hold accounts by depositors in such

depositor's own name and, further, in trust for a third party

beneficiary or beneficiaries, shall make a written record of the address

of any such beneficiary or beneficiaries at the time a trust account is

established.

2. The superintendent shall enforce the provisions of this section by

appropriate rules, regulations and orders.

§ 9-o — Mortgage loans; disclosure form

Mortgage loans; disclosure form. 1. For the purpose of this

section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) "Mortgage lending institution" shall mean an insurance company,

banking organization, foreign banking corporation licensed by the

superintendent or the comptroller of the currency, to transact business

in this state, national bank, federal savings bank, federal savings and

loan association, federal credit union, or any bank, trust company,

savings bank, savings and loan association, or credit union organized

under the laws of any other state, or any instrumentality created by the

United States or any other state, with the power to make mortgage loans.

Mortgage lending institution shall include a subsidiary of such entity.

(b) "Mortgage banker" shall mean a person or entity who or which is

licensed pursuant to section five hundred ninety-one of this chapter to

make mortgage loans in this state.

2. Every mortgage lending institution and mortgage banker which

originates loans secured by real property used for residential purposes

located in this state shall provide a separate disclosure form with each

application that shall contain a provision stating whether the interest

rate of such loan shall be the interest rate in effect at the time of

application, the time of commitment, the time of closing or at such

other period of time as shall be determined by the lending institution.

The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate rules and

regulations to implement the provisions of this section.

§ 9-p — Acceptance of certain checks for deposit

Acceptance of certain checks for deposit. No banking

institution as that term is defined in section nine-f of this chapter

shall, as a policy or general practice, refuse to accept as a deposit

made with a teller by an account holder a check for the sole reason that

it contains two endorsements. Nothing contained herein shall prevent a

banking institution from requiring the approval of an officer or manager

as a condition of accepting a check with two endorsements for deposit or

from refusing to accept a deposit of a check with two endorsements that

is not made with a teller.

§ 9-r — Geographic restrictions

Geographic restrictions. 1. No banking institution shall have a

policy or general practice of refusing to open a deposit account solely

on the basis of the geographic location of the depositor's residence or

place of business; provided that the banking office at which the

depositor seeks to open the account is within the county or, in the case

of a county wholly contained within a city, the city in which such

residence or place of business is located. For purposes of this section,

"banking institution" means any bank, trust company, savings bank,

savings and loan association, or branch of a foreign banking corporation

the deposits of which are insured by the federal deposit insurance

corporation, which is incorporated, chartered, organized or licensed

under the laws of this state or any other state or the United States.

2. Nothing herein contained shall prevent a banking institution from

requiring any person applying for a deposit account to demonstrate that

the residence or place of business of such person is located within the

same county or city, or prevent a banking institution from taking

actions necessary to verify such person's residence or place of

business, so as to avoid being considered in violation of any law of the

United States or of this state which has as its purpose the prevention

of money laundering or other criminal or fraudulent acts, including,

without limitation, 12 USC § 1829b (Bank Secrecy); 18 USC § 1341 (Frauds

and Swindles); 18 USC § 1342 (Fictitious Name or Address); 18 USC § 2113

(Bank Robbery and Incidental Crimes); 31 USC § 5311 through § 5326

(Records and Reports on Monetary Instruments Transactions).

§ 9-s — Preauthorized electronic fund transfers

Preauthorized electronic fund transfers. 1. Every banking

institution which provides preauthorized electronic fund transfers from

consumer accounts shall, in accordance with regulations adopted by the

superintendent of financial services, provide consumers with the right

to stop payment by giving written or oral notice within a specified

period of time prior to such transfer. For purposes of this section,

"banking institution" shall mean any state or federally chartered bank,

trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association or credit

union, and "consumer account" shall mean an account used primarily for

personal, family or household purposes.

2. No agreement for preauthorized electronic fund transfers entered

into on or after January first, two thousand thirteen shall permit or

require the transfer from a consumer account of any funds as a penalty

or a final payment after the consumer has given written or oral notice

to stop payment to his or her financial institution.

3. Any banking institution which complies with the stop payment

provisions of the federal Electronic Funds Transfer Act, as such act may

be amended from time to time, and any regulations adopted pursuant

thereto, shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this

section.

§ 9-t — Unsolicited mail-loan checks

Unsolicited mail-loan checks. 1. For purposes of this section,

the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) "lending institution" shall mean a licensed lender or a state or

federally chartered bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan

association or credit union.

(b) "mail-loan check" shall mean a check, made out to and mailed to a

person by a lending institution, which, when cashed or deposited by such

person, obligates such person to repay to such lending institution the

amount of the proceeds of such check according to terms mailed to such

recipient with such check.

2. Any lending institution which issues mail-loan checks shall:

(a) include on the face of each check issued to a non-customer a

written statement, in legible type reading "ONE FORM OF VALID

PHOTOGRAPHIC ID NEEDED TO CASH OR DEPOSIT"; provided, however, that any

entity cashing or accepting a mail-loan check for deposit may require

more than one form of identification;

(b) make no reference on the outside of the envelope containing a

mail-loan check that indicates that a check is enclosed within such

envelope;

(c) provide that all mail-loan checks shall be non-transferable; and

(d) include the transaction fee and interest rate and an expiration

date of not more than six months on the mail-loan check, as well as any

additional information that the superintendent may require.

3. No lending institution shall issue a mail-loan check, except in

response to a request or application therefor.

4. Failure to destroy or return a mail-loan check shall not constitute

acceptance of the check.

5. Any lending institution which mails a mail-loan check in violation

of the provisions of this section shall be liable for a civil penalty

not to exceed five hundred dollars for each such violation.

§ 9-u — ATM transactions by persons using foreign bank accounts

ATM transactions by persons using foreign bank accounts. 1.

Subject to the requirements of section three hundred ninety-nine-y of

the general business law, as added by chapter four hundred ninety-five

of the laws of nineteen hundred ninety-nine, an agreement to operate or

share an automated teller machine shall not have the effect of

prohibiting, limiting or restricting the right of the operator or owner

of the automated teller machine to charge a customer who is conducting a

transaction using an account from a financial institution that is

located outside the United States an access fee or surcharge not

otherwise prohibited under state or federal law.

2. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit or otherwise

limit the ability of an operator or owner of an automated teller machine

to voluntarily enter into an agreement regarding participation in a

surcharge free network.

§ 9-v — Savings promotion prize giveaway

Savings promotion prize giveaway. A banking organization

organized under or subject to the provisions of this chapter, federal

credit union, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan

association, or national bank association may conduct a savings

promotion in accordance with the provisions of this section, to the

extent it is not prohibited by federal law or regulation.

1. Definitions. As used in this section the following terms shall have

the following meanings:

a. The term "savings promotion" means a contest or promotion sponsored

by a banking organization, federal credit union, federal savings bank,

federal savings and loan association, or national bank association in

which a chance of winning designated prizes is obtained by its

depositors for the purposes of encouraging depositors to build and

maintain savings deposits.

b. The term "qualifying account" means a savings account, share

account, share certificate, or other savings product or program offered

by a banking organization, federal credit union, federal savings bank,

federal savings and loan association, or national bank association

through which depositors may obtain chances to win prizes in a savings

promotion.

c. The term "non-qualifying account" means a savings account, share

account, certificate of deposit, or other savings product or program

offered by a banking organization, federal credit union, federal savings

bank, federal savings and loan association, or national bank association

that is not a qualifying account.

2. Rules of operation. a. Participants in a savings promotion shall

not be required to provide any consideration in order to obtain entries

to win. For purposes of this paragraph, participants shall not be deemed

to have provided consideration due to the requirement that they deposit

money in a qualifying account to obtain entries to win, so long as: (i)

the interest rate associated with any such qualifying account is not

reduced when compared with other comparable non-qualifying accounts

offered by any banking organization, federal credit union, federal

savings bank, federal savings and loan association or national bank

association, to account for the possibility of depositors winning

specified prizes; and (ii) no banking organization, federal credit

union, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan association, or

national bank association may charge a fee for entry. All fees charged

in connection with such qualifying account shall be comparable with all

fees charged in connection with other comparable non-qualifying

accounts, if any, offered by any banking organization, federal credit

union, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan association, or

national bank association.

b. A savings promotion shall be conducted such that each entry in the

savings promotion has an equal chance of being drawn.

c. Participants in a savings promotion shall not be required to be

present at a prize drawing in order to win.

d. The offering of a savings promotion shall be subject to section

three hundred sixty-nine-e of the general business law in the same

manner as other promotions regulated thereunder. For purposes of the

general business law and the penal law, a savings promotion offered in

accordance with this chapter shall not be deemed to entail consideration

or the promotion of gambling or a lottery.

§ 9-w — Standard financial aid award letter

Standard financial aid award letter. The superintendent of

financial services in consultation with the president of the higher

education services corporation shall develop a standard financial aid

award letter which shall clearly delineate (a) the estimated cost of

attendance, including but not limited to, the cost of tuition and fees,

room and board, books, and transportation. Such standard letter shall

provide the estimated cost of attendance for the current academic year

as well as estimates for each academic year that the student would need

to attend to earn a degree at such institution with a disclaimer that

the cost of attendance for years other than the current academic year

are estimates and may be subject to change, (b) all financial aid

offered from the federal government, the state, and the institution with

an explanation as to which components will require repayment, (c) any

expected student and/or family contribution, (d) net costs, defined as

an estimate of the costs of attendance after financial aid which does

not require repayment, (e) campus-specific graduation, median borrowing,

and loan default rates, (f) options for loans which do require

repayment, and (g) any other information as determined by the

superintendent in consultation with the president. Such standard letter

shall include a glossary of standard terms and definitions used on such

standard letter. The superintendent shall publish and make available

such standard letter by December thirty-first, two thousand fifteen and

thereafter. Each college, vocational institution, and any other

institution that offers an approved program as defined in section six

hundred one of the education law shall utilize the standard letter

issued by the department of financial services in responding to all

undergraduate financial aid applicants for the two thousand sixteen--two

thousand seventeen academic year and thereafter. The superintendent

shall promulgate regulations implementing this section.

§ 9-x — Mortgage forbearance

* § 9-x. Mortgage forbearance. 1. As used in this section, the

following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) "Covered period" means March 7, 2020 until the later of December

31, 2021 or the date on which none of the provisions that closed or

otherwise restricted public or private businesses or places of public

accommodation, or required postponement or cancellation of all

non-essential gatherings of individuals of any size for any reason in

Executive Orders 202.3, 202.4, 202.5, 202.6, 202.7, 202.8, 202.10,

202.11, 202.13 or 202.14, as extended by Executive Orders 202.28 and

202.31 and as further extended by any future Executive Order, issued in

response to the COVID-19 pandemic continue to apply in the county of the

qualified mortgagor's residence;

(b) "qualified mortgagor" means an individual (i) whose primary

residence is located in New York and is encumbered by a home loan

pursuant to paragraph (a) of subdivision six of section thirteen hundred

four of the real property actions and proceedings law or whose primary

residence is located in New York and is a co-operative unit whose shares

are encumbered by any loan otherwise meeting the requirements of a home

loan under paragraph (a) of subdivision six of section thirteen hundred

four of the real property actions and proceedings law, from or serviced

by a regulated institution; and (ii) who demonstrates financial hardship

as a result of COVID-19 during the covered period;

(c) "regulated institution" means any New York regulated banking

organization as defined in this chapter and any New York regulated

mortgage servicer entity subject to supervision by the department; and

(d) "trial period plan" means an agreement whereby the mortgagor is

required to make trial payments in full and on-time in order to be

considered for a permanent loan modification.

2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, New York regulated

institutions shall:

(a) make applications for forbearance of any payment due on a

residential mortgage of a property located in New York widely available

to any qualified mortgagor who, during the covered period, is in arrears

or on a trial period plan, or who has applied for loss mitigation; and

(b) grant such forbearance of all monthly payments due with respect to

the mortgage secured by the qualified mortgagor's primary residence in

New York for a period of up to one hundred eighty days to any such

qualified mortgagor, with the option to extend the forbearance of such

monthly payments for up to an additional one hundred eighty days

provided that this extension is subject to the mortgagor demonstrating

continued financial hardship. If any qualified mortgagor has already

received a forbearance pursuant to executive order 202.9 of two thousand

twenty, the time of such forbearance shall be considered as part of the

requirement of this section to provide a forbearance of up to one

hundred eighty days, and any extension thereof pursuant to this section.

(c) Such forbearance may be backdated to March seventh, two thousand

twenty, provided that the maximum length of the forbearance may be no

longer than one hundred eighty days and any extension thereof pursuant

to this section.

3. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any mortgage

forbearance granted by a regulated institution pursuant to executive

order number 202.9 of two thousand twenty, this section, or 3 NYCRR Part

119 to a qualified mortgagor as a result of financial hardship shall be

subject to the following provisions:

(a) the mortgagor shall have the option to extend the term of the loan

for the length of the period of forbearance. The regulated institution

shall not charge additional interest or any late fees or penalties on

the forborne payment; or

(b) the mortgagor shall have the option to have the arrears

accumulated during the forbearance period payable on a monthly basis for

the remaining term of the loan without being subject to penalties or

late fees incurred as a result of the forbearance; or

(c) the mortgagor shall have the option to negotiate a loan

modification or any other option that meets the changed circumstances of

the qualified mortgagor; or

(d) if the mortgagor and regulated institution cannot reasonably agree

on a mutually acceptable loan modification, the regulated institution

shall offer to defer arrears accumulated during the forbearance period

as a non-interest bearing balloon loan payable at the maturity of the

loan, or at the time the loan is satisfied through a refinance or sale

of the property. Any late fees accumulated as a result of the

forbearance shall be waived.

(e) The exercising of options provided for in paragraph (a), (b), (c)

or (d) of this subdivision by a qualified mortgagor shall not be

reported negatively to any credit bureau by any regulated institution.

4. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, adherence with this

section shall be a condition precedent to commencing a foreclosure

action stemming from missed payments which would have otherwise been

subject to this section. A defendant may raise the violation of this

section as a defense to a foreclosure action commenced on the

defendant's property when such action is based on missed payments that

would have otherwise been subject to this section.

5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this section, this

section shall not apply to, and does not affect any mortgage loans made,

insured, purchased or securitized by any agency or instrumentality of

the United States, any government sponsored enterprise, or a federal

home loan bank, or a corporate governmental agency of the state

constituted as a political subdivision and public benefit corporation,

or the rights and obligations of any lender, issuer, servicer or trustee

of such obligations, including servicers for the Government National

Mortgage Association.

6. Notwithstanding any other provision of law or of this section, the

obligation to grant the forbearance relief required by this section

shall be subject to the regulated institution having sufficient capital

and liquidity to meet its obligations and to operate in a safe and sound

manner. Any regulated institution that determines that it is not able to

offer relief pursuant to this section to any qualified mortgagor must

notify the department within five business days of making such

determination. Any such notice filed with the department shall include

information about the qualified mortgagor, the reason the regulated

institution determined that it was unable to offer any relief pursuant

to this section, information about the regulated institution's financial

condition supporting the regulated institution's determination, and any

other information required by the department. At the same time that the

regulated institution provides notice to the department, it shall advise

the qualified mortgagor that the application for relief was denied and

provide a statement that the applicant may file a complaint with the New

York state department of financial services at 1-800-342-3736 or

http://www.dfs.ny.gov if the applicant believes the application was

wrongly denied.

* NB There are 2 § 9-x's

§ 9-y — Order of payment of checks and other debits, insufficient funds charges and return deposit item charges

Order of payment of checks and other debits, insufficient funds

charges and return deposit item charges. 1. Order of paying checks. (a)

Notwithstanding any law, rule or regulation to the contrary, every

banking organization that provides checking services to consumer

accounts shall either pay checks in the order wherein they are received

or pay checks from smallest to largest dollar amount for each business

day's transactions.

(b) If a check is dishonored for insufficient funds and thereafter

smaller checks which could be paid are received, the smaller checks

shall be honored within amounts on deposit in the subject account.

(c) The banking organization shall disclose to consumers in writing

the order in which checks are drawn. The written disclosure shall be

provided to the consumer at the time the account is opened and prior to

any change in such policy.

(d) The superintendent shall promulgate rules and regulations

necessary for the implementation of this section.

2. Regulation of other consumer account transactions and associated

fees. (a) The superintendent shall have the power to prescribe by

regulation:

i. the manner in which banking organizations process debit and credit

transactions, other than those specified in subdivision one of this

section, for consumer accounts maintained at such organization;

ii. the charges that may be imposed in connection with a check drawn

or other written order upon, or electronic transfer sought to be

effectuated against, insufficient funds or uncollected balances in a

consumer account, whether or not the banking organization pays such

check, written order, or electronic transfer;

iii. the charges that may be imposed in connection with a check or

other written order received by a banking organization for deposit or

collection drawn against a consumer account and subsequently dishonored

and returned for any reason by the drawee;

iv. disclosures provided to consumers regarding the processing of

transactions in a consumer account and the associated fees; and

v. alerts, notices, and other disclosures relating to the imposition

or possible imposition of a charge as provided in subparagraphs ii and

iii of this paragraph.

(b) In prescribing regulations regarding the manner in which banking

organizations process debit or credit transactions, or the charges that

may be imposed pursuant to subparagraphs ii or iii of paragraph (a) of

this subdivision, the superintendent shall consider, at a minimum, the

following factors:

i. the cost incurred by the banking organization, in providing any

services associated with such charges;

ii. the competitive position of the banking organization; and

iii. the maintenance of a safe and sound banking organization that

protects the public interest.

3. Definition. As used in this section, "consumer accounts" means

accounts at banking organizations established by natural persons

primarily for personal, family or household purposes.

§ 9-z — Cashing of certain checks

Cashing of certain checks. 1. No bank, trust company, savings

bank, savings and loan association or credit union shall, refuse to cash

a cashier's check, a payroll check, or a certified check in the amount

of five hundred dollars or less, drawn on accounts in such institution

or a branch as long as there are sufficient funds within the account on

which the check is drawn. Such institution may require, as a condition

for cashing such check, that the payee present a valid government-issued

photo identification and matching proof of address such as a bank

statement, utility bill or printed pay stub.

2. If a person presents such forms of identification, as provided in

subdivision one of this section, and a signature or mark, and the insti-

tution refuses to cash the check in the absence of suspected fraudulent

activity, such institution shall be guilty of a violation of this

section and shall be subject to penalties pursuant to section forty-four

of this chapter.

ARTICLE 2 Department of Financial Services; Superintendent of Financial Services; Supervisory and Regulatory Powers

§ 10 — Declaration of policy

Declaration of policy. It is hereby declared to be the policy of

the state of New York that the business of all banking organizations

shall be supervised and regulated through the department of financial

services in such manner as to insure the safe and sound conduct of such

business, to conserve their assets, to prevent hoarding of money, to

eliminate unsound and destructive competition among such banking

organizations and thus to maintain public confidence in such business

and protect the public interest and the interests of depositors,

creditors, shareholders and stockholders.

§ 11 — Department of financial services; official documents; destruction of documents; official communications

Department of financial services; official documents;

destruction of documents; official communications. 1. The department

shall be charged with the execution of the laws relating to the

individuals, partnerships, corporations and other entities to which this

chapter is applicable and shall exercise such powers and perform such

duties as are conferred and imposed upon it by this chapter, or by any

law of this state.

2. (a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) or (c) of this

subdivision, any report expressly required to be rendered to the

superintendent under any provision of this chapter, any report of an

examination made in accordance with any provision of this chapter, and

any oath or declaration of office received by the department shall be

retained in such form and for such period as the superintendent finds

necessary and proper. After such period the superintendent shall

recommend disposal of such material in accordance with the provisions of

the arts and cultural affairs law.

(b) Reports made in accordance with section twenty-eight-b of this

article or pursuant to the rules and regulations of the superintendent

promulgated in connection with assessing a banking organization's record

of performance in meeting the credit needs of local communities within

the meaning of section twenty-eight-b of this article, including reports

expressly required to be rendered to the superintendent and reports of

examinations may be destroyed at the direction of the superintendent and

in accordance with the provisions of the arts and cultural affairs law

after three years from date of receipt thereof, provided any such report

has first been photographed, microphotographed or otherwise reproduced.

Each such reproduction shall be retained in the files of the department

for a period of at least fifteen years from the date of the last

received report, oath or declaration appearing thereon. After the

expiration of such period, such reproduction may be destroyed at the

direction of the superintendent and in accordance with the provisions of

the arts and cultural affairs law. Such reproduction thereof shall be

deemed, for any purpose, the equivalent of the original of such report.

Any such report not so reproduced shall be retained in the files of the

department for a period of at least fifteen years from the date of

receipt thereof, after which it may be destroyed at the direction of the

superintendent and in accordance with the provisions of the arts and

cultural affairs law.

(c) This subdivision shall not apply to any records, documents or

correspondence referred to in subdivision four of section six hundred

twenty-seven of this chapter.

4. Any communication from the department to any person, partnership,

corporation or other entity may contain a direction that such

communication shall be presented to the controlling owners or principal

management of such entity, members of such partnership or to the board

of directors or trustees of such corporation. A communication containing

such direction shall be for the purposes of this chapter an official

communication. The superintendent may, in his or her discretion, notify

in writing each owner or principal manager of such entity, every member

of such partnership and every director or trustee of such corporation of

the sending of such a communication and, in that event the notification

shall state the date of such communication.

§ 12-a — Power of state chartered banking institutions to exercise the rights of counterpart federally chartered banking institutions

* § 12-a. Power of state chartered banking institutions to exercise

the rights of counterpart federally chartered banking institutions. 1.

Definitions. (a) As used in this section, "state chartered banking

institution" shall mean any bank, trust company, private banker, savings

bank, savings and loan association, foreign banking corporation, or

credit union.

(b) As used in this section and as is applicable, "federally chartered

banking institution" shall mean (i) any national banking association

organized pursuant to the National Bank Act of 1864, as amended, (12 USC

21 et seq.); (ii) any federal savings association as such term is

defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, (12 USC

1813(b)(2)); (iii) a federal branch and agency of a foreign bank, as

such terms are defined by the International Banking Act of 1978, as

amended, (122 USC 3101); or (iv) a federal credit union, as such term is

defined by the Federal Credit Union Act, as amended, (12 USC 1752(1)).

(c) As used in this section, "charter" shall mean the organization

certificate or comparable document of a state banking institution, or

the license for a state branch or agency of a foreign banking

corporation, or a similar organizational document for a federal banking

institution or a federal branch or agency, and "chartered" shall mean

the formal act of the state or appropriate federal regulatory agency in

approving and conveying such charter of a banking institution.

(d) As used in this section, "federally permitted power" shall mean

any right, power, privilege or benefit, any activity, or any loan,

investment or transaction which a federally chartered banking

institution directly or through a subsidiary or subsidiaries, may

lawfully exercise or into which it may lawfully engage or enter.

(e) As used in this section "foreign banking corporation" shall mean a

banking corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country and

acting through a branch or agency licensed pursuant to section

twenty-six of this article.

(f) As used in this section, unless the context requires otherwise,

the term "subsidiary" shall have the same meaning as set forth in

subdivision five of section one hundred forty-one of this chapter,

except that (i) any reference therein to "bank holding company" shall be

deemed to refer to a "state chartered banking institution" as defined in

this section, and (ii) with respect to a credit union, the term

"subsidiary" as used in this section shall mean a "credit union

organization".

2. Pursuant to this section and notwithstanding any other provision of

law, except as otherwise provided in its charter, a state-chartered

banking institution may exercise any federally permitted power of its

counterpart federally chartered banking institution as herein set forth:

(a) a bank, private banker, or trust company may exercise any

federally permitted power of a national banking association;

(b) a savings bank or savings and loan association may exercise any

federally permitted power of a federal savings association;

(c) a foreign banking corporation acting through a branch may exercise

any federally permitted power of a foreign bank acting through a federal

branch;

(d) a foreign banking corporation acting through an agency may

exercise any federally permitted power of a foreign bank acting through

a federal agency;

(e) a credit union may exercise any federally permitted power of a

federal credit union.

Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to permit a state

chartered banking institution to exercise any federally permitted power

except in a manner consistent with the following provisions of law, in

each case, as the terms contained in such provisions may be amended from

time to time:

(i) chapter one of the laws of nineteen hundred ninety-four;

(ii) chapter nine of the laws of nineteen hundred ninety-six; and

(iii) sections fourteen-c, twenty-eight-b, thirty-nine and forty-four

of this article, and sections six hundred five through six hundred

thirty-four of this chapter, and with respect to savings banks and

savings and loan associations, respectively, section two hundred forty

and section three hundred ninety-six of this chapter.

3. Except with respect to a federally permitted power approved

pursuant to subdivision four of this section, prior to any state

chartered banking institution initially exercising any federally

permitted power pursuant to this section, such banking institution shall

make an application individually or with one or more state chartered

banking institutions to the superintendent indicating that such

institution or institutions intend to exercise such federally permitted

power and the basis on which such institution or institutions believe

such power is a federally permitted power. The superintendent shall have

one hundred twenty days from receipt of the application to determine

whether it meets the requirements of this section, provided that such

period may be extended for an additional period of time with the written

consent of the applicant or applicants. If such application meets the

requirements of this section, the superintendent shall post such

application upon the bulletin board of the department pursuant to

section forty-two of this article. If such application does not meet the

requirements of this section, the superintendent shall, within ten days

of such determination, notify the applicant or applicants of the reasons

why the application fails to meet the requirements. The superintendent

shall determine, consistent with the standards set forth in subdivision

five of this section, whether to approve such application subject to

such terms and conditions as the superintendent may deem appropriate, in

the superintendent's sole discretion. Such determination, shall be made

by the superintendent within forty-five days after the posting of such

application, provided however that the superintendent may notify the

applicant or applicants that the review of the application shall be

extended for an additional period of time not exceeding sixty days after

the posting of such application, and provided further that such period

of time may be extended for an additional period of time with the

written consent of the applicant or applicants. The superintendent shall

not act upon the application prior to thirty days after such application

has been posted. If the superintendent approves such application, the

superintendent shall, within ten days of approving the application,

notify the applicant or applicants in writing thereof, and the applicant

or applicants may exercise such federally permitted power subject to

such terms and conditions as the superintendent may have approved. If

the superintendent declines such application, the superintendent shall,

within ten days of making such determination, notify the applicant or

applicants in writing thereof. An applicant or applicants may, upon the

superintendent's failure to comply with this section, petition the

superintendent to act upon the application. The failure of the

superintendent to act upon the application or notify the applicant or

applicants, in writing, as to the reasons why action cannot be taken

within thirty days of receipt of such petition shall be deemed a denial

of the application, which shall be subject to judicial review.

Notwithstanding any other law, the superintendent may make the approval

of an application under this section applicable to one or more

additional state chartered banking institutions that are qualified to

exercise the same federally permitted powers as the applicant or

applicants pursuant to subdivision two of this section, subject to such

terms and conditions as the superintendent shall find necessary and

appropriate.

4. Notwithstanding any other law, the superintendent, in the

superintendent's discretion, may, when the superintendent deems it

necessary and appropriate after considering the standards set forth in

subdivision five of this section, by order, authorize one or more state

chartered banking institutions to exercise a federally permitted power,

subject to such terms and conditions as the superintendent shall find

necessary and appropriate. Prior to issuing such order, the

superintendent shall post notice of the superintendent's intention to

issue such order upon the bulletin board of the department pursuant to

section forty-two of this article, and shall not act upon such intention

prior to thirty days after such notice has been posted.

5. Prior to approving any application or proposal pursuant to

subdivision three or four of this section, the superintendent shall make

a finding that the approval of such application or proposal is:

(i) consistent with the policy of the state of New York as declared in

section ten of this article and thereby protects the public interest,

including the interests of depositors, creditors, shareholders,

stockholders and consumers; and

(ii) necessary to achieve or maintain parity between state chartered

banking institutions and their counterpart federally chartered banking

institutions with respect to rights, powers, privileges, benefits,

activities, loans, investments or transactions.

6. A federally permitted power authorized pursuant to this section

shall not exceed and shall be limited by any conditions, qualifications

or restrictions on the same when exercised by a counterpart federally

chartered banking institution of a state chartered banking institution

unless the state chartered banking institution is so authorized by other

New York state law, or a rule, regulation or policy adopted pursuant to

such other New York state law, or by a judicial decision.

Notwithstanding any other law, the superintendent may, at any time,

impose by order any other terms and conditions as he or she finds

necessary and proper including, but not limited to, a requirement that

any federally permitted power authorized by this section be exercised,

conducted or held in a subsidiary of a state chartered banking

institution. In the event that federally chartered banking institutions

located in the state of New York lose the authority to exercise a

federally permitted power, based upon which comparable authority was

granted to the counterpart state chartered banking institutions pursuant

to this section, then unless such authority is authorized by other New

York state law, or a rule, regulation or policy adopted pursuant to such

other New York state law, or by a judicial decision, the authorization

for such state chartered banking institutions pursuant to this section

shall be deemed revoked, provided, however, that any such revocation

shall be subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed upon the

counterpart federally chartered banking institutions or by the

superintendent.

7. (a) In those instances where state chartered banking institutions

are permitted to engage in the business of insurance pursuant to this

section, they shall do so subject to all insurance laws, rules, and

regulations; provided, however, that the superintendent may exempt state

chartered banking institutions from any insurance law, rule or

regulation which has been preempted under federal law, rule or

regulation for federally chartered banking institutions if such law,

rule or regulation has been preempted because it applies to insurance

activities of federally chartered banking institutions and not to those

of other entities.

(b) In those instances where a federally permitted power authorized

pursuant to this section is subject to regulation by an agency, as

defined in subdivision one of section one hundred two of the state

administrative procedure act, other than the superintendent, then when a

state chartered banking institution exercises such federally permitted

power, unless it is so authorized by other New York state law, or a

rule, regulation or policy adopted pursuant to such other New York state

law, or by a judicial decision, it shall do so subject to such

regulation to the same extent and in the same manner as such agency

regulates entities other than state chartered banking institutions,

except to the extent that federally chartered banking institutions are

not subject to such regulation.

(c) Any state chartered banking institution or federally chartered

banking institution and any subsidiary or affiliate thereof which is

licensed to sell insurance in this state shall maintain separate and

distinct books and records relating to its insurance transactions,

including all files relating to and reflecting consumer complaints, and

such insurance books and records shall be made available to the

superintendent for inspection upon reasonable notice.

8. On or before June first of each year, the superintendent shall

submit a report to the governor, the speaker of the assembly, the

temporary president of the senate, the minority leaders of the senate

and assembly, and the chairs and ranking minority members of the senate

and assembly banks committees, which shall include, with respect to the

authority provided for in this section, with respect to the preceding

calendar year, (1) a listing of state chartered banking institutions

that were established, (2) a listing of institutions that have converted

to a federal charter or have been acquired by, or merged with, another

banking institution, (3) the number of New York banking institutions

exercising the insurance activities authorized by this section, (4) the

total number of New York chartered banking institutions located in this

state, and (5) the total amount of assets of such chartered banking

institutions by type.

9. Any rules or regulations promulgated by the banking board pursuant

to former sections fourteen-g and fourteen-h of this chapter prior to

September first, two thousand seven, and any resolutions adopted by the

banking board pursuant to this section after September first, two

thousand seven and before the effective date of the chapter of the laws

of two thousand eleven which amended this subdivision, including any

such rules, regulations and resolutions which in whole or in part impose

conditions, qualifications or restrictions on any federally permitted

powers authorized thereby which exceed the conditions, qualifications or

restrictions imposed on the same when exercised by a federally chartered

banking institution, shall remain in full force and effect on or after

such date, unless any such rule, regulation or resolution is thereafter

superseded, modified, or revoked by the superintendent pursuant to the

provisions of subdivisions three and four of this section.

* NB Repealed September 10, 2029

§ 14 — Additional powers of the superintendent

Additional powers of the superintendent. 1. For the purpose of

effectuating the policy declared in section ten of this article, without

limiting any other powers that the superintendent is permitted by law to

exercise, the superintendent shall have the power to make, alter and

amend orders, rules and regulations not inconsistent with law. Such

orders, rules and regulations shall be brought to the attention of those

affected thereby in a manner prescribed by law. Without limiting the

foregoing power, orders or rules or regulations may be so adopted for

the following specific purposes:

(a) To approve organization certificates and articles of association,

private bankers' certificates and applications of foreign corporations

for licenses to do business in this state, as provided in this article.

(b) To determine the purposes for which and the extent to which

capital notes or debentures shall be considered and treated as capital

stock of corporate banking organizations; but capital notes or

debentures shall not be considered or treated as capital stock for the

purposes of sections one hundred ten and one hundred eleven of this

chapter.

(c) To grant permission to a trust company, including a national bank,

to establish one or more common trust funds upon application and after

inquiry concerning the qualifications of such trust company to maintain

and manage the same, and to regulate the conduct and management of any

common trust fund and for such purpose, but not by way of limitation of

the foregoing power, to prescribe (1) the records and accounts to be

kept of such common trust funds; (2) the procedure to be followed in

adding moneys to or withdrawing moneys or investments from any such

common trust fund; (3) the methods and standards to be employed in

determining the value of such common trust funds and of the assets and

investments thereof; (4) the maximum amount of moneys of any estate,

trust or fund which may be invested in any common trust fund; and (5)

the maximum proportionate share of any such common trust fund which may

be apportioned to any estate, trust or fund; and in connection with such

powers to classify the corporations maintaining such common trust funds

according to the population of the city, town or village in which the

principal offices of such corporations are respectively located and to

prescribe the minimum total of any such common trust fund and the

permissible limits of investment therein in accordance with such

classification.

(cc) To approve the incorporation by or on behalf of trust companies

and national banks with trust powers of a mutual trust investment

company to form a medium for the common investment of funds held by

trust companies, including national banks, acting as executors,

administrators, guardians, inter-vivos or testamentary trustees or

committees or conservators either alone or with individual

co-fiduciaries, and any amendments of the certificate of incorporation

of such mutual trust investment company, and to regulate the conduct and

management of such mutual trust investment company and for such purpose,

but not by way of limitation of the foregoing power, to prescribe (1)

the records and accounts to be kept by such mutual trust investment

company; (2) the procedure to be followed in the sale or redemption of

stocks or shares therein; (3) the methods and standards to be employed

in determining the value of such shares in the mutual trust investment

company and the assets and investments thereof; and (4) the maximum

proportionate shares of any such mutual trust investment company which

may be apportioned or sold to any one trust company or national bank.

(d) To authorize a bank or a trust company to invest in the capital

stock of, or any other equity interest in, any corporation, partnership,

unincorporated association, limited liability company, or other entity

not included among the corporations or other entities for which

investment in the capital stock or other equity interest is expressly

authorized by this chapter.

(e) To authorize a savings bank to invest in the capital stock,

capital notes and debentures of a trust company or other corporation, as

provided in article six of this chapter.

(f) To authorize a savings and loan association to invest in the

capital stock, capital notes and debentures of a trust company or other

corporation, as provided in article ten of this chapter.

(g) To prescribe from time to time: (1) the rates of interest which

may be paid on deposits with any banking organization and with any

branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation; and (2) the rates of

dividends which may be paid on shares of any savings and loan

association or credit union, and to prohibit the payment of such

interest or such dividends by any banking organization or by any branch

of a foreign banking corporation. Interest or dividend rates so

prescribed need not be uniform.

(h) To limit and regulate withdrawals of deposits or shares from any

banking organization, if the superintendent shall find that such

limitation and regulation are necessary because of the existence of

unusual and extraordinary circumstances.

(i) To prescribe from time to time reserves against deposits to be

maintained by banks and trust companies pursuant to article three of

this chapter; provided that no reserve requirement imposed against

either time or demand deposits shall require any bank or trust company

to maintain total reserves in an amount greater than it would be

required to maintain if it were at the time a member of the federal

reserve system; and provided further, however, that a bank or trust

company not a member of the federal reserve system may be authorized to

maintain total reserves against deposits in an amount lower than the

reserves required by article three of this chapter to be maintained,

either in individual cases or by general regulations on such basis as

the superintendent may deem reasonable or appropriate in view of the

character of the business transacted by such bank or trust company.

(j) To grant permission to officers, directors, clerks or employees of

banks and trust companies to engage in the issue, flotation,

underwriting, public sale or distribution at wholesale or retail, or

through syndicate participation of stocks, bonds or other similar

securities, and to revoke such permission, both as provided in this

chapter.

(k) To prescribe the methods and standards to be used (1) in making

the examinations provided for in this chapter, and (2) in valuing the

assets of banking organizations.

(l) To prescribe the form and contents of periodical reports of

condition to be rendered to the superintendent by banks, trust

companies, private bankers and branches of foreign banking corporations,

and the manner of publication of such reports.

(m) To postpone or omit the calling for and rendering of reports

provided for by this chapter if the superintendent shall find that such

postponement or omission is necessary because of the existence of

unusual and extraordinary circumstances.

(n) To define what is an unsafe manner of conducting the business of

banking organizations.

(o) To define what is a safe or unsafe condition of a banking

organization.

(p) To make variations from the requirements of this chapter, provided

such variations are in harmony with the spirit of the law, if the

superintendent shall find that such variations are necessary because of

the existence of unusual and extraordinary circumstances.

(q) To establish safe and sound methods of banking and safeguard the

interests of depositors, creditors, shareholders and stockholders

generally in times of emergency.

(qq) To permit any banking organization, national banking association,

federal mutual savings bank, federal savings and loan association and

federal credit union to offer graduated payment mortgages which shall

conform to the provisions of section two hundred seventy-nine of the

real property law.

(s) To permit authorized lenders, as defined by section two hundred

eighty or two hundred eighty-a of the real property law, to offer

reverse mortgage loans which shall conform to the provisions of section

two hundred eighty or two hundred eighty-a of the real property law.

§ 14-a — Rate of interest; superintendent of financial services to adopt regulations

Rate of interest; superintendent of financial services to

adopt regulations. 1. The maximum rate of interest provided for in

section 5-501 of the general obligations law shall be sixteen per centum

per annum.

2. The rate of interest as so prescribed under this section shall

include as interest any and all amounts paid or payable, directly or

indirectly, by any person, to or for the account of the lender in

consideration for the making of a loan or forbearance as defined by the

superintendent pursuant to subdivision three of this section.

3. The superintendent shall have the power to adopt such regulations

as the superintendent shall deem necessary or proper to implement the

provisions of this section. The superintendent shall make available to

the public copies of all regulations adopted pursuant to this section.

4. Such regulations as shall have been adopted pursuant to the

provisions of this chapter and in effect immediately prior to the

effective date of this section, shall continue in effect until such time

as new regulations shall have been adopted by the superintendent and

shall become effective.

5. Whenever reference is made in this chapter or in any other law,

contract or document to the rate of interest prescribed or to be

prescribed by the superintendent pursuant to this section or any former

section fourteen-a of this chapter, such reference shall be deemed a

reference to the rate of interest prescribed in subdivision one of this

section.

6. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision five of this section,

the rate of interest charged, taken or received on any loan or

forbearance, which would have otherwise been subject to the provisions

of former section fourteen-a of this chapter, made or entered into

between the effective date of this section and the first day of

February, nineteen hundred eighty-one pursuant to a commitment which was

made or entered into prior to the effective date of United States Public

Law 96-161 and which provides for interest at the prevailing rate at the

time of closing shall not exceed the rate of eleven and one-quarter per

centum per annum.

7. Nothing contained in this section nor in any other provision of

this act whereunder this section is added to the banking law shall be

deemed to prohibit the charging of interest at the rates provided or

permitted by United States Public Laws 96-161, 96-221 and 96-399, where

applicable.

§ 14-b — Power of the superintendent of financial services to prescribe minimum rate of interest on mortgage escrow accounts

Power of the superintendent of financial services to prescribe

minimum rate of interest on mortgage escrow accounts. 1. The

superintendent shall have the power to prescribe, from time to time but

not more often than once in every three month period, by regulation a

minimum rate of, and method or basis of computing, interest that a

mortgage investing institution shall be required to pay on each escrow

account maintained with respect to a mortgage on a one to six family

residence occupied by the owner or on any property owned by a

cooperative apartment corporation, as defined in subdivision twelve of

section three hundred sixty of the tax law, (as such subdivision was in

effect on December thirtieth, nineteen hundred sixty), and located in

this state, which rate shall be greater than the rate of interest

required to be paid under section 5-601 or 5-602 of the general

obligations law.

2. In making such determination the superintendent shall consider

pertinent economic and cost factors including, but not limited to: (i)

current yields on short term investments, (ii) current dividend rates

paid on regular savings accounts throughout this state, (iii) currently

prevailing interest rates on conventional and insured or guaranteed

mortgage loans in this state, (iv) cost factors in maintaining escrow

accounts and (v) such other pertinent economic or cost factors that the

superintendent shall deem to be appropriate. Prior to the

superintendent's prescription of any such minimum rate of interest, the

superintendent shall issue a statement in writing setting forth the

economic and cost data and criteria upon which such determination is

based. Prior to making such determination, the superintendent may invite

presentation, by interested persons, of information and data relating to

economic and cost factors relevant to such minimum rate of interest.

3. The superintendent may promulgate such regulations as the

superintendent deems necessary and proper to implement and define the

provisions of this section. The superintendent may prescribe the minimum

rate of interest from time to time, but not more often than once in any

three-month period, and shall provide reasonable notice to the public of

any change in the rate of interest, of the effective date of such

change, which shall be not less than seven days following the adoption

of such change by the superintendent, and of any rule or regulation

adopted pursuant to this subdivision.

4. In no event shall interest be required to be paid on escrow

accounts where (i) there is a contract between the mortgagor and the

mortgage investing institution, entered into before the date this

subdivision shall have become a law which contains an express disclaimer

of an obligation on the part of the mortgage investing institution to

pay interest on such accounts, or (ii) the payment of such interest

would violate any federal law or regulation, or (iii) such accounts are

maintained with a mortgage servicing company, neither affiliated with

nor owned in whole or in part by the mortgage investing institution,

under a written contract, entered into before the date this subdivision

shall have become a law, which contract does not permit the mortgage

investing institution to earn or receive a return from the investment of

such accounts.

5. "Mortgage investing institution" as used in this section and in

section 5-601 or 5-602 of the general obligations law shall mean and

include any bank, trust company, national bank, savings bank, savings

and loan association, federal savings and loan association, private

banker, credit union, investment company, insurance company, pension

fund, mortgage company or other entity which makes, extends or holds a

mortgage on any one to six family residence occupied by the owner or any

property owned by a cooperative apartment corporation, as defined in

subdivision twelve of section three hundred sixty of the tax law, (as

such subdivision was in effect on December thirtieth, nineteen hundred

sixty), and located in this state.

6. "Escrow account" as used in this section and in section 5-601 or

5-602 of the general obligations law shall mean any account established

pursuant to an agreement between a mortgagor and a mortgage investing

institution whereby the mortgagor pays to the mortgage investing

institution or his designee amounts to be used for the payment of

insurance premiums, water rents or any similar charges, and shall also

include real property tax escrow accounts as defined in title three-A of

article nine of the real property tax law.

7. "One to six family residence" as used in this section and in

section 5-601 or 5-602 of the general obligations law shall mean

property used primarily for residential purposes for one to six

families, including property held in condominium form, and which is

occupied in whole or in part by the owner.

8. If any provision of this section, or the application of such

provision to any individual, company, corporation or circumstance, shall

be held invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application of

such section to individuals, companies, corporations, or circumstances

other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected

thereby.

§ 14-c — Power of the superintendent of financial services to prescribe criteria for disclosure of information on savings and time accounts

Power of the superintendent of financial services to prescribe

criteria for disclosure of information on savings and time accounts. 1.

The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate rules and

regulations with respect to the disclosure of information on savings and

time accounts by all banking organizations and out-of-state state banks

authorized to operate and maintain branches pursuant to article five-C

of this chapter. Such rules and regulations shall set forth guidelines

for, but not be limited to the following:

(a) disclosure of the annual rate of simple interest; the effective

annual yield; the formula used in calculating interest; the frequency of

compounding and crediting of interest; date on which a deposit begins to

earn interest; any delay in crediting a deposited instrument; grace

periods for deposits and withdrawals; the minimum balance required to

earn interest; the method of determining the balance on which interest

is paid; the minimum length of time funds must remain on deposit to earn

interest; any fees levied on inactive accounts; any charges, penalties

or other conditions imposed upon withdrawals; any penalties for the

closing of an account before a specific date; and any other fees,

charges or penalties.

(b) form, content and distribution of information.

2. The superintendent of financial services may alter or amend rules

and regulations or promulgate additional rules and regulations as he or

she deems necessary and proper to effectuate the provisions of

subdivision one.

§ 14-d — Power of the superintendent of financial services to prescribe a reasonable period of time permitting the drawing on items received for d...

Power of the superintendent of financial services to prescribe

a reasonable period of time permitting the drawing on items received for

deposit in a customer's account. 1. It is the public policy of this

state to provide all banking customers with the ability to draw against

items deposited for collection with any banking institution located in

this state within a reasonable period of time.

2. The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate

regulations, which may be amended from time to time, establishing a

reasonable period of time within which a banking institution must permit

a banking customer to draw, as of right, on an item which has been

received for deposit in the customer's account.

3. The superintendent is authorized to gather from banking

institutions such information as may be required by the superintendent

of financial services for the promulgation of the regulations required

by this section.

4. (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this

subdivision, a provision in any agreement between a banking institution

and its banking customer which provides for a period of time longer than

the period prescribed under regulations promulgated pursuant to this

section is unreasonable for purposes of article four of the uniform

commercial code and, in lieu thereof, the maximum period of time

permitted in the regulation shall be deemed controlling. For all other

purposes the provisions of this section shall not be deemed or construed

to alter or impair any right or obligation under the uniform commercial

code.

(b) This section does not prohibit a banking institution and a banking

customer from agreeing in writing to a greater period of time than that

otherwise prescribed by regulation pursuant to this section for the

drawing against items because of special circumstances, provided that,

such agreement is not contained in a pre-printed form and is not a

usual, regular business practice of the institution.

5. Such regulations shall require every banking institution to notify

each of its banking customers, in writing, of the applicable time

limitations on the right to draw on items received for deposit in the

customer's account and to keep posted in a conspicuous place at each

branch, a notice substantially setting forth the generally applicable

time limitations of the banking institution's customers' rights to draw

on items deposited to their accounts.

6. The superintendent of financial services is empowered, upon a

determination that the uniform application of a regulation adopted

pursuant to this section would result in unsafe or unsound banking

practices, to issue such further regulation or order with respect

thereto as it deems appropriate.

7. In this section "banking institution" has the same meaning ascribed

to it by section nine-f of this chapter and "item" has the same meaning

ascribed to it by the uniform commercial code.

§ 14-e — Power of the superintendent to authorize the operation of savings banks and savings and loan associations in stock form

Power of the superintendent to authorize the operation of

savings banks and savings and loan associations in stock form.

1. Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, the

superintendent is authorized to promulgate such rules and regulations as

shall facilitate:

(a) The organization and operation of stock-form savings banks and

stock-form savings and loan associations,

(b) The conversion of mutual savings banks and savings and loan

associations to stock form, and

(c) Mergers and acquisitions of assets or of capital stock between and

among all of the foregoing banking institutions and between and among

such institutions and any other banking institution.

The superintendent is authorized to define and implement, by

regulation, the terms and provisions of this section. In adopting such

regulations, the superintendent shall take into account the declaration

of policy contained in section one of a chapter of the laws of nineteen

hundred eighty-four entitled "An Act to amend the banking law, in

relation to the organization and incorporation of stock-form savings

banks and stock-form savings and loan associations and the conversion of

mutual savings banks and mutual savings and loan associations to stock

form". In connection with such regulations, the superintendent is

empowered to apply to such stock-form organizations any provision of

this chapter, in whole or in part, as shall be applicable to any other

stock-form banking organization and to vary any condition, requirement

or provision of this article or article fifteen or sixteen of this

chapter.

2. Such applications as the superintendent may prescribe under

paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of subdivision one of this section shall each

be accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this article.

3. Without limiting the foregoing, the superintendent, if the

superintendent shall determine that unusual and extraordinary

circumstances exist, shall be authorized, by resolution or regulation,

to apply or to deem inapplicable to any banking institution referred to

in subdivision one of this section, such provisions of this chapter in

whole or in part, as it shall find appropriate in connection with the

organization, operation, conversion, merger or any other transaction

involving a stock-form savings bank or stock-form savings and loan

association, provided, however, that such actions are in harmony with

the spirit of the law and are necessary because of the existence of such

circumstances.

§ 14-f — Power of the superintendent of financial services to require the provision of basic banking services

Power of the superintendent of financial services to require

the provision of basic banking services. 1. The legislature finds and

declares that certain consumers residing in this state may be unable to

afford, without undue financial hardship, the cost of maintaining a

consumer transaction account at a banking institution located in this

state. It is the policy of this state that, consistent with safe and

sound banking practices, banking institutions make available lower cost

banking services to consumers. It is further intended that no banking

institution be required to offer lower cost banking services at a cost

to account holders which is less than the actual cost to the banking

institution to provide such services.

2. Except as otherwise provided in this section, every banking

institution shall make available to consumers a consumer transaction

account, to be known as a "basic banking account", with the following

features to be prescribed by the superintendent of financial services by

regulation:

(a) the maximum amount which a banking institution may require as an

initial deposit, if any;

(b) the maximum amount a banking institution may require as a minimum

balance, if any, to maintain such account;

(c) eight withdrawal transactions for account holders under sixty-five

years of age, and twelve withdrawal transactions for account holders

sixty-five years of age or older, including those conducted at

electronic facilities, during any periodic cycle at no additional charge

to the account holder; and

(d) the maximum amount a banking institution may charge per periodic

cycle for the use of such account.

3. With respect to any transactions in excess of the number specified

in accordance with paragraph (c) of subdivision two of this section, (a)

a banking institution may impose a reasonable per-transaction charge, or

(b) it may impose the fees and charges normally applied to other

consumer transaction accounts available at that banking institution

provided that any charge per periodic cycle imposed hereunder must be

reduced by the charge imposed under paragraph (d) of subdivision two of

this section; provided however, that at no time shall the fees and

charges on the basic banking account exceed the amount that is normally

applied to other consumer transaction accounts available at that banking

institution.

4. A banking institution may require as a condition for opening or

maintaining a basic banking account, (a) that the holder of a basic

banking account be a resident of this state; and (b) the direct deposit

to the banking institution of recurring payments such as, but not

limited to, social security, wage, or pension payments where direct

deposit is available to both the consumer and the banking institution.

5. Except as provided in this section and any rules and regulations

promulgated hereunder, a basic banking account may be offered subject to

the same rules, conditions and terms normally applicable to other

consumer transaction accounts offered by the banking institution;

provided that the fees and charges for specific services other than

those otherwise provided in this section shall not exceed those imposed

by the banking institution for the same services in connection with

other consumer transaction accounts offered by the banking institution.

6. No banking institution shall be required to permit any person to

open or maintain a basic banking account pursuant to this section if

such person maintains another consumer transaction account either at

that banking institution or any other banking institution.

7. In lieu of the basic banking account required by this section, a

banking institution may make available an alternative account or other

banking services determined by the superintendent to be at least as

advantageous to consumers as the basic banking account.

8. (a) Where a banking institution posts in the public area of its

offices notice of the availability of its other consumer transaction

accounts, it shall also post equally conspicuous notice in such public

areas and in the same manner the availability of its basic banking

accounts. Where a banking institution makes available in such public

areas material describing the terms of its other consumer transaction

accounts, it shall also make comparable descriptive material available

in the same such areas and in the same manner for its basic banking

account.

(b) Where a banking institution posts in the public area of its

offices the notices for information required in paragraph (a) of this

subdivision, it shall also post equally conspicuous notice in such

public areas and in the same manner, of the department's toll free

consumer's hotline telephone number, where consumers can file complaints

if a consumer is not satisfied with the services a banking institution

provides.

9. For purposes of this section:

(a) "banking institution" means any bank, trust company, savings bank,

savings and loan association, or credit union, or branch of a foreign

banking corporation the deposits of which are insured by the Federal

Deposit Insurance Corporation, which is incorporated, chartered,

organized or licensed under the laws of this state or any other state or

the United States, and, in the ordinary course of its business, offers

consumer transaction accounts to the general public or, in the case of a

credit union, to its members;

(b) "consumer transaction account" means a demand deposit account,

negotiable order of withdrawal account, share draft account or similar

account used primarily for personal, family or household purposes.

10. For purposes of this section, any banking insititution which

offers share draft accounts shall use the term "basic share draft

account" instead of "basic banking account".

11. If any provision of this section, or the application of such

provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, the

remainder of this section, and the application of such provisions

thereof to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is

held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

§ 18 — Fees for copies and certifications

Fees for copies and certifications. Notwithstanding any

provision of this chapter to the contrary, for every copy of any paper

filed in the department and for the certification thereof, the

superintendent may charge such amounts by regulation as the

superintendent, in his or her discretion, determines to be fair and

reasonable.

§ 18-a — Application fees

Application fees. 1. The provisions of this section shall only

be applicable to applications for which a fee is authorized to be

imposed by any other provision of this chapter or regulations

promulgated thereunder.

2. The fees set forth in this section may be imposed notwithstanding

any fee amount set forth in any other provision of this chapter or the

regulations promulgated thereunder.

3. As used in this section, "applications" shall include notices and

similar filings.

4. The fee which shall be imposed for any application for an initial

license, registration, incorporation or for the formation of any other

entity pursuant to this chapter, or for a merger, acquisition, purchase

or sale of assets, change of control, or for any other application

requiring the approval of the superintendent that may necessitate, as

determined by the superintendent, a determination regarding the

character or fitness and/or the safety and soundness of such applicant

or a similar investigative undertaking by the department, shall be:

(a) twelve thousand five hundred dollars when such application relates

to a banking organization, bank holding company or, except as provided

in paragraph (b) of this subdivision, a foreign banking corporation;

(b) seven thousand five hundred dollars when such application relates

to licensing a branch, agency or representative office of a foreign

banking corporation;

(c) one thousand five hundred dollars when the application relates to

a mortgage broker; or

(d) three thousand dollars for all other such applications.

5. The fee for any other application requiring the approval of the

superintendent, including, but not limited to, any application required

to change the name of the applicant, open branches or offices or

additional locations, or relocate an existing branch, office, or

location, and any other application not subject to subdivision four of

this section, shall be:

(a) seven hundred fifty dollars when the application relates to a

banking organization, bank holding company, out-of-state state bank,

foreign credit union, or foreign banking corporation;

(b) two thousand dollars when the application relates to the licensing

of an additional location or change of location or the licensing of a

mobile unit of a licensed casher of checks; or

(c) five hundred dollars for all other such applications.

6. The superintendent, in his or her sole discretion, may waive or

reduce the amount of the fee to be imposed pursuant to this section,

either on a case-by-case basis or, by regulation, generally with respect

to a type of application, if the superintendent determines that:

(a) the payment of such fee would impose an economic hardship upon the

applicant;

(b) the amount of such fee is excessive with respect to the expenses

incurred by the department of financial services to investigate such

application; or

(c) such waiver or reduction (i) serves the interests of interstate

administrative reciprocity or multi-state regulatory cooperation; (ii)

facilitates the administration of the department of financial services;

or (iii) is otherwise appropriate.

§ 18-b — Holocaust reparations payment fees

Holocaust reparations payment fees. 1. For the purposes of

this section, "victims or targets of Nazi persecution" means any

individual, corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship,

unincorporated association, community, congregation, group,

organization, or other entity persecuted or targeted for persecution by

the Nazi Regime because of race, religion, ethnicity, sexual

orientation, national origin, or physical or mental disability or

handicap, or the heirs, successors, administrators, executors,

affiliates, or assignees of such victims or targets, or any other

claimant receiving funds from an eligible settlement fund, or from an

eligible grantor trust established for the benefit of such victims or

targets. An eligible settlement fund is an entity that is treated for

federal income tax purposes as a designated or qualified settlement

fund, as such term is defined in section 468B of the Internal Revenue

Code and the regulations thereunder, which is established for the

principal purpose of resolving and satisfying claims arising from or in

connection with any act or omission in any way relating to the

Holocaust, World War II and its prelude and aftermath, victims or

targets of Nazi persecution, transactions with or actions of the Nazi

Regime, or treatment of refugees fleeing Nazi persecution by or in the

Swiss Confederation. An eligible grantor trust is a grantor trust which

is established for the principal purpose of resolving and satisfying

such claims.

2. The superintendent shall maintain and annually update a list of

banks and other financial institutions doing business in the state that

voluntarily waive wire transfer fees and other processing fees imposed

for automated deposits or transfers of amounts received (including

accumulated interest) by victims or targets of Nazi persecution from an

eligible settlement fund, or from an eligible grantor trust established

for the benefit of such victims or targets. The department shall make

the list available to the public on the department's website.

§ 19 — Assessments for deficiency in reserves against deposits

Assessments for deficiency in reserves against deposits. If any

banking organization or branch of a foreign banking corporation shall

not maintain the total reserves prescribed by or pursuant to this

chapter, the superintendent may levy an assessment upon it for such

period as any deficiency in its total reserves amounting to one per

centum or more of its deposits against which reserves are required to be

maintained shall continue, at rates not in excess of the following:

(1) Six per centum per annum upon any such deficiency not exceeding

two per centum of such deposits.

(2) Eight per centum per annum upon any additional deficiency in

excess of two and not exceeding three per centum of such deposits.

(3) Ten per centum per annum upon any additional deficiency in excess

of three and not exceeding four per centum of such deposits.

(4) Twelve per centum per annum upon any additional deficiency

therein.

§ 20 — Assessments, penalties and forfeitures entitled to priority

Assessments, penalties and forfeitures entitled to priority. In

case of the insolvency or voluntary or involuntary liquidation of any

person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated or otherwise

formed pursuant to this chapter, all unpaid charges lawfully assessed

against such person or entity by the superintendent and all unpaid

penalties and forfeitures incurred by such person or entity under any

section of this chapter shall be entitled to priority of payment from

such person's or entity's assets on an equality with any other priority

given by this chapter.

§ 21 — Collection of assessments, penalties and forfeitures; proceedings by attorney general

Collection of assessments, penalties and forfeitures;

proceedings by attorney general. 1. When the superintendent, pursuant to

the powers conferred on him or her by this article, shall have duly

levied any assessment and shall have given due notification of the

amount thereof, the amount so assessed shall become a liability of, and

shall be paid to the superintendent by any person or entity licensed,

registered, or incorporated or otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter

upon which it was levied.

2. If any person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated or

otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter shall not pay, after due

notice, any such assessment or any penalty or forfeiture incurred under

any section of this chapter, the superintendent may, in his or her

discretion, apply in payment thereof, with interest at the legal rate,

so much as may be necessary of the interest accruing on any stocks or

bonds deposited with him or her by such person or entity licensed,

registered, or incorporated or otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter

pursuant to any requirement of this chapter.

3. The superintendent may, in his or her discretion, report to the

attorney general any failure to make such payments or the failure of any

officer, director, trustee, or employee of any person or entity

licensed, registered, or incorporated or otherwise formed pursuant to

this chapter, after due notice, to pay any penalty or forfeiture

incurred by him or her under any provision of this chapter, or any

violation by any corporation, unincorporated association, partnership,

individual, or any other entity, of any provision of this chapter. The

attorney general shall thereupon, in the name of the superintendent, or

of the people of the state, institute such action or proceedings as the

facts may warrant.

4. The provisions of this section shall be applicable to any bank

holding company, as that term is defined in article three-A of this

chapter.

§ 22 — Fingerprints

Fingerprints. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law,

every applicant for a license, authorization or registration under

articles nine, nine-A, eleven-B, twelve-B, twelve-C, twelve-D, twelve-E

and thirteen-B of this chapter and every applicant filing an application

to acquire control of any licensee or registrant, as the case may be,

under such articles shall submit simultaneously with an application, his

or her fingerprints in such form and in such manner as specified by the

division of criminal justice services, but in any event, no less than

two digit imprints. The superintendent shall submit such fingerprints to

the division of criminal justice services for the purpose of conducting

a criminal history search and returning a report thereon in accordance

with the procedures and requirements established by the division

pursuant to the provisions of article thirty-five of the executive law,

which shall include the payment of the prescribed processing fees. The

superintendent shall request that the division submit such fingerprints

to the federal bureau of investigation, together with the processing

fees prescribed by such bureau, for the purpose of conducting a criminal

history search and returning a report thereon. An applicant shall not be

required to submit his or her fingerprints as required by this

subdivision if such applicant (i) is already subject to regulation by

the department and the applicant has submitted such fingerprints to the

department, such fingerprints have been submitted to the division of

criminal justice services for the purpose of conducting a criminal

history search, and a report of such search has been received by the

department from such division; or (ii) is subject to regulation by a

federal bank regulatory agency and has submitted such fingerprints to

such agency which has had a criminal history search conducted of such

individual and has shared such information or its determination

resulting from such search with the department; or (iii) is an officer

or stockholder of a corporation whose common or preferred stock is

registered on a national securities exchange, as provided in an act of

congress of the United States entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of

1934", approved June sixth, nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, or

such other exchange or market system as the superintendent shall approve

by regulation, and has submitted such fingerprints to such exchange or

market system which has had a criminal history search conducted of such

individual and has shared such information or its determination

resulting from such search with the department; provided, however, that

the superintendent may subsequently require such applicant to submit his

or her fingerprints if the superintendent has a reasonable basis for

updating the information or determination resulting from the report of

the criminal history search conducted at the request of such federal

banking agency, exchange or market system.

(b) The superintendent shall also, concurrent with an investigation of

a licensee or registrant, or an authorized individual, pertaining to a

violation of this chapter, submit such fingerprints to the division of

criminal justice services for the purpose of conducting a criminal

history search and returning a report thereon and through the division

to the federal bureau of investigation for the purpose of a fingerprint

check of such licensee, registrant or authorized individual.

(c) For purposes of this section, "applicant" shall include a natural

person or such principal, officer, director, trustee or stockholder of

any other entity as may be designated by the superintendent.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this article, the superintendent

shall not access criminal history data or information, unless any agency

from which the superintendent receives directly criminal history data or

information has entered into a use and dissemination agreement with the

superintendent consistent with the provisions of this section.

§ 23 — Acceptance or rejection of certificate; investigation fees

Acceptance or rejection of certificate; investigation fees.

Within twenty days after the receipt by the superintendent of any

organization certificate of a corporation proposed to be organized under

this chapter, or any private banker's certificate together with such

documents as are required to be filed therewith, the superintendent

shall, if such certificate and such accompanying documents comply in

form and substance with the requirements of this chapter, file such

certificate for examination and note thereon the date of such filing. If

such certificate or such accompanying documents do not comply in all

respects with the requirements of this chapter, the superintendent

shall, within twenty days after receipt thereof, return them to the

persons from whom they were received, calling attention to the defect or

defects therein.

At the time of submission of the certificate and accompanying

documents an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this article shall be paid to the superintendent, to be

retained by him or her if the certificate and accompanying documents are

filed. If the certificate and accompanying documents are not filed

because of defects therein, the investigation fee is to be returned with

such papers to the persons from whom they were received.

§ 24 — Investigation by superintendent; refusal or approval; filing certificate

Investigation by superintendent; refusal or approval; filing

certificate. 1. Within ninety days after the date when any organization

certificate or private banker's certificate shall have been filed for

examination, the superintendent, if the superintendent shall find after

investigation and examination of what the superintendent deems to be the

best sources of information available that the character, responsibility

and general fitness of the person or persons named in such certificate

are such as to command confidence and warrant belief that the business

of the proposed corporation or private banker will be honestly and

efficiently conducted in accordance with the intent and purpose of this

chapter, and that the public convenience and advantage will be promoted

by allowing such proposed corporation or private banker to engage in

business, shall approve such certificate. An extension of such ninety

day period may be requested, by a written request executed by a majority

of the persons from whom the superintendent received such organization

certificate or private banker's certificate, for such additional

reasonable period of time as may be required for applicants to comply

with conditions precedent stipulated by the superintendent as being a

prerequisite to his or her approval. The superintendent, in the

superintendent's sole discretion, shall determine whether to grant such

an extension.

2. The superintendent shall also endorse upon each of the duplicates

the date of such approval. The superintendent shall forthwith cause

notice of such approval to be given to the proposed incorporators or

private banker and one of the duplicate certificates shall be filed in

the office of the department and the other in the office of the clerk of

the county in which the principal office of such proposed corporation or

private banker is to be located. In a case in which a private banker

certificate is submitted to the superintendent for the purpose of

continuing the business in connection with a change in its partnership,

the superintendent shall approve the private banker certificate upon

making a determination that the private banker should be permitted to

continue its business based upon the considerations set forth in

subdivision one of this section.

3. If the superintendent is not satisfied, upon the considerations set

forth in subdivision one of this section, that such proposed corporation

or private banker should be permitted to engage in business, the

superintendent shall refuse such certificate and shall endorse thereon

the date of such refusal and return one of the duplicates to the

proposed incorporators or private banker from whom such certificate was

received.

4. The provisions of this section shall not apply to any organization

certificate required to be filed in the office of the superintendent by

section one hundred thirty-six, by section two hundred sixty-b, by

section four hundred ten, by section four hundred eleven or by section

four hundred eighty-six of this chapter.

§ 25 — Authorization certificate; when and to whom issued; contents; filing and recording

Authorization certificate; when and to whom issued; contents;

filing and recording. 1. If the superintendent shall find that a

corporation or private banker, the certificate of which has been

approved and filed as provided in section twenty-four of this article,

has in good faith complied with all the requirements of law and

fulfilled all the conditions precedent to commencing business imposed by

this chapter, the superintendent shall, within ninety days after the

date of such approval, issue and execute under the official seal of the

department, in triplicate, an authorization certificate to the person or

persons named in such organization certificate or private banker's

certificate. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the

superintendent determines it is consistent with the declaration of

policy contained in section ten of this article, the superintendent may

extend the period within which the superintendent may issue the

authorization certificate by (i) an additional ninety days, provided,

however, that he or she shall have determined that such extension of

time is needed for raising capital, for fulfilling any other condition

precedent to the commencement of business or for satisfying any other

requirement of organization, whether imposed by statute or regulation or

otherwise, or (ii) such longer period of time as he or she shall deem

appropriate, provided, however, that he or she shall have determined

that extraordinary circumstances exist. Such authorization certificate

shall state that the corporation or private banker named therein has

complied with the provisions of this chapter and that it is authorized

to transact the business specified therein. Such authorization

certificate shall be conclusive evidence that all conditions precedent

have been fulfilled and that the corporation has been formed under this

chapter, except in an action or special proceeding brought by the

superintendent or the attorney general. The superintendent shall cause

one of the triplicate authorization certificates to be transmitted to

the corporation or private banker thereby authorized to commence

business, another to be filed in the office of the department, and the

third to be filed in the county clerk's office in which the organization

certificate or the private banker's certificate has been filed. The

copies of the authorization certificate filed in the offices of the

superintendent and the county clerk shall be attached to the copies of

the organization certificate or private banker's certificate previously

filed and such certificates shall be recorded in the records of

incorporation therein.

2. Any corporation which shall not receive an authorization

certificate within the time period provided by subdivision one of this

section shall forfeit its rights and privileges as a corporation and its

corporate powers shall cease and determine.

3. Any corporation which shall not commence business within six months

after the date on which its authorization certificate is issued by the

superintendent shall forfeit its rights and privileges as a corporation

and its corporate powers shall cease and determine unless the time

within which such business may be commenced has been extended by the

superintendent. Upon satisfactory cause being shown, the superintendent

may grant one or more extensions. Such extension shall be granted by

order executed, transmitted and filed in the manner provided for an

authorization certificate in subdivision one of this section.

§ 25-a — Authority of superintendent to file organization certificate and issue authorization certificate under certain conditions

* § 25-a. Authority of superintendent to file organization certificate

and issue authorization certificate under certain conditions. 1.

Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, the

superintendent is authorized to file and approve the organization

certificate of a bank or trust company and to issue an authorization

certificate to such bank or trust company in accordance with the

provisions of subdivision two of this section.

2. If the superintendent, after taking possession of the business and

property of any banking organization pursuant to section six hundred six

of this chapter, shall find that it is in the public interest for all or

a substantial part of the business or property of such banking

organization to be acquired by a bank or trust company to be organized

for such purpose, he may forthwith file and approve the organization

certificate of, and issue an authorization certificate to, such bank or

trust company and in connection therewith may waive any condition,

requirement or provision of articles two, three and fifteen of this

chapter, provided, however, that the superintendent shall be empowered

to impose such terms and conditions, if any, on the exercise of any

authority granted to any such bank or trust company as he may deem

appropriate to effectuate the declaration of policy contained in section

ten of this article.

* NB Expired March 31, 1982

§ 26 — Licenses to foreign banking corporations; renewal

Licenses to foreign banking corporations; renewal. Upon receipt

of an application in proper form of any foreign banking corporation for

leave to do business in this state under the provisions of article five

of this chapter, the superintendent, if he or she shall find after

investigation and examination of what he or she deems to be the best

sources of information that the character, responsibility and general

fitness of the person or persons named in such application are such as

to command confidence and warrant belief that the business of such

foreign banking corporation will be honestly and efficiently conducted

in accordance with the intent and purpose of this chapter and that the

public convenience and advantage will be promoted by granting such

foreign banking corporation leave to do business in this state, shall

execute and issue a license under the official seal of the department

authorizing such applicant to carry on such business at the place

designated in the license. Such license shall be executed in triplicate

and the superintendent shall cause one copy to be transmitted to the

applicant, another to be filed in the office of the department and the

third to be filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which the

place of business designated in such license is located. A license

issued to such foreign banking corporation pursuant to this section

shall remain in full force and effect until surrendered or revoked.

§ 27 — Exchange and examination of securities

Exchange and examination of securities. 1. Any corporation,

unincorporated association, partnership or individual which shall have

deposited with the superintendent in trust any stocks or bonds in

pursuance of any requirement of this chapter, may be permitted by the

superintendent, so long as it shall continue business in the ordinary

course, from time to time to withdraw any of such stocks or bonds upon

depositing with the superintendent other stocks or bonds of the kind it

is required by this chapter to deposit with him and if the value of the

stocks or bonds so held by the superintendent exceeds the amount

required by this chapter to be so deposited, the stocks or bonds in

excess of such amount may be withdrawn without depositing others in

exchange therefor.

2. Any such corporation, unincorporated association, partnership or

individual may, at any time during ordinary business hours, examine such

stocks or bonds and compare them with the record on the books of the

department. Unless it shall deliver to the superintendent at least once

in each calendar year, a statement listing such stocks or bonds and the

amounts thereof, and stating that they are in the custody and possession

of the superintendent at the date of the statement, the state

comptroller and the superintendent shall appoint some suitable and

discreet person as agent for such corporation, unincorporated

association, partnership or individual, who shall make an examination of

such stocks or bonds. If such agent finds that the stocks or bonds held

by the superintendent agree with the records thereof on the books of the

department, he shall execute a statement in the form above described and

transmit a copy thereof to the corporation, unincorporated association,

partnership or individual in behalf of which it is made, and such

statement shall have the same force and effect as if executed by such

corporation, unincorporated association, partnership or individual.

Compensation for the services and expenses of such agent in making such

examination shall be paid as a general expense of the department.

§ 28 — Change of location; change of designation of principal office; approval or refusal; certificate

Change of location; change of designation of principal office;

approval or refusal; certificate. Upon receipt by the superintendent of

a written application in proper form from any banking organization or

foreign corporation for leave to change its place or one of its places

of business to another place or from any banking organization for leave

to change the designation of its principal office to a branch office and

to change the designation of one of its branch offices to its principal

office, the superintendent shall, if he or she shall be satisfied that

such change may be permitted under the terms of this chapter and that

there is no reasonable objection to such change, execute and issue a

certificate under the official seal of the department authorizing such

change and specifying the date on or after which such change may be

made, and shall cause the original of such certificate to be transmitted

to the applicant, a copy to be filed in the office of the department and

a copy to be filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which the

principal office of the applicant is located, provided that if the

proposed principal office is in a different county than the county in

which the principal office is located at the time of the filing of the

application, the superintendent shall cause copies to be filed in the

offices of the clerks of both counties. If the superintendent shall be

satisfied in any case that such change is undesirable or inexpedient, he

or she shall refuse such application and notify the applicant of such

determination.

§ 28-a — Temporary change of location; approval or refusal; certificate

Temporary change of location; approval or refusal;

certificate. Notwithstanding any provisions of law limiting the number

of offices which may be maintained thereby, any banking organization or

foreign banking corporation may make a written application to the

superintendent for a temporary change of location of its authorized

place or one of its authorized places of business or a portion thereof

to another place within the state which shall be as near as practicable

to such authorized place of business. At the time of making the

application an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this article shall be paid to the superintendent for each

temporary location for which leave to open is sought, except where (1)

the applicant would not be required to pay an investigation fee upon the

filing of an application for a change of location under provisions of

this chapter other than this section, or (2) said application is

necessitated by damage or destruction caused by flood, tidal wave,

earthquake, conflagration, tornado, hurricane, cyclone, windstorm or

other storm or such other event as shall have been declared a

catastrophe by the superintendent. If there is no reasonable objection

to such change, and if the superintendent finds that such change is

necessary or desirable during a period of construction, repair,

alteration, improvement, or reconstruction of the previously authorized

place of business, he or she shall issue a certificate under his or her

hand and the official seal of the department authorizing each such

change and specifying (a) the period during which such temporary

location may be maintained, (b) the date on or after which such change

may be made, and (c) the powers which may be exercised thereat. The

superintendent shall cause the original of such certificate to be

transmitted to the applicant, a copy to be filed in the office of the

department and a copy to be filed in the office of the clerk of the

county in which the principal office of the applicant is located. If the

superintendent shall be satisfied in any case that a change is

undesirable or inexpedient, he or she shall refuse such application and

notify the applicant of his or her determination. A temporary place of

business occupied pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be

closed as soon as practicable, and in no event later than the date

specified in its authorization certificate, unless the superintendent

shall have extended such time. The banking organization or corporation

shall notify the superintendent in writing prior to such closing as to

the date it intends to close the temporary place of business.

§ 28-b — Credit needs of local communities

Credit needs of local communities. 1. Each banking institution

as defined in subdivision four of this section to which the Community

Reinvestment Act of 1977, United States P.L. 95-128, applies shall file

with the superintendent a copy of each report and document which it is

required to prepare for or file with one or more federal agencies

pursuant to the provisions of that law and the rules and regulations

promulgated thereunder. Where a banking institution has filed such

reports or documents with the superintendent, an update of the reports

or documents shall be required at such time as the banking institution

requests the superintendent to take any action on any application to

which the provisions of subdivision three of this section apply.

3. (a) When taking any action on an application or notice made by a

banking institution under (i) section one hundred five, two hundred

twenty-four, two hundred forty, or three hundred ninety-six of this

chapter for a branch office, (ii) section one hundred ninety-one of this

chapter for a public accommodation office, (iii) section six hundred

one-b of this chapter for approval of a merger or purchase of assets, or

(iv) under section one hundred five-a, two hundred forty-a or three

hundred ninety-six-a of this chapter for the use or installation of an

automated teller machine, point-of-sale terminal or similar electronic

facility or on any other application or notice to which the

superintendent of financial services shall by rule or regulation make

applicable the provisions of this section, the superintendent shall take

into account, among other factors, an assessment, in writing, of the

record of performance of the banking institution in helping to meet the

credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate-income

neighborhoods and minority- and women-owned businesses, consistent with

safe and sound operation of the banking institution. Such assessment and

any written communications from the department of financial services to

a banking institution relating to such assessment shall be made

available to the public upon request, provided that nothing contained in

this subdivision shall be deemed to alter, amend or affect the

provisions of subdivision ten of section thirty-six of this chapter. In

making such assessment the superintendent shall review all reports and

documents filed with him or her pursuant to subdivision one of this

section and any signed, written comments received by the superintendent

which specifically relate to the banking institution's performance in

helping to meet the credit needs of its community. In addition, the

superintendent shall consider the following factors in assessing a

banking institution's record of performance, and include in its written

assessment required by this section the record of performance of such

banking institution as to each of the following factors:

(1) Activities conducted by the banking institution to ascertain

credit needs of its community, including the extent of the banking

institution's efforts to communicate with members of its community

regarding the credit services being provided by the banking institution;

(2) The extent of the banking institution's marketing and special

credit-related programs to make members of the community aware of the

credit services offered by the banking institution;

(3) The extent of participation by the banking institution's board of

directors or board of trustees in formulating the banking institution's

policies and reviewing its performance with respect to the purposes of

the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977;

(4) Any practices intended to discourage application for types of

credit set forth in the banking institution's Community Reinvestment Act

Statement(s);

(5) The geographic distribution of the banking institution's credit

extensions, credit applications and credit denials;

(6) Evidence of prohibited discriminatory or other illegal credit

practices;

(7) The banking institution's record of opening and closing offices

and providing services at offices;

(8) The banking institution's participation, including investments, in

local community development and redevelopment projects or programs and

in technical assistance programs for small businesses and minority- and

women-owned businesses;

(9) The banking institution's origination of residential mortgage

loans, housing rehabilitation loans, home improvement loans and small

business or small farm or minority- and women-owned business loans

within its community or the purchase of such loans originated in its

community;

(10) The banking institution's participation in

governmentally-insured, guaranteed or subsidized loan programs for

housing, small businesses or small farms;

(11) The banking institution's ability to meet various community

credit needs based on its financial condition, size, legal impediments,

local economic condition and other factors;

(11-a) The geographic distribution, availability and use of automated

teller machines, point-of-sale terminals, personal computer banking,

debit cards or similar electronic facilities or services; and any

training of customers thereon among every branch of the banking

institution, if the institution offers such services to any of its

customers; and

(12) Other factors that, in the judgment of the superintendent,

reasonably bear upon the extent to which a banking institution is

helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community, including,

without limitation, the banking institution's participation in credit

counseling services or participation in a banking development district

established pursuant to section ninety-six-d of this chapter by

establishing a branch in such district.

(b) In assessing the record of performance of a banking institution

pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subdivision, the

superintendent may, where he or she deems it appropriate, provide for

public hearings when an objection to the banking institution's

application or notification has been submitted.

(c) An assessment of a banking institution's record of performance

under paragraph (a) of this subdivision may be the basis for denying an

application or notice under the provisions of this section.

(d) When taking any action pursuant to paragraph (a) of this

subdivision, the superintendent shall request from the applicant or

notificant banking institution and from the appropriate federal bank

regulatory authorities any documents, other than those required to be

filed with the superintendent by this section or by other applicable

statutes or regulations, which are (1) filed with the federal bank

regulatory authorities in connection with the application or notice or

(2) produced by the applicant or notificant banking institution or

others in connection with the application or notice.

4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter or other law to

the contrary, the term banking institution when used in this section

shall mean and include all banks, trust companies, savings banks,

savings and loan associations, credit unions and foreign banking

corporations incorporated, chartered, organized or licensed under the

laws of this state. In the case of a foreign banking corporation

licensed pursuant to this article and maintaining a branch in this

state, the management of the branch shall establish a committee of not

fewer than three officers to function in the role of a board of

directors for purposes of this section.

5. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to promulgate

rules and regulations effectuating the provisions of this section,

including any rules and regulations providing that the assessment of

banking institutions referred to in subdivision three of this section

shall be made on a graduated numerical basis.

6. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision or part of this

section or the application thereof to any person, firm, or corporation,

or circumstance shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction

to be invalid or unconstitutional, such judgment shall not affect,

impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be confined (i) in

its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, or part

of this section or (ii) in its application to the person, firm or

corporation, or circumstance, directly involved in the controversy in

which such judgment shall have been rendered.

§ 28-bb — Credit needs of local communities; mortgage bankers

Credit needs of local communities; mortgage bankers. 1. When

taking any action on an application made by a mortgage banker licensed

pursuant to section five hundred ninety-one of this chapter for a change

in control under section five hundred ninety-four-b of this chapter, or

on any other application or notice to which the superintendent of

financial services shall by rule or regulation make applicable the

provisions of this section, the superintendent shall take into account,

among other factors, an assessment, in writing, of the record of

performance of the mortgage banker in helping to meet the credit needs

of its entire community, including low and moderate income

neighborhoods, and consistent with safe and sound operation of the

mortgage banker. Such assessment and any written communications from the

department of financial services to a mortgage banker relating to such

assessment shall be made available to the public upon request, provided

that nothing contained in this subdivision shall be deemed to alter,

amend or affect the provisions of subdivision ten of section thirty-six

of this article. In making such assessment of a mortgage banker, the

superintendent shall review all reports and documents filed by the

mortgage banker pursuant to section five hundred ninety-seven of this

chapter. In addition, the superintendent shall consider the following

factors in assessing a mortgage banker's record of performance, and

include in its written assessment required by this section the record of

performance of such mortgage banker as to each of the following factors:

(a) Activities conducted by the mortgage banker to ascertain credit

needs of its community, including the extent of the mortgage banker's

efforts to communicate with members of its community regarding the

services being provided by the mortgage banker;

(b) The extent of the mortgage banker's marketing and special programs

to make members of the community aware of the services offered by the

mortgage banker;

(c) The extent of the mortgage banker's participation in community

outreach, community development or redevelopment, and educational

programs;

(d) The extent of participation by the mortgage banker's board of

directors, advisory committee, managing members or executive management

or equivalent body or person, in formulating the mortgage banker's

policies and reviewing its performance with respect to the purposes of

this section;

(e) Any practices intended to discourage application for types of

credit offered by the mortgage banker;

(f) The geographic distribution of the mortgage banker's credit

extensions, credit applications, and credit denials;

(g) Evidence of prohibited discriminatory or other illegal credit

practices;

(h) The mortgage banker's record of opening and closing offices and

providing services at offices;

(i) The mortgage banker's participation in governmentally-insured,

guaranteed or subsidized loan programs for housing;

(j) The mortgage banker's ability to meet various community credit

needs based on its financial condition, size, legal impediments, local

economic condition and other factors; and

(k) Other factors that, in the judgment of the superintendent,

reasonably bear upon the extent to which a mortgage banker is helping to

meet the credit needs of its entire community.

2. In assessing the record of performance of a mortgage banker

pursuant to the provisions of subdivision one of this section, the

superintendent may, where he or she deems it appropriate, provide for

public hearings when an objection to the mortgage banker's application

or notice has been submitted.

3. An assessment of a mortgage banker's record of performance under

subdivision one of this section may be the basis for denying an

application under the provisions of this section.

4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter or other law to

the contrary, the term mortgage banker when used in this section shall

mean and include mortgage bankers licensed pursuant to section five

hundred ninety-one of this chapter that originate a minimum number of

loans annually, such number to be set by regulation promulgated by the

superintendent.

5. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to promulgate

rules and regulations effectuating the provisions of this section,

including any rules and regulations providing that the assessment of

mortgage bankers shall be made on a graduated numerical basis.

6. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision or part of this

section or the application thereof to any person, firm, or corporation,

or circumstance shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction

to be invalid or unconstitutional, such judgment shall not affect,

impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be confined (i) in

its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, or part

of this section or (ii) in its application to the person, firm or

corporation, or circumstance, directly involved in the controversy in

which such judgment shall have been rendered.

§ 28-c — Branch office closings; report to and action by the superintendent

Branch office closings; report to and action by the

superintendent. 1. This section is intended to provide the

superintendent with detailed information concerning the planned closing

of branch offices by state-chartered banking organizations, the

availability of alternative financial services within the general area

served by such branch and the economic impact upon the community

resulting from such closing, and to provide the superintendent with

authority to conduct meetings with banking organizations and community

groups in areas where a branch closing is planned. The requirements of

this section shall not apply to the following:

(a) branch offices located outside the state of New York;

(b) a sale or other transfer of a branch office which does not result

in any material reduction in the financial services offered at such

location;

(c) the closing of a branch office acquired from a failing or failed

institution, provided that such closing occurs within one hundred eighty

days from the date of the acquisition; or

(d) the closing of a branch office when unexpected circumstances make

strict compliance impossible, provided that such determination shall be

solely within the discretion of the superintendent and provided further

that the superintendent may require the banking organization to comply

with the requirements of this section to the extent possible.

2. Every banking organization shall submit to the superintendent a

report of its planned or intended closing of a branch office, and shall

give written notice to any person who maintains a banking account

relationship with such branch office which is the subject of such

planned or intended closing, no less than ninety days nor more than one

hundred eighty days prior to the date of actual closing. The banking

organization shall post and keep posted in a conspicuous place notice of

such planned closing at such branch office, commencing on the date the

banking organization submits its report pursuant to the foregoing

provision and until the proposed closing is effected or withdrawn.

3. Such report shall be in writing and shall contain a statement of

the reasons leading to the decision to close the branch and any

statistical or other information in support thereof. Such report shall

be and remain at all times subject to the provisions of subdivision ten

of section thirty-six of this chapter. Such report shall also contain

the following information, provided that the superintendent may waive or

modify these requirements for good cause:

(a) a past (at least three years), present and projected financial

analysis of deposits at such branch (giving number of accounts and

dollar amount, profits and losses);

(b) a past (at least three years), present and projected financial

analysis of profits and losses relating to the loan activity at such

branch;

(c) a detailed map of the general area served by such branch showing

the distance and direction of all remaining state or federally chartered

institutions within such area and any licensee of the department which

provides financial services of any kind; and

(d) a description of any planned limited or full service banking

facility to be opened within such area by either the reporting banking

organization or, if known, to the reporting banking organization, by any

other banking institution.

4. The superintendent shall make a finding as to whether or not the

proposed branch closing will result in a significant reduction of

financial services in the community to be affected. Such finding shall

be made public. If the superintendent finds that the availability of

financial services in a particular geographic area or community will be

significantly reduced by the closing of a particular branch office, he

or she shall conduct such meetings with banking organizations and

community leaders as are necessary, in his or her judgment, to explore

the feasibility of replacing such branch with other adequate banking

facilities.

5. In this section:

(a) "banking organization" includes each bank, trust company, savings

bank, and savings and loan association as those terms are defined in

section two of this chapter and each out-of-state state bank authorized

to operate and maintain a branch pursuant to article five-C of this

chapter;

(b) "branch office", "branch", or "office" shall not include

electronic facilities as defined by general regulation of the

superintendent of financial services, but shall include a public

accommodation office;

(c) "financial services" includes demand and time deposit accounts,

check cashing services, deposit and withdrawal transactions, sale of

bank or travellers checks and money orders, processing loan

applications, acceptance of loan repayments, and any related services;

and

(d) "facility" and "facilities" includes any building, structure,

vehicle, unit, machine, or device, permanent or temporary, mobile or

stationary, which provides or dispenses financial services of any kind

or description.

6. No provision of this section or any rule or regulation adopted

pursuant thereto shall be deemed or construed as impairing the ability

of any banking organization to close any branch office after complying

with the provisions of subdivision two of this section.

§ 29 — Branch offices; public accommodation offices; approval or refusal; certificate; investigation fee

Branch offices; public accommodation offices; approval or

refusal; certificate; investigation fee. When a banking organization

seeks to open a branch office or public accommodation office, it shall

submit a written application to the superintendent. The application

shall contain such information as the superintendent deems necessary. At

the time of making such application, an investigation fee as prescribed

pursuant to section eighteen-a of this article shall be paid to the

superintendent for each branch office or public accommodation office for

which leave to open is sought. If the superintendent finds that the

opening of the branch office or public accommodation office is

consistent with the declaration of policy set forth in section ten of

this article and that the applicant is in compliance with section

twenty-eight-b of this article, he or she shall issue a certificate in

triplicate under his or her hand and the official seal of the department

authorizing the opening and occupation of such branch office or public

accommodation office and specifying the date on or after which and the

conditions under which it may be opened and the place where it shall be

located. The superintendent shall cause one of such triplicate

certificates to be transmitted to the applicant, another to be filed in

the office of the department and the third to be filed in the office of

the clerk of the county in which the principal office of the applicant

is located. If the superintendent shall not find that the opening of the

branch or public accommodation office is consistent with the declaration

of policy set forth in section ten of this article or that the applicant

is in compliance with section twenty-eight-b of this article, he or she

shall notify the applicant that the application has been denied.

No investigation fee for branch applications shall be collected from

applicants if such branch applications are filed in conjunction with

proceedings under section one hundred thirty-six, four hundred ten or

subdivision eight of section six hundred five of this chapter.

§ 30 — Unclaimed amounts; deposit by superintendent in trust; preference; release of debtor

Unclaimed amounts; deposit by superintendent in trust;

preference; release of debtor. 1. After the completion of the voluntary

or involuntary liquidation of the business and property of any banking

organization or of the business and property in this state of any

foreign banking corporation, the superintendent may take and hold as

trustee for the owners thereof any amounts which remain due to and

unclaimed by any creditor, depositor, stockholder, shareholder, bailor

or depositor of property for hire or otherwise, or lessee of any safe,

vault or box. Whenever such amounts are received by the superintendent

and he is not in possession of the business and property of such banking

organization or corporation, he shall give his receipt for such amounts

and shall forthwith deposit them in one or more banks, trust companies,

or savings banks, to the credit of the superintendent of financial

services in trust for the persons entitled thereto. In a liquidation by

the superintendent he shall deposit such amounts in like manner at the

times provided in article thirteen of this chapter.

2. All such deposits by the superintendent shall be entitled to

priority of payment in case of the insolvency or voluntary or

involuntary liquidation of the depositary on an equality with any other

priority given by this chapter.

3. The superintendent shall before the close of each fiscal year pay

into the state treasury all interest received by him on such unclaimed

amounts since the last such payment.

4. Any banking organization or foreign banking corporation with

respect to which the superintendent has received unclaimed amounts as

trustee for the owners thereof pursuant to the provisions of this

section shall, from and after the date when such amounts are so

received, be relieved and held harmless from any and all liability for

any claim or claims which exist at such time with respect to such

unclaimed amounts, or which may thereafter be made or may come into

existence on account of or in respect of any such unclaimed amounts, and

no action shall be maintained against such banking organization or

corporation or any officer, partner, agent, employee, attorney,

shareholder or stockholder thereof for the recovery of any such

unclaimed amounts, or for interest thereon subsequent to the date of

receipt by the superintendent or for damages alleged to have resulted

from the payment thereof to the superintendent.

§ 31 — Index of persons entitled to unclaimed amounts; payment to persons entitled; deduction of service charge

Index of persons entitled to unclaimed amounts; payment to

persons entitled; deduction of service charge. An index shall be kept in

the office of the department of the names of all persons for whom the

superintendent holds in trust any unclaimed amounts. The superintendent

may pay over any such amount which he holds in trust amounting to over

three dollars to any person who shall show by evidence satisfactory to

the superintendent that he is lawfully entitled to receive it. In cases

of doubt or conflicting claims, he may require of the claimant an order

of the supreme court authorizing and directing the payment thereof. The

superintendent shall be held harmless and shall not be liable to any

subsequent claimant for any payment made by him in good faith. The

superintendent shall deduct from the amount of any claim of fifty

dollars or more allowed by him or ordered by the court to be paid a

service charge of one percentum of the amount thereof, but in no event

less than one dollar and, in addition, any costs, disbursements and

legal fees which the court may allow. The amount so deducted shall be

paid into the state treasury in accordance with the provisions of

section seventeen of this chapter.

§ 32 — Insurance of deposits and share accounts

Insurance of deposits and share accounts.

1. Within one year from the date this section shall have become law,

every bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association

and credit union shall obtain insurance of deposits and share accounts,

as the case may be:

(a) from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in the case of a

bank, trust company, savings bank or savings and loan association;

(b) from the Administrator of the National Credit Union

Administration, in the case of a credit union; or

(c) in the case of any such banking organization, from any other

insurer upon such terms and conditions as the superintendent shall

approve.

2. No banking organization whose deposit or share accounts are so

insured shall hereafter voluntarily terminate such insured status.

3. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the

superintendent shall have the power to promulgate such regulations as

the superintendent deems necessary and proper (a) to implement and

define the provisions of this section, (b) to exempt from the

requirements of this section any banking organization which does not

receive deposits or share accounts from the general public, and (c) for

good cause shown, to extend for up to two years the period within which

any banking organization must comply with the requirements of

subdivision one of this section.

§ 33 — Reserve depositaries

Reserve depositaries. The superintendent shall, in his

discretion, upon the nomination of any bank, trust company, industrial

bank, foreign banking corporation authorized to maintain a branch or

branches in this state or private banker, designate as a depositary for

its reserves on deposit a bank, trust company, private banker or

national bank located in this state, or a banking corporation located

elsewhere in the United States if such banking corporation shall make

such reports as the superintendent may prescribe and shall submit to

such examinations as he may deem necessary. No such bank, trust

company, private banker, national bank or banking corporation may be a

depositary of any such reserves unless it shall have a combined capital

and surplus of at least

(1) One million dollars, if located in a borough in this state which

has a population of one million five hundred thousand or over;

(2) Seven hundred and fifty thousand dollars, if located in a borough

in this state which has a population of one million or over and less

than one million five hundred thousand or in a city in this state not

divided into boroughs which has a population of four hundred thousand or

over;

(3) Five hundred thousand dollars, if located elsewhere in this state;

(4) Two million dollars, if located outside this state.

No bank, trust company, private banker or national bank located in a

borough having a population of one million five hundred thousand or over

which does not have a combined capital and surplus of at least two

million dollars, may be a depositary for such reserves unless it shall

have a combined capital and surplus greater than the combined capital

and surplus of the bank, trust company, industrial bank, foreign banking

corporation authorized to maintain a branch or branches in this state or

private banker depositing such reserves.

§ 34 — Superintendent as attorney to accept service of process

Superintendent as attorney to accept service of process.

Whenever pursuant to any provision of this chapter, the superintendent

shall have been duly appointed attorney to receive service of process

for any individual, partnership, unincorporated association or

corporation, such service shall be made by personally delivering

duplicate copies of the process to and leaving them with the

superintendent or any deputy superintendent. Service of process so made

shall be deemed to have been made within the territorial jurisdiction of

any court in this state. The superintendent or deputy superintendent

shall forthwith forward by mail, postage prepaid, a copy of every

process served upon him in accordance with this section, directed to the

person last designated by such individual, partnership, unincorporated

association or corporation in accordance with the provisions of this

chapter to receive such process on his or its behalf. For each service

of process upon the superintendent or a deputy, he shall collect the sum

of two dollars, which shall be paid by the plaintiff or moving party at

the time of such service. The term process when used in this section,

includes any writ, summons, petition or order whereby any suit, action

or proceeding shall be commenced.

§ 35 — Information pamphlet for residential mortgage applicants

Information pamphlet for residential mortgage applicants. 1. The

superintendent shall develop a pamphlet known as "what mortgage

applicants need to know" and post such pamphlet on the department's web

site. Such pamphlet shall be posted and printed in the six most common

non-English languages spoken by individuals with limited-English

proficiency in New York state as based on the most recent census. The

department will notify mortgage bankers and banking organizations when

the pamphlet is posted on the department's web site and when any changes

to the pamphlet are made. A copy of such pamphlet shall be provided by

mortgage bankers and other banking organizations to each person applying

for a loan secured by a mortgage upon residential real estate in

accordance with the timing requirements under 12 CFR §

1026.19(e)(1)(iii). A mortgage banker or banking organization may

provide the applicant with the pamphlet via electronic communications,

including but not limited to, electronic mail or a hyperlink to the

pamphlet posted on the department's web site.

2. The pamphlet developed pursuant to this section shall be

substantially in the following form, along with other information added

at the discretion of the superintendent:

""WHAT MORTGAGE APPLICANTS NEED TO KNOW"

As an applicant for a residential mortgage you have the right to:

1. Compare and negotiate the charges of different mortgage brokers and

lenders to obtain the best loan possible.

2. Ask your mortgage broker to explain such person's responsibilities

within the mortgage lending process.

3. Know how much the mortgage broker is compensated by you and the

lender for your loan.

4. A clear and truthful explanation of the terms and conditions of the

loan.

5. Know if the loan being offered is a fixed or adjustable rate

mortgage loan, whether the loan can be transferred or refinanced, know

the exact amount of your monthly loan payments, including any projected

escrow payments, know the final annual percentage rate (APR) and the

amount of regular payments at the loan's closing.

6. Ask for an estimate detailing all loan and settlement charges

before you agree to the loan and pay any fees, including without

limitation loan application fees, title search and insurance fees,

lender's attorney fees, property appraisal charges, inspections,

recording fees, late payment fees, transfer taxes, point and origination

fees, escrow account balances, which services a loan applicant can shop

for and which they cannot, and you are entitled to receive such estimate

within three business days of applying for a loan.

7. Obtain credit counseling before closing a loan.

8. Decide whether or not to finance any portion of the points or fees.

9. Refuse to purchase credit insurance for any mortgage loan.

10. Have your property appraised by an independent licensed

professional and to receive a copy of the appraisal.

11. Not be subject to deceptive marketing practices.

12. Ask for the consumer financial protection bureau's booklet "Your

home loan toolkit".

13. Receive the following documents, and every document otherwise

required to be given to you at closing under federal and New York state

law:

a. Loan estimate or good faith estimate depending on the loan you are

applying for.

b. Closing disclosure.

14. Know what deposits and fees are not refundable if you decide to

cancel the loan agreement.

15. Receive in writing the reason for the denial or conditional

approval of your loan application.

16. If refinancing, you may cancel a loan within three days of the

closing by providing written notification of cancellation to the

licensed lender or banking institution.

17. Receive the closing disclosure three days before the closing takes

place.

18. Have any lending disputes resolved in a fair and equitable manner.

19. A credit decision that is not based upon your race, color,

national origin, religion, sex, family status, sexual orientation,

disability or whether any income is from public assistance.

20. File a complaint with the department or the Consumer Financial

Protection Bureau if you believe that a mortgage broker or any other

entity licensed by the department or the Consumer Financial Protection

Bureau has violated any rules, regulations or laws which govern such

person's conduct in working with you to get or process a mortgage loan.

21. File a complaint with the New York state department of state or

the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau if you believe that a real

estate broker has violated any rules, regulations or laws which govern

such person's conduct in working with you to purchase a home."

3. The superintendent may modify the language of the pamphlet to

ensure that the pamphlet is accurate and consistent with applicable law.

§ 36 — Examinations; right of inspection; penalties for refusing to permit examination

Examinations; right of inspection; penalties for refusing to

permit examination. * 1. The superintendent shall have the power to

examine every banking organization, every bank holding company and any

non-banking subsidiary thereof (as such terms "bank holding company" and

"non-banking subsidiary" are defined in article three-A of this chapter)

and every licensed lender at any time prior to its dissolution whenever

in his judgment such examination is necessary or advisable.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 1. The superintendent shall have the power to examine every banking

organization, every bank holding company and any non-banking subsidiary

thereof (as such terms "bank holding company" and "non-banking

subsidiary" are defined in article three-A of this chapter) and every

licensed lender and licensed buy-now-pay-later lender at any time prior

to its dissolution whenever in the superintendent's judgment such

examination is necessary or advisable.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

2. At least once in each calendar year upon such date or dates within

each such period as in his or her discretion he or she deems proper, the

superintendent shall cause every banking organization to be examined;

provided, however, that:

(a) the provisions of this subdivision shall not be applicable to an

investment company unless (i) such investment company has been

authorized by the superintendent of financial services to receive

deposits, in accordance with the terms of subdivision three of section

five hundred eight of this chapter, (ii) a bank or trust company, or any

two or more of such organizations, shall own an aggregate of twenty-five

per centum or more of the capital stock of such investment company, or

(iii) such investment company is a corporation which, under the terms of

subdivision six of this section, is deemed for the purposes of this

section to be a corporation affiliated with a corporate banking

organization, and

(b) the superintendent may extend the examination interval from at

least once in each calendar year to at least once in each eighteen month

period if the banking organization to be examined:

(1) has total assets of less than one billion dollars;

(2) is well-capitalized, which for purposes of this paragraph is

defined as having capital which significantly exceeds the required

minimum level for each relevant capital measure or as having such

capital as the superintendent shall otherwise define by regulation;

(3) at its most recent examination, was found to be well-managed and

its composite condition was found to be outstanding or good;

(4) is not currently subject to a formal enforcement proceeding or

order by the superintendent, the federal deposit insurance corporation

or any other federal banking agency; and

(5) has not been acquired by any person during the twelve month period

in which an examination would be required but for this paragraph, and

(c) the superintendent may modify the examination intervals as

prescribed by this subdivision to the extent the superintendent deems

appropriate, in his or her sole discretion, in order to obtain the

efficient use of the personal and nonpersonal resources of the

department by maximizing coordination with identical or parallel

examinations having differing or varying intervals performed by federal

banking regulators, whether such examinations are performed in

conjunction with the department or on an alternating schedule with such

federal banking regulators; provided, that nothing in this paragraph

shall be deemed in any manner to lessen or modify the requirement

imposed pursuant to section ten of this article.

3. On every such examination of any banking organization inquiry shall

be made as to (a) its financial condition, (b) the security afforded to

those by whom its engagements are held, (c) the policies of its

management, (d) whether the requirements of law have been complied with

in the administration of its affairs, and (e) such other matters as the

superintendent may prescribe. Examination of a licensed lender shall be

made only for the purposes set forth in section three hundred

forty-eight of this chapter.

4. The superintendent shall also have power at any time to examine

every agency, branch or office located in this state of any foreign

banking corporation, including, but not limited to, all of the books,

accounts or records of every agency, branch or office located in this

state of such foreign banking corporation as well as all of the books,

accounts or records maintained in this state of any agency, branch or

office not located in this state of such foreign banking corporation for

the purpose of ascertaining whether it has violated any law and for any

other purpose.

5. The superintendent shall have the power to make such special

investigations as he shall deem necessary to determine whether any

individual, partnership, unincorporated association or corporation has

violated any of the provisions of this chapter; and to the extent

necessary for this purpose the superintendent shall have the power to

examine all relevant books, records, accounts and documents.

6. For the purpose of determining the financial condition of a banking

organization, the superintendent shall have the power, when in his or

her judgment it is necessary or advisable, to examine corporations or

any other entity affiliated with any such banking organization. The

following are deemed for the purposes of this section to be corporations

or other entities affiliated with a banking organization:

(a) (i) Any corporation or other entity, the capital stock of which

such banking organization directly or indirectly, or through a

subsidiary or subsidiaries, owns or controls ten per centum or more of

the voting shares of such corporation or other entity; or (ii) any

corporation or other entity the election of a majority of the board of

directors of which is in any manner directly or indirectly controlled by

such banking organization; or (iii) any corporation or other entity the

management or policies over which the banking organization has the

power, directly or indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence, as

determined by the superintendent; provided, however, the foregoing

definition of affiliate corporations and other entities shall not apply

to small business investment companies as defined in and operating

pursuant to the provisions of an act of congress entitled "Small

Business Investment Act of 1958," and such companies shall be deemed to

be corporations affiliated with the banking organization for the

purposes of this subdivision, if such banking organization directly or

indirectly owns or controls twenty-five per centum or more of the voting

shares or more than twenty-five per centum of the shares voted for the

election of directors at the preceding annual meeting of such small

business investment company; or any such small business investment

company the election of at least twenty-five per centum of the board of

directors of which is in any other manner directly or indirectly

controlled by such banking organization; or

(b) Any corporation or other entity which directly or indirectly, or

through a subsidiary or subsidiaries, owns or controls ten per centum or

more of the voting shares of capital stock of such banking organization;

or any corporation or other entity which in any manner directly or

indirectly controls the election of a majority of the board of directors

of such banking organization; or with respect to the management or

policies of such banking organization has the power, directly or

indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence, as determined by the

superintendent.

6-a. (a) For the purposes of determining the financial condition of a

banking organization, the superintendent shall have the power, when in

his or her judgment it is necessary or advisable, to examine a

non-banking subsidiary of a corporation or other entity which

corporation or other entity, pursuant to paragraph (b) of subdivision

six of this section, is deemed to be an affiliate of a banking

organization.

(b) For the purposes of this subdivision, a "subsidiary" of such

affiliated corporation or other entity shall mean:

(1) Any corporation or other entity ten per centum or more of whose

voting stock is directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or

subsidiaries, owned, controlled, or held with power to vote, by an

affiliated corporation or other entity; or (2) any corporation or other

entity, the election of a majority of whose directors is controlled in

any manner by an affiliated corporation or other entity; or (3) any

corporation or other entity, ten per centum or more of whose voting

stock is directly or indirectly owned, controlled, or held with power to

vote, by a trustee or trustees for the benefit of the stockholders or

members of an affiliated corporation or other entity; or (4) any

corporation or other entity, at least ten per centum of the voting stock

of which is directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or

subsidiaries, owned, controlled or held with power to vote by a

combination of an affiliated corporation or other entity and by a

trustee or trustees for the benefit of the stockholders or members of

such affiliated corporation or other entity; or (5) any entity,

corporate or unincorporated, with respect to the management or policies

of which such affiliated corporation or other entity has the power,

directly or indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence, as

determined by the superintendent, after notice and opportunity for a

hearing. For the purposes of this subdivision, voting stock shall not be

deemed to include voting stock owned by the United States or by any

corporation wholly owned by the United States.

(c) A "non-banking subsidiary" for the purposes of this subdivision

means one which is not a banking organization or which is not engaged in

the banking business as defined in subdivision one of section one

hundred thirty-one of this chapter.

(d) The superintendent may use the reports of regulatory agencies of

this state, of other states, of any foreign government, and of federal

regulatory agencies in making such examinations or in conjunction with

such examination. All regulatory agencies of this state, shall upon

request of the superintendent, furnish or make available to him or her

reports of examination made by them of any such non-banking subsidiary.

6-b. For purposes of subdivisions six and six-a of this section, any

references contained therein to "voting stock" or "voting shares" shall

be deemed to include any ownership interest with respect to any entity

other than a corporation, any references to "stockholders" or

"shareholders" shall include persons or entities who have an equity

interest in any entity other than a corporation, and any references to

"board of directors" shall be deemed to mean the governing body with

respect to any entity other than a corporation.

7. The superintendent may cause any corporation, association or

partnership having business transactions or relations with any corporate

banking organization to be examined if such examination is found by a

justice of the supreme court, on application of the superintendent and

on notice to such company, to be necessary or expedient in order to

ascertain whether the capital stock of such corporate banking

organization is impaired or whether safety of depositors with it has

been imperilled.

8. Examinations may be made and inquiries instituted or continued in

the discretion of the superintendent after he has taken possession of

the property and business of any banking organization or after it has

entered upon voluntary dissolution until it shall resume business or its

affairs shall be finally liquidated.

9. Any individual, partnership, unincorporated association or

corporation, or any other entity, which refuses to permit examination or

investigation in accordance with the terms of this section shall forfeit

to the people of the state an amount as determined pursuant to section

forty-four of this chapter for every day such refusal continues.

* 10. All reports of examinations and investigations, correspondence

and memoranda concerning or arising out of such examination and

investigations, including any duly authenticated copy or copies thereof

in the possession of any banking organization, bank holding company or

any subsidiary thereof (as such terms "bank holding company" and

"subsidiary" are defined in article three-A of this chapter), any

corporation or any other entity affiliated with a banking organization

within the meaning of subdivision six of this section and any

non-banking subsidiary of a corporation or any other entity which is an

affiliate of a banking organization within the meaning of subdivision

six-a of this section, foreign banking corporation, licensed lender,

licensed casher of checks, licensed mortgage banker, registered mortgage

broker, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed sales finance

company, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed student loan

servicer, licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed

transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, any other person or

entity subject to supervision under this chapter, or the department,

shall be confidential communications, shall not be subject to subpoena

and shall not be made public unless, in the judgment of the

superintendent, the ends of justice and the public advantage will be

subserved by the publication thereof, in which event the superintendent

may publish or authorize the publication of a copy of any such report or

any part thereof in such manner as may be deemed proper or unless such

laws specifically authorize such disclosure. For the purposes of this

subdivision, "reports of examinations and investigations, and any

correspondence and memoranda concerning or arising out of such

examinations and investigations", includes any such materials of a bank,

insurance or securities regulatory agency or any unit of the federal

government or that of this state any other state or that of any foreign

government which are considered confidential by such agency or unit and

which are in the possession of the department or which are otherwise

confidential materials that have been shared by the department with any

such agency or unit and are in the possession of such agency or unit.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 10. All reports of examinations and investigations, correspondence

and memoranda concerning or arising out of such examination and

investigations, including any duly authenticated copy or copies thereof

in the possession of any banking organization, bank holding company or

any subsidiary thereof (as such terms "bank holding company" and

"subsidiary" are defined in article three-A of this chapter), any

corporation or any other entity affiliated with a banking organization

within the meaning of subdivision six of this section and any

non-banking subsidiary of a corporation or any other entity which is an

affiliate of a banking organization within the meaning of subdivision

six-a of this section, foreign banking corporation, licensed lender,

licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed

mortgage banker, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage loan

originator, licensed sales finance company, registered mortgage loan

servicer, licensed student loan servicer, licensed insurance premium

finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner,

any other person or entity subject to supervision under this chapter, or

the department, shall be confidential communications, shall not be

subject to subpoena and shall not be made public unless, in the judgment

of the superintendent, the ends of justice and the public advantage will

be subserved by the publication thereof, in which event the

superintendent may publish or authorize the publication of a copy of any

such report or any part thereof in such manner as may be deemed proper

or unless such laws specifically authorize such disclosure. For the

purposes of this subdivision, "reports of examinations and

investigations, and any correspondence and memoranda concerning or

arising out of such examinations and investigations", includes any such

materials of a bank, insurance or securities regulatory agency or any

unit of the federal government or that of this state any other state or

that of any foreign government which are considered confidential by such

agency or unit and which are in the possession of the department or

which are otherwise confidential materials that have been shared by the

department with any such agency or unit and are in the possession of

such agency or unit.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 36-a — Reports of lending by banking organizations

Reports of lending by banking organizations. The

superintendent may require every banking organization to submit from

time to time data on its mortgage loans, home improvement loans, or

other loans and data on its deposits.

§ 36-b — Preservation of books and records

Preservation of books and records. When any provision of this

chapter or any rule or regulation adopted pursuant thereto requires that

books and records be preserved, such requirement may be satisfied by

maintenance of original papers or other records, photographic

reproductions, or records stored in electronic storage media. As used in

this chapter, "electronic storage media" means any digital storage

medium or system that meets the following conditions:

1. It must preserve the records exclusively in non-rewritable,

non-erasable format;

2. It must verify automatically the quality and accuracy of the

storage media recording process;

3. It must have the capacity to readily download indexes, metadata and

records preserved on the electronic storage media to any medium

acceptable to the superintendent; and

4. It must be immediately readable on equipment at all times available

to the superintendent for examination of such records.

§ 37 — Reports to superintendent

Reports to superintendent. 1. The superintendent shall at least

two times in each year designate a past day as of which every bank,

trust company, private banker and, in the discretion of the

superintendent, a bank holding company and any non-banking subsidiary

thereof shall render a periodical report of condition to him. He shall

deliver or mail a notice designating such day to such bank, trust

company, private banker, bank holding company or any non-banking

subsidiary thereof at its principal office.

* 3. In addition to any reports expressly required by this chapter to

be made, the superintendent may require any banking organization,

licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed mortgage banker,

foreign banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to do

business in this state, bank holding company and any non-banking

subsidiary thereof, corporate affiliate of a corporate banking

organization within the meaning of subdivision six of section thirty-six

of this article and any non-banking subsidiary of a corporation which is

an affiliate of a corporate banking organization within the meaning of

subdivision six-a of section thirty-six of this article to make special

reports to him at such times as he may prescribe.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 3. In addition to any reports expressly required by this chapter to

be made, the superintendent may require any banking organization,

licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of

checks, licensed mortgage banker, foreign banking corporation licensed

by the superintendent to do business in this state, bank holding company

and any non-banking subsidiary thereof, corporate affiliate of a

corporate banking organization within the meaning of subdivision six of

section thirty-six of this article and any non-banking subsidiary of a

corporation which is an affiliate of a corporate banking organization

within the meaning of subdivision six-a of section thirty-six of this

article to make special reports to the superintendent at such times as

the superintendent may prescribe.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

4. The superintendent, except as otherwise expressly provided in this

chapter, may prescribe the form and contents of all periodical and all

special reports.

* 5. The superintendent may extend at his discretion the time within

which a banking organization, foreign banking corporation licensed by

the superintendent to do business in this state, bank holding company or

any non-banking subsidiary thereof, licensed casher of checks, licensed

mortgage banker, private banker or licensed lender is required to make

and file any report to the superintendent.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 5. The superintendent may extend at the superintendent's discretion

the time within which a banking organization, foreign banking

corporation licensed by the superintendent to do business in this state,

bank holding company or any non-banking subsidiary thereof, licensed

casher of checks, licensed mortgage banker, private banker, licensed

buy-now-pay-later lender or licensed lender is required to make and file

any report to the superintendent.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

6. For purposes of this section thirty-seven the terms "bank holding

company" and "non-banking subsidiary" shall be defined as such terms are

defined in article three-A of this chapter.

§ 37-a — Submission of annual reports by the Holocaust claims processing office

Submission of annual reports by the Holocaust claims

processing office. The superintendent shall report annually to the

governor, the temporary president of the senate, the speaker of the

assembly, the chairs of the senate standing committees on finance and

banks, and the chairs of the assembly standing committees on ways and

means and banks on the fifteenth of January of each year, a statement of

condition with respect to the purpose, policies and activities of the

Holocaust claims processing office. Such report shall include the

following information:

1. such offices' operations and accomplishments; and

2. a schedule of expenses including, but not limited to personal

service costs, nonpersonal service costs and expenses related to the

recovery of properties belonging to Holocaust victim survivors.

§ 38 — Power of subpoena

Power of subpoena. 1. The superintendent shall have power at all

times, either personally or by his deputies, including special deputy

superintendents, or examiners, to subpoena witnesses, to compel their

attendance, to administer an oath, to examine any person under oath and

to require the production of any relevant books or papers. Such

examination may be conducted on any subject relating to the duties

imposed upon, or the powers vested in, the superintendent under the

provisions of this chapter. Any corporation, association, partnership or

individual which fails to obey the command of a subpoena without

reasonable excuse or refuses, without reasonable cause, to be sworn or

to be examined or to answer a question or to produce a book or paper

when ordered so to do by the officer duly conducting such inquiry, or

fails to perform any act required hereunder to be performed, shall be

guilty of a misdemeanor and shall also be subject to the compulsions

provided by the civil practice law and rules. Any officer participating

in such inquiry and any person examined as a witness upon such inquiry

who shall disclose to any person other than the superintendent the name

of any witness examined or any other information obtained upon such

inquiry, except as directed by the superintendent, shall be guilty of a

misdemeanor.

2. In any such investigation before the superintendent or before his

deputy or any other officer duly designated by him to conduct such

investigation, the superintendent or such deputy or officer may confer

immunity in accordance with the provisions of section 50.20 of the

criminal procedure law.

§ 39 — Orders of superintendent

* § 39. Orders of superintendent. 1. To appear and explain an apparent

violation. Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that any

banking organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker,

licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered

mortgage loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed

lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company,

licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of

money, licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a

branch or branches or representative or other offices in this state, or

foreign banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to do

business or maintain a representative office in this state has violated

any law or regulation, he or she may, in his or her discretion, issue an

order describing such apparent violation and requiring such banking

organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed

mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan

originator, licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales

finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed

transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank

that maintains a branch or branches or representative or other offices

in this state, or foreign banking corporation to appear before him or

her, at a time and place fixed in said order, to present an explanation

of such apparent violation.

2. To discontinue unauthorized or unsafe and unsound practices.

Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that any banking

organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed

mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage

loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed lender,

licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed

insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money,

licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch

or branches or representative or other offices in this state, or foreign

banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to do business in

this state is conducting business in an unauthorized or unsafe and

unsound manner, he or she may, in his or her discretion, issue an order

directing the discontinuance of such unauthorized or unsafe and unsound

practices, and fixing a time and place at which such banking

organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed

mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage

loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed lender,

licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed

insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money,

licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch

or branches or representative or other offices in this state, or foreign

banking corporation may voluntarily appear before him or her to present

any explanation in defense of the practices directed in said order to be

discontinued.

3. To make good impairment of capital or to ensure compliance with

financial requirements. Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent

that the capital or capital stock of any banking organization, bank

holding company or any subsidiary thereof which is organized, licensed

or registered pursuant to this chapter, is impaired, or the financial

requirements imposed by subdivision one of section two hundred two-b of

this chapter or any regulation of the superintendent on any branch or

agency of a foreign banking corporation or the financial requirements

imposed by this chapter or any regulation of the superintendent on any

licensed lender, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker,

licensed student loan servicer, licensed casher of checks, licensed

sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency,

licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner or private banker

are not satisfied, the superintendent may, in the superintendent's

discretion, issue an order directing that such banking organization,

bank holding company, branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation,

registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed student

loan servicer, licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed

sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency,

licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, or private

banker make good such deficiency forthwith or within a time specified in

such order.

4. To make good encroachments on reserves. Whenever it shall appear to

the superintendent that either the total reserves or reserves on hand of

any banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking

corporation are below the amount required by or pursuant to this chapter

or any other applicable provision of law or regulation to be maintained,

or that such banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking

corporation is not keeping its reserves on hand as required by this

chapter or any other applicable provision of law or regulation, he or

she may, in his or her discretion, issue an order directing that such

banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation

make good such reserves forthwith or within a time specified in such

order, or that it keep its reserves on hand as required by this chapter.

5. To keep books and accounts as prescribed. Whenever it shall appear

to the superintendent that any banking organization, bank holding

company, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed

student loan servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed

mortgage loan originator, licensed lender, licensed casher of checks,

licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance

agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, agency

or branch of a foreign banking corporation licensed by the

superintendent to do business in this state, does not keep its books and

accounts in such manner as to enable him or her to readily ascertain its

true condition, he or she may, in his or her discretion, issue an order

requiring such banking organization, bank holding company, registered

mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan

servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan

originator, licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales

finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed

transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, or foreign banking

corporation, or the officers or agents thereof, or any of them, to open

and keep such books or accounts as he or she may, in his or her

discretion, determine and prescribe for the purpose of keeping accurate

and convenient records of its transactions and accounts.

6. As used in this section, "bank holding company" shall have the same

meaning as that term is defined in section one hundred forty-one of this

chapter.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* § 39. Orders of superintendent. 1. To appear and explain an apparent

violation. Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that any

banking organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker,

licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered

mortgage loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed

lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of checks,

licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance

agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner,

out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch or branches or

representative or other offices in this state, or foreign banking

corporation licensed by the superintendent to do business or maintain a

representative office in this state has violated any law or regulation,

the superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, issue an

order describing such apparent violation and requiring such banking

organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed

mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan

originator, licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed

casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance

premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget

planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch or branches or

representative or other offices in this state, or foreign banking

corporation to appear before the superintendent, at a time and place

fixed in said order, to present an explanation of such apparent

violation.

2. To discontinue unauthorized or unsafe and unsound practices.

Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that any banking

organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed

mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage

loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed lender,

licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed

sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency,

licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, out-of-state

state bank that maintains a branch or branches or representative or

other offices in this state, or foreign banking corporation licensed by

the superintendent to do business in this state is conducting business

in an unauthorized or unsafe and unsound manner, the superintendent may,

in the superintendent's discretion, issue an order directing the

discontinuance of such unauthorized or unsafe and unsound practices, and

fixing a time and place at which such banking organization, bank holding

company, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed

student loan servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed

mortgage loan originator, licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later

lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company,

licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of

money, licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a

branch or branches or representative or other offices in this state, or

foreign banking corporation may voluntarily appear before the

superintendent to present any explanation in defense of the practices

directed in said order to be discontinued.

3. To make good impairment of capital or to ensure compliance with

financial requirements. Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent

that the capital or capital stock of any banking organization, bank

holding company or any subsidiary thereof which is organized, licensed

or registered pursuant to this chapter, is impaired, or the financial

requirements imposed by subdivision one of section two hundred two-b of

this chapter or any regulation of the superintendent on any branch or

agency of a foreign banking corporation or the financial requirements

imposed by this chapter or any regulation of the superintendent on any

licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, registered mortgage

broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer,

licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed

insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money,

licensed budget planner or private banker are not satisfied, the

superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, issue an order

directing that such banking organization, bank holding company, branch

or agency of a foreign banking corporation, registered mortgage broker,

licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, licensed

lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of checks,

licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance

agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, or

private banker make good such deficiency forthwith or within a time

specified in such order.

4. To make good encroachments on reserves. Whenever it shall appear to

the superintendent that either the total reserves or reserves on hand of

any banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking

corporation are below the amount required by or pursuant to this chapter

or any other applicable provision of law or regulation to be maintained,

or that such banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking

corporation is not keeping its reserves on hand as required by this

chapter or any other applicable provision of law or regulation, the

superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, issue an order

directing that such banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign

banking corporation make good such reserves forthwith or within a time

specified in such order, or that it keep its reserves on hand as

required by this chapter.

5. To keep books and accounts as prescribed. Whenever it shall appear

to the superintendent that any banking organization, bank holding

company, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed

student loan servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed

mortgage loan originator, licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later

lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company,

licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of

money, licensed budget planner, agency or branch of a foreign banking

corporation licensed by the superintendent to do business in this state,

does not keep its books and accounts in such manner as to enable the

superintendent to readily ascertain its true condition, the

superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, issue an order

requiring such banking organization, bank holding company, registered

mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan

servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan

originator, licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed

casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance

premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget

planner, or foreign banking corporation, or the officers or agents

thereof, or any of them, to open and keep such books or accounts as the

superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, determine and

prescribe for the purpose of keeping accurate and convenient records of

its transactions and accounts.

6. As used in this section, "bank holding company" shall have the same

meaning as that term is defined in section one hundred forty-one of this

chapter.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 40 — Revocation of authorization certificate or license or suspension of activities in certain cases

Revocation of authorization certificate or license or suspension

of activities in certain cases. 1. If the superintendent shall find that

(i) any of the reasons for taking possession of the business and

property of a banking organization or of the business and property in

this state of a foreign banking corporation enumerated in section six

hundred six of this chapter, shall exist with respect to a private

banker to which the superintendent has issued an authorization

certificate or a foreign banking corporation to which the superintendent

has issued a license or (ii) any fact or condition exists which would be

grounds for denial of an application for such a license issued to a

foreign banking corporation, as defined by the superintendent of

financial services by regulation, he may, after notice and hearing

thereon, revoke such license or authorization certificate. Notice of

such revocation, under the superintendent's hand and the official seal

of the department, shall be executed in triplicate and one copy shall be

transmitted to such private banker or foreign corporation, another shall

be filed in the office of the department and the third shall be filed in

the office of the clerk of the county in which the authorization

certificate or license of such private banker or foreign corporation has

been filed. The superintendent may, in his discretion, publish a copy of

such notice, with such other facts as he may deem proper, in the state

register.

2. If the superintendent finds that any of the grounds for revocation

described in subdivision one of this section are present with respect to

a foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to this chapter and in

addition the superintendent finds it necessary to protect the interest

of depositors or the public, the superintendent may issue, without

notice and hearing, an order suspending or otherwise limiting the

activities of the foreign banking corporation, for a period not to

exceed ninety days, pending investigation or hearing.

§ 41 — Removal and prohibition

Removal and prohibition. 1. Grounds for enforcement action.

Whenever the superintendent has reason to believe that any director,

trustee, officer, member or partner, or, in the case of a foreign

banking corporation, the person in charge, or an officer, of a branch or

agency (for purposes of this section, each a "covered individual"), of

any bank, trust company, limited purpose trust company, private bank,

savings bank, safe deposit company, savings and loan association, credit

union, investment company, bank holding company (as such term is defined

in article three-A of this chapter), foreign banking corporation,

licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, budget planner, mortgage

banker, mortgage loan servicer, mortgage broker, licensed transmitter of

money or student loan servicer (for purposes of this section, each a

"covered entity") has, directly or indirectly: (a) caused, facilitated,

permitted or participated in any violation by a covered entity of a law

or regulation, order issued by the superintendent or any written

agreement between such covered entity or covered individual and the

superintendent; (b) engaged or participated in any unsafe or unsound

practice in connection with any covered entity; or (c) engaged or

participated in any willful material act or omitted to take any material

act that directly contributed to the failure of a covered entity; the

superintendent may bring an action to remove such covered individual

from office.

2. Notice and hearing. (a) Whenever the superintendent has reason to

believe that any grounds exist to remove a covered individual, the

superintendent may serve a statement of the charges against such covered

individual, either personally or, upon a finding that such individual

cannot be served personally within this state, by registered mail at the

last address of such individual shown on the department's records, and a

notice of an opportunity to appear before the superintendent to show

cause why such covered individual should not be removed from office. A

copy of such notice shall also be sent to any affected covered entity.

(b) If after notice and a hearing, the superintendent finds that the

covered individual has engaged in conduct described in subdivision one

of this section, or if such covered individual waives a hearing, or

fails to appear in person or by a duly authorized representative without

good cause shown at the time and place set for the hearing, the

superintendent may issue an order removing the covered individual from

office and prohibiting the covered individual's employment or the

performance of any contractual agreements with any covered entity.

(c) Such order and the findings of fact upon which it is based shall

be effective upon service on such covered individual personally or, upon

a finding that such individual cannot be served personally within this

state, by registered mail, and may not be made public or disclosed to

anyone, except as provided in subdivision ten of section thirty-six of

this article or in connection with proceedings relating to a violation

of this section. Such order shall also be served upon any affected

covered entity served with the statement of charges in the proceeding

resulting in the order. Any such order shall remain in effect, unless it

is amended or rescinded by the superintendent or a court of competent

jurisdiction, or replaced by an order issued pursuant to subdivision

three of this section.

(d) To the extent consistent with the requirements in this section, a

proceeding to remove a covered individual pursuant to this section shall

be conducted in accordance with the requirements of article three of the

financial services law and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

3. Suspension pending determination of charges. Upon, or at any time

after service of written notice pursuant to subdivision two of this

section, the superintendent may suspend, pending the determination of

the charges, a covered individual from office or prohibit such

individual from participating in any manner in the conduct of the

affairs of any covered entity for a period of up to one hundred eighty

days if the superintendent has reason to believe that by reason of the

conduct described in subdivision one of this section: (a) a covered

entity has suffered or will probably suffer financial loss that impacts

its ability to operate in a safe and sound manner; (b) the interests of

the depositors at a covered entity have been or could be prejudiced; or

(c) the covered individual demonstrates willful disregard for the safety

and soundness of a covered entity. The superintendent may extend the

suspension for additional periods of up to one hundred eighty days if

the hearing is not completed within the prior suspension period due to

the request of the covered individual.

4. Effect of order for removal or suspension. Any covered individual

subject to an order issued pursuant to this section shall be prohibited

from participating, in any manner, in the conduct of the affairs of any

covered entity unless permitted to, in writing, by the superintendent.

Any covered individual who thereafter, without permission of the

superintendent, participates in any manner in the management of a

covered entity shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

5. Manner of review. Any order issued pursuant to this section may be

reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of the civil

practice law and rules.

§ 42 — Official acts of superintendent and details of department business to be made public

Official acts of superintendent and details of department

business to be made public. The superintendent shall publish and make

available to the general public at the offices of the department and

also post on the department's internet website a bulletin at noon on

Friday of each week stating the following items of general information

with regard to the work of the department since the preceding statement:

* 1. The name and the location of the principal office of every

proposed corporation, private banker, licensed lender and licensed

casher of checks, the organization certificate, private banker's

certificate or application for license of which has been filed for

examination, and the date of such filing.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 1. The name and the location of the principal office of every

proposed corporation, private banker, licensed lender, licensed

buy-now-pay-later lender and licensed casher of checks, the organization

certificate, private banker's certificate or application for license of

which has been filed for examination, and the date of such filing.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

* 2. The name and location of every licensed lender and licensed

casher of checks, and the name, location, amount of capital stock or

permanent capital and amount of surplus of every corporation and private

banker and the minimum assets required of every branch of a foreign

banking corporation authorized to commence business, and the date of

authorization or licensing.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 2. The name and location of every licensed lender, licensed

buy-now-pay-later lender and licensed casher of checks, and the name,

location, amount of capital stock or permanent capital and amount of

surplus of every corporation and private banker and the minimum assets

required of every branch of a foreign banking corporation authorized to

commence business, and the date of authorization or licensing.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

* 3. The name of every proposed corporation, private banker, branch of

a foreign banking corporation, licensed lender and licensed casher of

checks to which a certificate of authorization or a license has been

refused and the date of notice of refusal.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 3. The name of every proposed corporation, private banker, branch of

a foreign banking corporation, licensed lender, licensed

buy-now-pay-later lender and licensed casher of checks to which a

certificate of authorization or a license has been refused and the date

of notice of refusal.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

* 4. The name and location of every private banker, licensed lender,

licensed casher of checks, sales finance company and foreign corporation

the authorization certificate or license of which has been revoked, and

the date of such revocation.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 4. The name and location of every private banker, licensed lender,

licensed casher of checks, sales finance company, licensed

buy-now-pay-later lender and foreign corporation the authorization

certificate or license of which has been revoked, and the date of such

revocation.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

* 5. The name of every banking organization, licensed lender, licensed

casher of checks and foreign corporation which has applied for leave to

change its place or one of its places of business and the places from

and to which the change is proposed to be made; the name of every

banking organization which has applied to change the designation of its

principal office to a branch office and to change the designation of one

of its branch offices to its principal office, and the location of the

principal office which is proposed to be redesignated as a branch office

and of the branch office which is proposed to be redesignated as the

principal office.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 5. The name of every banking organization, licensed lender, licensed

casher of checks, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender and foreign

corporation which has applied for leave to change its place or one of

its places of business and the places from and to which the change is

proposed to be made; the name of every banking organization which has

applied to change the designation of its principal office to a branch

office and to change the designation of one of its branch offices to its

principal office, and the location of the principal office which is

proposed to be redesignated as a branch office and of the branch office

which is proposed to be redesignated as the principal office.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

* 6. The name of every banking organization, licensed lender, licensed

casher of checks and foreign corporation authorized to change its place

or one of its places of business and the date when and the places from

and to which the change is authorized to be made; the name of every

banking organization authorized to change the designation of its

principal office to a branch office and to change the designation of a

branch office to its principal office, the location of the redesignated

principal office and of the redesignated branch office, and the date of

such change.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* 6. The name of every banking organization, licensed lender, licensed

casher of checks, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender and foreign

corporation authorized to change its place or one of its places of

business and the date when and the places from and to which the change

is authorized to be made; the name of every banking organization

authorized to change the designation of its principal office to a branch

office and to change the designation of a branch office to its principal

office, the location of the redesignated principal office and of the

redesignated branch office, and the date of such change.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

7. The name of every banking organization and of every foreign banking

corporation which has applied for permission to open a branch office or

a public accommodation office, the date of such application and the

location of the proposed branch or public accommodation office.

8. The name of every banking organization and of every foreign banking

corporation authorized to open a branch office or a public accommodation

office, the date of approval and the location of such office.

9. The name and location of every banking organization authorized to

increase or reduce its capital stock or permanent capital, the date of

such authorization and the amount of the increase or reduction.

10. The names and locations of all banking organizations which have

merged pursuant to the provisions of this chapter and the dates upon

which such mergers became effective.

11. The name and city or town of residence of every person, whose

compensation is to be paid upon the audit and warrant of the

comptroller, who has been appointed deputy and of every person who has

been appointed to a position in the exempt class of the classified

service as such terms are defined in the civil service law, in the

department, and the title of the position to which he or she has been

appointed and the date of appointment. Such other information as the

superintendent deems appropriate.

12. The date on which a call pursuant to section thirty-seven of this

chapter for a periodical report of condition by banks, trust companies

and private bankers was issued and the day designated as the day as of

which such reports should be made.

13. The name and location of every banking organization and branch of

a foreign banking corporation of which the superintendent has taken

possession for the purpose of liquidation, the date of taking

possession, and the name and residence of any special deputy

superintendent appointed to assist in the liquidation thereof.

14. The name and location of every banking organization of which the

superintendent has surrendered possession pursuant to the provisions of

section six hundred seven of this chapter.

15. The name and location of every corporate banking organization the

creditors and depositors of which have been paid in full by the

superintendent and a meeting of stockholders of which has been called,

and the date of notice of meeting and date of meeting.

16. The name and location of every corporate banking organization the

affairs and business of which have been finally liquidated and which has

been dissolved.

17. The name and location of every private banker the liquidation of

the affairs of which has been completed by the superintendent.

18. The name and location of every corporate banking organization

which has applied for approval of a change of name, and the name

proposed.

* 19. a. The name of every state chartered banking institution, as

defined pursuant to section twelve-a of this article, which has applied

to exercise a federally permitted power pursuant to subdivision three of

section twelve-a of this article, a description of such power and the

date of such filing.

b. The intention of the superintendent to issue an order pursuant to

subdivision four of section twelve-a of this article, which shall

include a description of the proposed federally permitted power and a

reference to the state-chartered banking institutions which shall be

permitted to exercise such power.

* NB Repealed September 10, 2029

Every such statement after having been so posted for one week shall be

placed on file and kept in the office of the department. All such

statements shall be public documents and at all reasonable times shall

be open to public inspection.

§ 44 — Violations; penalties

Violations; penalties. 1. * (a) Without limiting any power

granted to the superintendent under any other provision of this chapter,

the superintendent may, in a proceeding after notice and a hearing,

require any safe deposit company, licensed lender, licensed casher of

checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium

finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed mortgage banker,

licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage broker, licensed

mortgage loan originator, registered mortgage loan servicer or licensed

budget planner to pay to the people of this state a penalty for any

violation of this chapter, any regulation promulgated thereunder, any

final or temporary order issued pursuant to section thirty-nine of this

article, any condition imposed in writing by the superintendent in

connection with the grant of any application or request, or any written

agreement entered into with the superintendent.

* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,

Part Y, § 13)

* (a) Without limiting any power granted to the superintendent under

any other provision of this chapter, the superintendent may, in a

proceeding after notice and a hearing, require any safe deposit company,

licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of

checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium

finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed mortgage banker,

licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage broker, licensed

mortgage loan originator, registered mortgage loan servicer or licensed

budget planner to pay to the people of this state a penalty for any

violation of this chapter, any regulation promulgated thereunder, any

final or temporary order issued pursuant to section thirty-nine of this

article, any condition imposed in writing by the superintendent in

connection with the grant of any application or request, or any written

agreement entered into with the superintendent.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

(b) The penalty for each violation prescribed in paragraph (a) of this

subdivision shall not exceed two thousand five hundred dollars for each

day during which such violation continues.

(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this subdivision, if the

superintendent determines (i) that any such licensee, registrant or safe

deposit company has committed a violation as described in paragraph (a)

of this subdivision, or has recklessly engaged in any unsafe and unsound

practice and (ii) that such violation or practice is part of a pattern

of misconduct, results or is likely to result in more than minimal loss

to such licensee, registrant or safe deposit company, or results in

pecuniary gain or other benefit to such licensee, registrant or safe

deposit company, then the penalty shall not exceed fifteen thousand

dollars for each day during which such violation or practice continues.

(d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b) or (c) of this subdivision, if the

superintendent determines (i) that any such licensee, registrant or safe

deposit company has knowingly and willfully committed any violation as

described in paragraph (a) of this subdivision, or has knowingly and

willfully engaged in any unsafe and unsound practice, or (ii) that any

licensee, registrant or safe deposit company has knowingly committed any

violation described in paragraph (a) of this subdivision which

substantially undermines public confidence in any such licensee,

registrant or safe deposit company or in such licensees, registrants or

safe deposit companies generally, and, in either case, (iii) that such

licensee, registrant or safe deposit company has knowingly or recklessly

incurred so substantial a loss as a result of such violation or practice

as to threaten the safety and soundness of such licensee, registrant or

safe deposit company, then the penalty shall not exceed seventy-five

thousand dollars for each day during which such violation continues.

(e) The superintendent, in determining the amount of any penalty

assessed pursuant to this subdivision, shall take into consideration the

net worth and annual business volume of such licensees, registrants or

safe deposit companies.

2. (a) Without limiting any power granted to the superintendent under

any other provision of this chapter, the superintendent may, in a

proceeding after notice and hearing, require any banking organization,

bank holding company out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch or

branches or representative or other offices in this state, or foreign

banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to maintain a branch,

agency or representative office in this state to pay to the people of

this state a penalty for any violation of this chapter, any regulation

promulgated thereunder, any final or temporary order issued pursuant to

section thirty-nine of this article, any condition imposed in writing by

the superintendent in connection with the grant of any application or

request, or any written agreement entered into with the superintendent.

For purposes of this section, any reference to a "banking organization"

shall be deemed to exclude a safe deposit company and any reference to a

"foreign bank licensee" shall be deemed to include an out-of-state state

bank that maintains a branch or branches or representative or other

offices in this state and a foreign banking corporation licensed to

maintain a branch, agency or representative office in this state.

(b) The penalty for each violation prescribed in paragraph (a) of this

subdivision shall not exceed five thousand dollars for each day during

which such violation continues.

3. Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of subdivision two of this section,

if the superintendent determines: (a) that any banking organization,

bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee has committed any

violation described in subdivision two of this section or has recklessly

engaged in any unsafe and unsound practice, and

(b) that such violation or practice is part of a pattern of

misconduct, results or is likely to result in more than minimal loss to

the banking organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank

licensee, or results in pecuniary gain or other benefit to the banking

organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee, then the

penalty shall not exceed twenty-five thousand dollars for each day

during which such violation or practice continues.

4. Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of subdivision two and subdivision

three of this section, if the superintendent determines: (a) (i) that

any banking organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee

has knowingly and willfully committed any violation described in

subdivision two of this section or has knowingly and willfully engaged

in any unsafe and unsound practice, or (ii) that any banking

organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee has

knowingly committed any violation described in subdivision two of this

section which substantially undermines public confidence in any such

banking organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee or

in banking organizations, bank holding companies, or foreign bank

licensees generally, and, in either case, (b) that the banking

organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee has

knowingly or recklessly incurred so substantial a loss as a result of

such violation or practice as to threaten the safety and soundness of

such banking organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank

licensee, then the penalty shall not exceed the lesser of (i) two

hundred fifty thousand dollars or (ii) one percent of the total assets

of such banking organization, or one percent of the total assets of the

banking subsidiaries, as such term is defined pursuant to section one

hundred forty-one of this chapter, of such bank holding company, or one

percent of the total assets in this state of such foreign bank licensee,

as applicable, for each day during which such violation or practice

continues.

5. In assessing any penalty against any entity listed in paragraph (a)

of subdivision one or paragraph (a) of subdivision two of this section,

the superintendent shall take into account, without limitation, factors

including: (a) the extent, if any, to which senior management or board

directors or trustees participated therein, (b) the extent to which the

entity has cooperated with the superintendent in the investigation of

such conduct, (c) any sanction imposed by any other regulatory agency,

(d) the financial resources and good faith of the entity, (e) the

gravity of the violation, (f) any history of prior violations, and (g)

such other matters as justice and the public interest may require.

6. Whenever the superintendent shall require the payment of such

penalty by any such entity, he shall forthwith execute in duplicate a

written order to that effect. On the date such order is executed, the

superintendent shall file one copy of such order in the office of the

department and serve the second copy upon such entity either personally

or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, directed

to the entity's principal place of business or, in the case of a

licensee or registrant, its last known address of record. Such order may

be reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of the civil

practice law and rules. Such special proceeding for review as authorized

by this section must be commenced within thirty days from the service of

such order.

7. The superintendent may compromise, modify, or remit any penalty

which he or she may assess or had already assessed under this section.

8. The superintendent may prescribe regulations to carry out the

provisions and purposes of this section.

9. As used in this section, "bank holding company" shall have the same

meaning as that term is defined in subdivision six of section

thirty-nine of this article.

§ 44-a — Violations and penalties; failure to make reports

Violations and penalties; failure to make reports. 1.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter to the contrary:

a. any person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated or

otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter, or an out-of-state state

bank, that inadvertently or unintentionally: (i) fails to make any

report required by the superintendent pursuant to this chapter, on or

before the day designated for the making thereof; (ii) fails to include

within such report any prescribed matter; or (iii) submits false or

misleading information therein, shall, after notice and hearing, forfeit

to the people of the state not more than two thousand dollars for each

day during which such report or omitted matter is delayed or withheld or

such false or misleading information is not corrected, unless the time

therefor shall have been extended by the superintendent, for good cause

shown, in his or her sole discretion;

b. notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph a of this subdivision

any person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated or otherwise

formed pursuant to this chapter, or an out-of-state state bank, that

demonstrates by any pattern of behavior or other action that any of its

failures as described in paragraph a of this subdivision were not

inadvertent or unintentional shall, after notice and hearing, forfeit to

the people of the state not more than twenty thousand dollars for each

day during which such failures continue;

c. notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph a or b of this

subdivision, any person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated

or otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter that demonstrates that any

of its failures as described in paragraph a of this subdivision

constitutes a pattern of behavior or other action performed knowingly

and with reckless disregard shall, after notice and hearing, forfeit to

the people of the state not more than two hundred fifty thousand dollars

or in the case of a banking organization, foreign bank licensee or an

out-of-state state bank, the lesser of two hundred fifty thousand

dollars or one percent of the total assets of such banking organization

or one percent of the total assets in this state of such foreign bank

licensee, as applicable for each day that its failures continue.

With respect to any amount assessed pursuant to this section against

any person or entity licensed or registered pursuant to this chapter,

but not with respect to a banking organization, foreign bank licensee or

out-of-state state bank, the superintendent in determining such amount,

shall take into consideration the net worth and annual business volume

of such licensed or registered person or entity.

2. In assessing any penalty pursuant to this section, the

superintendent shall take into account, without limitation, factors

including:

a. the extent, if any, to which senior management or board directors

or trustees participated therein,

b. the extent to which the entity has cooperated with the

superintendent in the investigation of such conduct,

c. any sanction imposed by any other regulatory agency,

d. the financial resources and good faith of the entity,

e. the gravity of the violation,

f. any history of prior violations, and

g. such other matters as justice and the public interest may require.

3. Whenever the superintendent shall require the payment of such

penalty by any such entity, he or she shall forthwith execute in

duplicate a written order to that effect. On the date such order is

executed, the superintendent shall file one copy of such order in the

office of the department and serve the second copy upon such entity

either personally or by registered or certified mail, return receipt

requested, directed to the entity's principal place of business or, in

the case of a licensee or registrant, its last known address of record.

Such order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article

seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such special

proceeding for review as authorized by this section must be commenced

within thirty days from the service of such order.

4. The superintendent may compromise, modify, or remit any penalty

which he or she may assess or had already assessed under this section.

5. The superintendent may prescribe regulations to carry out the

provisions and purposes of this section.

§ 45 — Export finance awareness program

Export finance awareness program. There shall be created within

the department an export finance awareness program. Such program shall

provide in a manner prescribed by the superintendent, but not be limited

to, the following:

1. information to all the various banking corporations principally

engaged in doing business within the state, about the various methods

used by particular corporations which provide financing for businesses

engaged in the export of products or services to foreign countries;

2. information to such banking corporations about other state or

federal programs designed to promote or expedite financing of exports

that may be of value to them, specifically such programs that may be

targeted to the small and medium-size transactions; and

3. the use of seminars, workshops, written materials disseminated by

the department or any other methods the superintendent may deem

necessary or proper for the provision of such information.

ARTICLE 2-AA Atm Safety Act

§ 75-a — Legislative intent

Legislative intent. The legislature hereby finds that

automated teller machines are an integral part of consumers' lives and

that automated teller machines are used by millions of New Yorkers,

statewide, on a daily basis. It is the legislature's intent to ensure

the convenience and safety of automated teller machine use by

establishing security measures for automated teller machine facilities.

§ 75-b — Definitions

Definitions. For purposes of this article, the following terms

shall have the following meanings:

1. "Access device" means a card, code, or other means of access to a

consumer's account, or any combination thereof, that may be used by the

consumer for the purpose of initiating electronic fund transfers.

2. "Automated teller machine" means a device which is linked to the

accounts and records of a banking institution and which enables

consumers to carry out banking transactions, including, but not limited

to, account transfers, deposits, cash withdrawals, balance inquiries,

and loan payments.

3. "Automated teller machine facility" means an area within the

dominion and control of a banking institution comprised of one or more

automated teller machines and any adjacent space which is made available

to banking customers after regular banking hours.

4. "Adequate lighting" means (a) with respect to an automated teller

machine facility located within the interior of a building, lighting, on

a twenty-four hour basis, which permits a person entering such facility

to readily and easily see all persons occupying such facility, and which

permits a person inside such facility to readily and easily see all

persons at the entry door of such facility.

(b) with respect to an open and operating automated teller machine

facility open to the outdoor air, and any defined parking area, lighting

during nighttime hours according to the following standards:

(i) a minimum illuminance of five footcandles is maintained on a

horizontal plane at a point five feet outward from and five feet above

the ground surface from the automated teller machine;

(ii) a minimum illuminance of two footcandles is maintained on a

horizontal plane at a point thirty feet in all unobstructed directions

from the automated teller machine, measured at ground level; and

(iii) at sixty feet in all unobstructed directions from the automated

teller machine, a minimum illuminance of one footcandle is maintained,

measured on a vertical plane at five feet above ground level, with the

normal to the plane of measurement aimed at a light source; or

(iv) with respect to an automated teller machine facility that is not

in accordance with the standards set forth in either subparagraph (ii)

or (iii) of this paragraph, or both such subparagraphs, a minimum

illuminance of two footcandles is maintained, measured on a horizontal

plane at five feet above ground level, at fifty feet in all unobstructed

directions from the automated teller machine.

(c) with respect to an open and operating automated teller machine

facility located within the interior of a building, which facility

includes a defined parking area: (i) a minimum illuminance of two

footcandles is maintained on a horizontal plane at a point thirty feet

in all unobstructed directions from the entrance to the automated teller

machine facility, measured at ground level; and (ii) at sixty feet in

all unobstructed directions from the entrance to the automated teller

machine facility, a minimum illuminance of one footcandle is maintained,

measured on a vertical plane at five feet above ground level, with the

normal to the plane of measurement aimed at a light source; or (iii)

with respect to an automated teller machine facility that is not in

accordance with the standards set forth in either subparagraph (i) or

(ii) of this paragraph, or both such subparagraphs, a minimum

illuminance of two footcandles is maintained, measured on a horizontal

plane at five feet above ground level, at a point sixty feet in all

unobstructed directions from the entrance to the automated teller

machine facility.

5. "Banking institution" means any state or federally chartered bank,

trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association, or credit

union, whether headquartered within or outside of the state, that

operates one or more automated teller machine facilities within the

state.

6. "Footcandles" means the unit of illuminance equal to one lumen per

square foot.

7. "Regular banking hours" means the time at which an office of a

banking institution is open to the banking public for normal transaction

of business.

8. "Nighttime hours" means the period of time beginning thirty minutes

after sunset and ending thirty minutes before sunrise.

9. (a) "Defined parking area" means that portion of any parking area

open for and accessible to customers of a banking institution which is:

(1) contiguous to any paved walkway or sidewalk within fifty feet of

an automated teller machine facility;

(2) regularly, principally and lawfully used for parking by users of

the automated teller machine facility while conducting transactions at

such automated teller machine facility; and

(3) owned or leased by the operator of the automated teller machine

facility, or owned or otherwise controlled by the party leasing the

automated teller machine facility site to the banking institution.

(b) The term "defined parking area" does not include any parking area

which is not open or regularly used for parking by the users of the

automated teller machine facility or the conduct of transactions during

nighttime hours. For this purpose, the parking area is not open if it is

physically closed to access or if conspicuous signs indicate that it is

closed.

§ 75-c — Security measures

Security measures. Every banking institution shall maintain

the following security measures with respect to each of the automated

teller machine facilities within its dominion and control:

1. A surveillance camera or cameras, which shall view and record all

persons entering an automated teller machine facility located within the

interior of a building, or which shall view and record all activity

occurring within a minimum of three feet in front of an automated teller

machine located outside a building and open to the outdoor air. Such

camera or cameras need not record banking transactions made at the

automated teller machines. The recordings made by such cameras shall be

preserved by the banking institution for at least forty-five days.

2. Adequate lighting.

3. With respect to an indoor automated teller machine facility: (a)

entry doors equipped with locking devices which permit entry to such

facility only to persons using a magnetic-strip plastic card or similar

access device.

(b) To the extent practicable, as determined by an expert with

competence in such matters and as permitted by local building codes, at

least one exterior wall which provides an unobstructed view of the

interior of the automated teller machine facility.

(c) A reflective mirror or mirrors, as necessary, placed in such a

manner as to permit a person entering an indoor automated teller machine

facility to view areas within such facility that are otherwise concealed

to plain view.

(d) A clearly visible sign which, at a minimum, provides the following

information:

(1) the activity of the automated teller machine facility is being

recorded by a surveillance camera or cameras;

(2) customers should close the entry door completely upon entering and

exiting;

(3) customers should not permit any unknown persons to enter after

regular banking hours;

(4) customers should place withdrawn cash securely upon their person

before exiting the automated teller machine facility;

(5) complaints concerning security in the automated teller machine

facility should be directed to the banking institution's security

department or the department of financial services, together with

telephone numbers for such complaints, and that the nearest available

public telephone should be used to call the police if emergency

assistance is needed.

§ 75-d — List of facilities

List of facilities. Any banking institution which operates an

automated teller machine facility shall file a list of such facilities

with the department, including the street addresses, intersecting

streets, hours of operation, and the telephone number of the banking

institution's security department. Such information shall also be filed

with the department with respect to each additional automated teller

machine facility within a reasonable time, as specified by the

superintendent, from the date upon which such facility commences

operation. The department shall make such list available on request of

local law enforcement agencies and other local governmental entities.

§ 75-e — Consumer safety information

Consumer safety information. Upon the original issuance or

reissuance of an automated teller machine facility access device, the

issuing banking institution shall provide its customers with written

information concerning safety precautions to be employed while using an

automated teller machine facility. Such written information shall

include, at a minimum, the information described in paragraph (d) of

subdivision three of section seventy-five-c of this article.

§ 75-f — Enforcement and statistics

Enforcement and statistics. 1. The department is authorized

to enforce this article.

2. Statistics of crimes associated with the use of automated teller

machine facilities compiled and maintained by any law enforcement agency

shall be made available upon the request of any banking institution or

the department.

§ 75-g — Report of compliance

Report of compliance. 1. By the fifteenth day of January and

July of each year (or the following business day if such day is not a

business day), every banking institution which had an automated teller

machine facility which was in operation on the fifteenth day of the

preceding month shall submit a written compliance report to the

department on a form prescribed by the superintendent, certifying that

such automated teller machine facility is in compliance with the

provisions of this article or any variance or exemption that has been

granted, or if such facility is not in compliance with such provisions,

stating the manner in which such facility fails to meet such

requirements. Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law

or any other law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that

such reports and any other reports required by this section shall be

made by electronic means, unless the superintendent, in his or her sole

discretion, grants a waiver of such electronic filing requirements, upon

good cause shown.

2. If any compliance report required by subdivision one of this

section indicates any failure to meet the requirements of this article,

such banking institution shall submit a written report to the

department, on a form prescribed by the superintendent, no later than

the eleventh business day following such compliance report, indicating

whether each such failure has been corrected and, for any failure that

has not been corrected, the reason for such failure and the expected

correction date. If any such failure shall not have been corrected

within ten business days of the filing date of the applicable compliance

report, such banking institution shall, promptly after correcting such

failure, submit a written report to the department with the date or

dates of each such correction.

§ 75-h — Compliance with local building code and all other applicable provisions of law

Compliance with local building code and all other applicable

provisions of law. Unless otherwise provided in this article, nothing

contained in this article shall be construed to exempt or relieve any

banking institution from complying with all relevant provisions of the

local building code and all other applicable provisions of law.

§ 75-i — Facilities not subject to this article

Facilities not subject to this article. The provisions of

this article shall not apply to any unenclosed automated teller machine

located in any building, structure or space whose primary purpose or

function is unrelated to banking activities, including but not limited

to supermarkets, airports, school buildings, and public buildings,

provided that such automated teller machine shall be available for use

only during the regular hours of operation of the building, structure,

or space in which such machine is located.

§ 75-j — Civil penalties

Civil penalties. 1. Any banking institution found to be in

violation of any provision of section seventy-five-c of this article in

a compliance report under section seventy-five-g of this article or

otherwise found by the department to be in violation of any provision of

section seventy-five-c of this article shall correct the violation

within ten business days after such finding. Where a banking institution

fails to correct any violation of a provision of section seventy-five-c

of this article within ten business days after the filing of such report

or a finding of violation by the department, the superintendent may in a

proceeding after notice and a hearing, require such banking institution

to pay a civil penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section

forty-four of this chapter, provided, however, that the aggregate

penalty for all offenses with respect to any one automated teller

machine facility in any one proceeding shall not exceed an amount as

determined pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter. For the

purposes of this article, each violation of section seventy-five-c of

this article shall be considered a separate and distinct violation.

2. Any banking institution found to be in violation of the provisions

of section seventy-five-g of this article shall be liable for a civil

penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four-a of

this chapter for each automated teller machine facility for which a

report has not been filed. Any banking institution which makes a

material false statement or material omission in any report filed

pursuant to section seventy-five-g of this article shall be liable for a

civil penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section

forty-four-a of this chapter for each such report.

3. Whenever payment of a civil penalty is required under this article,

the superintendent shall execute a written order to that effect. A copy

of such order shall be filed in the office of the department and a

second copy shall, within three days of execution, be served upon such

banking institution either personally or by registered or certified

mail, return receipt requested, directed to the banking institution's

principal place of business. Such order may be reviewed in the manner

provided by article seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules.

Such special proceedings for review as authorized by such section must

be commenced within thirty days from the service of such order. Such

section shall in no way limit any of the powers granted to the

superintendent under any provision of this chapter.

§ 75-k — Collection of penalties

Collection of penalties. The superintendent shall have the

discretion to report to the attorney general any failure, after due

notice, to make payments of penalties incurred under this article. The

attorney general shall, thereupon, in the name of the superintendent, or

of the people of the state, institute such actions or proceedings as the

facts may warrant.

§ 75-l — Preemption

Preemption. 1. Except as provided in subdivision two of this

section, this article shall supersede and preempt all rules,

regulations, codes, statutes or ordinances of all cities, counties,

municipalities, and local agencies regarding customer safety at

automated teller machine facilities.

2. To the extent that any security measures inconsistent with or in

addition to the provisions of section seventy-five-c of this article are

in effect, on the date on which this article becomes a law, in any city

having a population of one million or more, pursuant to any rules,

regulations, codes, statutes or ordinances regarding customer safety at

automated teller machine facilities duly enacted by such city on or

before the date on which this article becomes a law, such security

measures shall continue to be required within such city; provided,

however, that the enforcement of any such security measures shall be

enforced by the superintendent.

§ 75-m — Variances and exemptions from automated teller machine security measures

Variances and exemptions from automated teller machine

security measures. 1. Except in cities having a population of one

million or more, and in accordance with the guidelines set forth in this

article, the superintendent, pursuant to rules and regulations

promulgated by the superintendent, and upon written request of a banking

institution, may approve variances which provide substitute security

measures that are substantially as safe as the requirements of any of

the security measures contained in this article, or exemptions from such

measures, with respect to an automated teller machine facility or

facilities operated by such banking institution;

2. In no event, however, shall the superintendent vary or exempt any

such measures unless he or she shall have received the following items,

in form and substance satisfactory to him or her:

(a) a resolution or declaration of the governing body of the city,

village, or town in which such automated teller machine facility is

located consenting to any such variance or exemption; and

(b) written certification from the banking institution's security

officer, appointed in accordance with federal law, that, in his or her

professional judgment, either the variance will provide security

measures which are substantially as safe as those which are otherwise

required by this article or the exemption is warranted, as applicable;

and

(c) in the event the request for any such variance or exemption is

premised upon the impracticability or burdensome expense that would

result from compliance with the security provisions contained in this

article, and such impracticability or expense is attributable to the

manner in which the building in which such automated teller machine

facility is, or is to be, located, constructed, configured or otherwise

situated, written certification to such effect from an expert with

competence in the areas of renovation and/or design, as may be

appropriate; and

(d) such other evidence or information as the superintendent may, in

his or her sole discretion, deem appropriate or necessary.

§ 75-n — Rules and regulations

Rules and regulations. The superintendent shall promulgate

such rules and regulations as necessary to define and implement the

provisions of this article.

§ 75-o — Severability

Severability. If any word, phrase, clause, sentence,

paragraph, section or part of this article shall be adjudged by any

court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment shall not

affect, impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be

confined in its operation to the word, phrase, clause, sentence,

paragraph, section or part thereof directly involved in the controversy

in which judgment shall have been rendered.

ARTICLE 2-B Financial Frauds

§ 78 — Powers with respect to certain crimes and frauds

Powers with respect to certain crimes and frauds. If the

superintendent has a reasonable suspicion that a person or entity is

engaging in or has engaged in fraud (as interpreted under this chapter,

the insurance law or the financial services law) or a misdemeanor or

felony under this chapter or one of the articles of the penal law

enumerated in this section in connection with activities regulated by

the superintendent pursuant to this chapter or involving a product

regulated pursuant to this chapter, the superintendent may undertake

such investigation as is deemed necessary, and in the enforcement of

this chapter, determine whether any such person or entity has violated

or is about to violate this chapter or any such enumerated articles. The

applicable articles of the penal law are article one hundred fifty-five,

one hundred seventy, one hundred seventy-five, one hundred seventy-six,

one hundred eighty, one hundred eighty-five, one hundred eighty-seven,

one hundred ninety, two hundred, two hundred ten or four hundred

seventy. Notwithstanding the above-referenced laws or articles, the

scope of authority set forth in this section shall not be deemed to

otherwise limit or impair the ability of the department to assist any

other entity in an investigation involving a violation of law.

ARTICLE 2-C Community Bank Deposit Program

§ 85 — Community bank deposit program; purpose

Community bank deposit program; purpose. In recognition of the

economic benefits and stimulus which result from the placement of

deposits in local banks, the community bank deposit program is hereby

created to authorize and encourage the state comptroller and the

commissioner of taxation and finance to deposit a portion of the funds

under their control into community banking institutions.

§ 86 — Eligibility

Eligibility. 1. To be eligible to receive deposits, or to renew

existing deposits under this program, a bank, trust company, savings

bank or savings and loan association: (a) must be chartered under the

provisions of this chapter and (b) must have a current CRA rating of

satisfactory or better. The superintendent shall, if requested by the

state comptroller or the commissioner of taxation and finance, confirm

whether a particular banking institution meets the criteria specified in

this section.

2. A federal bank, trust company, savings bank or savings and loan

association may also be eligible to receive deposits, or to renew

existing deposits, under this program if: (a) its principal office is

located in this state; (b) it has a current CRA rating of satisfactory

or better; and (c) it meets any additional criteria established by the

comptroller and the commissioner of taxation and finance to determine

eligibility for participation in the program. Such criteria may include

an institution's loan to deposit ratio, its record of small business

lending, and the impact such deposits would have on an area's economic

activity.

§ 87 — Deposits

Deposits. 1. Notwithstanding any provisions of law to the

contrary, the state comptroller and the commissioner of taxation and

finance shall, for the purposes of administering moneys in accordance

with the provisions of sections ninety-eight-a and one hundred five of

the state finance law, give consideration to depositing funds into those

community banking institutions which are deemed eligible to receive

deposits pursuant to section eighty-six of this article.

2. The maximum amount of funds which the state comptroller and the

commissioner of taxation and finance may deposit under this program

shall not exceed two hundred fifty million dollars each. The maximum

amount of funds on deposit at a community banking institution shall not

exceed twenty million dollars.

3. Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, any deposits

made pursuant to this article shall be made at rates, and for such

periods of time, as may be agreed to by the state comptroller or the

commissioner of taxation and finance and the eligible community banking

institution.

4. Any deposits made pursuant to this article may be secured by an

irrevocable letter of credit issued by a federal home loan bank.

ARTICLE 3 Banks and Trust Companies

§ 94 — Change from bank to trust company; from trust company to bank

Change from bank to trust company; from trust company to bank.

A bank complying with the minimum capital stock requirements specified

in subdivision nine of section four thousand one of this chapter may

become a trust company by filing a certificate pursuant to subdivision

two of section eight thousand one of this chapter to provide that it

shall have the powers specified in section one hundred of this article.

A trust company may become a bank by filing a certificate pursuant to

subdivision two of section eight thousand one of this chapter to provide

that it shall not have the powers specified in section one hundred of

this article. Prior to or simultaneously with the filing of such

certificate, such trust company shall if its title contains the term

"trust company" file a certificate pursuant to subdivision two of

section eight thousand one of this chapter for the purpose of omitting

such term from its title.

§ 96 — General powers

General powers. Every bank and every trust company shall,

subject to the restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter,

have the following powers:

1. To discount, purchase and negotiate promissory notes, drafts, bills

of exchange, other evidences of debt, and obligations in writing to pay

in installments or otherwise all or part of the price of personal

property or that of the performance of services; purchase accounts

receivable, whether or not they are obligations in writing; lend money

on real or personal security; borrow money and secure such borrowings by

pledging assets; buy and sell exchange, coin and bullion; and receive

deposits of moneys, securities or other personal property upon such

terms as the bank or trust company shall prescribe; and exercise all

such incidental powers as shall be necessary to carry on the business of

banking. For purposes of this subdivision, the term "accounts

receivable" shall not include the right to receive payment for property

to be sold at a future date or services to be rendered at a future date.

2. To accept for payment at a future date, drafts drawn upon it by its

customers and to issue letters of credit authorizing the holders thereof

to draw upon it or its correspondents at sight or on time.

3. (a) To receive upon deposit for safe-keeping for hire upon terms

and conditions to be prescribed by the bank or trust company, money,

securities, papers of any kind and any other personal property;

(b) To engage in the safe deposit business by renting vaults, safe

deposit boxes and other receptacles upon premises occupied by the bank

or trust company, upon such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by

the bank or trust company.

4. To issue by its board of directors capital notes or debentures,

when so specifically authorized by the superintendent, and, when so

specifically authorized by the superintendent, to receive in payment

therefor, in whole or in part, mortgages, interests therein or other

property and to retain, unrecorded or unregistered, assignments or

conveyances of such mortgages, interests therein or other property,

provided that the superintendent shall not approve the retention of any

assignment of mortgage or interest therein or any conveyance of other

property, which may be recorded or registered, without record or

registration thereof, except where such mortgage, interest therein or

other property is assigned or conveyed by a corporation organized under

the banking law or by a corporation wholly owned by not less than twenty

savings banks of this state.

5. To become a member of a federal reserve bank, and to have and

exercise all powers, not in conflict with the laws of this state, which

are conferred upon any such member by the federal reserve act. Such bank

or trust company and its directors, officers and stockholders shall

continue to be subject, however, to all liabilities and duties imposed

upon them by any law of this state and to all the provisions of this

chapter relating to banks and trust companies.

6. To assume and discharge such obligations to Federal Deposit

Insurance Corporation as may be necessary or required for the purpose of

maintaining deposit insurance in such corporation.

7. (a) To act as financial agent of the United States Government and

as depositary of public money of the United States (including, without

being limited to, revenues and funds of the United States, and any funds

the deposit of which is subject to the control or regulation of the

United States or any of its officers, agents, or employees, and Postal

Savings funds); and to perform all such reasonable duties as depositary

of such public money and as financial agent of the United States

Government as may be required of it; and to pledge assets or furnish

other security, satisfactory in form and amount to the Secretary of the

Treasury of the United States, for the safekeeping and prompt payment of

such public money deposited with it and for the faithful performance of

its duties as financial agent of the United States Government.

(b) To pledge assets or furnish other security, satisfactory in form

and amount to judges of courts of bankruptcy, for the repayment of

deposits of the money of estates under the national bankruptcy act.

(c) To pledge assets or furnish other security, satisfactory in form

and amount to the depositor, for the repayment of moneys held in the

name of any state (which term shall include every territory of the

United States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto

Rico), or of any foreign nation, or of any Indian nation or tribe, or of

any political subdivision or instrumentality or authority of any of

them, when required to be secured by applicable law, decree, regulation

or resolution, and to pledge assets or furnish other security for the

repayment of moneys held as fiduciary, or in the name of a fiduciary, of

any trust created by any such state, foreign nation, Indian nation or

tribe, political subdivision, instrumentality or authority as required

by the terms of such trust; provided, however, that before any pledge or

security is made or furnished to any depositor other than this state or

a political subdivision, instrumentality or authority of this state, the

bank or trust company shall obtain a certified or official copy of such

law, decree, regulation, or resolution or trust requiring such pledge or

other security, and an opinion of counsel that such pledge or security

is required by such law, decree, regulation, or resolution or by the

terms of such trust.

9. To execute and deliver such guaranties as may be incidental to

carrying on the business of a bank or trust company.

10. To exercise, subject to such regulations as may be issued from

time to time by the superintendent, through any foreign branch office

(other than one opened or occupied in another state of the United

States, the District of Columbia, any territory of the United States,

Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, and the Northern

Mariana Islands) opened and occupied with the approval of the

superintendent as provided in section one hundred five of this article,

such further powers as may be usual in connection with the transaction

of the business of banking in the place where such foreign branch office

shall transact business, provided that no such foreign branch office

shall engage in the general business of producing, distributing, buying

or selling goods, wares, or merchandise, nor, except with respect to

securities issued by any foreign nation or any political subdivision,

agency or instrumentality thereof, engage or participate, directly or

indirectly, in the business of underwriting, selling or distributing

securities.

11. To designate one or more agents (except its employees) to issue or

sell its travelers checks or money orders at locations other than its

principal office or branch offices authorized pursuant to section one

hundred five of this chapter, subject to such rules and regulations as

the superintendent may make from time to time.

12. To acquire and lease personal property, or to acquire personal

property subject to an existing lease together with the lessor's

interest therein, subject to such limitations and conditions as the

superintendent of financial services may from time to time prescribe by

general regulation.

13. To reserve or order transportation, travel accommodations or other

travel services.

14. To arrange, purchase or sell loans secured by liens on interests

in real estate, subject to such terms, conditions and limitations as may

be prescribed by the superintendent by regulation.

15. To engage in a "savings promotion" in accordance with section

nine-v of this chapter and subject to any regulations promulgated by the

superintendent. The superintendent shall consult with the state gaming

commission before proposing any such regulations or any amendments

thereto. Such regulations shall ensure that:

a. no participant in a savings promotion is charged any fee that would

constitute, directly or indirectly, consideration for participation in

such savings promotion; and

b. no participant in a savings promotion foregoes, directly or

indirectly, any interest that would constitute consideration for

participation in such savings promotion.

* 16. In addition to such authority as is contained in section

ninety-eight of this chapter and notwithstanding any limitations set

forth therein, to purchase, lease, exchange or otherwise acquire real

property, improved or unimproved, or any interest therein, to erect,

construct, rebuild, enlarge, alter, improve, maintain, manage and

operate buildings or other improvements of any description thereon, to

sell, lease, sublet, mortgage, exchange or otherwise dispose of same and

execute, perform and carry out contracts for construction, alteration,

improvement, maintenance, management or repair thereof, to make loans in

connection therewith, as owner, co-owner or otherwise, subject to such

specific or general approvals and limitations as shall be required by

regulations promulgated from time to time by the superintendent of

financial services pursuant to this subdivision; provided, however, that

no activity specified herein shall be undertaken pursuant to the

authority contained in this subdivision until the superintendent of

financial services shall have issued regulations specifying the

limitations and requirements which shall be imposed in connection with

the investments and activities referred to herein, including, without

limitation, the consideration of such bank or trust company's record in

meeting the credit needs of local communities within the meaning of

section twenty-eight-b of this chapter.

* NB Expired June 30, 1988

§ 96-a — Servicing of mortgages by banks

Servicing of mortgages by banks. 1. Every bank shall, subject

to the restrictions and limitations contained in this article, have the

power to service mortgages, and the superintendent shall have the power

to prescribe, by specific or general regulation, the extent to which,

and the conditions upon which, mortgages may be serviced.

2. No bank shall, by virtue of the provisions contained in this

section, be deemed to have the powers defined and described in

subdivision two of section one hundred of this article.

3. The grant of powers to banks by or pursuant to this section shall

not be deemed to limit or restrict any other banking organizations,

heretofore or hereafter organized, in the exercise of their lawful

powers.

§ 96-b — Payroll payment by banks or trust companies

Payroll payment by banks or trust companies. l. Every bank

and trust company shall have the power to enter into contracts with any

municipal corporation, school district, district corporation, town or

county improvement district, public authority, or public corporation to

receive in a single payment, for each pay period, the total payroll of

such corporations, districts or authorities and deposit the same in

accordance with the terms of such contract, which shall include

provision for deposits for withholding, retirement and insurance, if

any.

2. The amount due each employee shall be disbursed or credited in

accordance with the directions of each employee to saving or checking

accounts, or loan or mortgage accounts within such bank or trust company

or to a single account in another bank or trust company or savings bank

or savings and loan association or may be payable in cash or by check to

such employee.

§ 96-c — Power to act as trustee under self-employed retirement trust or individual retirement trust

Power to act as trustee under self-employed retirement trust

or individual retirement trust. Every bank without fiduciary powers may,

subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, act as trustee under a retirement

plan established pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress

entitled "Self-employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962" as such

provisions may be amended from time to time, and under an individual

retirement account plan established pursuant to the amendments to the

provisions of the Internal Revenue Code contained in the act of congress

entitled "Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974" as such

provisions may be amended from time to time, provided that the

provisions of such retirement or individual retirement account plan

require the funds of such trust to be invested exclusively in deposits

in banks, trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations

or federal savings and loan associations whose principal offices are

located in this state. In the event that any such retirement or

individual retirement account plan, which in the judgment of the bank,

constituted a qualified plan under the provisions of the applicable act

of congress hereinabove mentioned and the regulations promulgated

thereunder at the time the trust was established and accepted by the

bank is subsequently determined not to be such a qualified plan or

subsequently ceases to be such a qualified plan, in whole or in part,

the bank may, nevertheless, continue to act as trustee of any deposits

theretofore made under such plan and to dispose of the same in

accordance with the directions of the depositor and the beneficiaries

thereof. No bank, in respect to deposits made under this section, shall

be required to segregate such deposits from other deposits of such bank,

provided, however, that the bank shall keep appropriate records showing

in proper detail all transactions engaged in under the authority of this

section.

§ 96-d — Banking development districts

Banking development districts. 1. There is hereby created a

banking development district program, the purpose of which is to

encourage the establishment of bank branches in geographic locations

where there is a demonstrated need for banking services. The

superintendent of financial services shall, in consultation with the

department of economic development, promulgate rules and regulations,

after public hearing and comment, which set forth the criteria for the

establishment of banking development districts. Such criteria shall

include, but not be limited to, the following:

(a) the location, number, and proximity of sites where banking

services are available within the district;

(b) the identification of consumer needs for banking services within

the district;

(c) the economic viability and local credit needs of the community

within the district;

(d) the existing commercial development within the district;

(e) the impact additional banking services would have on potential

economic development in the district;

(f) whether a community is identified as unbanked or underbanked by

the superintendent; and

(g) such other criteria which the superintendent in his or her

discretion shall identify as appropriate.

2. A local government, in conjunction with a bank, trust company or

national bank, may submit an application to the superintendent for the

designation of a banking development district. The superintendent shall

issue a determination on such an application within sixty days of

receiving such application. If an application is approved, the

superintendent shall transmit notification of the designation of a

banking development district to the local government, the bank, trust

company or national bank, the state comptroller, the commissioner of

taxation and finance, the commissioner of the department of economic

development, the temporary president of the senate and the speaker of

the assembly. The designation of a banking development district shall be

valid for fourteen years. Prior to the expiration of a banking

development district designation, the superintendent may extend the

designation for one or more additional five or ten year periods.

2-a. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an application may be

submitted by a local government in conjunction with a bank, trust

company or national bank which has already opened a bank branch within

such area. In considering the criteria authorized pursuant to

subdivision one of this section, the superintendent shall also take into

account the importance and benefits of preserving the banking services

offered by the existing branch.

3. The establishment of a branch in a banking development district by

a bank, trust company or national bank shall be subject to all

applicable state and federal laws regarding the establishment of branch

offices, including the provisions of section one hundred five of this

article, provided however that the branch application fee required

pursuant to section twenty-nine of this chapter shall be waived for any

such branch. A bank or trust company may submit an application to open a

branch office simultaneously with the submission of the application for

the designation of a banking development district.

4. For the purposes of this section, the term "local government" shall

mean a county, town, city or village.

* 5. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision two of section

two hundred thirty-seven of this chapter; for the purposes of this

section, paragraph c of subdivision two of section ten of the general

municipal law, subdivision six of section one hundred five of the state

finance law and section four hundred eighty-five-f of the real property

tax law, any reference to a bank, trust company or national bank shall

be deemed to include a savings bank, savings and loan association,

federal savings and loan association, federal savings bank, credit

union, or federal credit union; provided, however, that such provisions

of law do not grant a savings bank, savings and loan association,

federal savings and loan association, federal savings bank, credit

union, or federal credit union eligibility to accept municipal or public

funds or municipal or public moneys other than for the limited purposes

of the establishment of a branch in a banking development district

pursuant to this section. Any such municipal or public funds or moneys

shall be deposited only at the branch established pursuant to this

section, and any municipal funds or moneys may be deposited only by the

sponsoring municipality in which the branch and banking development

district are located; provided further that any such municipal or public

funds or moneys shall be subject to the same requirements which apply to

municipal or public funds or moneys deposited in a bank, trust company

or national bank and shall also be subject to the provisions of section

one hundred five of the state finance law or section ten of the general

municipal law relating to such deposits.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the superintendent of

financial services shall promulgate rules and regulations to authorize

the participation of savings banks, savings and loan associations,

federal savings banks, federal savings and loan associations, credit

unions, and federal credit unions in the program established pursuant to

this section.

* NB Repealed January 1, 2029

6. For the purposes of this section, nothing shall preclude a bank,

trust company or national bank from seeking approval to establish one or

more branches in an existing banking development district where it or

another bank has or is authorized to have a branch. The department shall

have the authority to approve any bank, trust company or national bank

for participation in the banking development district program, and any

branch approved pursuant to this section shall operate in accordance

with this section and is eligible for all the rights and privileges

authorized by this section.

§ 97 — Power to purchase securities and stocks

Power to purchase securities and stocks. Subject to the

restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter, a bank or trust

company may invest in and have and exercise all rights of ownership with

respect to:

1. Bonds, notes, debentures and other obligations for payment of

money, which are not in default as to either principal or interest when

acquired.

2. Stocks of any city, county, town or village of this state which are

not in default as to either principal or interest when acquired.

3. Stock of a federal reserve bank in the amount necessary to qualify

for membership in such reserve bank.

4. Stock of each of the following to an amount not in excess of ten

per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of

such bank or trust company:

(a) Any safe deposit company which does business on premises owned or

leased by the bank or trust company or the vaults of which are connected

with or adjacent to an office of such bank or trust company; provided

that the purchase and holding of such stock is first duly authorized by

resolution of the board of directors of the bank or trust company and by

written approval of the superintendent, stating the number and amount of

the shares which may be so purchased and held, excepting that the bank

or trust company may, without the written approval of the

superintendent, acquire the stock owned by a former director of the safe

deposit company at the time that he ceased to be a director. The bank or

trust company may not pay, without the prior written approval of the

superintendent, more for such stock than the cost thereof to the

director.

(b) Any investment company qualified to exercise the powers specified

in subdivision two of section five hundred eight of this chapter;

(c) The Bank for International Settlements.

4-a. Subject to such restrictions as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe, stock or other equity investments in subsidiary

corporations, partnerships, unincorporated associations, limited

liability companies, or other entities engaged in, or to be organized to

engage in the following activities:

(a) To acquire and lease personal property under the same terms and

conditions as provided in subdivision twelve of section ninety-six of

this article;

(b) To purchase accounts receivable as provided in subdivision one of

section ninety-six of this article;

(c) To be a corporation organized pursuant to the provisions of

section twenty-five (a) of an act of congress entitled the "Federal

Reserve Act";

(d) To own or operate real or personal property acquired through

foreclosure or in settlement or reduction of debts due it;

(e) To own or operate real or personal property for use as bank

premises; or

(f) To transact any other business in which the bank or trust company

may engage directly.

4-b. Common or preferred stock of any corporation created or existing

under the laws of the United States or of any state, district or

territory thereof, or of the commonwealth of Puerto Rico, provided that:

(a) such common or preferred stock is registered on a national

securities exchange, as provided in an act of congress of the United

States entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of 1934", approved June

sixth, nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, or such other exchange

or market system as the superintendent shall approve by regulation; (b)

the aggregate amount of all investments in common and preferred stock as

permitted by this subdivision shall at no time exceed two percent of the

assets or twenty percent of the capital, surplus and undivided profits

of the bank or trust company, whichever is less, provided however that

the superintendent may, upon the request of a bank or trust company,

approve an increase in such aggregate amount to a maximum of five

percent of the assets or one hundred percent of the capital, surplus and

undivided profits of such bank or trust company, whichever is less,

subject to any limitations or conditions prescribed by the

superintendent; (c) the aggregate amount of all investments in the

common and preferred stock of any one issuer pursuant to this

subdivision, together with the aggregate amount of all investments in

the bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations of such issuer made

pursuant to paragraph (i) of subdivision one of section one hundred

three of this chapter, shall at no time exceed one percent of the assets

or fifteen percent of the capital, surplus and undivided profits of the

bank or trust company, whichever is less; and (d) no bank or trust

company shall at any time hold pursuant to this subdivision more than

two percent of the total issued and outstanding shares of stock of any

one issuer.

4-c. Subject to such restrictions as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe, stock or other equity interest in one or more

small business investment companies, as authorized pursuant to the

provisions of an act of congress entitled "Small Business Investment Act

of 1958," as amended, or in any entity established to invest solely in

such small business investment companies, except that in no event shall

the total amount of such investments exceed five percent of the capital

stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company.

5. So much of the capital stock of, or any other equity interest in,

any other corporations, partnerships, unincorporated associations,

limited liability companies, or other entities as may be specifically

authorized by the laws of this state or by the superintendent, or

regulations promulgated by the superintendent.

The superintendent is authorized to adopt such rules and regulations

as shall permit banks and trust companies to make a loan which provides

for receipt of shares of stock of or any other equity interest in, or a

share of the profits, income or earnings of, a borrower in consideration

for making the loan.

A bank or trust company may acquire stock or any other equity interest

in settlement or reduction of a loan, or advance of credit or in

exchange for an investment previously made in good faith and in the

ordinary course of business, where such acquisition of stock or any

other equity interest is necessary in order to minimize or avoid loss in

connection with any such loan, advance of credit or investment

previously made in good faith. A trust company may acquire stock or any

other equity interest from any estate, trust or fund with respect to

which such trust company is acting in a fiduciary capacity, if a claim

is asserted or may be asserted against it with respect to the purchase

or retention of such stock or equity interest for such estate, trust or

fund, (a) where such acquisition by the trust company has been

authorized or directed by a court, or (b) where such trust company has

been advised by its counsel in writing that it has incurred a contingent

or potential liability with respect to the purchase or retention of such

stock or equity interest and such trust company desires to relieve

itself from such liability. Stocks or any other equity interest acquired

pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph may be held for such period

as the board of directors deems advisable.

A bank or trust company may continue to hold any bonds or other

securities or stock which it holds in accordance with the provisions of

law at the time this act takes effect.

No bank or trust company shall purchase, acquire, or hold any stock

of, or any other equity interest in, any corporation or any other

entity, except as provided in this section.

§ 98 — Power to take and hold real estate; restrictions

Power to take and hold real estate; restrictions. 1. A bank or

trust company may purchase, hold, lease and convey real property as

follows:

(a) A plot whereon there is or may be erected a building suitable for

the convenient transaction of its business, from portions of which not

required for its own use a revenue may be derived, and a plot whereon

parking accommodations are, or are to be, provided, with or without

charge, primarily for its customers or employees or both, and a building

or a portion or portions thereof for use by the bank or trust company in

its business, provided that the aggregate of all investments of any bank

or trust company in such plots and buildings and in a leased building or

a portion or portions thereof or in the stock, debentures or other

obligations of any corporation holding such plots or buildings and of

all loans to or upon the security of the stock of any such corporation

shall not exceed forty per centum of the aggregate of the capital stock,

surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company, except

with the approval of the superintendent. Any bank or trust company

having, prior to April twenty-third, nineteen hundred thirty-four, made

loans and investments in excess of the limitations prescribed by this

paragraph may retain any such loans and investments notwithstanding such

limitations.

(b) Such as shall be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts

previously contracted in the course of its business.

(c) Such as it shall purchase at sales under judgments, decrees or

mortgages held by it.

(d) Such purchase, lease, conveyance or other acquisition or sale of

real property which is located outside the United States, its

territories and possessions, and which is used principally as the

residence of one or more directors, officers, or employees of the bank

or trust company as may be specifically approved by the superintendent.

(e) A whole or part interest in a "project", as defined in the New

York state urban development corporation act, pursuant to sections six

or eight of such act. An investment by a bank or trust company in a

single project shall not exceed one per centum of the assets or fifteen

per centum of the combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided

profits of such bank or trust company, whichever is less, and the

aggregate of all investments of a bank or trust company in such projects

and investments in securities of any "subsidiary" of the New York state

urban development corporation, as defined in the New York state urban

development corporation act, shall not exceed five per centum of the

assets or seventy-five per centum of the combined capital stock, surplus

fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company, whichever is

less.

2. All real estate purchased by any bank or trust company or taken by

it in settlement of debts due it, shall be conveyed to it in its name

or, subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent

of financial services finds to be necessary and proper, may be taken in

the name of a duly authorized nominee. All such conveyances shall be

immediately recorded or registered in the office of the proper recording

officer of the county in which such real estate is located.

§ 98-a — Club accounts

Club accounts. 1. No contract under which a bank or trust

company agrees to repay deposits of fixed sums made at regular intervals

at a given time with all interest or dividends credited thereon, or to

repay said deposits when, together with interest or dividends credited

thereon, they shall equal a specified sum, may provide for any

forfeiture of the sums deposited in the event of the discontinuance of

the regular payments. Interest or dividends on club accounts, if

offered, must be credited at least quarterly and may not be forfeited

once credited, in the event of the discontinuance of regular payments.

2. Any bank which provides for deposits in club accounts shall, in all

advertising, announcements or brochures pertaining to such accounts,

state whether or not interest or dividends are paid thereon and, if

interest or dividends are paid, shall state the rate or form of interest

or dividends so paid in accordance with any rules and regulations that

may be prescribed by the superintendent.

§ 100 — Fiduciary powers

Fiduciary powers. Every trust company shall have, subject to

the restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter, the

following powers:

1. To act as the fiscal or transfer agent of the United States, any

state, municipality, body politic or corporation; and in such capacity

to receive and disburse money, to transfer, register and countersign

certificates of stock, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness or other

securities, and to act as attorney in fact or agent of any person or

corporation, foreign or domestic, for any lawful purpose.

2. To act as trustee under any mortgage or bonds issued by any

municipality, body politic or corporation, foreign or domestic, and

accept and execute any other municipal or corporate trust not prohibited

by the laws of this state.

3. To be appointed and to act under the order or appointment of any

court of competent jurisdiction:

(a) As guardian, receiver, trustee, committee or conservator of the

estate of any minor, person with a mental disability, or conservatee or

in any other fiduciary capacity;

(b) As receiver, trustee, or committee of the property or estate of

any person in insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings.

4. To be appointed and to accept the appointment of executor or of

trustee under the last will and testament or administrator with or

without the will annexed of the estate of any deceased person.

5. To take, accept and execute any and all such trusts, duties and

powers of whatever nature or description as may be conferred upon or

entrusted or committed to it by any person or persons, or any body

politic, corporation, domestic or foreign, or other authority by grant,

assignment, transfer, devise, bequest or otherwise, or which may be

entrusted or committed or transferred to it or vested in it by order of

any court of competent jurisdiction, or any surrogate, and to receive,

take, manage, hold and dispose of according to the terms of such trust,

duty or power, any property or estate, real or personal, which may be

the subject of any such trust, duty or power.

Provided that no trust company shall have any right or power to make

any contract, or to accept or execute any trust whatever, which it would

not be lawful for any individual to make, accept or execute.

§ 100-a — Fiduciary capacities; appointment by court authorized; bond; oath; accounting

Fiduciary capacities; appointment by court authorized; bond;

oath; accounting. 1. Executor. When any trust company is appointed

executor in any last will and testament, the court or officer authorized

to grant letters testamentary in this state, shall, upon the proper

application, grant letters testamentary thereon to such trust company or

to its successors by merger.

2. Guardian, trustee or administrator.

(a) Any trust company may be appointed guardian, trustee or

administrator, on the application or consent of any person acting as

such or as an executor or entitled to such appointment irrespective of

whether such person would himself or herself be disqualified from acting

by reason of his or her being a noncitizen or non-resident of this

state, and in the place and stead of such person, or such trust company

may be joined with any person so acting or entitled to such appointment;

but such appointments shall be made upon such notice, as is required by

law, to the persons interested in the estate or fund and on the consent

of such of the principal legatees or other persons interested in the

estate or fund as the court, surrogate or judge making the appointment

shall deem proper. No appointment so made shall be deemed to increase

the number of persons entitled to full compensation beyond the number so

entitled under the terms of the will or deed creating the trust or

appointing a guardian or authorized by law. Whenever a person is joined

with such trust company in any appointment as guardian, trustee or

administrator, his or her appointment may be under such limitation of

powers and upon such terms and conditions as to deposit of assets by

such person, with such trust company, or otherwise, and upon such

reduced bond or security to be given by such person, as the court,

surrogate or judge, making the appointment shall prescribe.

(b) When application is made to any court or officer having authority

to grant letters of administration with the will annexed upon the estate

of any deceased person, and there is no person entitled to such letters

who is qualified, competent, willing and able to accept such

administration, such court or officer may at the request of any party

interested in the estate, grant such letters of administration with the

will annexed, to any trust company.

(c) Any court or officer having authority to grant letters of

guardianship of any infant may upon the same application as is required

by law for the appointment of a guardian for such infant, appoint any

trust company as the guardian of the estate of such infant.

3. Committee of incompetent or conservator of a conservatee. Any court

having jurisdiction to appoint a trustee, guardian, receiver, committee

of the estate of a person with a mental disability, or conservator of

the estate of a conservatee, or to make any fiduciary appointment, may

appoint any trust company to be such trustee, guardian, receiver,

committee or conservator, or to act in any other fiduciary capacity.

4. Receiver, trustee or committee. Any court, having jurisdiction to

appoint a committee or trustee or a receiver in insolvency or bankruptcy

proceedings or in any other proceeding, or action, under state or

federal law, may appoint any trust company to be such receiver, trustee

or committee.

5. Bonds. No bond or other security, except as hereinafter provided,

shall be required from any trust company for or in respect to any trust,

nor when appointed executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, receiver,

committee or depositary or in any other fiduciary capacity nor when

receiving commissions under the provisions of SCPA 2310 or 2311. The

court, or officer making such appointment may, upon proper application,

require any trust company, which shall have been so appointed to give

such security as to the court or officer shall seem proper, or upon

failure of such trust company to give security as required, may remove

such trust company from and revoke such appointment.

6. Court orders, accounts. Such court or officer may make orders

respecting such trusts and require any such trust company to render all

accounts, which such court or officer might lawfully require if such

executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, receiver, committee,

depositary or such trust company acting in any other fiduciary capacity,

were a natural person.

7. No official oath required. Upon the appointment of such trust

company as such executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, receiver or

committee, no official oath shall be required.

§ 100-b — Investments as fiduciary; when interest is to be paid; preference

Investments as fiduciary; when interest is to be paid;

preference. 1. Investments. All investments of money received by any

trust company as executor, administrator, guardian, trustee of a trust

of any kind, receiver, committee, conservator or depositary, shall be at

its sole risk, and for all losses of such money the capital stock,

property and effects of the trust company shall be absolutely liable,

unless the investments are such as are proper when made by an individual

acting as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, receiver,

committee, conservator or depositary, or such as are permitted in and by

the instrument or words creating or defining the trust. But no corporate

fiduciary shall purchase securities from itself. Any moneys of any such

estate or fund awaiting investment or distribution may be held on

deposit by such trust company in its own name, subject to the provisions

of subdivision four of this section; provided that appropriate entries

showing the share or interest of each such estate or fund in the moneys

so held on deposit shall, at all times, appear upon the records of such

trust company.

2. On and after September first, nineteen hundred thirty-six, no trust

company shall invest in any part interest in a bond and mortgage or note

and mortgage on behalf of any estate or fund held by such trust company

as executor, administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary trustee,

receiver, committee, conservator or depositary except that if the

instrument creating such estate or fund has authorized such trust

company as executor, administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary

trustee, receiver, committee, conservator or depositary to invest in any

part interest in a bond and mortgage or note and mortgage insured by the

federal housing commissioner such trust company may so invest and if the

instrument creating an employee benefit trust has authorized such trust

company to invest in any part interest in a bond and mortgage or note

and mortgage, such trust company may so invest. Any part interest in a

bond and mortgage or note and mortgage heretofore apportioned to any

estate or fund and held by such trust company as executor,

administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary trustee, receiver,

committee, conservator or depositary, and outstanding at any time in the

hands of any estate, fund or person may be repurchased at its face value

by such corporation individually. Such trust company, in any case where

it shall have apportioned or transferred a part interest in any bond and

mortgage or note and mortgage whether to any estate or fund held by it

alone or in conjunction with another person or otherwise, shall be

authorized and empowered, in behalf of all persons interested therein,

to collect the principal and interest and to satisfy and discharge the

mortgage on receiving payment thereof in the amount and in the manner

specified in the bond and mortgage or note and mortgage, to pay the said

principal and interest to the persons entitled thereto and generally to

exercise all of the options reserved to the mortgagee, to enforce in its

own name by appropriate action or proceeding, including foreclosure, any

and all of the covenants in the said bond and mortgage or note and

mortgage, to take such other measures for the protection of the mortgage

loan and the preservation of the security and the management of,

utilization and sale of any real estate which may be acquired on

foreclosure as may be necessary and appropriate and to exercise all

other rights of ownership in respect of the entire bond and mortgage or

note and mortgage. In case any bond, note or mortgage shall be held by,

or in the name of, such trust company and it shall hold any part

interest therein, acting as a fiduciary, whether alone, or in

conjunction with another person or otherwise, it may, prior to April

first, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, waive or modify or agree to waive or

modify, either with or without consideration and prior or subsequent to

maturity, any terms and conditions thereof, including the rate of

interest, and extend or re-extend or agree to extend or re-extend such

bond and mortgage or note and mortgage, for a period of not more than

five years from the time of such extension, by agreement with the owner

of the real property subject to the lien thereof, upon the consent of

the holders of such part interests to the extent of sixty-six and

two-thirds per centum of the whole amount of such bond and mortgage or

note and mortgage, notwithstanding that, at the time of such waiver,

modification, extension or agreement, the value of such real property

may be less than that required by law for an original investment of such

an amount therein by such holder and, in case any such investment is

guaranteed, such trust company may also extend or re-extend or agree to

extend or re-extend the time of payment under the guaranty for a like

period from its due date, and may release or agree to release such

guaranty or from time to time waive or modify or agree to waive or

modify any terms and conditions thereof, including the rate of interest;

provided however, that no such waiver, modification, extension or

agreement shall be made or agreed to unless, at least fifteen days prior

thereto, such trust company shall have notified each holder of such a

part interest in such bond and mortgage or note and mortgage of the

terms and conditions of such contemplated waiver, modification,

extension or agreement. Such notice shall be given by mailing the same

by registered mail to the address or place of residence of each holder

according to the records of such trust company. The notice hereinbefore

provided for shall not be required to be given to any holder of such a

part interest in such bond and mortgage or note and mortgage (1) who, at

the time of the mailing of such notice to holders of part interests in

such bond and mortgage or note and mortgage, was not shown on the

records of such trust company to be such holder, or (2) who, at any time

whether before or after any such waiver, modification, extension or

agreement shall have been made or agreed to, shall have consented to

such waiver, modification, extension or agreement. Any such consent

shall also be binding upon and shall be deemed to be the consent also of

each and every holder of the part interest in such bond and mortgage or

note and mortgage or of any part of such part interest with respect to

which such consent was given who, at the time such consent was given,

was not shown on the records of such trust company to be such holder

whether or not such holder shall have become such holder before or after

such consent was given. Any holder to whom the notice hereinbefore

provided for is required to be given as hereinbefore provided and who

objects to such waiver, modification, extension or agreement shall have

the right to apply, within fifteen days after such notice shall have

been mailed to such holder as hereinbefore provided, to the supreme

court of the county in which the real property securing such mortgage is

located and, subject to the discretion of the supreme court in the

premises, to obtain an order enjoining such waiver, modification,

extension or agreement. In the event of the granting of such an order,

any holder shall have the right to apply to such supreme court and,

subject to the discretion of the supreme court in the premises, to

obtain an order directing a partition of such bond and mortgage or note

and mortgage by a judicial sale thereof. Such sale shall be upon such

notice and advertisement and at such time and place and in such manner

as the court or a justice thereof may direct, but at least fifteen days'

notice thereof shall be given to each holder. The proceeds of the sale

of such bond and mortgage or note and mortgage after deducting the

expenses of such sale, shall be paid into the supreme court and shall be

distributed among such holders according to their respective interests

therein. Such trust companies shall have all the powers heretofore had

under this section or any other provision of law with respect to

investments in part interests in bonds and mortgages or notes and

mortgages for the protection, preservation and liquidation of the trust

property. It is the intent of this subdivision to prohibit after August

thirty-first, nineteen hundred thirty-six, any future apportionments or

investments of any part interests in bonds and mortgages and notes and

mortgages to or investments in part interests of bonds and mortgages and

notes and mortgages for any estate or fund of which such trust company

is executor, administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary trustee,

receiver, committee, conservator or depositary, except as permitted by

this subdivision. Such trust company, however, shall not transfer to any

estate or fund any part interests in bonds and mortgages or notes and

mortgages heretofore purchased, or invested in, from itself or from any

other estate or fund.

Nothing contained in this act shall be construed to affect any

investments in part interest in bonds and mortgages apportioned or

transferred, prior to September first, nineteen hundred thirty-six, to

any estate or fund of which such trust company is executor,

administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary trustee, receiver,

committee, conservator or depositary, nor to affect any action

heretofore taken in accordance with law with respect to such bonds and

mortgages or part interests in said bonds and mortgages; nor to affect

the right of any such trust company to transfer or apportion any such

investment from an estate or fund to a succeeding interest created by

the same instrument under which the investment was made; nor shall it be

construed to impair or otherwise affect the power of such trust company

to apportion to any estate, fund or person interested in such mortgage

its or his proportionate share of the consideration, consisting in whole

or in part of evidences of indebtedness secured by mortgages on real

property received by such trust company on the sale of real property

acquired by foreclosure of such mortgage, or otherwise, and to exercise

with respect to such mortgages on behalf of such estates, funds, or

persons the same powers reserved with respect to the original mortgage.

3. Preference. If dissolved by the legislature or the court, or

otherwise, or liquidated by the superintendent or otherwise, the debts

from any trust company as guardian, trustee, executor, administrator,

committee, conservator or depositary, shall be entitled to priority of

payment from the assets of such trust company on an equality with any

other priority given by this chapter.

4. Interest. On all sums of money not less than one thousand dollars,

which shall be collected, received and held as principal by a trust

company acting as executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, receiver,

committee or conservator under the appointment of any court or officer,

or in any fiduciary capacity under such appointment, or as a depositary

of moneys paid into court, interest shall be paid by such trust company

from sixty days after the receipt thereof until the moneys so received

shall be duly expended or distributed, at a rate equal to the maximum

rate per annum then being paid by such trust company on savings

deposits, except that in the case of a trust company acting as executor

or administrator interest shall not be paid, and the grace period of

sixty days herein provided for shall not be deemed to begin, until five

months after the date of issuance of letters testamentary or of

administration to it; provided however that such trust company shall not

be required to allow any interest upon any such moneys payment of which

is prohibited under any order, regulation or ruling issued under or

pursuant to the "Trading with the Enemy Act" and any amendments thereto,

or under or pursuant to any other law, so long as such prohibition shall

remain in force and effect. If income be accumulated for a minor or

surplus income in excess of expenditures be held for investment by the

committee of an incompetent or the conservator of a conservatee, but not

otherwise, any uninvested balance of such income shall be treated as

principal upon which interest shall be paid as provided in this

subdivision. If interest moneys payable hereunder or any part thereof

shall not annually be expended or distributed pursuant to the terms or

provisions of the trust under which such moneys are held, the amount

thereof not so expended or distributed shall be accumulated by such

trust company for the benefit of the parties interested in such trust

fund, and shall be added to the principal to constitute a new principal

upon which interest shall thereafter be computed. The word "trustee" as

used in this subdivision shall mean a trustee appointed by will or by

any court, and the words "savings deposits" as used in this subdivision

shall mean time deposits with respect to which the depositor is not

required by the deposit contract, but may at any time be required by

such trust company, to give notice in writing of an intended withdrawal

not less than fourteen days before such withdrawal is made, and which is

not payable on a specified date or at the expiration of a specified time

after the date of deposit. For the purposes of this subdivision only,

moneys on which interest is payable as provided herein shall not be

deemed to be demand deposits.

§ 100-c — Common trust funds

Common trust funds. 1. For the purpose of investment and

reinvestment of moneys received and held by any trust company as

executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, donee of power during

minority to manage property vested in an infant, custodian under any

Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, any Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or The

New York Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, conservator or committee, such

trust company may establish and maintain common trust funds and short

term investment common trust funds. In any case where the instrument or

the order, decree or judgment under which such moneys are held does not

forbid, such trust company, either alone or in conjunction with one or

more other persons acting with it in any fiduciary capacity, may invest

and reinvest such moneys or any part thereof by adding the same to any

such common trust funds and short term investment common trust funds.

Such trust company shall have the same power to invest common trust

funds in securities of any management type investment company or

investment trust, registered pursuant to the federal investment company

act of nineteen hundred forty, as is set forth in, and subject to the

provisions of, sections 11-2.2 and 11-2.3 of the estates, powers and

trusts law.

2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a trust company may

deposit securities investments of a common trust fund, or arrange for

the deposit of such investments through a subcustodian, (a) with a

clearing corporation pursuant to EPTL 11-1.9, (b) with a federal reserve

bank pursuant to EPTL 11-1.8, or (c) with a securities depository,

clearing agency, or bank, whether or not subject to the laws of a

jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or any state or

subdivision thereof, for the account of the trust company and such

investments shall be deemed for the purposes of this section to be in

the custody of such trust company.

3. A common trust fund shall not be deemed a separate trust fund on

which commissions or other compensation is allowable and no trust

company maintaining such a fund shall make any charge against such fund

for the management thereof. Provided, however, that in those instances

where a trust company invests common trust funds in securities of any

management type investment company or investment trust pursuant to the

provisions of subdivision one of this section, such trust company may

charge the common trust fund for the fees and expenses of such

securities pursuant to and consistent with the provisions of sections

11-2.2 and 11-2.3 of the estates, powers and trusts law.

4. If money of an estate, trust or fund or any part thereof held by a

trust company in conjunction with one or more other persons in any

fiduciary capacity is invested in a common trust fund, the participating

interest therein so acquired shall be withdrawn therefrom upon the

written request of any such other person acting in such fiduciary

capacity with such trust company.

5. If any investment held in a common trust fund shall cease to be

eligible as a new investment of such common trust fund, the trust

company maintaining the common trust fund, prior to any further

additions to or withdrawals from such fund, either shall sell such

investment or shall set the same apart in a liquidating account for the

benefit ratably of each participant then interested in such common trust

fund.

6. At least once every ten years, each trust company maintaining a

common trust fund shall file an account of its proceedings in respect

thereof either in the office of the clerk of the supreme court or in the

office of the surrogate in any county in which such trust company

maintains an office.

Upon the filing of the petition for the settlement of such account,

the court shall assign a time and place for a hearing on the settlement

of such account and order notice thereof by: (a) one publication not

less than twenty days prior to the date of such hearing, of a notice in

a newspaper to be designated by the court, and (b) mailing on or before

the day of publication a copy of the notice to all persons whose names

and addresses appear, at the close of the period accounted for, upon the

records maintained by the trust company pertaining to the common trust

fund as well as to any estate, trust or fund, any part of which shall

have been invested in the common trust fund and who at the close of the

period accounted for were known by such trust company to be or to claim

to be included in any of the following classes of persons: (i) those who

at any time during the period accounted for were entitled to share in

the income of any estate, trust or fund invested in the common trust

fund at any time during the period accounted for; (ii) those who became

entitled to share in the principal of any estate, trust or fund invested

in the common trust fund which became distributable in whole or in part

during the period accounted for; (iii) those who at the close of the

period accounted for would have been entitled to share in the principal

of any estate, trust or fund invested in the common trust fund if the

event upon which such estate, trust or fund would become distributable

in whole or in part had occurred at the close of the period accounted

for, provided, however, that in the case of a trust which at the close

of the period accounted for can be revoked in its entirety in favor of

and by the grantor, donor, trustor or creator, it shall not be necessary

for such trust company to include the names and addresses of any persons

interested in the principal of such trust other than the grantor, donor,

trustor, or creator; (iv) those living at the close of the period

accounted for who had any interest in the income or principal, or both,

of any estate, trust or fund invested in the common trust fund, and who

prior to the close of the period accounted for shall have notified the

trust company in writing to send a copy of the notice or citation of any

proceeding for the settlement of any account or the trustee of such

common trust fund to such person at an address furnished to the trust

company by such person; (v) those who at any time during the period

accounted for were acting with the trust company in a fiduciary capacity

with respect to any such estate, trust or fund; (vi) the guardian of any

infant, the committee of any incompetent and the conservator of any

conservatee included among the persons hereinbefore described; (vii) the

personal representative of any deceased person included among the

persons hereinbefore described in class (i), (ii), (iii), or (v).

Upon the filing of such petition, the court shall appoint a person to

appear as guardian ad litem for each person who has or who may

thereafter have any interest in the income of such common trust fund and

a person to appear as guardian ad litem for each person who has or who

may thereafter have any interest in the principal of such common trust

fund. Each such interested person may appear in such accounting

proceeding and on his failure to appear shall be deemed to be

represented in such proceeding by the person designated respectively as

such guardian ad litem.

Except as otherwise herein provided, such proceeding shall be

conducted in the same manner as any other proceeding for the voluntary

judicial settlement of the account of a testamentary trustee. The decree

in such proceeding shall be thereafter binding and conclusive in respect

of any matter embraced in the account or in such decree upon all persons

having or who may thereafter have any interest in such common trust fund

or in any participating estate, trust or fund.

7. As used in this section, subject to subdivision eight of this

section the term "trust company" shall mean any trust company, any bank

duly authorized to exercise fiduciary powers and any national bank

having a principal, branch or trust office in this state and duly

authorized to exercise fiduciary powers; the term "estate" shall mean

the assets held by an executor or an administrator, with or without the

will annexed, of the goods, chattels and credits of a decedent, but not

a temporary administrator; the term "trust" shall mean the assets of any

trust however created held by the trustee thereof, including, but

without limitation, any assets held by a fiduciary as donee of a power

during minority to manage property vested in an infant; the term "fund"

shall include the assets of an infant held by the guardian thereof, the

assets of an incompetent person held by the committee thereof, and the

assets of a conservatee held by the conservator thereof. The term "donee

of a power during minority to manage property vested in an infant" shall

for the purposes of this section include only a fiduciary who has power

during a period measured by a minority to hold and invest moneys under

the terms of an instrument under which the fiduciary had theretofore

held such moneys as executor or as personal or testamentary trustee.

8. (a) A trust company, at least ninety per centum of the capital

stock of which is directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or

subsidiaries, owned, controlled or held with power to vote by a bank

holding company may establish and maintain one or more common trust

funds and short term investment common trust funds, or may utilize one

or more common trust funds and short term investment common trust funds

previously established by it, for funds held in any of the fiduciary

capacities mentioned in subdivision one of this section, by itself and

by other trust companies at least ninety per centum of the capital stock

of each of which is directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or

subsidiaries, owned, controlled or held with power to vote by such bank

holding company. Each trust company, the capital stock of which is so

owned, controlled or held, may invest and reinvest in one or more of

such common trust funds and short term investment common trust funds

moneys held in any of the fiduciary capacities mentioned in subdivision

one of this section. The trust company establishing, maintaining, or so

utilizing any such common trust funds and short term investment common

trust funds shall comply with, and be subject to, all of the provisions

of this section as though such trust company and the other trust

companies participating in such fund were one and the same corporate

entity.

(b) For the purpose of this subdivision, (i) the term "bank holding

company" shall be given the same meaning as is contained in the

definition of such term in section one hundred forty-one of this

chapter, and (ii) the term "trust company" shall be given the same

meaning as is contained in the definition of such term in subdivision

seven of this section, except that such term shall be deemed to include,

in addition to the entities listed in such subdivision, any banking,

trust or financial company, corporation or association, organized under

the laws of the United States, whether or not having its principal

office outside this state, or of any state of the United States, which

is duly authorized to exercise fiduciary powers.

9. (a) As used in this subdivision, unless the context otherwise

required:

(i) "Short term investment common trust fund" means a common trust

fund maintained and administered by a trust company exclusively for the

collective investment and reinvestment of moneys contributed thereto

which are invested and reinvested in any short term investment by a

trust company, in its capacity as a fiduciary or co-fiduciary.

(ii) "Short term investment" means bonds, notes or other evidences of

indebtedness which are payable upon demand (including variable amount

notes) or which have a maturity date of one year or less from the date

of purchase, or which may be prescribed, from time to time, by rules or

regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial services, and

which are acquired or held by a trust company in a short term investment

common trust fund.

(iii) "Participant" means any estate, trust, donee of a power during

minority, guardianship, committeeship, conservatorship, or custodian

under any Uniform Transfers to Minors Act administered by a trust

company, as fiduciary or co-fiduciary, having a participation.

(iv) "Participation" means the interest of a participant in a short

term investment common trust fund.

(b) Any trust company may administer one or more short term investment

common trust funds.

(c) Any trust company shall, at least once each year, cause an audit

of each short term investment common trust fund administered by the

trust company to be made by auditors who are independent certified

public accountants. A copy of such audit shall be available at the

office of the trust company maintained for the transaction of trust

business, during all regular business hours, for inspection by any

person having an interest in any participant, and upon request a copy of

any such audit shall be furnished without any cost to such person. The

reasonable expenses of any such audit made by independent certified

public accounts or of any examination by the superintendent may be

charged to the income of the short term investment common trust fund.

(d) A trust company administering a short term investment common trust

fund shall not be required to render a court accounting with regard to

such fund.

10. The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate such

regulations and rules as he or she considers appropriate to govern the

administration of common trust funds and short term investment common

trust funds.

§ 100-d — Foreign common trust funds

Foreign common trust funds. Any banking corporation or trust

company incorporated under the laws of another state which is qualified

to act as executor or testamentary trustee in this state pursuant to

subdivision three of section one hundred thirty-one of the banking law

may, when acting in either such capacity, invest any moneys received and

held by it in such capacity, either alone or in conjunction with one or

more other persons acting with it in such capacity, in any common trust

fund or funds maintained by it in accordance with the laws of the state

of its incorporation; provided that the will under which it is acting

does not specifically prohibit such investment and that the will under

which it is acting shall authorize the investment of such moneys in any

of the following; (a) in such a common trust fund; (b) in such

investments as such fiduciary or fiduciaries under such will may select

in the discretion of such fiduciary or fiduciaries; (c) generally in

investments other than those in which trustees are by law authorized to

invest trust funds; and provided that any banking corporation or trust

company incorporated under the laws of this state is permitted by the

laws of the state of incorporation of such foreign banking corporation

or trust company, when acting in similar fiduciary capacity in that

state, to invest any moneys received and held by it in such capacity in

any common trust fund or funds maintained by it in accordance with the

laws of this state.

§ 101 — Additional powers of certain trust companies

Additional powers of certain trust companies. Every trust

company which at the time this act takes effect lawfully possesses and

exercises the power, for hire, to examine titles to real estate, to

procure and furnish information in relation thereto, and to guarantee or

insure the title to real estate to persons interested, in such real

estate or in mortgages thereon, against loss, by reason of defective

title or other encumbrances of or upon, such real estate, shall continue

to possess such power, but no other trust company shall hereafter have

or exercise such power.

§ 102 — Powers of specially chartered trust companies

Powers of specially chartered trust companies. Every trust

company incorporated by a special law shall possess the powers of trust

companies incorporated under this chapter and shall be subject to such

provisions of this chapter as are not inconsistent with the special laws

relating to such specially chartered company.

§ 102-a — Limited liability trust companies

Limited liability trust companies. 1. Trust companies which

(a) do not receive deposits from the general public and (b) have been

exempted by the superintendent of financial services from the

requirements of section thirty-two of this chapter, may be formed and

operated as limited liability trust companies. Such limited liability

trust companies shall be formed in accordance with, shall operate in

compliance with, and shall meet all of the requirements of the limited

liability company law and this chapter, except that to the extent any

provision of the limited liability company law shall be inconsistent

with the provisions of this chapter, the provisions of this chapter

shall govern; provided, however, that limited liability trust companies

shall not have perpetual existence.

2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a limited

liability trust company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up

upon the occurrence of any event specified in section seven hundred one

of the limited liability company law. Upon such a dissolution, the

provisions of this chapter shall govern the winding up of the affairs of

the limited liability trust company and the distribution of its assets.

Further, upon such a dissolution, if the members of a limited liability

trust company wish to continue the existence of the company and meet the

requirements of section seven hundred one of the limited liability

company law, they shall apply for and may receive the approval of the

superintendent for new articles of organization and a new authorization

certificate.

3. Trust companies which have been formed and are operating pursuant

to this article and article fifteen of this chapter on the effective

date of this section, and which meet the requirements of subdivision one

of this section, may, with the approval of the superintendent of

financial services, convert into limited liability trust companies,

provided that they meet all of the other requirements of this chapter as

if they were newly formed companies.

4. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to make such

general rules and regulations as may be necessary and proper to

effectuate the provisions of this chapter relating to the formation and

operation of limited liability trust companies.

§ 103 — Restrictions on loans, purchases of securities and total liabilities to bank or trust company of any one person

* Restrictions on loans, purchases of securities and total

liabilities to bank or trust company of any one person.

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* Restrictions on loans, purchases of securities, total liabilities

and other credit exposures to a bank or trust company of any one person.

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

No bank or trust company shall:

1. Lend to any person (which term shall mean, for the purposes of this

subdivision, any individual, partnership, unincorporated association,

corporation or body politic) an amount which will exceed fifteen per

centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such

bank or trust company. Any extension of credit to a person by means of

the issue or confirmation of irrevocable sight letters of credit upon

the responsibility of such person, or by means of the discount or

purchase of, or investment in, bills of exchange, notes, bonds,

debentures or other obligations made, drawn or accepted by such person,

shall be considered a loan to such person for the purposes of this

subdivision except that (1) in the case of an accepted bill of exchange,

the loan shall be considered, subject to clause (2) below, to be made to

the acceptor and not to the drawer; and (2) if any bill of exchange,

note, bond, debenture or other obligation is endorsed without limitation

or guaranteed by any person and discounted with, or sold to, such bank

or trust company by such person, the loan shall be considered a loan to

such person and not to the maker, drawer or acceptor of such bill of

exchange, note, bond, debenture or other obligation. The foregoing

limitation is subject to the following exceptions:

(a) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to (1) any

loan to the extent that the United States, this state or any city,

county, town, village or school district of this state, or any

department, agency or instrumentality of the United States or this state

designated by the superintendent by general or specific regulation, has

agreed to pay the principal and interest thereof, or has guaranteed

payment (by guaranty or commitment to purchase or otherwise) of such

principal and interest, or is committed to supply, by loan, subsidy or

otherwise, funds sufficient to pay such principal and interest, or has

otherwise pledged its faith and credit for the payment of such principal

and interest; or (2) any loan secured by not less than a like amount

(based on their principal amount or market value, whichever is lower, at

the time the loan is made) of direct obligations of the United States or

of this state or of any city, county, town, village or school district

of this state or of any such department, agency or instrumentality of

the United States or this state or by obligations otherwise fully

guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States.

(b) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to any loan to

the extent such loan is secured by cash collateral which is not subject

to withdrawal.

In addition, the limitations in this subdivision shall not apply (i)

to loans arising from the discount of commercial or business paper

evidencing an obligation to the person negotiating it with recourse;

(ii) to loans to the student loan marketing association; (iii) to loans

to any financial institution or to any receiver, conservator,

superintendent of financial services, or other agent in charge of the

business and property of such financial institutions when such loans are

approved by the superintendent; (iv) to the purchase of bankers'

acceptances of the kind described in section 13 of an act of congress

entitled the "Federal Reserve Act" and issued by other banking

corporations; and (v) to loans made to facilitate prompt clearance or

settlement arising from the purchase or sale of readily marketable

securities which loans (A) are secured by readily marketable securities

having a market value or a principal face amount (whichever is less) at

the time the loan is made of not less than the principal amount of said

loan, and (B) shall be required to be repaid upon settlement of such

purchase or sale.

(c) Loans (exclusive of any loan described in paragraph (a) of this

subdivision) to any state other than the state of New York, or to any

foreign nation, the New York State thruway authority, the Triborough

bridge and tunnel authority, The Port of New York Authority, a railroad

corporation, a municipal corporation of this state, a corporation

subject to the jurisdiction of a public service commission of this

state, or any international lending facility or public benefit

corporation designated by the superintendent by regulation, may equal

but not exceed twenty-five per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund

and undivided profits of such bank or trust company.

(d) Loans to any person, other than loans described in paragraph (a),

(b) or (c) of this subdivision, may equal but not exceed twenty-five per

centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such

bank or trust company, provided such loans either in whole or in part,

but in any event that part thereof in excess of fifteen per centum of

such capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits:

(1) are upon, or with respect to, drafts or bills of exchange drawn in

good faith against actually existing values, or upon bankers'

acceptances or bills of exchange of the kinds and maturities made

eligible by law for purchase in the open market by federal reserve

banks; or

(2) are secured by collateral having an ascertained market value, or

otherwise having a value as collateral as found in good faith by an

officer of such bank or trust company, at least equal to the excess of

such loans over fifteen per centum of such capital stock, surplus fund

and undivided profits.

(d-1) Loans secured by bills of lading, warehouse receipts, or similar

documents transferring or securing title to readily marketable staples

shall be subject to a limitation of thirty-five per centum of the

capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust

company in addition to the general limitations if the market value of

the staples securing each additional loan at all times equals or exceeds

one hundred fifteen per centum of the outstanding amount of such loan.

The staples shall be fully covered by insurance whenever it is customary

to insure such staples.

(d-2) Loans secured by shipping documents or instruments transferring

or securing title covering livestock or giving a lien on livestock when

the market value of the livestock securing the obligation is not at any

time less than one hundred fifteen per centum of the face amount of the

note covered, shall be subject to a maximum limitation equal to

twenty-five per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided

profits of such bank or trust company.

In addition, loans which arise from the discount by dealers in dairy

cattle of paper given in payment for dairy cattle, which paper carries a

full recourse endorsement or unconditional guarantee of the seller, and

which are secured by the cattle being sold, shall be subject to a

limitation of twenty-five per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund

and undivided profits of such bank or trust company.

(e) In computing the total loans by any bank or trust company (i) to

any individual, there shall be included all loans by the bank or trust

company to any partnership or unincorporated association of which he is

a member, and all loans made for his benefit or for the benefit of such

partnership or association; (ii) to any partnership or unincorporated

association, there shall be included all loans by the bank or trust

company to its individual members and all loans made by the bank or

trust company for the benefit of such partnership or unincorporated

association or any member thereof; and (iii) to any corporation, there

shall be included all loans made by the bank or trust company for the

benefit of the corporation. A loan shall be deemed to be made for the

benefit of a corporation only to the extent that the proceeds of such

loan (1) are to be loaned to the corporation; (2) are to be used for the

acquisition (otherwise than in connection with a public offering) from

the corporation by a person in control of, or under common control with,

the corporation, of any stock or other securities issued by the

corporation, or (3) are to be transferred to the corporation without

fair and adequate consideration, and the discharge of an equivalent

amount of debt previously incurred in good faith and for value shall be

considered fair and adequate consideration. A loan shall not be deemed

to be made for the benefit of a corporation if such loan is made to a

person other than the corporation and is secured as provided in

subdivision four of this section or is secured by collateral having an

ascertained market value, or otherwise having a value as collateral as

found in good faith by an officer of such bank or trust company, at

least equal to the amount of the loan; provided that stock or other

securities issued by, or a lien on property of, such corporation shall

not be considered collateral for the purposes of this provision.

(f) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to the

acceptance of bills of exchange or the issue or confirmation of letters

of credit calling for acceptances by a bank or trust company, but no

bank or trust company shall make acceptances, or issue letters of credit

calling for acceptances, upon the responsibility of any person to an

amount in excess of fifteen per centum of the capital stock, surplus

fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company, unless that

part thereof in excess of fifteen per centum of such capital stock,

surplus fund and undivided profits is, and will remain, secured either

by accompanying documents or by some other actual security growing out

of the same transaction as the acceptance or by substituted security of

similar character.

(g) Loans arising from the discount of negotiable or non-negotiable

installment consumer paper which carries a full recourse endorsement or

unconditional guarantee by the transferor of such paper shall be subject

to a limitation of twenty-five per centum of the capital stock, surplus

fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company. Within the

meaning of this subdivision, the liability to such bank or trust company

of any individual, partnership, unincorporated association or

corporation as endorser or guarantor of negotiable or non-negotiable

instalment consumer paper shall not be deemed a loan to such individual,

partnership, unincorporated association or corporation to the extent of

the value of the obligation thereon of the maker of such instalment

consumer paper, as found in good faith in writing by an officer of such

bank or trust company, designated to make such evaluation and

certification by the board of directors of the bank or trust company,

and upon the further certification by the said officer that the bank or

trust company is relying primarily on the maker of the instalment

consumer paper for the payment of an amount owing upon the instalment

consumer paper upon the security of which the bank or trust company is

making the loan or in which it is making the investment. The

certifications are to be made at the time of making the loan or

investment, and are to be based on information contained in the files of

the bank or trust company, or on the personal knowledge of the

designated officer. Instalment consumer paper, for the purposes of this

section, shall mean retail instalment contracts and retail instalment

obligations as defined in subdivisions six and six-a of section four

hundred ninety-one of this chapter, and similar agreements entered into

outside of this state.

(h) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to any advance

of federal funds by such bank or trust company to a commercial bank,

provided such advance is made on the condition that it be repaid on the

next business day following the day on which the advance is made. For

purposes of this paragraph, the term "federal funds" shall mean funds on

deposit at a federal reserve bank or funds on deposit at a commercial

bank which are exchangeable for funds on deposit at a federal reserve

bank; the term "commercial bank" shall mean any bank, trust company,

private banker, national banking association, any banking corporation

organized under the laws of the United States or any state of the United

States and engaged in a commercial banking business, or any banking

corporation organized under the laws of any foreign country and engaged

in the commercial banking business that maintains a branch or agency

licensed by any state of the United States or the comptroller of the

currency; and the term "business day" shall mean any day on which the

bank or trust company making the advance, the commercial bank obtaining

the advance and any federal reserve bank or banks through which such

advance was effected are all open for general business.

* (i) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to the

investment of such bank or trust company in the bonds, debentures, notes

or other obligations of any person, provided: (i) such bonds,

debentures, notes or other obligations mature not less than one year

after their respective dates of issuance, and, at the time of such

investment, are rated in one of the three highest rating grades by an

independent rating service designated by the superintendent of financial

services; (ii) such investment does not exceed fifteen per centum of the

capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust

company; and (iii) such investment complies with such additional

limitations and conditions as the superintendent of financial services

from time to time may prescribe by general regulation.

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* (i) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to the

investment of such bank or trust company in the bonds, debentures, notes

or other obligations of any person, provided: (i) such bonds,

debentures, notes or other obligations mature not less than one year

after their respective dates of issuance, and, at the time of such

investment, meet the standards of creditworthiness established by

regulation by the superintendent; (ii) such investment does not exceed

fifteen per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided

profits of such bank or trust company; and (iii) such investment

complies with such additional limitations and conditions as the

superintendent from time to time may prescribe by regulation.

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* (j) In the case of a trust company which (1) does not receive

deposits from the general public and (2) has been exempted by the

superintendent of financial services from the requirements of section

thirty-two of this chapter, the limitations of this subdivision shall

not apply to the investment of such trust company in the bonds,

debentures, notes or other obligations of, any foreign nation, or any

political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, provided: (i)

at the time of such investment, such bonds, debentures, notes or other

obligations are rated in one of the three highest rating grades by an

independent rating service designated by the superintendent of financial

services; (ii) for any such bonds, debentures, notes or other

obligations, the foreign nation, or any political subdivision, agency or

instrumentality thereof, has guaranteed payment (by guaranty or

commitment to purchase or otherwise) of such principal and interest, or

is committed to supply, by loan, subsidy or otherwise, funds sufficient

to pay such principal and interest, or has otherwise pledged its faith

and credit for the payment of such principal and interest; (iii) such

investments do not exceed the per centum applicable to such obligor of

the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or

trust company as the superintendent shall approve, and (iv) such

investments comply with such limitations and conditions as the

superintendent may from time to time prescribe.

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* (j) In the case of a trust company which (1) does not receive

deposits from the general public and (2) has been exempted by the

superintendent from the requirements of section thirty-two of this

chapter, the limitations of this subdivision shall not apply to the

investment of such trust company in the bonds, debentures, notes or

other obligations of, any foreign nation, or any political subdivision,

agency or instrumentality thereof, provided: (i) at the time of such

investment, such bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations meet the

standards of creditworthiness established by regulation by the

superintendent; (ii) for any such bonds, debentures, notes or other

obligations, the foreign nation, or any political subdivision, agency or

instrumentality thereof, has guaranteed payment (by guaranty or

commitment to purchase or otherwise) of such principal and interest, or

is committed to supply, by loan, subsidy or otherwise, funds sufficient

to pay such principal and interest, or has otherwise pledged its faith

and credit for the payment of such principal and interest; (iii) such

investments do not exceed the per centum applicable to such obligor of

the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or

trust company as the superintendent shall approve; and (iv) such

investments comply with such limitations and conditions as the

superintendent may from time to time prescribe.

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* (k) In the case of a trust company which (1) does not receive

deposits from the general public and (2) has been exempted by the

superintendent of financial services from the requirements of section

thirty-two of this chapter, the limitations of this subdivision shall

not apply to the purchase of securities under repurchase agreement

provided that the repurchase agreement relates to not less than a like

amount of direct obligations (based on their principal amount or market

value, whichever is lower, at the time the purchase occurs) of any

foreign nation, or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality

thereof, provided: (i) at the time of such purchase, such direct

obligations are rated in one of the three highest rating grades by an

independent rating service designated by the superintendent of financial

services; (ii) for any such direct obligations, the foreign nation, or

any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, has

guaranteed payment (by guaranty or commitment to purchase or otherwise)

of the principal and interest thereof, or is committed to supply, by

loan, subsidy or otherwise, funds sufficient to pay such principal and

interest, or has otherwise pledged its faith and credit for the payment

of such principal and interest; (iii) the purchase price of such

securities does not exceed the per centum applicable to the obligor of

such securities of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits

of such bank or trust company as the superintendent shall approve; and

(iv) such purchase complies with such limitations and conditions as the

superintendent may from time to time prescribe.

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* (k) In the case of a trust company which (1) does not receive

deposits from the general public and (2) has been exempted by the

superintendent from the requirements of section thirty-two of this

chapter, the limitations of this subdivision shall not apply to the

purchase of securities under repurchase agreement provided that the

repurchase agreement relates to not less than a like amount of direct

obligations (based on their principal amount or market value, whichever

is lower, at the time the purchase occurs) of any foreign nation, or any

political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, provided: (i)

at the time of such purchase, such direct obligations meet the standards

of creditworthiness established by regulation by the superintendent;

(ii) for any such direct obligations, the foreign nation, or any

political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, has guaranteed

payment (by guaranty or commitment to purchase or otherwise) of the

principal and interest thereof, or is committed to supply, by loan,

subsidy or otherwise, funds sufficient to pay such principal and

interest, or has otherwise pledged its faith and credit for the payment

of such principal and interest; (iii) the purchase price of such

securities does not exceed the per centum applicable to the obligor of

such securities of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits

of such bank or trust company as the superintendent shall approve; and

(iv) such purchase complies with such limitations and conditions as the

superintendent may from time to time prescribe.

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* The superintendent of financial services shall be empowered to

promulgate rules and regulations as shall be appropriate to carry out

the purposes of this subdivision.

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* The superintendent shall be empowered to promulgate rules and

regulations as shall be appropriate to carry out the purposes of this

subdivision.

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* The superintendent also shall be authorized to determine the manner

and extent to which credit exposure resulting from derivative

transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements,

securities lending transactions and securities borrowing transactions

shall be taken into account for purposes of this section. As used in

this section, the term "derivative transaction" includes any transaction

that is a contract, agreement, swap, warrant, note or option that is

based, in whole or in part, on the value of, any interest in, any

quantitative measure of, or the occurrence of any event relating to, one

or more commodities, securities, currencies, interest or other rates,

indices or other assets. In making such determinations, the

superintendent may, but is not required to, act by order or regulation.

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

4. Make a loan upon the security of real estate within or without this

state which does not comply with any such rules or regulations as the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe.

No loan shall be made under the provisions of this subdivision except

upon the written and signed certificate of an appraiser appointed

pursuant to policies established by the board of directors, certifying

to the value of the premises according to his judgment.

The provisions of this subdivision shall not constitute the authority

to make a loan to a natural person upon the security of a mortgage which

is not a first lien.

Where the collateral for any loan consists partly of real estate

security and partly of other security, including a guarantee or

endorsement by or an obligation or commitment of a person other than the

borrower, only the amount by which the loan exceeds the value as

collateral of such other security, as found in good faith by a duly

authorized officer of such bank or trust company, at the time of the

making of the loan or commitment therefor, shall be considered a loan

upon the security of real estate, provided, that in no event shall a

loan be considered a loan upon the security of real estate (i) where the

principal amount of any real estate security taken therefor is less than

fifteen per centum of the amount of such loan or (ii) where the loan is

payable in monthly or quarterly installments over a period not to exceed

one hundred twenty-one months and does not exceed twenty thousand

dollars and is for the purpose of paying the cost of any repairs,

alterations or improvements upon, or in connection with, or, as the

superintendent may authorize, the equipping of existing structures or

the building of new structures by the owners thereof or by the lessees

under a lease expiring not less than six months after the maturity of

the loan or (iii) where the loan is fully guaranteed or insured by the

United States or a state, or any department, agency or instrumentality

thereof, and for the payment of which loan the full faith and credit of

the United States or of such state is pledged and if under the terms of

the guaranty or insurance agreement the bank or trust company will be

assured of repayment in accordance with the terms of the loan or (iv)

where there is a binding and valid commitment or agreement by a

financially responsible lender, purchaser or other financially

responsible party either directly with the lending bank or trust company

or which is for the benefit of, or has been assigned to, the lending

bank or trust company and pursuant to which commitment, agreement or

assignment, the lender, purchaser or other party is required to advance

to the lending bank or trust company within thirty months from the date

of such commitment or agreement the full amount of the loan to be made

by the lending bank or trust company upon the security of real estate

improved by a building or buildings, or to be improved by a building or

buildings in the process of construction, the major portion of which

building is used, or in the case of a building under construction is to

be used, for residential, business, manufacturing or agricultural

purposes, and where pursuant to the terms and provisions of such

commitment or agreement such advance shall be made prior to or upon the

maturity of the loan by the lending bank or trust company.

Real estate security for purposes of this section shall not include

(a) an assignment of rents under a lease, (b) a mortgage or other lien

upon a leasehold, (c) a mortgage or other lien upon leasehold, royalty

or other rights in oil, gas, minerals, standing timber, or other

products of land, (d) a mortgage or other lien made or given upon real

estate and taken as collateral security for loans to a borrower,

provided, that at the time of the making of the loan or commitment

therefor, repayment thereof is reasonably expected to be made out of the

operations of such borrower or of the mortgagor, or (e) such mortgages

or other liens on property as may be specifically exempted from the

limitations and restrictions of this subdivision by the superintendent

of financial services by general or specific regulations. Nothing in

this paragraph shall be construed to imply that security of a kind not

mentioned herein is to be deemed real estate security.

The limitations and restrictions contained in this subdivision shall

not prevent the acceptance of any real estate security to secure the

payment of a debt previously contracted in good faith. Every mortgage

and every assignment of a mortgage taken or held by such bank or trust

company shall immediately be recorded or registered in its name in the

office of the clerk or the proper recording officer of the county in

which the real estate described in the mortgage is located, except that

where the underlying real estate is located outside the state of New

York such mortgage or assignment may be recorded or registered in the

name of a duly authorized nominee, and except that if such mortgage or

assignment of mortgage or of an interest therein shall be taken from a

corporation organized under the banking law or all of the capital stock

of which is owned by not less than twenty savings banks of this state,

the bank or trust company may hold such mortgage or assignment

unrecorded unless the superintendent shall direct the bank or trust

company to record the same. The recording or registering of assignments

of mortgages shall not be required when not less than ten mortgages are

assigned as security for a loan, the term of which does not exceed

twelve months.

Any bank or trust company may renew from time to time any loan upon

the security of real estate lawfully made by it prior to June thirtieth,

nineteen hundred thirty-seven.

None of the prohibitions and restrictions contained in this

subdivision shall apply to any corporation all of the capital stock of

which is owned by not less than twenty savings banks of this state.

4-a. A bank or trust company may, in addition to the authority granted

under any other provisions of this article, make a loan to a natural

person upon the security of a mortgage which is not a first lien at the

rate or rates agreed to by the bank or trust company and the borrower,

subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial services

may prescribe. Such regulations by the superintendent of financial

services may include such restrictions as the superintendent of

financial services finds necessary or proper, including without

limitation, a restriction as to the percentage of total assets which may

be invested in such loans or a restriction on the loan to appraisal

value of property securing such loan.

For purposes of this subdivision, the term mortgage shall include a

lien on an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or other

evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a

corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative

ownership of real estate.

5. Make any loan for the purpose of financing the purchase of or

refinancing an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or

other evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease

from, a corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the

cooperative ownership of real estate, unsecured except to the extent of

an assignment or transfer of the stock certificates or other evidence of

ownership interest of the borrower and the proprietary lease within

ninety days from the making of the loan, which shall exceed the maximum

per cent of the loan permitted to be made on real estate improved by a

single family residence occupied by the owner, provided that for

purposes of this section the amount of the purchase price shall be

deemed to equal the appraised value of such certificate of stock or

other evidence of an ownership interest, or, in the case of a

refinancing, the appraised value of such certificates of stock or other

evidence of an ownership interest and which shall fail to provide for

full repayment of principal and interest within the same number of years

as a conventional mortgage loan previously described in this

subdivision, provided that all real estate owned by such corporation or

partnership shall be located within the state; and provided, further,

that such loan shall be subject to such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services may from time to time promulgate.

The maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or received

upon any loan or forbearance made pursuant to this subdivision may

exceed the rate of interest prescribed by the superintendent of

financial services in accordance with section fourteen-a by no more than

one and one-half per centum per annum.

6. Make any loan or discount on the security of the shares of its own

capital stock, or, except as provided in section five thousand twelve of

this chapter, be the purchaser of any such shares, unless such security

or purchase shall be necessary to minimize or avoid loss upon a debt

previously contracted in good faith, and stock so purchased shall be

sold at public or private sale, or otherwise disposed of, within six

months from the time of its purchase unless the superintendent shall

authorize such bank or trust company in writing to hold such shares for

a longer period. Any bank or trust company violating any of the

provisions of this subdivision shall forfeit to the people of the state

twice the amount of the loan or purchase.

7. Knowingly lend, directly or indirectly, any money or property for

the purpose of enabling any person to pay for or hold shares of its

stock, unless the loan is made upon security having an ascertained

market value of at least fifteen per centum more than the amount of the

loan. Any bank or trust company violating the provisions of this

subdivision shall forfeit to the people of the state twice the amount of

the loan.

8. Except in conformity with such rules and regulations as may be

promulgated by the superintendent, lend any sum of money to any

executive officer or director of such bank or trust company. The

superintendent shall have power to determine by regulation who shall be

considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be an executive

officer and what shall be considered, under the provisions of this

subdivision, to be a loan to an executive officer or director. In making

such determination, the superintendent shall have power to include or

exclude, subject to such conditions and limitations, if any, as he shall

prescribe, any or all of the following: (1) any transaction as a result

of which an executive officer or director of a bank or trust company

becomes obligated to such bank or trust company upon any note, draft,

bill of exchange or other indebtedness, as maker, drawer, endorser,

guarantor, surety or otherwise; and (2) any transaction as a result of

which a corporation, in which an executive officer or director or any

combination of such persons, owns or controls a majority of the stock,

or as a result of which a partnership in which an executive officer or

director is a partner, becomes obligated or renews its obligation to

such bank or trust company upon any note, draft, bill of exchange or

other indebtedness, as maker, drawer, endorser, guarantor, surety or

otherwise. Every bank or trust company violating this provision or any

regulation issued pursuant thereto and every officer or director of such

bank or trust company knowingly participating in such violation shall,

for each offense, forfeit to the people of the state twice the amount of

the loan.

No executive officer or director of a bank or trust company shall

borrow from the bank or trust company of which he is an executive

officer or director except as permitted by this section.

§ 104 — Entries in books; restrictions; amortization of securities

Entries in books; restrictions; amortization of securities. 1.

No bank or trust company shall by any system of accounting or any device

of bookkeeping, directly or indirectly enter any of its assets upon its

books in the name of any individual, partnership, unincorporated

association or of any other corporation, or under any title or

designation that is not truly descriptive thereof, except as authorized

by the provisions of this article.

2. The stocks, bonds and other interest-bearing securities purchased

by a bank or trust company shall be entered on its books at the actual

cost thereof, and shall not thereafter be carried upon the books at a

valuation exceeding their cost as adjusted by amortization for the

purpose of bringing them to par at maturity except that the same may be

carried at cost if appropriate amortization reserve is set up for the

purpose of bringing them to par at maturity. Where securities purchased

at a premium are callable prior to maturity, the rate of amortization

thereof shall be increased where necessary to such extent as shall

reduce the amount at which such securities are carried upon the books to

the call price at the date or dates upon which a call may be made;

provided, however, that no adjustment for amortization or amortization

reserve shall be required to be made on the books except when net

profits are computed. The superintendent may by regulation vary the

requirements of this subdivision to permit the amortization of premiums

at the same rate as that required by federal tax statutes or

regulations.

3. No bank or trust company shall, except with the written approval of

the superintendent, enter on its books its real estate and the building

or buildings thereon, or its fixtures, vaults, furniture and equipment,

at a valuation exceeding the actual cost to such bank or trust company,

or carry such real estate, building or buildings, fixtures, vaults,

furniture or equipment at a valuation exceeding the actual cost less

appropriate allowances for depreciation except that the same may be

carried at cost if appropriate depreciation reserve is set up; provided,

however, no adjustment for depreciation or depreciation reserve shall be

required to be made on the books except when net profits are computed.

4. Real estate acquired by a bank or trust company, other than that

acquired for use as a place of business, shall be entered on the books

of the bank or trust company in conformity with the method of accounting

for troubled debt restructurings approved by the financial accounting

standards boards or such other method of accounting as may be authorized

or required by rules and regulations of the superintendent of financial

services.

The provisions of this subdivision shall not, except as the

superintendent may otherwise require, apply to any parcel of real estate

as to which the bank or trust company has exercised its option to

transfer or convey such real estate to the veterans administration or

the federal housing commissioner pursuant to insurance or guaranty.

5. Every bank and every trust company shall conform its methods of

keeping its books and records to such orders in respect thereto as shall

have been made and promulgated by the superintendent pursuant to article

two of this chapter. Any bank or trust company that refuses or neglects

to obey such order shall be subject to a penalty in an amount as

determined pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter for each day

it so refuses or neglects.

6. Every bank and every trust company holding any funds or money paid

into court shall keep records in which it shall make an exact account

thereof, including appropriate references to the order or orders

pursuant to which such funds are held.

§ 105 — Branch offices; prohibition against doing business at unauthorized places

Branch offices; prohibition against doing business at

unauthorized places. 1. (a) No bank or trust company or officer,

director, agent or employee thereof, shall transact any part of its

usual business of banking at any place other than its principal office,

except that a bank or trust company may open and occupy one or more

branch offices at any location in the state, provided: (i) that the

requirements of section twenty-nine of this chapter are met and (ii)

that, except for the city or village in which its principal office is

located, in no event shall a branch be opened and occupied pursuant to

this subdivision in a city or village with a population of fifty

thousand or less in which is already located the principal office of

another bank, trust company or national banking association, other than

a bank holding company, if such bank holding company is a banking

institution, or a banking subsidiary of a bank holding company (as such

terms "bank holding company", "banking institution" and "banking

subsidiary" are defined in section one hundred forty-one of this

chapter) except that the definition of "bank holding company" is

modified to change the phrase "a banking institution" wherever it

appears therein to "two or more banking institutions" and the definition

of "banking institution" is modified to add a national banking

association, the principal office of which institution is located in

this state, except, in the case of a conversion pursuant to the

provisions of this article, branch offices occupied immediately prior

thereto or except for the purpose of acquiring by merger, sale or

otherwise the business and property of a bank, trust company or national

banking association, whether in liquidation or doing business in the

usual course.

(b) An office of an affiliated bank at which the customers of a bank

or trust company may make deposits, renew time deposits, make

withdrawals, close loans, service loans, and receive payments on loans

and other obligations shall not be deemed a branch office of such bank

or trust company. For the purposes of this section, the term "affiliated

bank" means any bank, as such term is defined in section 3(a)(1) of the

Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(a)(1)), that is a

subsidiary of the same bank holding company, as that term is defined in

section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841).

2. Hereafter before any branch or branches shall be opened and

occupied pursuant to subdivision one of this section the superintendent

shall have given his written approval as provided in article two of this

chapter.

3. (a) Any bank or trust company may with the written approval of the

superintendent, open and occupy a branch office or branch offices in one

or more places located without the state of New York, either in the

United States of America or in foreign countries.

(b) If any bank or trust company has opened and occupied a branch

office in a foreign country pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a)

of this subdivision, it may, unless otherwise advised by the

superintendent, open and occupy an additional branch office or branch

offices in such country without having to apply for the approval of the

superintendent, provided that it gives the superintendent notice of at

least thirty days (or such shorter period as the superintendent in

individual cases may approve) before opening and occupying any such

additional branch office.

4. The term "village" as used in this section shall mean either an

incorporated or an unincorporated village.

5. (a) A bank or trust company may, if the merger or asset acquisition

is permitted by law, and if the merger or asset acquisition agreement so

provides, maintain as a branch office or branch offices or trust office

or trust offices, the place or places of business of any bank, trust

company, safe deposit company, national banking association,

out-of-state state bank or out-of-state trust company (as such terms are

defined in section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter), savings

bank, or savings and loan association, federal savings bank or federal

savings and loan association which it has received into itself by merger

or by acquisition of assets thereof pursuant to the provisions of this

chapter and, if the merger or acquisition agreement so provides, may

maintain, as its principal office rather than as a branch or trust

office, the principal office of such banking institution with which it

has merged or from which it has acquired assets (so long as such

principal office is located in this state), in which event the former

principal office of the receiving or acquiring bank or trust company may

be maintained as a branch office. A state bank or trust company

resulting from the conversion of a national banking association may, if

the conversion agreement so provides, maintain as a branch office or

branch offices or trust office or trust offices the place or places of

business of the national banking association. As used in this

subdivision, the term "place or places of business" shall include any

branch office or trust office of the banking institution that was

converted, merged or the assets of which were acquired which has been

approved pursuant to this chapter or federal law or the law of another

state, as the case may be, even if such branch office or trust office is

not in operation at the time said merger, asset acquisition or

conversion becomes effective.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (a) of this

subdivision, any public accommodation office of a merging or acquired

banking organization or association, including any such office which has

been approved pursuant to section one hundred ninety-one of this chapter

but which is not in operation at the time said merger or acquisition

becomes effective, may be maintained by the receiving or acquiring bank

or trust company as a public accommodation office only.

§ 105-a — Electronic facilities

Electronic facilities. A bank or trust company may conduct a

banking business, at automated teller machines, point-of-sale terminals,

and similar facilities subject to regulations which may be promulgated

by the superintendent of financial services. Such facilities shall not

be deemed to be branches and shall not be subject to any of the

provisions of this chapter applicable to branches; provided however that

notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of clause (ii) of

subdivision one of section one hundred five of this chapter, such

facilities shall be deemed to be branches, and such facilities shall be

subject to the terms and conditions of section one hundred five, and for

purposes of section twenty-eight-b of this chapter, such facilities

shall be deemed to be branches.

§ 105-b — Trust offices

Trust offices. 1. A trust company may establish or acquire

and maintain one or more trust offices anywhere in this state, or

outside the state of New York, either in the United States or in foreign

countries.

2. A trust company seeking to establish or acquire and maintain a

trust office shall submit a written notice to the superintendent

describing the proposed activities and such other information as the

superintendent shall request. The notice shall be accompanied by an

investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this

chapter.

3. The trust office may commence operation thirty days after the

superintendent receives such notice, unless the superintendent notifies

the trust company in writing within such time period that the office may

not commence operation or that additional information or time is

required for the superintendent to consider such notice.

4. The superintendent may deny approval of the trust office if the

superintendent finds that the maintenance of such office would not be

consistent with the goals set forth in the declaration of policy

contained in section ten of this chapter.

§ 106 — Deposits by banks and trust companies with other banking corporations and private bankers; restrictions

Deposits by banks and trust companies with other banking

corporations and private bankers; restrictions. 1. No bank or trust

company shall deposit any of its funds with any other foreign or

domestic banking corporation or private banker in an amount exceeding

one hundred per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided

profits of such bank or trust company unless such other banking

corporation or private banker has been approved by the superintendent as

a depositary for the purpose of this section, in which case the amount

so deposited may equal but shall not exceed such per centum of the

capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust

company as the superintendent shall approve.

2. The restrictions contained in this section shall not apply to

deposits by any bank or trust company with a federal reserve bank.

§ 107 — Reserves against deposits

Reserves against deposits. 1. Every bank and trust company

shall maintain total reserves against its demand and time deposits in

such ratios as the superintendent of financial services shall by

regulation impose. If the principal office or any branch of such bank or

trust company is located in a special requirement area, as designated in

or pursuant to subdivision two of this section said bank or trust

company shall maintain such additional reserves as may be prescribed by

the superintendent of financial services.

2. The cities of Albany and Buffalo and the boroughs of Brooklyn,

Manhattan and The Bronx are hereby designated as special requirement

areas. The superintendent of financial services may at any time add to

the number of cities or boroughs designated as special requirement

areas, or may terminate the designation of any city or borough as such.

3. Any part of total reserves may be deposited, subject to call, with

a federal reserve bank in the district in which such bank or trust

company is located, or with reserve depositaries, and the reserves on

hand not so deposited shall consist of any form of currency authorized

by the laws of the United States. Any bank or trust company which is or

shall become a member of the federal reserve system shall maintain such

reserves with a federal reserve bank as are required by or pursuant to

the federal reserve act and so long as it complies with the requirements

of such federal reserve act with reference to reserves shall be exempt

from the preceding provisions of this section.

4. If any bank or trust company shall fail to maintain its total

reserves in the manner prescribed and authorized by this section, it

shall be liable to, and shall pay any assessment or assessments levied

by the superintendent pursuant to the provisions of article two of this

chapter.

§ 107-a — Security for public deposits

Security for public deposits. 1. As used in this section, the

following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) "Public depositary". A bank, trust company or other depositary,

whether state or federally chartered, authorized to accept and hold

deposits of public funds under the laws of this state.

(b) "Public funds". Funds of a political subdivision.

(c) "Political subdivision". Any municipal corporation, school

district, board of cooperative educational services, district

corporation, special improvement district governed by a separate board

of commissioners or a public library.

(d) "Public deposits". Deposits of public funds in a public depositary

which are available for all uses generally permitted by the public

depositary to the depositing political subdivision for actually and

finally collected funds under the public depositary's account agreement

or policies.

2. Whenever a political subdivision is required by any general or

special law to obtain a pledge of assets or other security from a public

depositary for its public deposits and such political subdivision has

entered into a written agreement with such public depositary relating to

such public deposits and has provided written notice in a form specified

by such written agreement to the public depositary of such public

deposits, the public depositary shall comply with the provisions of such

law at the time it accepts any public deposits from the political

subdivision; provided, however, that where the public depositary and

political subdivision have agreed in writing as to the maximum amount of

security which such depositary shall provide, and the terms, conditions

and timing of the provisions of security pursuant thereto, and the

depositary has at all times complied with such agreement, it shall be

deemed to have complied with the provisions of such law for so long as

it shall comply with such agreement.

§ 108 — Rates of interest; installment obligations; personal loan departments

Rates of interest; installment obligations; personal loan

departments. 1. Except as otherwise provided in this section, no bank or

trust company shall take, receive, reserve or charge on any loan or

discount made, or upon any note, bill of exchange or other evidence of

debt, negotiable or otherwise, interest, as computed pursuant to this

subdivision, at a rate greater than the rate prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services pursuant to section fourteen-a of

this chapter, or, if no rate has been so prescribed, six per centum per

annum, or two dollars if the interest so computed is less than that

amount. Such interest may be taken in advance, reckoning the days for

which the note, bill or evidence of debt has to run. If interest is so

taken in advance and the maturity of the debt is accelerated and

judgment is obtained, or the debt is otherwise paid prior to its normal

date of maturity, the bank or trust company shall refund to the obligor

or his legal representative, as the case may be, the unearned interest

previously deducted and the unused portion of any premiums charged for

insuring the obligor under a group credit insurance policy, such refund

to be calculated in accordance with the method described in paragraph

(e) of subdivision four of this section. A reasonable charge by a bank

or trust company for the collection of a bona fide bill of exchange,

note or other evidence of debt payable at a place other than the place

where purchased, discounted or sold, in addition to the interest, shall

not be considered interest for the purpose of any law regulating the

maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or received.

Anything contained in this subdivision to the contrary

notwithstanding, the charging of interest or discount on a loan or

discount made outside this state at a rate allowed by the laws of the

jurisdiction where such loan is made, or the acquisition by a bank or

trust company of a part interest or the entire interest in any loan or

discount heretofore or hereafter made by a bank or trust company or any

other banking institution, shall not be a violation of this section.

2. Any bank or trust company may purchase or otherwise acquire from

the payee, owner or holder thereof any obligation in writing to pay in

installments all or part of the price of personal property or that of

the performance of services, whether that obligation be a negotiable

promissory note or other evidence of debt, or any accounts receivable,

whether or not they are obligations in writing, or any lease of personal

property, and may lease personal property acquired by it, doing so for

such price or rentals or other consideration and upon such additional

terms and conditions as may be mutually agreeable.

3. Upon advances of money, repayable on demand, to an amount not less

than five thousand dollars, made upon documents of title within article

seven of the uniform commercial code or negotiable instruments within

article three or article eight of the uniform commercial code pledged as

collateral security for such repayment, any bank or trust company may

receive or contract to receive and collect as compensation for making

such advances any sum which may be agreed upon by the parties to such

transaction.

4. (a) A bank or trust company may operate a personal loan department

at all or at any one or more of its authorized places of business in

accordance with the requirements of this subdivision. The records of

such department shall be kept in such form as the superintendent may

from time to time prescribe. The superintendent may, after giving notice

of the contemplated action and reasonable opportunity to be heard, order

that the operation of such department be discontinued if he shall find

that the bank or trust company has failed to conform to any requirement

of this subdivision. The superintendent may forthwith, and for a period

not to exceed thirty days pending further investigation, order that the

operation of any such department be temporarily discontinued if he shall

have reasonable cause to believe that the requirements of this

subdivision are not having compliance. Such order of discontinuance or

temporary discontinuance may apply to one or more of the authorized

places of business of a bank or trust company. The superintendent may

terminate or modify such orders if he shall be satisfied that such

department will be operated in accordance with the requirements of this

subdivision. No order of discontinuance or temporary order of

discontinuance shall impair or affect the obligation of any preexisting

lawful loan or advance from a bank or trust company to any borrower.

(b) A bank or trust company which operates a personal loan department

may make loans and charge interest thereon, which may be calculated on

the actual unpaid principal balances of the loan or in the case of a

loan commitment from the date of each advance thereunder for the actual

time outstanding, according to a generally accepted actuarial method at

a fixed or variable rate in accordance with the provisions of the

evidence of the indebtedness, or taken in advance, computed from the

date of the loan, or in the case of a loan commitment from the date of

each advance thereunder, to the date of the last installment payable

thereunder, at the rate or rates agreed to by the bank or trust company

and the borrower, with respect to any loan which is repayable at regular

periodic intervals of not more than one month over a period from the

date of the loan not exceeding (i) thirty-seven months, if the face

amount of the loan is for not more than twelve hundred dollars, or (ii)

any number of months agreed to by the bank or trust company and the

borrower, (A) if the face amount of the loan is for more than twelve

hundred dollars, (B) if the loan is for more than twelve hundred

dollars, and is made for a commercial or business use or purpose or for

investment in or purchase of an unincorporated business or commercial

enterprise, (C) if the loan or loan commitment is made for educational

purposes as specified in subdivision five-b of this section, or (D) if

the loan or advance of credit is made for the purpose of financing

alterations, repairs and improvements upon or in connection with, or as

the superintendent may authorize the equipping of existing structures,

and the building of new structures, upon urban, suburban, or rural real

property (including the restoration, rehabilitation, rebuilding and

replacement of such improvements which have been damaged or destroyed by

earthquake, conflagration, tornado, hurricane, cyclone, flood or other

catastrophe), by the owners thereof or by lessees of such real property

under a lease expiring not less than six months after the maturity of

the loan or advance of credit or by lessees under proprietary leases

from corporations or partnerships formed for the purpose of the

cooperative ownership of real estate. The total unpaid principal

balances of any one or more loans made by such bank or trust company to

the borrower pursuant to this subdivision shall be determined by

agreement between such bank or trust company and the borrower. If the

loan is made for a period of one year or more, provision may be made in

the note, instrument or other evidence of debt, for the omission of

payments during not more than any three specified months in any

twelve-month period, but the maximum period of thirty-seven months,

shall not be exceeded. On any loan with a variable rate of interest made

pursuant to this paragraph, the rate shall be determined at regular

intervals as set forth in the evidence of indebtedness and in accordance

with such regulations as the superintendent of financial services shall

prescribe but said rate shall not vary more often than once in any three

month period and shall be based on a published index that is (a) readily

available, (b) independently verifiable, (c) beyond the control of the

bank or trust company and (d) approved by the superintendent.

The superintendent of financial services shall adopt regulations,

including but not limited to: (a) providing for disclosure to the

borrower by the bank or trust company of the circumstances under which

the rate may increase, any limitations on the increase, the effect of an

increase and an example of the payment terms that would result from an

increase; (b) providing for disclosure to the borrower by the bank or

trust company of a history of the fluctuations of the index over a

reasonable period of time; and (c) providing for notice to the borrower

from the bank or trust company prior to any rate increase or change in

the terms of payment.

(c) The rate of interest authorized by this subdivision shall be

inclusive of all charges incident to investigating and making any loan.

No fee, commission, expense, or other charge whatsoever in addition

thereto shall be taken, received, reserved, or contracted for, except

(i) the fees payable to the appropriate public officer to perfect any

lien or other security interest taken to secure the loan or the premium,

not in excess of such filing fee, payable for any insurance in lieu of

such filing; (ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the

provisions of the instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in

an amount not to exceed five cents per dollar on any installment which

has become due and remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days,

but no such fine shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be

collected on any such installment regardless of the period during which

it remains in default, and provided further that should the aggregate of

such fines collected in connection with any loan exceed two per centum

of such loan, or in any event twenty-five dollars, the bank or trust

company shall refund such excess to the borrower within sixty days after

the loan is paid in full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned

interest attributable to the amount in default, interest on each amount

past due at a rate not in excess of the rate provided for in the

instrument evidencing the obligation; (iii) the actual expenditures,

including reasonable attorney's fees for necessary court process; and

(iv) in case the bank or trust company insures a borrower under a credit

unemployment insurance policy, group life insurance policy, group health

insurance policy, group accident insurance policy, or group health and

accident insurance policy, or requires insurance on personal property

securing any such loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums

chargeable in accordance with rate schedules then in effect and on file

with the superintendent of financial services for such insurance by the

insurer. No bank or trust company shall require a borrower to place any

sum on deposit, or to make deposits in lieu of regular periodic

installment payments, or to do or refrain from doing any other act which

would entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a condition precedent

to granting a loan under the authority of this subdivision except as

provided in subdivision five-b of this section. Notwithstanding the

foregoing, a bank or trust company may, with the prior approval of the

superintendent, offer a loan product that encourages personal savings by

requiring a borrower to place a portion of the principal of the loan

into an interest-bearing savings account as a condition precedent to

granting a loan under the authority of this subdivision. In deciding

whether to approve a loan product pursuant to the preceding sentence,

the superintendent may consider the recent results of examinations of

the bank or trust company, the terms and structure of, and the

underwriting criteria and marketing plan for the proposed loan product,

other loans offered by the bank or trust company, and such other factors

the superintendent deems to be relevant. Notwithstanding the provisions

of this paragraph no refund of excess fines shall be required if it

amounts to less than one dollar.

(d) In each note, instrument or other evidence of debt given by a

borrower to evidence a loan under this subdivision, where such loan is

not subject to the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Truth in

Lending Act" and the regulations thereunder, as such act and regulations

may from time to time be amended, the rate of charge (stating any

minimum as permitted by this subdivision four), shall be expressed

either in accordance with the method prescribed by such act of congress

or: (i) as a rate in dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars

face amount of loan, or (ii) as the rate or rates agreed to by the bank

or trust company and the borrower.

(e) A borrower may prepay the loan in full or, with the consent of the

bank or trust company, may refinance the loan. If the interest is

calculated on the actuarial basis, or if the evidence of the

indebtedness provides that the rate of interest may vary from time to

time, a borrower may prepay the loan in full without penalty. If the

interest was taken in advance, in the event of such prepayment or

refinancing, the bank or trust company shall refund: (1) the unearned

portion of the interest to the borrower the amount of which portion

shall be determined according to a generally accepted actuarial method;

provided, however, that if the amount of interest previously deducted

(i) was less than ten dollars, no refund shall be required; or (ii)

exceeded the sum of ten dollars and the earned interest is less than

that amount, the bank or trust company may retain such an additional

amount as will bring the earned interest to the sum of ten dollars and

refund the remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is

refinanced, no refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one

dollar; and (2) if a charge was made to the borrower for premiums for

insuring the borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy,

group life insurance policy, or under a group health, group accident or

group health and accident insurance policy, the excess of the charge to

the borrower therefor over the premiums paid or payable by the bank or

trust company, if such premiums were paid or payable by the bank or

trust company periodically, or the refund for such insurance premium

received or receivable by the bank or trust company, if such premium was

paid or payable in a lump sum by the bank or trust company, provided

that no such refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one

dollar. In the event (i) the maturity of the loan is accelerated due to

the default of the borrower or otherwise and judgment is obtained, or

(ii) repayment is made pursuant to any such insurance policy, the

borrower or his legal representative, as the case may be, shall be

entitled to the same refund as if the loan had been prepaid in full on

the date of acceleration or repayment.

(f) A bank or trust company may, upon agreement with the borrower,

extend the scheduled due date or defer the scheduled payment of all or

any part of any installment or installments payable under the loan. The

agreement for such extension or deferment must be in writing and signed

by the borrower. The bank or trust company may charge and contract for

the payment of an extension or deferral charge by the borrower and

collect and receive the same, at the rate or rates agreed to by the bank

or trust company and the borrower, on the amount of the installment or

installments, or part thereof, extended or deferred for the period of

extension or deferral. Such period shall not exceed the period from the

date when such extended or deferred installment or installments, or part

thereof, would have been payable in the absence of such extension or

deferral, to the date when such installment or installments, or part

thereof, are made payable under the agreement of extension or deferment;

except that a minimum charge of one dollar for the period of extension

or deferral may be made in any case where the extension or deferral

charge, when computed at such rate, amounts to less than one dollar.

Such agreement may also provide for the payment by the borrower of the

additional cost to the bank or trust company of premiums for continuing

in force, until the end of such period of extension or deferral, any

insurance coverages provided in connection with the loan subject to the

other provisions of this subdivision.

(g) If the borrower is obligated in connection with the loan to

maintain insurance on a motor vehicle securing the loan and if

subsequent to the making of the loan the borrower fails to maintain the

insurance, the bank or trust company may make advances to procure the

equivalent limits of insurance for either the interests of the borrower

and the bank or trust company or of either of them, and any amount so

advanced may be the subject of an interest charge from the date of such

advance as though such amount was part of the unpaid principal balance

of the loan. Each amount so advanced shall be secured by the personal

property if so provided in the security agreement covering the personal

property and if the bank or trust company notifies the borrower in

writing of the advance of such amount and of his or her option to repay

such amount in any one of the following ways:

(1) Full payment within ten days from the date of giving or mailing

the notice;

(2) Full amortization during the term of the insurance or the

remaining term of the loan, at the option of the bank or trust company;

(3) If offered by the bank or trust company, as a final balloon

payment payable one month after the last scheduled payment in connection

with the loan;

(4) If offered by the bank or trust company, full amortization after

the term of the loan, to be payable in instalments which do not exceed

the average instalment payable in connection with the loan; or

(5) If offered by the bank or trust company, any other amortization

plan.

If the borrower neither pays in full the amount so advanced nor

notifies the bank or trust company in writing of his or her choice

regarding amortization options before the expiration of ten days from

the date of giving or mailing of the notice by the bank or trust

company, the bank or trust company shall amortize the amount so advanced

pursuant to subparagraph two of this paragraph.

5. (a) A bank or trust company which operates a personal loan

department pursuant to paragraph (a) of subdivision four hereof may

establish credits under written agreements with borrowers, pursuant to

which one or more loans or advances to or for the account of a borrower

may be made from time to time, by means of honoring one or more checks

or other written, electronic or telephonic orders or requests of the

borrower and may charge interest on such loans and advances at the rate

permitted by paragraph (b) of this subdivision, provided such loans and

advances comply with the provisions of this subdivision. This

subdivision does not authorize any bank or trust company to make any

loan or advance in connection with the purchase or lease of goods or

services by means of a credit card as defined in section five hundred

eleven of the general business law, except for a loan or advance

resulting from the use of a card which may be used to access a deposit

account and line of credit associated with that account. The records of

such loans and advances shall be kept in such form as the superintendent

may from time to time prescribe.

(b) Such agreement may provide for interest on the unpaid aggregate

principal amount of such loans and advances from time to time

outstanding at the rate or rates agreed to by the bank or trust company

and the borrower, as computed pursuant to this section, including, in

accordance with the provisions of the agreement, rates that may vary

from time to time reckoned on each loan or advance from the date

thereof, calculated on any of the following bases: (i) on the unpaid

principal amount of such loans and advances from time to time

outstanding, or (ii) for each month on an average balance outstanding

determined by dividing by two the sum of the balances of unpaid

principal of such loans and advances outstanding on two dates during

such month, as specified in such agreement; the first of which dates

being not later than the fifteenth day of such month and the second

being not earlier than the sixteenth day of such month and not less than

ten nor more than twenty days after the first date, or (iii) for each

month on a fixed amount selected from a schedule, which fixed amount may

exceed the average daily balance under (i) above, or the average balance

if determined under (ii) above, by a differential of not more than five

dollars, provided the same fixed amount is also used for computing

interest for any month for which such balance exceeds said fixed amount

by any amount up to at least the same differential. For purposes of this

subdivision, a month may but need not be a calendar month, and a bank or

trust company computing interest on a daily basis may charge for each

day one thirtieth of the monthly interest rate. No amendment to any

agreement shall take effect unless at least 30 days prior to the

effective date of such amendment, imposition or increase, a written

notice has been mailed or delivered to the borrower that clearly and

conspicuously describes such amendment, imposition or increase and the

indebtedness to which it applies and if the amendment has the effect of

increasing the rate of interest, either (a) the notice states that the

incurrence by the borrower or another person authorized by him of any

further indebtedness under the plan to which the agreement relates on or

after the effective date of such change specified in the notice shall

constitute acceptance of such change, and either the borrower agrees in

writing to such change or the borrower or another person authorized by

him incurs such further indebtedness on or after the effective date of

the change stated in the notice, or (b) the notice advises the borrower

that he has thirty days from the earlier of the mailing or delivery of

the notice to advise the bank or trust company in writing that he does

not accept such amendment, provided that such notice contains an address

to which the borrower may send notice of his election not to accept the

amendment and also provided that the notice specifies that the amendment

will take effect absent receipt of the borrower's written objection to

the amendment. Any borrower who has received a notice pursuant to clause

(a) who does not agree in writing to the amendment and no further

indebtedness is incurred under the plan to which the agreement relates,

and any borrower who gives a timely notice, pursuant to clause (b),

electing not to accept the amendment shall be permitted to pay his

outstanding indebtedness in accordance with the terms of the agreement

but the bank or trust company may terminate the amount of credit

available to the borrower and may require the borrower to return all

credit cards and checks issued in connection with the agreement. If such

a borrower subsequently obtains credit under the agreement, such use

shall constitute acceptance of the change of terms and shall be deemed

to have been accepted and shall become effective as to the borrower as

of the date such change would have become effective but for the giving

of notice by the borrower. If notice is given pursuant to clause (b) and

the borrower does not timely object in writing to the amendment, such

amendment shall become effective without action on the part of the

borrower; provided that in no event shall any such amendment or increase

take effect with respect to (i) the unpaid aggregate principal amount of

loans or advances representing indebtedness outstanding prior to January

1, 1981 and (ii) the unpaid aggregate principal amount of loans or

advances representing indebtedness incurred, under or pursuant to an

agreement in effect on December 1, 1980, between January 1, 1981, and

the effective date of such amendment or increase specified in the first

notice mailed or delivered pursuant to clause (a). Indebtedness

outstanding prior to January 1, 1981, for purpose of clause (i) above

and indebtedness outstanding prior to the effective date of an increase

for purposes of clause (ii) above shall be determined on the basis of

crediting payments and other credits first to that portion of any such

indebtedness representing interest charges, insurance premiums, service

charges and fines and then to that portion representing the principal

amount of loans or advances in the order in which made. The provisions

of this paragraph permitting an increase in a rate of interest shall not

apply in the case of an agreement which expressly prohibits changing of

interest rates or which provides limitations on changing of interest

rates which are more restrictive than the requirements of this

paragraph. An amendment to an agreement deleting a provision that the

rate of interest may vary from time to time may not become effective

within one year from the later of the effective date of the agreement or

the effective date of an amendment to an agreement adding a variable

rate provision. On any loans or advances with rates of interest that may

vary from time to time made pursuant to this paragraph, such variable

rates of interest shall be determined at regular intervals as set forth

in the agreement and in accordance with such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services shall prescribe but said rate shall

not vary more often than once in any three month period and shall be

based on a published index that is (a) readily available, (b)

independently verifiable, (c) beyond the control of the bank or trust

company and (d) approved by the superintendent, (e) such loan rate shall

be based on the index values, or the index numbers plus or minus

additional percentage points provided, however, that variations in the

rate must correspond directly to the movements of the index values plus

or minus additional percentage points only. Once such rate is

established no lending institution may add any factors to increase the

rate other than variations in the established index without the prior

approval of the superintendent of financial services. For purposes of

this paragraph, an adjustment in the rate of interest as a consequence

of movement in the selected index shall not constitute an amendment to

that agreement. A reduction in the grace period for the assessment of a

fee on any installment not paid when due, shall be considered an

amendment to an agreement as set forth in this paragraph.

The superintendent of financial services shall adopt regulations with

respect to agreements that provide for a variable rate of interest,

including but not limited to: (a) providing for disclosure to the

borrower by the bank or trust company of the circumstances under which

the rate may increase, any limitations on the increase, the effect of an

increase and an example of the payment terms that would result from an

increase; (b) providing for disclosure to the borrower by the bank or

trust company of a history of the fluctuations of the index over a

reasonable period of time; and (c) providing for notice to the borrower

from the bank or trust company prior to any rate increase or change in

the terms of payment. The regulations shall allow a bank or trust

company after choosing an approved index to choose a spread and a

minimum and maximum rate of interest at its discretion.

A written agreement, whether it provides for a fixed or variable

interest rate, may provide for an introductory rate of interest at

either a fixed or a variable rate, provided that the terms of such

introductory rate, including, if applicable, the date on which the

introductory rate shall terminate, are disclosed to the borrower. Such

disclosure shall be contained on an application form or pre-approved

written solicitation as specified pursuant to subdivisions one and one-a

of section five hundred twenty of the general business law. A change in

the interest rate upon expiration of an introductory rate shall not be

considered a variable rate or a change in terms. The interest rate in

effect after expiration of an introductory rate may apply to all amounts

due under the agreement regardless of when incurred and disclosure of

the same shall be provided to the borrower in the written agreement.

Any interest charge, whether assessed by a fixed or variable rate, may

be reduced on such terms as the bank or trust company may determine,

provided that the terms of such reduction, including, if applicable, the

date on which the reduction will terminate, are disclosed to the

borrower on the written notice announcing the reduction, prior to the

effective date of the reduction. A new method of determining an interest

charge is a reduction in the interest charge if the charge determined

under the new method never exceeds the charge under the original method.

The original interest charge or original method of determining the

interest charge may be applied after the reduction ends to the entire

outstanding indebtedness, including any indebtedness incurred when a

reduced interest charge applied and disclosure of the same shall be

provided to the borrower in the written notice announcing the reduction.

A reduction to an interest charge, including the resumption of the

original interest charge or the original method of determining the

interest charge, shall not be considered an amendment of the agreement

for purposes of this paragraph.

(c) The aggregate unpaid principal amount of all such loans and

advances to a borrower made pursuant to this subdivision by a bank or

trust company at any one time outstanding shall be determined by

agreement between such bank or trust company and the borrower except to

the extent that such loans or advances are made pursuant to a written

agreement providing for establishing credits for a primarily commercial

or business use or purpose or for investment in or purchase of an

interest in an unincorporated business or commercial enterprise.

(d) The aggregate unpaid principal amount of all loans and advances

outstanding at any time pursuant to this subdivision shall be repayable

at regular periodic intervals of not more than one month and for such

term as agreed upon by such bank or trust company and the borrower;

provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit a bank or trust

company from providing in any agreement for the omission of payments for

three consecutive specified months during any consecutive twelve month

period. The initial installment of any loan or advance may be deferred

for a period of not more than sixty-five days from the date of such loan

or advance; provided, however, that the installments payable during any

such period on any prior loans or advances shall not be affected by any

such deferment. Provided, however, that an agreement may require a

minimum installment as agreed upon by the parties.

The borrower may at any time prepay the amount owing in part or in

full, with interest to the date of prepayment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, each

installment or other amount paid by the borrower to the bank or trust

company may be applied to interest, insurance premiums, service charges,

fines and principal in the order named, or in any such manner as the

agreement may provide. The term "installment" may be deemed to include

or exclude amounts to be applied to interest, insurance premiums,

service charges and fines.

(e) The fees and charges authorized by this paragraph and paragraph

(b) of this subdivision shall be inclusive of all charges to the

borrower incident to investigating and making any such loan or advance.

No fee, commission, expense, or other charge to the borrower whatsoever

shall be taken, received, reserved, or contracted for, except as

provided in this subdivision. In addition to the interest charge

permitted under paragraph (b) of this subdivision, the bank or trust

company may charge, receive and collect any one or more of the fees and

charges described in this paragraph, provided that any such fee or

charge is set forth in the written agreement with the borrower. The bank

or trust company may contract with the borrower for the payment by the

borrower of: (i) a service charge either as a percentage or an amount

upon each such check or other written, electronic or telephonic order or

request which is approved; (ii) a charge in an amount or percentage for

each check or other written, electronic or telephonic order or request

to obtain money from a credit line that cannot be approved since the

borrower is in violation of the terms of the agreement or payment of

such order or request would cause borrower to be in violation of the

terms of the agreement; (iii) a fee for any installment which is not

paid on or before the date on which it is due. A bank or trust company

that imposes the charge described in this subparagraph without allowing

a grace period of at least ten days must credit any cash payment made by

a borrower to a teller at a branch where deposits are accepted by the

bank or trust company, as of the date of receipt of the payment; (iv)

the actual expenditures, including reasonable attorneys' fees for

necessary court process; (v) in case the bank or trust company insures a

borrower in accordance with applicable insurance law, including but not

limited to under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life

insurance policy, group health insurance policy, group accident

insurance policy, or group health and accident insurance policy, an

amount for each month which, notwithstanding any other law, may be

computed on the amount of the borrower's entire unpaid indebtedness

under this subdivision except in the case of a loan or loan commitment

made under this subdivision for educational purposes as specified in

subdivision five-b of this section, and then on an amount no greater

than the unpaid balance of the borrower's scheduled periodic payments,

whether due or not due, upon the loan or loan commitment, at a rate not

in excess of the premiums chargeable for such month in accordance with

rate schedules then in effect and on file with the superintendent of

financial services for such insurance by the insurer; (vi) if loans or

advances may be obtained by use of a credit card issued by the bank or

trust company to the borrower, an annual fee for membership in the

credit card plan. If the borrower has requested the issuance of a credit

card, the fee for the first year may be charged by the bank or trust

company at any time. The bank or trust company shall in each subsequent

year in which an annual fee is payable, send the borrower in or with the

statement for the monthly billing period before that in which the fee is

to be billed, a notice that the annual fee will be billed in the next

monthly statement. A borrower who is not delinquent or otherwise in

breach of any term of the agreement with the bank or trust company shall

have the right during the first six months after the annual fee is

billed to notify the bank or trust company in writing, at its address on

the credit agreement, to terminate the borrower's account and request a

refund of the unused portion of the annual fee previously paid. Upon

receipt of the termination notice and refund request from such borrower,

the bank or trust company shall refund to the borrower the unused pro

rata share of any annual fee previously paid as of the first billing

statement date after receipt of the termination notice; and (vii) an

overlimit charge which may be imposed whenever the specified credit

limit is exceeded but not more than once in a monthly billing cycle. If

the overlimit charge is imposed, the credit limit must be disclosed on

the monthly billing statement; and (viii) a returned payment charge, in

the amount set forth in section 5-328 of the general obligations law,

for any check or other method of payment that is returned unpaid,

excluding payment made by automated teller machine or other electronic

media; (ix) a charge for replacement of lost or stolen credit cards,

which charge shall be applied only where a borrower has suffered a lost

or stolen credit card after two replacements thereof; (x) a charge for

additional credit cards for the borrower's account; and (xi) a charge

for copies of sales slips, cash advance slips, monthly statements and

other documents when such copies are not required by federal or state

law governing billing error disputes.

The fees and charges set forth in this paragraph shall not be

considered in applying sections 190.40 and 190.42 of the penal law. For

purposes of 12 U.S.C. §§ 85, 1831d, 1463(g) and 1785(g), the fees and

charges permitted under this paragraph are interest under New York law,

and all terms, conditions, and other provisions of a written agreement

between a bank or trust company and a borrower, including without

limitation, fees and charges, provisions related to the method of

determining the outstanding balance on which an interest charge is

imposed and circumstances in which an interest charge may be avoided,

are material to the determination of the interest rate under New York

law.

(f) No bank or trust company shall require a borrower to keep any sum

on deposit, or to make deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment

payments, or to do or refrain from doing any other act which would

entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a condition precedent to the

entering into of the agreement or granting of a loan or advance under

the authority of this subdivision, except as provided in subdivision

five-b of this section, provided, however, that nothing herein shall be

construed to prohibit a borrower from agreeing that such loans and

advances may be disbursed by crediting a demand deposit account to be

opened or maintained by the borrower on the same terms as are offered

generally by the bank or trust company to all or any class or classes of

demand deposit customers, and provided further, that a bank or trust

company may require a pledge to such bank or trust company of a

specifically identified interest-bearing deposit account at such bank or

trust company as collateral security for a loan made by such bank or

trust company under the authority of this subdivision.

5-a. A bank or trust company may make loans secured by mobile home

chattel paper evidencing a monetary obligation incurred to finance the

purchase of a mobile home located at the time of such purchase, or to be

located within ninety days, at a semipermanent site within the state or

in a contiguous state and to be maintained as a residence of the

borrower, the borrower's spouse, child, grandchild, parent or

grandparent.

(1) For this subdivision:

(i) "mobile home chattel paper" means written evidence of both a

monetary obligation and a security interest of first priority in a

mobile home and any equipment installed or to be installed therein; and

(ii) "mobile home" or "manufactured home" means a structure,

transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode, is

eight body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length,

or when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet,

and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a

dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to

required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning

and electrical systems contained therein.

(2) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a new

mobile home,

(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the

date thereof, and

(ii) the amount advanced shall not exceed one hundred per cent of the

sum of (a) the manufacturer's invoice price of such mobile home

(including any installed equipment), excluding freight, plus (b) the

invoice price of the manufacturer of any new equipment installed or to

be installed by the dealer, excluding freight.

(3) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a used

mobile home,

(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the

date of the loan, and

(ii) the amount advanced shall not exceed one hundred per cent of the

purchase price of the used mobile home actually paid or the wholesale

value of such mobile home (including any installed equipment) as

established in the dealer's market, whichever is the lower.

(4) The loan shall be payable in equal or substantially equal monthly

installments calculated from the date of the loan. Interest, which may

be taken in advance, may be charged thereon, computed from the date of

the loan to the date of the last installment payable thereunder, if the

loan has a maturity (i) not exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not

to exceed six dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of the

face amount or ten dollars if the interest so computed is less than that

amount, or (ii) exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not to exceed

five dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of the face

amount or ten dollars, if the interest so computed is less than that

amount; provided that the interest which may be charged, if it exceeds

ten dollars, shall not exceed one per cent per month on the unpaid

principal balance.

(5) The authorized interest shall include all charges incident to

investigating and making any loan. No fee, commission, expense, or other

charge shall be permitted except that the bank or trust company may

contract to charge the borrower (i) the fees payable to a public officer

to perfect any lien or other security interest taken to secure the loan,

or the premium, not in excess of such fee, payable for any insurance in

lieu of such filing; (ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the

instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount not to

exceed five per cent on any installment which has become due and

remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such fine

shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on any

such installment regardless of the duration of the default, and provided

further that should the aggregate of such fines collected in connection

with any loan exceed two per cent of such loan or twenty-five dollars

the bank or trust company shall refund such excess within sixty days

after the loan is paid in full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned

interest attributable to the amount in default, interest on each amount

past due at a rate not in excess of one per cent per month during the

period of delinquency; (iii) the actual expenditures, including

reasonable attorney's fees for necessary court process, and (iv) in case

the bank or trust company insures a borrower under a credit unemployment

insurance policy, group life, health, accident, or health and accident

insurance policy, or requires insurance on the property securing such

loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums lawfully chargeable. No

bank or trust company shall require a borrower to place any sum on

deposit, or to make deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment

payments, or to do or refrain from doing any other act which would

entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a condition of a mobile home

loan, as the superintendent may from time to time approve. No refund or

excess fines shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar.

(6) A borrower may prepay the loan in full or, with the consent of the

bank or trust company, may refinance the loan. In such event, the bank

or trust company shall refund: (1) the unearned portion of the interest

to the borrower the amount of which portion shall be determined

according to a generally accepted actuarial method; provided that if the

interest previously deducted (i) was less than ten dollars, no refund

shall be required; or (ii) exceeded ten dollars and the earned interest

is less than that amount, the bank or trust company may retain such an

additional amount as will bring the earned interest to ten dollars and

refund the remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is

refinanced, no refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one

dollar; and (2) if a charge was made to the borrower for premiums for

insuring the borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy,

group life insurance policy, or under a group health, group accident or

group health and accident insurance policy, the excess of the charge to

the borrower therefor over the premiums paid or payable by the bank, if

such premiums were paid or payable by the bank or trust company

periodically, or the refund for such insurance premium received or

receivable by the bank or trust company, if such premium was paid or

payable in a lump sum by the bank or trust company. No such refund need

be made if it amounts to less than one dollar. In the event (i) the

maturity of the loan is accelerated due to the default of the borrower

or otherwise and judgment is obtained, or (ii) repayment is made

pursuant to any such insurance policy, the borrower or his legal

representative, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the same refund

as if the loan had been prepaid in full on the date of acceleration or

repayment.

(7) As a condition of any loan made pursuant hereto, the borrower

shall certify that the mobile home, for the purchase of which the loan

is made, is intended to be maintained in the state or in a contiguous

state as a residence of the borrower, the borrower's spouse, child,

grandchild, parent or grandparent. If the mobile home shall not be so

maintained on the ninetieth day next succeeding the date of the loan or

if it is relocated so as to no longer be located in the state or a

contiguous state at any time before the first anniversary of the loan,

the loan and all authorized charges shall become immediately due and

payable subject only to the refund provisions of paragraph six and the

borrower may, if the contract so provides, be required to pay as an

additional authorized charge, a penalty in an amount not to exceed two

per cent of the face amount of the loan.

(8) No investment shall be made by a bank or trust company pursuant to

this subdivision if the total amount invested by it pursuant to this

subdivision exceeds, or by the making of such investment will exceed, an

amount equal to fifteen per cent of the assets of the bank or trust

company.

(9) Subject to such limitations and conditions as the superintendent

of financial services may prescribe by general regulation, a bank or

trust company may make a loan pursuant to this subdivision which the

federal housing administrator has insured or has made a commitment to

insure and may receive and hold such debentures as are issued by the

federal housing administrator in payment of such insurance, or which is

guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled

the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944." No law of this state

prescribing or limiting the interest rate upon loans or advances of

credit or prescribing a penalty for violation thereof or prescribing the

nature, amount or form of security or requiring security upon which

loans or advances of credit may be made or prescribing or limiting the

period for which loans or advances of credit may be made or limiting the

amount of any class of loans, advances of credit or purchases which may

be made shall be deemed to apply to loans, advances of credit or

purchases made or to loans acquired by purchase pursuant to this

paragraph.

5-b. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of this section, a

bank or trust company may make loans for the purpose of defraying the

cost of education of one or more students at a university or college, or

at an elementary or secondary school providing education required of

minors which may provide for (i) payment of origination fees, or

guarantee fees in such amounts as the superintendent may from time to

time approve; (ii) capitalization of interest, provided that the

borrower has the option to avoid capitalization by paying such interest

without penalty; and (iii) deferral and forbearance of payments under

circumstances for which such deferral or forbearance could be granted

for loans made pursuant to Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965

(20 USC 1070 et seq.).

6. The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving or charging a greater

rate of interest than that authorized by this section as computed by

this section, shall be held and adjudged a forfeiture of the entire

interest which the note, bill of exchange or other evidence of debt

carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon, and if a

greater rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same or

his legal representative may recover from the bank or trust company

twice the entire amount of the interest thus paid.

7. Upon an advance of money, whether or not repayable on demand, to an

amount not less than five thousand dollars, made upon documents of title

within article seven of the uniform commercial code or negotiable

instruments within article three or article eight of the uniform

commercial code pledged as collateral security for such repayment, any

bank or trust company may receive or contract to receive and collect as

compensation for making such advance any sum which may be agreed upon by

the parties to such transaction; provided that such advance is (a) to or

for any partner of a firm which is a member firm of a national

securities exchange registered with the securities and exchange

commission as a national securities exchange under the federal

securities exchange act of 1934, as amended, to enable such partner to

make a contribution of capital to such firm or to purchase stock of an

affiliated corporation of such firm, provided that such partner is

actively engaged in the business of such firm and devotes the major

portion of his time thereto, or (b) to or for any person who is or will

become a holder of stock of a corporation which is a member corporation

of such a national securities exchange to enable such person to purchase

stock of such corporation or to purchase stock of an affiliated

corporation of such corporation, provided that such person is actively

engaged in the business of such corporation and devotes the major

portion of his time thereto.

8. (a) The superintendent shall have the power to prescribe by

regulation (i) the maximum charge which may be imposed in this state by

a bank or trust company in connection with a check or other written

order drawn upon it on insufficient funds, irrespective of whether the

instrument is paid, accepted, or returned by the bank, and (ii) the

maximum charge which may be imposed in this state by a bank or trust

company in connection with a check or other written order received by it

for deposit or collection and subsequently dishonored and returned for

any reason by the drawee.

(b) No bank or trust company shall, in connection with the payment,

acceptance or return of such check or order, impose any fee, fine,

commission or other charge, however designated, in addition to the

maximum charge established therefore by the superintendent of financial

services pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subdivision, except that

nothing herein expressed shall prevent a bank or trust company from

taking, receiving, reserving or charging interest, as authorized by law

in connection with credit extended in connection with the payment of

such check or order or from imposing any charge in accordance with a

written agreement established in accordance with the provisions of

subdivision five of this section. A bank or trust company may, as an

accommodation to its customers, pay, accept, or return a check or order

without charge, or at a lesser charge than the maximum charge

established by the superintendent of financial services.

(c) In prescribing a maximum charge pursuant to paragraph (a) of this

subdivision, the superintendent shall consider the following factors:

(i) the cost of processing an overdraft or returned check or order, as

the case may be, (ii) the charge necessary to deter overdrafts or

returned checks or orders, as the case may be, and (iii) such other

economic or cost factors that the superintendent shall deem to be

appropriate. Prior to the superintendent's prescribing any such maximum

charge, the superintendent shall issue a written determination as to

such maximum charge, reciting the cost and other data upon which the

determination is based.

(d) The superintendent of financial services may promulgate such

regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper to implement and

define the provisions of this subdivision. The superintendent of

financial services may prescribe maximum charges from time to time, but

not more often than once in any six month period, and shall provide

reasonable notice to the public of any change in such maximum charges,

of the effective date of such change, which shall not be less than seven

days following the adoption of such change by the superintendent of

financial services, and of any rule or regulation adopted pursuant to

this subdivision.

9. A bank or trust company may, in the case of business or

agricultural loans in the amount of twenty-five thousand dollars or

more, take, receive, reserve, and charge on any loan or discount made,

or upon any note, bill of exchange, or other evidence of debt, interest

at a rate of not more than five per centum in excess of the discount

rate on ninety-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal Reserve

Bank of New York, and such interest may be taken in advance, reckoning

the days for which the note, bill, or other evidence of debt has to run.

§ 108-a — Acceptance of United States currency

Acceptance of United States currency. No bank or trust

company shall impose a fee, commission or service charge for accepting

for deposit or exchanging for other United States currency any United

States currency provided that any coins are properly rolled and have the

customer's account number for that bank or trust company displayed on

the coin roll, provided further that no more than ten rolls of coins in

any denomination are presented for deposit or exchange at any one time.

§ 109 — Closing of books; profits; how to be computed

Closing of books; profits; how to be computed. 1. Every bank

and every trust company shall close its books not less frequently than

annually for the purpose of transferring its net profits to the

undivided profits and surplus fund accounts.

2. To determine the amount of gross income of any bank or trust

company for the purpose of computing its net profits for any period, the

following items may be included:

(a) All income received or properly accrued, provided that no interest

shall be accrued upon interest-bearing assets upon which a default of

principal or interest has existed for a period which shall be determined

by the superintendent except interest-bearing assets secured by

collateral the ascertained value of which is at least equal to the

amount at which the asset plus all interest accrued thereon is carried

on its books.

(b) Realizable profits resulting from a revaluation to ascertained

current market of a foreign exchange position, provided that a

consistent practice is followed in the deduction from gross income of

losses so resulting.

(c) Amounts added to cost or charged to amortization reserve for the

purpose of amortizing discounts on securities purchased for less than

par, provided that no discount shall be amortized on securities upon

which a default exists.

(d) Any profits actually realized from the sale or other disposition

of securities, real estate or other property.

(e) Amounts recovered on assets previously charged off, including

amounts allowed by the superintendent on account of assets previously

disallowed by him and other amounts allowed by the board of directors on

account of assets previously disallowed by it. For the purpose of this

paragraph amounts transferred to valuation reserves shall be considered

as amounts charged off.

(f) Provided the superintendent shall have approved, and only to the

extent of such approval, any increase in the book value of the real

estate and building or buildings thereon used by it as its place or

places of business.

(g) Such other items as the superintendent, in his discretion, may

permit to be included.

3. To determine the amount of net profits for such period, the

following items shall be deducted from gross income:

(a) All expenses paid or properly accrued in the transaction of its

business and the management of its affairs.

(b) Interest paid or properly accrued upon debts owing by it.

(c) Amounts deducted from cost or credited to amortization reserve for

the purpose of amortizing premiums on securities purchased for more than

par.

(d) All losses sustained, including assets, or portions thereof,

disallowed by the superintendent, and other assets, or portions thereof,

disallowed by the board of directors. With the approval of the

superintendent, any items referred to in this paragraph may be excluded.

For the purposes of this paragraph, provision for disallowances may be

effected by charge off or by establishment of valuation reserve and any

existing valuation reserve may be deducted from the related asset in

determining the amount of loss sustained.

4. The balance thus obtained shall constitute the net profits of such

bank or trust company for such period.

§ 110 — Surplus fund; of what composed, and for what purposes used

Surplus fund; of what composed, and for what purposes used.

Every bank and every trust company shall create a fund to be known as a

surplus fund. Such fund may be created or increased by contributions, by

transfers from undivided profits, or from net profits. Such fund shall

not be available for the payment of dividends, except with the prior

approval of the superintendent, and may be used to pay expenses or

absorb losses only in the event such bank or trust company has no

undivided profits against which such expenses or losses may be charged.

§ 111 — Profits; credits to surplus fund and to undivided profits

Profits; credits to surplus fund and to undivided profits. In

any case where the combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided

profits of a bank or trust company do not equal ten per centum of its

net deposit liabilities, the superintendent of financial services may in

his or her discretion require such bank or trust company at the close of

each accounting period to credit its surplus fund with a portion of its

net profits for such period, not to exceed ten per centum thereof, until

its combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits equal ten

per centum of its net deposit liabilities. For the purposes of this

section, the term "net deposit liabilities" shall mean total deposits

including all amounts due to national banks, banks, bankers, trust

companies and savings banks, the amounts due on certified and cashier's

checks, and for unpaid dividends less the amounts of balances due from

national banks, banks, bankers, and trust companies and cash items in

process of collection payable immediately upon presentation in the

United States.

§ 112 — Dividends; payable from net profits; restrictions

Dividends; payable from net profits; restrictions. 1. The

directors of a bank or trust company may annually, semi-annually or

quarterly, but not more frequently unless authorized by the

superintendent by regulation or otherwise, declare such dividends as

they deem judicious to be paid from net profits. No dividend shall be

declared, credited or paid so long as there is any impairment of capital

stock. No bank or trust company having outstanding preferred stock

shall, except as otherwise authorized by the superintendent, declare

dividends upon common stock for any period other than a period for which

dividends are declared upon preferred stock.

2. The approval of the superintendent shall be required if the total

of all dividends declared by a bank or trust company in any calendar

year shall exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined

with its retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any

required transfer to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any

preferred stock.

3. For the purposes of this section, the term "net profits" shall mean

the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual

recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting

from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses,

accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state

taxes.

§ 113 — Change of location; change of designation of principal office

Change of location; change of designation of principal office.

Any bank or trust company may make a written application to the

superintendent, such application to be accompanied by an investigation

fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, for

leave to change its place or one of its places of business to another

place in the state or for leave to change the designation of its

principal office to a branch office and to change the designation of one

of its branch offices to its principal office. The application shall

state the reasons for such proposed change.

Such change may be made upon the written approval of the

superintendent. If the superintendent shall grant his certificate

authorizing the change of location, as provided in article two of this

chapter, the bank or trust company may, upon or after the day specified

in the certificate, remove its property and effects to the location

designated therein.

§ 114 — Assessment of stockholders to make good impairment of capital stock; sale of stock

Assessment of stockholders to make good impairment of capital

stock; sale of stock.

Whenever the superintendent shall have made requisition upon any bank

or trust company pursuant to the provisions of article two of this

chapter to make good the amount of an impairment of its capital stock,

the directors of the bank or trust company shall immediately give notice

of such requisition to each stockholder and of the amount of the

assessment which he must pay for the purpose of making good such

deficiency, by a written or printed notice mailed to such stockholder at

his last address appearing upon the records of the bank or trust

company, or served personally upon him. If any stockholder shall refuse

or neglect to pay the assessment specified in such notice within sixty

days from the date thereof, the directors of such bank or trust company

shall have the right to sell to the highest bidder at public auction the

stock of such stockholder, after giving previous notice of such sale

once a week for two successive weeks in a newspaper of general

circulation in the county where the principal office of such bank or

trust company is located; or such stock may be sold at private sale, and

without such published notice, provided, however, that before making a

private sale thereof an offer in writing to purchase such stock shall

first be obtained, and a copy thereof served upon the owner of record of

the stock sought to be sold either personally or by mailing a copy of

such offer to such owner at his last address appearing upon the records

of the bank or trust company; and if, after service of such offer, such

owner shall still refuse or neglect to pay such assessment within two

weeks from the time of service of such offer, the said directors may

accept such offer and sell such stock to the person or persons making

such offer, or to any other person or persons making a larger offer than

the amount named in the offer submitted to such stockholder; but said

stock shall in no event be sold for a smaller sum than the amount of the

assessment called for and the necessary costs of sale. Out of the

avails of the stock sold the directors shall pay the necessary costs of

sale and the amount of the assessment called for thereon. The balance,

if any, shall be paid to the person or persons whose stock has been thus

sold. A sale of stock as herein provided shall effect an absolute

cancellation of the outstanding certificate or certificates evidencing

the stock so sold, and shall render the same null and void and a new

certificate or certificates shall be issued to the purchaser or

purchasers of said stock.

§ 121 — Reports to directors

Reports to directors. The board of directors shall, at least

once in each year by resolution duly recorded in the minutes, designate

an officer or officers whose duty it shall be to prepare and submit,

either to each director present at each regular meeting of the board, or

to each member of an executive committee of not less than five members

of such board, present at a regular meeting of such committee, a written

report as described in this section. Except as otherwise provided by the

superintendent by regulation, which regulation may define the terms

contained herein and establish such requirements according to size

and/or business activities of a bank or trust company, such report shall

include all the purchases and sales of securities, and every discount,

loan or other advance, including all renewals made and the maximum

overdraft permitted in each account, since the date of the last

preceding similar report, describing the collateral to such indebtedness

as of the date of the report; but such officer or officers may omit from

such report discounts, loans or advances, including overdrafts and

renewals, of an amount less than one-half of one per centum of the

combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank

or trust company, or less than one thousand dollars, whatever the

combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits may be.

Unless the superintendent shall provide otherwise by regulation, which

regulation may define the terms contained herein and establish such

requirements according to size and/or business activities of a bank or

trust company, such report shall also contain a list giving the

aggregate of loans, discounts and advances, including overdrafts and

renewals, to each individual, partnership, unincorporated association,

corporation or person whose liability to the bank or trust company has

been increased, since the date of the last preceding similar report to

an amount equal to or more than the amount above required to be

reported, and such report shall also include any further increase

thereafter provided that the amount of any such increase, either itself,

or together with other increases since such loan, discount, advance,

overdraft or renewal was last reported is equal to more than one-tenth

of one per centum of the combined capital stock, surplus fund and

undivided profits of such bank or trust company. Each such report shall

also contain a description of the collateral to such indebtedness held

by the bank or trust company as of the date of the report unless the

superintendent shall provide otherwise by regulation. Such aggregate

liabilities shall be computed as provided in paragraph (e) of

subdivision one of section one hundred three of this article. A copy of

such report, together with a list of the directors present at such

meeting, verified by the affidavit of the officer or officers charged

with the duty of preparing and submitting such report shall be filed

with the records of the bank or trust company within five business days

after such meeting, and be presumptive evidence of the matters therein

stated.

§ 122 — Examinations of banks and trust companies by directors; employment of assistants

Examinations of banks and trust companies by directors;

employment of assistants. 1. It shall be the duty of the board of

directors of every bank and every trust company once in each calendar

year to examine, or cause a committee of at least three of its members

to examine, such bank or trust company for the purpose of determining

its financial condition and reviewing its investment, loan and audit and

control policies and in such examination particular attention shall be

given to the loans or discounts made directly or indirectly to its

officers or directors, or for the benefit of such officers or directors,

or for the benefit of other corporations of which such officers or

directors are also officers or directors, or in which they have a

beneficial interest as stockholders, creditors, or otherwise, with the

special view of ascertaining their safety and present value, and the

value of the collateral security, if any, held in connection therewith,

and to such other matters as the superintendent may require. Such

directors shall have the power to employ such assistants in making such

examination as they may deem necessary, and shall employ the assistance

of independent auditors if the superintendent deems inadequate the

internal auditing and control procedures established by such bank or

trust company. The various offices, departments and phases of business

of any such bank or trust company may be examined as of different dates

during the year.

2. With respect to any bank or trust company subject to the provisions

of section one hundred twelve of the Federal Deposit Insurance

Corporation Act of 1991, as implemented by the provisions of part three

hundred sixty-three of the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit

Insurance Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time,

compliance with such provisions shall be deemed to satisfy the

examination requirement of this section.

§ 123 — Reports of directors' examinations

Reports of directors' examinations. 1. A report in writing of

any examination made pursuant to the requirements of section one hundred

twenty-two of this article, shall be presented to the board of directors

of such bank or trust company at their next regular meeting after

completion of such examination, and placed on file in such bank or trust

company, and a duplicate thereof filed in the office of the

superintendent. Such report shall contain such information as the

superintendent shall require.

2. A report prepared pursuant to part three hundred sixty-three of the

rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as

the same may be amended from time to time, may, in the sole discretion

of the superintendent, satisfy the reporting requirements of this

section.

3. Any report filed in the office of the superintendent shall include

a certificate that such report was presented to the board of directors,

in the form prescribed by the superintendent.

§ 124 — Communications from department of financial services to be submitted to directors and noted in minutes

Communications from department of financial services to be

submitted to directors and noted in minutes. Any officer of a bank or

trust company who receives from the office of the superintendent an

official communication as defined in article two of this chapter shall

submit such communication to the board of directors at the next meeting

of such board, and such communication shall be duly noted in the minutes

of the meetings of such board.

§ 125 — Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make

Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make. 1.

Within fifteen days after service upon it of the notice provided for by

section thirty-seven of this chapter, every bank and every trust company

shall make a written report of its financial condition to the

superintendent, which report shall be in such form and contain such

information as the superintendent of financial services may prescribe.

2. Every bank and every trust company shall also make such other

special reports to the superintendent as he may from time to time

require, in such form and at such date as may be prescribed by him and

such reports shall, if required by him, be subscribed and affirmed as

true under the penalties of perjury.

3. If any bank or trust company shall fail to make any report required

by or pursuant to this section, on or before the day designated for the

making thereof, or shall fail to include therein any prescribed matter,

such bank or trust company shall forfeit to the people of the state an

amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four-a of this chapter

for every day that such report shall be delayed or withheld, and for

every day that it shall fail to report any such omitted matter, unless

the time therefor shall have been extended by the superintendent as

provided in article two of this chapter.

§ 128 — Preservation of books and records

Preservation of books and records. Every bank and every trust

company shall preserve all its records of final entry, including cards

used under the card system and deposit tickets, for a period of at least

six years from the date of making the same or from the date of the last

entry thereon; provided, however, that preservation of photographic

reproductions thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute

compliance with the requirements of this section. Notwithstanding the

foregoing, the superintendent of financial services may prescribe by

regulation such period of time longer or shorter than six years during

which all records kept by banks and trust companies as fiduciary shall

be preserved in original form.

§ 129 — Requirement of notice on withdrawal of certain time deposits; notice to superintendent

Requirement of notice on withdrawal of certain time deposits;

notice to superintendent. In the event that any bank or trust company

shall elect to require that thirty or more days' notice be given before

time deposits payable only on presentation of a passbook may be

withdrawn the bank or trust company shall upon the day such election is

made notify the superintendent thereof by telephone or telegraph.

§ 129-a — Requirement of written notification; alternative payment schedules

Requirement of written notification; alternative payment

schedules. In the event that any bank or trust company shall permit a

customer to establish an alternative payment schedule for an existing

loan, the bank or trust company shall provide written notification that

accepting such alternative payment schedule may have a negative impact

on such customer's credit score or rating. Such notification shall be

provided at the time a loan application is made, at the time a loan is

granted and at the time a customer requests that an alternative payment

schedule be established for a loan, but prior to the actual

establishment of an alternative payment schedule.

§ 130 — Restrictions on officers, directors and employees

Restrictions on officers, directors and employees. 1. No

officer, director, clerk or other employee of any bank or trust company,

and no person in any way interested or concerned in the management of

its affairs, shall, acting on his own behalf or for any partnership or

unincorporated association of which he is a member or for any

corporation, of which he owns or controls a majority of the capital

stock, discount, or directly or indirectly make any loan upon, any note

or other evidence of debt which he shall know to have been offered for

discount to such bank or trust company, and to have been refused. Every

person violating the provisions of this subdivision shall, for each

offense, forfeit to the people of the state twice the amount of the loan

which he shall have made.

2. No officer, director, clerk or other employee of any bank or trust

company shall, directly or indirectly, purchase or be interested in the

purchase of any promissory note or other evidence of debt issued by it

on terms more favorable than those available to the general public,

provided, however, that every director, and every officer, clerk or

other employee who is a stockholder of such bank or trust company, may

purchase promissory notes or other evidences of debt issued by it in the

same ratio as to amount and on the same terms as any other stockholder.

3. (a) No executive officer of a bank or trust company may be an

executive officer, director or trustee of another bank or trust company,

savings bank, savings and loan association, national bank, federal

savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of

which institution is located in this state, bank holding company or

foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state, unless

permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent of financial

services pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this

subdivision, except that an executive officer of a bank or trust company

which is a subsidiary of a bank holding company may be (i) an executive

officer and (ii) a director of the bank holding company and of one or

more banking institutions which are subsidiaries of such bank holding

company.

(b) The superintendent of financial services shall have the power to

determine by regulation who shall be considered, under the provisions of

this subdivision, to be an executive officer, and by a general or

specific regulation to grant permission to an executive officer of a

bank or trust company to be an executive officer, director or trustee or

both an executive officer and director or a trustee of another bank or

trust company, savings bank, or savings and loan association, national

bank, federal savings bank or federal savings association, the principal

office of which is located in this state, bank holding company, or

foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state. Such

permission may be granted only if in the judgment of the superintendent

of financial services such service by the executive officer will be

consistent with the policy of the state of New York as declared in

section ten of this chapter. The superintendent of financial services

shall have the power to revoke such permission whenever he or she finds,

after reasonable notice and an opportunity to be heard, that the public

interest requires such revocation.

(c) For the purposes of this subdivision, the terms "subsidiary",

"banking institution" and "bank holding company" shall each be given the

same meaning as is contained in their respective definition in section

one hundred forty-one of this chapter, except that the definition of the

term "banking institution" is modified to include a national bank,

federal savings bank or federal savings association, the principal

office of which institution is in this state, and a foreign banking

corporation maintaining a branch in this state.

(d) All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on

executive officers and directors of banks and trust companies shall

continue in effect.

5. Every director of a bank or trust company who is obligated on any

loan or other extension of credit made by such bank or trust company to

such director or to any other individual, partnership, unincorporated

association or corporation, shall file a statement of his financial

condition with such bank or trust company at least once in each year and

at such other times as the superintendent may require. This subdivision

shall not apply to directors whose obligations are secured by collateral

having an ascertained market value of at least fifteen per centum more

than the amount of such obligations. The superintendent shall have the

power to determine by regulation what shall be considered, under the

provisions of this subdivision, to be a loan or an extension of credit.

6. If any officer of a bank or trust company becomes indebted to any

domestic or foreign banking organization, other than the bank or trust

company of which he is an officer, or becomes indebted to any banking

institution organized under the laws of the United States, he shall

within ten calendar days after he becomes so indebted make a written

report to the board of directors of the bank or trust company of which

he is an officer, stating the date and amount of any such loan or

indebtedness, and the security therefor. In addition to the foregoing

reports he shall render written reports of such other indebtedness as

the board of directors of the bank or trust company may by resolution

require of its officers. The superintendent shall have the power to

determine by regulation who shall be considered an officer and what

shall be considered a loan or indebtedness under the provisions of this

subdivision.

The provision of this subdivision shall not be applicable if the

amount of the indebtedness does not exceed an amount which shall be

determined by the superintendent.

7. (a) Every person who is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner

of more than ten per centum of any class of any equity security of a

bank or trust company or who is a director or officer thereof, shall

file, within ten days following (i) the effective date of this section,

or (ii) the date on which he becomes such beneficial owner, director or

officer, whichever is later, a statement with the superintendent of the

amount of all equity securities of such bank or trust company of which

he is the beneficial owner, and within ten days after the close of each

calendar month thereafter, if there has been any change in such

ownership during such month, shall file with the superintendent a

statement indicating his ownership at the close of the calendar month

and such changes in such ownership as have occurred during such calendar

month.

(b) Any such beneficial owner, director or officer of a bank or trust

company shall not be subject to the requirements of this section if

(1) he is required by section sixteen (a) of the securities exchange

act of nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, to file with the board

of governors of the federal reserve system in accordance with regulation

f of such board or with the federal deposit insurance corporation in

accordance with part three hundred thirty-five of title twelve of the

regulations of such corporation, a statement as to his stock ownership

and he files with the superintendent at his New York city office four

copies of each such statement filed with such board or corporation, or

(2) he is such beneficial owner, director or officer of a bank or

trust company, all of the voting securities of which, excepting only

directors' qualifying shares, are owned, controlled or held with power

to vote by a bank holding company as defined in section one hundred

forty-one of this chapter or by a single corporation, or

(3) he is such beneficial owner, director or officer of a bank or

trust company, all of the voting securities of which, excepting only

directors' qualifying shares, are owned, controlled or held with power

to vote by one or more banks organized under the laws of a foreign

country, or

(4) he is such beneficial owner, director or officer of a trust

company, all of the capital stock of which is owned by twenty or more

savings banks chartered by the state of New York.

(c) The superintendent shall have power to adopt such regulations as

the superintendent shall deem necessary or proper to implement the

provisions of this section.

§ 131 — Prohibitions against encroachments upon certain powers of banks and trust companies

Prohibitions against encroachments upon certain powers of banks

and trust companies. 1. No person unauthorized by law shall subscribe to

or become a member of, or be in any way interested in any association,

institution or company formed or to be formed for the purpose of issuing

notes or other evidences of debt to be loaned or put in circulation as

money; nor shall any such person subscribe to or become in any way

interested in any bank or trust company or fund created or to be created

for the like purposes or either of them. No corporation, domestic or

foreign, other than a national bank or a federal reserve bank, unless

expressly authorized by the laws of this state, shall employ any part of

its property, or be in any way interested in any fund which shall be

employed for the purpose of receiving deposits, making discounts,

receiving for transmission or transmitting money in any manner

whatsoever, or issuing notes or other evidences of debt to be loaned or

put into circulation as money, except that a small business investment

company as defined in and operating pursuant to the provisions of an act

of congress entitled "Small Business Investment Act of 1958," may act as

depository or fiscal agent of the United States when so designated by

the secretary of the treasury without violating the provisions of this

section, except that a corporation duly licensed by the superintendent

under article thirteen-B of this chapter or therein expressly excepted

from the application of said article may engage in the business of

selling or issuing checks or the business of receiving money for

transmission or transmitting the same and except that services of an

agent or representative may be performed in connection with the

obligations of issuers where each such marketable obligation has a face

value of not less than one hundred thousand dollars. The discounting of

bills, notes or evidences of debt by a corporation organized solely for

the purpose of enabling producers of farm, dairy, horticultural or other

agricultural products or cooperative corporations of such producers to

avail themselves of the provisions of an act of congress approved March

fourth, nineteen hundred and twenty-three, known as the agricultural

credits act of nineteen hundred and twenty-three, same being subchapter

three of chapter seven of title twelve of the code of laws of the United

States as adopted by congress January third, nineteen hundred

thirty-five, and amendments thereto, where such discounting is solely in

connection with the rediscount of such bills, notes or evidences of debt

under the provisions of said act of congress shall not be deemed or

construed to be a form of banking, nor shall the making of such

discounts be deemed to violate any provisions of law pertaining to

banking. Except as otherwise provided in article twelve-D of this

chapter, engaging in the business of loaning money in this state on

bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, secured by deeds of

trust or mortgages upon real property or personal property situated in,

upon or appurtenant thereto, and/or purchasing of or otherwise acquiring

existing bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, deeds of trust

or mortgages of or upon such properties, or any interest therein, and

the holding of the same, or the endorsing, selling, assigning,

transferring or disposing of the same to another corporation, by a

domestic business corporation, or by a foreign corporation which is

authorized to transact business in this state, shall not be deemed or

construed to violate any of the provisions of this chapter. The purchase

or other acquisition on original issue or subsequent transfer for less

than the principal amount thereof or otherwise at a discount of any

evidences of indebtedness or other obligations for the payment of money

shall not by reason of such discount be or be deemed to be a violation

of the provisions of this section.

2. No person, association of persons or corporation, unless expressly

authorized by law, shall keep any office for the purpose of issuing any

evidences of debt, to be loaned or put in circulation as money; nor

shall they issue any bills or promissory notes or other evidences of

debt for the purpose of loaning them or putting them in circulation as

money, unless thereto specially authorized by law.

3. Except as otherwise provided in article five or article five-C of

this chapter or subdivision four of this section, no corporation other

than a trust company shall have or exercise in this state the power of

receiving deposits of money, securities or other personal property from

any person or corporation in trust, or have or exercise in this state

any of the powers specified in section one hundred of this article, or

have or maintain an office in this state for the transaction of, or

transact, directly or indirectly, any such or similar business, except

that a federal reserve bank may exercise the powers conferred by

subdivision one of such section if authorized so to do by the laws of

the United States and any domestic corporation legally exercising any of

the powers conferred by such subdivision at the time this act takes

effect may continue to exercise such powers, and a foreign banking

corporation or trust company incorporated under the laws of another

state, which by the law of the state of its incorporation may act as

trustee, guardian, executor, administrator, or in any other fiduciary

capacity under any last will and testament or codicil thereto or other

testamentary writing or under any deed of trust inter vivos or other

written instrument establishing a trust, or by the appointment of any

court of said state, may act in this state in any such fiduciary

capacity, provided similar domestic corporations which have the power

under the law of this state to act herein in any such fiduciary

capacity, are permitted to act in like fiduciary capacity in the state

where such foreign corporation has its domicile, provided that if such

foreign corporation proposes to act in any fiduciary capacity in this

state and to do so is required to file its qualification in the

surrogate's court of this state, it shall file in the office of the

clerk of the surrogate's court of the county in which application for

such appointment is pending (a) a duly executed instrument in writing,

by its terms of indefinite duration and irrevocable, appointing such

clerk and his or her successors its true and lawful attorney, upon whom

all process in any action or proceeding against such fiduciary,

affecting or relating to the state, trust or fund represented or held by

such fiduciary or the acts of defaults of such corporation in reference

to such estate, trust or fund may be served with the same force and

effect as if it were a domestic corporation and had been lawfully served

with process within the state, and (b) a copy of its charter certified

by its secretary under its corporate seal, together with the post office

address of its principal office; provided further that if such foreign

corporation proposes to act in any other fiduciary capacity in the

state, it shall file in the office of the superintendent (a) a duly

executed instrument in writing, by its terms of indefinite duration and

irrevocable, appointing the superintendent and his or her successors its

true and lawful attorney, upon whom all process in any action or

proceeding against such fiduciary affecting or relating to the estate,

trust or fund held or represented by such fiduciary or the acts or

defaults of such corporation in reference to such estate, trust or fund

may be served with the same force and effect as if it were a domestic

corporation and had been lawfully served with process within the state,

(b) a written certificate of designation, which may be changed from time

to time thereafter by the filing of a new certificate of designation,

specifying the name and address of the officer, agent, or other person

to whom such process shall be forwarded by the superintendent, and (c) a

copy of its charter certified by its secretary under its corporate seal,

together with the post office address of its principal office.

4. (a) Except as otherwise provided in article five or article five-C

of this chapter, no foreign corporation, having authority to act in this

state as trustee, guardian, executor, administrator, or in any other

fiduciary capacity shall establish or maintain, directly or indirectly,

any branch office or agency in this state.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this chapter, a bank or

trust company incorporated under the laws of another state, which is

authorized by its charter and by the laws of the state of its

incorporation to exercise in such state any or all of the fiduciary

powers that trust companies are authorized to exercise in this state

pursuant to sections one hundred, one hundred-a, one hundred-b, one

hundred-c and one hundred-d of this article, may establish and maintain

a trust office in this state for purposes of exercising any or all of

the fiduciary powers authorized by the laws of the state of its

incorporation; provided, however, that (i) such trust office is not its

principal office; (ii) such exercise does not exceed the powers

authorized under sections one hundred, one hundred-a, one hundred-b, one

hundred-c and one hundred-d of this article; and (iii) a bank or trust

company organized under the laws of this state and authorized to

exercise any or all fiduciary powers under sections one hundred, one

hundred-a, one hundred-b, one hundred-c and one hundred-d of this

article is permitted to establish a trust office and exercise

substantially similar fiduciary powers on substantially the same basis

as permitted an out-of-state state bank or trust company pursuant to

this subdivision, in the state where such out-of-state state bank or

trust company is so incorporated. A trust office established or

maintained by such an out-of-state state bank or trust company pursuant

to this subdivision shall not be considered to be a branch office

pursuant to any other provisions of this chapter.

(c) An out-of-state state bank or trust company seeking to establish

and maintain a trust office or open any additional trust offices in this

state shall file a notice with the superintendent in the form prescribed

by the superintendent describing the proposed activities of the office

and such other information as the superintendent shall request. The

trust office may commence operation thirty days after the superintendent

receives such notice, unless the superintendent notifies the

out-of-state state bank or trust company in writing within such time

period that such office may not commence operation or that additional

information or time is required for the superintendent to consider such

notice.

(d) Such out-of-state state bank or trust company may establish and

maintain additional trust offices in this state pursuant to and

consistent with the provisions of this subdivision, provided that the

superintendent finds that the establishment and maintenance of any and

all trust offices by such out-of-state state bank or trust company is

and continues to be consistent with the goals set forth in the

declaration of policy contained in section ten of this chapter. The

superintendent shall have the power at any time in his or her discretion

to examine any trust office established pursuant to this section to the

same extent as is provided for in the case of banking organizations

pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. If any such foreign

corporation or out-of-state state bank or trust company violates this

provision, such foreign corporation or out-of-state state bank or trust

company shall not thereafter be appointed or act in any such fiduciary

capacity in this state. The validity of any mortgage heretofore given by

a foreign corporation to a trust company doing business within a foreign

domicile of such mortgagor to secure the payment of an issue of bonds

shall not be affected by any of the provisions of this section and such

mortgage shall be enforceable in accordance with the laws of this state

against property covered thereby within the state of New York.

5. Any out-of-state state bank or trust company subject to the

provision of subdivision three or four of this section may be either in

corporate form or organized as a limited liability company.

6. Every person, and every corporation, director, agent, officer or

member thereof, who shall violate any provision of this section,

directly or indirectly or assent to such violation, shall forfeit an

amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter to

the people of the state.

§ 132 — Use of sign, or words, indicating bank or trust company by unauthorized persons prohibited

Use of sign, or words, indicating bank or trust company by

unauthorized persons prohibited.

No person, except a national bank, a federal reserve bank, or a

corporation duly authorized by the superintendent to transact business

in this state, shall make use of any office sign at the place where such

business is transacted having thereon any artificial or corporate name,

or other words indicating that such place or office is the place of

business or office of a bank or trust company; nor shall any such person

or persons make use of or circulate any letterheads, billheads, blank

forms, notes, receipts, certificates, circulars, or any written or

printed or partly written and partly printed paper whatever, having

thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other word or words,

indicating that such business is the business of a bank or trust

company; provided, however, that nothing in this section shall be deemed

to prevent a bank holding company from using any corporate name it is

duly authorized to use under subdivision (b) of section three hundred

two of the business corporation law.

§ 133 — Use of banking institution name

Use of banking institution name. 1. No person shall use the

name of a banking institution when advertising, marketing or soliciting

business which is likely to induce, directly or indirectly, the purchase

of goods or services, if the reference to such institution is:

(a) without the consent of the banking institution; and

(b) which would cause a reasonable person to conclude that the

advertising or marketing material or solicitation either originated

from, or is endorsed by or is any other way the responsibility of a

banking institution.

2. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the use of or reference to

the name of a banking institution in advertising or marketing materials

or solicitations, if the use or reference to such institution does not

deceive or confuse a reasonable person regarding whether the advertising

or marketing material or solicitation (a) originated from, (b) is

endorsed by or (c) is in any other way the responsibility of a banking

institution.

3. The department is authorized to enforce the provisions of this

section.

4. For purposes of this section, "banking institution" shall mean any

state or federally chartered bank, trust company, savings bank, savings

and loan association or credit union which has an office or branch in

this state, or a private banker, safe deposit company or investment

company.

§ 134 — Repayment of deposits standing in the names of minors, trustees or joint depositors; repayment where adverse claim is asserted; interplea...

Repayment of deposits standing in the names of minors, trustees

or joint depositors; repayment where adverse claim is asserted;

interpleader in certain actions; effect of claims or advices originating

in, and statutes, rules or regulations purporting to be in force in

occupied territories. 1. Any minor may endorse a check payable to his

order for the purpose of depositing the proceeds in a deposit in his

name and when any deposit shall be made by or in the name of any minor,

the same shall be held for the exclusive right and benefit of such

minor, and free from the control or lien of all other persons, except

creditors, and shall be paid, together with the interest thereon to the

person or upon the order by check or otherwise of the person in whose

name the deposit shall stand, and the receipt, acquittance or order of

payment of such minor shall be a valid and sufficient release and

discharge for such deposit or any part thereof to the bank or trust

company.

4. A bank or trust company need not recognize or give any effect to a

claim of authority to order the payment or delivery of any funds or

other property standing on its books to the credit of, or held by it for

the account of, any person, corporation, unincorporated association or

partnership, which claim conflicts with a claim of authority of which

the bank or trust company had prior notice, unless the person or persons

asserting such subsequent claim shall procure a restraining order,

injunction or other appropriate process against said bank or trust

company from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, or,

in lieu thereof, with the consent of said bank or trust company, shall

execute to said bank or trust company, in form and with sureties

acceptable to it, a bond, indemnifying it for any and all liability,

loss, damage, costs and expenses for or on account of any payment or

delivery of such property by it pursuant to such subsequent claim of

authority or for or on account of the dishonor of any check or other

order of any person or persons asserting the claim of authority of which

such bank or trust company already had notice at the time the subsequent

conflicting claim of authority is asserted by the person or persons

furnishing such bond.

5. Notice to any bank or trust company of an adverse claim to any

property, or to a deposit of cash or securities standing on its books to

the credit of, or held for the account of, any person shall not be

effectual to cause said bank or trust company to recognize said adverse

claimant unless said adverse claimant shall also either procure a

restraining order, injunction or other appropriate process against said

bank or trust company from a court of competent jurisdiction in the

United States in a cause therein instituted by him wherein the person to

whose credit the deposit stands, or for whose account the property or

deposit is held, or his executor or administrator is made a party and

served with summons, or shall execute to said bank or trust company, in

form and with sureties acceptable to it a bond, indemnifying said bank

or trust company from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and

expenses, for and on account of the payment of or delivery pursuant to

such adverse claim or the dishonor of the check or other order of the

person to whose credit the deposit stands on the books of said bank or

trust company or for whose account the property or deposit is held by

said bank or trust company.

6. (a) In all actions against any bank or trust company to recover for

moneys on deposit therewith, if there be any person or persons not

parties to the action, who claim the same fund, the court in which the

action is pending, may, on the petition of such bank or trust company,

and upon eight days' notice to the plaintiff and such claimants, and

without proof as to the merits of the claim, make an order amending the

proceedings in the action by making such claimants parties defendant

thereto; and the court shall thereupon proceed to determine the rights

and interests of the several parties to the action in and to such funds.

The remedy provided in this section shall be in addition to and not

exclusive of that provided in any other interpleader provision.

(b) The funds on deposit which are the subject of such an action may

remain with such bank or trust company to the credit of the action until

final judgment therein, and be entitled to the same interest as other

deposits of the same class, and shall be paid by such bank or trust

company in accordance with the final judgment of the court; or the

deposit in controversy may be paid into court to await the final

determination of the action, and when the deposit is so paid into court

such bank or trust company shall be struck out as a party to the action,

and its liability for such deposit shall cease.

(c) The costs in all actions against a bank or trust company to

recover deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be

charged upon the fund affected by the action.

7. (a) A bank or trust company need not recognize or give any effect

to (1) any claim to a deposit of cash, securities, or other property

standing on its books to the credit of, or held by it for the account

of, any corporation, firm or association in occupied territory or (2)

any advice, statute, rule or regulation purporting to cancel or to give

notice of the cancellation of the authority of any person at the time

appearing on the books of such bank or trust company as authorized to

withdraw or otherwise dispose of cash, securities, or other property of

such corporation, firm or association, unless such bank or trust company

is required so to do by appropriate process procured against it in a

court of competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein

instituted by or in the name of such corporation, firm or association,

or unless the person making such claim or giving such advice or invoking

such statute, rule or regulation, as the case may be, shall execute to

such bank or trust company, in form and with sureties acceptable to it,

a bond indemnifying it from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs

and expenses for and on account of recognizing or giving any effect to

such claim, advice, statute, rule or regulation.

(b) For the purposes of this subdivision (1) the term "occupied

territory" shall mean territory occupied by a dominant authority

asserting governmental, military or police powers of any kind in such

territory, but not recognized by the United States as the de jure

government of such territory, and (2) the term "corporation, firm or

association in occupied territory" shall mean a corporation, firm or

association which has, or at any time has had, a place of business in

territory which has at any time been occupied territory.

(c) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall be effective

only in cases where (1) such claim or advice purports or appears to have

been sent from or is reasonably believed to have been sent pursuant to

orders originating in, such occupied territory during the period of

occupation, or (2) such statute, rule or regulation appears to have

emanated from such dominant authority and purports to be or to have been

in force in such occupied territory during the period of occupation.

(d) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall apply to

claims, advices, statutes, rules or regulations made, given or invoked

either prior to, or on or subsequent to the effective date of this act.

9. Deposits by custodian for a minor under part six of article seven

of the estates, powers and trusts law. When any deposit of cash or

securities shall be made by a person purporting to act as custodian for

a minor under part six of article seven of the estates, powers and

trusts law or under a similar law of another state, the deposit together

with any interest or dividends credited thereon may be paid or delivered

to or upon the order of such person, or his successor as custodian, or

to a minor upon the minor's attaining either eighteen years or

twenty-one years, as provided in accordance with part six of article

seven of the estates, powers and trusts law, if no custodian is acting

at the time of such payment or delivery, and any receipt or order of

such person, successor or minor shall be valid and sufficient release

and discharge of the depositary for any payment or delivery so made. No

depositary dealing with a person purporting to act as a custodian for a

minor under said article shall be bound to inquire into any facts

bearing upon the designation of such person as such custodian or the

propriety of or authority for any act of such person under said article

or otherwise or the age of the person designated as a minor. No

depositary shall be liable for any act performed pursuant to the

instruction or direction of any person purporting to act as custodian

under said article unless the depositary has actual knowledge that such

act, or the instruction or direction therefor, constitutes a breach of

such person's obligations as such custodian, or unless the depositary

performs such act with knowledge of such facts that acting pursuant to

such instruction or direction amounts to bad faith.

§ 136 — Change of national banking association into state bank by conversion or merger

Change of national banking association into state bank by

conversion or merger. 1. A national banking association may convert into

or merge with a state bank under a state charter, provided that the

action taken complies with federal law. Each such conversion or merger

shall be subject to the requirements of this chapter.

2. In the case of each conversion, a written plan of conversion shall

be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent. Such plan shall be in

form satisfactory to the superintendent, shall prescribe the terms and

conditions of the conversion and the mode of carrying it into effect and

shall have annexed thereto and forming a part thereof an organization

certificate of the state bank which is to result from the conversion.

Such organization certificate shall be in the form prescribed by section

four thousand one of this chapter with such variations, if any, as shall

be satisfactory to the superintendent. With such plan of conversion

there shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent a

certificate of the president, secretary or cashier of the national

banking association certifying that all steps have been taken which are

necessary under federal law to the consummation of the conversion. The

superintendent shall approve or disapprove such plan of conversion

within ninety days of such submission thereof to him or her. If the

superintendent shall approve such plan, he or she shall file one

duplicate thereof, together with one duplicate of such certificate

submitted therewith and the original of the approval of the

superintendent, in the office of the superintendent, and the other

duplicate of such plan, together with a duplicate of such certificate

and a duplicate of the superintendent's approval, shall be filed in the

office of the clerk of the county in which the principal office of the

state bank is to be located. Upon such filing in the office of the

superintendent, the conversion shall become effective, unless a later

date is specified in the plan, in which event the conversion shall

become effective upon such later date, and the organization certificate

attached to such plan shall thereafter be the organization certificate

of the state bank for all purposes.

3. In the case of each merger, a written plan of merger shall be

submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent. Such plan shall be in

form satisfactory to the superintendent and shall prescribe the terms

and conditions of the merger and the mode of carrying it into effect.

Such plan may provide the name to be borne by the state bank, as

receiving corporation, if such name is to be changed. Such plan may also

name the persons who shall constitute the first board of directors of

the state bank after the merger shall have been accomplished, provided

that the number and qualifications of such persons shall be in

accordance with the provisions of this chapter relating to the number

and qualifications of directors of a state bank; or such plan may

provide for a meeting of the stockholders to elect a board of directors

within sixty days after such merger, and may make provision for

conducting the affairs of the state bank meanwhile. With such plan of

merger there shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent the

following: (a) by the national banking association, a certificate of the

president, secretary or cashier of such association certifying that all

steps have been taken which are necessary under federal law to the

consummation of the merger; (b) by the state bank, a certificate of the

president, secretary or cashier certifying that such plan of merger has

been approved by the board of directors of the state bank by a majority

vote of all the members thereof, that such plan has been submitted to

the stockholders of the state bank at a meeting thereof held upon notice

of at least fifteen days, specifying the time, place and object of such

meeting and addressed to each stockholder at the address appearing upon

the books of the state bank and published at least once a week for two

successive weeks in one newspaper in the county in which the state bank

has its principal place of business, and that such plan of merger has

been approved at such meeting by the vote of the stockholders owning at

least two-thirds in amount of the stock of the state bank, except that

such certificate submitted by the state bank need not certify that such

plan was submitted to or approved by vote of the stockholders of the

state bank if (i) the total assets of the national banking association

do not exceed ten per centum of the total assets of the state bank and

(ii) the plan of merger does not change the name or the authorized

shares of capital stock of the state bank or make or require any other

change or amendment for which the approval or consent of stockholders of

the state bank would be required under provisions of law other than this

section.

4. As used in this section, the term "state bank" means a bank or

trust company. For purposes of merger under this section the term

"national banking association" means one or more national banking

associations.

5. With the written plan of conversion submitted under subdivision two

of this section, there shall be paid to the superintendent an

investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this

chapter, and with the written plan of merger submitted under subdivision

three of this section there shall be paid to the superintendent an

investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this

chapter.

§ 136-a — Purchase of assets of national banking association by bank or trust company

Purchase of assets of national banking association by bank or

trust company. 1. A state bank or trust company may acquire, whether by

purchase or otherwise, other than by merger, all or a substantial part

of the assets of a national banking association, provided that the

action taken complies with federal law.

2. In the case of each such acquisition, a written plan providing for

the acquisition by the bank or trust company of the assets of the

national banking association shall be submitted, in duplicate, by the

bank or trust company to the superintendent. Such plan shall be in form

satisfactory to the superintendent, shall specify the selling and the

acquiring corporation, and shall prescribe the terms and conditions of

the acquisition and the mode of carrying it into effect.

At the time of submission for action by the superintendent of the

written plan of acquisition of assets, an investigation fee as

prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid

to the superintendent.

3. With such plan of acquisition of assets there shall also be

submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent the following: (a) by the

national banking association, a certificate of the president, secretary

or cashier of such association certifying that all steps have been taken

which are necessary under federal law to the sale of its assets; (b) by

the bank or trust company, if the assets of the national banking

association exceed ten per centum of the assets of the bank or trust

company, a certificate of the president, secretary or cashier certifying

that such plan has been approved by the board of directors of his

corporation by a majority vote of all the members thereof, and that such

plan was thereafter submitted to the stockholders of such corporation at

a meeting thereof held upon notice of at least fifteen days, specifying

the time, place, and object of such meeting and addressed to each

stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of the corporation

and published at least once a week for two successive weeks in one

newspaper in the county in which the bank or trust company has its

principal place of business and that such plan has been approved at such

meeting by the vote of stockholders owning at least two-thirds in amount

of the stock of such corporation.

4. Nothing contained in this section one hundred thirty-six-a shall be

construed to prohibit any other purchase of assets which is otherwise

permitted by applicable law.

§ 136-b — Approval of superintendent

Approval of superintendent. The superintendent shall approve

or disapprove of a proposed merger as authorized by section one hundred

thirty-six of this article or a proposed acquisition of all or a

substantial part of the assets of a national banking association as

authorized by section one hundred thirty-six-a of this article, as the

case may be, within one hundred twenty days after the submission of the

proposed plan thereof to him or her. In determining whether to so

approve, the superintendent shall take into consideration (i) the

declaration of policy contained in section ten of this chapter, (ii)

whether the effect of such merger or acquisition shall be either to

expand the size or extent of the resulting or acquiring institution

beyond limits consistent with adequate and sound banking and the

preservation thereof or result in a concentration of assets beyond

limits consistent with effective competition, (iii) whether such merger

or acquisition may result in such a lessening of competition as to be

injurious to the interests of the public or tend toward monopoly and

(iv) primarily, the public interest and the needs and convenience

thereof. If the superintendent shall approve such proposed merger or

acquisition, he or she shall file the plan, together with such

certificates and the original of the approval of the superintendent, in

the office of the superintendent, and, in the case of merger, a

duplicate of the plan, together with a duplicate of each of such

certificates and a duplicate of the superintendent's approval, shall be

filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which the principal

office of the receiving corporation is located. Upon such filing in the

office of the superintendent, the merger or acquisition shall become

effective, unless a later date is specified in the plan, in which event

the merger or acquisition shall become effective upon such later date.

§ 136-c — Effect of merger or conversion of national banking association into state bank

Effect of merger or conversion of national banking

association into state bank. 1. At the time when a merger or conversion

under sections one hundred thirty-six and one hundred thirty-six-b of

this chapter becomes effective.

(a) the resulting state bank shall be considered the same business and

corporate entity as the national banking association, although as to

rights, powers and duties, the resulting bank is a state bank;

(b) all of the property, rights, powers and franchises of the national

banking association shall vest in the resulting state bank and the

resulting state bank shall be subject to and be deemed to have assumed

all of the debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the national

banking association and to have succeeded to all of its relationships,

fiduciary or otherwise, as fully and to the same extent as if such

property, rights, powers, franchises, debts, liabilities, obligations,

duties and relationships had been originally acquired, incurred or

entered into by the resulting state bank; provided, however, that the

resulting state bank shall not, through such conversion or merger,

acquire power to engage in any business or to exercise any right,

privilege or franchise which is not conferred by the provisions of this

chapter upon such resulting state bank;

(c) any reference to the national banking association in any contract,

will or document, whether executed or taking effect before or after the

conversion or merger, shall be considered a reference to the resulting

state bank if not inconsistent with the other provisions of the

contract, will or document;

(d) a pending action or other judicial proceeding to which the

national banking association is a party, shall not be deemed to have

abated or to have discontinued by reason of the conversion or merger,

but may be prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same

manner as if the conversion or merger had not been made; or the

resulting state bank may be substituted as a party to such action or

proceeding, and any judgment, order or decree may be rendered for or

against it that might have been rendered for or against the national

banking association if the conversion or merger had not occurred.

2. As used in this section, the term "state bank" means a bank or

trust company.

§ 137 — Change of state bank into national banking association by conversion, merger or consolidation

Change of state bank into national banking association by

conversion, merger or consolidation. 1. A state bank may, by vote of the

stockholders owning at least two-thirds in amount of its stock, convert

into, or merge or consolidate with, a national banking association under

the charter of a national banking association in the manner provided by

federal law and without approval of any state authority.

2. The franchise of a state bank as a state bank shall automatically

terminate when its conversion into or its merger or consolidation with a

national banking association under a federal charter is consummated and

the resulting national banking association shall be considered the same

business and corporate entity as the state bank, although as to rights,

powers and duties the resulting bank is a national banking association.

3. At the time when such conversion, merger or consolidation becomes

effective

(a) all of the property, rights, powers and franchises of the state

bank shall vest in the national banking association and the national

banking association shall be subject to and be deemed to have assumed

all of the debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the state bank

and to have succeeded to all of its relationships, fiduciary or

otherwise, as fully and to the same extent as if such property, rights,

powers, franchises, debts, liabilities, obligations, duties and

relationships had been originally acquired, incurred or entered into by

the national banking association; provided, however, that nothing in

this section shall be deemed to authorize the national banking

association to maintain as its own office any office previously

maintained by the state bank, and authority, if any, to maintain any

such office shall be governed by applicable federal law;

(b) any reference to the state bank in any contract, will or document,

whether executed or taking effect before or after the conversion, merger

or consolidation, shall be considered a reference to the national

banking association if not inconsistent with the other provisions of the

contract, will or document;

(c) a pending action or other judicial proceeding to which the state

bank is a party, shall not be deemed to have abated or to have

discontinued by reason of the conversion, merger or consolidation, but

may be prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same manner

as if the conversion, merger or consolidation had not been made; or the

national banking association may be substituted as a party to such

action or proceeding, and any judgment, order or decree may be rendered

for or against it that might have been rendered for or against the state

bank if the conversion, merger or consolidation had not occurred.

4. As used in this section, the term "state bank" means any bank,

trust company or other banking organization engaged in the business of

receiving deposits other than a mutual savings bank. For purposes of

merger or consolidation under this section the term "national banking

association" means one or more national banking associations, and the

term "state bank" means one or more state banks.

§ 138 — Foreign branches; performance of contracts and repayment of deposits

Foreign branches; performance of contracts and repayment of

deposits. 1. Notwithstanding section 1--301 of the uniform commercial

code, any bank or trust company or national bank located in this state

which in accordance with the provisions of this chapter or otherwise

applicable law shall have opened and occupied a branch office or branch

offices in any foreign country shall be liable for contracts to be

performed at such branch office or offices and for deposits to be repaid

at such branch office or offices to no greater extent than a bank,

banking corporation or other organization or association for banking

purposes organized and existing under the laws of such foreign country

would be liable under its laws. The laws of such foreign country for the

purpose of this section shall be deemed to include all acts, decrees,

regulations and orders promulgated or enforced by a dominant authority

asserting governmental, military or police power of any kind at the

place where any such branch office is located, whether or not such

dominant authority be recognized as a de facto or de jure government.

2. Notwithstanding section 1--301 of the uniform commercial code, if

by action of any such dominant authority which is not recognized by the

United States as the de jure government of the foreign territory

concerned, any property situated in or any amount to be received in such

foreign territory and carried as an asset of any branch office of such

bank or trust company or national bank in such foreign territory is

seized, destroyed or cancelled, then the liability of such bank or trust

company or national bank for any deposit theretofore received and

thereafter to be repaid by it, and for any contract theretofore made and

thereafter to be performed by it, at any branch office in such foreign

territory shall be reduced pro tanto by the proportion that the value

(as shown by the books or other records of such bank or trust company or

national bank at the time of such seizure, destruction or cancellation)

of such assets bears to the aggregate of all the deposit and contract

liabilities of the branch office or offices of such bank or trust

company or national bank in such foreign territory, as shown at such

time by the books or other records of such bank or trust company or

national bank.

2-a. Notwithstanding the provisions of any law to the contrary, a bank

or trust company or national bank located in this state shall not be

required to repay any deposit made at a foreign branch of any such bank

if the branch cannot repay the deposit due to (i) an act of war,

insurrection, or civil strife; or (ii) an action by a foreign government

or instrumentality, whether de jure or de facto, in the country in which

the branch is located preventing such repayment, unless such bank has

expressly agreed in writing to repay the deposit under such

circumstances. The superintendent of financial services may promulgate

regulations necessary to effectuate the provisions of this subdivision,

including regulations providing for adequate disclosure to retail

depositors in the United States of the restrictions on repayment

contained in this subdivision. The provisions of this subdivision shall

not alter or diminish the liability of a custodian of assets of a fund

under section one hundred seventy-eight-a of the retirement and social

security law.

3. If any provision of this section, or the application of such

provision to any bank, trust company or national bank, shall be held

invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application of such

section to banks, trust companies and national banks other than those to

which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

§ 139 — Saving clause

Saving clause. All banks which shall have been authorized by

the superintendant to exercise fiduciary powers pursuant to this

chapter, as from time to time in effect, shall be known as trust

companies subject to the provisions of this article applicable to trust

companies, but nothing contained in this chapter shall require any such

bank to change its name to include the term "trust company". All trust

companies organized under or subject to the provisions of this chapter,

as from time to time in effect, shall be subject to all the provisions

of this article applicable to trust companies. Notwithstanding any other

provision or law, a corporation formed under this article to acquire the

banking business previously done by a partnership doing business

pursuant to this chapter may have as its corporate name the name under

which such partnership did business, with the addition of a word or

words, indicating that it is a corporation.

§ 140-a — Stock option plans

Stock option plans. Subject to such regulations and

restrictions as may be prescribed by the superintendent, every bank and

every trust company may grant options to purchase authorized and

unissued shares of its capital stock to officers, directors and

employees, for a consideration as authorized by section five thousand

four of this chapter of not less than one hundred per cent of the fair

market value of the shares on the date the option is granted, pursuant

to the terms of a stock option plan which has previously been adopted by

the board of directors of the bank or trust company and approved by the

holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the

bank or trust company and by the superintendent. Stock options issued

hereunder shall not extend beyond a period of ten years from date of

issuance.

ARTICLE 3-A Bank Holding Companies; Control of Banking Institutions

§ 141 — Definitions

Definitions. 1. "Banking institution," when used in this

article, means a bank, a trust company, a stock-form savings bank or a

stock-form savings and loan association.

2. "Company," when used in this article, means any corporation,

partnership, trust, unincorporated association, joint stock association

or similar organization organized under the laws of the state of New

York, or if not so organized, doing business in the state of New York,

or any individual residing or doing business in the state of New York,

or any combination of individuals which combination is residing or is

doing business in the state of New York, any combination of the

foregoing which combination is residing or is doing business in the

state of New York, or any such individual and any of the foregoing

acting in concert, but shall not include (a) any corporation the

majority of the stock of which is owned by the United States or by any

state unless the superintendent determines that it would be in the

public interest to deem such a corporation to constitute a company, or

(b) any corporation or community chest, fund, or foundation, organized

and operated exclusively for religious, charitable, or educational

purposes, no part of the net earnings of which inures to the benefit of

any private stockholder or individual, and no substantial part of the

activities of which is the carrying on of propaganda, or otherwise

attempting to influence legislation unless the superintendent determines

that it would be in the public interest to deem such a corporation,

community chest, fund, or foundation to constitute a company, or (c) any

corporation or partnership owning or controlling stock acquired in

connection with an underwriting of securities and which is held only for

such period of time as will permit the sale thereof upon a reasonable

basis.

3. "Bank holding company," when used in this article, means any

company which (a) directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or

subsidiaries, owns, controls, or holds with power to vote (i) ten per

centum or more of the voting stock of a company which is or becomes a

bank holding company by virtue of this article, or (ii) ten per centum

or more of the voting stock of a banking institution, or (b) controls in

any manner the election of a majority of the directors of (i) a banking

institution, or (ii) a company which is or becomes a bank holding

company by virtue of this article, or (c) is a company, for the benefit

of whose stockholders or members ten per centum or more of the voting

stock of a banking institution or of a company which is or becomes a

bank holding company by virtue of this article is held, directly or

indirectly, by a trustee or trustees, or (d) through a combination of

(i) ownership, control or holding, directly or indirectly, of voting

stock and (ii) voting stock and held, directly or indirectly, by a

trustee or trustees for the benefit of the members or stockholders of

such company, if such voting stock is voting stock of one or more

banking institutions or of one of more companies which are or become

bank holding companies by virtue of this article, as the case may be, is

a company which would be a bank holding company if the aggregate of such

voting stock were either entirely owned, controlled or held, directly or

indirectly, by such company or entirely held, directly or indirectly, by

a trustee or trustees for the benefit of the members or stockholders of

such company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no company shall be a bank

holding company by virtue of its ownership or control of either stock

acquired in a fiduciary capacity, except where such stock is held for

the benefit of the stockholders or members of such company; or voting

rights of stock acquired in the court of a proxy solicitation by a

company formed and operated for the sole purpose of participating in

proxy solicitations by virtue of its control of voting rights of stock

in any banking institution or bank holding company acquired in the

course of such solicitations.

4. "Subsidiary," when used in this article, means (a) any company ten

per centum or more of whose voting stock is directly or indirectly, or

through a subsidiary or subsidiaries, owned, controlled, or held with

power to vote, by a bank holding company; or (b) any company the

election of a majority of whose directors is controlled in any manner by

a bank holding company; or (c) any company ten per centum or more of

whose voting stock is directly or indirectly owned, controlled, or held

with power to vote, by a trustee or trustees for the benefit of the

stockholders or members of a bank holding company; or (d) any company at

least ten per centum of the voting stock of which is directly or

indirectly, or through a subsidiary or subsidiaries, owned, controlled

or held with power to vote by a combination of a bank holding company

and by a trustee or trustees for the benefit of the stockholders or

members of such bank holding company. For purposes of this subdivision,

voting stock shall not be deemed to include voting stock owned by the

United States or by any company wholly owned by the United States. Any

company having any of the relationships with a bank holding company

described in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this subdivision shall be

deemed to be a subsidiary of such bank holding company.

5. "Doing business," when used in this article, shall include the

maintenance by a foreign company of a place of business in this state,

or the conduct by a foreign company of operations in this state, or the

acquisition, owning or holding by a foreign company of any stock or

assets of any banking institution or any company which directly or

indirectly owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or

more of the voting stock of a banking institution.

6. "Banking subsidiary," when used in this article, means a subsidiary

that is a banking institution, and a "non-banking subsidiary" means a

subsidiary that is not a banking institution.

§ 142 — Limitations on, and regulation of, bank holding companies

Limitations on, and regulation of, bank holding companies. 1.

It shall be unlawful for any person knowingly to borrow, directly or

indirectly, any money or property for the purpose of enabling such

person to pay for or to hold shares of stock of a bank holding company

from any subsidiary of such bank holding company, unless such borrowing

is made upon security having an ascertained market value of at least

fifteen per centum more than the amount thereof. Any person knowingly

violating the provisions of this subdivision shall, for each offense,

forfeit to the people of the state twice the amount of such borrowing.

2. Except in conformity with such rules and regulations as may be

promulgated by the superintendent, it shall be unlawful for any

executive officer or director of a bank holding company to borrow any

sum of money from any subsidiary of such bank holding company. Every

executive officer or director of such bank holding company violating the

provisions of this subdivision shall, for each offense, forfeit to the

people of the state twice the amount of such borrowing or borrowings.

§ 142-a — Limitation on acquisition of newly chartered banking institutions

Limitation on acquisition of newly chartered banking

institutions. 1. No bank holding company may acquire control of any

banking institution which has been chartered for less than five years

and has its principal office in a city or village with a population of

fifty thousand or less if the principal office of a bank, trust company

or national bank the principal office of which institution is located in

this state and which institution is not a subsidiary of a bank holding

company is located in such city or village; provided, however, such an

acquisition may be consummated upon the obtaining of the appropriate

supervisory approvals if: (a) application is pending for the institution

being acquired to merge with or acquire the assets of another banking

institution having its principal office in the same city or village and

chartered for over five years, or if; (b) the superintendent finds that

the banking institution being acquired was not chartered directly or

indirectly by the acquiring bank holding company, its officers,

directors or stockholders, and does not have the capacity to continue to

conduct its business independently in a fashion consistent with the

public interest and the interests of depositors, creditors, shareholders

and stockholders.

2. As used in this section, the term "control" means the possession,

directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of

the management and policies of a banking institution, whether through

the ownership of voting stock of such banking institution, the ownership

of voting stock of any company which possesses such power or otherwise.

Control shall be presumed to exist if any company, directly or

indirectly, owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per

centum or more of the voting stock of any banking institution or of any

company which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten percent or

more of the voting stock of such banking institution, but no person

shall be deemed to control a banking institution solely by reason of his

being an officer or director of such banking institution or company. As

used in this section, the terms "bank holding company" and "banking

institution" shall have the meanings as defined in section one hundred

forty-one of this article, except that the definition of "bank holding

company" is modified to change the phrase "a banking institution"

wherever it appears therein to "two or more banking institutions" and

the definition of "banking institution" is modified to add a national

banking association, the principal office of which is located in this

state.

3. As used in this section, the term "village" shall mean either an

incorporated or unincorporated village.

§ 143 — Limitations on directors, officers and employees

Limitations on directors, officers and employees.

1. Every director of a bank holding company who is contingently

obligated on any loan or other extension of credit made by a banking

subsidiary of the bank holding company of which he is a member of the

board of directors to any other individual, partnership, unincorporated

association or corporation, shall file a statement of his financial

condition with such bank holding company at least once in each year and

at such other times as the superintendent may require. This subdivision

two shall not apply with respect to directors whose obligations are

secured by collateral having an ascertained market value of at least

fifteen per centum more than the amount of such obligations.

2. (a) No executive officer of a bank holding company may be an

executive officer or director of another bank holding company or of a

bank or trust company, savings bank, or savings and loan association, or

of a national bank, federal savings bank or federal savings association,

the principal office of which is located in this state, or of a foreign

banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state, unless

permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent of financial

services pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this

subdivision, except that an executive officer of a bank holding company

may be (i) an executive officer and (ii) a director of one or more

banking institutions or bank holding companies which are subsidiaries of

such bank holding company.

(b) The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation

who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be

an executive officer, and by regulation to grant permission to an

executive officer of a bank holding company to be at the same time an

executive officer, director or trustee or both an executive officer and

a director or a trustee of another bank holding company or of a bank or

trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association, national bank

located in this state, federal savings and loan association located in

this state or foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this

state. Such permission may be granted only if in the judgment of the

superintendent such service by the executive officer will be consistent

with the policy of the state of New York as declared in section ten of

this chapter. The superintendent shall have the power to revoke such

permission whenever the superintendent finds, after a reasonable notice

and an opportunity to be heard, that the public interest requires such

revocation.

(c) For the purposes of this subdivision, the terms "subsidiary",

"banking institution" and "bank holding company" shall each be given the

same meaning as is contained in their respective definition in section

one hundred forty-one of this article, except that the definition of the

term "banking institution" is modified to include national bank, federal

savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of

which institution is located in this state, and a foreign banking

corporation maintaining a branch in this state.

(d) All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on

executive officers and directors of bank holding companies shall

continue in effect.

§ 143-a — Acquisitions by companies of all the capital stock of banks and trust companies; no change of ultimate control

Acquisitions by companies of all the capital stock of banks

and trust companies; no change of ultimate control. 1. A company having

capital stock or membership interests may acquire all the capital stock

or membership interests of one or more corporations organized under or

subject to the provisions of article three, six, or ten of this chapter,

provided that (a) such corporation or corporations are directly or

indirectly controlled prior to such acquisition by the persons or

entities that directly or indirectly control such company and (b) such

persons or entities will continue to control such company thereafter.

Such company and such corporation or corporations shall submit in

duplicate to the superintendent a written plan of acquisition of such

stock. Such plan shall be in form satisfactory to the superintendent,

shall specify each corporation the stock of which is to be acquired by

the company and shall prescribe the terms and conditions of the

acquisition and the mode of carrying it into effect, including the

manner of exchanging the shares of each of the corporations for shares

or other securities of the company. Any such plan may provide for the

payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of the

company.

At the time of submission to the superintendent of the written plan of

acquisition of stock, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent.

2. There shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent with

the plan of acquisition of stock, a certificate of the president or

secretary of the company, certifying that such plan has been approved by

the board of directors or other governing body of his company by a

majority vote of all the members thereof, and a certificate of the

president, secretary or cashier of each corporation, the acquisition of

all the capital stock of which is provided for, certifying that such

plan has been approved by the board of directors of his corporation by a

majority vote of all the members thereof, and that such plan was

thereafter submitted to the stockholders of such corporation at a

meeting thereof held upon notice of at least fifteen days, specifying

the time, place and object of such meeting and addressed to each

stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of the corporation

and published at least once a week for two successive weeks in one

newspaper in the county in which such corporation has its principal

place of business and that such plan has been approved at such meeting

by the vote of the stockholders owning at least two-thirds in amount of

the stock of such corporation.

3. If no action to be taken pursuant to the plan of acquisition

requires approval of the superintendent pursuant to section one hundred

forty-three-b of this article, the superintendent shall approve or

disapprove of a proposed plan of acquisition within one hundred twenty

days after the submission of such plan of acquisition, and in

determining whether or not to approve any such plan the superintendent

shall take into consideration the declaration of policy contained in

section ten of this chapter. If the superintendent shall approve such

plan of acquisition, the superintendent shall file the plan, together

with such certificates and the original of the approval of the

superintendent in the office of the superintendent. Upon such filing in

the office of the superintendent, the plan, and the acquisitions

provided for therein, shall become effective, unless a later date is

specified in the plan, in which event the plan and such acquisitions

shall become effective upon such later date.

4. Any stockholder of any such corporation, entitled to vote on such

plan of acquisition, who does not assent thereto shall, subject to and

by complying with section six thousand twenty-two of this chapter, have

the right to receive payment of the fair value of such stockholder's

shares and the other rights and benefits provided by such section.

5. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivisions one, two, three and

four of this section, the superintendent of financial services, by

general regulation, may establish particular procedures enabling the

acquisition of all the capital stock of a stock-form savings bank or

stock-form savings and loan association by a company having capital

stock divided into shares, provided that such acquisition occurs as part

of a transaction in which such savings bank or savings and loan

association is converted from mutual to stock form.

6. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision three of section

two-b of this chapter, when applying this section to limited liability

trust companies, the term "capital stock" shall mean the equity interest

of a member as set forth in the company's articles of organization or,

in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest represented by a

member's right to a proportionate share of the profits of the company.

§ 143-b — Acquisition by companies of control of banking institutions

Acquisition by companies of control of banking institutions.

1. It shall be unlawful except with the prior approval of the

superintendent for any company to acquire control of any banking

institution, directly or indirectly, provided, however, that the

provisions of this section shall not apply to a company which has

submitted to the superintendent a plan of acquisition pursuant to

section one hundred forty-three-a of this article for an acquisition not

involving a change of control of the banking institution. As used in

this section, the term "control" means the possession, directly or

indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

management and policies of a banking institution, whether through the

ownership of voting stock of such banking institution, the ownership of

voting stock of any company which possesses such power or otherwise.

Control shall be presumed to exist if any company, directly or

indirectly, owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per

centum or more of the voting stock of any banking institution or of any

company which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum

or more of the voting stock of such banking institution, but no person

shall be deemed to control a banking institution solely by reason of his

or her being an officer or director of such banking institution or

company. The superintendent may in the superintendent's discretion, upon

the application of a banking institution or any company which, directly

or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with power to vote or seeks to

own, control or hold with power to vote any voting stock of such banking

institution, determine whether or not the ownership, control or holding

of such voting stock would constitute control of such banking

institution for purposes of this section.

2. A company desiring to acquire control of a banking institution may

file application therefor, in writing, with the superintendent and pay

an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of

this chapter to the superintendent. The application shall contain such

information as the superintendent, by rule or regulation, may prescribe

as necessary or appropriate for the purpose of making the determination

required by subdivision three of this section.

3. Upon receipt of such application, the superintendent shall post

notice of the receipt thereof upon the bulletin board of the department

of financial services. The superintendent shall by order grant or deny

the application and shall state the reasons for such grant or denial. An

order shall be issued within one hundred twenty days after the date of

the submission of the application to the superintendent and a copy

thereof shall be posted upon the bulletin board of the department of

financial services. In determining whether or not to approve any such

application, the superintendent shall take into consideration (i) the

declaration of policy contained in section ten of the chapter, (ii)

whether the effect of such action shall be consistent with adequate or

sound banking and the preservation thereof, or result in a consolidation

of assets beyond limits consistent with effective competition, (iii)

whether such acquisition of control may result in such a lessening of

competition as to be injurious to the interest of the public or tend

toward monopoly, and (iv) primarily, the public interest and the needs

and convenience thereof.

4. A company does not control a banking institution by virtue of its

ownership or control of: (a) stock acquired by a company in good faith

in a fiduciary capacity, except where such stock is held for the benefit

of stockholders or members of such company; (b) voting rights of stock

acquired in the course of a proxy solicitation by a company formed for

the sole purpose of participating in proxy solicitations by virtue of

its control of voting rights of stock acquired in the course of such

solicitation; (c) stock acquired by a company in connection with its

underwriting of securities if such shares are held only for such period

of time as will permit the sale thereof on a reasonable basis; (d) stock

acquired by a company in settlement or reduction of a loan, or advance

of credit, or in exchange for an investment previously made in good

faith and in the ordinary course of business, provided that any stock so

acquired shall be disposed of within a period of two years from the date

upon which it was acquired unless the superintendent shall, in writing,

authorize such banking institution to hold such stock for a longer

period; or (e) stock dividends, stock splits, or additional stock

acquired by a bank holding company, or by any subsidiary thereof, in

exercise of its preemptive right as a stockholder.

5. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one, two and three

of this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of

law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of a company

which has control of a banking institution. Thereafter, such legal

representative shall comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and

two of this section. The provisions of subdivision three of this section

shall be applicable to an application made under this section by a legal

representative.

The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

If any provision of this section, or the application of such provision

to any individual, company, corporation or circumstance, shall be held

invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application thereof to

anyone other than one to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected

thereby.

§ 145 — Penalties; restraining orders and injunctions

Penalties; restraining orders and injunctions. 1. Any company

which wilfully violates any provision of this article is guilty of a

misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be fined not more than one

thousand dollars for each day during which such violation continues.

2. Any individual who wilfully participates in a violation of any

provision of this article is guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction

thereof shall be fined not more than ten thousand dollars or shall be

imprisoned not more than one year, or both.

3. If any action violates or would violate any of the provisions of

this article, the superintendent or his duly authorized agent may apply

to the supreme court of this state for the enforcement of this article;

and such court shall have jurisdiction to enforce obedience thereto, to

order divestment of stock illegally acquired, held or voted, by

injunction or by other process, mandatory or otherwise, and to restrain

violation of this article.

§ 146 — Saving provision

Saving provision. Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted

or construed as approving any act, action or conduct which is or has

been or may be in violation of existing law, nor shall anything herein

contained constitute a defense to any action, suit, or proceeding,

pending or hereafter instituted on account of any act, action, or

conduct prohibited by law.

§ 147 — Separability of provisions

Separability of provisions. If any provision of this article,

or the application of such provision to any individual, company or

circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of the article, and

the application of such provision to individuals, companies or

circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be

affected thereby.

ARTICLE 3-B Subsidiary Trust Companies

§ 150 — Definitions

Definitions. 1. "Subsidiary trust company", when used in this

article, means a trust company which is subject to the provisions of

this article.

2. "Bank holding company" and "subsidiary", when used in this article,

shall each have the same meaning specified in section one hundred

forty-one of this chapter.

3. "Owning bank holding company", when used in this article with

respect to a subsidiary trust company, means the bank holding company

which owns all of the outstanding voting stock of such subsidiary trust

company.

4. When used in this article, an "affiliated bank" or "affiliated

trust company" of a subsidiary trust company means any bank, trust

company, savings bank, savings and loan association, national bank,

federal savings bank, federal savings association, or out-of-state state

bank (as such term is defined in section two hundred twenty-two of this

chapter), or such other banking institution as the superintendent of

financial services may permit specifically or by general rule or

regulation, which is a subsidiary of the bank holding company which owns

such subsidiary trust company.

5. "Trust office", when used in this article with respect to a

subsidiary trust company, means an office of the subsidiary trust

company maintained for the purpose of conducting its business.

6. "Trust officer", when used in this article with respect to a trust

company which is not a subsidiary trust company, means an office

maintained solely for the purpose of conducting business relating to the

exercise of its fiduciary powers.

§ 151 — Organization of subsidiary trust companies

Organization of subsidiary trust companies. A subsidiary trust

company shall be organized in accordance with the provisions of this

chapter relating to the organization of trust companies. All of the

outstanding voting stock of a subsidiary trust company shall be owned by

a bank holding company.

§ 152 — Business of subsidiary trust companies; limitation on powers

Business of subsidiary trust companies; limitation on powers. A

subsidiary trust company shall have all of the powers of and be entitled

to engage in the business of a trust company, provided that a subsidiary

trust company shall not have the power to accept deposits.

§ 153 — Offices

Offices. Notwithstanding the provisions of sections twenty-nine

and one hundred five of this chapter, (a) a subsidiary trust company may

open and occupy a trust office, including its principal office, at any

one or more locations in the state of New York at which the owning bank

holding company, any affiliated bank, or any affiliated trust company

has a banking office, and (b) an affiliated trust company may open and

occupy a trust office at the location in the state at which such

subsidiary trust company has its principal office. A subsidiary trust

company or an affiliated trust company, as the case may be, which

proposes to open and occupy a trust office pursuant to this section

shall make written application to the superintendent for leave to do so

in the manner provided in section twenty-nine of this chapter with

respect to branch offices and shall pay the investigation fee specified

therein.

§ 154 — Transfer of fiduciary relationships from affiliated banks or trust companies to subsidiary trust companies

Transfer of fiduciary relationships from affiliated banks or

trust companies to subsidiary trust companies. 1. (a) At any time or

times after the issuance to it by the superintendent of the

authorization certificate specified in article two of this chapter, a

subsidiary trust company may apply by verified petition to the supreme

court, special term, in and for the county in which its principal office

is located requesting that it be substituted for each of its affiliated

banks or trust companies specified in the petition (i) in every existing

fiduciary capacity designated therein and (ii) in the case of the first

such petition, in every fiduciary capacity which may take effect after

the date of the hearing provided for below. Each such specified

affiliated bank or trust company shall join in such petition. Notice of

the filing of such petition shall be given prior to the filing thereof

to the superintendent.

(b) Such petition shall indicate the county wherein the principal

office of each affiliated bank or trust company joining in the petition

is located and shall designate each fiduciary relationship existing at

the date thereof with respect to which such subsidiary trust company

requests substitution. Such petition shall additionally set forth, with

regard to each existing fiduciary relationship designated therein, the

name and address last known to the petitioner of each person entitled to

receive notice of hearing thereon, to wit:

(i) in the case where an affiliated bank or trust company specified in

the petition is acting with one or more cofiduciaries in respect to such

fiduciary relationship, each such cofiduciary; and

(ii) in the case where the instrument creating such fiduciary

relationship so provides, each person who, alone or together with

others, is empowered to revoke, terminate or amend such instrument or to

remove the corporate fiduciary; and

(iii) in the case of any fiduciary relationship not specified in

subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph, each beneficiary currently

receiving income and any other beneficiary interested in the income and

any person presumptively entitled to share in distributions of principal

were such fiduciary relationship terminated at the date of such

petition; and

(iv) in the case of any fiduciary relationship, including those

specified in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph, which

is an estate of a deceased person or which is a guardianship or

conservatorship, the clerk of the court in which such estate,

guardianship or conservatorship matter is pending, together with a

statement that a notice has been, or is being, given to the persons

specified in such subparagraphs. If any of the persons specified in

subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph is an infant or an

incompetent, such notice shall be given to the guardian or committee, as

the case may be, of his property. If any such infant, or incompetent

shall not have a guardian or committee to so represent him, or if any of

the persons specified in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of this

paragraph is incapacitated, unknown (or a person whose whereabouts are

unknown) or confined as a prisoner in a penal institution, the court

may, in its discretion, appoint one or more guardians ad litem to

represent any one or more of such persons.

2. When any petition described in subdivision one of this section

shall have been filed, the supreme court for the county where filed

shall enter an order fixing a date and time for hearing thereon, which

date shall not be less than thirty-five days after the filing of the

petition, and approving the form of notice to be given by the petitioner

as hereinafter provided. At least twenty-five days prior to the hearing

date, the petitioner shall cause a copy of such notice to be mailed by

first class mail to each person identified in the petition as being

entitled to receive notice under the provisions of this article, at such

person's address last known to the petitioner as set forth in the

petition. In addition, the petitioner shall cause a copy of such notice

to be published at least once a week for three successive weeks

preceding the hearing date, the first such publication to be at least

twenty-five days prior to the hearing date, such publication to be in a

newspaper of general circulation published in each county in which the

principal office of an affiliated bank or trust company specified in the

petition is located, or if in any case there be no such newspaper, then

in a newspaper of general circulation published in a contiguous county.

3. The notice to be mailed and published with respect to each such

petition shall state (a) the time and place of the hearing thereon, (b)

the name of the subsidiary trust company which has filed the petition,

(c) the name of each affiliated bank or trust company which has joined

in such petition, (d) that the petition requests that the subsidiary

trust company be substituted for each of its affiliated banks or trust

companies specified in the petition in every existing fiduciary capacity

designated therein and, if appropriate, in every fiduciary capacity

which may take effect after such hearing, and (e) that any person to

whom such notice is addressed may file an objection as provided in, and

in accordance with, subdivision four of this section. All costs incurred

in connection with the printing, mailing and publishing of such notice

shall be borne by the petitioner.

4. Any person entitled to receive notice under the provisions of this

article may, as to the fiduciary relationship by which he is affected,

object to the substitution of the subsidiary trust company as fiduciary.

Any such person wishing to so object must file a written objection to

such substitution, setting forth the reasons therefor, with the clerk of

the court in which the hearing is to be held, and serve a copy thereof

upon the attorney for the petitioner, at least three days before the

date of hearing and must appear at such hearing in person or by

attorney.

5. On the date fixed for the hearing on such petition, upon making a

determination that notice has been properly given as required by this

section, the said supreme court shall enter an order substituting the

subsidiary trust company for each of its specified affiliated banks or

trust companies in every designated existing fiduciary capacity and, in

the case of the first petition by the petitioner, in every fiduciary

capacity which may take effect thereafter, excepting fiduciary

capacities in any existing relationship with respect to which an

objection has been filed pursuant to and in accordance with subdivision

four of this section; provided, that in the case of a fiduciary

relationship where more than one person would be entitled under this

article to object to substitution of the subsidiary trust company, the

properly made objection by less than all of such persons shall be

considered by the court which shall, in its sole discretion, determine

whether such substitution shall be so ordered. In the case of a

fiduciary relationship in which an objection has been properly made by

any person who is entitled pursuant to this article to object to such

substitution, the court may, in its discretion, determine that the

resignation of the affiliated bank or trust company will be accepted in

respect of such fiduciary relationship; if the court shall determine

that such resignation will be accepted, it shall enter an order

substituting a different banking institution or subsidiary trust

company, which shall have given its written consent to such substitution

prior to the entry of such order. In construing the language of any

instrument which is the subject of a proceeding pursuant to this

article, nothing contained herein shall be considered to abrogate or

affect the intent or written language of the instrument creating the

fiduciary relationship. Upon entry of the court's order, the subsidiary

trust company shall, without further act, be substituted in every such

fiduciary capacity.

6. In respect of each fiduciary capacity, existing and future, as to

which substitution has been ordered pursuant to this article, each

designation of a petitioning affiliated bank or trust company as

fiduciary in any capacity contained in any contract, will or other

document or instrument shall be deemed a designation of the subsidiary

trust company substituted for such bank or trust company pursuant to

this section. Any grant in any such contract, will or other document or

instrument of any rights, powers, duties or authorities, whether or not

discretionary, shall be deemed conferred upon the subsidiary trust

company deemed designated as the fiduciary pursuant to this section.

7. Upon substitution pursuant to this section, each affiliated bank or

trust company shall deliver to the subsidiary trust company all assets

held by such trust company as fiduciary (except assets held in

capacities with respect to which there has been no substitution pursuant

to this section) and upon such substitution all such assets shall become

the property of the subsidiary trust company without the necessity of

any instrument of transfer or conveyance. A trust company shall account,

in respect of each of its existing fiduciary relationships designated in

the petition and as to which a substitution has been ordered under this

section, for that portion of the accounting period in which such

substitution was ordered ending on the date of such order; thereafter

the subsidiary trust company which has been substituted as fiduciary for

such bank or trust company shall account in respect of each such

fiduciary relationship. Notwithstanding any provision in this chapter to

the contrary, after a substitution of existing fiduciary capacities

pursuant to this article, an affiliated bank or trust company shall

remain jointly liable with the subsidiary trust company which has been

substituted for it in respect of each of the existing fiduciary

relationships as to which such substitution has been ordered, but such

affiliated bank or trust company shall be entitled to a right of

subrogation against such subsidiary trust company for all amounts paid

by such affiliated bank or trust company as a result of such joint

liability.

§ 155 — Applicable laws and regulations

Applicable laws and regulations. To the extent not inconsistent

with provisions of this article, a subsidiary trust company shall be

subject to the laws of the state of New York generally applicable to

trust companies. Nothing in this article shall be deemed to affect in

any way the powers of the superintendent of financial services to adopt,

alter or amend rules and regulations with respect to trust companies,

provided that no such rule or regulation shall be applicable to a

subsidiary trust company to the extent it is inconsistent with, or

purports to limit the powers or rights of a subsidiary trust company

expressly granted by, the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE 4 Private Bankers

§ 160 — Verified certificate

Verified certificate. Any individual or partnership desiring to

engage in business as a private banker shall submit to the

superintendent a verified certificate in duplicate which shall state:

1. The full name, residence and post office address of such individual

or of each member of such partnership.

2. The state or country of which each individual named in such

certificate is a citizen.

3. The amount of permanent capital such individual or partnership will

invest in his business as a private banker which shall be not less than

one million dollars.

4. The place where his office is to be located.

§ 161 — Authorization certificate

Authorization certificate. If the superintendent shall issue an

authorization certificate as provided in article two of this chapter,

such individual or partnership may engage in the business of banking

including receiving deposits subject to check or for repayment upon the

presentation of a pass book, certificate of deposit or other evidence of

debt, or upon the request of the depositor, or in the discretion of such

individual, or partnership; receiving money for transmission;

discounting or negotiating promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange

or other evidences of debt; and buying or selling exchange, coin or

bullion at the location specified in such authorization certificate,

subject to all the restrictions and limitations contained in this

chapter. In conducting such business a private banker may make use of

the words "bank," "banker" or "banking" or their equivalent or any

derivative or compound thereof.

§ 162 — Permanent capital; increase or decrease

Permanent capital; increase or decrease. Every private banker

shall keep unimpaired in his banking business the amount of permanent

capital specified in his verified certificate. From time to time, with

the written approval of the superintendent and upon good cause shown,

such permanent capital may be increased or decreased.

§ 163 — Restrictions as to place of business

Restrictions as to place of business. The office of a private

banker shall not be located in the same room with, or in a room

connecting with, any bank, trust company, savings bank, or national

bank.

§ 164 — Change of location

Change of location. Any private banker may make a written

application to the superintendent to change the location of his office

to another place in the same city or village. The application shall

state the reason for such proposed change and shall be verified by such

private banker, or if such private banker is a partnership, by a

majority of the members thereof, and shall be accompanied by an

investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this

chapter. Such change may be made upon the written approval of the

superintendent.

§ 165 — Segregation of investments; title to be taken in descriptive name

Segregation of investments; title to be taken in descriptive

name. 1. Every private banker shall segregate and keep separate and

apart from all other property and assets of the individual or

partnership all securities and property, and the evidences of title

thereto, in which funds held by him as a private banker and the surplus

used by him in his private banking business have been invested. The

phrase "funds held by him as a private banker" shall for the purpose of

this chapter mean such private banker's permanent capital and moneys

received by him on deposit.

2. All conveyances, deeds, mortgages, assignments, contracts and

agreements received, taken, or entered into by any private banker, in

connection with his banking business, shall be received, taken, or

entered into in the firm name if such private banker is a partnership or

in the name of such private banker with the addition of the descriptive

name "private banker" if such private banker is not a partnership.

§ 166 — Depositors preferred in case of failure or suspension

Depositors preferred in case of failure or suspension. In case

of the failure or suspension of any private banker, the claims of

persons for money on deposit or delivered for transmission shall be

preferred against such assets as shall be shown by the books of such

private banker, or by other legal evidence, to have been derived from

the investment of such moneys, or from the investment of permanent

capital, such claimants shall also share pro rata with other creditors

in any other assets of such individual or of such partnership and of the

individual members thereof.

§ 167 — Reserves against deposits

Reserves against deposits. Every private banker shall maintain

total reserves against his deposits of the same amount and kind and on

hand or on deposit to the same extent as is at the time required by or

pursuant to the provisions of this chapter of a bank doing business in

the same place.

If any private banker shall fail to maintain the reserves required by

this section, he shall be liable for and shall pay any assessments

levied by the superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter.

§ 168 — Restrictions on acceptance of deposits and payment of interest

Restrictions on acceptance of deposits and payment of interest.

No private banker shall:

(1) Accept any amount for deposit if after the acceptance of such

amount the average amount of the deposits received from all depositors

during the twelve month period ending upon the day upon which such

deposit is tendered, or during such period, if less than twelve months,

that such private banker has been engaged in business, would be less

than one thousand dollars. The term "deposit" as used in this paragraph

shall mean coin or currency of the United States or of any foreign

country, and checks, drafts and other funds credited by such private

banker to the account of any one depositor on any one day, but shall not

include dividend checks, coupons, or other similar items collected by

such private banker for the account of a depositor, or remittances made

by a depositor for the purpose of repaying, in whole or in part, any

existing indebtedness due to such private banker, or interest credited

by such private banker to the account of a depositor, or amounts

delivered for transmission; or

(2) Pay or credit interest, or pay, credit or give any bonus or

gratuity or thing of value, on any deposit balance, if the average of

the daily credit balances in such deposit account during the period for

which interest is paid or credited is less than seven thousand five

hundred dollars.

§ 171 — Repayment of deposits standing in the names of minors, trustees or joint depositors; repayment where adverse claim is asserted; interplea...

Repayment of deposits standing in the names of minors, trustees

or joint depositors; repayment where adverse claim is asserted;

interpleader in certain actions; effect of claims or advices originating

in, and statutes, rules or regulations purporting to be in force in

occupied territory. 1. When any deposit shall be made by or in the name

of any minor, the same shall be held for the exclusive right and benefit

of such minor, and free from the control or lien of all other persons,

except creditors, and shall be paid, together with the interest thereon

to the person in whose name the deposit shall have been made, and the

receipt or acquittance of such minor shall be a valid and sufficient

release and discharge for such deposit or any part thereof to the

private banker.

4. A private banker need not recognize or give any effect to a claim

of authority to order the payment or delivery of any funds or other

property standing on his books to the credit of, or held by him for the

account of, any person, corporation, unincorporated association or

partnership, which claim conflicts with a claim of authority of which

the private banker had prior notice, unless the person or persons

asserting such subsequent claim shall procure a restraining order,

injunction or other appropriate process against said private banker from

a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, or, in lieu

thereof, with the consent of said private banker, shall execute to said

private banker, in form and with sureties acceptable to him, a bond,

indemnifying him for any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and

expenses for or on account of any payment or delivery of such property

by him pursuant to such subsequent claim of authority or for or on

account of the dishonor of any check or other order of any person or

persons asserting the claim of authority of which such private banker

already had notice at the time the subsequent conflicting claim of

authority is asserted by the person or persons furnishing such bond.

5. Notice to any private banker of an adverse claim to any property,

or to a deposit of cash or securities standing on his books to the

credit of, or held for the account of, any person shall not be effectual

to cause said private banker to recognize said adverse claimant unless

said adverse claimant shall also either procure a restraining order,

injunction or other appropriate process against said private banker from

a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause

therein instituted by him wherein the person to whose credit the deposit

stands, or for whose account the property or deposit is held, or his

executor or administrator is made a party and served with summons, or

shall execute to said private banker, in form and with sureties

acceptable to him a bond, indemnifying said private banker from any and

all liability, loss, damage, costs and expenses, for and on account of

the payment of or delivery pursuant to such adverse claim or the

dishonor of the check or other order of the person to whose credit the

deposit stands, or for whose account the property or deposit is held, on

the books of said private banker.

6. (a) In all actions against any private banker to recover for moneys

on deposit therewith, if there be any person or persons, not parties to

the action who claim the same fund, the court in which the action is

pending, may, on the petition of such private banker, and upon eight

days' notice to the plaintiff and such claimants, and without proof as

to the merits of the claim, make an order amending the proceedings in

the action by making such claimants parties defendant thereto; and the

court shall thereupon proceed to determine the rights and interests of

the several parties to the action in and to such funds. The remedy

provided in this section shall be in addition to and not exclusive of

that provided in any other interpleader provision.

(b) The funds on deposit which are the subject of such an action may

remain with such private banker to the credit of the action until final

judgment therein, and be entitled to the same interest as other deposits

of the same class, and shall be paid by such private banker in

accordance with the final judgment of the court; or the deposit in

controversy may be paid into court to await the final determination of

the action, and when the deposit is so paid into court such private

banker shall be struck out as a party to the action, and its liability

for such deposit shall cease.

(c) The costs in all actions against a private banker to recover

deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be charged

upon the fund affected by the action.

7. (a) A private banker need not recognize or give any effect to (1)

any claim to a deposit of cash, securities, or other property standing

on his books to the credit of, or held by him for the account of, any

corporation, firm or association in occupied territory, or (2) any

advice, statute, rule or regulation purporting to cancel or to give

notice of the cancellation of the authority of any person at the time

appearing on the books of such private banker as authorized to withdraw

or otherwise dispose of cash, securities, or other property of such

corporation, firm or association, unless such private banker is required

so to do by appropriate process procured against him in a court of

competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein

instituted by or in the name of such corporation, firm or association,

or unless the person making such claim or giving such advice or invoking

such statute, rule or regulation, as the case may be, shall execute to

such private banker, in form and with sureties acceptable to him, a bond

indemnifying him from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and

expenses for and on account of recognizing or giving any effect to such

claim, advice, statute, rule or regulation.

(b) For the purposes of this subdivision (1) the term "occupied

territory" shall mean territory occupied by a dominant authority

asserting governmental, military or police powers of any kind in such

territory, but not recognized by the United States as the de jure

government of such territory, and (2) the term "corporation, firm or

association in occupied territory" shall mean a corporation, firm or

association which has, or at any time has had, a place of business in

territory which has at any time been occupied territory.

(c) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall be effective

only in cases where (1) such claim or advice purports or appears to have

been sent from, or is reasonably believed to have been sent pursuant to

orders originating in, such occupied territory during the period of

occupation, or (2) such statute, rule or regulation appears to have

emanated from such dominant authority and purports to be or to have been

in force in such occupied territory during the period of occupation.

(d) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall apply to

claims, advices, statutes, rules or regulations made, given or invoked

either prior to, or on or subsequent to the effective date of this act.

§ 172 — Restrictions on investments

Restrictions on investments. 1. Every private banker may,

subject to the limitations and restrictions contained in this article,

make such investments of funds held by him as a private banker in real

or personal securities, or personal property, as are consistent with

safety and prudence of management.

2. No private banker shall appropriate to his own use or lend to any

person with whom he is associated as a partner, or invest in any

business conducted by a partnership of which he is a member, any funds

held by him as a private banker.

3. No private banker shall, after June thirtieth, nineteen hundred

thirty-eight, make with funds held by him as a private banker any loan

to, or investment in the capital stock of, any corporation of which

fifty per centum of the capital stock is owned or controlled directly or

indirectly, or as a result of any such investment would be so owned or

controlled by such private banker, as a private banker and as an

individual, or if such private banker is a partnership, by such

partnership and the individual members thereof, if as a result thereof

the total amount of outstanding loans and investments so made after such

date will exceed ten per centum of his permanent capital with respect to

any one such corporation, or will exceed twenty-five per centum of his

permanent capital with respect to all such corporations.

§ 173 — Rate of interest; effect of usury

Rate of interest; effect of usury. 1. No private banker shall

take, receive, reserve or charge on any loan or discount made, or upon

any note, bill of exchange or other evidence of debt, interest as

computed pursuant to this section, at a rate greater than the rate

prescribed by the superintendent of financial services pursuant to

section fourteen-a of this chapter, or, if no rate has been so

prescribed, six per centum per annum, or two dollars if the interest so

computed is less than that amount. Such interest may be taken in

advance, reckoning the days for which the note, bill or evidence of debt

has to run. The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving or charging a

greater rate of interest shall be held and adjudged a forfeiture of the

entire interest which the note, bill of exchange or other evidence of

debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon. If a

greater rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same or

his legal representatives may recover twice the entire amount of the

interest thus paid from the private banker. The purchase, discount or

sale of a bona fide bill of exchange, note or other evidence of debt

payable at another place than the place of such purchase, discount or

sale at not more than the current rate of exchange for sight draft, or a

reasonable charge for the collection of the same, in addition to the

interest, shall not be considered interest for the purpose of any law

regulating the maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or

received.

Anything contained in this subdivision to the contrary

notwithstanding, the charging of interest or discount on a loan or

discount at an office of a private banker located outside of the states

of the United States of America and the District of Columbia at a rate

allowed by the laws of the country, territory, dependency, province,

dominion, insular possession or other political subdivision where such

office is located, or the acquisition by a private banker of a part

interest or the entire interest in any loan or discount heretofore or

hereafter made by a bank or trust company or any other banking

institution at an office located outside of the states of the United

States of America and the District of Columbia, shall not be a violation

of this section.

1-a. Anything contained in this section to the contrary

notwithstanding, any private banker, in purchasing or otherwise

acquiring, any note or other evidence of debt, which has arisen out of

the sale of personal property or the performance of services on credit

and which is repayable in instalments from the payee or holder thereof,

may take, receive, reserve or charge an amount not exceeding twelve per

centum per annum, computed pursuant to this section on unpaid principal

balances, or the sum of ten dollars, whichever is the greater; provided,

however, that nothing contained in this subdivision shall authorize a

private banker to take, receive, reserve or charge upon the purchase or

other acquisition of any two or more notes or other evidences of debt,

arising out of the same transaction, an amount greater than such private

banker would be entitled to take, receive, reserve or charge if all of

such obligations constituted a single obligation. In the event that the

private banker insures, under a group insurance policy, the life of the

person primarily liable on any such obligation, or in the event that the

private banker requires insurance on personal property securing any such

obligation, the actual cost of such insurance may be added to the amount

which such private banker may take, receive, reserve or charge upon the

purchase or other acquisition of such obligation. This subdivision shall

not be in derogation of any powers, rights or privileges possessed by

any private banker prior to the effective date this subdivision.

2. Upon advances of money repayable on demand to an amount not less

than five thousand dollars made upon warehouse receipts, bills of

lading, certificates of stock, certificates of deposit, bills of

exchange, bonds or other negotiable instruments, pledged as collateral

security for such repayment, a private banker may receive or contract to

receive and collect as compensation for making such advances any sum

which may be agreed upon by the parties to such transaction.

3. Upon an advance of money, whether or not repayable on demand, to an

amount not less than five thousand dollars, made upon documents of title

within article seven of the uniform commercial code or negotiable

instruments within article three or article eight of the uniform

commercial code pledged as collateral security for such repayment, any

private banker may receive or contract to receive and collect as

compensation for making such advance any sum which may be agreed upon by

the parties to such transaction; provided that such advance is (a) to or

for any partner of a firm which is a member firm of a national

securities exchange registered with the securities and exchange

commission as a national securities exchange under the federal

securities exchange act of 1934, as amended, to enable such partner to

make a contribution of capital to such firm or to purchase stock of an

affiliated corporation of such firm, provided that such partner is

actively engaged in the business of such firm and devotes the major

portion of his time thereto, or (b) to or for any person who is or will

become a holder of stock of a corporation which is a member corporation

of such a national securities exchange to enable such person to purchase

stock of such corporation or to purchase stock of an affiliated

corporation of such corporation, provided that such person is actively

engaged in the business of such corporation and devotes the major

portion of his time thereto.

§ 174 — Restrictions on purchases of, and loans on real estate

Restrictions on purchases of, and loans on real estate. 1. No

private banker shall purchase with funds held by him as private banker

any real estate except a plot upon which there is or may be erected a

building suitable for the convenient transaction of his business; nor

make a loan of such funds upon the security of real estate, if such real

estate is unimproved, in excess of two-thirds, and if such real estate

is improved by a building or buildings or is to be improved by a

building or buildings in the process of construction, the major portion

of which building or buildings is used, or in the case of a building

under construction is to be used, for residential, business,

manufacturing or agricultural purposes, in excess of three-fourths, of

the appraised value of such real estate, or in an amount which when

added to the amount unpaid upon prior mortgages, liens and encumbrances

upon such real estate exceeds the foregoing respective proportions of

such appraised value, or if such real estate is subject to a prior

mortgage, lien or encumbrance and the amount unpaid upon such prior

mortgage, lien or encumbrance or the aggregate amount unpaid upon all

prior mortgages, liens and encumbrances exceeds ten per centum of the

permanent capital of such private banker.

2. All real estate acquired by a private banker in satisfaction or

reduction of loans of funds held by him as a private banker, shall be

sold within five years from the date of its acquisition, unless the

superintendent upon application shall extend the time within which such

sale shall be made.

§ 175 — Books and records

Books and records. 1. Every private banker shall keep separate

and complete books of account in which shall be promptly entered the

details of all business transacted by him as a private banker including

statements in detail of the liabilities incurred by him as a private

banker and of the securities or property in which funds held by him as a

private banker have been invested.

2. Every private banker shall conform his or her methods of keeping

his or her books and records to such orders in respect thereto as shall

have been made and promulgated by the superintendent pursuant to article

two of this chapter. Any private banker who refuses or neglects to obey

any such order shall be subject to a penalty of an amount as determined

pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter for each day that such

refusal or neglect continues.

3. Every private banker shall preserve all his records of final entry,

including cards used under the card system and deposit tickets, for a

period of at least six years from the date of making the same or from

the date of the last entry thereon; provided, however, that preservation

of photographic reproduction thereof or records in photographic form

shall constitute compliance with the requirements of this section.

§ 176 — Reports required by superintendent; penalty for failure to make

Reports required by superintendent; penalty for failure to

make. Within fifteen days after service upon any private banker of the

notice provided for by section thirty-seven of this chapter, he shall

make a written report to the superintendent of the financial condition

of his business as a private banker, which report shall be in such form

and shall contain such information as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe. Such report shall be published by such private

banker in such manner as the superintendent of financial services may

prescribe in a newspaper published in the place where the office of such

private banker is located or if no newspaper is published there, in a

newspaper of general circulation in such place.

Every private banker shall also make such other special reports to the

superintendent as he may from time to time require in such form and on

such dates as may be prescribed by the superintendent, which reports

shall if required by the superintendent be verified in such form as he

may prescribe.

If any private banker shall fail to make any report required by this

section on or before the date designated for the making thereof or shall

fail to include therein any prescribed matter, such private banker shall

forfeit to the people of the state an amount as determined pursuant to

section forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such report

shall be delayed or withheld and for every day that he or she shall fail

to report any such omitted matter, unless the time therefor shall have

been extended by the superintendent, as provided in article two of this

chapter.

§ 177 — Official communications from superintendent

Official communications from superintendent. Every official

communication, as defined in article two of this chapter, directed to

any private banker, shall, if such private banker is a partnership, be

submitted by the person receiving it to the members thereof present at

their next meeting and duly noted on the records of such private banker.

§ 178 — Business of deceased private banker; continuation; liquidation

Business of deceased private banker; continuation; liquidation.

In case of the death of an individual engaged in the business of a

private banker, his executor, administrator or other legal

representative, and in case of the death of a member of a partnership so

engaged, the surviving members of the partnership, may continue such

business for a period of six months from the date of such death if such

continuation is necessary, in order to bring about the liquidation of

such business. If the liquidation shall not have been accomplished

within such period of six months, the superintendent may extend the time

for a further period not to exceed one year or may, at his option, take

over such private banking business and complete the liquidation, but the

provisions of this chapter shall be applicable to the business of such

deceased private banker while the business is being continued pursuant

to the provisions of this section. Nothing herein contained shall

prevent the surviving partner or partners of or a successor to a

deceased private banker from applying for and receiving, if otherwise

entitled thereto, an authorization certificate to engage in business as

a private banker.

§ 179 — Effect of revocation of authorization certificate

Effect of revocation of authorization certificate. Whenever

the superintendent shall have revoked the authorization certificate of

any private banker, and shall have taken the action to make such

revocation effective specified in article two of this chapter, all the

rights and privileges resulting from such authorization, shall forthwith

cease and determine.

§ 180 — Prohibitions against encroachment upon certain powers of private bankers, savings banks and savings and loan associations

Prohibitions against encroachment upon certain powers of

private bankers, savings banks and savings and loan associations. Except

as authorized by this chapter, no individual, either for himself or as

trustee, and no partnership or unincorporated association shall:

(1) Engage in the business of receiving deposits;

(2) Make use of the words "bank," "banker" or "banking" or any

derivative or compound of any such words or any word or words in a

foreign language having the same or similar meanings in any sign,

advertisement, circular, letterhead or in other written or printed

matter, in such manner as might indicate that such individual,

partnership or unincorporated association is authorized to engage in

business as a bank or private banker;

(3) As principal, agent or trustee engage in the business of receiving

payments of money in installments, for cooperative, mutual loan, savings

or investment purposes in sums of less than five hundred dollars each

under a declaration of trust or otherwise;

(4) Personally or by the publication or circulation of advertisements

solicit such payment of money to any unauthorized individual, trustee,

partnership or unincorporated association or the execution of a

declaration of trust to or a contract with, any unauthorized individual,

trustee, partnership or unincorporated association, under which such

payments will become due and payable;

(5) Engage in or conduct a business similar to the business of a

savings bank or of a savings and loan association, or promise to make

loans at any time, either fixed or uncertain, upon real estate security

for building, home-owning, savings or investment purposes as an

inducement for the payment of sums of money in installments of less than

five hundred dollars each to any unauthorized person, trustee,

partnership or unincorporated association;

(6) Engage in the business of transmitting money or receiving money

for transmission in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that

nothing contained in this paragraph shall apply to an individual,

partnership or unincorporated association licensed pursuant to the

provisions of article thirteen-B of this chapter.

Any person who shall violate any provision of this section shall be

guilty of a misdemeanor.

§ 181 — Exemptions of certain private bankers

Exemptions of certain private bankers. 1. Every individual and

partnership conducting the business of a private banker on June

thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-eight, pursuant to an authorization

certificate issued by the superintendent may thereafter continue to

conduct such business under the authority of such existing authorization

certificate.

2. Nothing in this article shall be construed to render unlawful the

continued ownership or holding by a private banker of any investments,

loans, or other real or personal property lawfully acquired prior to

June thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-eight.

ARTICLE 4-A Public Accommodation Offices of Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Banks, Savings and Loan Associations and Foreign Banking Corporations

§ 190 — Application of article; definition

Application of article; definition. This article shall apply to

banks, trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations and

foreign banking corporations licensed, pursuant to section twenty-six of

this chapter, to maintain a branch in the state, as those terms are

defined, respectively, in subdivisions one, two, four and eight of

section two, and subdivision five of section two hundred of this

chapter. As used in this article, the term "banking institution" shall

mean and include banks, trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan

associations and foreign banking corporations licensed, pursuant to

section twenty-six of this chapter, to maintain a branch in the state,

as so defined.

§ 191 — Public accommodation offices authorized

Public accommodation offices authorized. A banking institution

may apply for the approval of the superintendent to establish, maintain

and operate not more than one public accommodation office as an adjunct

to its principal office, and not more than one public accommodation

office as an adjunct to each branch office now occupied by it or

hereafter lawfully opened and occupied by it, provided, however, that no

public accommodation office may be established as an adjunct to any

electronic facility established pursuant to section one hundred five-a,

two hundred forty-a or three hundred ninety-six-a of this chapter.

§ 192 — Location of public accommodation office

Location of public accommodation office. 1. Each public

accommodation office established pursuant to this article shall be

located in the same city, town or village in which the banking

institution maintains the office of which such public accommodation

office is an adjunct and within one thousand feet from the principal

office or branch office of the banking institution of which it is an

adjunct.

2. For the purposes of this article, distances shall be measured along

a straight line drawn between the wall of the principal office or branch

office of a banking institution and the nearest wall of the public

accommodation office.

§ 193 — Limitation upon business which may be transacted at public accommodation office

Limitation upon business which may be transacted at public

accommodation office. No business other than that actually and

necessarily involved in connection with the performance of one or more

of the functions enumerated in this section shall be transacted at any

public accommodation office:

(a) the receipt of deposits of money, currency, checks and other

similar items;

(b) the payment of withdrawals;

(c) the cashing of checks, drafts and other similar items;

(d) the receipt of moneys due to the banking institution;

(e) the issuance of cashier's checks, treasurer's checks, money orders

and other similar items; and

(f) the disbursement of funds pursuant to an existing loan agreement

or extension of credit which provides for advances to or for the account

of the borrower, by means of honoring one or more checks or other

written orders or by use of a credit card or other similar arrangement.

Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to authorize the

performance of any function or the rendition of any service in any

public accommodation office which such banking institution is not

otherwise authorized to engage in by other provisions of this chapter or

other law.

§ 194 — Public accommodation office not deemed branch office

Public accommodation office not deemed branch office. A public

accommodation office shall not be deemed a branch office as that term is

used in this chapter and shall not be subject to any other provision of

this chapter specifically relating to the establishment of branch

offices. Each public accommodation office shall be deemed to be an

integral part of the banking institution or branch office of which it is

an adjunct, and all business transacted at such public accommodation

office shall be deemed to be transacted at the office of which it is an

adjunct.

§ 195 — Rules, regulations and orders

Rules, regulations and orders. The superintendent shall have

power to adopt, amend and enforce such rules, regulations and orders as

the superintendent may deem necessary to enable the superintendent to

administer and carry out the provisions of this article and to prevent

evasions thereof.

ARTICLE 5 Foreign Banking Corporations and National Banks

§ 200 — When foreign banking corporation may transact business in this state

When foreign banking corporation may transact business in this

state. No foreign banking corporation, other than a bank organized under

the laws of the United States, shall transact in this state the business

of buying, selling, paying or collecting bills of exchange, or of

issuing letters of credit or of receiving money for transmission or

transmitting the same by draft, check, cable or otherwise, or of making

loans, or of receiving deposits, or of exercising the fiduciary powers

specified in section two hundred one-b of this chapter, or transacting

any part of such business, or maintaining in this state its initial

agency or branch for carrying on such business, or any part thereof,

unless such corporation shall have:

1. Been authorized by its charter to carry on such business and shall

have complied with the laws of the state or country under which it is

incorporated;

2. Furnished to the superintendent such proof as to the nature and

character of its business and as to its financial condition as he may

require;

3. Filed in the office of the superintendent (a) a duly executed

instrument in writing, by its terms of indefinite duration and

irrevocable, appointing the superintendent and his or her successors its

true and lawful attorney, upon whom all process in any action or

proceeding against it on a cause of action arising out of a transaction

with its New York agency or agencies or branch or branches, may be

served with the same force and effect as if it were a domestic

corporation and had been lawfully served with process within the state

and (b) a written certificate of designation, which may be changed from

time to time thereafter by the filing of a new certificate of

designation, specifying the name and address of the officer, agent or

other person to whom such process shall be forwarded by the

superintendent;

4. Received a license duly issued to it by the superintendent as

provided in article two of this chapter and, in the case of a foreign

banking corporation desiring to exercise the fiduciary powers specified

in section two hundred one-b of this chapter, or any part thereof,

received a certificate of authorization duly issued to it by the

superintendent as provided in such section two hundred one-b.

This section shall not be construed to prohibit foreign banking

corporations which do not maintain an office in this state for the

transaction of business from (1) making loans in this state secured by

mortgages on real property, nor from contracting in this state with a

banking institution engaged in the business of banking under the laws of

this state to acquire from or through such banking institution a part

interest or the entire interest in a loan or evidence of debt which such

banking institution has heretofore or hereafter made, purchased or

acquired, for its own account or otherwise, together with a like

interest in any security and any security instrument proposed to be

given or heretofore or hereafter given to secure or evidence such loan

or evidence of debt; (2) enforcing in this state obligations heretofore

or hereafter acquired by it in the transaction of business outside of

this state, or in the transaction of any business authorized by this

section; (3) acquiring, holding, leasing, mortgaging, contracting with

respect to, or otherwise protecting or conveying property in this state

heretofore or hereafter assigned, transferred, mortgaged or conveyed to

it as security for, or in whole or part satisfaction of a loan or loans

made by it or obligations acquired by it in the transaction of business

outside of this state, or in the transaction of any business authorized

by this section.

If any foreign banking corporation has opened and occupied an agency

or branch in this state pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, it

may, unless otherwise advised by the superintendent, open and occupy an

additional agency or branch, as the case may be, without having to apply

for the approval of the superintendent, provided that it gives the

superintendent notice of at least thirty days (or such shorter period as

the superintendent in individual cases may approve) before opening and

occupying any such additional office.

§ 200-a — Actions maintained by a foreign banking corporation

Actions maintained by a foreign banking corporation.

In maintaining an action or special proceeding in this state, a

foreign banking corporation shall maintain such action or proceeding in

like manner and subject to the same limitations as are applicable in the

case of an action or special proceeding maintained by a domestic banking

organization, except as otherwise prescribed by statute.

§ 200-b — Actions maintained against foreign banking corporation; residents; foreign corporations, foreign banking corporations as non-residents

Actions maintained against foreign banking corporation;

residents; foreign corporations, foreign banking corporations

as non-residents.

1. An action or special proceeding against a foreign banking

corporation may be maintained by a resident of this state for any cause

of action. For purposes of this subdivision one, the term "resident of

this state" shall include any corporation formed under any law of this

state.

2. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, an action or special

proceeding against a foreign banking corporation may be maintained by

another foreign corporation or foreign banking corporation or by a

non-resident in the following cases only:

(a) where the action is brought to recover damages for the breach of a

contract made or to be performed within this state, or relating to

property situated within this state at the time of the making of the

contract;

(b) where the subject matter of the litigation is situated within this

state;

(c) where the cause of action arose within this state, except where

the object of the action or special proceeding is to affect the title of

real property situated outside this state;

(d) where the action or special proceeding is based on a liability for

acts done within this state by a foreign banking corporation;

(e) where the defendant is a foreign banking corporation doing

business in this state.

3. The limitations contained in subdivision two do not apply to a

corporation formed and existing under the laws of the United States and

which maintains an office in this state.

§ 200-c — Maintenance of books, accounts and records

Maintenance of books, accounts and records. Every foreign

banking corporation licensed pursuant to this chapter to maintain one or

more branches, agencies or representative offices in this state shall

maintain or make available at any such branch, agency or representative

office appropriate books, accounts and records reflecting (i) all

transactions effected by or on behalf of the branch, agency or

representative office and (ii) all actions taken in this state by

employees of the foreign banking corporation located in this state to

effect transactions on behalf of any office of such foreign banking

corporation located outside this state.

§ 201 — Conditions to be complied with by foreign banking corporations applying for initial license

Conditions to be complied with by foreign banking corporations

applying for initial license. Every foreign banking corporation before

being licensed by the superintendent to transact in this state the

business of buying, selling, paying or collecting bills of exchange, or

of issuing letters of credit or of receiving money for transmission or

transmitting the same by draft, check, cable or otherwise, or of making

loans, or receiving deposits, and before being authorized by the

superintendent to exercise the fiduciary powers specified in section two

hundred one-b of this chapter, or any part of such business, or before

maintaining in this state its initial agency or branch for carrying on

such business or any part thereof, shall subscribe and acknowledge and

submit to the superintendent at his office, an application certificate

in duplicate, which shall specifically state:

1. The name of such foreign banking corporation.

2. The place where its business is to be transacted in this state; and

if such business is to be conducted through an agency in this state, the

name of the agent or agents through whom such business is to be

transacted; and if such business is to be transacted in this state by a

branch of said foreign banking corporation, the name of the person who

shall be in charge of the business and affairs of such branch.

3. The amount of its capital actually paid in cash and the amount

subscribed for and unpaid.

4. The actual value of the assets of such corporation, which must be

at least one million dollars in excess of its liabilities; and a

complete and detailed statement of its financial condition as of a date

prior to the date of such application as the superintendent in his

discretion may determine.

At the time such application certificate is submitted to the

superintendent, such corporation shall also submit a duly exemplified or

otherwise authenticated copy of its charter and a verified or otherwise

authenticated copy of its by-laws, or an equivalent thereof satisfactory

to the superintendent, and pay an investigation fee as prescribed

pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter to be collected by the

superintendent.

§ 201-a — Rights and privileges of foreign banking corporation under license; effect of revocation

Rights and privileges of foreign banking corporation under

license; effect of revocation. 1. When the superintendent shall have

issued a license as provided in section twenty-six of this chapter to

any such foreign banking corporation, it may engage in the business

specified in sections two hundred and two hundred one of this article

either as an agency or as a branch at the location specified in such

license for a period not exceeding one year from the date of such

license or, if such license so provides, until such license is

surrendered or revoked. A license issued for a period not exceeding one

year may, upon the approval of the superintendent, be renewed as

provided in section twenty-six of this chapter. No such license shall be

transferable or assignable. Every such license shall be at all times

conspicuously displayed in the place of business specified therein. In

the event that such license shall have been revoked by the

superintendent, as provided in article two of this chapter, it shall be

surrendered to the superintendent within twenty-four hours after such

corporation has received written notice of such revocation.

2. Whenever the superintendent shall have revoked any such license and

shall have taken the action to make such revocation effective specified

in article two of this chapter, all the rights and privileges of such

foreign banking corporation to transact the business thus licensed shall

forthwith cease and determine.

§ 201-b — Fiduciary powers of foreign banking corporations

Fiduciary powers of foreign banking corporations. Every

foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this

chapter to maintain one or more branches or agencies in this state, and

holding an authorization certificate issued pursuant to this section

may, subject to such further limitations and restrictions as the

superintendent may prescribe, exercise the powers described in sections

one hundred, one hundred-a, one hundred-b and one hundred-c of this

chapter to the same extent, and subject to the same requirements and

restrictions and effect as apply in the case of trust companies in the

exercise of such powers.

The superintendent shall, within sixty days of the receipt by him of a

request for such authorization, issue to a foreign banking corporation

licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to maintain one or more

branches or agencies in this state, a certificate of authorization to

exercise the fiduciary powers referred to in this section at all or at

any one or more of its authorized branches or agencies, if he shall be

satisfied that such powers will be exercised in accordance with the

requirements of this chapter. The superintendent may, after giving

notice of the contemplated action and reasonable opportunity to be

heard, revoke any such certificate of authorization if he shall find

that a foreign banking corporation so authorized has failed to conform

to any requirement of this chapter relating to the conduct of such

business. Such revocation may apply to one or more of the authorized

branches or agencies of a foreign banking corporation.

§ 201-c — Notice of acquisition of control or merger

Notice of acquisition of control or merger. 1. A foreign

banking corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to

maintain a branch or agency in this state shall file with the

superintendent a notice, in such form and containing such information as

the superintendent may prescribe, no later than fourteen calendar days

after such foreign banking corporation becomes aware of any acquisition

of control of such corporation or merges with another foreign banking

corporation.

2. Control, for purposes of this section, means any person or entity,

or group of persons or entities acting in concert, directly or

indirectly, owning, controlling or holding with power to vote,

twenty-five percent or more of any class of voting stock of such foreign

banking corporation, or having the ability in any manner to elect a

majority of the directors of such foreign banking corporation, or

otherwise exercising a controlling influence over the management and

policies of such foreign banking corporation as defined by the

superintendent by regulation.

§ 202 — Rates of interest; installment obligations; personal loan departments; effect of usury

Rates of interest; installment obligations; personal loan

departments; effect of usury. Branches and agencies of foreign banking

corporations licensed to do business in this state may make loans and

offer extensions of credit to the same extent and subject to the same

conditions as banks and trust companies may make loans and extend credit

pursuant to the provisions of subdivisions four-a and five of section

one hundred three of this chapter and section one hundred eight of this

chapter. Without limiting the foregoing, a foreign banking corporation

licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to maintain one or more

branches or agencies in this state, may, in pursuance of its otherwise

lawful powers under this chapter, take, receive, reserve or charge on

any loan or discount made, or upon any note, bill of exchange or other

evidence of debt, negotiable or otherwise, interest at such rate and

such other charges and fees as a bank or trust company shall be

permitted to charge under the provisions of the laws of this state or

the laws of the United States, with respect to the same class or classes

of loans or transactions to which such rate or such charges and fees

shall be applicable.

§ 202-a — Restrictions on receiving deposits

Restrictions on receiving deposits. 1. A foreign banking

corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to maintain

one or more agencies in this state shall not engage in the business of

receiving deposits in this state; provided (a) that such foreign banking

corporation may maintain for the account of others credit balances

incidental to, or arising out of, the exercise of its lawful powers; and

(b) that the superintendent of financial services is authorized to adopt

regulations that permit a foreign banking corporation, licensed pursuant

to article two of this chapter to maintain one or more agencies in this

state, to issue to a corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated

association, joint stock association or similar association obligations

each in a principal amount of not less than one hundred thousand

dollars; and (c) that such foreign banking corporation may accept

deposits other than from citizens or residents of the United States as

the superintendent shall define by regulation.

2. A foreign banking corporation organized under the laws of a foreign

country may be licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to

maintain a branch or branches in this state and may engage in the

business of receiving deposits in this state.

3. The superintendent of financial services shall have power to

prescribe, by specific or general regulation, to the extent to which and

the conditions upon which, the deposits and credit balances in agencies

and branches in this state of foreign banking corporations may be

established, maintained and paid out.

§ 202-b — Maintenance of assets in this state

Maintenance of assets in this state. * 1. Upon opening a

branch or agency and thereafter, a foreign banking corporation licensed

pursuant to article two of this chapter shall keep on deposit, in

accordance with such rules and regulations as the superintendent shall

adopt shall from time to time, with such banks or trust companies or

private bankers or national banks in the state of New York as such

foreign banking corporation may designate and the superintendent may

approve, interest-bearing stocks and bonds, notes, debentures, or other

obligations of the United States or any agency or instrumentality

thereof, or guaranteed by the United States, or of this state, or of a

city, county, town, village, school district, or instrumentality of this

state or guaranteed by this state, or dollar deposits, or obligations of

the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, or

obligations issued by the Inter-American Development Bank, or

obligations of the Asian Development Bank, or obligations issued by the

African Development Bank, or obligations issued by the International

Finance Corporation, or bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations

issued by or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

(Freddie Mac) or by the Federal National Mortgage Corporation (Fannie

Mae), or bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations issued by or

guaranteed by the Student Loan Marketing Association (SALLIE MAE) or all

bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations issued by or guaranteed

by a federal home loan bank, or bonds, notes, debentures or other

obligations of any unaffiliated issuer provided that, at the time of

such investment, the obligation has received the highest rating of an

independent rating service designated by the superintendent or, if the

obligation is rated by more than one such service, the highest rating of

at least two such services, or such other assets as the superintendent

shall by rule or regulation permit, to an aggregate amount to be

determined by the superintendent, based upon principal amount or market

value, whichever is lower, in the case of the above-described

securities, and subject to such limitations as the superintendent shall

prescribe; provided, however, that the superintendent may determine, in

the superintendent's discretion, that any such bonds, notes, debentures

or other obligations of a particular issuer are not acceptable for

purposes of meeting the requirements of this subdivision. The

superintendent may from time to time require that the assets deposited

pursuant to this subdivision may be maintained by the foreign banking

corporation at such amount, in such form and subject to such conditions

as he or she shall deem necessary or desirable for the maintenance of a

sound financial condition, the protection of depositors and the public

interest, and to maintain public confidence in the business of such

branch or branches or such agency or agencies. The superintendent may

give credit to reserves required to be maintained with a federal reserve

bank in or outside the state of New York pursuant to federal law,

subject to such rules and regulations as the superintendent may from

time to time promulgate. So long as it shall continue business in the

ordinary course, such foreign banking corporation shall be permitted to

collect interest on the securities so deposited and from time to time

exchange, examine and compare such securities.

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* 1. Upon opening a branch or agency and thereafter, a foreign banking

corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter shall keep

on deposit, in accordance with such rules and regulations as the

superintendent shall from time to time promulgate, with such banks or

trust companies or private bankers or national banks in the state of New

York as such foreign banking corporation may designate and the

superintendent may approve, interest-bearing stocks and bonds, notes,

debentures, or other obligations of the United States or any agency or

instrumentality thereof, or guaranteed by the United States, or of this

state, or of a city, county, town, village, school district, or

instrumentality of this state or guaranteed by this state, or dollar

deposits, or obligations of the International Bank for Reconstruction

and Development, or obligations issued by the Inter-American Development

Bank, or obligations of the Asian Development Bank, or obligations

issued by the African Development Bank, or obligations issued by the

International Finance Corporation, or bonds, notes, debentures, or other

obligations issued by or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage

Corporation (Freddie Mac) or by the Federal National Mortgage

Corporation (Fannie Mae), or bonds, notes, debentures, or other

obligations issued by or guaranteed by the Student Loan Marketing

Association (SALLIE MAE) or all bonds, notes, debentures, or other

obligations issued by or guaranteed by a federal home loan bank, or

bonds, notes, debentures or other obligations of any unaffiliated issuer

that meet the standards of creditworthiness established by regulation by

the superintendent, or such other assets as the superintendent shall by

rule or regulation permit, to an aggregate amount to be determined by

the superintendent, based upon principal amount or market value,

whichever is lower, in the case of the above-described securities, and

subject to such limitations as he or she shall prescribe; provided,

however, that the superintendent may determine, in his or her

discretion, that any such bonds, notes, debentures or other obligations

of a particular issuer are not acceptable for purposes of meeting the

requirements of this subdivision. The superintendent may from time to

time require that the assets deposited pursuant to this subdivision may

be maintained by the foreign banking corporation at such amount, in such

form and subject to such conditions as he or she shall deem necessary or

desirable for the maintenance of a sound financial condition, the

protection of depositors and the public interest, and to maintain public

confidence in the business of such branch or branches or such agency or

agencies. The superintendent may give credit to reserves required to be

maintained with a federal reserve bank in or outside the state of New

York pursuant to federal law, subject to such rules and regulations as

the superintendent may from time to time promulgate. So long as it shall

continue business in the ordinary course, such foreign banking

corporation shall be permitted to collect interest on the securities so

deposited and from time to time exchange, examine and compare such

securities.

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

2. Each foreign banking corporation shall hold in this state currency,

bonds, notes, debentures, drafts, bills of exchange or other evidences

of indebtedness, including loan participation agreements or

certificates, or other obligations payable in the United States or in

United States funds or, with the prior approval of the superintendent,

in funds freely convertible into United States funds, or such other

assets as the superintendent shall by rule or regulation permit, in an

amount which shall bear such relationship as the superintendent shall by

regulation prescribe to liabilities of such foreign banking corporation

appearing in the books, accounts or records of its agency, agencies,

branch or branches in this state as liabilities of such agency,

agencies, branch or branches, including acceptances and such other

liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as the superintendent

shall determine, but excluding amounts due and other liabilities to

other offices, agencies or branches of, and affiliates of, such foreign

banking corporation. As used in this subdivision, (i) "affiliate" shall

mean any person or entity, or group of persons or entities acting in

concert, that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with

such foreign banking corporation and (ii) "control" means any person, or

group of persons acting in concert, directly or indirectly, owning,

controlling or holding with power to vote, more than fifty percent of

the voting stock of a company, or having the ability in any manner to

elect a majority of the directors of a company, or otherwise exercising

a controlling influence over the management and policies of a company as

defined by the superintendent by regulation. For purposes of this

subdivision, the term "person" shall mean a corporation, unincorporated

association, partnership, or any other entity or individual. For the

purposes of this subdivision, the superintendent shall value marketable

securities at principal amount or market value, whichever is lower,

shall have the right to determine the value of any non-marketable bond,

note, debenture, draft, bill of exchange, other evidence of

indebtedness, including loan participation agreements or certificates,

or of any other asset or obligation held by or owed to the foreign

banking corporation or its agency, agencies, branch or branches within

the state, and in determining the amount of assets for the purpose of

computing the above ratio of assets to liabilities, shall have the power

to exclude in whole or in part any particular asset. If, by reason of

the existence or the potential occurrence of unusual and extraordinary

circumstances, the superintendent deems it necessary or desirable for

the maintenance of a sound financial condition, the protection of

depositors, creditors and the public interest, and to maintain public

confidence in the business of the agency, agencies, branch or branches

of a foreign banking corporation, the superintendent may, subject to

such terms and conditions as the superintendent may prescribe, require

such foreign banking corporation to deposit the assets required to be

held in this state pursuant to this subdivision two with such banks or

trust companies or private bankers or national banks located in this

state, as the superintendent may designate.

3. In the event that any of the deposits received within the state by

a foreign banking corporation are insured by the Federal Deposit

Insurance Corporation, the superintendent shall specify what reasonable

percentage of deposit liabilities may be excluded in determining the

aggregate amount of liabilities of such foreign banking corporation for

deposits received within the state for purposes of subdivision two of

this section by reason of the fact that all or a part of such deposit

liabilities are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

§ 202-c — Reserves against deposits

Reserves against deposits. Each such foreign banking

corporation which is authorized to maintain a branch or branches in this

state shall maintain such reserves against the deposits of such branch

or branches as may be required from time to time by the laws of this

state to be maintained by banks and trust companies. Such reserves shall

be maintained, subject to call, as provided by sections thirty-three and

one hundred seven of this chapter; provided, however, that any such

foreign banking corporation which maintains reserves with a federal

reserve bank pursuant to federal law shall be exempt from the preceding

provisions of this section so long as it shall comply with the

requirements of such law with reference to reserves, and provided

further that the superintendent of financial services may determine that

it is necessary or appropriate to require such a foreign banking

corporation to maintain additional reserves against the deposits of its

branch or branches in this state, taking into consideration the

character of business conducted by such institutions and the need to

maintain vigorous and fair competition between and among such branches

and banks organized under the laws of this state. As to any such

additional reserves which are required to be maintained pursuant to this

section, to the extent permitted by the superintendent, amounts carried

on the books of any such branch or branches as credits to the account of

another office or branch or wholly owned (except for a nominal number of

directors' shares) subsidiary of such foreign banking corporation shall

not be deemed to be deposits.

§ 202-d — Foreign banking corporation may not maintain both agencies and branches in this state

Foreign banking corporation may not maintain both agencies

and branches in this state. No foreign banking corporation licensed to

maintain one or more agencies in this state shall be licensed to

maintain a branch in this state except upon termination of the operation

of such agency or agencies; and no foreign banking corporation licensed

to maintain one or more branches in this state shall be licensed to

maintain an agency in this state except upon termination of the

operation of such branch or branches.

§ 202-f — Restrictions on loans, purchases of securities and total liabilities of any one person to New York branch or agency of foreign bank

Restrictions on loans, purchases of securities and total

liabilities of any one person to New York branch or agency of foreign

bank. Before opening a branch or agency in this state, and annually

thereafter so long as a branch or agency is maintained in this state, a

foreign banking corporation, licensed pursuant to article two of this

chapter, shall certify to the superintendent the amount of its paid-in

capital stock, its surplus fund and its undivided profits, each

expressed in the currency of the country of its incorporation, the

dollar equivalent of which amount, as determined by the superintendent,

shall be deemed to be the amount of its capital stock, surplus fund and

undivided profits. Loans, purchases and discounts of notes, bills of

exchange, bonds, debentures and other obligations, and extensions of

credit and acceptances by a branch or agency of a foreign banking

corporation within this state shall be subject to the same limitations

as to amount in relation to capital stock, surplus fund, and undivided

profits as are applicable to banks and trust companies pursuant to

article three of this chapter, provided, however, that with the prior

approval of the superintendent of financial services, the capital notes

and capital debentures of such foreign banking corporation may be

treated as capital stock in computing such limitations.

§ 202-g — Succession to agency by branch and to branch by agency

Succession to agency by branch and to branch by agency.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the superintendent

may, subject to such regulations as he may adopt, authorize the

conversion of a foreign banking corporation agency to a branch or the

conversion of a foreign banking corporation branch to an agency.

When a foreign banking corporation shall be licensed to conduct in

this state a branch in lieu of an agency theretofore conducted by it or

to conduct an agency in this state in lieu of a branch theretofore

conducted by it, the preceding form of organization shall, with the

approval of the superintendent, be converted into the succeeding form of

organization of such foreign banking corporation and all of the

liabilities of such foreign banking corporation previously payable at

the office where such preceding form of organization shall have been

conducted shall thereafter be payable at the office of the successor

form of organization.

In the event that the successor form of organization shall succeed to

assets in which it would not have had legal power to invest in its

successor form, or, in the event the successor form of organization

shall succeed to liabilities which the successor form of organization

would not have had power to incur, it shall liquidate such assets or

liabilities within the next succeeding twelve calendar months unless the

superintendent shall, in his discretion, extend such period of time in

the interest of the orderly conduct of such branch or agency.

§ 202-h — Repayment of deposits standing in the names of minors, trustees, joint depositors or custodians; interpleader in certain actions

Repayment of deposits standing in the names of minors,

trustees, joint depositors or custodians; interpleader in certain

actions. 1. Any minor may endorse a check payable to his order for the

purpose of depositing the proceeds in a deposit in his name with a

branch in this state of a foreign banking corporation and when any

deposit shall be made by or in the name of any minor, the same shall be

held for the exclusive right and benefit of such minor, and free from

the control or lien of all other persons, except creditors, and shall be

paid, together with the interest thereon to the person or upon the order

by check or otherwise of the person in whose name the deposit shall

stand, and the receipt, acquittance or order of payment of such minor

shall be a valid and sufficient release and discharge for such deposit

or any part thereof to the foreign banking corporation.

4. (a) In all actions against any foreign banking corporation to

recover for moneys on deposit with a branch thereof in this state, if

there be any person or persons, not parties to the action, who claim the

same fund, the court in which the action is pending, may, on the

petition of such foreign banking corporation, and upon eight days'

notice to the plaintiff and such claimants, and without proof as to the

merits of the claim, make an order amending the proceedings in the

action by making such claimants parties defendant thereto; and the court

shall thereupon proceed to determine the rights and interests of the

several parties to the action in and to such funds. The remedy provided

in this section shall be in addition to and not exclusive of any other

interpleader provision.

(b) The funds on deposit which are the subject of such an action may

remain with such foreign banking corporation to the credit of the action

until final judgment therein, and be entitled to the same interest as

other deposits of the same class, and shall be paid by such foreign

banking corporation in accordance with the final judgment of the court;

or the deposit in controversy may be paid into court to await the final

determination of the action, and when the deposit is so paid into court

such foreign banking corporation shall be struck out as a party to the

action, and its liability for such deposit shall cease.

(c) The costs in all actions against a foreign banking corporation to

recover deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be

charged upon the fund affected by the action.

5. Deposits by custodian for a minor under part six of article seven

of the estates, powers and trusts law. When any deposit of cash or

securities shall be made with a branch in this state of a foreign

banking corporation by a person purporting to act as custodian for a

minor under part six of article seven of the estates, powers and trusts

law or under a similar law of another state, the deposit together with

any interest or dividends credited thereon may be paid or delivered to

or upon the order of such person, or his successor as custodian, or to a

minor upon the minor's attaining either eighteen years or twenty-one

years, as provided in accordance with part six of article seven of the

estates, powers and trusts law, if no custodian is acting at the time of

such payment or delivery, and any receipt or order of such person,

successor or minor shall be valid and sufficient release and discharge

of the depositary for any payment or delivery so made. No depositary

dealing with a person purporting to act as a custodian for a minor under

said article shall be bound to inquire into any facts bearing upon the

designation of such person as such custodian or the propriety of or

authority for any act of such person under said article or otherwise or

the age of the person designated as a minor. No depositary shall be

liable for any act performed pursuant to the instruction or direction of

any person purporting to act as custodian under said article unless the

depositary has actual knowledge that such act, or the instruction or

direction therefor, constitutes a breach of such person's obligations as

such custodian, or unless the depositary performs such act with

knowledge of such facts that acting pursuant to such instruction or

direction amounts to bad faith.

§ 202-i — Safe deposit business of branches

Safe deposit business of branches. Each such foreign banking

corporation which is authorized to maintain a branch or branches in this

state may (a) receive upon deposit for safe-keeping for hire upon terms

and conditions to be prescribed by such foreign banking corporation,

money, securities, papers of any kind and any other personal property,

and (b) engage in the safe deposit business by renting vaults, safe

deposit boxes or other receptacles upon premises of such branch or

branches, upon such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by such

foreign corporation.

§ 202-j — Power to act as trustee under self-employed retirement trust or individual retirement trust

Power to act as trustee under self-employed retirement trust

or individual retirement trust. Each such foreign banking corporation

which is authorized to maintain a branch or branches in this state the

deposits of which are insured by the federal deposit insurance

corporation or any successor may, subject to any regulations prescribed

by the superintendent of financial services, act through any such branch

as trustee under a retirement plan established pursuant to the

provisions of the act of congress entitled "Self-employed Individuals

Tax Retirement Act of 1962" as such provisions may be amended from time

to time, and under an individual retirement account plan established

pursuant to the amendments to the provisions of the Internal Revenue

Code contained in the act of congress entitled "Employee Retirement

Income Security Act of 1974" as such provisions may be amended from time

to time, provided that the provisions of such retirement or individual

retirement account plan require the funds of such trust to be invested

exclusively in deposits of branches of foreign banking corporations

located in this state the deposits of which are insured by the federal

deposit insurance corporation or any successor and in deposits of banks,

trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations, federal

mutual savings or federal savings banks or federal savings and loan

associations whose principal offices are located in this state. In the

event that any such retirement or individual retirement account plan,

which in the judgment of the foreign banking corporation constituted a

qualified plan under the provisions of the applicable act of congress

hereinabove mentioned and the regulations promulgated thereunder at the

time the trust was established and accepted by the foreign banking

corporation is subsequently determined not to be such a qualified plan

or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified plan, in whole or in part,

the foreign banking corporation may, nevertheless, continue to act as

trustee of any deposits theretofore made under such plan and to dispose

of the same in accordance with the directions of the depositor and the

beneficiaries thereof. No foreign banking corporation, in respect to

deposits made under this section, shall be required to segregate such

deposits from other deposits of such foreign banking corporation,

provided, however, that the foreign banking corporation shall keep

appropriate records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in

under the authority of this section.

§ 203 — Change of location, name or business

Change of location, name or business.

Any foreign corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this

chapter to engage in business in this state, may make a written

application to the superintendent for leave to do one or more of the

following:

1. To change its place of business from the place designated in its

license to another place in this state. An application for such change

shall be accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter.

2. To change its corporate name if such change has been effected under

the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

3. To enlarge, limit or otherwise change the business which it

proposes to do in this state.

§ 204 — Reports of foreign banking corporations; penalties

Reports of foreign banking corporations; penalties. Every

foreign banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to engage in

business in this state, shall at such times and in such form as the

superintendent shall prescribe, make written reports to the

superintendent under the oath of one of its officers, managers or agents

transacting business in this state, showing the amount of its assets and

liabilities and containing such other matters as the superintendent

shall prescribe. If any such corporation shall fail to make any such

report as directed by the superintendent, it shall be subject to the

penalties prescribed by section one hundred twenty-five of this chapter,

and any false statement contained in any such report or in any other

sworn statement made to the superintendent by such corporation in

pursuance of the provisions of this chapter shall constitute perjury.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to modify the prohibitions of

section one hundred thirty-one of this chapter.

§ 204-a — Payment of claims by foreign banking corporations where adverse claim is asserted; effect of claims or advices originating in, and statut...

Payment of claims by foreign banking corporations where

adverse claim is asserted; effect of claims or advices originating in,

and statutes, rules or regulations purporting to be in force in occupied

territory; performance of contracts and repayment of deposits

performable or repayable at foreign offices of foreign banking

corporations. 1. Notice to any foreign banking corporation doing

business in this state under a license issued by the superintendent in

accordance with the provisions of this chapter, of an adverse claim to a

credit standing on its books to the account of any person, or to the

balance in any deposit account, or of an adverse claim to securities or

other property held for the account of any person, shall not be

effectual in this state to cause said foreign banking corporation to

recognize said adverse claimant unless said adverse claimant shall also

either procure a restraining order, injunction or other appropriate

process against said foreign banking corporation from a court of

competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein

instituted by him wherein the person to whose account the credit or

deposit stands, or for whose account the securities or other property

are held, or his executor or administrator is made a party and served

with summons, or shall execute to said foreign banking corporation, in

form and with sureties acceptable to it a bond, indemnifying said

foreign banking corporation from any and all liability, loss, damage,

costs and expenses, for and on account of the payment of or delivery

pursuant to such adverse claim or the dishonor of the order of the

person to whose account the credit or deposit stands on the books of

said foreign banking corporation or for whose account the securities or

other property are held by said foreign banking corporation.

2. (a) A foreign banking corporation doing business in this state

under a license issued by the superintendent in accordance with the

provisions of this chapter, need not in this state recognize or give any

effect to (1) any claim to a credit standing on its books to the account

of, or the balance in any deposit account of, or any claim to

securities, or other property held by it for the account of, any

corporation, firm or association in occupied territory or (2) any

advice, statute, rule or regulation purporting to cancel or to give

notice of the cancellation of the authority of any person at the time

appearing on the books of such foreign banking corporation as authorized

to withdraw or otherwise dispose of cash, securities, or other property

of such corporation, firm or association, unless such foreign banking

corporation is required so to do by appropriate process procured against

it in a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause

therein instituted by or in the name of such corporation, firm or

association, or unless the person making such claim or giving such

advice or invoking such statute, rule or regulation, as the case may be,

shall execute to such foreign banking corporation, in form and with

sureties acceptable to it, a bond indemnifying it from any and all

liability, loss, damage, costs and expenses for and on account of

recognizing or giving any effect to such claim, advice, statute, rule or

regulation.

(b) For the purposes of this subdivision (1) the term "occupied

territory" shall mean territory occupied by a dominant authority

asserting governmental, military or police powers of any kind in such

territory, but not recognized by the United States as the de jure

government of such territory, and (2) the term "corporation, firm or

association in occupied territory" shall mean a corporation, firm or

association which has, or at any time has had, a place of business in

territory which has at any time been occupied territory.

(c) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall be effective

only in cases where (1) such claim or advice purports or appears to have

been sent from or is reasonably believed to have been sent pursuant to

orders originating in, such occupied territory during the period of

occupation, or (2) such statute, rule or regulation appears to have

emanated from such dominant authority and purports to be or to have been

in force in such occupied territory during the period of occupation.

(d) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall apply to

claims, advices, statutes, rules or regulations made, given or invoked

either prior to, or on or subsequent to the effective date of this act.

(e) A foreign banking corporation doing business in this state under a

license issued by the superintendent in accordance with the provisions

of this chapter need not in this state recognize or give any effect to a

claim of authority to order the payment or delivery of any funds or

other property standing on its books to the credit of, or held by it for

the account of, any person, corporation, unincorporated association or

partnership, which claim conflicts with a claim of authority of which

the foreign banking corporation had prior notice, unless the person or

persons asserting such subsequent claim shall procure a restraining

order, injunction or other appropriate process against said foreign

banking corporation from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United

States, or, in lieu thereof, at the option of said foreign banking

corporation, shall execute to said foreign banking corporation, in form

and with sureties acceptable to it, a bond, indemnifying it for any and

all liability, loss, damage, costs and expenses for or on account of any

payment or delivery of such property by it pursuant to such subsequent

claim of authority or for or on account of the dishonor of any check or

other order of any person or persons asserting the claim of authority of

which such foreign banking corporation already had notice at the time

the subsequent conflicting claim of authority is asserted by the person

or persons furnishing such bond.

3. (a) Notwithstanding section 1--301 of the uniform commercial code,

any foreign banking corporation doing business in this state under a

license issued by the superintendent in accordance with the provisions

of this chapter shall be liable in this state for contracts to be

performed at its office or offices in any foreign country, and for

deposits to be repaid at such office or offices, to no greater extent

than a bank, banking corporation or other organization or association

for banking purposes organized and existing under the laws of such

foreign country would be liable under its laws. The laws of such foreign

country for the purpose of this subdivision shall be deemed to include

all acts, decrees, regulations and orders promulgated or enforced by a

dominant authority asserting governmental, military or police power of

any kind at the place where any such office is located, whether or not

such dominant authority be recognized as a de facto or de jure

government.

(b) Notwithstanding section 1--301 of the uniform commercial code, if

by action of any such dominant authority which is not recognized by the

United States as the de jure government of the foreign territory

concerned, any property situated in or any amount to be received in such

foreign territory and carried as an asset of any office of such foreign

banking corporation in such foreign territory is seized, destroyed or

cancelled, then the liability, if any, in this state of such foreign

banking corporation for any deposit theretofore received and thereafter

to be repaid by it, and for any contract theretofore made and thereafter

to be performed by it, at any office in such foreign territory shall be

reduced pro tanto by the proportion that the value (as shown by the

books or other records of such foreign banking corporation, at the time

of such seizure, destruction or cancellation) of such assets bears to

the aggregate of all the deposit and contract liabilities of the office

or offices of such foreign banking corporation in such foreign

territory, as shown at such time by the books or other records of such

foreign banking corporations. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall

diminish or otherwise affect the liability of any such foreign banking

corporation to any corporation, firm or individual which at the time of

such seizure, destruction or cancellation was incorporated or resident

in any state of the United States.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of any law to the contrary, a

foreign banking corporation operating a branch or branches or an agency

or agencies in this state shall not be required to repay, at any such

branch, branches, agency or agencies in this state, any deposit made at

a foreign office of any such foreign banking corporation if such office

cannot repay the deposit due to (i) an act of war, insurrection, or

civil strife; or (ii) an action by a foreign government or

instrumentality, whether de jure or de facto, in the country in which

the office is located preventing such repayment, unless the foreign

banking corporation operating in this state has expressly agreed in

writing to repay the deposit under such circumstances. The

superintendent of financial services may promulgate regulations

necessary to effectuate the provisions of this paragraph, including

regulations providing for adequate disclosure to retail depositors in

the United States of the restrictions on repayment contained in this

subdivision. The provisions of this paragraph shall not alter or

diminish the liability of a custodian of assets of a fund under section

one hundred seventy-eight-a of the retirement and social security law.

§ 206 — Termination of existence

Termination of existence. When a foreign banking corporation

licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter is dissolved or its

authority or existence is otherwise terminated or cancelled in the

jurisdiction of its incorporation, a certificate of the superintendent

of financial services, or official performing the equivalent function as

to records of banking corporations, of the jurisdiction of incorporation

of such foreign banking corporation attesting to the occurrence of any

such event or a certified copy of an order or decree of a court of such

jurisdiction directing the dissolution of such foreign banking

corporation, the termination of its existence or the cancellation of its

authority shall be delivered to the superintendent. The filing of the

certificate, order or decree shall have the same effect as the

revocation of its license under section forty of this chapter. The

superintendent shall continue as agent of the foreign banking

corporation upon whom process against it may be served in any action or

special proceeding based upon any liability or obligation incurred by

the foreign banking corporation within this state prior to the filing of

such certificate, order or decree and he shall promptly cause a copy of

such process to be mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested,

to such foreign corporation at the post office address on file in his

office specified for such purpose. The post office address may be

changed in the manner provided in section two hundred of this article.

§ 207 — Service of process on unlicensed corporation formed under laws other than the statutes of this state

Service of process on unlicensed corporation formed under laws

other than the statutes of this state.

1. Every corporation formed under laws other than the statutes of this

state which is required by this chapter to obtain a license from the

superintendent, and which itself or through an agent does any business

in this state for which such license is required either without

obtaining such license or after the revocation thereof, submits itself

to the jurisdiction of the courts of this state and is deemed to have

designated the superintendent as its agent upon whom process against it

may be served, in any action or special proceeding arising out of or in

connection with the doing of such business. Such process may issue in

any court in this state having jurisdiction of the subject matter.

2. Service of such process upon the superintendent shall be made by

personally delivering to and leaving with him or his deputy, or with any

person authorized by the superintendent to receive such service, at the

office of the superintendent, a copy of such process together with the

statutory fee, which fee shall be a taxable disbursement. Such service

shall be sufficient if notice thereof and a copy of the process are:

(a) Delivered personally without this state to such foreign banking

corporation by a person and in the manner authorized to serve process by

law in the jurisdiction in which service is made, or

(b) Sent by or on behalf of the plaintiff to such foreign banking

corporation by registered mail with return receipt requested, at the

post office address specified for the purpose of mailing process, on

file in the department of financial services, or with any official or

body performing the equivalent function, in the jurisdiction of its

incorporation, or if no such address is there specified, to its

registered or other office there specified, or if no such office is

there specified, to the last address of such foreign banking corporation

known to the plaintiff.

3. Proof of service shall be by affidavit of compliance with this

section filed, together with the process, within thirty days after such

service, with the clerk of the court in which the action or special

proceeding is pending. If a copy of the process is mailed in accordance

with this section, there shall be filed with the affidavit of compliance

either the return receipt signed by such foreign banking corporation or

other official proof of delivery or, if acceptance was refused by it,

the original envelope with a notation by the postal authorities that

acceptance was refused. If acceptance was refused, a copy of the notice

and process together with notice of the mailing by registered mail and

refusal to accept shall be promptly sent to such foreign banking

corporation at the same address by ordinary mail and the affidavit of

compliance shall so state. Service of process shall be complete ten days

after such papers are filed with the clerk of the court. The refusal to

accept delivery of the registered mail or to sign the return receipt

shall not affect the validity of the service and such foreign banking

corporation refusing to accept such registered mail shall be charged

with knowledge of the contents thereof.

4. Service made as provided in this section shall have the same force

as personal service made within this state.

5. Nothing in this section shall affect the right to serve process in

any other manner permitted by law.

6. The department of financial services shall keep a record of each

process served upon the superintendent under this section, including the

date of service. It shall, upon request made within ten years of such

service, issue a certificate under its seal certifying as to the receipt

of the service by an authorized person, the date and place of such

service and the receipt of the statutory fee. Process served upon the

superintendent under this section shall be destroyed by him after a

period of ten years from such service.

§ 208 — Nondiscriminatory treatment of insured state banks and national banks

Nondiscriminatory treatment of insured state banks and national

banks. Notwithstanding any other laws of this state, a state bank, which

is incorporated in another state and whose deposits are insured by

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, shall have the same protection,

privileges and immunities, including the right to sue, collect debts,

realize on collateral security, enforce liens, claims and obligations,

and protect its property in this state, as a national bank whose

principal office is located in the same state as such state bank, and

such state bank and its shares, securities and evidences of indebtedness

shall enjoy the same privileges, protections and immunities as those of

such a national bank and shall not be subject to any disability,

incapacity, restriction, regulation, penalty, fee, fine or taxation

which is not imposed by this state in the case of such a national bank,

provided however that this section shall not apply with respect to any

state bank and its shares, securities and evidences of indebtedness

unless such state bank's state of incorporation has a statute with

provisions substantially similar to this section which is applicable to

a state bank incorporated in this state. As used in this section the

term "state bank" shall mean any commercial bank or trust company.

§ 209 — Restrictions on executive officers of foreign banking corporations and national banks

Restrictions on executive officers of foreign banking

corporations and national banks. 1. No executive officer of a foreign

banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state may be an

executive officer, director or trustee of a bank or trust company,

savings bank, savings and loan association, national bank, federal

savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of

which institution is located in this state, bank holding company or

another foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state,

unless permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent

pursuant to the provisions of subdivision three of this section, except

that an executive officer of a foreign banking corporation maintaining a

branch in this state which is a subsidiary of a bank holding company may

be (i) an executive officer and (ii) a director of the bank holding

company of which such foreign banking corporation is a subsidiary, and

of one or more of the banking institutions which are subsidiaries of

such bank holding company.

2. No executive officer of a national bank, federal savings bank or

federal savings association, the principal office of which institution

is located in this state, may be an executive officer, director or

trustee of a bank or trust company, savings bank, savings and loan

association, bank holding company or foreign banking corporation

maintaining a branch in this state, unless permission therefor has been

granted by the superintendent pursuant to the provisions of subdivision

three of this section, except that (1) an executive officer of a

national bank located in this state, which is a subsidiary of a bank

holding company may be (i) an executive officer and (ii) a director of

the bank holding company and of one or more banking institutions which

are subsidiaries of such bank holding company.

3. The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation

who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be

an executive officer, and by regulation, to grant permission to an

executive officer of a foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch

in this state and to an executive officer of a national bank located in

this state, to be at the same time an executive officer, trustee or

director or both an executive officer and a trustee or director of a

bank or trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association,

national bank, federal savings bank or federal savings association, the

principal office of which is located in this state, bank holding

company, and foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this

state. Such permission may be granted only if in the judgment of the

superintendent such service by the executive officer will be consistent

with the policy of the state of New York as declared in section ten of

this chapter. The superintendent shall have the power to revoke such

permission whenever the superintendent finds, after reasonable notice

and an opportunity to be heard, that the public interest requires such

revocation.

4. For the purposes of this subdivision, the terms "subsidiary",

"banking institution" and "bank holding company" shall each be given the

same meaning as is contained in their respective definition in section

one hundred forty-one of this chapter, except that the definition of the

term "banking institution" is modified to include a national bank,

federal savings bank or federal savings association, the principal

office of which institution is located in this state, and a foreign

banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state.

5. All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on

executive officers and directors of foreign banking corporations

maintaining a branch in this state and on national banks, federal

savings banks and federal savings associations, the principal office of

which institution is located in this state, shall continue in effect.

ARTICLE 5-A New York Business Development Corporation

§ 210 — Establishment

Establishment. 1. There is hereby created a corporation which

shall be known as the "New York Business Development Corporation".

Process in any action or proceeding against such corporation may be

served upon the secretary of state, as agent of such corporation for

such purpose. If such corporation fails to commence business by April

first, nineteen hundred fifty-eight, its existence shall terminate and

the provisions of this article shall become null and void.

2. The business corporation law applies to the New York Business

Development Corporation, except that in case of a conflict between the

business corporation law and this article the provisions of this article

shall govern. If there is in this article a provision relating to a

matter embraced in the business corporation law and not in conflict

therewith, both provisions shall apply. The New York Business

Development Corporation shall be treated as a "corporation", or

"domestic corporation", as such terms are used in the business

corporation law, except that the purposes for which such corporation is

formed under this article shall not thereby be extended.

3. For the purpose of this section and elsewhere in this article, the

effective date of the business corporation law as to the New York

Business Development Corporation shall be September first, nineteen

hundred sixty-four.

§ 211 — Economic regions

Economic regions. For the purposes of this article, the state

is hereby divided into twelve economic regions, as follows:

1. Binghamton region. The counties of Broome, Chenango, Delaware and

Otsego.

2. Capital district-Champlain region. The counties of Clinton, Essex,

Rensselaer, Albany, Saratoga, Schoharie, Schenectady, Warren and

Washington.

3. Elmira region. The counties of Chemung, Schuyler, Steuben, Tioga

and Tompkins.

4. Mid-Hudson region. The counties of Dutchess, Columbia, Greene,

Orange, Putnam, Sullivan and Ulster.

5. Mohawk Valley region. The counties of Fulton, Hamilton, Herkimer,

Montgomery and Oneida.

6. Nassau-Suffolk region. The counties of Nassau and Suffolk.

7. New York city region. The counties of Bronx, Kings, New York,

Queens and Richmond.

8. Niagara-southwestern region. The counties of Allegany, Cattaraugus,

Chautauqua, Erie and Niagara.

9. Northern region. The counties of Franklin, Jefferson, Lewis and St.

Lawrence.

10. Rochester region. The counties of Genesee, Livingston, Monroe,

Ontario, Orleans, Seneca, Wayne, Wyoming and Yates.

11. Syracuse region. The counties of Cayuga, Cortland, Madison,

Onondaga and Oswego.

12. Westchester-Rockland region. The counties of Rockland and

Westchester.

§ 212 — Purposes, powers and operation

Purposes, powers and operation. 1. (a) The purposes of such

corporation shall be to assist, promote, encourage and, through the

cooperative efforts of the institutions and corporations which shall,

from time to time, become members thereof, develop and advance the

business prosperity and economic welfare of the state; to encourage and

assist in the location of new business and industry in the state and to

rehabilitate and retain existing business and industry; to stimulate and

assist in the expansion of all kinds of business activity which will

tend to promote the business development and maintain the economic

stability of the state, provided maximum opportunities for employment,

encourage thrift and improve the standard of living of the citizens of

the state; to cooperate and act in conjunction with other organizations,

public or private, the objects of which are the promotion and

advancement of industrial, commercial, agricultural and recreational

developments in the state; to furnish money and credit to approved and

deserving applicants, for the promotion, development and conduct of all

kinds of business activity in the state, thereby establishing a source

of credit not otherwise readily available; and to provide financial

assistance in the form of loans to small businesses unable to obtain

financing from other private sources, including, but not limited to,

assistance to women and minority-owned business enterprises and small

businesses located in economically distressed areas. For the purposes of

this article, "economically distressed areas" shall mean areas

determined by the commissioner of the department of economic development

on the basis of criteria indicative of economic distress, including

poverty rates, numbers of persons receiving public assistance,

unemployment rates, rate of employment decline, population loss, rate of

per capita income change, decline in economic activity and private

investment, and such other indicators as the commissioner deems

appropriate. Economically distressed areas may include cities,

municipalities, block numbering areas, and census tracts.

(b) The corporation shall undertake the following programs in

furtherance of the above objectives: (i) establish regional offices at

locations throughout New York, with sufficient staffing to advise,

develop and package financial assistance for small and medium sized

businesses; (ii) develop a comprehensive outreach program to increase

the visibility and awareness of the corporation's programs, including

allocating budget and staff to establish and maintain an aggressive and

extensive marketing program of the corporation's program of assistance

to small and medium sized businesses, providing for specific outreach to

minority and women-owned enterprises, and entering into cooperative

relationships with local chambers of commerce, local development

agencies, local development corporations and other community based

financial intermediaries as set forth in subdivision three of this

section; (iii) establish and operate, or affiliate with a small business

investment company and a specialized small business investment company;

(iv) establish a pilot export financing program, using personnel from

the private sector, to evaluate whether the corporation can play a

significant role in the growth of the export industry in the state and

(v) establish a program in cooperation with the empire state development

corporation that shall focus on small businesses located in highly

distressed areas and minority and women-owned business enterprises

(MWBEs) as such designations are defined by the New York state urban

development corporation act, through which the corporation shall be

authorized to: (A) act as third-party agent for the capital access

program established by section sixteen-k of section one of chapter one

hundred seventy-four of the laws of nineteen hundred sixty-eight,

constituting the urban development corporation act; (B) process, fund

and approve qualifying program loans made by the corporation or a

participating financial institution pursuant to section sixteen-k of

section one of chapter one hundred seventy-four of the laws of nineteen

hundred sixty-eight, constituting the urban development corporation act;

(C) maintain and service a portfolio of qualifying loans made pursuant

to the capital access program; and (D) engage in outreach and marketing

to financial institutions to increase awareness of the program

established under this subparagraph. The corporation shall undertake the

programs enumerated herein at such times as its board of directors

determines that the corporation's capital base and available funds are

adequate to support the operation of such program. The programs

enumerated herein may be modified by the corporation as may be necessary

to meet the changing needs of the state's economy, as determined by the

board of directors.

2. In furtherance of the purposes set forth in subdivision one of this

section, and in addition to the powers conferred on stock corporations

by general laws, such corporation shall, subject to the restrictions and

limitations contained in this article, have the following powers:

(a) To borrow money and otherwise incur indebtedness for any of its

purposes; to issue its bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of

indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured, therefor; and to secure the

same by mortgage, pledge, deed of trust or other lien on its property,

franchises, rights and privileges of every kind and nature or any part

thereof.

(b) To assist, promote, encourage and through the cooperative efforts

of the institutions and corporations which shall, from time to time,

become members thereof, develop and advance the business prosperity and

economic welfare of the state; to encourage and assist in the location

of new business and industry in the state and to rehabilitate existing

business and industry; to evaluate, assess and determine the value of a

patent right and to take, sell or transfer an agreement or note pursuant

to section five hundred fifty of the general business law, to lend money

to, and to guarantee, endorse, or act as surety on the bonds, notes,

contracts, or other obligations of, or otherwise assist financially, any

person, firm, corporation or association, and to establish and regulate

the terms and conditions with respect to any such loans or financial

assistance and the charges for interest and service connected therewith;

provided, however, that it shall not be the intention hereof to take

from banking organizations any such loans or commitments as may be

desired by such organizations generally in the ordinary course of their

business.

(c) To purchase, receive, hold, lease, or otherwise acquire, and to

sell, convey, mortgage, lease, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, upon

such terms and conditions as its board of directors may deem advisable,

real and personal property, together with such rights and privileges as

may be incidental and appurtenant thereto and the use thereof,

including, but not restricted to, any real or personal property acquired

by such corporation from time to time in the satisfaction of debts or

enforcement of obligations.

(d) To acquire the good will, business, rights, real and personal

property and other assets, or any part thereof, of such persons, firms,

corporations, joint stock companies, associations or trusts as may be in

furtherance of the corporate purposes provided herein, and to assume,

undertake, guarantee or pay the obligations, debts and liabilities of

any such person, firm, corporation, joint stock company, association or

trust; to acquire improved or unimproved real estate for the purpose of

constructing industrial plants or other business establishments thereon

or for the purpose of disposing of such real estate to others for the

construction of industrial plants or other business establishments, and,

in furtherance of the corporate purposes provided herein, to acquire,

construct, or reconstruct, alter, repair, maintain, operate, sell,

lease, or otherwise dispose of industrial plants or business

establishments.

(e) To acquire, subscribe for, own, hold, sell, assign, transfer,

mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of the stock, shares, bonds,

debentures, notes or other securities and evidences of interest in, or

indebtedness of, any person, firm, corporation, joint stock company,

association or trust, and while the owner or holder thereof, to exercise

all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership, including the right

to vote thereon.

(f) To cooperate with and avail itself of the facilities of the state

department of commerce and any other government agencies; and to

cooperate with and assist, and otherwise encourage, local organizations

in the various communities in the state in the promotion, assistance and

development of the business prosperity and economic welfare of such

communities and of the state.

(g) (1) To acquire a patent right or any part thereof, from such

persons, firms, corporations, joint stock companies, associations or

trusts as may be in furtherance of the corporate purposes provided

herein; (2) to assume, undertake, guarantee or pay the obligations,

debts and liabilities of any such person, firm, corporation, joint stock

company, association or trust; (3) to set forth specific criteria and

standards by which the corporation shall evaluate the patent and the

value of patent rights evolving from that patent; and (4) to allow

ownership of the patent to remain with the borrower and to accept a

percentage of the patent rights as collateral on a loan for capital

formation of a business.

(h) With respect to funds administered by the corporation, to obtain

loan guarantees from any state or federal program to guarantee loans

made to small businesses by the corporation with such funds.

3. The corporation may contract or otherwise affiliate with local

development corporations and other local development organizations

certified for this purpose by the commissioner of the department of

economic development throughout the state, including, but not limited

to, not-for-profit corporations established pursuant to article nine of

the economic development law, to market the programs of the corporation

to small and medium sized businesses, to provide technical, financial

packaging and loan application assistance to business owners seeking

financial assistance from the corporation, including but not limited to

minority owned business enterprises and small and medium sized

businesses located in economically distressed areas.

§ 213 — Board of directors

Board of directors. 1. All the corporate powers of such

corporation shall be exercised by a board of directors consisting of a

maximum of thirty persons, all of whom shall be of full age, residents

of the state and at least one-half of whom shall be citizens of the

United States.

2. The president of such corporation, who shall be appointed by the

board, shall serve as a director.

3. At each annual meeting of such corporation, the members of such

corporation shall elect up to ten directors for a term of one year, who

shall, to the extent possible, represent different economic regions as

defined in section two hundred eleven of this article. The exact number

shall be established in the by-laws by the board of directors. In such

elections, members of such corporation shall have one vote each.

4. At such annual meetings the stockholders of such corporation shall

elect up to seven directors for a term of one year each. The exact

number shall be established in the by-laws by the board of directors.

5. One director shall be appointed by any of the entities that are

members or stockholders of such corporation and whose membership or

stockholder interest meets a minimum commitment as established in the

by-laws by the board of directors.

6. The directors elected by the members and the stockholders shall

elect three additional directors: one representing minority interests,

one representing women's interests, and one representing regional or

local development corporations' interests.

7. The state commissioner of the department of economic development

shall be a director exofficio.

7-a. Two directors shall be appointed by the governor, who shall serve

at the pleasure of the governor; one director shall be appointed by the

temporary president of the senate, who shall serve at the pleasure of

the temporary president; one director shall be appointed by the senate

minority leader, who shall serve at the pleasure of the minority leader;

and one appointed by the assembly minority leader, who shall serve at

the pleasure of the minority leader; and one director shall be appointed

by the speaker of the assembly, who shall serve at the pleasure of the

speaker.

8. If any director shall lose his citizenship or shall cease to be a

resident of the state, he shall immediately vacate his position as a

director and such position shall thereupon be deemed vacant.

9. If any vacancy occurs in the elected membership of the board of

directors through death, resignation or otherwise, the remaining

directors shall elect a person to fill such vacancy for the unexpired

term.

10. Upon the expiration of their terms, the elected directors shall

continue as such until their successors have been elected and have

qualified.

11. The board of directors shall elect one of its members as chairman

and one of its members as vice-chairman of such board, shall adopt

by-laws for such corporation, and may appoint such officers and

employees as it deems advisable.

§ 214 — Committees

Committees. 1. There shall be a loan committee of such

corporation for each of the twelve economic regions as defined in

section two hundred eleven of this chapter or such other regions as the

board of directors shall designate for this purpose. Each such

committee shall include such persons as the board of directors shall

designate.

2. The board of directors of such corporation may establish an office

for any such loan committee, within such committee's economic region.

3. Every application to such corporation for a loan or financial

assistance shall be made through the loan committee for the economic

region wherein the applicant resides or maintains a regular place of

business, or directly to one of the regional offices of the corporation.

Any such applications made to a regional office shall be promptly

referred to the loan committee for the economic region wherein the

applicant resides or maintains a regular place of business. All such

applications shall thereupon be reviewed by such regional loan committee

and promptly transmitted by it to the central loan committee established

by the board of directors for consideration, along with the

recommendations of such regional loan committee with respect thereto.

4. The board of directors shall have the responsibility to appoint all

necessary board and officer committees to provide for prudent management

and oversight of such corportion.

§ 215 — Membership

Membership. 1. The members of such corporation shall include

such banking organizations, insurance and surety companies as may make

application for membership in such corporation, and membership shall

become effective upon the acceptance of such applications by the board

of directors. Each member shall lend funds to such corporation as and

when called upon by it to do so, but the total amount on loan by any

member at any one time shall not exceed the following limit to be

determined as of the time it became a member, and such amount shall

thereafter be readjusted annually in the event of any change in the base

of the loan limit of such member; national banking associations,

state-chartered commercial banks and trust companies, two per cent of

capital stock and surplus; New York savings and loan associations, two

per cent of the surplus account determined as provided in article ten,

section three hundred eighty-five; savings banks, two percent of net

worth as defined in article six, section two hundred forty-four; stock

insurance companies, two per cent of capital and surplus; surety and

casualty companies, two per cent of capital and surplus; mutual

insurance companies, two per cent of surplus to policy holders; and

comparable limits for other banking, loaning and insurance

organizations, as established by the board of directors; provided,

however, that the total amount on loan by any member at anyone time

shall not exceed ten million dollars, provided further, however, that

any member having a loan limit in excess of ten million dollars may

elect that its total amount on loan at any one time to such corporation

shall equal said loan limit but in any event shall not exceed twenty

million dollars. In the event that two or more members shall merge or

consolidate, the organization as so merged or consolidated shall elect

that its total amount on loan to such corporation shall be equal to the

combined loan limits of such members determined immediately before the

merger or consolidation but in no event to exceed twenty-five million

dollars at any one time outstanding. All loan limits shall be

established at the thousand dollar nearest to the amount computed on an

actual basis. All calls of funds which members are committed to lend to

such corporation shall be prorated by such corporation among the members

in the same proportion that the maximum loan limit of each bears to the

aggregate loan limits of all members of such corporation. Upon six

months' prior written notice to the board of directors, a member of such

corporation may withdraw from membership, effective at the end of such

six month period and, after the effective date of such withdrawal, such

member shall be free of obligations hereunder except those accrued or

committed by such corporation prior to such effective date of

withdrawal. Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, general or

special, the notes or other interest-bearing obligations of such

corporation, issued in accordance with and by virtue of this article and

the by-laws of such corporation, shall be legal investments for the

banking, insurance and surety organizations, and other non-public

entities who become members of such corporation, up to but in no event

exceeding the loan limits established herein.

2. Other entities may make application for membership in such

corporation according to such terms and criteria as established by the

board of directors; except that such other entities may not include

public benefit corporations established under the laws of the state of

New York.

§ 216 — Capital stock

Capital stock. The capital stock of such corporation shall be

five hundred thousand shares of common and preferred stock, in such

amounts as shall be established in the by-laws by the board of

directors, with the preferred stock having such relative rights,

preferences and limitations as shall be established in the by-laws by

the board of directors. At least a majority of the capital stock of

such corporation shall at all times be held by residents of the state or

by persons, firms or corporations engaged in doing business therein.

§ 217 — Surplus, obligations and depositories

Surplus, obligations and depositories. 1. Such corporation

shall set apart as an earned surplus all of its net earnings in each and

every year until such earned surplus shall equal the total of the

paid-in capital and paid-in surplus then outstanding. Said earned

surplus shall be held in cash, invested in United States government

bonds, or as provided in such corporation's by-laws, and shall be kept

and used to meet losses and contingencies of such corporation and,

whenever the amount of earned surplus shall become impaired, it shall be

built up again to the required amount in the manner provided for its

original accumulation.

2. At no time shall the total obligations of such corporation exceed

ten times the amount of its paid-in capital and surplus, not including

therein the earned surplus, or two hundred fifty million dollars,

whichever is greater.

3. Such corporation shall not deposit any of its funds in any banking

organization unless such banking organization has been designated as a

depository by a vote of the majority of all of the directors of such

corporation, exclusive of any director who is an officer or director of

the depository so designated. Such corporation shall not receive money

on deposit. Such corporation shall not make any loans directly or

indirectly to any of its officers or to any firms in which any of its

officers is a member or officer.

§ 218 — Supervision and reports

Supervision and reports. Such corporation shall be subject to

the supervision, examination and control of the superintendent of

financial services in the same manner as banking organizations are so

supervised, examined and controlled by him pursuant to this chapter, and

shall be examined by him annually, but such corporation shall not be

deemed to be a banking organization nor be required to pay a fee for

such an examination. Such corporation shall make an annual report of its

condition to the governor, legislature and superintendent of financial

services, on or before January first of each year.

Commencing January first, nineteen hundred eighty-six, such annual

report shall contain but not be limited to the following:

a. information on the cost and sources of funds and capital and the

total allowable maximum amount available from members, the maximum

amount committed by each individual member, and the corporation's

outstanding liabilities to members;

b. classification of firms in the corporation's portfolio by standard

industrial code, including a breakdown of (i) size of firms by sales and

number of employees, (ii) number and percentage of loans to

manufacturing, service and wholesale businesses, and (iii) number and

percentage of loans to traditional industries and to high technology

firms within the manufacturing sector;

c. information on the types of financing provided by the corporation,

including guaranteed loans, the size and term of loans, and a breakdown

of investments by senior debt, subordinated debt and equity financings;

d. information on interest rates of loans, including percentage of

fixed rate and variable rate loans;

e. information on the use of capital provided by the corporation,

including number of working capital loans, loans to assist leveraged

buyouts by employees, management or others, and secured mortgages for

plant expansion or new production facilities;

f. information on how the corporation is fulfilling its mission to

assist women and minority owned businesses;

g. information on resources and actions taken to advance the

corporation's marketing program;

h. information on the corporation's regional offices, including a

description of the volume of business and the nature of loan activity at

each office;

i. information on the activities of the corporation's MESBIC; and

j. information on the corporation's pilot export financing program,

including the number of firms serviced and the types of assistance

provided.

§ 219 — Unissued securities and reorganization

Unissued securities and reorganization. 1. The holders of

capital stock of such corporation shall not, as such, have any

preemptive or preferential right to purchase or subscribe for any part

of the unissued or new issue of capital stock of such corporation,

whether now or hereafter authorized or issued, or to purchase or

subscribe for any bonds or other obligations, whether or not convertible

into stock of such corporation, now or hereafter authorized or issued.

2. Whenever a compromise or arrangement or any plan of reorganization

of such corporation is proposed between such corporation and its

creditors, members or stockholders, the supreme court, by virtue of its

general equity powers may, on application of such corporation or of any

creditor, member or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any

receiver or receivers appointed for such corporation, order a meeting of

such creditors, members or stockholders, as the case may be, as may be

affected by the proposed compromise or arrangement or plan of

reorganization, which shall be called in such manner as the said court

directs. If, at such meeting, such compromise or arrangement or plan of

reorganization is agreed to by or on behalf of the creditors, if

affected thereby, holding two-thirds in amount of the claims against

such corporation, and by or on behalf of the stockholders, if affected

thereby, holding the majority of capital stock, and by or on behalf of

the members, if affected thereby, holding two-thirds in amount of the

outstanding notes or other interest-bearing obligations of such

corporation as provided for in section two hundred fifteen of this

chapter, and if such agreement shall be further evidenced by the written

acceptance of said creditors, stockholders and members, duly filed in

the said court, such compromise or arrangement or plan of reorganization

shall, if approved by the said court as just and equitable, be binding

on all creditors, stockholders or members, as the case may be, who are

affected thereby, and also on such corporation. All persons who become

creditors, stockholders or members of such corporation shall be deemed

to have become creditors, stockholders or members subject in all

respects to this section, and the same shall be absolutely binding upon

them. For the purposes of this subdivision only, members shall not be

deemed to be creditors and shall act under this subdivision as a

separate class.

§ 220 — Participation

Participation. Notwithstanding any rule at common law or any

provision of any general or special law or any provision in their

respective charters, agreements of association, articles of

organization, certificates of incorporation, or trust indentures:

1. All domestic corporations organized for the purpose of carrying on

business within this state, including, without implied limitation, any

railroad or transportation corporation, and all trusts, are hereby

authorized to acquire, purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage,

pledge or otherwise dispose of any bonds, securities or other evidences

of indebtedness created by, or the shares of the capital stock of the

corporation established by this article and, while owners of said stock,

to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership,

including the right to vote thereon, all without the approval of any

regulatory authority of this state;

2. All banking organizations are hereby authorized to become members

of the corporation established by this article and to make loans to such

corporation as provided herein;

3. All banking organizations are hereby authorized to acquire,

purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, or otherwise

dispose of any bonds, securities or other evidences of indebtedness

issued by such corporation or the shares of its capital stock, and while

owners of said stock, to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges

of ownership, including the right to vote thereon, all without the

approval of any regulatory authority of this state. The amount of

capital stock of such corporation which any banking organization is

authorized to acquire pursuant to the authority granted herein shall be

in addition to the amount of capital stock in corporations which such

banking organization may otherwise be authorized to acquire.

* § 220. Participation. 1. Notwithstanding any rule at common law or

any provision of any general or special law or any provision in their

respective charters, agreements of association, articles of

organization, certificates of incorporation, or trust indentures:

(a) All domestic corporations organized for the purpose of carrying on

business within this state, including, without implied limitation, any

railroad or transportation corporation, and all trusts, are hereby

authorized to acquire, purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage,

pledge or otherwise dispose of any bonds, securities or other evidences

of indebtedness created by, or the shares of the capital stock of the

corporation established by this article and, while owners of said stock,

to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership,

including the right to vote thereon, all without the approval of any

regulatory authority of this state;

(b) All banking organizations are hereby authorized to become members

of the corporation established by this article and to make loans to such

corporation as provided herein;

(c) All banking organizations are hereby authorized to acquire,

purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, or otherwise

dispose of any bonds, securities or other evidences of indebtedness

issued by such corporation or the shares of its capital stock, and while

owners of said stock, to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges

of ownership, including the right to vote thereon, all without the

approval of any regulatory authority of this state. The amount of

capital stock of such corporation which any banking organization is

authorized to acquire pursuant to the authority granted herein shall be

in addition to the amount of capital stock in corporations which such

banking organization may otherwise be authorized to acquire.

2. Notwithstanding the provisions of any general, special or local

law, the notes and other interest-bearing obligations of the corporation

shall be legal investments for any fund defined in section one hundred

seventy-six of the retirement and social security law; provided however,

that any such investment shall meet the criteria contained in

subdivision seven of section one hundred seventy-seven of the retirement

and social security law, and shall be made only pursuant to a loan

agreement between such fund and the corporation. Provided further,

however, that such agreement shall not permit loans exceeding the lesser

of: (i) two percent of the assets of such fund; or (ii) one hundred

million dollars principal amount.

* NB Expired December 31, 1988

ARTICLE 5-B License For a Foreign Banking Corporation to Maintain a Representative

§ 221-a — Doing business without license prohibited

Doing business without license prohibited. 1. No person,

co-partnership, association, corporation or other entity shall

establish, maintain or use one or more offices in this state as the

representative of one or more foreign banking corporations unless the

foreign banking corporation to be represented has first obtained a

license from the superintendent of financial services. Entities lawfully

registered pursuant to this article on or before September first,

nineteen hundred ninety-two shall be deemed licensed pursuant to this

section until September first, nineteen hundred ninety-four, provided

however that the superintendent may require the submission of any

additional documents or materials relating to the business activities of

the registrant as he or she may deem necessary or appropriate.

2. Upon receipt of a license, the foreign banking corporation may

establish one or more representative offices in this state which shall

be subject to examination whenever in the superintendent's judgment such

examination is necessary or advisable.

3. Such office shall be limited to conducting the following

activities: solicitation of loans and in connection therewith, assembly

of credit information, making of property inspections and appraisals,

securing of title information, preparation of applications for loans

including making recommendations with respect to action thereon,

solicitation of investors to purchase loans from the bank, the search

for such investors to contract with the bank for the servicing of such

loans; solicitation of new business and conduct of research. Any other

activity which the foreign banking corporation seeks to conduct at such

office, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the

superintendent by general regulation or upon application in such form as

the superintendent may prescribe.

§ 221-b — Definitions

Definitions. 1. Banking institution. The term "banking

institution", when used in this article, shall mean any entity

authorized by its charter to accept deposits and to make loans.

2. Foreign banking corporation. The term "foreign banking

corporation", when used in this article, shall mean any banking

institution organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the

United States, any state of the United States or Puerto Rico.

3. Representative. The term "representative" shall mean any person or

entity engaging in any activity in this state for or on behalf of a

foreign banking corporation, provided that such activity is not

otherwise permitted by law.

4. The superintendent shall be authorized to exempt from the above

definitions such additional persons, entities, activities or classes

thereof which shall be deemed appropriate in order to effectuate the

purposes of this article.

§ 221-c — Application for license; fees

Application for license; fees. The application for such

license shall be in writing under oath and shall contain the information

required by and be in the form prescribed by the superintendent. As part

of the application, the foreign banking corporation shall appoint the

superintendent or his or her successor as agent for service of process

in connection with any action or proceeding against the foreign banking

corporation relating to any cause of action which may arise out of a

transaction with its representative office, with the same force and

effect as if it were a domestic corporation and had been lawfully served

with process in this state. At the time of making such application, the

applicant shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee as

prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.

§ 221-d — Conditions precedent to issuing license; procedure where application denied

Conditions precedent to issuing license; procedure where

application denied. Upon the filing of an application for a license, if

the superintendent shall find that the financial responsibility,

experience, character, and general fitness of the foreign banking

corporation and its representative are such as to command the confidence

of the community and to warrant belief that the representative will

operate honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purpose and intent

of this article, a license shall thereupon be issued in duplicate to

conduct the activity described in section 221-a of this article in

accordance with the provisions of this article. If the superintendent

shall not so find, the license shall not be issued, and the applicant

shall be notified of the denial. The superintendent shall transmit one

copy of such license to the applicant and file another in the office of

the department of financial services. Such license shall remain in full

force and effect until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or

suspended as hereinafter provided. The superintendent shall approve or

deny every application for a license hereunder within ninety days from

the filing thereof provided, however, that failure to act within the

prescribed period shall not be deemed approval of any such application.

§ 221-e — License provisions

License provisions. Each license issued under this article

shall state the address or addresses at which a representative is to be

located and shall state fully the name of the licensee. Such license

shall not be transferable or assignable. In the event the location of

the representative shall be changed, the licensee shall forthwith notify

the superintendent who shall thereupon without charge attach to the

license an amendment certificate setting forth such changed location.

§ 221-f — Grounds for suspension or revocation of license; procedure

Grounds for suspension or revocation of license; procedure.

1. The superintendent may revoke any license issued hereunder if it

shall be found that:

(a) The licensee or its representative has violated any provision of

this article, or of any rule or regulation made by the superintendent

under and within the authority of this article or of any other law, rule

or regulation of this state.

(b) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time

of the original application for such license, would have warranted the

superintendent in refusing originally to issue such license.

2. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, suspend any license

for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending investigation.

3. Except as provided in subdivision two of this section, no license

shall be revoked or suspended except after notice and a hearing thereon.

4. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the

superintendent written notice that it thereby surrenders such license,

but such surrender shall not affect such licensee's civil or criminal

liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.

5. Every license issued hereunder shall remain in force and effect

until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked or suspended in

accordance with the provisions of this article, but the superintendent

shall have authority to reinstate a suspended license or to issue a new

license to a licensee whose license shall have been revoked if no fact

or condition then exists which would have warranted the superintendent

in refusing originally to issue such license under this article.

6. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license

issued pursuant to this article, a written order shall be immediately

executed in duplicate to that effect. The superintendent shall file one

copy of such order in the office of the department of financial services

and shall forthwith serve the other copy upon the licensee. Any such

order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of

the civil practice law and rules. Such application for review as

authorized by this section must be made within thirty days from the date

of such order of suspension or revocation.

§ 221-g — Superintendent authorized to examine; expenses

Superintendent authorized to examine; expenses. For the

purpose of discovering violations of this article or securing

information lawfully required by him hereunder, the superintendent may

at any time, and as often as may be determined, either personally or by

a person duly designated by him, investigate the activities of

representatives of licensees and examine the books, accounts, records,

and files used in relation to those activities. For that purpose the

superintendent and a duly designated representative (i) shall have free

access to the offices, books, accounts, papers, records, files, safes

and vaults of licensees and their representatives, and (ii) shall have

authority to require the attendance of and to examine under oath all

persons whose testimony may be required relative to the activities of a

representative. The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant

to this section shall be assessed against and paid by the licensee so

examined, except that traveling and subsistence expenses so incurred

shall be charged against and paid by licensees in such proportions as

the superintendent shall deem just and reasonable, and such

proportionate charges shall be added to the assessment of the other

expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon written notice by the

superintendent of the total amount of such assessment, the licensee

shall become liable for and shall pay such assessment to the

superintendent.

§ 221-h — Licensee's books and records; reports

Licensee's books and records; reports. A foreign banking

corporation licensed pursuant to this article shall keep or cause each

of its representatives to keep and use such books, accounts and records

as will enable the superintendent to determine whether the

representative is complying with the provisions of this article and with

the rules and regulations lawfully made by the superintendent. Such

books, accounts and records shall be preserved for at least three years;

provided however, that preservation by photographic reproduction thereof

or records in photographic form shall constitute compliance with the

requirements of this section.

The superintendent may require such regular or special reports as may

be deemed necessary to the proper supervision of licensees under this

article. Such additional reports shall be in the form prescribed by the

superintendent and shall be subscribed and affirmed as true under the

penalties of perjury.

§ 221-i — Notice of acquisition of control or merger

Notice of acquisition of control or merger. 1. A foreign

banking corporation licensed pursuant to this article to maintain a

representative office in this state shall file with the superintendent a

notice, in such form and containing such information as the

superintendent may prescribe, no later than fourteen calendar days after

such foreign banking corporation becomes aware of any acquisition of

control of such corporation or merges with another foreign banking

corporation.

2. Control, for purposes of this section, means any person or entity,

or group of persons or entities acting in concert, directly or

indirectly, owning, controlling, or holding with power to vote,

twenty-five percent or more of any class of voting stock of such foreign

banking corporation, or having the ability in any manner to elect a

majority of the directors of such foreign banking corporation, or

otherwise exercising a controlling influence over the management and

policies of such foreign banking corporation as defined by the

superintendent by regulation.

§ 221-j — Authority of superintendent

Authority of superintendent. The superintendent is hereby

authorized and empowered to promulgate, in addition hereto and not

inconsistent herewith, such general rules and regulations, definitions,

and such specific rulings, demands and findings as may be deemed

necessary for the proper conduct of the business authorized and licensed

hereunder and for the enforcement of this article.

§ 221-k — Separability of provisions

Separability of provisions. If any provision of this article,

or the application of such provision to any person, entity or

circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of the article, and

the application of such provision to persons, entities or circumstances

other than those as to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected

thereby.

ARTICLE 5-C Interstate Branching

§ 222 — Definitions

Definitions. In this article, the following definitions shall

apply:

1. The term "out-of-state bank" means an out-of-state state bank, an

out-of-state national bank, or an out-of-state federal savings

association.

2. The term "out-of-state state bank" means a state bank, as such term

is defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12

U.S.C. 1813(a)(2)), or an out-of-state state-chartered trust company,

but such term shall not include a banking organization.

3. The term "out-of-state national bank" means a national banking

association the main office of which is located outside this state.

4. The term "out-of-state federal savings association" means any

federal savings association or federal savings bank which is chartered

under Section 5 of the Home Owners Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1464) the home

office of which is located outside this state.

5. The term "out-of-state trust company" means either a nationally

chartered trust company or an out-of-state state-chartered trust company

that has the power to exercise fiduciary powers, but is not insured by

the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

6. The term "New York bank" means a bank, trust company savings bank,

or savings and loan association as such terms are defined in

subdivisions one, two, four and eight of section two of this chapter.

7. The term "state" means any state of the United States (other than

this state), the District of Columbia, any territory of the United

States, Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the

Pacific Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, and the Northern

Mariana Islands.

8. The term "home state" means with respect to an out-of-state state

bank or out-of-state state-chartered trust company, the state under the

laws of which such out-of-state state bank or out-of-state

state-chartered trust company is incorporated or otherwise organized,

and with respect to an out-of-state national bank or trust company, the

state in which such out-of-state national bank's or trust company's main

office is located.

9. The term "acquisition transaction" means any merger, consolidation

or purchase of assets and assumption of liabilities of all or part of a

banking institution.

10. The term "like-type banking organization" means, with respect to

an out-of-state bank, a banking organization with the type of charter

that most nearly corresponds to the charter of such out-of-state bank,

as determined by the superintendent.

11. The term "appropriate state supervisor" means the home state

supervisor with supervisory and regulatory jurisdiction over an

out-of-state state bank or out-of-state state-chartered trust company in

its home state.

12. The term "banking institution" means any bank, trust company,

savings bank, savings and loan association, or branch of a foreign

banking corporation the deposits of which are insured by the federal

deposit insurance corporation, which is incorporated, chartered,

organized or licensed under the laws of this state or any other state of

the United States, or under the laws of the United States.

13. The term "branch" means any office of a banking institution at

which deposits are received, checks paid or money lent. Except for

purposes of subdivision three of section two hundred twenty-four of this

article, the term shall not include an automated teller machine or other

electronic facility. For purposes of this article, the term "branch"

shall also refer to the principal or main office of a banking

institution.

14. The term "trust office" means an office of a banking institution

other than a branch at which such institution may conduct one or more

fiduciary activities permitted for a trust company.

§ 223 — Establishment of branches or trust offices by means of an acquisition transaction

Establishment of branches or trust offices by means of an

acquisition transaction. An out-of-state bank may maintain one or more

branches or one or more trust offices located in this state that have

been acquired by means of an acquisition transaction.

§ 223-a — Establishment of branches by out-of-state banks by de novo branching

Establishment of branches by out-of-state banks by de novo

branching. In addition to the authority of an out-of-state bank to

maintain a branch or branches by means of an acquisition transaction, an

out-of-state bank may establish one or more de novo branches in this

state; provided, however, that an out-of-state state bank shall obtain

the superintendent's prior approval in accordance with the requirements

in section two hundred twenty-four of this chapter.

§ 224 — Application for the establishment of branches or trust offices not resulting from an acquisition transaction; retention of branches or tr...

Application for the establishment of branches or trust offices

not resulting from an acquisition transaction; retention of branches or

trust offices resulting from merger or acquisition. 1. An application

for approval to the superintendent containing such information as he or

she deems necessary shall be submitted by an out-of-state state bank

prior to the establishment of each branch. At the time of making such

application, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent for each

branch for which approval is sought. If the superintendent finds that

the opening of the branch is not consistent with the declaration of

policy set forth in section ten of this chapter, he or she shall notify

the applicant that the application has been denied. An out-of-state

state bank or out-of-state state-chartered trust company seeking to

establish one or more trust offices in this state shall comply with the

notice procedures set forth in subdivision four of section one hundred

thirty-one of this chapter.

2. Subject to the provisions of this article, if the merger or

acquisition agreement so provides, an out-of-state state bank may

maintain as a branch or branches or trust office or trust offices the

place or places of business of any banking institution which it has

received into itself as a result of an acquisition transaction

authorized by this article.

3. No out-of-state state bank shall open, occupy or maintain a branch

in this state at a location not permitted to a like-type banking

organization.

§ 224-a — Change of location of branches or trust offices by out-of-state state banks or out-of-state state-chartered trust companies

Change of location of branches or trust offices by

out-of-state state banks or out-of-state state-chartered trust

companies. An application for approval containing such information as

the superintendent deems necessary shall be submitted by an out-of-state

state bank or an out-of-state state-chartered trust company prior to the

relocation of a branch or trust office in this state. At the time of

making such application, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent

for each branch or trust office for which approval is sought. If the

superintendent shall be satisfied that such relocation may be permitted

under the terms of this chapter and that there is no reasonable

objection to such change, he or she shall approve such application.

§ 225 — Interstate acquisition transactions

Interstate acquisition transactions. 1. An out-of-state bank

may engage in an acquisition transaction with a New York bank or with a

banking institution located in New York and may maintain as a branch or

branches or trust office or trust offices, the branches or trust

offices, respectively, of any such New York bank or banking institution

which it has received into itself as a result of such transaction,

subject to the requirements of this article.

2. Except when section twenty-nine of this chapter applies, section

six hundred one or six hundred one-a of this chapter, as the case may

be, and section six hundred one-b of this chapter shall apply to any

acquisition transaction in which the receiving corporation is a New York

bank. In the case of an acquisition transaction authorized by this

article in which an out-of-state bank or out-of-state trust company is

the receiving corporation, the out-of-state bank or out-of-state trust

company shall file with the superintendent a copy of any application

filed with the appropriate state supervisor and appropriate federal

banking agency.

3. At the time when a merger or consolidation authorized by this

article or by section six hundred of this chapter becomes effective:

(a) the resulting or consolidated corporation shall be considered the

same business and corporate entity as each of the constituent

corporations;

(b) all the property, rights, powers and franchises of each of the

constituent corporations shall vest in the resulting or consolidated

corporation and the resulting or consolidated corporation shall be

subject to and shall be deemed to have assumed all of the debts,

liabilities, obligations and duties of each constituent corporation and

to have succeeded to all of its relationships, fiduciary or otherwise,

as fully and to the same extent as if such property, rights, powers,

franchises, debts, liabilities, obligations, duties and relationships

had been originally acquired, incurred or entered into by the resulting

or consolidated corporation;

(c) any reference to a constituent corporation in any contract, will

or document, whether executed or taking effect before or after the

merger or consolidation, shall be considered a reference to the

resulting or consolidated corporation if not inconsistent with the other

provisions of the contract, will or document;

(d) a pending action or other judicial proceeding to which any

constituent corporation is a party, shall not be deemed to have abated

or to have discontinued by reason of the merger or consolidation, but

may be prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same manner

as if the merger or consolidation had not been made, or the resulting or

consolidated corporation may be substituted as a party to such action or

proceeding, and any judgment, order or decree may be rendered for or

against it that might have been rendered for or against such constituent

corporation if the merger or consolidation had not occurred; and

(e) nothing in this subdivision shall be deemed to authorize a banking

institution to exercise any power or engage in any activity not

otherwise permitted under its charter.

4. In the case of a merger or consolidation authorized by this article

in which an out-of-state bank or out-of-state trust company is the

resulting or consolidated corporation, the franchise of any constituent

New York bank shall automatically terminate when the merger or

consolidation is consummated.

§ 225-a — Power of superintendent to examine branches or trust offices of out-of-state state banks or out-of-state state-chartered trust companies

Power of superintendent to examine branches or trust offices

of out-of-state state banks or out-of-state state-chartered trust

companies. The superintendent shall have the power at any time in his or

her discretion to examine every branch or trust office located in this

state of an out-of-state state bank or out-of-state state-chartered

trust company for the same purposes and to the same extent as is

provided in the case of banking organizations pursuant to the provisions

of this chapter.

§ 225-b — Applicability of certain sections to out-of-state banks

Applicability of certain sections to out-of-state banks. 1.

Except as otherwise provided in this section, nothing in article five or

article five-B of this chapter shall apply to an out-of-state bank or

out-of-state trust company authorized to open, occupy and maintain a

branch pursuant to the provisions of this article or a trust office

pursuant to this article or to subdivision four of section one hundred

thirty-one of this chapter. Any reference in this chapter (other than in

article five or article five-B) to a foreign bank, foreign corporation

or foreign banking corporation shall be deemed to be a reference to an

out-of-state bank or out-of-state trust company authorized to open,

occupy and maintain a branch pursuant to the provisions of this article

or a trust office pursuant to this article or to subdivision four of

section one hundred thirty-one of this chapter. Notwithstanding the

foregoing, the provisions of section two hundred two-h (Repayment of

deposits standing in the names of minors, trustees, joint depositors or

custodians; interpleader in certain actions), of this chapter shall

apply with equal force and effect to out-of-state banks or out-of-state

trust companies authorized to open, occupy or maintain branches pursuant

to the provisions of this article.

2. The provisions of section three hundred ninety-nine-a, subdivision

three of section one hundred thirty, subdivision two of section one

hundred forty-three, subdivision five of section two hundred forty-seven

and subdivision five of section three hundred ninety-nine of this

chapter with respect to restrictions on executive officers or directors

of foreign banking corporations and the provisions of sections twenty,

twenty-six, thirty, thirty-one and six hundred thirty-four, subdivisions

eleven and twelve of section six hundred five, subdivision four of

section six hundred six and paragraph (a) of subdivision one of section

fourteen of this chapter, shall not apply to out-of-state banks

authorized to open, occupy or maintain branches pursuant to the

provisions of this article.

§ 226 — Powers of out-of-state state banks

Powers of out-of-state state banks. An out-of-state state bank

that opens, occupies or maintains a branch in this state as authorized

by this article shall have in this state the same powers under the laws

of this state as a like-type banking organization.

§ 227 — Powers permitted to out-of-state branches of New York banks

Powers permitted to out-of-state branches of New York banks. A

New York bank that opens, occupies and maintains one or more branch

offices in any state may exercise such powers at such branch or branches

as would be permitted at such place or places to an out-of-state state

bank maintaining a branch or branches at such place or places with the

type of charter that most nearly corresponds to the charter of such New

York bank; provided, however, that prior to exercising in any state any

power not permitted to be exercised by such New York bank in this state,

it shall apply to the superintendent to exercise such power and approval

therefor shall be given unless the superintendent determines that the

exercise of such power is contrary to the declaration of policy

contained in section ten of this chapter.

§ 227-b — Rules and regulations

Rules and regulations. The superintendent shall have the

authority to promulgate such rules and regulations consistent with the

purposes of this article, including but not limited to such rules and

regulations as may define the terms used in this article and as may be

necessary or appropriate to interpret, implement or enforce the

provisions thereof.

§ 227-c — Separability of provisions

Separability of provisions. If any provision of this article,

or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance shall

be held invalid, the remainder of this article, and the application of

such provisions thereof to persons or circumstances other than those as

to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

ARTICLE 5-D Small Business Investment Companies

§ 228-a — Establishment

Establishment. 1. A small business investment company to be

known as the "New York small business investment company," shall be

organized under the business corporation law and operated so as to

qualify for licensing under Section 301(c) and applicable regulations. A

specialized small business investment company to be known as the "New

York specialized small business investment company," shall be organized

under the business corporation law and operated so as to qualify for

licensing under Section 301(d) and applicable regulations. The corporate

structure, organization, and activities of the NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC

shall be in conformity with the requirements of Title III and 13 C.F.R.

Pt. 107.

2. The business corporation law shall apply to the NYSBIC and the

NYSSBIC, except that in case of a conflict between the business

corporation law and this article, the provisions of this article shall

govern. If there is in this article a provision relating to a matter

embraced in the business corporation law and not in conflict therewith,

both provisions shall apply.

3. The governor, in consultation with the president pro tem of the

senate and the speaker of the assembly, on behalf of the people of the

state of New York, the New York business development corporation, and

the voting shareholders, on or before April thirtieth, nineteen hundred

ninety-four, shall enter into a memorandum of understanding on an agreed

upon plan for establishing the NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC, including the

legal, organizational and financial structure of the NYSBIC and the

NYSSBIC.

§ 228-b — Definitions

Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms and

abbreviations shall have the meanings indicated:

1. "NYSBIC" means the New York small business investment company which

shall be organized and operated in conformity with Section 301(c) and

applicable regulations.

2. "NYSSBIC" means the New York specialized small business investment

company which shall be organized and operated in conformity with Section

301(d) and applicable regulations.

3. "Highly distressed area" means: (a) a census tract or tracts or

block numbering area or areas or such census tract or block numbering

area contiguous thereto which, according to the most recent census data

available, has:

(i) a poverty rate of at least twenty percent for the year to which

the data relates or at least twenty percent of the households receiving

public assistance; and

(ii) an unemployment rate of at least one and twenty-five one

hundredths times the statewide unemployment rate for the year to which

the data relates; or

(b) a city, town, village or county within a city with a population of

one million or more for which: (i) the ratio of the full value property

wealth, as determined by the comptroller for the year nineteen hundred

ninety, per resident to the statewide average full value property wealth

per resident; and (ii) the ratio of the income per resident, as shown in

the nineteen hundred ninety census to the statewide average income per

resident; are each fifty-five percent or less of the statewide average.

4. "Investment companies" means the NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC

collectively.

5. "Section 301(c)" means Section 301(c) of Title III, 15 U.S.C.

681(c).

6. "Section 301(d)" means Section 301(d) of Title III, 15 U.S.C.

681(d).

7. "Title III" means Title III of the Small Business Investment Act of

1958, United States Pub. L. 85-699 (as amended).

8. "Voting shareholders" means those shareholders of the NYSBIC or the

NYSSBIC that contribute to the capitalization and ongoing funding of the

investment companies.

§ 228-c — Purposes, powers and operation

Purposes, powers and operation. 1. (a) The purposes of the

NYSBIC shall be to serve the needs of the small business community in

the state of New York. The NYSBIC shall direct its efforts towards

providing small business with start-up, venture, operating or working

capital, particularly where general economic and historical conditions,

such as recent employment displacement caused by international,

national, state, regional, and local economic developments, have

prevented traditional capital sources from extending credit to such

small businesses.

(b) The purposes of the NYSSBIC shall be to provide financing to

facilitate small business ownership by minorities and persons who reside

in highly distressed areas as defined in section two hundred

twenty-eight-b of this article, neighborhood based alliance communities,

and persons eligible for the earned income tax credit under an act to

amend the internal revenue code of 1954, Pub. L. 94-12, 89 Stat. 30

(1975), as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, whose

participation in the free enterprise system is hampered by an inability

to compete effectively for capital in the marketplace due to prevailing

or past restrictive practices provided, however, in approving

applications for assistance, priority shall be given to minorities

residing in neighborhood based alliance communities, designated empire

zones or highly distressed areas. The NYSSBIC shall direct its efforts

toward providing these businesses with start-up, venture, operating or

working capital. The NYSSBIC will adopt an investment policy consistent

with the policy set forth in Section 301(d).

(c) The NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC shall function as licensees and perform

the respective functions set forth in Title III and applicable

regulations.

2. In furtherance of the purposes set forth in subdivision one of this

section, and in addition to the powers conferred on stock corporations

by the business corporation law, the NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC shall,

subject to the restrictions and limitations contained in this article

and without limiting any power otherwise conferred herein, have the

following powers:

(a) To lend money and conduct other financing transactions at such

rate or rates as may be available to banking organizations licensed

under this chapter; and

(b) To enter such business and financing transactions and arrangements

at such rates and under such terms and conditions as may be permitted to

licensees under Sections 301(c), 301(d) and applicable regulations.

§ 228-d — New York small business investment company; board of directors

New York small business investment company; board of

directors. 1. The corporate powers of the New York small business

investment companies shall be exercised by a board of directors, which

shall consist of thirty persons, all of whom shall be of full age,

citizens of the United States, and residents of this state. Of the

thirty members of the board of directors, twenty shall be selected by

the voting shareholders and ten shall be selected by the governor, two

upon the recommendation of the president pro tem of the New York state

senate, one upon recommendation of the senate minority leader, two upon

the recommendation of the speaker of the New York state assembly and one

upon recommendation of the assembly minority leader.

2. The president of the investment company shall be elected by a

majority of the board of directors.

3. Nothing contained in this section shall prevent a director of the

New York small business investment company from serving as a director of

the New York specialized small business investment company nor prevent

the president of the NYSBIC from serving as the president of the

NYSSBIC.

§ 228-e — New York specialized small business investment company; board of directors

New York specialized small business investment company; board

of directors. 1. The corporate powers of the New York specialized small

business investment companies shall be exercised by a board of

directors, which shall consist of thirty persons, all of whom shall be

of full age, citizens of the United States, and residents of this state.

Of the thirty members of the board of directors, twenty shall be

selected by the voting shareholders and ten shall be selected by the

governor, two upon the recommendation of the president pro tem of the

New York state senate, one upon recommendation of the senate minority

leader, two upon the recommendation of the speaker of the New York state

assembly and one upon recommendation of the assembly minority leader.

2. The president of the investment company shall be elected by a

majority of the board of directors.

3. Nothing contained in this section shall prevent a director of the

New York specialized small business investment company from serving as a

director of the New York small business investment company nor prevent

the president of the NYSSBIC from serving as the president of the

NYSBIC.

§ 228-f — Reports

Reports. 1. The investment companies shall make an annual

report of their conditions to the governor, the legislature and the

superintendent of financial services, on or before January first of each

year.

2. Commencing January first, nineteen hundred ninety-five, such annual

report shall contain but not be limited to the following:

(a) information on the cost and source of funds and capital and the

total allowable amount available from the voting shareholders, and the

maximum amount committed by each individual voting shareholder;

(b) classification of the businesses in the investment companies'

portfolio by standard industrial code;

(c) information on the types of financing provided by the investment

companies, including start-up, venture, operating or working capital

loans, the size and term of loans, and a breakdown of investments by

senior debt, subordinated debt and equity financing;

(d) information on interest rates of loans, including the percentage

of fixed and variable rate loans;

(e) information on how the NYSBIC is fulfilling its mission to provide

small businesses with credit assistance, particularly where general

economic and historical conditions have prevented traditional capital

sources from extending credit to such small business;

(f) information on how the NYSSBIC is fulfilling its mission to

provide credit assistance to facilitate small business ownership by

minorities, persons who reside in highly distressed area and

neighborhood based alliance communities and persons eligible for the

earned income credit as provided by paragraph (b) of subdivision one of

section two hundred twenty-eight-c of this article;

(g) information on resources and actions taken to advance the

investment companies' marketing programs, including their coordination

and efforts to solicit the assistance of local bankers and local

economic development corporations, the state department of economic

development, the job development authority, the urban development

corporation, the science and technology foundation, the state university

of New York small business development centers, the centers for advanced

technology and other New York state agencies and organizations the

investment companies deem appropriate.

ARTICLE 6 Savings Banks

§ 229 — Application

Application.

1. This article applies to every savings bank and shall not apply to

any other banking organization except to such extent, if any, as may be

specified in any article of this chapter governing such banking

organization; provided, however, that in the case of stock-form savings

banks, this article applies to every such organization except that the

superintendent of financial services, consistent with the declaration of

policy described in section fourteen-e of this chapter, shall be

empowered to deem inapplicable to stock-form savings banks, sections two

hundred thirty, two hundred thirty-one, two hundred thirty-two, two

hundred thirty-three, subdivisions one and two of section two hundred

thirty-four, two hundred forty-three, two hundred forty-four, two

hundred forty-five, two hundred forty-six, two hundred forty-six-a, two

hundred forty-seven, two hundred forty-eight, two hundred forty-nine,

two hundred fifty, two hundred fifty-one and two hundred fifty-two of

this chapter.

2. The general corporation law, the stock corporation law and the

business corporation law shall not apply to any savings bank. If there

should be in any other corporate law a provision which conflicts with

any provision of this chapter, the provision of this chapter shall

prevail and the conflicting provision of such other corporate law shall

not apply in such case.

§ 230 — Incorporation; organization certificate

Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by the

superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, not less than

nine nor more than twenty persons may incorporate a savings bank. They

shall subscribe and acknowledge an organization certificate in

duplicate, which shall specifically state:

1. The name by which the corporation is to be known.

2. The place where its principal office is to be located.

3. Its duration if other than perpetual.

4. The name, occupation, citizenship, residence and post-office

address of each incorporator.

5. The amount which each incorporator will contribute in cash to the

surplus fund.

6. The names of the incorporators who are to constitute its first

board of trustees. Such persons as individuals and as a group must be

free of the disqualifications specified in section two hundred forty-six

of this article.

§ 232 — Organization certificate to be submitted to superintendent; proof of publication and service of notice of intention

Organization certificate to be submitted to superintendent;

proof of publication and service of notice of intention. After the lapse

of at least twenty-eight days from the date of the first due publication

of the notice of intention to organize and within ten days after the

date of the last publication thereof, the organization certificate,

executed in duplicate, shall be submitted for examination to the

superintendent with affidavits showing due publication and service of

the notice of intention to organize.

§ 233 — When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to commencing business

When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to

commencing business. When the superintendent shall have approved the

organization certificate, as provided in article two of this chapter,

the corporate existence of the savings bank shall begin, and it may

exercise all the powers necessary to the completion of its organization.

Such savings bank shall transact no other business until:

1. The incorporators shall have deposited to the credit of such

savings bank in cash as an initial surplus fund at least ten thousand

dollars, and, if the superintendent shall so require, shall have entered

into an agreement or undertaking with the superintendent as trustee for

the depositors of the savings bank, to make such further contributions

in cash to the surplus fund as, in the opinion of the superintendent,

may be necessary to maintain the savings bank in safe condition to

continue business, and shall have filed with the superintendent a surety

bond of a corporation authorized to transact the business of insurance

in this state, securing such agreement or undertaking in the amount

required by the superintendent.

2. It shall have informed the superintendent of the name, residence

and post-office address of each officer of the corporation.

3. The superintendent shall have duly issued to it the authorization

certificate specified in article two of this chapter.

§ 234 — General powers

General powers. Every savings bank shall have, subject to the

restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter, the following

powers:

1. To receive and repay deposits, including demand deposits; invest

its funds; pay interest on deposits; and exercise all such incidental

powers as shall be necessary to conduct the business of a savings bank,

including, subject to regulation by the superintendent of financial

services, the power to charge for maintaining a demand deposit account

or for honoring checks drawn on or accepting deposits made to such an

account.

1-a. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the

superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper,

to contract to receive time deposits, including deposits upon which the

savings bank contracts to pay interest at a fixed rate.

2. To issue transferable certificates showing the amounts contributed

to the surplus fund by any incorporator or trustee. Each such

certificate shall contain a statement that the amount represented by it

does not constitute a liability of such savings bank, except as provided

in this article.

3. To acquire, hold, lease and convey real property.

4. To improve real property acquired by it when such improvements are

necessary to protect the interest of the savings bank therein and to

facilitate the sale thereof.

5. To borrow money for the purpose of repaying depositors and to

pledge or hypothecate its assets as collateral for any such loans.

5-a. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the

superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper,

to borrow money for purposes other than that of repaying depositors and

to pledge or hypothecate its assets as collateral for any such loans.

5-b. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the

superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper

and notwithstanding any other provisions of law, to issue notes, bonds,

debentures, or other obligations or other securities subordinated to

deposits in such savings bank; provided that, unless the superintendent

has given prior approval otherwise, the aggregate principal amount

thereof at the time of issuance shall not exceed twenty-five per cent of

the net worth of such savings bank, exclusive of all such notes, bonds,

debentures, or other obligations or other securities. The proceeds or

other consideration derived by a savings bank from the issuance pursuant

to this subdivision of any such notes, bonds, debentures, or other

obligations or other securities shall be deemed for purposes of this

chapter to constitute a part of the net worth of such savings bank.

5-c. To accept moneys deposited by the comptroller or the commissioner

of taxation and finance as linked deposits pursuant to article fifteen

of the state finance law and to enter into agreements, pledge assets or

furnish other security, including, but not limited to, an irrevocable

letter of credit issued by a federal home loan bank, satisfactory in

form and amount to such authorized depositor, for the repayment of such

moneys.

5-d. To accept moneys deposited by the comptroller or the commissioner

of taxation and finance in a branch located in a banking development

district established pursuant to section ninety-six-d of this chapter

and to enter into agreements, pledge assets or furnish other security,

including, but not limited to an irrevocable letter of credit issued by

a federal home loan bank, satisfactory in form and amount to such

authorized depositor, for the repayment of such moneys.

5-e. To accept moneys deposited by the New York state environmental

facilities corporation as linked deposits pursuant to article sixteen of

the state finance law and to enter into agreements, pledge assets or

furnish other security, satisfactory in form and amount to the New York

state environmental facilities corporation, for the repayment of such

moneys.

6. To collect promissory notes or bills of exchange.

7. To receive as depositary, or as bailee for safekeeping, obligations

of the United States government.

8. To receive money for transmission and to transmit the same.

9. To engage in the safe deposit business by renting safe deposit

boxes in which to keep personal property and papers of any kind.

10. To act as agent in the sale of travelers' checks.

11. To assume and discharge such obligations to Federal Deposit

Insurance Corporation as may be necessary or required for the purpose of

maintaining deposit insurance in such corporation.

12. To become a member of a federal reserve bank and to have and

exercise all powers, not in conflict with the laws of this state, which

are conferred upon any such member by the federal reserve act. Such

savings bank and its trustees and officers shall continue to be subject,

however, to all liabilities and duties imposed upon them by any law of

this state and to all the provisions of this chapter relating to savings

banks.

13. To become a member of a federal home loan bank and to have and to

exercise all powers, not in conflict with the laws of this state, which

are conferred upon any such member by the federal home loan bank act.

Such savings bank and its trustees and officers shall continue to be

subject, however, to all liabilities and duties imposed upon them by any

law of this state and to all provisions of this chapter relating to

savings banks.

15. To perform services for the Federal National Mortgage Association

created under the housing act of nineteen hundred fifty-four, as amended

from time to time, and to sell or assign mortgages to such association

and in connection therewith to make capital contributions thereto,

purchase stock thereof, and do any and all other acts which under the

laws and regulations applicable to such sales may be required to enable

such sales to be effected.

16. To service mortgages for others, and to render investment advice

incidental to the purchase of and investment in mortgages by others,

provided, however, that the superintendent of financial services shall

have power to prescribe, by specific or general regulation, the extent

to which and the conditions upon which such mortgages may be serviced

and such investment advice may be rendered.

17. To sue and to be sued in all courts and to participate in actions

and proceedings, whether judicial, arbitrative or otherwise, in like

cases as natural persons.

18. To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure, and

to use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or

reproduced in any other manner.

19. To make donations, irrespective of corporate benefit, for the

public welfare or for community fund, hospital, charitable, educational,

scientific, civic or similar purposes, and in time of war or other

national emergency in aid thereof.

20. To elect or appoint officers, employees, and other agents of the

savings bank, define their duties, fix their compensation, and to indem-

nify corporate personnel.

21. To execute and deliver such guaranties as may be incidental or

usual in the transfer of investment securities.

22. To have perpetual existence.

23. To have and exercise all other powers necessary or appropriate in

conducting the business of the savings bank.

24. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial

services finds to be necessary and proper, and notwithstanding any other

provision of law, to accept federal tax and loan accounts, the balances

of which are payable on demand without previous notice of intended

withdrawal and to pledge collateral to secure such accounts.

25. Subject to any limitations or other specific provisions contained

in this chapter or any other statute of this state or its organization

certificate, and as shall be appropriate in conducting the business of

the corporation, and only for such activities which are authorized by

this chapter for savings banks: to be a promoter, partner, member,

associate or manager of other business enterprises or ventures, or to

the extent permitted in any other jurisdiction to be an incorporator of

other corporations of any type or kind.

26. To engage in a "savings promotion" in accordance with section

nine-v of this chapter and subject to any regulations promulgated by the

superintendent. The superintendent shall consult with the state gaming

commission before proposing any such regulations or any amendments

thereto. Such regulations shall ensure that:

a. no participant in a savings promotion is charged any fee that would

constitute, directly or indirectly, consideration for participation in

such savings promotion; and

b. no participant in a savings promotion foregoes, directly or

indirectly, any interest that would constitute consideration for

participation in such savings promotion.

§ 234-a — Settlement, modification or readjustment of investment

Settlement, modification or readjustment of investment. A

savings bank may consent to any settlement, modification or readjustment

of any investment in securities legally made by such savings bank, and

may accept and hold stocks, bonds, notes, securities or other property,

real or personal, offered in full or partial settlement, modification or

readjustment of any such investment. The superintendent may, in his

discretion, require any savings bank to dispose of any investment

acquired by it pursuant to this section.

§ 234-b — Trust powers

Trust powers. 1. The superintendent of financial services is

authorized and empowered to grant permission to a savings bank to

exercise any or all of the powers specified in sections one hundred, one

hundred-a, one hundred-b and one hundred-c of this chapter. In passing

upon applications for permission to exercise any such powers, the

superintendent of financial services may take into consideration the

amount of surplus of the applying savings bank, whether or not such

surplus is sufficient under the circumstances of the case, the needs of

the community to be served and any other facts and circumstances that

seem to it proper, and may grant or refuse it permission accordingly.

2. Whenever the laws of this state require a trust company acting in a

fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with the state authorities for

the protection of private or court trusts, a savings bank, so acting, is

empowered to make similar deposits of securities.

4. The superintendent of financial services is authorized to

promulgate such regulations as he or she may deem necessary or proper to

implement the provisions of this section and the proper exercise of the

powers granted by this section.

§ 235 — Investment of funds

Investment of funds. A savings bank may invest in the following

property and securities and no others:

1. Obligations of the United States, or those for which the faith of

the United States is pledged to provide for the payment of the interest

and principal, or those for which annual contributions to be paid

pursuant to contract by the United States government or any of its

instrumentalities in accordance with an act of congress entitled the

"Housing Act of 1949", are pledged as security for the payment of the

interest and principal.

2. Obligations of this state, issued pursuant to the authority of any

law of the state, or those for which the faith of this state is pledged

to provide for the payment of the interest and principal.

3. Obligations of any state of the United States, or those for which

the faith of any state of the United States is pledged to provide for

the payment of the interest and principal, upon which there is no

default and upon which there has been no default for more than ninety

days; provided, that within ten years immediately preceding the

investment such state has not been in default for more than ninety days

in the payment of any part of principal or interest of any debt duly

authorized by the legislature of such state to be contracted by such

state after the first day of January, eighteen hundred seventy-eight,

except debts representing a refunding or adjustment of any indebtedness

originally contracted or in existence at that date or prior thereto.

4. Obligations of or those for which the faith of any city, county,

town, village, school district, poor district, water district, sewer

district or fire district in this state is pledged to provide for the

payment of principal and interest, provided that they were issued

pursuant to law and the faith and credit of the issuing municipal

corporation or district is pledged for their payment, bonds and

debentures or other obligations of any public authority or commission or

similar body created or approved by the state of New York having assets

of not less than fifty million dollars; and bonds and debentures of any

other public authority, commission or similar body which is legally

obligated to establish rates which while any debt is outstanding will

provide sufficient revenues for the cost of operation, maintenance and

debt service, such debt service to include interest on all outstanding

obligations and serial maturities and sinking funds, provided such other

authority, commission or similar body shall issue financial statements

at least annually which shall be available to the public, shall have had

receipts from operations during each of the five fiscal years

immediately preceding date of investment sufficient after meeting

operation and maintenance expenses to cover debt service, and provided

further that the revenues available for debt service received during the

fiscal year immediately preceding investment or the average amount

available for debt service for the three fiscal years preceding

investment shall have been adequate to meet the maximum annual debt

service of the bonds outstanding, and said obligations have not been in

default as to principal or interest; and bonds, debentures or other

obligations of any public authority or commission or similar body

created by the state of New York, the average of receipts from the

operations of which, during the three years immediately preceding the

date of investment, after meeting operation and maintenance expenses,

were not less than one hundred twenty-five per cent of the maximum

annual debt service on the bonds outstanding and which obligations have

not been in default as to principal or interest.

5. (a) Obligations, excluding however, non-negotiable warrants, of any

city or of any school district coterminous with or which includes such

city, or of any county situated in one of the states of the United

States which adjoins the state of New York, provided said city or county

has a population, as shown by the last federal census next preceding

such investment, of not less than ten thousand inhabitants, and has not,

within twenty-five years preceding said investment, defaulted for more

than one hundred and twenty days in the payment of any part either of

principal or interest of any bond, note, or other evidence of

indebtedness. The term "city" in this paragraph shall include any city,

town, borough, village, township or other incorporated municipality. An

investment made before August first, nineteen hundred twenty-eight,

shall not under the population provision of this paragraph, as to the

then owner thereof, cease to be an authorized investment for the moneys

of savings banks.

(b) Obligations, excluding however, non-negotiable warrants, of any

city or of any school district or county coterminous with or which

includes such city, situated in any other of the states of the United

States the obligations of which state are an authorized investment for

the moneys of savings banks, provided said city has a population, as

shown by the last federal census next preceding said investment, of not

less than thirty thousand inhabitants, and was incorporated as a city at

least twenty-five years prior to the making of said investment, and has

not, within twenty-five years preceding said investment, defaulted for

more than one hundred and twenty days in the payment of any part either

of principal or interest of any bond, note, or other evidence of

indebtedness. Provided further, that obligations issued by a city having

a population of less than forty-five thousand inhabitants as shown by

said census or by a school district or county shall not be an authorized

investment for the moneys of savings banks unless the city, school

district or county has power to levy taxes on the taxable real property

therein for the payment of such obligations without limitation of rate

or amount.

(c) If at any time the indebtedness of any city described in

paragraphs (a) or (b) of this subdivision or in paragraph (c) of

subdivision twenty-five of this section, together with the indebtedness

of any district, municipal corporation or subdivision, except a county,

which is wholly within the boundaries of such city, and together with a

proportionate part of the indebtedness of any district, municipal

corporation or subdivision, except a county, which is partly within the

boundaries of such city, and together with so much of the indebtedness

of any county wholly within the boundaries of such city and a

proportionate part of so much of the indebtedness of any county partly

within the boundaries of such city, as shall be in excess of five per

centum of the valuation for the purposes of taxation of the real

property in any such county, shall exceed twelve per centum of the

valuation of real property in said city for the purposes of taxation,

the obligations of such city or of any school district or of any county

coterminous with or which includes such city, shall, thereafter, and

until such indebtedness shall be reduced to twelve per centum of the

valuation of real property in said city for the purposes of taxation,

cease to be an authorized investment for the moneys of savings banks. If

there is no county wholly or in part within such city or if the county

wholly or in part within such city has neither any indebtedness nor

power to incur indebtedness, the obligations of such city or of any

school district coterminous with or which includes such city, shall not

cease to be an authorized investment unless such indebtedness shall

exceed the percentage above provided plus an additional three per

centum. If at any time the indebtedness of any county described in

paragraphs (a) or (b) shall exceed five per centum of the valuation of

real property for the purposes of taxation, the obligations of such

county shall thereafter, and until such indebtedness shall be reduced to

five per centum of the valuation of real property for the purposes of

taxation, cease to be an authorized investment for the moneys of savings

banks. A proportionate part of any indebtedness for the purpose of this

paragraph shall be, unless otherwise apportioned by law, that proportion

which the valuation of taxable real property of a county, district,

municipal corporation or subdivision within the boundaries of a city

bears to the total valuation of all taxable real property of said

county, district, municipal corporation or subdivision. Contract

liability shall be excluded unless represented by stocks, bonds, notes,

certificates of indebtedness or other like instruments and water debt

shall be excluded and sinking funds applicable to debts not excluded

shall be deducted, in determining the amount of any indebtedness

hereunder.

(d) The provisions of paragraph (c) shall not apply to the obligations

of any city which has taxable real property with a valuation for the

purposes of taxation in excess of two hundred million dollars and which

has a population as shown by the last decennial federal census of not

less than one hundred fifty thousand inhabitants and shall not apply to

the obligations of any school district or county coterminous with or

which includes such city, provided that the city, school district, or

county, as the case may be, has power to levy taxes on the taxable real

property therein for the payment of such obligations without limitation

of rate or amount.

(e) The valuation of property for purposes of taxation under this

subdivision and under subdivision twenty-five of this section shall be

an official valuation duly made and recorded and in cases where the

assessed valuation is based on a percentage of such official valuation,

the percentage used shall have been authorized under statutory or

charter power prior to the determination of such assessed valuation.

(f) No obligations issued after the year nineteen hundred thirty-eight

by any city, county, school district or other municipality of any state

other than New York shall be an authorized investment for savings banks

unless such city, county, school district or other municipality shall

have power to levy taxes on the taxable real property therein for the

payment of such obligation without limitation of rate or amount.

(g) Obligations issued by a city, village, town, county, department,

agency, district, authority, commission or other public body in this

state or any other state of the United States payable out of the

revenues of a public utility system providing water, electricity, gas or

sewerage service, provided that if the public utility system is located

outside the state, it must serve an area having a population of not less

than one hundred thousand. Said city, village, town, county, department,

agency, district, authority, commission or other public body shall be

legally obligated by statute, charter, indenture or covenant to fix,

maintain and collect charges or taxes, or both, to provide net revenues

after operation and maintenance of the facilities used to provide such

service sufficient to meet maturing interest, principal and sinking fund

payments on such obligations or shall be empowered to require the

fixing, maintaining, and collecting of such charges or taxes, or both,

by duly authorized public officers or bodies, and shall be restrained by

statute, charter, indenture or covenant from disposing of all or any

substantial portion of such facilities unless provision is made for a

continuance of the interest, principal and sinking fund payments due on

such obligations, or for the retirement of such obligations, provided

said city, village, town, county, department, agency, district,

authority, commission or other public body shall have had net earnings

during each of the five years immediately preceding investment

sufficient to cover all debt service and further provided that the net

earnings available for debt service for the year immediately preceding

investment shall have been sufficient to meet the maximum annual debt

service of the obligations outstanding, and said obligations shall not

have been in default as to principal or interest.

5-a. Bonds and mortgages and notes and mortgages on unimproved real

property in this state or outside this state, subject to such

limitations as the superintendent of financial services may prescribe.

6. Bonds and mortgages and notes and mortgages on improved real

property, including leasehold estates, in this state, and, subject to

such limitations and conditions as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe by general regulation, in any other location

outside this state. The provisions of this subdivision shall not

constitute the authority to make a loan to a natural person upon the

security of a mortgage which is not a first lien.

(c) For the purposes of this subdivision real property upon which

there is a building in process of construction, which when completed

will constitute a permanent improvement with a value of more than

twenty-five per centum of the value of such real property shall be

considered improved real property, as shall real property with

improvements thereon that are capable of producing income sufficient to

pay all costs of operation and maintenance of such real property, all

taxes thereon and to effect full repayment of principal and interest in

accordance with the terms of the mortgage loan to be made pursuant to

this subdivision.

(e) Except as hereinafter provided no investment in any bond and

mortgage or any note and mortgage shall be made by any savings bank

except upon the written and signed certificate of an appraiser appointed

pursuant to policies established by the board of trustees stating that

in such appraiser's judgment it affords adequate security for such

investment. Such certificate shall be filed and preserved among the

records of the savings bank.

(f) For the purpose of protecting its interests a savings bank may

release any obligation to pay, or guarantee of the payment of, principal

or interest, or otherwise waive or modify any of the terms and

conditions of any bond and mortgage, and of any note and mortgage, and

may extend or reextend any bond and mortgage and any note and mortgage,

and may also accept a sum less than the principal amount thereof in full

payment and satisfaction of the same.

A savings bank may also waive its right to enforce payment of any bond

or note secured by a mortgage on real property and may waive its right

to obtain a deficiency judgment against the borrower in the event of

foreclosure of such mortgage.

(g) Every mortgage and every assignment of a mortgage taken or held by

a savings bank shall immediately be recorded or registered in the office

of the proper recording officer of the county in which the real property

described in the mortgage is located. This paragraph shall not apply to

a participating interest in any mortgage which shall have been acquired

by a savings bank under the provisions of subdivision fourteen of

section two hundred thirty-four, paragraph (h) of this subdivision, and

subdivision eighteen of section two hundred thirty-five.

(h) A savings bank may, subject to such regulations and restrictions

as the superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and

proper, participate and invest in (1) loans of a type that it is

authorized to invest in pursuant to subparagraph (a) of paragraph four

of subdivision eight of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter

and (2) in any bond and mortgage or note and mortgage on improved and

unencumbered real property including leasehold estates, in which it is

individually authorized to invest, which said mortgage is duly recorded

or registered in the office of the proper recording officer of the

county in which the real property described in the mortgage is located,

provided that no such investment shall be made by a savings bank in any

part interest in such mortgage which is junior or subordinate to any

other part interest nor if the aggregate amount of all part interests in

such mortgage when added together will exceed any percentage of the

appraised value of such real property by which the authority of a

savings bank to invest individually in such mortgage is limited.

Investments made by any savings bank in mortgage loans pursuant to this

subdivision and pursuant to subdivision twenty-eight of this section

shall be included in the computation of permissive investment in

mortgage loans pursuant to paragraph (d) of subdivision six of this

section.

(i) A mortgage loan upon a leasehold estate shall not be made unless

such leasehold estate shall have an unexpired term of not less than

twenty-one years, which term may include the term provided by an option

of renewal enforceable at the exclusive discretion of the savings bank.

No mortgage loan upon a leasehold estate shall be made or acquired by a

savings bank unless the terms thereof shall provide, regardless of the

period of the loan, for payments to be made by the borrower on the

principal thereof at least once in each year in amounts which would be

sufficient to completely amortize a loan whose period extended for

four-fifths of the unexpired term of the lease, which term may include

the term provided by an option of renewal enforceable at the exclusive

discretion of the savings bank; or, in the case of a mortgage loan upon

a leasehold estate in real property upon which there is a building in

process of construction, such payments of principal need not be required

during the period of construction or the first three years of the

mortgage, whichever is shorter. The provisions of paragraphs (c), (d),

(e), (f), (g), and (h) of this subdivision shall be applicable to loans

made upon leasehold estates.

6-a. A savings bank may, in addition to the authority granted under

any other subdivisions of this section, make a loan to a natural person

upon the security of a mortgage which is not a first lien at the rate or

rates agreed to by the savings bank and the borrower, subject to such

regulations as the superintendent of financial services may prescribe.

Such regulations by the superintendent of financial services may include

such restrictions as the superintendent of financial services finds

necessary or proper, including without limitation, a restriction as to

the percentage of total assets which may be invested in such loans or a

restriction on the loan to appraisal value of property securing such

loan.

For purposes of this subdivision, the term mortgage shall include a

lien on an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or other

evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a

corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative

ownership of real estate.

7. Railroad obligations as provided in this subdivision. (1)

Obligations issued, assumed or guaranteed as to principal and interest

by endorsement, or so guaranteed which guaranty has been assumed; or

(2) Obligations for the payment of the principal and interest of which

a railroad corporation such as is described in this paragraph is

obligated under the terms of a lease made or assumed; or

(3) Equipment obligations in respect of which liability has been

incurred: by a railroad corporation incorporated under the laws of the

United States, or any state thereof, and owning and operating within the

United States not less than five hundred miles of standard-gauge

railroad line, exclusive of sidings, or if the mileage so owned shall be

less than five hundred miles, the railroad operating revenues from the

operation of all railroad operated by it, including such revenues from

the operation of all railroad controlled through ownership of all

(except directors' qualifying shares) of the voting stock of the owning

corporation, shall have been not less than ten million dollars each year

for at least five of the six fiscal years next preceding such

investment; provided, however, (1) that in the five fiscal years next

preceding such investment, the amount of income of such railroad

corporation, available for its fixed charges, as hereinafter defined,

shall have averaged not less than two and one-half times the amount of

fixed charges at the time of investment, as hereinafter defined; (2)

that at no time within such period of five years such railroad

corporation, unless in process of reorganization or readjustment since

completed, pursuant to applicable law, shall have failed regularly and

punctually to pay the matured principal and interest on its mortgage and

funded indebtedness; and (3) that the security, if any, for such

obligations shall be property wholly or in part within the United States

and which obligations shall be

(a) fixed interest-bearing bonds secured by direct mortgage on

railroad owned or operated by such railroad corporation; or

(b) fixed interest-bearing bonds secured by first mortgage upon

terminal, depot or tunnel property, including lands, buildings and

appurtenances, used in the service of transportation by one or more such

railroad corporations, provided that such bonds be the direct obligation

of, or that payment of principal and interest thereof be guaranteed by

endorsement by, or guaranteed by endorsement which guaranty has been

assumed by, one or more such railroad corporations; or

(c) equipment obligations, comprising bonds, notes, certificates,

conditional sale agreements or assignments of conditional sale

agreements and participations therein, issued or made in connection with

the purchase for use on railroads of new standard-gauge rolling stock

through the medium of an equipment agreement, and which obligations, so

long as any thereof shall be outstanding and unpaid or unprovided for,

shall be secured by an instrument (1) vesting title to such equipment in

a trustee free of encumbrance, or (2) creating a first lien on such

equipment, or, pending such vesting of title, by the deposit of cash in

trust, which deposit may be invested in whole or in part in obligations

of the United States or obligations for which the faith of the United

States is pledged to provide for the payment of the interest and

principal, or obligations of any public housing agency as defined in the

United States housing act of nineteen hundred thirty-seven, as amended,

in the United States as are secured either (1) by an agreement between

the public housing agency and the public housing administration in which

the public housing agency agrees to borrow from the public housing

administration, and the public housing administration agrees to lend to

the public housing agency, prior to the maturity of such obligations,

which obligations shall have a maturity of not more than eighteen

months, moneys in an amount which, together with any other moneys

irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations,

will suffice to pay the principal of such obligations with interest to

maturity thereon, which moneys under the terms of said agreement are

required to be used for the purpose of paying the principal of and the

interest on such obligations at their maturity, or (2) by a pledge of

annual contributions under an annual contributions contract between such

public housing agency and the public housing administration if such

contract shall contain the covenant by the public housing administration

which is authorized by section 1421a(b) of Title 42, U.S. Code, and if

the maximum sum and the maximum period specified in such contract

pursuant to section 1421a(b) of Title 42, U.S. Code, shall not be less

than the annual amount and the period for payment which are requisite to

provide for the payment, when due, of all installments of principal and

interest on such obligations, to an amount equal to the face amount of

such equipment obligations issued in respect of such equipment title to

which is not yet so vested; provided further, that the maximum amount of

such obligations so issuable shall not exceed eighty per centum of the

cost of such equipment; and provided further, that the owner, purchaser

or lessee, or the owners, purchasers or lessees, of such equipment shall

be obligated by the terms of such obligations or of such instrument (a)

to maintain such equipment in proper repair; (b) to replace any thereof

that may be destroyed or released with other equipment of equal value,

or, if released in connection with a sale thereof, to deposit the

proceeds of such sale in trust for the benefit of the holders of such

obligations pending replacement of such equipment; (c) to pay any and

all taxes or other governmental charges that may be required by law to

be paid upon such equipment; (d) to pay, in accordance with the

provisions of such obligations or of such instrument, to holders, or to

such trustee for the benefit of holders, of such obligations the amount

of interest due thereon or of the dividends payable in respect thereof;

and (e) to pay the amount of the entire issue of such obligations in

such annual or semi-annual installment each year throughout a period of

not exceeding fifteen years from the first date of issue of any thereof

that the amount of the respective unmatured installments at any time

outstanding shall be approximately equal; provided, further, that unless

the owner, purchaser or lessee of such equipment or one or more of such

owners, purchasers or lessees shall be such railroad corporation as is

described in and meets the requirements of this subdivision preceding

paragraph (a), such obligations shall be guaranteed by endorsement as to

principal and as to interest or dividends by such railroad corporations;

or

(d) fixed interest-bearing bonds of such railroad corporation secured

by irrevocable pledge as collateral under a trust agreement of other

railroad bonds that are legal investments for savings banks under this

section, have a maturity not earlier than the bonds that they secure and

of a total face amount not less than the total face amount of the bonds

that they secure; or

(e) fixed interest-bearing mortgage bonds other than those described

in paragraphs (a) or (b) hereof, income mortgage bonds, collateral trust

bonds or obligations other than those described in paragraph (d) hereof,

or unsecured bonds or obligations, issued, assumed or guaranteed as to

principal and interest by endorsement by, or so guaranteed which

guaranty has been assumed by, such railroad corporation, provided that

(a) the annual fixed charges and contingent interest charges of such

railroad at the time of investment shall not exceed thirty per cent of

the average annual income available for such charges for the five fiscal

years next preceding, and (b) the net income of such railroad after all

taxes and charges shall have averaged not less than fifteen million

dollars annually in such period.

The amount of income available for fixed charges shall be the amount

obtained by deducting from gross income all items deductible in

ascertaining net income other than federal income taxes, contingent

income interest and those constituting fixed charges. Fixed charges

shall be: rent for leased roads, miscellaneous rents, fixed interest on

funded debt, interest on unfunded debt and amortization of discount on

funded debt.

Accounting terms used in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to

refer to those used in the accounting reports prescribed by the

accounting regulations for common carriers subject to the provisions of

the interstate commerce act. If the interstate commerce commission shall

prescribe accounting regulations wherein shall be defined the term

income available for fixed charges and the term fixed charges, the

definitions thereof as so prescribed shall be taken and used in lieu of

the definitions set forth in the preceding paragraph of this subdivision

for all purposes hereof, except that federal income taxes shall not be

deducted, nor shall federal income tax credits be included, in computing

income available for fixed charges. In determining income available for

fixed charges and fixed charges pursuant to this paragraph or the

immediately preceding paragraph interest, dividends and rentals paid by

a railroad corporation and included in both such amounts shall be

eliminated.

For all purposes of this subdivision seven, the revenues, earnings,

income and fixed charges of, and dividends paid by, any railroad

corporation prior to the acquisition of all or substantially all of its

railroad lines by another railroad corporation, through merger,

consolidation, conveyance or lease, shall, while such lines remain in

the possession of the acquiring corporation, be deemed to have been

revenues, earnings, income and fixed charges of, and dividends paid by,

such acquiring corporation.

Whenever a railroad corporation shall own (directly or through a

subsidiary all of the stock of which, except directors' qualifying

shares, is owned by such corporation) at least ninety per cent of the

capital stock of one or more other railroad corporations, the property

of which is operated by it under lease, the consolidated statements of

all such railroad corporations may be used in determining the amount of

income available for fixed charges and the amount of fixed charges.

Obligations of a railroad corporation the railroad lines of which have

been so leased prior to April fifth, nineteen hundred twenty-nine, for

the payment of which the lessee is not obligated, that are outstanding

and officially listed by the department of financial services of the

state of New York as authorized investments prior to that date, shall be

and remain authorized investments hereunder; provided, that such

railroad lines shall be in the possession of and be operated by a

railroad corporation such as is described in and meets the requirements

of the provisions of this subdivision preceding paragraph (a).

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this subdivision, equipment

obligations described in paragraph (c) which shall have been issued,

assumed or guaranteed by any railroad corporation classified by the

interstate commerce commission as a class one railroad and which are not

in default, shall be authorized investments hereunder.

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this subdivision, fixed

interest-bearing obligations of railroad corporations, excluding

terminal, depot and tunnel corporations, which are eligible for purchase

by savings banks on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred fifty-two

under the provisions of subdivisions seven or nineteen of this section,

or which shall thereafter become eligible pursuant to the provisions of

this subdivision seven, as amended, if not in default, shall be and

remain eligible hereunder, provided that the income available for fixed

charges, as herein defined, of the railroad corporation which has

issued, assumed or guaranteed such obligations, or which operates under

lease the railroad lines of the corporation which has issued, assumed or

guaranteed such obligations, shall have averaged for the five fiscal

years next preceding the time of investment not less than twice the

interest charges for the last such fiscal year on all equipment

obligations, and other obligations eligible hereunder, of such railroad

corporation which remain outstanding at time of investment.

Fixed interest-bearing bonds of terminal, depot and tunnel companies

which are eligible for purchase by savings banks on December

thirty-first, nineteen hundred fifty-two under the provisions of

subdivisions seven or nineteen of this section, or which shall

thereafter become eligible pursuant to the provisions of this

subdivision seven, as amended, shall be and remain eligible hereunder,

provided that the principal and interest thereof be guaranteed by

endorsement by, or guaranteed by endorsement which guaranty has been

assumed by, a railroad corporation which meets the requirements of the

preceding paragraph for continuing the eligibility of its own fixed

interest-bearing obligations.

Not more than twenty-five per centum of the assets of any savings bank

shall be loaned or invested in the bonds, notes, certificates,

conditional sale agreements, assignments of conditional sale agreements

and participations therein in this subdivision seven defined, and not

more than ten per centum of such assets shall be invested in such bonds,

notes, certificates, conditional sale agreements, assignments of

conditional sale agreements and participations therein for which any one

railroad corporation of this state shall be obligated, and not more than

five per centum of such assets shall be invested in the bonds, notes,

certificates, conditional sale agreements, assignments of conditional

sale agreements and participations therein for which any one railroad

corporation not of this state shall be obligated.

Street railroad corporations shall not be considered railroad

corporations within the meaning of this subdivision.

7-a. Any savings bank which prior to April first, nineteen hundred

thirty-eight acquired any railroad obligation eligible at the time of

acquisition for investment by savings banks may continue to hold such

obligation as though the same continue to be eligible by law for new

investment by such savings bank.

8. Promissory notes and other agreements as provided in this

subdivision.

(1) Promissory notes payable to the order of the savings bank which

are:

(a) Secured by one or more mortgages in which a savings bank may

invest; provided the amount loaned is not in excess of ninety per centum

of the principal sum secured by such mortgage or mortgages. The

assignment of every mortgage taken as security for any such note shall

be recorded or registered in the office of the proper recording officer

of the county in which the real property described in such mortgage is

located, unless such mortgage or mortgages have been so assigned by a

savings bank.

(b) Secured by any of the stocks and bonds in which a savings bank may

invest; provided that (1) the amount of the loan is not in excess of

ninety per centum of the market value of such stocks and bonds; and (2)

the term "stocks," as used in this paragraph, shall be deemed to refer

to stocks eligible for investment by a savings bank other than in

accordance with the provisions of subdivision twenty-six of this

section.

(c) Made by a savings and loan association which has been incorporated

three years or more and has an accumulated capital of at least fifty

thousand dollars.

(2) Promissory notes payable to the order of the savings bank which

are secured by the assignment of a deposit in any savings bank; provided

the amount of the loan is not in excess of the amount of such deposit.

(3) Any loan secured by not less than a like amount of direct

obligations of the United States or of this state, or of any city,

county, town, village or school district of this state or of any such

department, agency or instrumentality of the United States or this

state.

(4) (a) Promissory notes representing loans and advances of credit for

the purpose of financing alterations, repairs and improvements upon or

in connection with, or as the superintendent may authorize the equipping

of existing structures, and the building of new structures, upon urban,

suburban, or rural real property (including the restoration,

rehabilitation, rebuilding and replacement of such improvements which

have been damaged or destroyed by earthquake, conflagration, tornado,

hurricane, cyclone, flood or other catastrophe), by the owners thereof

or by lessees of such real property under a lease expiring not less than

six months after the maturity of the loan or advance of credit or by

lessees under proprietary leases from a corporation or partnership

formed for the purpose of the cooperative ownership of real estate,

provided: (1) the amount of such loan, advance of credit, or purchase

made for the purpose of financing the alteration, repair, equipping or

improvement of existing structure or the building of new structure does

not exceed twenty thousand dollars; (2) the maturity thereof does not

exceed one hundred twenty-one months; (3) the rate which may be paid by

the borrower for interest, discount, and fees of all kinds in connection

with the transaction shall be the rate or rates agreed to by the savings

bank and the borrower in the promissory note; and (4) the loan shall be

paid in equal or substantially equal monthly installments calculated

from the date of the note; provided, however, that in addition thereto

the savings bank may contract to charge the borrower: (i) the fees

payable to the appropriate public officer to perfect any lien or other

security interest taken to secure the loan or the premium, not in excess

of such filing fee, payable for any insurance in lieu of such filing;

(ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the provisions of the

instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount not to

exceed five cents per dollar on any installment which has become due and

remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such fine

shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on any

such installment regardless of the period during which it remains in

default, and provided further that should the aggregate of such fines

collected in connection with any loan exceed two per centum of such

loan, or in any event twenty-five dollars, the savings bank shall refund

such excess to the borrower within sixty days after the loan is paid in

full, or subject to an allowance of unearned interest attributable to

the amount in default, interest on each amount past due at a rate not in

excess of the rate provided for in the instrument evidencing the

obligation; (iii) the actual expenditures, including reasonable

attorney's fees, for necessary court process; and (iv) in case the

savings bank insures a borrower under a credit unemployment insurance

policy, group life insurance policy, group health insurance policy,

group accident insurance policy, or group health and accident insurance

policy, or requires insurance on personal property securing any such

loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums chargeable in accordance

with rate schedules then in effect and on file with the superintendent

of financial services for such insurance by the insurer. No savings bank

shall require a borrower to place any sum on deposit, or to make

deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment payments, or to do or

refrain from doing any other act which would entail additional expense

or sacrifice, as a condition precedent to granting a loan or advance of

credit under the authority of this subdivision. Notwithstanding the

provisions of this paragraph no refund of excess fines shall be required

if it amounts to less than one dollar.

(b) Promissory notes representing loans and advances of credit for the

purpose of defraying the cost of attendance of one or more students the

income of whose family is fifteen thousand dollars or more per year at

the time the loan or loan commitment is made at a university or college

or for the purpose of defraying the cost of attendance of one or more

students at an elementary or secondary school providing education

required for minors; provided, however, that no such loan shall bring

the total unpaid principal balances of any one or more loans made by

such savings bank to the borrower pursuant to this subparagraph to an

amount in excess of thirty thousand dollars; and further provided that

the maturity of any such loan does not exceed eighty-five months; and

further provided that the rate which may be paid by the borrower for

interest, discount, and fees of all kinds in connection with the

transaction shall be the rate or rates agreed to by the savings bank and

the borrower in the promissory note, reckoned on each loan or advance

from the date thereof, calculated on any of the following bases: (i) on

the unpaid principal amount of such loans and advances from time to time

outstanding, or (ii) for each month on an average balance outstanding

determined by dividing by two the sum of the balances of unpaid

principal of such loans and advances outstanding on two dates during

such month, as specified in such agreement; the first of which dates

being not later than the fifteenth day of such month and the second

being not earlier than the sixteenth day of such month and not less than

ten nor more than twenty days after the first day, or (iii) for each

month on a fixed amount selected from a schedule, which fixed amount may

exceed the average daily balance under (i) above, or the average balance

if determined under (ii) above, by a differential of not more than five

dollars, provided the same fixed amount is also used for computing

interest for any month for which such balance exceeds said fixed amount

by any amount up to at least the same differential; and further provided

that the loan shall be paid in equal or substantially equal monthly

installments calculated from the date of the note. No fee, commission,

expense, or other charge whatsoever shall be taken, received, reserved

or contracted for in addition to the maximum rate of interest authorized

by this subparagraph except (i) the fees payable to the appropriate

public officer to perfect any lien or other security interest taken to

secure the loan or the premium, not in excess of such filing fee,

payable for any insurance in lieu of such filing; (ii) in case of

default, and in accordance with the provisions of the instrument

evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount not to exceed five

cents per dollar on any installment which has become due and remained

unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such fine shall exceed

five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on any such

installment regardless of the period during which it remains in default,

and provided further that should the aggregate of such fines collected

in connection with any loan exceed two per centum of such loan, or in

any event twenty-five dollars, the savings bank shall refund such excess

to the borrower within sixty days after the loan is paid in full, or,

subject to an allowance of unearned interest attributable to the amount

in default, interest on each amount past due at a rate not in excess of

the rate provided for in the instrument evidencing the obligation; (iii)

the actual expenditures, including reasonable attorney's fees, for

necessary court process; and (iv) in case the savings bank insures a

borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life

insurance policy, group health insurance policy, group accident

insurance policy, or group health and accident insurance policy, or

requires insurance on personal property securing any such loan, an

amount not in excess of the premiums chargeable in accordance with rate

schedules then in effect and on file with the superintendent of

financial services for such insurance by the insurer. No savings bank

shall require a borrower to place any sum on deposit, or to make

deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment payments, or to do or

refrain from doing any other act which would entail additional expense

or sacrifice, as a condition precedent to granting a loan or advance of

credit under the authority of this subparagraph, except under such terms

and conditions as the superintendent may from time to time approve.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this subparagraph no refund of excess

fines shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar.

(c) Promissory notes secured by mobile home chattel paper evidencing a

monetary obligation incurred to finance the purchase of a mobile home

located at the time of such purchase, or to be located within ninety

days, at a semipermanent site within the state or in a contiguous state

and to be maintained as a residence of the borrower, the borrower's

spouse, child, grandchild, parent or grandparent.

(1) For this subparagraph:

(i) "mobile home chattel paper" means written evidence of both a

monetary obligation and a security interest of first priority in a

mobile home and any equipment installed or to be installed therein; and

(ii) "mobile home" or "manufactured home" means a structure,

transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode, is

eight body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length,

or when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet,

and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a

dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to

required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning

and electrical systems contained therein.

(2) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a new

mobile home,

(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the

date thereof, and

(ii) the amount advanced shall not exceed one hundred per cent of the

sum of (a) the purchase price of such mobile home (including any

installed equipment) plus (b) the price of any new equipment installed

or to be installed by the dealer.

(3) If the loan for the purpose of financing the purchase of a used

mobile home,

(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the

date thereof, and

(ii) the amount advanced shall not exceed one hundred per cent of the

purchase price of the mobile home actually paid (including any installed

equipment).

(4) The loan shall be payable in equal or substantially equal monthly

installments calculated from the date of the loan. Interest, which may

be taken in advance, may be charged thereon, computed from the date of

the loan to the date of the last installment payable thereunder, if the

loan has a maturity (i) not exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not

to exceed six dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of the

face amount or ten dollars if the interest so computed is less than that

amount, or (ii) exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not to exceed

five dollars per annum discount, per one hundred dollars of the face

amount or ten dollars if the interest so computed is less than that

amount; provided that the interest which may be charged; if it exceeds

ten dollars, shall not exceed one per cent per month on the unpaid

principal balance.

(5) The authorized interest shall include all charges incident to

investigating and making any loan. No fee, commission, expense, or other

charge shall be permitted except that the savings bank may contract to

charge the borrower (i) the fees payable to a public officer to perfect

any lien or other security interest taken to secure the loan, or the

premium, not in excess of such fee, payable for any insurance in lieu of

such filing; (ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the

instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount not to

exceed five per cent on any installment which has become due and

remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such fine

shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on any

such installment regardless of the duration of the default, and provided

further that should the aggregate of such fines collected in connection

with any loan exceed two per cent of such loan or twenty-five dollars,

the savings bank shall refund such excess within sixty days after the

loan is paid in full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned interest

attributable to the amount in default, interest on each amount past due

at a rate not in excess of one per cent per month during the

delinquency; (iii) the actual expenditures, including reasonable

attorney's fees for necessary court process, and (iv) in case the

savings bank insures a borrower under a credit unemployment insurance

policy, group life, health, accident, or group health and accident

insurance policy, or requires insurance on the property securing such

loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums lawfully chargeable. No

savings bank shall require a borrower to place any sum on deposit, or to

make deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment payments, or to do

or refrain from doing any other act which would entail additional

expense or sacrifice, as a condition to a mobile home loan except as the

superintendent may from time to time approve. No refund of excess fines

need be made if it amounts to less than one dollar.

(6) As a condition of any loan made pursuant hereto, the borrower

shall certify that the mobile home, against which the loan is made, is

intended to be maintained in the state or in a contiguous state as a

residence of the borrower, the borrower's spouse, child, grandchild,

parent or grandparent. If the mobile home shall not be so maintained on

the ninetieth day next succeeding the date of the loan or if it is

relocated so as to no longer be located in the state or a contiguous

state at any time before the first anniversary of the date of the loan,

then, in either event and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in

this subparagraph, the loan and all authorized charges shall become

immediately due and payable subject to the refund provisions of

subparagraph (c) of paragraph four and the borrower may, if the contract

so provides, be required to pay as an additional authorized charge, a

penalty in an amount not to exceed two per cent of the face amount of

the loan.

(7) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant hereto if

the total amount invested by it pursuant to this subparagraph exceeds,

or by the making of such investment will exceed, an amount equal to

thirty per cent of the assets of the savings bank.

(8) Subject to such limitations and conditions as the superintendent

of financial services may prescribe by general regulation, a savings

bank may make a loan pursuant to this subparagraph which the federal

housing administrator has insured or has made a commitment to insure and

may receive and hold such debentures as are issued by the federal

housing administrator in payment of such insurance, or which is

guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled

the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944." No law of this state

prescribing the nature, amount or form of security or requiring security

upon which loans or advances of credit may be made or prescribing or

limiting the period for which loans or advances of credit may be made or

limiting the amount of any class of loans, advances of credit or

purchases which may be made shall be deemed to apply to loans, advances

of credit or purchases made or to loans acquired by purchase pursuant to

this item.

(d) A borrower may prepay in full any loan made pursuant to the

provisions of subparagraph (a), (b) or (c) of this paragraph or, with

the consent of the savings bank, may refinance the loan. In the event of

such prepayment or refinancing, the savings bank shall refund: (1) the

unearned portion of the interest to the borrower the amount of which

portion shall be determined according to a generally accepted actuarial

method; provided, however, that if the amount of interest previously

deducted (i) was less than ten dollars, no refund shall be required; or

(ii) exceeded the sum of ten dollars and the earned interest is less

than that amount, the savings bank may retain such an additional amount

as will bring the earned interest to the sum of ten dollars and refund

the remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is refinanced,

no refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar; and

(2) if a charge was made to the borrower for premiums for insuring the

borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life

insurance policy, or under a group health, group accident or group

health and accident insurance policy, the excess of the charge to the

borrower therefor over the premiums paid or payable by the savings bank,

if such premiums were paid or payable by the savings bank periodically

or the refund for such insurance premium received or receivable by the

savings bank, if such premium was paid or payable in a lump sum by the

savings bank, provided that no such refund shall be required if it

amounts to less than one dollar. In the event (i) the maturity of the

loan is accelerated due to the default of the borrower or otherwise and

judgment is obtained, or (ii) repayment is made pursuant to any such

insurance policy, the borrower or his legal representative, as the case

may be, shall be entitled to the same refund as if the loan had been

prepaid in full on the date of acceleration or repayment.

(5) Promissory notes from a resident of the state of New York provided

that payment of each such note is guaranteed by the New York Higher

Education Assistance Corporation, or promissory notes that are insured

or covered by a commitment to insure or are guaranteed or covered by a

commitment to guarantee issued by the Federal Education Commissioner in

accordance with the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Higher

Education Act of 1965".

8-a. Promissory notes representing loans for the purpose of financing

the purchase of or refinancing an existing ownership interest in

certificates of stock or other evidence of an ownership interest in, and

a proprietary lease from, a corporation or partnership formed for the

purpose of cooperative ownership of real estate within or without this

state, as provided in this subdivision.

A savings bank may, subject to such regulations as the superintendent

of financial services finds necessary and proper, invest to an amount

not exceeding the maximum per cent of the loan permitted to be made on

real estate improved by a single family residence occupied by the owner,

provided that for purposes of this section the amount of the purchase

price shall be deemed to equal the appraised value of such certificate

of stock or other evidence of an ownership interest, or, in the case of

a refinancing, the appraised value of certificates of stock or other

evidence of an ownership interest in and a proprietary lease from, a

corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative

ownership of real estate within or without this state, for the purpose

of financing a purchase of or refinancing an existing ownership interest

in such a corporation or partnership, provided (a) such investment is

secured within ninety days from the making of the loan by an assignment

or transfer of the stock or other evidence of an ownership interest of

the borrower and a proprietary lease; and (b) repayment of principal and

interest shall be effected within the same number of years as a

conventional mortgage loan previously described in this subdivision. The

maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or received upon

any loan or forbearance made pursuant to this subdivision may exceed the

rate of interest prescribed by the superintendent of financial services

in accordance with section fourteen-a of this chapter by no more than

one and one-half per centum per annum.

8-b. Personal loan departments. Subject to such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe, a savings bank may

operate a personal loan department under the same terms and conditions

as are provided under the provisions of subdivisions four and five of

section one hundred eight of this chapter.

The superintendent of financial services shall be empowered (a) to

prescribe the terms and conditions governing the conduct and operation

of personal loan departments including, the maximum amount, expressed as

a percentage of assets or otherwise, which a savings bank may invest

pursuant to the provisions of this subdivision or in the aggregate,

taking into account such other provisions of law authorizing investments

by savings banks, and (b) to prescribe such terms and conditions as may

be appropriate to effect or facilitate the transfer of accounts operated

pursuant to the provisions of any other section of this chapter to the

personal loan departments authorized to be operated hereunder.

In pursuance of the authority granted hereunder savings banks shall be

empowered to issue credit cards, extend credit in connection therewith,

and otherwise engage in or participate in credit card operations, and to

act as financing agency as defined in subdivision nine of section three

hundred one and subdivision eighteen of section four hundred one of the

personal property law.

8-c. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe, promissory notes and other evidences of

indebtedness representing commercial, corporate or business loans,

provided that the aggregate amount of all such loans outstanding at any

time to any borrower shall, if unsecured, not exceed fifteen per centum

of the net worth of such savings bank or, if secured, subject to the

same limitations as to amount in relation to net worth as are applicable

to banks and trust companies pursuant to article three of this chapter.

For purposes of this section the term "net worth" shall have the meaning

ascribed to it by subdivision four of section two hundred forty-four of

this chapter.

8-d. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe and subject to the limits of subdivision eight-c

of this section and any other applicable limits or requirements imposed

by law or regulation, promissory notes and other evidence of

indebtedness that represent linked loans, each authorized and approved

pursuant to article fifteen of the state finance law and each in an

amount equal to a corresponding linked deposit made pursuant to such

article.

8-e. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe and subject to the limits of subdivision eight-c

of this section and any other applicable limits or requirements imposed

by law or regulation, promissory notes and other evidence of

indebtedness that represent linked loans, each authorized and approved

pursuant to article sixteen of the state finance law and each in an

amount equal to a corresponding linked deposit made pursuant to such

article.

9. Real estate as provided in this subdivision.

(a) A savings bank may purchase or acquire the following real estate:

(1) A plot whereon there is or may be erected a building suitable for

the convenient transaction of the business of the savings bank, from

portions of which not required for its own use a revenue may be derived,

and a plot whereon parking accommodations are, or are to be, provided,

with or without charge, primarily for its customers or employees or

both. The aggregate of all investments of a savings bank in such plots

and buildings shall not exceed five per centum of the assets of such

savings bank, except with the approval of the superintendent.

(2) Such as shall be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts

previously contracted in the course of its business.

(3) Such as it shall purchase at sales under judgments, decrees or

mortgages held by it.

(4) In lieu of instituting an action to foreclose a mortgage lien, a

savings bank may purchase a deed to the underlying real property.

(5) A whole or part interest in a "project" as defined in the New York

state urban development corporation act, pursuant to sections six or

eight of such act. An investment by a savings bank in a single project

shall not exceed one per centum of the assets or ten per centum of the

net worth of such savings bank, whichever is less, and the aggregate of

all investments of a savings bank in such projects and investments in

securities pursuant to subparagraph one-a of paragraph (a) of

subdivision twenty-one of this section shall not exceed five per centum

of the assets or fifty per centum of the net worth of such savings bank,

whichever is less. For the purposes of this subdivision, "net worth" of

a savings bank shall mean the excess of its assets at book value, less

allocated reserves, over known liabilities.

* (6) Improved or unimproved real property (either by purchase, lease,

exchange or otherwise), or any interest therein, to erect, construct,

rebuild, enlarge, alter, improve, maintain, manage and operate buildings

or other improvements of any description thereon, to sell, lease,

sublet, mortgage, exchange or otherwise dispose of same and execute,

perform and carry out contracts for construction, alteration,

improvement, maintenance, management or repair thereof, to make loans in

connection therewith, as owner, co-owner or otherwise, subject to such

specific or general approvals and limitations as shall be required by

regulations promulgated from time to time by the superintendent of

financial services pursuant to this subparagraph; provided, however,

that no activity specified herein, shall be undertaken pursuant to the

authority contained in this subparagraph until the superintendent of

financial services shall have issued regulations specifying the

limitations and requirements which shall be imposed in connection with

the investments and activities referred to herein including, without

limitation, the consideration of such savings bank's record in meeting

the credit needs of local communities within the meaning of section

twenty-eight-b of this chapter.

* NB Expired June 30, 1988

(b) Every parcel of real estate acquired by a savings bank shall be

conveyed to it directly by name, or, subject to such regulations and

restrictions as the superintendent of financial services finds to be

necessary and proper, may be taken in the name of a duly authorized

nominee, and the conveyance shall be immediately recorded or registered

in the office of the proper recording officer of the county in which

such real estate is located.

10. Bonds and other obligations of Savings and Loan Bank of the State

of New York.

11. Farm loan bonds, including consolidated bonds, issued by federal

land banks, federal intermediate credit bank debentures, including

consolidated debentures, issued by federal intermediate credit banks and

bonds, debentures or other obligations of banks for cooperatives,

including consolidated debentures issued by banks for cooperatives

organized under the laws of the United States.

12. Bankers' acceptances and bills of exchange which are eligible for

purchase in the open market by federal reserve banks and which have been

accepted by a bank, a trust company, a private banker or an investment

company, as those terms are defined in this chapter, or by a banking

corporation which is organized under the laws of the United States or of

any state thereof and which is a member of the federal reserve system.

Aggregate liability of any bank, trust company, private banker,

investment company or banking corporation to any savings bank for

acceptances shall not exceed twenty-five per centum of the capital and

surplus of such bank, trust company, private banker, investment company

or banking corporation, or five per centum of the aggregate amount

credited to the depositors of such savings bank, whichever amount is

less.

12-a. * (a) Obligations of any corporation organized under the laws of

any state of the United States maturing within two hundred seventy days,

provided that such obligations receive the highest rating of an

independent rating service designated by the superintendent of financial

services.

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* (a) Obligations of any corporation organized under the laws of any

state of the United States maturing within two hundred seventy days,

provided that such obligations meet the standards of creditworthiness

established by regulation by the superintendent.

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

(b) Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial

services may impose, certificates of deposit issued by or accounts of

(1) a bank, trust company or national bank having a principal, branch or

trust office in this state, (2) a banking corporation organized under

the laws of the United States or of any state thereof whose deposits are

insured by an agency of the United States, or (3) an agency or branch

located within the United States of a foreign banking corporation with

total worldwide bank assets in excess of one billion dollars.

12-b. Advances of federal funds to designated depositaries, provided

such advances are made on the condition that they be repaid on the next

business day following the day on which the advance is made. For

purposes of this subdivision and subdivision twelve of this section, the

term "federal funds" shall mean funds which a savings bank has on

deposit at a depositary which are exchangeable for funds on deposit at a

federal reserve bank; and the term "business day" shall mean any day on

which the savings bank, the depositary and the federal reserve bank

where the funds are on deposit are all open for general business.

13. Bonds of any corporation which at the time of such investment is

incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,

or the District of Columbia, and transacting the business of supplying

electrical energy or artificial gas, or natural gas purchased from

another corporation and supplied in substitution for, or in mixture

with, artificial gas, for light, heat, power and other purposes, or

transacting any or all of such business, provided at least eighty per

centum of the gross operating revenues of any such corporation are

derived from such business, subject to the following conditions:

(a) Such corporation shall have all franchises necessary to operate in

territory in which at least seventy-five per centum of its gross income

is earned. Such corporation shall file with the superintendent of

financial services and make public in each year a statement and a report

giving the income account covering the previous fiscal year and a

balance sheet showing in reasonable detail the assets and liabilities at

the end of the year.

(b) Either the outstanding full paid capital stock together with

premiums thereon and the surplus of such corporation shall be not less

than two-thirds of the total debt secured by mortgage lien on any part

or all of its property, or the outstanding full paid capital stock

together with premiums thereon and surplus and unsecured debt not

maturing within five years and not in excess of fifty per centum of such

capital stock, premiums and surplus shall be equal to at least

three-fourths of the total debt secured by mortgage lien on any part or

all of its property, provided, however, that in case of a corporation

having no-par value shares, the amount of capital which such shares

represent shall be the capital as shown by the books of the corporation.

(c) Such corporation shall have been in existence for a period of not

less than eight fiscal years and at no time within such period of eight

fiscal years next preceding the date of such investment shall said

corporation have failed to pay promptly and regularly the matured

principal and interest of all its indebtedness direct, assumed or

guaranteed, but the period of life of the corporation, together with the

period of life of any predecessor corporation or corporations from which

a major portion of its property was acquired by consolidation, merger or

purchase shall be considered together in determining the required

period.

(d) For a period of five fiscal years next preceding such investment

the net earnings of such corporation shall have averaged per year not

less than two times the average annual interest charges on its total

funded debt applicable to that period, and for the last fiscal year

preceding such investment such net earnings shall have been not less

than twice the interest charges for a full year on its total funded debt

outstanding at the time of such investment, and for such period the

gross operating revenues of any such corporation shall have averaged per

year not less than two million dollars.

(e) In determining the qualifications of any bond under this

subdivision where a corporation shall have acquired its property or any

substantial part thereof within five years immediately preceding the

date of such investment by consolidation or merger, or by the purchase

of all or a substantial portion of the property of any other corporation

or corporations, the gross operating revenues, net earnings, and

interest charges of the several predecessor or constituent corporations

shall be consolidated and adjusted so as to ascertain whether the

requirements of paragraph (d) of this subdivision have been complied

with.

(f) Such bonds shall be (1) bonds secured by a first or refunding

mortgage on property owned and operated, or controlled, by the

corporation issuing or assuming them, or underlying mortgage bonds

secured by a lien on property owned and operated, or controlled, by the

corporation issuing or assuming them, provided that such underlying

mortgage bonds are to be refunded by a junior mortgage providing for

their retirement, that the bonds under such junior mortgage comply with

the requirements of this subdivision, and that such underlying mortgage

is either a closed mortgage or remains open solely for the issue of

additional bonds which are to be pledged under such junior mortgage and

provided that the aggregate principal amount of bonds secured by such

first or refunding mortgage plus the principal amount of all the

underlying outstanding bonds shall not exceed two-thirds of the net

value of the physical property owned or controlled as shown by the books

of the owning corporation, and subject to the lien of such mortgage or

mortgages securing the total mortgage debt and provided further, that if

a refunding mortgage, it must provide for the retirement on or before

the date of their maturity of all bonds secured by prior liens on the

property, or (2) bonds, other than mortgage bonds, provided, that (a)

for a period of five fiscal years next preceding such investment the net

earnings of such corporation shall have averaged per year not less than

two and one-half times the average annual interest charges on its total

funded debt applicable to that period, and for the last fiscal year

preceding such investment such net earnings shall have been not less

than two and one-half times the interest charges for a full year on its

total funded debt outstanding at the time of such investment, and (b)

the capital stock together with premiums thereon and surplus of such

corporation shall not be less than two-thirds of its total funded debt

outstanding, and (c) such bonds, if issued for a term longer than

fifteen years, shall have been issued under an indenture containing a

covenant providing for the establishment of a sinking fund for the

benefit of such bonds whereby such bonds shall be redeemed at an annual

rate of not less than two per centum of the largest principal amount of

their issue at any one time outstanding, and (d) the mortgage bonds of

such corporation, if any, shall qualify under the provisions of this

subdivision.

(g) (1) The gross operating revenues and expenses of a corporation for

the purposes of this subdivision shall be, respectively, the total

amount earned from the operation of, and the total expense of

maintaining and operating, all property owned and operated, or leased

and operated, by such corporation, as determined by a system of accounts

adopted by a federal, state or municipal public service commission,

public utility commission or other similar regulatory body. The gross

operating revenues and expenses, as defined above, of subsidiary

companies may be included, provided all the mortgage bonds and a

controlling interest in stock or stocks of such subsidiary companies are

pledged as part security for the mortgage debt of the principal company.

The net value of any property shall be its value as shown by the books

of the corporation less the amounts of any reserves for depreciation,

retirement or amortization thereof. Property shall be deemed to be

controlled by a corporation if such corporation shall own not less than

ninety per cent of the capital stock of the corporation owning such

property.

(2) The net earnings of any corporation for the purposes of this

subdivision shall be the balance obtained by deducting from its gross

operating revenues, its operating and maintenance expenses, taxes other

than federal and state income taxes, rentals and provision for renewals

and retirements of the physical assets of the corporation, and by adding

to said balance its income from securities and miscellaneous sources but

not, however, to exceed fifteen per centum of said balance. The term

funded debt shall be construed to mean all interest-bearing debt

maturing more than one year from date of issue.

(3) In the computation for the purposes of this subdivision of the

ratio of mortgage debt to net mortgaged property value there shall be

excluded from the amount of outstanding mortgage bonds the amount of any

cash deposited with the trustee of the mortgage and held in trust

pursuant to the terms of such mortgage.

(h) Not more than twenty-five per centum of the assets of any savings

bank shall be loaned on or invested in bonds of such electric and gas

corporations, and not more than two per centum of the assets of any

savings bank shall be invested in the bonds of any one such corporation,

as authorized by this subdivision.

(i) As used in this subdivision, the term "bond" includes a note or

debenture.

14. Bonds of any corporation which at the time of such investment is

incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,

or the District of Columbia, and authorized to engage, and engaging, in

the business of furnishing telephone service in the United States,

subject to the following conditions:

(a) Such corporation shall have been in existence for a period of not

less than eight fiscal years and at no time within such period of eight

fiscal years next preceding the date of such investment shall said

corporation have failed to pay promptly and regularly the matured

principal and interest of all its indebtedness direct, assumed, or

guaranteed, but the period of life of the corporation, together with the

period of life of any predecessor corporation or corporations from which

a major portion of its property was acquired by consolidation, merger or

purchase, shall be considered together in determining the required

period; and such corporation shall file with the superintendent of

financial services and make public in each year a statement and a report

giving the income account covering the previous fiscal year and a

balance sheet showing in reasonable detail the assets and liabilities at

the end of the year.

(b) The outstanding full paid capital stock together with premiums

thereon and the surplus of such corporation shall at the time of such

investment be equal to at least two-thirds of the aggregate of its

funded debt and the total funded debt, exclusive of any such funded debt

held by such corporation, of every telephone corporation a majority of

the capital stock of which is owned by such corporation.

(c) For a period of five fiscal years next preceding such investment

the net earnings of such corporation shall have averaged per year not

less than two and one-half times the average annual interest charges on

its total debt applicable to that period, and for the last fiscal year

preceding such investment such net earnings shall have been not less

than twice the interest charges for a full year on its total funded debt

outstanding at the time of such investment, and for such period the

gross operating revenues of any such corporation shall have averaged per

year not less than five million dollars.

(d) In determining the qualifications of any bond under this

subdivision where a corporation shall have acquired its property or any

substantial part thereof within five years immediately preceding the

date of such investment by consolidation or merger, or by the purchase

of all or a substantial portion of the property of any other corporation

or corporations, the gross operating revenues, net earnings and interest

charges of the several predecessor or constituent corporations shall be

consolidated and adjusted so as to ascertain whether the requirements of

paragraph (c) of this subdivision have been complied with.

(e) The gross operating revenues and expenses of a corporation for the

purposes of this subdivision shall be, respectively, the total amount

earned from the operation of, and the total expense of maintaining and

operating, all property owned and operated, or leased and operated, by

such corporation, as determined by a system of accounts adopted by the

federal communications commission, a public service commission, or

public utility commission, or other similar federal or state regulatory

body.

(f) The net earnings of any corporation for the purposes of this

subdivision shall be the balance obtained by deducting from its gross

operating revenues, its operating and maintenance expenses, provision

for depreciation of the physical assets of the corporation, taxes other

than federal and state income taxes, rentals and miscellaneous charges,

and by adding to said balance its income from securities and

miscellaneous sources but not, however, to exceed fifteen per centum of

said balance. The term funded debt shall be construed to mean all

interest-bearing debt maturing more than one year from date of issue.

Whenever a corporation shall own a majority of the capital stock of

one or more other telephone corporations, the consolidated statements of

all such telephone corporations shall be used in determining the amount

of net earnings available for interest charges, and the amount of

interest charges, of such corporation.

(g) Not more than twenty-five per centum of the assets of any savings

bank shall be loaned on or invested in bonds of such telephone

corporations, and not more than three per centum of the assets of any

savings bank shall be invested in the bonds of any one telephone

corporation, as authorized by this subdivision.

(h) As used in this subdivision, the term "bond" includes a note or

debenture.

15. Bonds, debentures, consolidated debentures or other obligations of

any federal home loan bank or banks, or of Tennessee Valley Authority,

and obligations of, or instruments issued by or fully guaranteed as to

principal and interest by, the Federal National Mortgage Association, or

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and notes, bonds, debentures,

mortgages and other evidences of indebtedness of the United States

Postal Service.

16. Stock of a federal reserve bank in the amount necessary to qualify

for membership in such bank.

17. Stock of a federal home loan bank in the amount necessary to

qualify for membership in such bank and in such additional amounts as

are approved by the superintendent of financial services.

19. Securities of corporations which securities are made eligible for

investment by savings banks by the superintendent of financial services.

20. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent

of financial services finds to be necessary and proper, (a) (1) any bond

and mortgage insured by the federal housing commissioner, or for which a

commitment to insure has been made by the federal housing commissioner,

or (2) any bond and mortgage guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of

the act of congress entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of

1944", or (3) provided the mortgage is a first lien, any bond and

mortgage at least twenty per centum of which is guaranteed pursuant to

the provisions of such act, or (4) a participation in any loan or a part

interest in any bond and mortgage, secured by real property, to the

extent that the small business administration is committed to pay the

principal and interest thereof; (b) any whole or part interest in any

such bond and mortgage or in any whole or part interest in any such bond

and mortgage, which bond and mortgage is held for the benefit of the

holder or holders of a whole interest or part interests therein by any

entity or entities with which a savings bank is authorized to

participate pursuant to this paragraph, but no such investment shall be

made in any part interest which is junior or subordinate to any other

part interest therein; (c) any bond secured by any such mortgage or

mortgages, which mortgage is, or which mortgages are, held for the

benefit of the holder or holders of the bond or bonds secured thereby,

by a savings bank or bank or trust company; and (d) any property

improvement note issued pursuant to the provisions of the national

housing act, provided the savings bank investing in such note shall have

qualified for and received in connection therewith a contract of

insurance from the federal housing commissioner. A savings bank may

receive and hold such debentures as are issued in payment of any such

insurance. No law of this state prescribing or limiting the interest

rate upon loans or advances of credit or prescribing a penalty for

violation thereof or prescribing the nature, amount or form of security

or requiring security upon which loans or advances of credit may be made

or prescribing or limiting the period for which loans or advances of

credit may be made or limiting the amount of any class of loans,

advances of credit or purchases which may be made shall be deemed to

apply to loans, advances of credit or purchases made or to loans

acquired by purchase pursuant to this subdivision.

The provisions of subdivision six of this section, except those of

paragraph (f) thereof, shall not apply to investments made pursuant to

this subdivision by any savings bank. Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of

section one of chapter eight hundred ninety-seven of the laws of

nineteen hundred thirty-four as amended shall not apply to savings

banks. The term "bond", as used in this subdivision, includes a note.

The authority provided in this subdivision to invest in any bond and

mortgage guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress

entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944", shall include

authority to acquire title to real property in connection with investing

in an installment contract for the sale of real property, so guaranteed,

where the purchaser under such contract is in possession and control of

the property, and title is acquired by the savings bank solely as

security for the obligations of the purchaser.

21. (a) Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the

superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper:

(1) Stock and obligations, not otherwise eligible for investment by

the savings bank, of any corporation organized under any law of this

state for the purpose of acquiring, constructing, owning, maintaining,

operating, selling or conveying a housing project or projects (not

including hotels but including accommodations for retail stores, shops,

offices and other community services reasonably incident to such

projects) located within this state, provided that all the stock and

obligations of any such corporation have been or are originally issued

to one or more savings banks of this state.

(1-a). Stock and obligations, not otherwise eligible for investment by

the savings bank, of any "subsidiary" of the New York state urban

development corporation, as defined in the New York state urban

development corporation act, provided that all the stock and obligations

of any such subsidiary is or is to be owned by one or more savings banks

of this state, or by such other owners of such stock and obligations as

may be approved by the superintendent of financial services.

(2) Corporate interest-bearing securities, other than those issued by

any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country except

Canada whose securities are not registered with the United States

Securities and Exchange Commission or listed on a national securities

exchange in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

amended, and interest-bearing securities of any state in the United

States or of any public authority, commission or instrumentality

organized under the laws of any state of the United States or of any

political subdivision of any such state, not otherwise eligible for

investment by the savings bank, which are not in default as to either

principal or interest when acquired, provided that no investment shall

be made pursuant to this subparagraph (2) in the securities of any

corporation if the total direct liabilities of such corporation to the

savings bank exceed, or by the making of such investment will exceed,

ten per centum of the total direct liabilities of such corporation or

one per centum of the assets of the savings bank, whichever amount is

less. The term "securities", as used in this subparagraph (2), means

such bonds, notes, debentures and other obligations for payment of money

as are negotiable, or conditional sale agreements, assignments of

conditional sale agreements and participations therein which are issued

or made by railroads for the purchase of rolling stock, and which have a

maturity of not less than five years from the date of issue or making,

or, if issued or made in a series or repayable in installments, an

average maturity of not less than five years from the date of issue or

making.

(b) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to

subparagraphs one and two of paragraph (a) of this subdivision if the

total amount invested by it pursuant to such paragraph, together with

the total amount invested by it pursuant to any provisions of any law

other than the banking law, exceeds, or by the making of such investment

will exceed, an amount equal to ten per centum of the assets of the

savings bank. An investment by a savings bank in a single subsidiary of

the New York state urban development corporation pursuant to

subparagraph one-a of paragraph a of this subdivision shall not exceed

one per centum of the assets or ten per centum of the net worth of such

savings bank, whichever is less, and the aggregate of all investments of

a savings bank in such subsidiaries and investments in securities

pursuant to subparagraph five of paragraph (a) of subdivision nine of

this section shall not exceed five per centum of the assets or fifty per

centum of the net worth of such savings bank, whichever is less. For the

purposes of this paragraph, "net worth" of a savings bank shall mean the

excess of its assets at book value, less allocated reserves, over known

liabilities.

(d) For the purposes of sections two hundred seventy-four, two hundred

eighty-five and four hundred thirty-five of this chapter, investments

authorized by this subdivision shall not be deemed investments in which

savings banks may legally invest, except that investments authorized by

subparagraph one-a of paragraph (a) of this subdivision shall be deemed

investments in which savings banks may legally invest for the purposes

of section three hundred seventy-nine of this chapter.

(e) For the purposes of section three hundred fifty-nine-f of the

general business law, investments authorized by sub-paragraph (2) of

paragraph (a) of this subdivision shall not be deemed investments in

which savings banks may legally invest.

* 21-a. Interest-bearing obligations payable in United States funds

which at the time of investment are rated in one of the three highest

rating grades by each rating service, designated by the superintendent

of financial services, which has rated such obligations, provided that

the aggregate amount invested in the obligations of any single issuer

pursuant to this subdivision and pursuant to subparagraph (2) of

paragraph (a) of subdivision twenty-one of this section may not exceed

one per centum of the assets of the savings bank, and provided further

that the aggregate amount invested in the interest-bearing obligations

of any single issuer pursuant to this subdivision and pursuant to any

provision of this section specifically authorizing such investment, may

not exceed the percentage limitations contained in any such provision.

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* 21-a. Interest-bearing obligations payable in United States funds

which at the time of investment meet the standards of creditworthiness

established by regulation by the superintendent, provided that the

aggregate amount invested in the obligations of any single issuer

pursuant to this subdivision and pursuant to subparagraph (2) of

paragraph (a) of subdivision twenty-one of this section may not exceed

one per centum of the assets of the savings bank, and provided further

that the aggregate amount invested in the interest-bearing obligations

of any single issuer pursuant to this subdivision and pursuant to any

provision of this section specifically authorizing such investment, may

not exceed the percentage limitations contained in any such provision.

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

22. Certificates of investment in savings banks life insurance fund.

23. Certificates representing advances to the surplus fund of its life

insurance department.

24. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the international bank for

reconstruction and development.

24-a. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the inter-American

development bank.

24-b. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the Asian development bank.

24-c. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the African Development

Bank.

24-d. Obligations guaranteed by the youth facilities project guarantee

fund and participations therein.

24-e. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the International Finance

Corporation.

25. Obligations of the Dominion of Canada, or of any province or city

of the Dominion of Canada, as provided in this subdivision. (a)

Obligations of the Dominion of Canada, or those for which the faith of

the Dominion of Canada is pledged to provide for the payment of the

interest and principal, provided that the principal and interest of such

obligations are payable in United States funds.

(b) Obligations of any province of the Dominion of Canada or those for

which the faith of any such province is pledged to provide for the

payment of the interest and principal upon which there is no default and

upon which there has been no default for more than ninety days;

provided, that within ten years immediately preceding the investment

such province has not been in default for more than ninety days in the

payment of any part of principal or interest of any debt duly authorized

by the legislature of such province; and provided that the principal and

interest of such obligations are payable in United States funds; and

provided further, that if at any time the net debt, as hereinafter

defined, of any such province shall exceed twenty-five per centum of the

valuation of real property in such province for the purposes of

taxation, the obligations of such province shall, thereafter, and until

such net debt shall be reduced to twenty-five per centum of the

valuation of real property in such province for the purposes of

taxation, cease to be an authorized investment for the moneys of savings

banks. The term "net debt" as used in this paragraph shall mean the

aggregate of all direct obligations funded and unfunded of any such

province and all other obligations excluding any on which interest is

being paid out of other than the ordinary revenues of such province;

less sinking funds applicable to such obligations.

(c) Obligations of any city in Canada, provided that said city has a

population, according to the last federal census of Canada next

preceding said investment, of not less than one hundred fifty thousand

inhabitants, and has not, within twenty-five years preceding said

investment, defaulted for more than one hundred and twenty days in the

payment of any part either of principal or interest of any bond, note,

or other evidence of indebtedness, provided that the indebtedness of

such city does not exceed the limitations imposed by paragraph (c) of

subdivision five of this section if applicable; and provided further

that the principal and interest of such obligations are payable in

United States funds. No obligations of any such city shall be an

authorized investment for savings banks unless such city shall have

power to levy taxes on the taxable real property therein or to require a

levy thereon by municipalities within its area in either case for the

payment of such obligation without limitation of rate or amount. The

term "city" as used in this paragraph and in paragraph (d) of

subdivision five of this section shall include The Municipality of

Metropolitan Toronto and any other similar corporation in Canada, and

the power to require a levy by municipalities within its area shall be

deemed to be a power to levy taxes within the meaning of such last

mentioned paragraph.

(d) Not more than ten per centum of the assets of any savings banks

shall be invested in the obligations defined in this subdivision, and

not more than two per centum of such assets shall be invested in the

obligations of any province, nor more than two per centum of such assets

in the obligations of any city, as authorized by this subdivision.

26. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent

of financial services finds to be necessary and proper:

(a) Preferred stock of any corporation, created or existing under the

laws of the United States or of any state, district or territory

thereof, provided (1) the net earnings of such corporation available for

its fixed charges for a period of five fiscal years next preceding the

date of investment by such savings bank shall have averaged per year not

less than one and one-half times the sum of the following, computed as

of the date of such investment: its annual fixed charges, if any, its

annual maximum contingent interest, if any, and its annual preferred

dividend requirements; and (2) during either of the last two years of

such period such net earnings shall have been not less than one and

one-half times the sum of its fixed charges, contingent interest and

preferred dividend requirements for such year. As used in this paragraph

(a), the term "dividend requirements" shall be construed to mean

cumulative or non-cumulative dividends whether or not paid.

(b) Guaranteed stock of any corporation created or existing under the

laws of the United States or of any state, district or territory

thereof, provided (1) the net earnings of the guaranteeing corporation

available for its fixed charges for a period of five fiscal years next

preceding the date of investment by such savings bank shall have

averaged per year not less than one and one-half times its annual fixed

charges computed as of the time of such investment; and (2) during

either of the last two years of such period net earnings shall have been

not less than one and one-half times its fixed charges for such year.

(c) Common stock of any corporation created or existing under the laws

of the United States or of any state, district or territory thereof,

provided such common stock is registered on a national securities

exchange, as provided in an act of congress of the United States,

entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of 1934", approved June sixth,

nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended.

(e) Stock or shares of any investment company, as defined by, and

which is registered under, an act of congress of the United States,

entitled the "Investment Company Act of 1940", approved August

twenty-second, nineteen hundred forty, as amended, provided such company

may invest only in such investments as are eligible for savings banks,

including, without limitation, investments made eligible for savings

banks by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this subdivision but excluding

investments made eligible for savings banks by subdivisions five-a, six,

eight, nine, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, twenty-two and twenty-three

of this section, provided that (i) investment restrictions based upon

the assets, surplus fund, net worth or other features of the condition

or operation of the savings bank shall not be applicable to such

investment company, (ii) the amount of stock of any corporation which

may be held by such investment company shall not exceed five per centum

of the number of shares of stock of such corporation outstanding at the

time of investment by such investment company, and (iii) at the time the

investment is made, the percentage of assets that a savings bank may

invest in the stock or shares of the investment company shall not exceed

the limitation, if any, applicable to a savings bank's investment in any

individual security included in the investment company's portfolio.

Nothing contained in the provisions of this chapter shall prevent an

officer, director, clerk or other employee of any bank or trust company

from being an officer, director or employee of any such investment

company.

(ee) Stock of any "bank service corporation", as such term is defined

by an act of congress of the United States, entitled the "Bank Service

Corporation Act", approved October twenty-third, nineteen hundred

sixty-two, as such act may be amended from time to time, provided such

investment shall have been authorized by the superintendent.

(eee) Stock or shares of any investment company, as defined by, and

which is registered under, an act of Congress of the United States,

entitled the "Investment Company Act of 1940", approved August

twenty-second, nineteen hundred forty, as amended, provided: (1) such

company is managed, advised and has its assets held at a bank or trust

company which is supervised and examined by the superintendent; (2) all

of the stock and shares, other than stock or shares required by law to

qualify directors, of such investment company are or are to be owned by

savings banks, savings and loan associations and pension trusts, funds,

plans or agreements participated in by one or more savings banks or

savings and loan associations to provide retirement benefits, for any or

all of its or their active officers and employees; and (3) such

investment company may invest only in investments as are made eligible

for savings banks by subdivisions one, two, three, four and fifteen of

this section. For the purpose of investments authorized by this

paragraph, no investment shall be made by a savings bank if the total

amount invested by it exceeds, or by the making of the investment will

exceed, an amount equal to thirty-five percent of its assets.

(f) For the purposes of this subdivision, (1) the term "net earnings

available for fixed charges" shall mean net income after deducting

operating and maintenance expenses, taxes other than federal and state

income taxes, depreciation and depletion, but excluding extraordinary

non-recurring items of income or expense appearing in the regular

financial statements of the issuing, assuming or guaranteeing

corporation; provided, however, that in the case of preferred stocks,

federal and state income taxes shall also be deducted in determining net

earnings available for fixed charges; (2) the term "fixed charges" shall

include interest on funded and unfunded debt, amortization of debt

discount and rentals for leased properties; (3) if net earnings are

determined in reliance upon consolidated earnings statements of parent

and subsidiary corporations, such net earnings shall be determined after

provision for income taxes of subsidiaries and after proper allowance

for minority stock interest, if any, and the required coverage of fixed

charges shall be computed on a basis including fixed charges and

preferred dividends of subsidiaries other than those payable by such

subsidiaries to the parent corporation or to any other of such

subsidiaries; and (4) in applying the earnings tests under this

subdivision to any issuing, assuming, or guaranteeing corporation, where

such corporation shall have acquired its property or any substantial

part thereof within the five years immediately preceding the date of

investment by consolidation or merger, or by the purchase of all or a

substantial portion of any other corporation or corporations, or shall

have acquired the assets of any unincorporated business enterprise by

purchase or otherwise, the gross operating income, net earnings and

interest charges of the several predecessor or constitutent corporations

or enterprises shall be consolidated and adjusted so as to ascertain

whether or not the applicable requirements of this subdivision have been

complied with.

(g) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to

paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this subdivision in the stock of any

corporation if the total investment by the savings bank in the stock of

such corporation exceeds, or by the making of such investment will

exceed (1) in amount, one per centum of the assets of the savings bank,

or (2) in number of shares, two per centum of the total issued and

outstanding shares of stock of such corporation.

(h) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to

paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this subdivision if the total aggregate

amount so invested by it exceeds, or by the making of such investment

will exceed, an amount equal to seven and one half per centum of its

assets.

(i) No investment in an investment company shall be made by a savings

bank pursuant to paragraph (e) of this subdivision if the total amount

invested by it in all such investment companies pursuant to such

paragraph exceeds, or by the making of such investment will exceed, an

amount equal to seven and one-half per centum of its assets.

(k) For the purposes of sections two hundred seventy-four, two hundred

eighty-five and four hundred thirty-five of this chapter, investments

authorized by this subdivision shall not be deemed investments in which

savings banks may legally invest.

(l) For the purposes of any other statutes which restrict investments

to securities authorized for investment by savings banks, including but

not limited to section ninety-two of the membership corporation law,

section 9.27 of the mental hygiene law and sections fifteen and

twenty-five-a of the workmen's compensation law, investments authorized

by this subdivision, shall not be deemed investments in which savings

banks may legally invest.

26-a. (1) Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the

superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper,

the stock or obligations of one or more corporations engaged, or to be

engaged, primarily in originating and servicing mortgages on real

property, provided, however, that if the savings bank shall own less

than all of the stock and obligations of any such corporation, the

remainder of the stock, excluding directors' qualifying shares, if any,

and obligations of such corporation shall be owned by one or more

savings banks or savings and loan associations located in this state.

(2) No investment shall be made pursuant to this subdivision unless

the corporation in which such investment is to be made shall have

furnished satisfactory assurance to the superintendent that it will be

subject to examination by him to the same extent as if the business of

such corporation were being conducted by the savings bank on its own

premises. No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to this

subdivision if the total amount so invested by it exceeds, or by the

making of such investment will exceed, an amount equal to one per centum

of its assets.

(4) For the purposes of any other provisions of law which restrict

investments to those in which savings banks may legally invest, other

than subdivision five of section three hundred seventy-nine of this

chapter, investments authorized by this subdivision shall not be deemed

investments in which savings banks may legally invest.

27. For the purposes of this section the term "state", when used

generally to include every state of the United States, includes also the

commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the term "city", when used generally to

include cities in every state of the United States, includes also any

municipality of the commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

28. Bonds, notes or evidences of indebtedness issued by a corporation

organized for the purpose of undertaking, constructing, owning,

maintaining, operating, selling or conveying a slum clearance and

redevelopment project, located within this state, pursuant to title one

of an act of congress of the United States approved July fifteenth,

nineteen hundred forty-nine, entitled the "Housing Act of 1949," or

organized pursuant to articles five and six of the private housing

finance law, and secured by a first mortgage upon all of the real

property owned by the corporation. A mortgage loan made under this

subdivision may equal but shall in no event exceed ninety per centum of

the cost as estimated prior to the completion of the project, or ninety

per centum of the total actual final cost, if that shall be greater than

the estimated cost, but in no event, shall such mortgage loan exceed

ninety per centum of the appraised value of the completed project

determined pursuant to subdivision six of this section. The estimated

cost and the total actual final cost shall be certified as to

reasonableness and correctness by an independent engineering

organization and shall include the cost to the corporation of the lands

owned by the corporation, the cost of demolition, the cost of

constructing the improvements, including planning, designing,

engineering and landscaping, the cost of relocation of tenants, interest

and other carrying charges during the period of acquisition and of

construction, all other costs necessarily incurred and properly

attributable to undertaking, constructing and completing the project,

and an allowance for working capital which shall not exceed an amount

equal to three per centum of the estimated cost or of the total actual

final cost of the project if that shall be greater than the estimated

cost. A mortgage loan made under this subdivision may be participated in

by one or more savings banks. An agreement setting forth the manner in

which the participating banks shall administer the mortgage and acquire

real estate, if any, shall be executed on behalf of each bank by two

persons appointed by the board of trustees of such bank. Investments

made by any savings bank in mortgage loans pursuant to this subdivision

and pursuant to paragraph (h) of subdivision six of this section shall

not, in the aggregate, exceed ten per centum of the assets or an amount

equal to the surplus fund and undivided profits and surplus reserve of

such savings bank, whichever is less, and shall be included in the

computation of permissive investment in mortgage loans pursuant to

paragraph (d) of subdivision six of this section. Investments in such

mortgage loans shall be subject to such regulations and restrictions as

the superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and

proper.

28-a. Such bonds or other evidences of indebtedness issued or

guaranteed by the State of Israel as are approved by the comptroller of

the currency for investment by national banks; provided, however, that

the principal and interest payable thereon shall be payable in United

States dollars; and provided that such investments may not exceed in the

aggregate five percent of the bank's capital deposits, undivided

profits, surplus and reserves.

28-b. Such acquisitions and leases of personal property as are

authorized to be made by commercial banks by subdivision twelve of

section ninety-six of this chapter, subject to those limitations

applicable to such investments in the case of banks or trust companies.

29. Subject to such restrictions as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe, stock or other equity interest in one or more

small business investment companies, as authorized pursuant to the

provisions of an act of congress entitled "Small Business Investment Act

of 1958," as amended, or in any entity established to invest solely in

such small business investment companies, except that in no event shall

the total amount of such investments exceed: (a) for a stock form

savings bank five percent of its capital stock, surplus fund and

undivided profits; or (b) for a non-stock savings bank five percent of

its net worth.

30. Alternative investment authority of savings banks to invest in

certain securities. Notwithstanding the limitations contained in

subdivision one, two, three, four, five, seven, seven-a, ten, eleven,

thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, nineteen, twenty-one-a, twenty-four,

twenty-four-a, twenty-four-b, twenty-four-c, twenty-five, twenty-six,

twenty-seven, twenty-eight-a, or subparagraph two of paragraph (a) or

paragraph (b) of subdivision twenty-one of this section, and subject to

such limitations as the superintendent of financial services shall

adopt, a savings bank shall be authorized to invest in such debt

securities as are not in default as to either principal or interest when

acquired, and in such equity securities, in both cases as would be

acquired by prudent persons of discretion and intelligence in such

matters who are seeking a reasonable income and preservation of their

capital.

Without limiting its authority hereunder, the superintendent of

financial services shall adopt regulations to require that any savings

bank which shall elect to make investments pursuant to this subdivision

shall have first established an investment committee of its board of

trustees to supervise and monitor the investment activities exercisable

pursuant to the authority granted by this subdivision, the majority of

the members of which shall be trustees who are not also officers or

employees of such savings bank.

The superintendent of financial services shall, in addition, adopt

regulations to require that no savings bank, in making investments

pursuant to this subdivision shall (either before or after the making of

such investments) control, as the superintendent of financial services

shall define the term "control", the issuer of any such securities

acquired by such savings bank.

For purposes of any other law establishing or limiting the investments

of any person or entity to those investments which are permitted for

savings banks, the investments authorized by this subdivision shall not,

by virtue of this subdivision alone, be deemed investments in which a

savings bank may legally invest.

31. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial

services may promulgate, investments which do not qualify under any of

the preceding subdivisions of this section, provided that:

(a) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to this

subdivision if the amount of such investment exceeds one per centum of

the assets of the savings bank, or if the aggregate amount of all such

investments by a savings bank exceeds, or by the making of such

investment will exceed, five per centum of its assets;

(b) No investment shall be made by a savings bank in the equity

securities of any one issuer pursuant to this subdivision if the

aggregate amount invested by it pursuant to this subdivision together

with the amount invested in the equity securities of such issuer

pursuant to any other provision of law exceeds, or by the making of such

investment will exceed, one per centum of the assets of the savings

bank, and no investment shall be made by a savings bank in a loan to, or

in the debt securities of, any one issuer pursuant to this subdivision,

if the aggregate amount invested by it pursuant to this subdivision

together with the amount invested in a loan to, or in the debt

securities of, such issuer pursuant to any other provision of law

exceeds, or by the making of such investment will exceed, one per centum

of the assets of the savings bank;

(c) This subdivision shall not be deemed to alter any provision of

this chapter limiting the aggregate amount which may be invested in any

class of loan or investment;

(e) For the purposes of this subdivision, "net worth" of a savings

bank shall mean the excess of its assets at book value, less allocated

reserves, over known liabilities; and

(f) For the purposes of sections two hundred seventy-four, two hundred

eighty-five and four hundred thirty-five of this chapter, section three

hundred fifty-nine-f of the general business law, and any other

provisions of law which restrict investments to those in which savings

banks may legally invest, other than subdivision six of section three

hundred seventy-nine of this chapter, investments authorized by this

subdivision shall not be deemed investments in which savings banks may

legally invest.

§ 235-b — Effect of usury

Effect of usury. The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving,

or charging by a savings bank of interest at a rate greater than six per

centum per annum, as computed pursuant to this section, or in excess of

such greater rate of interest as may be authorized by law, shall be held

and adjudged a forfeiture of the entire interest which the note or other

evidence of debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid

thereon. If such greater rate of interest has been paid, the person

paying the same or his legal representatives may recover from the

savings bank twice the entire amount of the interest thus paid. Nothing

in this section shall be deemed to affect the powers of any savings bank

with respect to loans or investments it is authorized to make.

* § 235-b. Effect of usury. The knowingly taking, receiving,

reserving, or charging by a savings bank of interest at a rate greater

than such rate of interest as may be authorized by law shall be held and

adjudged a forfeiture of the entire interest which the note or other

evidence of debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid

thereon. If such greater rate of interest has been paid, the person

paying the same or his legal representatives may recover from the

savings bank twice the entire amount of the interest thus paid, if

action therefor is brought within two years from the time the excess of

interest is taken. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to affect the

powers of any savings bank with respect to loans or investments it is

authorized to make.

* NB Effectiveness of amendments made by chapter 349/1989 §7 expired

September 1, 1971 per §13 of such chapter

§ 235-c — Regulation of certain charges

Regulation of certain charges. The superintendent of

financial services shall have the power to prescribe by regulation (i)

the maximum charge which may be imposed in this state by a savings bank

in connection with a check or other written order drawn upon it on

insufficient funds, irrespective of whether the instrument is paid,

accepted or returned by the bank, and (ii) the maximum charge which may

be imposed in this state by a savings bank in connection with a check or

other written order received by it for deposit or collection and

subsequently dishonored and returned for any reason by the drawee.

§ 235-d — Service corporations owned by savings banks; authorized activities of such corporations; investment therein

Service corporations owned by savings banks; authorized

activities of such corporations; investment therein. 1. A savings bank

may invest in the stock, capital notes and debentures of one or more

service corporations organized under the laws of this state for the sole

activities set forth in subdivision two of this section, to the extent

and upon such conditions as are or have been authorized by the

superintendent of financial services, provided that all of the stock of

such service corporations is, or is to be, owned by one or more savings

banks; and provided further, that no savings bank may make any

investment under this section if its aggregate outstanding investment

thereby, determined as prescribed by the superintendent of financial

services, would thereupon exceed three per centum of its assets.

2. The activities of such service corporations, performed directly or

through one or more wholly owned subsidiaries, shall consist of

rendering such services to savings banks and making such investments for

itself and for savings banks as are authorized services and investments

for such savings banks under the provisions of this chapter, as well as

such activities as may be prescribed by general regulation of the

superintendent of financial services.

§ 236 — Deposits by savings banks with other banking corporations and private bankers; restrictions

Deposits by savings banks with other banking corporations and

private bankers; restrictions. 1. Except for investments made pursuant

to subdivision twelve-a of section two hundred thirty-five of this

chapter, no savings bank shall deposit any of its funds with any other

banking corporation or private banker unless such corporation or private

banker has been designated as a depositary by vote of a majority of all

the trustees of the savings bank, exclusive of any trustee who is an

officer, partner, director or trustee of the depositary so designated.

2. The amount deposited by any savings bank in any depositary,

including investments made pursuant to subdivisions twelve-a and

twelve-b of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter, shall not

exceed twenty-five per centum of the net worth as shown by the last

published statement of such depositary, if a corporation, or twenty-five

per centum of the permanent capital and surplus as shown by the last

published statement of such depositary, if a private banker, or five per

centum of the aggregate amount credited to the depositors of such

savings bank, whichever is smaller.

§ 237 — Deposits with savings banks; restrictions

Deposits with savings banks; restrictions. 1. No savings bank

shall accept any deposit for credit to any executor, administrator,

trustee, committee, conservator or guardian, named in a will or

appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction, unless a certified copy

of the will, order or decree of the court authorizing such deposits or

appointing such executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator

or guardian, or a certificate of such appointment is filed with the

savings bank.

2. No savings bank shall accept any deposit for credit to any

municipal corporation.

3. A savings bank may limit the aggregate amount which it will receive

on deposit; may, in its discretion, refuse to accept a deposit; and may

at any time return all or any part of any deposit other than a deposit

held pursuant to subdivision one-a of section two hundred thirty-four of

this chapter.

4. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of law, a savings bank

may accept deposits of moneys paid under and as security for the

performance of any lease or leases, or to be applied to payments under

such lease or leases when due, although the person depositing such

moneys is held accountable therefor as a trustee of trust funds. Moneys

received from or held for persons under more than one lease may be

deposited in one or more accounts.

Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of law, the word "person"

as used in this subdivision four shall include an individual, municipal

corporation, partnership, corporation, association or any other

organization operated for profit.

5. Nothing contained in this section shall require a savings bank to

return any deposit lawfully held by it at the time this act takes

effect.

6. Nothing contained in this section or in this chapter shall be

construed to prevent a savings bank from accepting a deposit or deposits

in any amount in any account in the name of or to the credit of any bona

fide charitable or religious association, corporation or organization.

7. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, a savings bank shall have power to

act as trustee under a retirement plan established pursuant to the

provisions of the act of congress entitled "Self-employed Individuals

Tax Retirement Act of 1962", and provisions of law contained therein as

amended, provided that the provisions of such retirement plan require

the funds of such trust to be invested exclusively in deposits in

savings banks. In the event that any such retirement plan which, in the

judgment of the savings bank, constituted a qualified plan under the

provisions of said Self-employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962,

and provisions of law contained therein as amended, and the regulations

promulgated thereunder at the time the trust was established and

accepted by the savings bank is subsequently determined not to be such a

qualified plan or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified plan, in

whole or in part, the savings bank may, nevertheless, continue to act as

trustee of any deposits theretofore made under such plan and to dispose

of the same in accordance with the directions of the depositor and the

beneficiaries thereof. No savings bank, in respect to deposits made

under this subdivision, shall be bound by any provision of this chapter

restricting or limiting the amount of deposits which a savings bank may

accept, or be required to segregate such deposits from other deposits of

such savings banks, provided, however, that a savings bank shall keep

appropriate records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in

under the authority of this subdivision.

8. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, a savings bank shall have power to

act as trustee of an individual retirement account established pursuant

to the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Employee Retirement

Income Security Act of 1974", provided that the provisions of the

written governing instrument creating the trust require the funds of

such trust to be invested exclusively in deposits in savings banks. In

the event that any such individual retirement account, which in the

judgment of the savings bank, constituted a qualified individual

retirement account under the provisions of said Employee Retirement

Income Security Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated thereunder

at the time the trust was established and accepted by the savings bank

is subsequently determined not to be such a qualified individual

retirement account or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified

individual retirement account, in whole or in part, the savings bank

may, nevertheless, continue to act as trustee of any deposits

theretofore made under such individual retirement account and to dispose

of the same in accordance with the directions of the depositor and the

beneficiaries thereof. No savings bank, in respect to deposits made

under this subdivision, shall be bound by any provision of this chapter

restricting or limiting the amount of deposits which a savings bank may

accept, or be required to segregate such deposits from other deposits of

such savings banks, provided, however, that a savings bank shall keep

appropriate records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in

under the authority of this subdivision.

§ 238 — Regulations and restrictions as to repayment of deposits

Regulations and restrictions as to repayment of deposits. 1.

The repayment of deposits made with any savings bank and any interest

credited thereto, shall be subject to the provisions of this chapter and

to rules and regulations made in accordance therewith. Any such

regulations adopted by the board of trustees shall be posted in a

conspicuous place in the office or offices of such savings bank, and

shall be available to depositors upon request. All such rules and

regulations, from time to time in effect, and all amendments thereto,

from time to time in effect, shall be binding upon all depositors.

2. A savings bank may at any time by a resolution of its board of

trustees require a notice of sixty days before repaying deposits which

are not demand deposits, in which event no non-demand deposit shall be

due or payable until sixty days after notice of intention to withdraw

the same shall have been personally given by the depositor. Any such

non-demand deposit shall cease to be due or payable under such notice or

by reason thereof upon the fifteenth day after the expiration of such

sixty days' notice if not withdrawn by the fifteenth day thereafter.

Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed as prohibiting any

savings bank from making payments of such deposits before the expiration

of said sixty days' notice. Except as provided in subdivision four of

this section and in subdivision one-a of section two hundred thirty-four

of this chapter, no savings bank shall agree with its depositors in

advance to waive said sixty days' notice nor shall it require a longer

notice than sixty days. In the event that any savings bank shall require

that notice be given before such deposits may be withdrawn it shall,

upon the day such requirement is made effective, notify the

superintendent by telephone or telegraph that such requirement has been

made.

3. Except as provided in subdivisions four, five and six of this

section, a savings bank shall not pay, nor shall a depositor, his

assignee or anyone claiming through a depositor, be entitled to receive

any interest or deposit or portion of a deposit, unless the passbook of

the depositor be produced and the proper entry be made therein at the

time of the payment. The board of trustees, however, may provide in the

by-laws for making payments in cases of loss of passbook, or other

exceptional cases where the passbooks cannot be produced without serious

inconvenience to depositors. The board of trustees may further provide

in the by-laws for the payment of interest to a depositor without

requiring the production of the passbook, provided that such payment is

made (a) pursuant to the written request of the depositor, and (b) by

check payable to the order of the depositor. The right to make such

payments without production of the passbook shall cease when the

superintendent shall so direct, upon his being satisfied that such right

is being improperly exercised. Payments, however, may be made upon the

judgment or order of a court. Where payment is made without production

of the passbook in accordance with its by-laws, a savings bank shall not

be liable to an assignee of that passbook for such payment if such

assignee has not, prior to such payment, served upon the savings bank

written notice of the assignment. When authorized by the depositor, or,

in the case of a joint account, by both depositors, a savings bank may

charge the account of such depositor or depositors for any sums due the

insurance department of such savings bank, or due the insurance

department of any other savings bank for which it is agent, without

requiring the production of the passbook for the recording of the charge

therein. For the purpose of this subdivision, the term "passbook" shall

include any evidence of ownership of a deposit held pursuant to

subdivision one-a of section two hundred thirty-four of this chapter,

subject, however, to such regulations and restrictions as the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe pursuant to such

subdivision.

4. A savings bank may contract with its depositors to repay deposits

of fixed sums made at regular intervals, other than demand deposits and

deposits held pursuant to subdivision one-a of section two hundred

thirty-four of this chapter, at a given time with all interest credited

thereon or to repay said deposits when, together with interest credited

thereon, they shall equal a specific sum and may issue a certificate

setting forth the given sum to which such deposits shall be accumulated

or the given time during which the deposits and the interest thereon

shall be accumulated. Such contract shall not provide for any forfeiture

of the sums deposited in the event of the discontinuance of the regular

payments. Interest on club accounts, if offered, must be credited at

least quarterly and may not be forfeited once credited, in the event of

the discontinuance of regular payments. Any savings bank which provides

for deposits in club accounts shall, in all advertising, announcements

or brochures pertaining to such accounts, state whether or not interest

is paid thereon and, if interest is paid, shall state the rate or form

of interest so paid in accordance with any rules and regulations that

may be prescribed by the superintendent.

4-a. If a deposit held pursuant to subdivision one-a of section two

hundred thirty-four of this chapter is repaid prior to maturity at the

request of a depositor, such repayment shall be subject to such

penalties as the superintendent of financial services may find to be

necessary and proper, except that no such penalty shall be imposed where

the depositor has died or been declared legally incompetent.

5. A savings bank may accept deposits from an employer or an employee

group, to be credited to the individual accounts of the members of a

group of employees having a common employer, without the issuance of a

passbook in connection therewith, and may pay to any one of the members

of such group, or to his authorized agent, in person, the whole or any

part of such deposits credited to his account together with the interest

credited thereon, without requiring the production of a passbook.

6. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, a savings bank may accept

deposits, including demand deposits, without the issuance of a passbook

in connection therewith, and may issue such other evidences of its

obligation to repay such deposits as may be appropriate to safeguard the

interests of the depositors and of the savings bank.

§ 239 — Repayment of deposits of minors, trust deposits, joint deposits, and deposits adversely claimed; interpleader in certain actions; statute...

Repayment of deposits of minors, trust deposits, joint

deposits, and deposits adversely claimed; interpleader in certain

actions; statute of limitations. 1. Any deposit made by or in the name

of any minor shall be held for the exclusive right and benefit of such

minor, and free from the control or lien of all other persons, except

creditors, and shall be paid together with the interest credited

thereon, to the person in whose name the deposit shall have been made,

and the receipt or acquittance of such minor shall be a valid and

sufficient release and discharge to the savings bank for any payment so

made.

5. Notice to any savings bank of an adverse claim to a deposit

standing on its books to the credit of any person shall not be effectual

to cause such savings bank to recognize such adverse claimant unless he

shall also either procure a restraining order, injunction or other

appropriate process against such savings bank from a court of competent

jurisdiction in a cause therein instituted by him wherein the person to

whose credit the deposit stands or his executor or administrator is made

a party and served with summons, or shall execute to such savings bank,

in form and with sureties acceptable to it a bond, indemnifying such

savings bank from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and

expenses, for and on account of the payment of such adverse claim or the

dishonor of the order of the person to whose credit the deposit stands

on the books of such savings bank; provided, that this section shall not

apply in any instance where the person to whose credit the deposit

stands is a fiduciary for such adverse claimant, and the facts

constituting such relationship, and the facts showing reasonable cause

for belief on the part of such claimant that such fiduciary is about to

misappropriate such deposit, are made to appear by the affidavit of such

claimant.

6. (a) In all actions against any savings bank to recover moneys on

deposit therewith, if there be any person or persons, not parties to the

action, who claim the same fund, the court in which the action is

pending may, on the petition of such savings bank, and upon eight days'

notice to the plaintiff and such claimants, and without proof as to the

merits of the claim, make an order amending the proceedings in the

action by making such claimants parties defendant thereto; and the court

shall thereupon proceed to determine the rights and interests of the

several parties to the action in and to such funds. The remedy provided

in this section shall be in addition to and not exclusive of that

provided in any other interpleader provision.

(b) The funds on deposit which are the subject of such an action may

remain with such savings bank to the credit of the action until final

judgment therein, and be entitled to the same interest as other deposits

of the same class, or, in the case of deposits held pursuant to

subdivision one-a of section two hundred thirty-four of this chapter, to

interest at the rate specified in the deposit contract until maturity

and at the rate at which interest is credited on regular savings

accounts from maturity until final judgment, and shall be paid by such

savings bank in accordance with the final judgment of the courts; or the

deposit in controversy may be paid into court to await the final

determination of the action, and when the deposit is so paid into court

such savings bank shall be struck out as a party to the action, and its

liability for such deposit shall cease.

(c) The costs in all actions against a savings bank to recover

deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be charged

upon the fund affected by the action.

§ 239-a — Preservation of books and records

Preservation of books and records. Every savings bank shall

preserve all its records of final entry, including cards used under the

card system and deposit tickets, for a period of at least six years from

the date of making the same or from the date of the last entry thereon;

provided, however, that preservation of photographic reproductions

thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute compliance with

the requirements of this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe by regulation such

period of time longer or shorter than six years during which all records

kept by saving banks as fiduciary shall be preserved in original form.

§ 240 — Restrictions as to place of business; branch offices

Restrictions as to place of business; branch offices. 1. A

savings bank shall not be located in the same room with or in a room

connecting with any bank, trust company or national bank, unless it be a

savings bank lawfully so located when this act takes effect. The

prohibitions of this subdivision shall not apply to automated teller

machines, point-of-sale terminals and similar facilities established

pursuant to section one hundred five-a, two hundred forty-a or three

hundred ninety-six-a of this chapter or pursuant to any federal law

authorizing a national bank to operate a similar facility.

2. No savings bank, or trustee, officer, agent or employee thereof,

shall transact any part of its usual business of banking at any place

other than its principal office except as follows:

(a) A savings bank may open and occupy one or more branch offices at

any location in the state. In addition, a savings bank may open and

occupy a branch office or branch offices in one or more places located

without the state of New York.

(b) An office of an affiliated bank at which the customers of a

savings bank may make deposits, renew time deposits, make withdrawals,

close loans, service loans, and receive payments on loans and other

obligations shall not be deemed a branch office of such savings bank.

For the purposes of this section, the term "affiliated bank" means any

bank, as such term is defined in section 3(a)(1) of the Federal Deposit

Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(a)(1)), that is a subsidiary of the same

bank holding company, as that term is defined in section 2 of the Bank

Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841).

(c) Except for the city or village in which its principal office is

located, no branch office may be opened and occupied pursuant to

paragraph (a) of this subdivision in any city or village with a

population of fifty thousand or less and in which is already located the

principal office of a bank, trust company or national banking

association, other than a bank holding company, if such bank holding

company is a banking institution, or a banking subsidiary of a bank

holding company, as such terms "bank holding company", "banking

institution" and "banking subsidiary" are defined in section one hundred

forty-one of this chapter except that the definition of "bank holding

company" is modified to change the phrase "a banking institution"

wherever it appears therein to "two or more banking institutions" and

the definition of "banking institution" is modified to add a national

banking association, the principal office of which institution is

located in this state.

(d) (1) If so provided in the merger or asset acquisition plan

submitted to the superintendent pursuant to section six hundred one or

six hundred one-a of this chapter, and if such merger or asset

acquisition is permitted by law, a savings bank may, in addition to the

authority granted under paragraph (a) of this subdivision, and without

limitation by any of the provisions of paragraph (c) of this

subdivision, maintain as a branch office, or branch offices, the place

or places of business of any savings bank or savings and loan

association, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan association,

bank, trust company, national bank, or out-of-state state bank (as such

term is defined in section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter) which

it has received into itself by merger or asset acquisition pursuant to

this chapter which were in existence at the time the merger or asset

acquisition becomes effective, including any branch office of the

savings bank, savings and loan association, or bank or trust company

with which it has merged or from which it has acquired assets which has

been approved pursuant to subdivision three of this section or paragraph

(c) of subdivision two of section three hundred ninety-six, or

subdivision two of section one hundred five of this chapter even if such

branch office is not in operation at the time said merger or asset

acquisition becomes effective and may maintain, as its principal office

rather than as a branch office, the principal office of such institution

with which it has merged or from which it has acquired assets (so long

as the principal office is located in this state), in which event the

former principal office of the receiving savings bank may be maintained

as a branch office.

(2) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subparagraph one of

this paragraph, any public accommodation office of a savings bank,

savings and loan association, or bank or trust company which has been

merged or had assets acquired in an asset acquisition transaction,

including any such office which has been approved pursuant to section

one hundred ninety-one of this chapter but which is not in operation at

the time said merger or asset acquisition becomes effective, may be

maintained by the receiving savings bank as a public accommodation

office only.

(e) If so provided in an agreement submitted to the superintendent

pursuant to section six hundred one-c of this chapter, a savings bank

may, in addition to the authority granted under paragraph (a) of this

subdivision, and without limitation by any of the provisions of

paragraph (a) or (c) of this subdivision, maintain as a branch office or

offices the place or places of business of any savings bank or savings

and loan association which it has acquired pursuant to such agreement as

authorized by section six hundred one-c of this chapter.

3. Before any branch office shall be opened and occupied pursuant to

paragraph (a) of subdivision two of this section, the superintendent

shall have given his written approval.

4. The term "village" as used in this section shall mean either an

incorporated or an unincorporated village.

§ 240-a — Electronic facilities

Electronic facilities. A savings bank may conduct a banking

business, at automated teller machines, point-of-sale terminals, and

similar facilities subject to regulations which may be promulgated by

the superintendent of financial services. Such facilities shall not be

deemed to be branches and shall not be subject to any of the provisions

of this chapter applicable to branches; provided however that

notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of paragraph (b) of

subdivision two of section two hundred forty of this chapter, such

facilities shall be deemed to be branches, and such facilities shall be

subject to the terms and conditions of section two hundred forty, and

for purposes of section twenty-eight-b of this chapter, such facilities

shall be deemed to be branches.

§ 240-b — Acceptance of United States currency

Acceptance of United States currency. No savings bank shall

impose a fee, commission or service charge for accepting for deposit or

exchanging for other United States currency any United States currency

provided that any coins are properly rolled and have the customer's

account number for that savings bank displayed on the coin roll,

provided further that no more than ten rolls of coins in any

denomination are presented for deposit or exchange at any one time.

§ 241 — Change of location; change of designation of principal office

Change of location; change of designation of principal office.

Any savings bank may make a written application to the superintendent,

such application to be accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed

pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, for leave to change its

place or one of its places of business to another place in the state or

for leave to change the designation of its principal office to a branch

office and to change the designation of one of its branch offices to its

principal office. This application shall state the reasons for such

proposed change. Such change may be made upon the written approval of

the superintendent. If the superintendent shall grant his or her

certificate authorizing the change of location, as provided in article

two of this chapter, the savings bank may, upon or after the day

specified in the certificate, remove its property and effects to the

location designated therein.

§ 242 — Assets; how entered and carried on books; disallowance by superintendent

Assets; how entered and carried on books; disallowance by

superintendent. 1. No savings bank shall by any system of accounting or

any device of bookkeeping, directly or indirectly enter any of its

assets upon its books in the name of any individual, partnership or

unincorporated association or of any other corporation, or under any

title or designation that is not truly descriptive thereof, except as

authorized by the provisions of this article.

2. The stocks, bonds, promissory notes or other interest-bearing

obligations purchased by a savings bank shall be entered on its books at

the actual cost thereof, and shall not thereafter be carried upon the

books at a valuation exceeding their cost as adjusted by amortization

for the purpose of bringing them to par at maturity; and where

securities purchased at a premium are callable prior to maturity, the

rate of amortization thereof shall be increased when necessary to such

extent as shall reduce the amount at which such securities are carried

upon the books to the call price at the date or dates upon which a call

may be made. No adjustment for amortization shall be required to be made

on the books except when the books are closed for the purpose of

computing net earnings. The superintendent may by regulation vary the

requirements of this subdivision to permit the amortization of premiums

at the same rate as that required by federal tax statutes or

regulations.

3. No savings bank, without the written approval of the

superintendent, shall enter on its books its real estate and the

building or buildings thereon, or its fixtures, vaults, furniture and

equipment, at a valuation exceeding its actual cost to such savings

bank, or carry such real estate, building or buildings, fixtures,

vaults, furniture or equipment at a valuation exceeding the actual cost

less appropriate allowance for depreciation. No adjustment for

depreciation shall be required to be made on the books except when the

books are closed for the purpose of computing net earnings.

4. Real estate acquired by a savings bank, other than that acquired

for use as a place of business, shall be entered on the books of the

savings bank in conformity with the method of accounting for troubled

debt restructurings approved by the financial accounting standards board

or such other method of accounting as may be authorized or required by

rules and regulations of the superintendent of financial services.

The provisions of this subdivision shall not, except as the

superintendent may otherwise require, apply to any parcel of real estate

as to which the savings bank has exercised its option to transfer or

convey such real estate to the veterans administration or the federal

housing commissioner pursuant to insurance or guaranty.

5. The superintendent may disallow the book value of any assets in

whole or in part. In such event the savings bank shall reduce the value

at which such assets are carried on its books to the value allowed by

the superintendent, or, if the written approval of the superintendent is

first obtained, may allocate a reserve for the valuation of such assets.

§ 243 — Surplus fund

Surplus fund. 1. Every savings bank shall create a fund to be

known as a surplus fund. Such fund may be created or increased by

contributions made by the incorporators as provided in this article or

by transfers from undivided profits or by transfers from earnings as

required in this article. Such fund up to ten per centum of the amount

due depositors shall not be available for any purpose other than that

specified in subdivision two of this section, except with the prior

written approval of the superintendent, provided that such fund shall be

available without such approval for the purpose of paying expenses or

absorbing losses only in the event such savings bank has no undivided

profits against which such expenses or losses may be charged.

2. Contributions of incorporators or trustees to the surplus fund may

be repaid pro rata in such amounts as will not reduce the surplus fund

below five per centum of the amount due depositors, provided the written

approval of the superintendent shall be required before any repayments

may be made that will reduce the surplus fund below the amount created

at the time of incorporation of the savings bank. In case of the

liquidation of the savings bank before the contributions to the surplus

fund have been repaid, any portion of such contributions not needed for

the payment of the expenses of liquidation and the payment of depositors

and creditors in full may be repaid to the contributors pro rata.

3. Contributions heretofore made by incorporators or trustees of any

savings bank to pay its expenses or to maintain its solvency, under an

agreement with the superintendent that such contributions may be

returned whenever such return will not affect the solvency of such

savings bank or render it unsafe to continue business, may be returned

in accordance with the provisions of such agreement.

4. The aggregate of the guaranty fund and expense fund of every

savings bank at the time this act takes effect shall constitute the

surplus fund at that date and shall thereafter be subject to all the

provisions of this article relating to surplus fund.

§ 244 — Earnings; how and when to be computed; transfers to surplus fund

Earnings; how and when to be computed; transfers to surplus

fund. 1. Every savings bank shall close its books no less frequently

than quarterly. To determine the amount of gross earnings for any such

accounting period the following items shall be included:

(a) All earnings actually received, less interest accrued and

uncollected included in a previous computation of earnings;

(b) Interest accrued and uncollected upon debts owing to it, exclusive

of debts or portions of debts, which its board of trustees or the

superintendent shall have directed to be excluded from the computation

of the accrual;

(c) Amounts added to cost for the purpose of amortizing bonds,

promissory notes or other interest-bearing obligations purchased for

less than par;

(d) Any profits actually received from the sale of securities, real

estate or other property owned by it;

(e) Amounts recovered on assets previously charged off, including

amounts allowed by the superintendent on account of assets previously

disallowed by him and other amounts allowed by the board of trustees on

account of assets previously disallowed by it. For the purpose of this

paragraph amounts transferred to valuation reserves shall be considered

as amounts charged off;

(f) Provided the superintendent shall have approved, and only to the

extent of such approval, any increase in the book value of the real

estate and building or buildings thereon used by it as its place or

places of business;

(g) Such other items as the superintendent, in his discretion and upon

his written consent, may permit to be included.

2. To determine the amount of net earnings for such accounting period,

the following items shall be deducted from gross earnings:

(a) Any expenses paid or incurred, both ordinary and extraordinary, in

the transaction of its business, the collection of debts owing to it and

the management of its affairs, less expenses incurred and deducted in a

previous computation of earnings;

(b) Interest paid or accrued and unpaid upon deposits held by it and

upon debts owing by it, less interest accrued upon such deposits and

debts and deducted in a previous computation;

(c) Amounts deducted from cost for the purpose of amortizing bonds,

promissory notes or other interest-bearing obligations purchased for

more than par;

(d) Any losses sustained by it, except to the extent that such losses

have been charged against the surplus fund or valuation reserves. Losses

to be deducted from gross earnings shall include all deductions from the

book value of assets made pursuant to the directions of the board of

trustees or by reason of the disallowance of assets by the

superintendent, and shall include amounts transferred to a valuation

reserve, other than amounts transferred to the surplus fund under

subdivision three of this section. With the approval of the

superintendent, any items referred to in this paragraph may be excluded.

For the purposes of this paragraph, provision for disallowances may be

effected by charge off or by establishment of valuation reserve and any

existing valuation reserve may be deducted from the related asset in

determining the amount of loss sustained.

The balance thus obtained shall constitute the net earnings of such

savings bank for such period.

3. If at the close of any accounting period the net worth of any

savings bank, including the net earnings for that period, is less than

ten per centum of the amount due to depositors, including all interest

accrued and credited for that period, such per centum of its net

earnings for such period as may be determined by the superintendent of

financial services shall be credited to its surplus fund.

4. For purposes of this article, the term "net worth" shall mean the

excess of assets at book value, less allocated reserves, over known

liabilities.

§ 245 — Interest payments

Interest payments. 1. A savings bank may classify its

depositors according to the character, amount or duration of their

dealings with the savings bank.

2. In the discretion of a majority of all the trustees, the amounts

contributed by incorporators or trustees to the surplus fund may be

credited with interest at the same rate that interest is credited to

depositors. Such interest may be paid in cash or added to the

contributions previously made and if so added shall be subject to all

provisions of this article relating to contributions of incorporators or

trustees to the surplus fund. If interest on such contributions is not

paid for any period at the time interest for such period is paid to

depositors, the contributors shall not thereafter receive or be credited

with any interest for such period.

3. A savings bank shall not pay any interest on any deposit for a

longer period than the same has been on deposit, except as provided in

subdivision three-a of this section.

3-a. Deposits made not later than the tenth calendar day of any

calendar month may be credited with interest from the first day of the

month in which such deposits were made, and deposits withdrawn upon one

of the last three business days of any interest period or, in the event

that one of such last three business days is a Saturday, deposits

withdrawn upon one of the last four business days of any interest period

may be credited with interest as if they had remained on deposit to the

end of the interest period. If the by-laws so provide, deposits

withdrawn before the close of an interest period may be credited with

interest to the first day of the month in which such withdrawal is made.

The provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to deposits on which

interest is credited pursuant to subdivision three-b of this section.

3-b. Subject to such limitations and restrictions as may be prescribed

by regulation of the superintendent of financial services, a savings

bank may credit interest on deposits from the date on which the deposit

is made to the date the deposit is withdrawn.

§ 246 — Board of trustees; number; vacancies; qualifications; oath and declaration

Board of trustees; number; vacancies; qualifications; oath and

declaration. 1. (a) The board of trustees shall have the entire

management and control of the affairs of the savings bank. A savings

bank shall have such number of trustees as the board of trustees may

establish from time to time. Such number shall be not less than seven

nor more than twenty. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section

relating to the number of trustees, where two or more savings banks are

merged or where one or more savings and loan associations merge into a

savings bank and the merger agreement so provides, the board of trustees

may consist of a number not more than thirty, and such number shall be

reduced to not more than twenty by the elimination of one authorized

office for every two vacancies that occur. No trustee in office on the

thirty-first day of March, nineteen hundred thirty-eight shall be

required to vacate his office by reason of the provisions of this

subdivision relating to the number of trustees. The bylaws may also

prescribe three-year terms of office for trustees, in which case the

total authorized number of trustees, as well as all incumbent trustees,

shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as

possible, the terms of each such class to expire in successive years on

a date specified in the bylaws.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing paragraph of this

section, a vacancy now existing or hereafter occurring in the board of

trustees of a savings bank, which savings bank resulted from the merger

of two or more savings banks or one or more savings and loan

associations and a savings bank, may be filled, even though the

remaining number of trustees exceeds twenty, by election thereto of one

or more of the three highest ranking officers of the savings bank who

are not then trustees, provided (1) that the superintendent of financial

services shall have given his prior written approval that such vacancy

be filled, (2) that the election of such officer or officers shall not

result in having more than three active officers on the board of

trustees at any one time, and (3) that the total number of trustees

shall in no event exceed the number authorized by the merger agreement.

(c) The bylaws of a savings bank may prescribe a maximum age beyond

which no person shall be eligible for election to the board of trustees,

and may prescribe a mandatory retirement age of seventy-five years or

less for trustees, subject to the following limitations:

(i) No person shall be eligible for initial election as a trustee

after December thirty-first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight who is seventy

years of age or more; and

(ii) No person shall continue to serve as a trustee past December

thirty-first of the year in which such trustee reaches the age of

seventy-five years.

(d) In the case of a savings bank which does not adopt a bylaw

prescribing a mandatory retirement age for trustees prior to January

first, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, or which does not maintain

thereafter a bylaw prescribing such a mandatory retirement age, the

office of a trustee of such savings bank shall become vacant on the last

day of the month in which such trustee reaches his seventieth birthday,

or on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, whichever is

the later.

2. Vacancies in the board may be filled by election by the remaining

trustees at a regular meeting of the board. A savings bank shall report

to the superintendent within ten days the occurrence of any vacancy and

shall likewise report the name, address, age and occupation of the

person elected to fill any vacancy and the name of the person whose

place he fills.

3. No person shall be a trustee of a savings bank who

(a) Is not a citizen of the United States and at least eighteen years

of age.

(b) Has, within fifteen years immediately prior to his election, been

adjudicated a bankrupt or has taken the benefit of any insolvency law,

or has made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

(c) Has suffered a judgment recovered against him for a sum of money

to remain unsatisfied or unsecured for a period of more than six months

from the date of entry thereof provided, however, no person shall be

ineligible for election as a trustee of a savings bank if such judgment

was satisfied of record more than one year prior to the date of such

election.

(d) Is a trustee, officer or employee of any other savings bank.

(e) Would, upon his election, become the third salaried full-time

employee of the savings bank on its board of trustees if such board,

with his election, would have twelve or less trustees, or would, upon

his election, become the fourth salaried full-time employee of the

savings bank on its board of trustees if such board, with his election,

would have more than twelve trustees; provided, however, that with the

written approval of the superintendent four salaried full-time employees

may serve as trustees of a savings bank resulting from the merger of two

or more savings banks or the merger of one or more savings and loan

associations into a savings bank if, immediately prior to such merger,

each such person was a salaried full-time employee and a trustee or a

director of a merging institution.

(f) No trustee in office on April first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight,

shall be ineligible for the office of trustee by reason of the

provisions of paragraph (e) of this subdivision.

4. No person shall be a trustee of a savings bank if:

(a) Such person's spouse is a trustee or one of the five highest paid

salaried officers of such institution;

(b) Such person or such person's spouse is the grandparent, parent,

child, grandchild, brother, sister, aunt, uncle, nephew or niece of a

trustee or one of the five highest paid salaried officers of such

institution; or

(c) A trustee or one of the five highest paid salaried officers of

such institution is the spouse of such person's child, grandchild,

brother or sister.

No trustee in office on September first, nineteen hundred seventy-one

shall be ineligible for the office of trustee by reason of the pro-

visions of this subdivision.

5. No person who is a director or trustee of a bank, trust company or

a national bank located in this state, operating a special interest

department, or of a mortgage or title company organized under the

banking law or insurance law, shall be eligible to election as trustee

of a savings bank, if, after such election a majority of the trustees of

such savings bank will be directors or trustees of such other

institutions.

6. Every trustee, before entering upon his duties, shall take an oath

that he will diligently and honestly administer the affairs of the

savings bank. Such oath shall be subscribed by the trustee making it,

and certified by an officer authorized by law to administer oaths, and

immediately transmitted to the superintendent.

7. In each year every trustee shall subscribe and acknowledge a

declaration that he has not resigned, become ineligible, or in any other

manner vacated his office as such trustee. Such declaration shall be

filed with the superintendent on or before the first day of March. The

superintendent, in his discretion, may extend the time within which such

declaration may be subscribed and filed.

§ 246-a — Executive committee and other committees

Executive committee and other committees. 1. If the

organization certificate or the by-laws so provide, the board of

trustees by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, may

designate from among its members an executive committee consisting of at

least five trustees and other committees each consisting of two or more

trustees, officers or other persons, not including alternate members,

but not less than may otherwise be required by this chapter nor

differing in composition from any requirement of this chapter, and each

of which shall have such authority as may be provided in the resolution

or in the organization certificate or by-laws or under this chapter,

except that no such committee shall have authority as to the following

matters:

(a) The filling of vacancies in the board of trustees or in any such

committee;

(b) The fixing of compensation of the trustees for serving on the

board or on any committee;

(c) The amendment or repeal of the by-laws, or the adoption of new

by-laws;

(d) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board which by

its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable;

(e) The taking of action which is expressly required by any provision

of this chapter to be taken at a meeting of the board or by a specified

proportion of the trustees.

2. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the board. The

designation or appointment of, or making of provision for, any such

committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not alone

relieve any trustee of his duty to the savings bank under any provision

of this chapter.

3. Minutes shall be kept of each meeting of each such committee and

records shall be kept of all action taken in exercise of the authority

or in performance of the function of each such committee. Such minutes

and records shall be submitted to the board of trustees and shall be

filed with the records of the savings bank.

§ 247 — Restrictions upon trustees and officers

Restrictions upon trustees and officers. 1. A trustee of a

savings bank shall not

(a) Have any interest, direct or indirect, in the profits of the

savings bank, but may receive interest upon the amounts contributed by

him or her to the surplus fund, may make deposits in the savings bank

and receive interest thereon and may acquire from the life insurance

department of the savings bank, or through the savings bank as agent for

the life insurance department of another savings bank, life insurance

issued on his or her life, or that of another, in accordance with the

provisions of article six-A of this chapter and may receive dividends

thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an officer of

a savings bank who also serves as a trustee of such institution may

receive compensation as an officer of such institution, as approved by

the board of trustees, which in whole or in part is based upon the

financial performance of the institution.

(b) Become a member of the board of directors of a bank, trust company

or national bank of which board enough other trustees of the savings

bank are members to constitute with him a majority of the board of

trustees.

(c) Become a director or trustee of a bank, trust company or national

bank located in this state, operating a special interest department, or

of a mortgage or title company organized under the banking law or

insurance law, if, after election as such director or trustee a majority

of the trustees of the savings bank will be directors or trustees of

such other institutions.

2. Neither a trustee nor an executive officer of a savings bank shall

(a) Receive directly or indirectly and retain for his or her own use

any commission on or benefit from any loan made by the savings bank, or

any pay or emolument for services rendered to any borrower from the

savings bank in connection with such loan, except as provided in section

two hundred forty-nine of this article.

(b) Direct or require a borrower on a mortgage to negotiate any policy

of insurance on the mortgaged property through any particular insurance

broker or brokers, or attempt to divert to any particular insurance

broker or brokers the business of borrowers from the savings bank, or

refuse to accept any such insurance policy because it was not negotiated

through a particular insurance broker or brokers.

(c) Become an indorser, surety, or guarantor, or in any manner an

obligor, for any loan made by the savings bank.

(d) For himself or as agent or partner of another, directly or

indirectly borrow or use any of the funds of the savings bank or become

the owner of real property on which the savings bank holds a mortgage.

2-a. Notwithstanding paragraph (c) or (d) of subdivision two of this

section an executive officer of a savings bank may borrow from such

savings bank or become the owner of real property on which the savings

bank holds a mortgage if the loan is secured by (a) a first mortgage or

is a cooperative apartment unit loan, which property or apartment is to

be occupied as the executive officer's primary residence and is

specifically approved in writing by the board of trustees or (b) a

deposit maintained by the executive officer with the savings bank.

2-b. As used in subdivisions two and two-a of this section, the term

"executive officer" shall be defined as set forth in section 22(h)(9)(C)

of the Federal Reserve Act 12 U.S.C. 375b(9)(C), and regulations

promulgated thereunder, as amended.

3. A loan to or a purchase by a corporation in which he is a

stockholder to the amount of fifteen per centum of the total outstanding

stock, or in which he and other trustees of the savings bank hold stock

to the amount of twenty-five per centum of the total outstanding stock,

shall be deemed a loan to or a purchase by such trustee within the

meaning of this section; except when the loan to or purchase by such

corporation shall have occurred without his knowledge or against his

protest. A deposit with a banking corporation shall not be deemed a loan

within the meaning of this section.

4. This section shall not be construed to prohibit a savings bank from

making a loan to a religious corporation, club, or other membership

corporation of which one or more trustees of such savings bank may be

members or officers but in which they have no financial interest, nor

shall it be construed to prohibit a savings bank from making loans to or

purchasing guaranteed mortgages from any stock corporation, provided no

trustee owns more than fifteen per centum of the capital stock of such

corporation, and the total amount of such stock owned by all the

trustees of such savings bank is less than twenty-five per centum of

such capital stock.

5. (a) No executive officer of a savings bank may be an executive

officer, director or trustee of another savings bank, or of a bank or

trust company, savings and loan association, national bank, federal

savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of

which institution is located in this state, bank holding company or

foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state, unless

permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent pursuant to

the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subdivision.

(b) The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation

who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be

an executive officer, and by regulation, to grant permission to an

executive officer of a savings bank to be an executive officer, director

or trustee or both an executive officer and director or trustee of

another savings bank or a bank or trust company, savings and loan

association, national bank, federal savings bank or federal savings

association, the principal office of which institution is located in

this state, bank holding company or foreign banking corporation

maintaining a branch in this state. Such permission may be granted only

if in the judgment of the superintendent such service by the executive

officer will be consistent with the policy of the state of New York as

declared in section ten of this chapter. The superintendent shall have

the power to revoke such permission whenever the superintendent finds,

after reasonable notice and an opportunity to be heard, that the public

interest requires such revocation.

(c) For the purposes of this subdivision, the term "bank holding

company" shall be given the same meaning as is contained in section one

hundred forty-one of this chapter, and the definition of the term,

"banking institution" is modified to include a national bank, federal

savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of

which institution is located in this state, and a foreign banking

corporation maintaining a branch in this state.

(d) All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on

officers and trustees of savings banks shall continue in effect.

§ 248 — Removal and forfeiture of office of trustee

Removal and forfeiture of office of trustee. 1. Whenever the

conduct and habits of a trustee are of such a character as to be

injurious to the savings bank, or a trustee has been guilty of acts that

are detrimental or hostile to the interests of the savings bank, he may

be removed from office at any regular meeting of the trustees, by the

affirmative vote of three-fourths of all the trustees; provided,

however, that a written copy of the charges made against him shall have

been served upon him personally at least two weeks before such meeting,

that the vote of such trustees shall be entered in the record of the

minutes of such meeting, and that such removal shall receive the written

approval of the superintendent, which shall be attached to the minutes

of such meeting and form a part of the record.

2. The office of a trustee of a savings bank shall become vacant

whenever he

(a) Shall fail to comply with any of the provisions of this article

relating to his official oath and declaration.

(b) Shall become disqualified for any of the reasons specified in this

article.

(c) Shall have failed to attend the regular meetings of the board of

trustees and also of any committee of the board of which he is a member,

for a period of six successive months, unless excused by the board for

such failure by resolution adopted at the first or second regular

meeting of the board after expiration of such six months period and

entered upon its minutes; provided, however, that a trustee who has

forfeited or vacated his office by reason of such failure to attend

meetings shall not be eligible for re-election until the expiration of

one year from the date of the first regular meeting of the board at

which a resolution could have been adopted by it, as herein provided, to

excuse such failure. A copy of such resolution shall be transmitted to

the superintendent by the savings bank within five days after its

adoption.

(d) Shall violate any of the provisions of this article imposing

restrictions upon trustees and officers.

(e) Shall reach the mandatory retirement age, if any, prescribed in

the by-laws of the savings bank.

3. A trustee who has forfeited or vacated his office shall not be

eligible for re-election, except when the forfeiture or vacancy occurred

solely by reason of his

(a) Failure to comply with the provisions of this article relating to

his official oath and declaration; or

(b) Failure to attend the regular meetings of the board of trustees or

neglect of his official duties as prescribed in paragraph (c) of

subdivision two of this section; or

(c) Disqualification through becoming a non-resident, or becoming a

trustee, officer or employee of another savings bank, or becoming a

director or trustee of a bank, trust company, national bank, mortgage or

title company and such disqualification shall have been removed.

(d) Resignation while free of any of the disqualifications specified

in this article.

§ 249 — Compensation of trustees and officers

Compensation of trustees and officers. 1. A trustee of a

savings bank shall not directly or indirectly receive any pay or

emolument for any services rendered to the savings bank, except as

provided in this section.

2. A trustee may, by affirmative vote of a majority of all the

trustees, receive reasonable compensation for (a) attendance at meetings

of the board of trustees; (b) service as an officer of the savings bank,

provided his duties as officer require and receive his regular and

faithful attendance at the savings bank; (c) service in appraising real

property for the savings bank; and (d) service as a member of a

committee of the board of trustees.

3. An attorney for a savings bank, although he be a trustee thereof,

may receive a reasonable compensation for his professional services,

including examinations and certificates of title to real property on

which mortgage loans are made by the savings bank; or if the savings

bank requires the borrowers to pay all expenses of searches,

examinations and certificates of title, including the drawing,

perfecting and recording of papers, such attorney may collect of the

borrower and retain for his own use the usual fees for such services,

excepting any commissions as broker or on account of placing or

accepting such mortgage loans.

§ 250 — Pensions; insurance

Pensions; insurance. Subject to such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe, a savings bank may,

in the discretion of a majority of all the trustees:

1. Provide pensions to officers and employees pursuant to a

nondiscriminatory plan for service rendered to the savings bank or for

having become incapacitated while in service to the savings bank,

including annual supplements to retirees based upon the "current cost of

living index figure" for any calendar year based upon the Consumer Price

Index as issued by the bureau of labor statistics of the United States

department of labor.

2. Provide life insurance for its officers and employees, provided

that life insurance is not purchased solely for or on behalf of officers

and highly compensated employees.

§ 251 — Meetings; quorum; by-laws; officers

Meetings; quorum; by-laws; officers. 1. Regular meetings of the

board of trustees shall be held at least once a month, unless otherwise

provided by the by-laws. The board of trustees shall hold not less than

ten regular monthly meetings per year provided, however, that during any

three consecutive calendar months, the board shall meet at least twice.

2. A savings bank may provide in its by-laws the number of trustees

necessary to constitute a quorum at meetings of its board. Such number

shall not be less than four nor less than one-third of all the trustees.

In the absence of such a provision, a majority of the total number of

trustees which a savings bank would have if there were no vacancies

shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business or of any

specified item of business. Any reference in this chapter to corporate

action to be taken by the board shall mean such action at a meeting of

the board. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, the vote of a

majority of the trustees present at the time of the vote, if a quorum is

present at such time, shall be the act of the board.

3. (a) Unless otherwise provided by the by-laws, regular meetings of

the board may be held without notice if the time and place of such

meetings are fixed by the by-laws or the board. Special meetings of the

board shall be held upon notice to the trustees.

(b) The by-laws may prescribe what shall constitute notice of meeting

of the board. A notice, or waiver of notice, need not specify the

purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board, unless required

by the by-laws.

(c) Notice of a meeting need not be given to any trustee who submits a

signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting or who

attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its

commencement, the lack of notice to him.

(d) A majority of the trustees present, whether or not a quorum is

present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the

by-laws so provide, a notice of any adjournment of a meeting of the

board to another time or place shall be given to the trustees who were

not present at the time of the adjournment and, unless such time and

place are announced at the meeting, to the other trustees.

4. The board may from time to time make by-laws, rules and

regulations, not inconsistent with law, for the election and appointment

of officers and committees, and for their respective powers and duties;

for the increase or reduction of the number of trustees; for the

repayment of deposits, and generally for the transaction and management

of the affairs of the savings bank. A copy of such by-laws, and of any

amendment thereto or change therein shall be transmitted to the

superintendent.

5. The board shall elect or appoint such officers as they may deem

proper. Such officers need not be trustees. Each officer shall hold

office for the term for which he is elected or appointed and until his

successor has been elected or appointed and qualified. Any two or more

offices may be held by the same person except the offices of president

and secretary. The trustees may require any officer to give security for

the faithful performance of his duties and all officers as between

themselves and the savings bank shall have such authority and perform

such duties in the management of the corporation as may be provided in

the by-laws or, to the extent not so provided, by the board.

6. Any officer elected or appointed by the board may be removed by the

board, or his authority suspended by it, with or without cause. Such

removal or suspension without cause, however, shall be without prejudice

to his contract rights. The election or appointment of an officer shall

not be deemed of itself to create contract rights. This subdivision does

not affect the powers of the superintendent under section forty-one of

this chapter.

§ 252 — Reports to trustees

Reports to trustees. The board of trustees of every savings

bank shall designate, by resolution duly recorded in the minutes, an

officer or officers whose duty it shall be to prepare and submit to each

trustee present at a regular meeting of the board, or to each member of

an executive committee of not less than five members of such board,

present at a regular meeting of such committee, a written report as

described in this section. Except as otherwise provided by the

superintendent by regulation, which regulation may define the terms

contained herein and establish such requirements according to size

and/or business activities of a savings bank, such report shall include

all the purchases and sales of securities, made by such savings bank

since the date of the last preceding report made pursuant to this

section. Unless otherwise provided by the superintendent, such report

shall also contain a statement showing every loan, made or invested in

by such savings bank, which is outstanding, at the time of such report,

in an amount equal to or greater than a reportable amount, as

hereinafter in this section defined, describing the collateral to such

indebtedness as of the date of such report. A copy of such current

report, verified by the affidavit of the officer or officers charged

with the duty of preparing and submitting such report, together with a

list of the trustees present at such meeting, shall be filed with the

records of the savings bank within one day after such meeting, and shall

be presumptive evidence of the matters therein stated. The

superintendent, by regulation, may require the preparation and

submission of such a report to trustees at other than regular board and

committee meetings. For the purposes of this section, (a) the term

"loan" shall mean the aggregate of all loans to the same borrower,

except that, with respect to loans secured by real estate, it shall mean

the aggregate of all loans upon the security of the same real estate;

(b) the term "borrower" shall, with respect to any loan, mean the

individual, partnership, unincorporated association or corporation

primarily liable upon the loan; and (c) the term "reportable amount"

shall, at each time of the determination thereof, mean two hundred fifty

thousand dollars or one per centum of the net worth of such savings

bank, whichever is less; provided, however, that such term shall not

include (1) an amount less than one thousand dollars, or (2) the amount

of any loan which loan is fully secured by the assignment of one or more

deposits in such savings bank, or (3) the then amount of a loan which

loan was outstanding in an equal or greater amount at the date of the

last preceding report made pursuant to this section.

§ 253 — Official communications from department of financial services to be submitted to trustees and noted in minutes

Official communications from department of financial services

to be submitted to trustees and noted in minutes. Every official

communication, as defined in article two of this chapter, shall be

submitted by the officer receiving it to the board of trustees at the

next meeting of such board, and duly noted in the minutes.

§ 254 — Examinations by trustees

Examinations by trustees. 1. Once in each calendar year the

trustees of each savings bank by a committee of not less than three of

their number, none of whom shall be an officer or salaried employee of,

or an attorney who receives any fee, compensation or any other form of

emolument for legal services rendered to, such savings bank, shall fully

examine the records and affairs of such savings bank, for the purpose of

determining its true financial condition. Such examination shall be made

as of a date not less than six months after the date of the previous

such examination. In the conduct of each such examination inquiry shall

be made into the policies of management for the purpose of determining

whether such policies are sound and consistent with the requirements of

law, and into such other matters as shall be necessary to enable the

trustees to determine whether adequate protection is afforded to

depositors. The trustees may employ such assistants as they deem

necessary in making the examination prescribed by this section, other

than an attorney who receives any fee, compensation or any other form of

emolument for legal services rendered to such savings bank.

2. A savings bank's compliance with section one hundred twelve of the

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act of 1991, as implemented by the

provisions of part three hundred sixty-three of the rules and

regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as they may be

amended from time to time, shall be deemed to satisfy the examination

requirement of this section.

3. A report of each such examination, in such form as may be

prescribed by the superintendent, sworn to by the trustees making the

same shall, within thirty days after the completion of such examination,

be presented to the board of trustees of such savings bank at a regular

meeting and thereafter filed with the records of such savings bank.

Within ten days after the presentation of such report to the board of

trustees a duplicate thereof shall be filed in the office of the

superintendent, together with a certificate that such report was

presented to the board of trustees, in the form prescribed by the

superintendent.

§ 255 — Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make

Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make. 1. On

or before the first day of February in each year every savings bank

shall make a written report to the superintendent, which shall contain a

statement of its conditions as of the morning of the first day of

January of such year. Such report shall contain such information and be

in such form as the superintendent may prescribe and shall be subscribed

by the president or a vice-president and another principal officer and

affirmed by such officers as true under the penalties of perjury.

2. Every savings bank shall also make such other special reports to

the superintendent as he may from time to time require, in such form and

at such date as may be prescribed by him and such reports shall, if

required by him, be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties

of perjury.

3. If a savings bank shall fail to make any report required by or

pursuant to this section, on or before the day designated for the making

thereof, or shall fail to include therein any information required by

the superintendent to be included, such savings bank shall forfeit to

the people of the state an amount as determined pursuant to section

forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such report shall be

delayed or withheld, and for every day that it shall fail to report any

such omitted information, unless the time therefor shall have been

extended by the superintendent as provided in this chapter.

4. No savings bank shall be required to make any annual or other

report or be subject to any inspection or supervision, except as

provided in this chapter.

§ 255-a — Publication and delivery of annual report

Publication and delivery of annual report. Every savings bank

shall (1) prepare a complete statement of its financial condition,

including a summary of income and expense since its last previous

statement, and publish the same annually, such publication to be made in

the form and manner determined by the superintendent and in accordance

with the requirements of this section, (2) mail a copy of such financial

statement to each depositor on application therefor, and (3) make copies

of such financial statement available to depositors and other persons in

a convenient and conspicuous location on the premises of each of its

authorized places of business.

§ 256 — Photographic reproduction of records

Photographic reproduction of records. Any photograph,

microphotograph or reproduction on film of any of the documents and

records of a savings bank relating to the accounts of its depositors and

the operation of its business, which such savings bank has caused to be

made in the conduct of its business, shall be deemed to be the

equivalent of the original thereof for all purposes, provided that the

original of any such documents and records has been destroyed, that such

photograph, microphotograph or reproduction on film shall be of durable

material, and that the device used to reproduce such documents and

records shall be one which accurately reproduces the original thereof in

all details.

§ 257 — Duties of trustees and officers

Duties of trustees and officers. 1. Trustees and officers shall

discharge the duties of their respective positions in good faith and

with that degree of diligence, care and skill which prudent men would

exercise under similar circumstances in like positions. In discharging

their duties, trustees and officers, when acting in good faith, may rely

(a) upon financial statements of the savings bank represented to them to

be correct by the president or the officer of the savings bank having

charge of the books of account, or stated in a written report by an

independent public or certified public accountant or firm of such

accountants fairly to reflect the financial condition of such savings

bank and (b) upon reports required to be submitted to them by any

provision of this chapter or prepared in the ordinary course of business

by an officer or committee charged with the responsibility therefor.

Nothing in this section shall be deemed to require the trustees to

perform functions vested in any committee, officer or other person

pursuant to the provisions of any other section of this chapter.

2. An action may be brought against one or more trustees or officers

of a savings bank to procure a judgment for the following relief:

(a) To compel the defendant to account for his official conduct in the

following cases:

(1) The neglect of, or failure to perform, or other violation of his

duties in the management and disposition of the savings bank's assets

committed to his charge.

(2) The acquisition by himself, transfer to others, loss or waste of

the savings bank's assets due to any neglect of or failure to perform,

or other violation of his duties.

(b) To set aside a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the savings

bank's assets by one or more trustees or officers, contrary to a

provision of law, where the transferee knew the purpose of the transfer.

(c) To enjoin such a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the savings

bank's assets by one or more of the trustees or officers where there is

good reason to apprehend that it will be made.

3. Subject to section six hundred thirty-one of this chapter, an

action may be brought for the relief provided in this section by a

savings bank or an officer, trustee or judgment creditor thereof.

4. This section shall not affect any liability otherwise imposed by

law upon any trustee or officer.

§ 258 — Prohibition of unauthorized savings banks and use of the word "savings"; exception as to school savings

Prohibition of unauthorized savings banks and use of the word

"savings"; exception as to school savings. 1. No individual,

partnership, unincorporated association or corporation other than a

savings bank, state or federal chartered savings and loan association,

bank, trust company, industrial bank, private banker, national bank,

foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to this chapter to

transact in this state the business of receiving deposits or state and

federal chartered credit unions shall make use of the word "saving" or

"savings" or their equivalent in its banking or financial business, or

use any advertisement containing the word "saving" or "savings", or

their equivalent in relation to its banking or financial business, nor

shall any individual or corporation other than a savings bank in any way

solicit or receive deposits as a savings bank; but nothing herein shall

be construed to prohibit the use of the word "savings" in the name of

the Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York or in the name of a

trust company all of the stock of which is owned by not less than twenty

savings banks. Any bank, trust company, industrial bank, private banker,

national bank, foreign banking corporation, state or federal chartered

credit unions, individual, partnership, unincorporated association or

corporation violating this provision shall forfeit to the people of the

state for every offense the sum of one hundred dollars for every day

such offense shall be continued.

2. Any school in the state of New York may collect from time to time

amounts of money from the pupils of such school and any philanthropic

agency incorporated for philanthropic purposes, if such agency be so

authorized by certificate of the superintendent of financial services,

may collect from time to time amounts of money from the children or

persons under the direction or guidance of, or the promotion of whose

welfare is an object of, such philanthropic agency. As to each such

school, such money shall be collected by or under the supervision of,

the principal or superintendent of such school or by, or under the

supervision of, any person designated for that purpose by the board of

education or other authority having jurisdiction over such school. As to

each such philanthropic agency, such money shall be collected by, or

under the supervision of, the superintendent or other designated head of

such agency. All money so collected shall, not later than the day

following the day of collection, be deposited in some savings bank in

the state, be used for the purchase of shares in any savings and loan

association organized under this law, or under the laws of the United

States, whose principal office is located in the state of New York, or

be deposited in any trust company or state or national bank located in

the state and having an interest department. All money so collected from

any person shall be deposited, or used to purchase shares, in his name;

provided, however, that if the principal, superintendent, designated

person or agency head by whom, or under whose supervision, such money

was collected shall deem the amount of money so collected at any one

time to be insufficient for the opening of individual accounts, such

money shall be deposited, or used to purchase shares, in the name of

such principal, superintendent, designated person or agency head, in

trust, to be by him eventually transferred to the credit of the

respective persons to whom the same belongs, and pending such transfer,

said principal, superintendent, designated person or agency head shall

furnish to the depositary institution or savings and loan association

receiving such money the name, signature, address, age and place of

birth of each person from whom such money was collected, and such other

data concerning such person as the institution may require. Any

depositary institution or savings and loan association authorized to

receive any amounts collected by a school or philanthropic agency in

accordance with this subdivision, may, on the request of any person

authorized by this subdivision to collect such amounts for such school

or philanthropic agency, send a collector to such school or

philanthropic agency to receive and receipt for same. Any certificate of

authorization issued to a philanthropic agency by the superintendent of

financial services in accordance with this subdivision shall specify the

period for which such authorization is to be effective and the area in

which collections may be made, and may specify any other terms or

conditions upon which such authorization is granted. Any such

authorization may be terminated by the superintendent of financial

services by written notice served upon the philanthropic agency or

mailed to it at its last known address. As used in this subdivision with

reference to the placing of amounts with a depositary institution or

savings and loan association, the words "the day following the day of

collection" shall mean the next day, after the day of collection, on

which such institution or association is open for business. As used in

this subdivision, the words "philanthropic agency" shall be deemed to

include, without limitation a corporation, not organized for profit,

engaged in promoting the welfare of seamen.

3. Money, deposited pursuant to the provisions of subdivision two of

this section and held by such banking organizations in the name of such

principal, superintendent, designated person or agency head in a school

district in a city having a population of more than one million, and

under whose custodial authority said money has remained for a period of

thirty years may be used by such a school district to establish a trust

fund after due and diligent effort by such principal, superintendent,

designated person, or agency head to locate and notify any such persons

entitled to receive such property. The income of said trust fund shall

be used to provide college scholarships to disadvantaged youth on a

competitive basis pursuant to rules promulgated by the board of

education of said district provided however that such scholarships shall

not exceed the cost of attendance. Any person or persons entitled to

receive such property shall be reimbursed from funds held in trust

pursuant to this subdivision. A bank shall not be liable as a result of

action taken under the provisions of this subdivision. Furthermore, no

banking organization acting on the instructions of or otherwise dealing

with any such principal, superintendent, designated person or agency

head shall be responsible for determining whether any such person is

acting in accordance with this section or is obliged to inquire into the

validity or propriety of the actions or instructions executed by any

such person or is bound to see to the application of any funds.

§ 260 — Charters of all savings banks conformed to this article

Charters of all savings banks conformed to this article. The

powers, privileges and duties, and all restrictions, heretofore or

hereafter conferred or imposed upon any savings bank by whatever name

known, by its charter or act of incorporation, are hereby abridged,

enlarged or modified, as each particular case may require, in such

manner that every such charter or act of incorporation shall be made to

conform to the provisions of this article and to such amendments thereof

as may be hereafter made. Every savings bank shall possess the powers,

rights and privileges, and be subject to the duties, restrictions and

liabilities, conferred and imposed by this article, notwithstanding

anything to the contrary in their respective charters or acts of

incorporation.

§ 260-a — Amendment of organization certificate and by-laws

Amendment of organization certificate and by-laws. Any

proposed change in the organization certificate or the by-laws of any

savings bank shall be submitted to the superintendent and, upon the

superintendent's written approval thereof, shall be posted in a

conspicuous place in the office of the savings bank for thirty days.

Such proposed changes may thereafter be incorporated in the organization

certificate or the by-laws of the savings bank by being duly adopted by

its trustees. A copy of such change shall be filed in the office of the

superintendent within thirty days after such adoption.

§ 260-b — Conversion of a savings bank into a savings and loan association

Conversion of a savings bank into a savings and loan

association. 1. Any savings bank may convert itself into a savings and

loan association upon receiving the approval of the superintendent as

hereinafter provided. A meeting of the board of trustees shall be held

upon not less than thirty days' written notice to each trustee, either

served personally or mailed to him at his last known address and

containing a statement of the time, place and purpose of such meeting.

Proof by affidavit of due service of such notice shall be filed in the

office of the savings bank before or at the time of such meeting.

2. At such meeting the trustees may, by vote of not less than

two-thirds of all the members of such board of trustees, authorize the

conversion of such savings bank into a savings and loan association

subject to the approval of the superintendent as hereinafter provided. A

copy of the minutes of such meeting, verified by the presiding officer

and by the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in the office of the

superintendent within thirty days after the date of such meeting

together with a copy of the affidavit of due service of the notice of

the meeting, a statement setting forth the reasons why the trustees

believe the conversion would be in the best interests of the savings

bank, its depositors and the public, and such other information as the

superintendent may require. If the superintendent determines that the

proposed conversion would be in the best interests of the savings bank,

its depositors and the public, he shall so advise the board of trustees

of the savings bank and deliver to them his written approval of the

proposed conversion.

3. Upon receiving the superintendent's written approval of the

proposed conversion, there shall be filed with the superintendent, the

organization certificate required by section three hundred seventy-five

of this chapter, executed by a majority of the directors, and proposed

by-laws as required by section three hundred seventy-six of this

chapter.

4. When the superintendent shall have approved the organization

certificate and the proposed by-laws and shall have issued the

authorization certificate, provided in article two of this chapter, the

savings bank shall cease to be a savings bank and shall thereupon be

converted into a savings and loan association, but such savings bank

shall be deemed to be continued for the purpose of prosecuting or

defending suits and of enabling it to wind up its affairs as a savings

bank and to dispose of and convey its property.

At the time when such conversion becomes effective all the property of

the savings bank shall immediately by act of law and without any

conveyance or transfer become the property of the savings and loan

association and the savings and loan association shall succeed to all

the offices, rights, obligations and relations of the savings bank.

ARTICLE 6-B Fund For Insuring Deposits In Savings Banks And/or Otherwise Protecting Depositors

§ 282 — Creation of fund

Creation of fund. Any seventy-five or more savings banks

organized under the laws of the state of New York whose deposits

aggregate not less than fifty per cent of the total deposit liabilities

of all the savings banks in the state, may enter into an agreement

(hereinafter called the agreement) subject to the approval of the

superintendent of financial services to create a fund (hereinafter

called the fund) and from time to time make such contributions to such

fund as the said agreement may provide for, for the purpose of insuring

deposits and/or otherwise protecting the interests of depositors in the

banks (hereinafter referred to as member banks) which become parties to

the said agreement. Once this agreement has become effective, if at any

subsequent time there should be fewer member banks than the number

required to create the fund, the remaining member banks are authorized

to continue the fund.

§ 283 — Management of fund

Management of fund. The fund shall be collected, held,

administered and disbursed by a corporate trustee or a board of trustees

composed of individuals who are trustees of mutual savings banks, either

of which shall be approved by the superintendent of financial services,

which corporate trustee or board of trustees are hereinafter referred to

as the trustee. In the event there be a board of individual trustees, a

majority of them at any time in office shall constitute a quorum, and

the vote of a majority at any meeting, provided a quorum be present,

shall be determinative and any action taken pursuant thereto be the

action of the trustee.

§ 284 — Agreement; filing and provisions thereof

Agreement; filing and provisions thereof. The agreement when

approved by the superintendent of financial services shall be executed

by the savings banks parties thereto and filed in his office. The

agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which

taken together shall constitute the original. The agreement shall name

the trustee and contain suitable provisions for the removal or

resignation of the trustee, or if the trustee named be a board of

trustees, for the removal or resignation of any or all of them, and for

the appointment of a successor trustee or for the filling of vacancies

in such board of trustees, whether caused by death, resignation,

disqualification or removal; it shall also provide the amount of the

initial contributions to the fund and the manner of making subsequent

calls, and may contain such limitations thereon as the superintendent

shall approve, but all such initial contributions to the fund and

payments pursuant to further calls shall be made ratably by all the

member banks in proportion to their several deposit liabilities, except

that the superintendent of financial services may exempt from any such

call in whole or in part any member bank or banks the condition of which

makes such exemption in his opinion desirable; it may also provide for

the liquidation of the fund pursuant to rules and regulations for that

purpose acceptable to the superintendent of financial services, provided

that on any such liquidation the liabilities incurred or assumed by the

trustee pursuant to the provisions hereof shall first be paid and the

balance, if any, be distributed among the member banks pro rata

according to their contributions; and the agreement may similarly

provide for the change or amendment thereof with the approval of the

superintendent of financial services and with such approval may be

amended in such manner as may be provided therein; and the agreement

shall also define the powers of the trustee, which may be all or any one

or more or the powers hereinafter set forth, together with any

additional powers not inconsistent with the powers herein enumerated or

with the purposes of the fund, set forth in the agreement.

§ 285 — Powers which may be granted to trustee

Powers which may be granted to trustee. In addition to such

other powers as may be set forth in the agreement not inconsistent

herewith or with the purposes of the fund, the trustee shall have such

of the following powers as the agreement may provide:

1. To insure in whole or in part the deposits in member banks, subject

to such terms and conditions as the agreement may provide.

2. To buy any assets owned by any member bank at the book value

thereof notwithstanding such value may exceed the market value thereof,

or such other value as the trustee may elect either with or without an

agreement providing for the repurchase of the same at such price or

value and at such time and subject to such conditions as may be agreed

upon by the trustee in its discretion and to make loans or advances to

any member bank upon such terms and conditions as may seem desirable and

with such security as the trustee may determine or without security; in

any agreement of repurchase or repayment it may be provided that the

savings bank receiving such loan or advance or making such sale of

assets may not be obligated to repay the same or repurchase such assets

until the superintendent of financial services shall certify that such

savings bank is in a safe and sound condition to make such repurchase or

repayment.

3. To deposit all or any part of any moneys in said fund in any

savings bank or savings banks and such savings bank or savings banks may

receive the same notwithstanding the provisions of section two hundred

thirty-seven of this act and/or in any one or more banks or trust

companies organized under the laws of the state of New York selected by

the trustee with the approval of the superintendent, and such deposits

in case of suspension or liquidation of any such depositary other than a

savings bank shall have the same priority as deposits of savings banks

pursuant to law. In the event of the liquidation of a savings bank which

is such depositary, such deposits shall be subordinate to the claims of

the depositors in such bank but prior to all other claims except those

of the state of New York or of the United States.

4. In addition to any other uses authorized herein and provided in the

agreement, to invest and reinvest the fund in such securities and

property as are legal for investment by savings banks subject to those

limitations applicable to such investments in the case of savings banks.

5. To make contributions to the surplus fund of any member bank upon

such terms and conditions for the use and the repayment thereof and

evidenced in such manner as the superintendent of financial services may

approve, and such savings bank may make such repayment as such agreement

may provide notwithstanding any provisions of law; but no such agreement

shall require such repayment except if, as and when the surplus and

surplus fund of such savings bank shall be not less than five per centum

of the amount due its depositors nor shall any such agreement require

any payment on account of such contribution in such an amount as to

reduce the surplus and surplus fund of such savings bank below five per

centum of the amount owed its depositors. The agreement may provide the

manner in which the surplus and surplus fund shall be computed for the

purpose of this subdivision. Such contributions shall not constitute a

liability of such member bank except as herein provided.

6. If it shall appear by certificate of the superintendent of

financial services filed in his office, that any member bank to which

the trustee with the approval of the superintendent has made any loan or

advance, or to the surplus fund of which it has made a contribution, or

from which the trustee has purchased any asset at a price in excess of

the market value thereof, would but for such loan, advance, contribution

or purchase be in such condition that the superintendent might take

possession of the business and property of the same pursuant to law, or

that any such member bank to which the trustee with the approval of the

superintendent has made any loan or advance, or to the surplus fund of

which it has made a contribution, or from which the trustee has

purchased any asset at a price in excess of the market value thereof, or

the deposits in which have been insured by the fund in whole or in part

shall have committed such an act or is in such condition that the

superintendent might take possession of the business and property of the

same pursuant to law, the trustee shall have the right if it so elects,

and in such case the superintendent, on such conditions and subject to

such rules and regulations as he shall prescribe, shall permit the

trustee to take possession and control forthwith of the property and

business of such bank and operate and/or liquidate the same. The trustee

may, while carrying on such business, pay to such bank out of the moneys

in or available to the fund such sums as the agreement may authorize as

the trustee deems necessary for the protection of the bank's depositors.

7. At any time after the trustee has taken over the control,

possession and operation of any savings bank, as provided in subdivision

six hereof, it may, with the approval of the superintendent, turn back

the control, possession and operation thereof to such bank which may

continue or resume business, provided the moneys advanced from the fund

have been repaid or satisfactory arrangements made for the repayment

thereof and the superintendent has certified such bank to be in a safe

and sound condition or upon such other conditions authorized in the

agreement as may seem proper to the trustee.

8. The trustee, with the approval of the superintendent of financial

services may at any time after it has taken over the control, possession

and operation of any bank under subdivision six hereof discontinue the

business of such bank and proceed to liquidate its affairs. The trustee

may use the assets in the fund to pay to the depositors of any such

savings bank out of moneys in or available to the fund the excess, if

any, or such portion thereof as the agreement may provide, of the full

amount of their respective deposits over the dividends received therefor

on such liquidation.

9. To carry out the provisions aforesaid, the trustee shall have and

may exercise all the rights, powers, privileges and franchises of any

savings bank taken over by it, and at any time, with the approval of the

superintendent of financial services, to suspend the authority of the

trustees of any savings bank and exercise the powers and duties of such

trustees, and in addition to the foregoing, in the event it shall

operate and/or liquidate any such savings bank it shall have and may

exercise all of the rights and powers which the superintendent of

financial services would have pursuant to law in connection with the

operation and/or liquidation of such bank and be subject to the same

duties and supervision. The trustee, or any duly authorized agent of the

trustee, in connection with the operation and/or liquidation of any such

bank may execute, acknowledge and deliver in the name of such bank, and

under its seal, or may authorize any officer or officers of any such

bank to execute, acknowledge and deliver in the name of such bank and

under its seal any instrument affecting or relating to the property,

business or affairs of such bank, and in the event any such officer is

so authorized by the trustee, such authorization shall be deemed the

authorization of the board of trustees of such bank and he may swear or

affirm the usual certificate of acknowledgment to the effect that he

executed the same and such seal was affixed by the authority of the

board of trustees thereof. Any instrument executed in any manner

provided herein shall be valid and effectual for all purposes.

10. To borrow money for the purpose of the fund and pledge any assets

in the fund as security for such loans, and in connection therewith may

rehypothecate any securities or collateral pledged to it by any savings

bank.

11. To collect, or enforce by legal proceedings if necessary, the

contributions for which each member bank is liable pursuant to the

provisions of the agreement, or any debt or obligation due to the fund

or mortgage or lien held by the fund.

§ 286 — Taxation and exemption of property held in fund; exemption of mortgages from mortgage recording tax

Taxation and exemption of property held in fund; exemption of

mortgages from mortgage recording tax. The fund and the income thereof

shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by the state

of New York or by any county, municipality or local authority or

subdivision, except that any real property constituting an asset of the

fund shall be subject to city, county, municipal or local taxation to

the same extent according to its value as other similar real property is

taxed. Mortgages executed by the fund and/or its trustee shall be exempt

from the mortgage recording taxes imposed by article eleven of the tax

law.

§ 287 — Member savings banks

Member savings banks. Any savings bank incorporated in the

state of New York may become a member of the fund upon the terms and

conditions set forth in the agreement by executing the agreement

authorized by this article, or a counterpart thereof.

§ 288 — Contributions as assets

Contributions as assets. All contributions and payments

pursuant to call paid into the fund by any member savings bank may be

carried by it as an asset to the extent authorized by the superintendent

of financial services.

§ 289 — Confirmation of powers

Confirmation of powers. Any savings bank shall have the

authority to do and permit to be done any of the acts and things and

make any of the payments and contributions herein authorized.

§ 289-a — Immunity of trustee and member savings banks

Immunity of trustee and member savings banks. The trustee

shall in no event be individually liable for anything done or any

liability incurred or assumed by virtue hereof, and any such liability

shall be collectible only out of the fund, nor shall any member bank be

subject to any liability except for its unpaid contributions to the

fund.

§ 289-b — Construction

Construction. The provisions of this article shall be

liberally construed with a view to the protection of the depositors of

savings banks.

ARTICLE 6-C Mutual Holding Companies

§ 290 — Authorization of the formation of mutual holding companies

Authorization of the formation of mutual holding companies. 1.

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and in accordance with

general regulations which the superintendent of financial services shall

promulgate to facilitate such reorganizations, a mutual savings bank may

reorganize so as to cause its deposit-taking and one or more other

activities to be conducted by a stock savings bank subsidiary of a

mutual holding company formed for such purpose, upon the payment of a

fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.

2. Except to the extent that such provisions are inconsistent with

this article, the stock savings bank subsidiary of the mutual holding

company shall be subject to the same provisions of this chapter as apply

to savings banks which have converted to stock form pursuant to sections

fourteen-e and nine thousand nineteen of this chapter.

§ 291 — Required approvals

Required approvals. 1. A reorganization of a mutual savings

bank pursuant to this article shall be approved by a majority of the

board of trustees of the mutual savings bank.

2. (a) A mutual savings bank proposing a reorganization pursuant to

this article shall provide the superintendent with written notice of

such proposed reorganization. Such notice shall include a copy of the

plan of reorganization approved by the board of trustees pursuant to

subdivision one of this section, the proposed organization certificate

for the mutual holding company and the stock savings bank subsidiary and

shall contain such other information as the superintendent shall

require. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the plan of

reorganization within sixty days of the submission of such plan together

with such other information as the superintendent shall require.

(b) In determining whether to approve the plan of reorganization, the

superintendent shall consider:

(i) whether the formation of the mutual holding company would not be

detrimental to the interests of the depositors of the mutual savings

bank proposing to reorganize as provided in section two hundred ninety

of this article;

(ii) whether disapproval is necessary to prevent unsafe or unsound

banking practices;

(iii) whether the interest of the public will be served by the

proposed reorganization;

(iv) whether the financial or management resources of the mutual

savings bank proposing to reorganize as provided in section two hundred

ninety of this article warrant disapproval of the proposed plan of

reorganization; and

(v) whether the mutual savings bank proposing to reorganize as

provided in section two hundred ninety of this article fails to furnish

any information required under paragraph (a) of this subdivision or

furnishes information containing any statement which, at the time and in

the circumstances under which it was made, was false or misleading with

respect to any material fact or omits to state any material fact

necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading.

(c) When the superintendent shall have determined to approve or

disapprove the plan of reorganization, the superintendent shall so

advise the mutual savings bank in writing and shall endorse approval on

an organization certificate and cause it to be filed in the office of

the superintendent and with the clerk of the county in which the

principal office of the mutual savings bank is located. Upon the filing

of the organization certificate the existence of the mutual holding

company shall commence. As used in this article, the term "organization

certificate" shall include an amended organization certificate.

3. If approved by the superintendent, the mutual savings bank shall

submit the plan of reorganization to its depositors for approval at a

meeting convened in accordance with general regulations promulgated by

the superintendent of financial services for the sole purpose of

approving or disapproving such plan. At such meeting:

(a) all depositors whose aggregate deposit balance equals at least one

hundred dollars as of a record date shall be entitled to approve the

plan of reorganization, either in person or by valid proxy;

(b) each depositor entitled to vote shall be entitled to cast one vote

for each full one hundred dollars of deposits of such depositor shown on

the books and records of the mutual savings bank as of the record date;

(c) no depositor shall be entitled to cast any vote for any deposit

balance in amounts of less than one hundred dollars; and

(d) no plan of reorganization shall be effective unless approved by

the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five per centum of the

aggregate dollar amount of the book value of deposits represented at

such meeting either in person or by valid proxy and entitled to vote

thereat.

§ 292 — Formation of a mutual holding company

Formation of a mutual holding company. 1. The plan of

reorganization may authorize the formation of a mutual holding company

by:

(a) (i) the organization by the mutual holding company of a stock

savings bank subsidiary and the transferal to such stock savings bank of

the substantial part of its assets and liabilities, including all of its

deposit liabilities, in accordance with general regulations promulgated

by the superintendent of financial services;

(ii) the organization by the mutual savings bank of a mutual holding

company and the organization by such mutual holding company of a stock

savings bank subsidiary which merges with the mutual savings bank; or

(iii) the reorganization of the mutual savings bank under any other

method approved pursuant to general or specific regulations promulgated

by the superintendent of financial services.

(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this subdivision, such

regulations shall permit the stock savings bank to issue to persons

other than the mutual holding company of which it is a subsidiary an

amount of common stock and securities convertible into common stock

which in the aggregate does not exceed forty-nine per centum of the

issued and outstanding common stock of such stock savings bank, provided

that if a mutual holding company which owns all of the common stock and

securities convertible into common stock of its savings bank subsidiary

subsequently determines to make such an issuance it shall pay a fee as

prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter. Issued and

outstanding securities that are convertible into common stock shall be

considered issued and outstanding common stock for the purposes of

computing the forty-nine per centum limitation. This paragraph shall not

limit the authority of such stock savings bank to issue equity or debt

securities other than common stock and securities convertible into

common stock.

2. In connection with the reorganization of a mutual savings bank as

provided in section two hundred ninety of this article, the mutual

holding company may retain or acquire assets of the mutual savings bank

to the extent that such assets are not then required to be transferred

to or retained by the stock savings bank in order to satisfy capital or

reserve requirements of any applicable state or federal law or

regulation.

3. A stock savings bank at least fifty-one per centum but less than

one hundred per centum of the outstanding common stock of which is owned

by a mutual holding company shall have at least one director, but no

more than two-fifths of its directors, who are "unaffiliated directors"

who shall represent the interests of the minority shareholders. An

"unaffiliated director" is a director who is not (a) an officer or

employee of the stock savings bank (or any affiliate thereof) or (b) an

officer, trustee or employee of the mutual holding company. If the

organization certificate or bylaws of the stock savings bank provide

that the board of directors shall be divided into two or more classes,

then to the extent possible, each class shall contain the same number of

unaffiliated directors as each other class.

§ 293 — Mutual holding company powers

Mutual holding company powers. 1. Upon the formation of a

mutual holding company by a mutual savings bank:

(a) except as provided pursuant to the provisions of subdivision two

of this section, the mutual holding company shall possess all the

rights, powers and privileges, except deposit-taking powers, and shall

be subject to all the limitations, not inconsistent with this article,

of a mutual savings bank under articles six and sixteen of this chapter.

(b) the mutual holding company shall be subject to the limitations

imposed by the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (title twelve United

States Code Section 1841, et seq.) or, in the case of a mutual holding

company resulting from the reorganization of a savings bank which has

elected either prior or subsequent to such reorganization to be treated

as a savings association as that term is defined in title twelve United

States Code Section 1467a, such mutual holding company shall be subject

to the limitations imposed by the savings and loan holding company

provisions of the Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve United States Code

Section 1467a).

2. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provisions of section fourteen-e,

six hundred, six hundred one, six hundred one-a or six hundred one-b of

this chapter, subject to regulations of the superintendent, a mutual

holding company may:

(a) merge with, acquire or purchase the assets of a mutual holding

company established pursuant to this article or the savings and loan

holding company provisions of the Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve

United States Code Section 1467a);

(b) acquire or purchase the assets or stock of a stock savings bank, a

stock savings and loan association, a stock federal savings bank or a

stock federal savings and loan association;

(c) acquire a mutual savings bank, a mutual savings and loan

association, a federal mutual savings bank or a federal mutual savings

and loan association through the merger of such institution with a stock

subsidiary of such mutual holding company;

(d) engage in any other acquisition or combination specifically

permitted by regulations of the superintendent; provided, however, that

any such regulation shall only authorize activities which are authorized

by the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended,

(title twelve United States Code, Section 1841, et seq.) and the

provisions applicable, to mutual holding companies under the Home Owners

Loan Act, as amended, (title twelve United States Code, Section 1467a)

and any regulations or rules of the Federal Reserve Board and the

federal Office of Thrift Supervision pursuant thereto, respectively, to

the extent such authorized activities are not otherwise limited or

prohibited by this chapter.

§ 294 — Conversion of mutual holding company into stock holding company

Conversion of mutual holding company into stock holding

company. 1. If approved by the superintendent, a mutual holding company

may convert to a stock holding company in accordance with general

regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial services.

2. If approved by the superintendent, the mutual holding company shall

submit the plan of conversion to its depositors for approval at a

meeting convened for that purpose in accordance with such regulations.

The provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of subdivision three

of section two hundred ninety-one of this article shall apply to such

meeting. For the purpose of this subdivision, the term "depositors"

shall mean those depositors as of a record date, of a stock savings bank

subsidiary of the mutual holding company which:

(a) was organized as a result of the reorganization of a mutual

savings bank as provided in section two hundred ninety of this article;

and

(b) has not at any time subsequent to its organization issued more

than forty-nine per centum of its issued and outstanding common stock to

any persons other than a mutual holding company organized pursuant to

this article or the savings and loan holding company provisions of the

Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve United States Code Section 1467a).

ARTICLE 8 Safe Deposit Companies

§ 317 — General powers

General powers. Every safe deposit company shall, subject to

the limitations and restrictions contained in this article, have the

power:

1. To receive upon deposit as bailee for storage, upon terms and

conditions to be prescribed by the safe deposit company, personal

property and papers of any kind.

2. To engage in the safe deposit business by renting vaults, safe

deposit boxes and other receptacles upon premises occupied by the safe

deposit company upon such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by

the safe deposit company.

§ 318 — Branch offices

Branch offices. Any safe deposit company having a capital of

one hundred thousand dollars or more may, in accordance with the

provisions of article two of this chapter, be permitted to open and

maintain a branch office or branch offices in the city or village where

its principal office is located.

Any safe deposit company having a capital of one hundred thousand

dollars or more, the majority of stock of which is owned by any other

banking organization or a national bank may, in accordance with the

provisions of article two of this chapter, be permitted to open and

maintain a branch office at a location at which such banking

organization or national bank is maintaining a duly authorized branch

office.

§ 319 — Limitations upon the powers of safe deposit companies

Limitations upon the powers of safe deposit companies.

No safe deposit company shall:

1. Lend money, or make any advance, on any property left in its

possession, or belonging to others.

2. Open or maintain any branch offices, except as provided in section

three hundred and eighteen of this article.

§ 320 — Books and records

Books and records. Every safe deposit company shall conform its

methods of keeping its books and records to such orders in respect

thereto as shall have been made and promulgated by the superintendent

pursuant to the provisions of article two of this chapter. Any safe

deposit company that refuses or neglects to obey such order shall be

subject to a penalty of an amount as determined pursuant to section

forty-four of this chapter for each day it so refuses or neglects.

§ 321 — Change of location; change of designation of principal office

Change of location; change of designation of principal office.

Any safe deposit company may make a written application to the

superintendent for leave to change its place or one of its places of

business to any place at which it could be authorized, under the

provisions of this chapter, to open and maintain a branch office or for

leave to change the designation of its principal office to a branch

office and to change the designation of one of its branch offices to its

principal office. The application shall state the reasons for such

proposed change, and shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution

authorizing the making of the application, certified by a principal

officer of the safe deposit company to have been adopted by vote of a

majority of its entire board of directors at a meeting of such board,

duly convened and held, as well as by a fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter. If the proposed place of business is

within the limits of the village, borough or city if in a city not

divided into boroughs, in which the place of business sought to be

changed is located, such change may be made upon the written approval of

the superintendent. If the proposed place of business is beyond such

limits, notice of intention to make such application, signed by a

principal officer of the safe deposit company shall be published once a

week for two successive weeks in a newspaper to be designated by the

superintendent for the purpose, in accordance with the provisions of

article two of this chapter. If the superintendent shall grant his

certificate authorizing the change of location, as provided in article

two of this chapter, the safe deposit company may, upon or after the day

specified in the certificate, remove its property and effects to the

location designated therein.

§ 323 — Assessment of stockholders to make good impairment of capital; sale of stock

Assessment of stockholders to make good impairment of capital;

sale of stock.

Whenever the superintendent shall have made requisition upon any safe

deposit company pursuant to the provisions of article two of this

chapter to make good the amount of an impairment of its capital, the

directors of the safe deposit company shall immediately give notice of

such requisition to each stockholder of the amount of the assessment

which he must pay for the purpose of making good such deficiency, by a

written or printed notice mailed to such stockholder at his place of

residence, or served personally upon him. If any stockholder shall

refuse or neglect to pay the assessment specified in such notice within

sixty days from the date thereof, the directors of such safe deposit

company shall have the right to sell to the highest bidder at public

auction the stock of such stockholder, after giving previous notice of

such sale once a week for two successive weeks in a newspaper of general

circulation in the county where the principal office of such safe

deposit company is located; or such stock may be sold at private sale,

and without such published notice, provided, however, that before making

a private sale thereof an offer in writing to purchase such stock shall

first be obtained, and a copy thereof served upon the owner of record of

the stock sought to be sold either personally or by mailing a copy of

such offer to such owner at his place of residence or the address

furnished by him to the safe deposit company; and if, after service of

such offer, such owner shall still refuse or neglect to pay such

assessment within two weeks from the time of service of such offer, the

said directors may accept such offer and sell such stock to the person

or persons making such offer, or to any other person or persons making a

larger offer than the amount named in the offer submitted to such

stockholder; but said stock shall in no event be sold for a smaller sum

than the amount of the assessment called for and the necessary costs of

sale. Out of the avails of the stock sold the directors shall pay the

necessary costs of sale and the amount of the assessment called for

thereon. The balance, if any, shall be paid to the person or persons

whose stock has been thus sold. A sale of stock as herein provided shall

effect an absolute cancellation of the outstanding certificate or

certificates evidencing the stock so sold, and shall render the same

null and void and a new certificate or certificates shall be issued to

the purchaser or purchasers of said stock.

§ 324 — Change of control

Change of control. 1. It shall be unlawful, except with the

prior approval of the superintendent, for any company, as defined in

subdivision two of section one hundred forty-one of this chapter, to

directly or indirectly acquire control of any safe deposit company

subject to the provisions of this article.

As used in this section, the term "control" means the possession,

directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of

the management and policies of a safe deposit company, whether by means

of the ownership of the voting stock or equity interests of such safe

deposit company or of one or more companies controlling such safe

deposit company by means of a contractual arrangement, or otherwise.

Control shall be presumed to exist if any company, directly or

indirectly, owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per

centum or more of the voting stock of any safe deposit company or of any

company which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum

or more of the voting stock of such safe deposit company, but no person

shall be deemed to control a safe deposit company solely by reason of

his being an officer or director of such safe deposit company. The

superintendent may, in his discretion, upon the application of a safe

deposit company or any company which, directly or indirectly, owns,

controls or holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or holds

with power to vote any voting stock of such safe deposit company,

determine whether or not the ownership, control or holding of such

voting stock constitutes or would constitute control of such safe

deposit company for purposes of this section.

2. (a) A company which seeks to acquire control of a safe deposit

company subject to the provisions of this article shall file a written

application therefor with the superintendent and pay an investigation

fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter to the

superintendent. The application shall be in such form and shall contain

such information as the superintendent may require.

(b) The superintendent shall disapprove the proposed exercise of

control of any safe deposit company if, after notice to and an

opportunity to be heard by the applicant and such safe deposit company,

he finds the acquisition of control therein contrary to law or

determines that disapproval is reasonably necessary to protect the

interests of the people of this state. In making such determination, the

superintendent shall only consider (i) whether the character,

responsibility and general fitness of the company which seeks to control

such safe deposit company are such as to command confidence and warrant

belief that the business of such safe deposit company will be honestly

and efficiently conducted in a manner consistent with the public

interest, the interests of bailors and creditors of such safe deposit

company and (ii) whether the exercise of control may impair the safe and

sound conduct of the business of such safe deposit company, the

conservation of its assets, or public confidence in its business. Unless

the superintendent shall have denied such application in writing within

ninety days of the receipt thereof, or shall have advised the applicant

in writing before the expiration of ninety days of his determination to

extend such period an additional sixty days, such application shall be

deemed approved.

(c) For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe in writing, the provisions of this subdivision shall not apply

to a transfer of control by operation of law to a legal representative,

as hereinafter defined, who has control of a safe deposit company.

The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in a ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the provisions

of such court appointment.

§ 327 — Use of sign or words indicating safe deposit company by unauthorized persons prohibited

Use of sign or words indicating safe deposit company by

unauthorized persons prohibited. 1. No entity, other than a duly

chartered safe deposit company, shall make use of any office sign at the

place where such business is transacted having thereon any artificial or

corporate name, or other words indicating that such place or office is

the place of business or office of a safe deposit company; nor shall any

such entity make use of or circulate any letterheads, billheads, blank

forms, notes, receipts, certificates, circulars, or any written or

printed or partly written and partly printed paper whatever, having

thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other word or words,

indicating that such business is the business of a safe deposit company.

2. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prevent any banking

organization, foreign banking corporation duly licensed to maintain a

branch in the state, national bank, federal savings and loan association

or federal savings bank from engaging in the safe deposit business in

this state.

§ 328 — Communications from department of financial services must be submitted to directors and noted in minutes

Communications from department of financial services must be

submitted to directors and noted in minutes. Every official

communication as defined in article two of this chapter directed to a

safe deposit company or to any officer thereof shall be submitted, by

the officer receiving it, to the board of directors at the next meeting

of such board, and duly noted in the minutes of the meetings of such

board.

§ 329 — Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make

Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make. On or

before the first day of February in each year, every safe deposit

company shall make a written report to the superintendent of financial

services which shall contain a statement of its condition on the morning

of the first day of January in said year. Every such report shall be

subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury,

according to the best of their knowledge and belief, by the two

principal officers in charge of the affairs of the safe deposit company

at the time of such subscription and shall state that the usual business

of the safe deposit company has been transacted at the location required

by this article and not elsewhere.

Every safe deposit company shall also make such other special reports

to the superintendent as he may from time to time require, which shall

be in such form and filed at such date as may be prescribed by the

superintendent and shall, if required by him, be subscribed and affirmed

as true under the penalties of perjury.

If any safe deposit company shall fail to make any report required by

this section on or before the day designated for the making thereof, or

shall fail to include therein any matter required by the superintendent,

it shall forfeit to the people of the state an amount as determined

pursuant to section forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such

report shall be delayed or withheld, and for every day that it shall

fail to report any such omitted matter, unless the time therefor shall

have been extended by the superintendent as provided in article two of

this chapter.

§ 330 — Liability of safe deposit company for assessments by superintendent

Liability of safe deposit company for assessments by

superintendent. When the superintendent, pursuant to the powers

conferred on him by article two of this chapter, shall have levied any

assessment upon any safe deposit company and shall have duly notified

such safe deposit company of the amount thereof, the amount so assessed

shall become a liability of and shall be paid by such safe deposit

company to the superintendent.

ARTICLE 8-A Safe Deposit Business

§ 332 — Definitions

Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms have

the following meanings:

1. Lessor. The term, "lessor" means a banking organization, foreign

banking corporation or a national banking association authorized to

engage in the safe deposit business.

2. Safe deposit box. The term, "safe deposit box" means a vault, safe

deposit box or other receptacle.

§ 333 — Access to safe deposit boxes by certain fiduciaries

Access to safe deposit boxes by certain fiduciaries. Where a

safe deposit box is let by a lessor to one or more persons acting as

executors, administrators, trustees, guardians, a committee, or as

conservators, the lessor may, except as otherwise expressly provided by

the terms of the lease or by the will or other instrument or order or

decree under which such person or persons may be acting, allow access

thereto as follows:

1. By any one or more of the persons acting as executors or

administrators;

2. By any one or more of the persons acting as trustees, guardians, a

committee, or as conservators when authorized in writing signed by the

other person or all other persons so acting.

3. By any agent, authorized in a writing signed and duly acknowledged

by the person, or if more than one, by all the persons acting as

executors, administrators, trustees or guardians, a committee, or as

conservators.

§ 334 — Leases to minors

Leases to minors. A lessor may let a safe deposit box to a

minor with the same effect as if such lessee were of full age and with

the same effect may allow access to such safe deposit box and to the

contents thereof to such lessee or to any deputy or agent appointed in

writing by such lessee.

§ 335 — Special remedies where rental of safe deposit box is not paid or when safe deposit box is not vacated on termination of lease

Special remedies where rental of safe deposit box is not paid

or when safe deposit box is not vacated on termination of lease. Every

lessor shall be entitled to the following special remedies:

1. (a) If the amount due for the rental of any safe deposit box let by

any lessor shall not have been paid for one year, or if the lessee

thereof shall not have removed the contents thereof within thirty days

from the termination of the lease therefor for any reason other than for

non-payment of rent, the lessor may, at the expiration of such period,

send to the lessee of such safe deposit box by registered or certified

mail, return receipt requested, a notice in writing in a securely closed

postpaid letter, directed to such person at his last known post-office

address, as recorded upon the books of the lessor, notifying such lessee

that if the amount due for the rental of such safe deposit box is not

paid within thirty days from date, and/or if the contents thereof are

not removed within thirty days from date, the lessor may, at any time

thereafter, cause such safe deposit box to be opened, and the contents

thereof to be inventoried and removed from such safe deposit box.

(b) At any time after the expiration of thirty days from the date of

mailing such notice, and the failure of the lessee of the safe deposit

box to pay the amount due for the rental thereof to the date of payment,

and/or remove the contents thereof, the lessor may, in the presence of a

notary public and of any officer of the lessor or any other employee of

the lessor designated for such purpose by the lessor, cause such safe

deposit box to be opened, and the contents thereof, if any, to be

removed and inventoried. Such contents shall be retained by the lessor

for safe-keeping for a period of not less than two years unless sooner

removed by the lessee of the safe deposit box so opened. The charge for

such safe-keeping shall not exceed the original rental of the safe

deposit box so opened. The notary public shall file with the lessor a

certificate under seal, which shall fully set out the date of the

opening of such safe deposit box, the name of the lessee of such safe

deposit box and a list of the contents, if any.

(c) A copy of such certificate shall within ten days after the opening

be mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to

the lessee of the safe deposit box so opened, at his last known

post-office address, in a securely closed postpaid letter, together with

a notice that the contents will be kept, at the expense of the lessee,

by the lessor for a period of not less than two years. Upon the payment

of all rentals due at the time of the opening of the safe deposit box,

the cost of the opening thereof, the fees of the notary public for

issuing his certificate thereon, and the payment of all further charges

and costs of safe-keeping such contents for the period since the opening

of the safe deposit box, the lessee may require the delivery of such of

the contents set out in such certificate as have not been sold pursuant

to paragraph (d) of this subdivision or destroyed pursuant to paragraph

(f) of this subdivision, or become abandoned property.

(d) At any time after the expiration of two years from the time of

mailing the certificate herein provided for, the lessor may mail by

registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, in a securely

closed postpaid letter, addressed to the lessee at his last known

post-office address, a notice stating that the lessor will sell all the

property or articles of apparent value set out in such certificate, at a

time and place stated in such notice, not less than thirty days after

the time of mailing such notice and stating the amount which shall have

then been due for rental up to the time of opening such safe deposit

box, the cost of the opening thereof, the fees of the notary public for

issuing his certificate thereon and the further charges and costs of

safe-keeping all of its contents for the period since the opening of the

safe deposit box. Unless the lessee shall pay on or before the day

mentioned all such sums and all the charges and costs accruing to the

time of payment, including advertising, the lessor may sell all the

property or articles of apparent value set out in such certificate, at

public auction, at the time and place stated in such notice, provided a

notice of the time and place of sale has been published once within ten

days prior to the sale, in a newspaper published in the place where the

sale is to be held or, if there be no newspaper published in such place,

then in a newspaper published in the same or in an adjoining county and

in general circulation in the place where the sale is to be held.

(e) From the proceeds of the sale, the lessor shall deduct all its

charges and costs as stated in such notice, together with any further

charges and costs that shall have accrued since the mailing thereof,

including reasonable expenses for notice, advertising and sale. The

balance, if any, may be used to pay from time to time the further costs

and charges of safe-keeping and destroying the other contents, if any,

of the safe deposit box. Unless sooner claimed by the lessee of the safe

deposit box so opened, such balance or such part as shall remain after

the payment of such further charges and costs shall, after the

expiration of three years from the time of the opening of the safe

deposit box, be deemed abandoned property subject to the provisions of

article three of the abandoned property law.

(f) Any documents, letters or other papers of a private nature and any

property or articles of no apparent value among the contents of any such

safe deposit box shall not be sold, but shall be retained by the lessor

for a period of at least ten years from the time of the opening of the

safe deposit box, and, unless sooner claimed by the lessee of the safe

deposit box, may thereafter be destroyed.

(f-1) Any military awards, medals, or decorations among the contents

of any safe deposit box shall not be sold, but shall be sent to the

division of military and naval affairs of the executive department where

such awards, medals, or decorations shall be retained indefinitely until

claimed by the lessee of the safe deposit box or the lessee's estate or

released to a person or entity lawfully entitled to possession thereof.

The state comptroller shall develop regulations specifying the

procedures and requirements for delivering such items to the division of

military and naval affairs and for reporting such information to the

state comptroller's office. The New York state military museum and

veterans research center under the jurisdiction of the division of

military and naval affairs of the executive department shall provide

storage for and shall display any such awards, medals, or decorations.

(g) United States coin or currency among the contents of any safe

deposit box so opened need not be sold, but may be used by the lessor to

pay the amount which shall have been due for rental up to the time of

opening such safe deposit box, the cost of the opening thereof, the fees

of the notary public for issuing his certificate thereon, and to pay

from time to time the further charges and costs of safe-keeping, selling

and destroying the contents of the safe deposit box so opened, including

reasonable expenses for notices, advertising and sale and destruction.

Unless sooner claimed by the lessee of the safe deposit box, such coin

and currency or such part as shall remain after payment of the said

charges and costs shall, after the expiration of three years from the

time of the opening of the safe deposit box, be deemed abandoned

property subject to the provisions of article three of the abandoned

property law.

2. Whenever in subdivision one of this section, a lessor is given the

power to sell the contents of a safe deposit box, such power shall be

deemed to include the power to sell any bonds, stock certificates,

promissory notes, choses in action or other securities and any other

tangible and intangible properties found in such safe deposit box,

regardless of whether or not it shall appear from such securities or

properties that the lessee of the safe deposit box possesses title to or

any interest in such securities, or other properties, or power to

transfer such title or interest.

3. If the principal of or interest or dividends on any securities

found in a safe deposit box opened pursuant to the provisions of this

section, is due and payable at the time of the opening of such safe

deposit box or thereafter while the same remains in the possession of

the lessor shall become due and payable, the lessor may, at its

election, collect such principal and/or interest and/or dividends and

from the proceeds thereof may deduct all sums due from the lessee of the

safe deposit box for rental to the time of opening such safe deposit box

and for the cost of opening thereof, the fees of the notary public for

issuing his certificate thereon, and the further charges and costs of

safe-keeping of the contents thereof from the time of the opening

thereof including reasonable expenses for notices, advertising and sale

and destruction. The balance, if any, of such collection shall, after

the expiration of three years from the time of the opening of such safe

deposit box, be deemed abandoned property subject to the provisions of

article three of the abandoned property law.

4. A lessor holding a safe deposit box originally let by a predecessor

in interest, or a lessor which has been dissolved, or a lessor holding

the contents of such safe deposit box may have the remedies provided by

this section as to such safe deposit box or the contents thereof in like

manner and to the same extent as if such safe deposit box had been

rented from such lessor in the first instance.

5. The provisions of this section shall not preclude any other remedy

by action or otherwise for the enforcement of the claims of the lessor

against the person to whom a safe deposit box shall have been let, nor

bar the right of the lessor to recover the debt due it in any other

lawful manner.

§ 336 — Special remedies where property is deposited

Special remedies where property is deposited. 1. Every banking

organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking

association authorized to receive personal property upon deposit for

safe-keeping or as bailee for storage, and which shall have received any

such property and shall have issued a receipt therefor, shall have the

remedies of a warehouseman as to such property, and the banking

organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking

association shall have a lien on such deposits or the proceeds thereof

to the same extent and with the same effect, and enforceable in the same

manner, as is provided by article seven of the uniform commercial code.

2. A banking organization, foreign banking corporation or national

banking association holding personal property upon deposit for which a

receipt was issued by a predecessor in interest may have the remedies

provided by this section.

3. The provisions of this section shall not preclude any other remedy

by action or otherwise for the enforcement of the claim of the banking

organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking

association against the person from whom personal property has been

received upon deposit and to whom a receipt shall have been issued

therefor, nor bar the right of the banking organization, foreign banking

corporation or national banking association to recover the debt due it

in any other lawful manner.

§ 337 — Sale of safe deposit business

Sale of safe deposit business. Subject to the provisions of

subdivision eight of section six hundred five of article thirteen of

this chapter, any banking organization or foreign banking corporation

may, with the approval of the superintendent, sell to another banking

organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking

association authorized to conduct the business of renting safe deposit

boxes, all or any part of its safe deposit business, and upon at least

thirty days notice in writing to the lessees of the safe deposit boxes

so sold, such safe deposit boxes may be delivered to the possession of

such purchasing banking organization, foreign banking corporation or

national banking association and thereupon, except for claims against

the selling banking organization or foreign banking corporation asserted

in writing prior to such delivery, the obligations and rights of the

selling banking organization or foreign banking corporation upon the

leases relating thereto shall be deemed to be assumed by the purchasing

banking organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking

association as a successor in interest of the selling banking

organization or foreign banking corporation and the selling banking

organization or foreign banking corporation shall be discharged from

liability in respect thereof. Any lessee of a safe deposit box, upon

receipt of a notice in writing of the proposed sale of such safe deposit

box by a banking organization or foreign banking corporation, may

terminate his lease therefor by removing the contents therefrom and

surrendering such safe deposit box to the banking organization or

foreign banking corporation prior to the date fixed in such notice for

the delivery of such safe deposit box to the purchasing banking

organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking

association and thereupon such lessee shall be entitled to a refund of

the unearned rent, if any, paid by such lessee to the selling banking

organization or foreign banking corporation.

§ 338 — Notice to renters of safe deposit boxes regarding insurance

Notice to renters of safe deposit boxes regarding insurance. 1.

Any banking organization or safe deposit company which offers safe

deposit boxes for rent shall provide each customer at the time of rental

with a copy of a safe deposit box rental agreement. Such agreement shall

include, on its face, or on an attachment thereto a notice in at least

eight point bold type reading as follows:

Important Notice: (1) The contents of your safe deposit box

may not be fully protected against loss under the insurance

coverage maintained by the bank or safe deposit company. (2)

For your protection, you may wish to secure your own insurance

through an insurance company of your choice. (3) You should

keep a complete list and description of all property stored in

your safe deposit box, and any available proof of ownership.

2. The notice required under subdivision one of this section shall

also appear on all subsequent rental bills or attachments thereto.

ARTICLE 9 Licensed Lenders

§ 340 — Doing business without license prohibited

Doing business without license prohibited. No person or other

entity shall engage in the business of making loans in the principal

amount of twenty-five thousand dollars or less for any loan to an

individual for personal, family, household, or investment purposes and

in a principal amount of fifty thousand dollars or less for business and

commercial loans, and charge, contract for, or receive a greater rate of

interest than the lender would be permitted by law to charge if he were

not a licensee hereunder except as authorized by this article and

without first obtaining a license from the superintendent.

For the purposes of this section, a person or entity shall be

considered as engaging in the business of making loans in New York, and

subject to the licensing and other requirements of this article, if it

solicits loans in the amounts prescribed by this section within this

state and, in connection with such solicitation, makes loans to

individuals then resident in this state, except that no person or entity

shall be considered as engaging in the business of making loans in this

state on the basis of isolated, incidental or occasional transactions

which otherwise meet the requirements of this section.

Nothing in this article shall apply to licensed collateral loan

brokers.

§ 341 — Application for license; fees; capital requirements

Application for license; fees; capital requirements. 1. (a) As

used in this article, the term master license shall mean an original

license granted to a person or entity.

(b) As used in this article, the term supplemental license shall mean

the license granted to a person or entity having a master license for

additional licensed locations.

2. An application for a master license shall be in writing, under

oath, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent and shall contain

such information as the superintendent may require by regulations. The

application shall set forth all of the locations at which the applicant

seeks to conduct business hereunder. At the time of making the

application for a master license, the applicant shall pay to the

superintendent a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of

this chapter for each proposed location for investigating the

application.

3. In addition to the investigation fee and annual license fee every

licensee hereunder shall pay to the superintendent the sums provided to

be paid under the provisions of section seventeen of the banking law.

4. In connection with an application for a master license, the

applicant shall submit an affidavit of financial solvency noting such

capitalization requirements and access to such credit as may be

prescribed by the regulations of the superintendent.

5. The applicant shall also prove, in form satisfactory to the

superintendent, that the applicant has available for the operation of

such business at the location or locations specified in the application

liquid assets of at least fifty thousand dollars. This amount shall be

maintained for the period within which the licensee makes loans in the

amounts prescribed in section three hundred forty of this article at

such location.

6. If a person or entity holding a master license seeks to open

another location for the conduct of activities licensable under this

article, the licensee shall first submit written notification of this

fact to the superintendent. The notification shall contain the address

of the new location and the master license number. An investigation fee

as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be

paid for each additional location. Upon receipt of the notification and

fees, the superintendent shall issue a temporary supplemental license,

valid for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending the final approval

of the new location. The superintendent, in his or her sole discretion,

may extend the validity of the temporary supplemental license for

additional thirty day periods pending investigation, but such extension

shall not exceed a total of sixty days. The temporary supplemental

license shall, upon written approval by the superintendent, become

permanent after thirty days of issuance, or after the expiration of any

extension granted by the superintendent, unless the superintendent finds

that the opening of the new location by the licensee is not in the

public interest, in which case, the superintendent shall send a written

denial to the licensee. Upon receipt of such written denial, the

temporary supplemental license issued to the licensee shall become void

and the licensee shall immediately cease all activity licensable under

this article at the location set forth on such license. The failure of

the superintendent to give written approval or denial of the permanence

of the temporary supplemental license prior to expiration of the initial

thirty day period or any extension thereof shall not be deemed to

constitute the approval of a permanent supplemental license.

§ 342 — Conditions precedent to issuing license; procedure where application denied

Conditions precedent to issuing license; procedure where

application denied. Upon the filing of such application and the payment

of such fees, if the superintendent shall find that the financial

responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of the

applicant, and of the members thereof if the applicant be a partnership

or association, and of the officers and directors thereof if the

applicant be a corporation, are such as to command the confidence of the

community and to warrant belief that the business will be operated

honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purposes of this article,

and if the superintendent shall find that the applicant has available

for the operation of such business at each specified location liquid

assets of at least fifty thousand dollars, the superintendent shall

thereupon execute a master license, and if applicable one or more

supplemental licenses, to make loans in accordance with the provisions

of this article at the location or locations specified in the said

application. The superintendent shall transmit one copy of such license

or licenses to the applicant and file the same in the office of the

department. Each such license shall remain in full force and effect

until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as

hereinafter provided; if the superintendent shall not so find, a master

license shall not be issued and the superintendent shall notify the

applicant of the denial. If an application is denied or withdrawn the

superintendent shall return to the applicant the sum paid by the

applicant as a license fee, retaining the investigation fee to cover the

costs of investigating the application. The superintendent shall approve

or deny every application for a master license hereunder within ninety

days from the filing thereof with the said fees.

§ 343 — License provisions; separate license for each place of business; change of location

License provisions; separate license for each place of

business; change of location. 1. A license shall state the address at

which the business is to be conducted and shall state fully the name of

the licensee, and if the licensee is a partnership or association, the

names of the members thereof, and if a corporation, the date and place

of its incorporation. A master license shall be kept conspicuously

posted in the principal place of business of the licensee and a

supplemental license shall be conspicuously posted at the location

identified in the license. No master or supplemental license shall be

transferable or assignable.

2. A separate license shall be required for each location at which a

licensee makes loans under the provisions of this article. The

superintendent may issue more than one license to the same licensee. For

each new license, the licensee shall comply with all the requirements

for obtaining a license as stated in this article.

3. (a) A licensee may change the location of a licensed lender

business by giving written notice to the superintendent at least thirty

days prior to such change. The licensee shall pay to the superintendent

a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter for

each change of location and shall provide any information which may be

required regarding the change of location.

(b) The superintendent shall, if satisfied that there is no reasonable

objection to such change of location and upon the surrender of the

license for the location which is being changed, issue a license

containing the information required by subdivision one of this section.

If the superintendent shall not be satisfied that such change is in

accordance with the purposes of this article, the superintendent shall

refuse such change of location and notify the licensee of the

determination.

§ 344 — Issuance of license upon acquisition of business of licensed lender

Issuance of license upon acquisition of business of licensed

lender. 1. Prior to any acquisition, by merger, consolidation, purchase

of assets or otherwise, except by purchase of stock, of the assets or

business, or a substantial part thereof, of a licensee under this

article, the person desirous of continuing to maintain and operate any

place of business theretofore maintained and operated by such licensee

and each person who controls such person shall file with the

superintendent, for all such places of business, one application, in

such form and containing such information, including the information

required under section three hundred forty-one of this article, as the

superintendent may require. At the time of making such application, the

applicants shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee, as

prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter if the person

desirous of continuing to maintain and operate such places of business

is already licensed under this article, or, if such person is not so

licensed, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this chapter. If such person is licensed, the

superintendent shall amend the license accordingly within thirty days if

it is found that the acquisition is in accordance with the purposes of

this article. If such person is not licensed, the superintendent shall

determine whether the financial responsibility, experience, character,

and general fitness of the applicants, and of the members thereof if any

applicant be a partnership or association, and of the officers,

directors and controlling stockholders thereof if any applicant be a

corporation, are such as to command the confidence of the community and

to warrant belief that the business will be operated honestly, fairly,

and efficiently within the purpose of this article and the

superintendent shall approve or deny such application within ninety days

of the filing thereof. If the superintendent disapproves such

application, or, if no such application has been made, the license for

each such place of business shall become null and void and the

applicants or licensee, whoever has possession of each such license,

shall forthwith surrender the license theretofore in effect to the

superintendent. If the superintendent approves such application, the

person being acquired shall surrender to the superintendent the license

theretofore in effect for each such place of business and the

superintendent shall issue and transmit one copy of a new license to

maintain and operate each such place of business to the person desirous

of continuing to maintain and operate such place of business and file

another copy in the department.

As used in this subdivision one, (a) the term "person" includes an

individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other

organization and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly

or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

management and policies of a person, whether by means of the ownership

of the voting stock or equity interests of such person or of one or more

persons controlling such persons, by means of a contractual arrangement,

or otherwise. Control shall be presumed to exist if any person directly

or indirectly owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per

centum or more of the voting stock or equity interests of the person

desirous of continuing to maintain and operate a licensee's place of

business or of any entity which directly or indirectly controls such

person. The superintendent may, upon the application of a licensee or

any such person or entity, determine whether or not the ownership,

control or holding of such voting stock or equity interests constitutes

or would constitute control for purposes of this subdivision.

2. The transfer by operation of law to a legal representative, as

hereinafter defined, of the assets or business of a licensee under this

article, or a substantial part thereof, shall not, to the extent

hereinafter provided, be deemed an acquisition within the meaning of

this section. Such legal representative, if duly qualified to act in

this state, may continue to maintain and operate any place of business

theretofore maintained and operated by such licensee, subject to all the

provisions of this chapter including the payment of license fees, for a

period of not more than six months from the date of his qualification as

legal representative and for such additional period of time as the

superintendent may prescribe in writing. During such period, the legal

representative shall be deemed a licensee under this article. The

appointment and qualification of a successor to the legal representative

shall not, without the approval of the superintendent, operate to extend

such period.

Each such legal representative shall promptly following his or her

appointment file with the superintendent a certificate or duly certified

copy of an order of the court to evidence his authority to acquire the

assets of the licensee and to maintain and operate the business thereof.

If a legal representative desires to continue to maintain and operate

any place of business theretofore maintained and operated by the

licensee he or she shall, prior to the expiration of such six month

period or any extension thereof prescribed by the superintendent, file

an application pursuant to this section and comply with all of the

provisions of this chapter. The investigation fee payable upon filing

such application shall be as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a

of this chapter.

The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction as an

executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or receiver,

including one who succeeds a legal representative and one acting in an

ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the provisions of such

court appointment.

If any provision of this section, or the application of such provision

to any individual, company, corporation or circumstance, shall be held

invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application thereof to

anyone other than the one to which it is held invalid, shall not be

affected thereby.

§ 345 — Application for acquisition of control of licensed lender by purchase of stock

Application for acquisition of control of licensed lender by

purchase of stock. 1. Prior to the acquisition of control of a licensee

under this article by means of the acquisition of the capital stock or

equity interests in such licensee or in any person who directly or

indirectly controls such licensee, the person desirous of acquiring such

capital stock or other equity interests shall make written application

to the superintendent. Such application shall be in such form and shall

contain such information, including the information required under

section three hundred forty-one of this article, as the superintendent

may require and such applicant, at the time of making such application

if not licensed, shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee as

prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter. If such

licensee is licensed, upon payment of an investigation fee as prescribed

pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, the superintendent shall

approve the acquisition if it is found that such acquisition is in

accordance with the purposes of this article. If such person is not

licensed, the superintendent shall determine whether the financial

responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of the

applicant, and of the members thereof if the applicant be a partnership

or association, and of the officers, directors and controlling

stockholders thereof if the applicant be a corporation, are such as to

command the confidence of the community and to warrant belief that the

business will be operated honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the

purpose of this article. Unless the superintendent shall have denied

such application in writing within ninety days of the filing thereof,

such application shall be deemed approved. If no such application has

been made, the license for each place of business maintained and

operated by the licensee shall, at the discretion of the superintendent,

become null and void and each such license shall be surrendered to the

superintendent. In addition, the superintendent may, in a proceeding

after notice and a hearing, require any person who has failed to make

application pursuant to this subdivision to pay the people of this state

a penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four of

this chapter for each day of said violation.

As used in this subdivision, (a) the term "person" includes an

individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other

organization and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly

or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

management and policies of a person, whether by means of the ownership

of the voting stock or equity interests of such person or of one or more

persons controlling such person, by means of a contractual arrangement,

or otherwise. Control shall be presumed to exist if any person directly

or indirectly owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per

centum or more of the voting stock or equity interests of the person

desirous of continuing to maintain and operate a licensee's place of

business or of any entity which directly or indirectly controls such

person. The superintendent may, upon the application of a licensee or

any such person or entity, determine whether or not the ownership,

control or holding of such voting stock or equity interests constitutes

or would constitute control for purposes of this subdivision.

2. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe in writing, the provisions of subdivision one of this section

shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of law to the

legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has control of

a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall comply with the

provisions of subdivision one of this section. The provisions of

subdivision one of this section shall be applicable to an application

made under such section by a legal representative.

The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

If any provision of this section, or the application of such provision

to any individual, company, corporation or circumstance, shall be held

invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application thereof to

anyone other than one to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected

thereby.

§ 347 — Grounds for revocation or suspension of license; procedure

Grounds for revocation or suspension of license; procedure. The

superintendent may suspend or revoke any license issued hereunder if the

superintendent shall find that:

(a) The licensee has failed to pay any sum of money lawfully demanded

by the superintendent or to comply with any demand, ruling, or

requirement of the superintendent;

(b) The licensee has violated any provisions of this article, the act

of congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations

thereunder, as such act and regulations may from time to time be

amended, or of any rule or regulation lawfully made by the

superintendent;

(c) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time

of the original application for such license, clearly would have

warranted the superintendent in refusing originally to issue such

license;

(d) The licensee has engaged in the business of a sales finance

company and has done or failed to do any act, except the failure to pay

the fees required, which would be grounds for the suspension or

revocation of its license pursuant to section four hundred ninety-five

of this chapter were it required to obtain such a license.

The superintendent may on good cause shown, without notice or hearing,

suspend any license for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending

investigation.

The superintendent may revoke or suspend only the particular license

with respect to which grounds for revocation or suspension may occur or

exist, or, if the superintendent shall find that such grounds for

revocation or suspension are of general application to all offices, or

to more than one office, operated by such licensee, the superintendent

shall revoke or suspend all of the licenses issued to such licensee or

such number of licenses as such grounds apply to, as the case may be.

Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the

superintendent written notice that the licensee thereby surrenders such

license, but such surrender shall not affect such licensee's civil or

criminal liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.

No revocation or suspension or surrender of any license shall impair

or affect the obligation of any pre-existing lawful contract between the

licensee and any borrower.

Every license issued hereunder shall remain in force and effect until

it shall have been surrendered, revoked, or suspended in accordance with

the provisions of this article, but the superintendent shall have

authority to reinstate suspended licenses or to issue new licenses to a

licensee whose license or licenses shall have been revoked if no fact or

condition then exists which clearly would have warranted the

superintendent in refusing originally to issue such license under this

article.

Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license issued

pursuant to this article, the superintendent shall execute a written

order to that effect. The superintendent shall file one copy of such

order in the office of the department and serve a copy upon the

licensee, which order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article

seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such special

proceeding for review as authorized by this section must be commenced

within thirty days from the date of such order of suspension or

revocation.

§ 348 — Superintendent authorized to examine

Superintendent authorized to examine. For the purpose of

discovering violations of this article or securing information lawfully

required hereunder, the superintendent may at any time, and as often as

may be determined, either personally or by a person duly designated by

the superintendent, investigate the loans and business and examine the

books, accounts, records, and files used therein of every licensee. For

that purpose the superintendent and duly designated representatives

shall have free access to the offices and place of business, books,

accounts, papers, records, files, safes and vaults of all such

licensees. The superintendent shall have authority to require the

attendance of and to examine under oath all persons whomsoever whose

testimony may be required relative to such loans or such business.

§ 349 — Licensee's books and records; reports

Licensee's books and records; reports. The licensee shall keep

and use in its business such books, accounts, and records as will enable

the superintendent to determine whether such licensee is complying with

the provisions of this article and with the rules and regulations

lawfully made by the superintendent hereunder. Every licensee shall

preserve such books, accounts, and records, including cards used in the

card system, if any, for at least two years after making the final entry

on any loan recorded therein. Preservation of photographic reproduction

thereof or records in photographic form, including an optical disk

storage system and the use of electronic data processing equipment that

provides comparable records to those otherwise required and which are

available for examination upon request shall constitute compliance with

the requirements of this section.

Each licensee shall annually on or before the first day of April file

a report with the superintendent giving such information as the

superintendent may require concerning the business and operations during

the preceding calendar year of each licensed place of business conducted

by such licensee within the state under authority of this article. Such

report shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by the licensee under

the penalties of perjury and shall be in the form prescribed by the

superintendent who shall make and publish annually a consolidated

statement of condition showing the combined assets and liabilities of

all licensed lenders. Such consolidated statement of condition shall be

based upon the information contained in such reports. In addition to

annual reports, the superintendent may require such additional regular

or special reports as may be deemed necessary to the proper supervision

of licensees under this article. Such additional reports shall be in the

form prescribed by the superintendent and shall be subscribed and

affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.

§ 350 — Restrictions concerning advertising, liens on real estate, and places where loans made

Restrictions concerning advertising, liens on real estate, and

places where loans made. 1. (a) No licensee or other entity shall

advertise, print, display, publish, distribute, or broadcast or cause or

permit to be advertised, printed, displayed, published, distributed, or

broadcasted, in any manner whatsoever any statement or representation

with regard to the rates, terms, or conditions for the loaning of money,

credit, goods, or things in action which is false, misleading or

deceptive, or in violation of chapter three of the act of congress

entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations thereunder, as such

act and regulations may from time to time be amended.

(b) No licensee shall make, directly or indirectly, orally or in

writing, by any method, practice or device, any representation that it

is licensed under this chapter, except a representation that such

licensee is licensed as a licensed lender by the New York state

department of financial services.

2. No licensee shall take a lien upon real estate as security for any

loan under the provisions of this article, except such lien as is

created by law upon the recording of a judgment.

3. No licensee shall conduct the business of making loans under the

provisions of this article within any office, room, or place of business

in which any other business is solicited or engaged in, or in

association or conjunction therewith, except (a) a licensee may, after

obtaining any required license, conduct on its premises businesses

authorized under articles eleven-B, twelve-B, twelve-D and thirteen-B of

this chapter, or (b) as may be authorized in writing by the

superintendent upon a finding that such other business would not result

in evasions of this article or of the rules and regulations lawfully

made hereunder.

4. No licensee shall transact such business or make any loan provided

for by this article under any other name or at any other place of

business than that named in the license, except as may be authorized by

the superintendent.

§ 351 — Restrictions on loans subject to the provisions of this article; interest; other charges

Restrictions on loans subject to the provisions of this

article; interest; other charges. 1. Every licensee hereunder may loan

any sum of money not exceeding the maximum principal amounts prescribed

in section three hundred forty of this article, and may charge, contract

for, and receive thereon interest at the rate or rates agreed to by the

licensee and the borrower. Such interest may either (a) be calculated on

the actual unpaid principal balances of the loan or in the case of a

loan commitment from the date of each advance thereunder for the actual

time outstanding, according to a generally accepted actuarial method at

a fixed or variable rate and in accordance with the provisions of the

evidence of the indebtedness or (b) precomputed under subdivision five

of this section.

2. On any loan with a variable rate of interest made pursuant to this

subdivision, the rate shall be determined at regular intervals as set

forth in the evidence of indebtedness and in accordance with such

regulations as the superintendent of financial services shall prescribe

but said rate shall not vary more often than once in any three month

period and shall be based on a published index that is (a) readily

available, (b) independently verifiable, (c) beyond the control of the

licensee, and (d) approved by the superintendent.

The superintendent of financial services shall adopt regulations,

including but not limited to: (i) providing for disclosure to the

borrower by the licensee of the circumstances under which the rate may

increase, any limitations on the increase, the effect of an increase and

an example of the payment terms that would result from an increase; (ii)

providing for disclosure to the borrower by the licensee of a history of

the fluctuations of the index over a reasonable period of time; and

(iii) providing for notice to the borrower from the licensee prior to

any rate increase or change in the terms of payment.

3. Loans may be granted under an open end or closed end loan agreement

providing for a fixed or variable rate.

4. Interest, consideration, or charges for the use of money shall not

be deducted or received in advance and shall be computed on unpaid

principal balances. Such interest, consideration, or charges shall not

be compounded; provided that, if part or all of the principal amount of

any loan contract is the unpaid principal balance of a prior loan, the

unpaid interest, consideration or charges for the use of money on such

prior loan which have accrued within sixty days before the making of

such loan contract may be incorporated as interest bearing principal in

the principal amount of such loan contract, and for the purposes of this

subdivision any such new loan shall be deemed a separate loan

transaction.

5. When a closed-end loan agreement requires repayment in

substantially equal and consecutive monthly installments of principal

and interest combined, the interest may be precomputed at the agreed

rate on scheduled unpaid principal balances according to the terms of

the agreement and added to the principal amount of the loan. Every

payment may be applied to the combined total of principal and

precomputed interest until the loan agreement is fully paid and the

acceptance or payment of interest on loans made under the provisions of

this subdivision shall not be deemed to constitute payment, deduction or

receipt thereof in advance nor compounding under subdivision four of

this section. Such precomputed interest shall be subject to the

following adjustments:

(a) If the loan agreement is prepaid in full by cash, a new loan,

refinancing or otherwise before the final installment date, the borrower

shall receive a refund of (i) the unearned portion of the interest the

amount of which portion shall be determined according to a generally

accepted actuarial method; provided, however, that if the amount of

precomputed interest (A) is less than ten dollars, no refund shall be

required; or (B) exceeds the sum of ten dollars and the earned interest

is less than that amount, the licensee may retain such an additional

amount as will bring the earned interest to ten dollars and refund the

remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is refinanced, no

refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar; and (ii)

if a charge was made to the borrower for credit related insurance for

insuring the borrower the excess of the charge to the borrower therefor

over the insurance charges paid or payable by the licensee, if such

insurance charges were paid or payable by the licensee periodically, or

the refund for such insurance charges received or receivable by the

licensee, if such premium was paid or payable in a lump sum by the

licensee, provided that no such refund shall be required if it amounts

to less than one dollar. In the event (i) the maturity of the loan is

accelerated due to the default of the borrower or otherwise and judgment

is obtained, or (ii) repayment is made pursuant to any credit related

insurance policy for which a charge was made to the borrower for the

premium thereon, the borrower or legal representative, as the case may

be, shall be entitled to the same refund of interest and insurance

charges as if the loan had been prepaid in full on the date of

acceleration or repayment.

(b) (i) In the event of default of more than ten days in the payment

of any scheduled installment, the licensee may charge and collect a

default charge not exceeding five percent of the installment in default.

This charge may not be collected more than once for the same default and

may be collected at the time of such default or at any time thereafter.

(ii) After the final due date or upon acceleration of maturity for

default, the licensee may charge interest at the original agreed rate on

actual unpaid balances if the loan agreement so provides.

(c) If payment of all unpaid installments on which no default charge

has been charged and collected is deferred one or more full months, and

if the loan agreement so provides, the licensee may charge and collect

an amount which shall be equal to the difference between the refund that

would be required for prepayment in full as of the scheduled due date of

the first deferred installment and the amount which would be required

for prepayment in full as of one month prior to said date, multiplied by

the number of months in the deferment period. The deferment period is

that period in which no scheduled payment has been made and in which no

payment is required by reason of the deferment. Such charge may be

collected at the time of deferment or may be collected at any time

thereafter. If a refund of precomputed interest is required during a

deferment period the borrower shall also receive a refund of the

deferment charge for the number of months remaining in said period, for

which purpose a portion of a month exceeding fifteen days shall be

deemed a month.

(d) If two or more installments or parts thereof are in default for

five days or more, the licensee may, if the loan agreement so provides,

elect to convert the loan from a precomputed one to one in which

interest is paid on actual unpaid balances. In this event, the licensee

shall make the same refund of interest as if the loan were prepaid in

full on the scheduled payment due date preceding the date of conversion

and thereafter may charge interest at the agreed rate, by the actuarial

method, on actual unpaid balances for the time actually outstanding.

6. * (a) In addition to the interest, consideration, or charges above

specified, no further or other charge or amount whatsoever for any

examination, service, brokerage, commission, expense, fee, or bonus or

other thing or otherwise shall be directly or indirectly charged,

contracted for, or received, except the premium or identifiable charge

for insurance authorized by section three hundred fifty-seven of this

article; the lawful fees, if any, actually and necessarily paid out by

the licensee to any public officer for filing, recording, or releasing

in any public office any instrument securing the loan, which fees may be

collected when the loan is made or at any time thereafter or non-filing

insurance premiums not in excess of seven dollars in lieu of filing,

recording or releasing any such instrument; an annual fee on open end

loans authorized by the superintendent and made pursuant to subdivision

three of this section, provided, however, that no such fee shall exceed

an amount equal to one percent of the amount of the loan or fifty

dollars, whichever is less; and a fee, not to exceed the amount set

forth in section 5-328 of the general obligations law, for return by a

depository institution of a dishonored check, negotiable order of

withdrawal, or share draft.

* NB Effective until June 30, 2027

* (a) In addition to the interest, consideration, or charges above

specified, no further or other charge or amount whatsoever for any

examination, service, brokerage, commission, expense, fee, or bonus or

other thing or otherwise shall be directly or indirectly charged,

contracted for, or received, except the premium or identifiable charge

for insurance authorized by section three hundred fifty-seven of this

article; the lawful fees, if any, actually and necessarily paid out by

the licensee to any public officer for filing, recording, or releasing

in any public office any instrument securing the loan, which fees may be

collected when the loan is made or at any time thereafter or non-filing

insurance premiums not in excess of seven dollars in lieu of filing,

recording or releasing any such instrument; and a fee, not to exceed the

amount set forth in section 5-328 of the general obligations law, for

return by a depository institution of a dishonored check, negotiable

order of withdrawal, or share draft.

* NB Effective June 30, 2027

(b) Any licensee which knowingly receives, reserves or charges a

greater rate of interest than that authorized by this section shall

forfeit the entire interest which the note, or other evidence of debt

carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon, and if a

greater rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same or

his legal representative may recover from the licensee twice the entire

amount of interest thus paid.

* (c) In addition to other such information as the superintendent may

require, any licensee which charges an annual fee on open end loan

accounts shall annually report, in a manner and form prescribed by the

superintendent, information to the department on open end loan

borrowers, which shall include: average annual income of borrowers at

the time of the loan, average amount of loans outstanding at the end of

each calendar year, average interest charged, average amount of annual

fees, and geographic distribution of loans made by the licensee.

* NB Repealed June 30, 2027

§ 352 — Acts required of licensees; acts prohibited

Acts required of licensees; acts prohibited. Every licensee

shall:

Deliver to the borrower at the time any loan is made or prior to the

first advance under an open-end loan agreement a statement, in the

English language showing in clear and distinct terms the name and

address of the borrower and of the licensee and all items required to be

disclosed by the act of congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the

regulations thereunder, as such act and regulations may from time to

time be amended.

For each cash payment made on account of any closed-end loan, give to

the person making it at the time the payment is made, a plain and

complete receipt containing the information required by regulations of

the superintendent.

Permit payment to be made in advance in any amount on any loan

agreement at any time, but the licensee may initially apply such payment

to all interest and other charges due to the date of such payment.

Upon repayment of the loan in full, mark indelibly every obligation

signed by the borrower or a copy thereof with the word "paid" or

"cancelled", and release any mortgage or security agreement no longer

securing an obligation of the borrower, restore any pledge, cancel and

return any note or a copy thereof, and cancel and return any assignment

or a copy thereof given to the licensee by the borrower. An open-end

loan shall not be deemed to be repaid in full for this purpose unless

any balance is paid in full and the borrower relinquishes all power to

receive further advances under the contract and makes a written request

for the release of all collateral for the loan. Every licensee which

holds collateral of a borrower shall be fully liable for the return of

the collateral upon payment of the indebtedness in full.

No licensee shall collect, evaluate, report or maintain in the file on

a borrower the credit worthiness, credit standing or credit capacity of

members of the borrower's social network for purposes of determining the

credit worthiness of the borrower; the average credit worthiness, credit

standing or credit capacity of members of the borrower's social network;

or any group score that is not the borrower's own credit worthiness,

credit standing or credit capacity. The provisions of this paragraph

shall be enforced concurrently by the superintendent and the director of

the division of consumer protection and each shall utilize their

consumer complaint and assistance hotlines to document complaints by

borrowers who believe that group credit ratings of their social media

network are being used to deny them credit. The superintendent shall

ensure that the credit scoring formulas filed with the department do not

contain variables which account for internet viewing history as part of

that formula by asking the licensee to certify to that fact.

No licensee shall take any confession of judgment or any power of

attorney running to himself or to any third person to confess judgment

or to appear for the borrower in a judicial proceeding.

No licensee shall take any instrument in which blanks are left to be

filled in after execution.

§ 353 — Limitation on licensee's charges on certain loans

Limitation on licensee's charges on certain loans. No licensee

shall directly or indirectly charge, contract for, or receive any

interest, discount, or consideration upon the loan, use, or forbearance

of money, goods, or things in action, or upon the loan, use, or sale of

credit, of the amount or value of more than the maximum amounts

prescribed in section three hundred forty of this article greater than

the rate permitted by section 5-501 of the general obligations law. The

foregoing prohibition shall also apply to any licensee which permits any

person, as borrower or as endorser, guarantor, or surety for any

borrower or otherwise, to owe directly or contingently or both to the

licensee at any time more than the maximum amounts prescribed in section

three hundred forty of this article.

§ 354 — Restrictions on assignments of compensation for services

Restrictions on assignments of compensation for services. 1. A

licensee shall not take an assignment of unearned wages or other

earnings unless:

(a) the assignment by its terms is revocable at the will of the

borrower; or

(b) the assignment is a payroll deduction plan.

2. No assignment of wages or other earnings given to secure any loan

hereunder shall be valid unless the amount of such loan is paid to the

borrower simultaneously with its execution.

§ 355 — Solicitation of loans

Solicitation of loans. 1. Any loan made by a person not

licensed under this article to a resident of this state, in the amount,

not exceeding the maximum amounts prescribed in section three hundred

forty of this article, where solicitation of the loan was made within

this state, and where the interest, discount, consideration or other

charge contracted for or received exceeds that permitted to a licensee

under the laws of this state shall be void, and the lender shall have no

right to collect or receive any principal, interest or charge

whatsoever. No action to enforce a loan made in violation of this

subdivision may be maintained, even though the amount demanded to be

paid in such action does not exceed that permitted to a licensee under

the laws of this state.

2. For purposes of this article, solicitation of a loan shall include

any solicitation, request or inducement to enter into a loan made by

means of or through a direct mailing, television or radio announcement

or advertisement, advertisement in a newspaper, magazine, leaflet or

pamphlet distributed within this state, or visual display within this

state, whether or not such solicitation, request or inducement

constitutes an offer to enter into a contract.

§ 356 — Restrictions on certain loans by non-licensees, interests, other charges; loans made outside this state

Restrictions on certain loans by non-licensees, interests,

other charges; loans made outside this state. No person or other entity,

other than a licensee under this article, shall directly or indirectly

charge, contract for, or receive any interest, discount, or

consideration greater than the person or other entity would be permitted

by law to charge if it were not a licensee hereunder upon a loan not

exceeding the maximum amounts prescribed in section three hundred forty

of this article.

The foregoing prohibition shall apply to any person or other entity

who or which, by any device, subterfuge, or pretense whatsoever shall

charge, contract for, or receive greater interest, consideration, or

charges than is authorized by the laws of this state for any such loan,

use, or forbearance of money, goods, or things in action or for any such

loan, use, or sale of credit.

Any loan in an amount not exceeding the maximum amounts prescribed in

section three hundred forty of this article for which a greater rate of

interest, consideration, or charges than is permitted by the laws of

this state has been charged, contracted for, or received, wherever made,

shall not be enforced in this state and every person or other entity

participating therein in this state shall be subject to the provisions

of this article. An action to enforce any such loan made in any other

state to a person then a resident of that state, who now resides in this

state may be maintained in this state if the amount of interest,

discount, consideration or other charge for such loan, demanded to be

paid in such action, does not exceed that permitted to a licensee by

section three hundred fifty-one of this article for a loan of the same

amount repayable in the same manner.

§ 357 — Insurance

Insurance. 1. The licensee may require a borrower, on loans of

two hundred and fifty dollars or more, excluding insurance premiums and

precomputed interest, to insure tangible personal property, except

household goods, taken as security for a loan against any substantial

risk of loss, damage or destruction for an amount not to exceed the

lesser of the reasonable value of the property insured or the principal

amount of the loan, and for the customary insurance term approximating

the term of the loan contract. The policy may insure the interest of the

borrower as well as the interest of the licensee. A policy covering a

motor vehicle securing the loan may also insure the borrower against

liability for bodily injury and property damage, but such liability

insurance shall be at the option of the borrower and shall not be

required by the licensee. The premiums for all such insurance shall not

exceed the premiums chargeable in accordance with rate filings made with

the superintendent of financial services for such insurance by the

insurer. Such insurance shall be written by, or through, a duly licensed

insurance agent or broker, or shall be provided directly by a company

qualified to do business in this state.

2. For purposes of this section, the term "household goods" shall mean

clothing, furniture, appliances, one radio and one television, linens,

china, crockery, kitchenware, and personal effects (including wedding

rings) owned by the consumer and his or her dependents, but shall not

include works of art, other electronic entertainment equipment, items

acquired as antiques, and other jewelry.

3. When a licensee provides credit life insurance, credit accident and

health insurance, or credit unemployment insurance, or credit property

insurance pursuant to section two thousand three hundred forty of the

insurance law, or any combination thereof with respect to one or more

borrowers, such licensee may collect from the borrower a premium or

identifiable charge which shall not exceed the premium rates or

identifiable charges chargeable in accordance with rate filings made

with the superintendent of financial services for such insurance by the

insurer, subject to a refund of the insurance charge computed as

provided in paragraph (a) of subdivision five of section three hundred

fifty-one of this article, in the event of prepayment by cash, a new

loan, refinancing or otherwise. Only one such amount may be collected in

connection with any loan contract irrespective of the number of obligors

and only one obligor need be insured.

4. The insurance authorized by this section, with the exception of

insurance provided under group insurance policies, may be written by or

arranged through the licensee or an affiliate, associate or employee of

the licensee only if such licensee, affiliate, associate or employee is

a duly licensed insurance agent or broker, provided, however, no

licensee shall decline new or existing insurance which meets or exceeds

the standards set forth in this section, nor prevent any borrower from

obtaining such insurance coverage from other sources.

5. If a borrower procures such insurance by or through a licensee, the

statement required by section three hundred fifty-two of this article

shall disclose the cost or rate of charge to the borrower and the type

of insurance, and the licensee shall cause to be delivered to the

borrower a copy of the policy, certificate, or other evidence therefor

within a reasonable time.

6. The insurance authorized by this section and all benefits or

returns therefrom accruing to the licensee or to any affiliate,

associate or employee of the licensee shall not be prohibited by any

other provision of this article.

7. No insurance shall be required, requested, sold or offered for sale

in connection with any loan made under this article, except as and to

the extent authorized by this section or as provided in subdivision six

of section three hundred fifty-one of this article.

If the borrowers on any loan are husband and wife, joint credit life

insurance and joint credit accident and health insurance may be issued

on such loan pursuant to this section.

§ 358 — Penalties

Penalties. Any person or other entity including the officers,

directors, agents, and employees thereof, which shall violate or

participate in the violation of any of the provisions of section three

hundred forty of this chapter shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.

§ 359 — Authority of superintendent

Authority of superintendent. The superintendent is hereby

authorized and empowered to make such general rules and regulations, and

such specific rulings, demands, and findings as may be necessary for the

proper conduct of the business authorized and licensed under and for the

enforcement of this article, in addition hereto and not inconsistent

herewith.

§ 360 — Short title

Short title. This article shall be known and may be cited as

the New York licensed lender law.

§ 361 — Severability

Severability. If any provision of this article or the

application thereof to any person or circumstances is held to be

invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other provisions or

applications of this article which can be given effect without the

invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this

article are severable.

ARTICLE 9-A Licensed Cashers of Checks

§ 366 — Definitions

Definitions. When used in this article. 1. The term "licensed

casher of checks" means any individual, partnership, unincorporated

association or corporation duly licensed by the superintendent of

financial services to engage in business pursuant to the provisions of

this article.

2. The term "licensee" means a licensed casher of checks, drafts

and/or money orders.

3. The term "mobile unit" means any vehicle or other movable means

from which the business of cashing checks, drafts or money orders is to

be conducted.

§ 367 — License requirements; fees; capital requirements

License requirements; fees; capital requirements. 1. No person,

partnership, association or corporation shall engage in the business of

cashing checks, drafts or money orders for a consideration without first

obtaining a license from the superintendent.

2. Application for such license shall be in writing, under oath, and

in the form prescribed by the superintendent, and shall contain the

name, and the address both of the residence and place of business, of

the applicant, and if the applicant is a co-partnership or association,

of every member thereof, and if a corporation, of each officer and

director thereof; also, if the business is to be conducted at a specific

address, the address at which the business is to be conducted, and if

the business is to be conducted from a mobile unit, the New York state

registration number or other identification of such mobile unit and the

area in which the applicant proposes to operate such mobile unit; and

also such further information as the superintendent may require.

3. Such applicant at the time of making such application shall pay to

the superintendent a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of

this chapter for investigating the application. Any licensee requesting

a change of address, shall at the time of making such request, pay to

the superintendent a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of

this chapter for investigating the new address; provided, however, that

the superintendent may, in his or her discretion, waive such

investigation fee if warranted, and provided further, that no fee shall

be payable for the relocation of a limited station.

4. Every applicant shall prove, in form satisfactory to the

superintendent that he or it has available for the operation of such

business, for each location and for each mobile unit specified in the

application, liquid assets of at least ten thousand dollars, and every

licensee shall continuously maintain for the operation of such business

for each location and for each mobile unit liquid assets of at least ten

thousand dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this

subdivision, the superintendent, upon application by an applicant and

for good cause shown, may permit a reduction from ten thousand dollars

to not less than five thousand dollars of minimum liquid assets required

for each location.

§ 369 — Conditions precedent to issuing license; issuance and filing of license; posting license

Conditions precedent to issuing license; issuance and filing of

license; posting license. 1. If the superintendent shall find that the

financial responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of

the applicant, and of the members thereof if the applicant be a

co-partnership or association, and of the officers and directors thereof

if the applicant be a corporation, are such as to command the confidence

of the community and to warrant belief that the business will be

operated honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purposes of this

article, and if the superintendent shall find that the granting of such

application will promote the convenience and advantage of the area in

which such business is to be conducted, and if the superintendent shall

find that the applicant has available for the operation of such business

for each location and for each mobile unit specified in the application

liquid assets of at least ten thousand dollars, the superintendent shall

thereupon execute a license in duplicate to permit the cashing of

checks, drafts and money orders in accordance with the provisions of

this article at the location or in the area specified in such

application. In finding whether the application will promote the

convenience and advantage to the public, the superintendent shall

determine whether there is a community need for a new licensee in the

proposed area to be served. No license shall be issued to an applicant

for a license, at a location to be licensed which is closer than one

thousand five hundred eighty-four feet (three-tenths of a mile) from an

existing licensee, except with the written consent of such existing

licensee or pursuant to subdivision three of section three hundred

seventy of this article, subject to any restriction or condition as the

superintendent may promulgate by regulation; provided, however, the

superintendent may permit a location to be licensed that is closer than

three-tenths of a mile from an existing licensee provided such applicant

engages in the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders only for payees

of such checks, drafts or money orders that are other than natural

persons at the location to be licensed and such applicant was engaged in

the cashing of such checks, drafts or money orders for payees that are

other than natural persons at such location on or before the fourteenth

day of July, two thousand four, and provided further that upon licensing

any such location by the superintendent, such license as it pertains

solely to such location shall not be affected thereafter by any change

of control of such license pursuant to section three hundred seventy-a

of this article, provided that the licensee continues thereafter to

engage at that location in the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders

only for payees that are other than natural persons and provided further

that such license shall bear a legend stating that such location is

restricted to the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders only for

payees that are other than natural persons. The three-tenths of a mile

distance requirement as set forth in this section shall not apply in

cases where the existing licensee is a restricted location as authorized

in the preceding sentence, or is any other licensed location that

engages solely in the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders only for

payees that are other than natural persons. For purposes of this

section, such distance shall be measured on a straight line along the

street between the nearest point of the store fronts of the check

cashing facilities. The primary business of the licensee, at the

location to be licensed, shall be financial services. The superintendent

shall transmit one copy of such license to the applicant and file

another in the office of the department. Notwithstanding the foregoing

provisions of this subdivision, the superintendent, upon application by

an applicant and for good cause shown, may permit a reduction from ten

thousand dollars to not less than five thousand dollars of minimum

liquid assets required for each location.

2. Such license shall state the name of the licensee; and if the

licensee is a co-partnership or association, the names of the members

thereof; and if the licensee is a corporation, the date of its

incorporation; and if the business is to be conducted at a specific

address, the address at which such business is to be conducted; and if

the business is to be conducted through the use of a mobile unit, the

New York state registration number or other identification of such

mobile unit and the area in which such mobile unit is authorized to do

business.

3. Such license shall be kept conspicuously posted in the place of

business of the licensee or, in the case of a mobile unit, upon such

mobile unit. Such license shall not be transferable or assignable.

4. Such license shall remain in full force and effect until it is

surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as provided in this

article.

5. If the superintendent shall find that the applicant fails to meet

any of the conditions set forth in subdivision one of this section, he

shall not issue such license, and he shall notify the applicant of the

denial. If an application is denied or withdrawn, the superintendent

shall retain the investigation fee to cover the costs of investigating

the application and return the license fee to the applicant.

6. The superintendent may, consistent with article twenty-three-A of

the correction law, refuse to issue a license pursuant to this article

if he shall find that the applicant, or any person who is a director,

officer, partner, agent, employee or substantial stockholder of the

applicant, (a) has been convicted of a crime in any jurisdiction or (b)

is associating or consorting with any person who has, or persons who

have, been convicted of a crime or crimes in any jurisdiction or

jurisdictions. For the purposes of this article, a person shall be

deemed to have been convicted of a crime if such person shall have

pleaded guilty to a charge thereof before a court or magistrate, or

shall have been found guilty thereof by the decision or judgment of a

court or magistrate or by the verdict of a jury, irrespective of the

pronouncement of sentence or the suspension thereof. The term

"substantial stockholder," as used in this subdivision, shall be deemed

to refer to a person owning or controlling ten per centum or more of the

total outstanding stock of the corporation in which such person is a

stockholder. In making a determination pursuant to this subdivision, the

superintendent shall require fingerprinting of the applicant. Such

fingerprints shall be submitted to the division of criminal justice

services for a state criminal history record check, as defined in

subdivision one of section three thousand thirty-five of the education

law, and may be submitted to the federal bureau of investigation for a

national criminal history record check.

7. No license pursuant to this article shall be issued to any

applicant to do business at the place specified in the application as

the place where the business is to be conducted if, within the twelve

months preceding such application, a license to engage in business

pursuant to this article at such place shall have been revoked.

§ 370 — Restrictions as to place or area of doing business; establishment of stations; change of location

Restrictions as to place or area of doing business;

establishment of stations; change of location. 1. No more than one place

of business or one mobile unit shall be maintained under the same

license; provided, however, that more than one license may be issued to

the same licensee upon compliance with the provisions of this article

for each new license.

2. Any licensed casher of checks may open and maintain, within this

state, one or more limited stations for the purpose of cashing checks,

drafts or money orders for the particular group or groups specified in

the license authorizing each such station. Such stations shall be

licensed pursuant to and be subject to all the provisions of this

chapter applicable to licensed cashers of checks, except that (a) such

station shall not be subject to the distance limitation set forth in

subdivision one of section three hundred sixty-nine of this article, (b)

the fee for investigating the application for a station shall be as

prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, and (c) where

such a station is at the premises of a specified employer for the

purpose of cashing checks, drafts and money orders for the employees of

such employer, the fees and charges for cashing such checks, drafts or

money orders shall not be subject to the limitations of subdivision one

of section three hundred seventy-two of this article if such fees and

charges are paid by such employer.

3. A licensee may make a written application to the superintendent for

leave to change his or her place of business, or in the case of a mobile

unit, the area in which such unit is authorized to be operated, stating

the reasons for such proposed change. Such application may be approved

for relocation from a site within three-tenths of a mile of another

licensee to another site within three-tenths of a mile of such other

licensee provided that such new site is farther from such existing

licensee than the site from which permission to relocate is sought. Only

in situations in which a licensee seeks to change its place of business

due to extraordinary circumstances, as may be determined by the

superintendent pursuant to regulations, may the superintendent, in his

or her discretion, determine that an application may be approved for

relocation from a site within three-tenths of a mile of another licensee

to a new site which is closer to such existing licensee than the site

from which permission to relocate is sought. Notwithstanding any other

provision of this subdivision, a licensee may relocate from any location

to a location that is within three-tenths of a mile from another

licensee with the written consent of the other licensee. If the

superintendent approves such application he or she shall issue a new

license in duplicate in accordance with the provisions of section three

hundred sixty-nine of this article, stating the new location of such

licensee or, in the case of a mobile unit, the new area in which such

mobile unit may be operated.

§ 370-a — Changes in control

Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the

prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which

results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to

any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the

business of a licensee shall make written application to the

superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The

application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by

rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the

purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this

section.

2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change

of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of

subdivisions one and six of section three hundred sixty-nine of this

article. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the application

in writing within ninety days after the date the application is filed

with the superintendent.

3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of

this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of

law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has

control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall

comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.

The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be

applicable to an application made under such section by a legal

representative.

The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an

individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other

organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly

or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership of

voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any

person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be

presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls

or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock

of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with

power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any

licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by

reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The

superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee

or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with

power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any

voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the ownership,

control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute

control of such licensee for purposes of this section.

§ 371 — Regulations

Regulations. The superintendent is hereby authorized and

empowered to make such rules and regulations, and such specific rulings,

demands, and findings as he may deem necessary for the proper conduct of

the business authorized and licensed under and for the enforcement of

this article, in addition hereto and not inconsistent herewith.

§ 372 — Fees and charges; posting schedule; records and reports

Fees and charges; posting schedule; records and reports. 1. The

superintendent shall, by regulation, establish the maximum fees which

may be charged by licensees for cashing a check, draft, or money order.

No licensee shall charge or collect any sum for cashing a check, draft,

or money order in excess of that established by the superintendent's

regulations; provided, however, that no maximum fee shall apply to the

charging of fees by licensees for the cashing of checks, drafts or money

orders for payees of such checks, drafts or money orders that are other

than natural persons.

2. The schedule of fees and charges permitted under this section shall

be conspicuously and continuously posted in every location and mobil

unit licensed under this article.

3. No change in fees shall become effective earlier than thirty days

after the superintendent shall notify the majority leader of the senate,

the speaker of the assembly, and the chairmen of both the senate and

assembly committees on banks of his intention to change fees.

4. The fees in effect immediately prior to the effective date of this

subdivision shall continue to be the maximum allowable fees until

revised by the superintendent's regulations.

5. Each licensee shall keep and use in its business such books,

accounts, and records as the superintendent may require to carry into

effect the provisions of this article and the rules and regulations made

by the superintendent hereunder. Every licensee shall preserve such

books, accounts and records for at least two years.

6. Before a licensee shall deposit with any banking organization, or

with any organization engaged in the business of banking, a check, draft

or money order cashed by such licensee, the same must be endorsed with

the actual name under which such licensee is doing business and must

have the words "licensed casher of checks" legibly written or stamped

immediately after or below such name.

7. Every licensee shall submit to the superintendent, or such person

as the superintendent may designate, such suspicious activity reports or

currency transaction reports as are required to be submitted to federal

authorities pursuant to provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act (subchapter

11, chapter 53, title 31, United States code) and regulations and

administrative orders related thereto, as amended, within the periods of

time as required by such act and regulations. A licensee may submit a

copy of any such report to the superintendent, or such person as the

superintendent may designate, that is filed with such federal

authorities. The superintendent may adopt such regulations or require

such additional reports as he or she deems necessary to insure the

effective enforcement of this subdivision.

§ 372-a — Superintendent authorized to examine

Superintendent authorized to examine. 1. For the purpose of

discovering violations of this article or securing information lawfully

required in this section, the superintendent may at any time, and as

often as may be determined, either personally or by a person duly

designated by the superintendent, investigate the cashing of checks by

licensees and examine the books, accounts, records, and files used

therein of every licensee.

2. For the purpose established in subdivision one of this section, the

superintendent and his or her duly designated representatives shall have

free access to the offices and places of business, books, accounts,

papers, records, files, safes and vaults of all such licensees. The

superintendent shall have authority to require the attendance of and to

examine under oath all persons whose testimony may be required relative

to such cashing of checks or such business.

§ 372-b — Forged checks for cashing; signage

Forged checks for cashing; signage. All licensees shall post

in a conspicuously prominent place, clearly visible to all patrons, a

statement printed in plain language as provided by the superintendent

informing the public that cashing a forged check is illegal and that

those who knowingly cash forged checks will be prosecuted pursuant to

article one hundred seventy of the penal law.

§ 373 — Acts prohibited; suspension or revocation of license; penalties

Acts prohibited; suspension or revocation of license;

penalties. 1. No licensee shall engage in the business of making loans

of money, credit, goods or things or discounting of notes, bills of

exchange, checks, or other evidences of debt pursuant to the provisions

of article nine of this chapter, nor shall a loan business or the

negotiation of loans or the discounting of notes, bills of exchange,

checks or other evidences of debt be conducted on the same premises

where the licensee is conducting business pursuant to the provisions of

this article. Except as otherwise provided by regulation of the

superintendent, all checks, drafts and money orders shall be deposited

in the licensee's bank account not later than the first business day

following the day on which they were cashed. No licensee shall at any

time cash or advance any moneys on a post-dated check or draft or engage

in the business of transmitting money or receiving money for

transmission; provided, however, that a licensee may cash a check

payable on the first banking business day following the date of cashing

(a) if such check is drawn by the United States, the state of New York,

or any political subdivision of the state of New York, or by any

department, bureau, agency, authority, instrumentality or officer,

acting in his official capacity, of the United States or of the state of

New York or of any political subdivision of the state of New York, or

(b) if such check is a payroll check drawn by an employer to the order

of its employee in payment for services performed by such employee. No

licensee shall cash any check, draft or money order if the face amount

for which it is drawn is in excess of fifteen thousand dollars;

provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the cashing

of checks, drafts or money orders drawn by the United States, any state

thereof or any political subdivision of any such state, or by any

department, bureau, agency, authority, instrumentality or officer,

acting in his official capacity, of the United States, any state thereof

or any political subdivision of any such state, or any banking

institution, or to any check or draft drawn by any insurance company,

any broker or dealer registered with the securities and exchange

commission, or any attorney for the settlement of claims, or to any

check which has been certified by the banking institution on which it

has been drawn; provided further, however, that any such restriction

upon the maximum face amount that may be cashed by a licensee shall not

apply to the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders by licensees for

payees of such checks, drafts or money orders that are other than

natural persons. For purposes of this subdivision, "banking institution"

means any bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan

association or credit union which is incorporated, chartered or

organized under the laws of this state or any other state or the United

States.

2. The superintendent may suspend or revoke any license or licenses

issued pursuant to this article if, after notice and a hearing, he shall

find that the licensee (a) has committed any fraud, engaged in any

dishonest activities or made any misrepresentation; or (b) has violated

any provisions of the banking law or any regulation issued pursuant

thereto, or has violated any other law in the course of its or his

dealings as a licensed casher of checks; or (c) has made a false

statement in the application for such license or failed to give a true

reply to a question in such application; or (d) has demonstrated his or

its incompetency or untrustworthiness to act as a licensed casher of

checks; or (e) is not doing sufficient business pursuant to this article

to justify the continuance of the license, or if he shall find that any

ground or grounds exist which would require or warrant the refusal of an

application for the issuance of the license if such an application were

then before him. Such a hearing shall be held in the manner and upon

such notice as may be prescribed by the superintendent. Pending an

investigation or a hearing for the suspension or revocation of any

license or licenses issued pursuant to this article, the superintendent

may temporarily suspend such license or licenses for a period not to

exceed ninety days, provided the superintendent shall find that such a

temporary suspension is in the public interest.

3. Whenever the superintendent shall suspend or revoke a license

issued pursuant to this article, he shall forthwith execute a written

order to that effect. The superintendent shall on the date such order is

executed file one copy thereof in the office of the department and serve

a second copy thereof on the licensee either personally or by mailing

the same to the last known address of such licensee. Such order shall be

subject to review by the supreme court in the manner provided in article

seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules; provided, however,

that a special proceeding for review of such order must be commenced

within thirty days from the date of such order of suspension or

revocation and, provided further, that no stay shall be granted pending

the determination of the matter except on notice to the superintendent

and for a period not exceeding thirty days.

4. Any person, partnership, association or corporation and the several

members, officers, directors, agents and employees thereof, who shall

violate any of the provisions of this article, shall be guilty of a

misdemeanor, and shall be punishable by imprisonment for not more than

one year or by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars, or by both

such fine and imprisonment.

5. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision four of this section,

any person, partnership, association or corporation and the several

members, officers, directors, agents and employees thereof who shall

violate the provisions of subdivision one of section three hundred

sixty-seven of this article shall be guilty of a class A misdemeanor.

§ 374 — Application of article

Application of article. 1. The provisions of this article shall

not apply when checks, drafts or money orders are cashed, other than by

a licensee, without a consideration or charge; nor when checks, drafts

or money orders are cashed, other than by a licensee, as an incident to

the conduct of any other lawful business where not more than one dollar

is charged for cashing each check, draft or money order; nor shall the

provisions of this article apply to any national bank, federal reserve

bank, or to any person, partnership, association, corporation or other

organization doing business under or pursuant to the provisions of this

chapter, except a licensee under this article.

2. The provisions of this article shall apply to the operation of

electronic check cashing machines. No person, partnership, association,

corporation or other organization required to be licensed under this

article shall operate an electronic check cashing machine without being

duly licensed by the superintendent to engage in such business pursuant

to this article.

* 3. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivisions one and two of

this section, no national bank or any person, partnership, association,

corporation or other organization doing business under or pursuant to

the provisions of this chapter, except a licensee under this article,

shall conduct the business of cashing checks at a separate location

which is used primarily by any such entity for the purpose of cashing

checks, or at a separate location by means of an electronic check

cashing machine, unless such separate location is not closer than one

thousand five hundred eighty-four feet (three-tenths of a mile) from an

existing licensee; provided however that this restriction shall not

apply to any separate location which was in operation prior to the

effective date of this subdivision nor shall it apply to any national

bank or any person, partnership, association, corporation or other

organization doing business under or pursuant to the provisions of this

chapter which was engaged in the business of electronic check cashing

machines in this state prior to the effective date of this subdivision.

* NB Repealed August 1, 2027

4. Notwithstanding the provisions of article four-A of this chapter

and any rules or regulations adopted thereunder, a public accommodation

office shall be deemed a separate location for purposes of subdivision

three of this section if such office is used primarily for the purpose

of cashing of checks. A public accommodation office, for purposes of

this subdivision, shall include, without limitation, both those public

accommodation offices for which regulatory approval is required and

those public accommodation offices for which regulatory approval is not

required. The provisions of this subdivision shall be deemed to apply to

any similar facility established by a national bank.

ARTICLE 10 Savings and Loan Associations

§ 375 — Incorporation; organization certificate

Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by the

superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, fifteen or

more persons, residents of the state of New York, may form a corporation

to be known as a savings and loan association. Such persons shall

subscribe and acknowledge and submit to the superintendent an

organization certificate in duplicate, which shall specifically state:

1. The name by which the association is to be known, which shall contain

as a part thereof the words "savings and loan association."

2. The place where its principal office is to be located.

3. The name, occupation and place of residence of each incorporator

and the number of shares for which he has subscribed.

4. The total matured value of the shares for which the incorporators

have subscribed, which shall be at least: (a) Twenty-five thousand

dollars if the place where the principal office is to be located has a

population of ten thousand or more; or

(b) Ten thousand dollars if the principal office is to be located

elsewhere.

5. The number of directors of the association, or that the number of

directors shall not be less than a stated minimum nor more than a stated

maximum. Such number, or the minimum and the maximum stated, shall be

within the limitations prescribed by section three hundred ninety-seven

of this article.

6. The names of the incorporators who shall be its directors until the

first annual meeting. The incorporators named as directors must possess

the qualifications of directors as to citizenship and residence

specified in section three hundred ninety-seven of this article.

§ 376 — Proposed by-laws

Proposed by-laws. 1. The incorporators shall subscribe and

acknowledge and submit to the superintendent proposed by-laws in

duplicate, which shall make provision for the following: (a) The dates

of regular meetings of shareholders; the notice, if any, to be given;

the qualifications of voters and the manner of voting; the manner of

calling special meetings; and the number of members which shall

constitute a quorum.

(b) The number of directors, and their qualifications, other than

those specified in this article; their terms of office, which shall not

be less than one year nor more than three years, and if the terms of

office be more than one year, the method of division into classes for

the purpose of electing, as nearly as may be, an equal number of

directors each year; and the removal or suspension of directors. The

by-laws may provide that the number of directors shall be not less than

seven nor more than fifteen, in which event the by-laws shall also

provide the manner in which the number of directors shall be fixed

within the minimum and maximum limits.

(c) The meetings of the board of directors, of which there shall be no

less than ten regular monthly meetings per year, provided, however, that

during any three consecutive calendar months the board of directors

shall meet at least twice; its powers and duties; the appointment or

election of auditors and their compensation; the establishment of

policies governing the appointment of appraisers and their compensation.

(d) The officers; the manner of their election; their terms of office,

duties and compensation; and the bonds which shall be required of

officers.

(e) The classes of shares which may be issued; whether they shall be

issued in series or otherwise; the times when they may be issued; and

their matured value.

(f) The manner in which evidence of share ownership shall be issued to

members.

(g) The dues that shall be paid upon shares and the time of their

payment; the time and manner of apportioning, crediting and paying

dividends.

(h) The conditions upon which shares may be transferred, matured,

withdrawn, retired or suspended and forfeited.

(i) If a member thereof, the voting of shares in the Savings and Loan

Bank of the State of New York and the nomination of a director of such

bank.

(j) The manner and conditions under which the by-laws may be altered

or amended.

2. Such by-laws may make provision for the following:

(a) The fees that may be charged, which shall be only an entrance fee

at a rate not exceeding twenty-five cents a share with a maximum amount

of five dollars, or in lieu thereof a membership fee not exceeding one

dollar; a transfer fee not exceeding twenty-five cents a share, or in

lieu thereof a total fee not exceeding one dollar on each transfer.

(b) Loans and investments; the security to be taken for loans, and the

conditions under which loans may be repaid.

(c) The fines and penalties which may be imposed for failure promptly

to make payments when due.

(d) Prohibiting or further limiting proxies for members, and their

duration, pursuant to subdivision two of section three hundred

seventy-eight.

(e) The receipt of time and demand deposits.

§ 377 — When corporate existence begins

When corporate existence begins. When the superintendent shall

have approved the organization certificate and the proposed by-laws, and

shall have issued his authorization certificate as provided in article

two of this chapter, the corporate existence of the association shall

begin.

§ 378 — Power to issue shares; dues thereon

Power to issue shares; dues thereon. 1. Every savings and loan

association shall be either permanent or serial in character. A

permanent association shall be one which issues instalment shares, not

in series, and credits dividends thereon to the holders of such shares

individually. A serial association shall be one which issues instalment

shares in series and credits the dividends apportioned to such shares by

series. No additional shares shall be issued in any series after a

dividend has been credited thereto unless the person to whom such shares

shall be issued shall pay therefor the book value of such shares

including the estimated accrued dividend thereon since the close of the

preceding dividend period. Dividends credited by a serial association

upon shares issued by it other than instalment shares may be credited to

the holders of such shares individually.

2. The members of a savings and loan association shall be: (1) those

persons who are the holders of record of shares whose membership shall

continue until such shares have matured and been paid, or have been

withdrawn, retired, suspended, forfeited, or transferred; and (2) all

borrowers from the association and all persons obligated to the

association on loans whose membership shall continue until such loans or

obligations have been paid. Each member shall be entitled to at least

one vote upon all question at any meeting of such members of the

association, except when by statute the vote is required to be based

upon the capital of the association. Every member entitled to vote at a

meeting of members of the association may authorize another person or

persons to act for him by proxy, but no director, officer, clerk, teller

or bookkeeper of the savings and loan association shall act as proxy at

any meeting of such association. Every proxy must be signed by the

member or his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the

expiration of eleven months from the date thereof unless otherwise

provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of

the member executing it. The authority of the holder of a proxy to act

shall not be revoked by the incompetence or death of the member who

executed the proxy unless, before the authority is exercised, written

notice of an adjudication of such incompetence or of such death is

received by the officer of the association responsible for maintaining

the list of members. The by-laws may prohibit or further limit proxies

for members and their duration. No director or officer of a savings and

loan association shall be eligible to act as an inspector of an election

of directors at any meeting of members of the association.

3. The capital of every such association shall consist of the dues and

dividends credited to its members upon their shares either individually

or by series, time deposits held by such association pursuant to section

three hundred seventy-eight-a of this chapter together with interest

accrued on such deposits, and demand deposits held by such association

pursuant to subdivision thirteen of section three hundred eighty-three

of this chapter.

4. Any savings and loan association may issue shares of the following

classes: (a) Instalment shares, class one, upon which regular payments

of dues shall be made as provided in the by-laws of the association,

until such shares reach their matured value or are withdrawn, retired or

forfeited; and instalment shares, class two, which shall have no

participation in dividends and upon which the dues payable in regularly

increasing amounts are applied in reduction of a debt due to the

association from the holder of such shares in accordance with a

direction given by him.

(b) Savings shares, upon which dues shall be paid in such sums, at

such times and for such purposes as the holder thereof may elect, until

the shares are withdrawn or retired. Upon the request of the holder

thereof, such savings shares may be converted by the issuing association

into special savings shares authorized for issuance by paragraph (bb) of

this subdivision. The association may enter such conversion in its

records and on the evidence of ownership of the savings shares as an

alternative to withdrawal or retirement of the savings shares and

issuance of special savings shares.

(bb) Subject to such limitations and restrictions as may be prescribed

by regulation of the superintendent of financial services, special

savings shares, upon which dues shall be paid in such sums, at such

times and for such purposes as the holder thereof may elect, and which

shall provide that dividends shall be credited from the date of actual

receipt of such dues to the date they are withdrawn or retired.

Dividends on special savings shares shall be credited and shall be made

available no later than the end of a regular dividend period, or at the

time such special savings shares are withdrawn or retired if in the

opinion of a majority of the board of directors it appears the savings

and loan association will have sufficient profit available at the end of

such regular dividend period to pay dividends and if the board of

directors chooses payment of dividends at withdrawal as an option to

periodic payment of dividends. Any savings and loan association which

does not make dividends available pursuant to the provisions of this

paragraph shall promptly notify the superintendent of financial services

of such decision. Withdrawals or retirements of special savings shares

during the last three business days of any regular dividend period or,

in the event that any one of such last three business days is a

Saturday, withdrawals of such shares upon one of the last four business

days of any such period may receive dividends apportioned for the full

period.

(c) Accumulative prepaid shares upon which a single payment of dues to

the amount of fifty per centum or more of the matured value thereof

shall be paid at the time when such shares are issued. The whole or a

part of the dividends apportioned to such shares shall be credited

thereto until such shares are matured, withdrawn or retired. Any balance

of such dividends not so credited shall be paid in cash.

(d) Income shares, upon which a single payment of dues amounting to

one hundred dollars per share shall be paid at the time when such shares

are issued. The dividends on such shares shall be paid in cash or, in

accordance with the written order of the holder, applied to the purchase

of other shares in the association. Income shares may be issued which

shall not be withdrawable without the consent of the board of directors,

until the expiration of a fixed period, which shall be not more than ten

years. Whenever income shares are issued which are not withdrawable

until the expiration of a fixed period, a statement that they are not

withdrawable until the expiration of such fixed period shall be printed

upon the face of the certificate of shares or other evidence of

ownership in such manner as to be clearly legible. Whenever any

association is unable to locate the holder of income shares and

dividends shall have been apportioned which cannot be paid to the holder

thereof by reason of the inability of such association to locate such

holder, such association may credit such dividends as dues upon another

class of shares in the name of holder of such income shares and shall

carry such other shares and any accumulations thereon for the benefit of

such shareholder. Income shares which are not withdrawable until the

expiration of a fixed period shall be termed "income shares, class two."

Other income shares shall be termed "income shares, class one."

(e) Cumulative income shares upon which a single payment of dues of

not less than one hundred dollars shall be paid at the time such shares

are issued. The dividends on such shares may be credited thereto until

such shares are matured, withdrawn or retired. Cumulative income shares

may be issued which shall not be withdrawable without the consent of the

board of directors, until the expiration of a fixed period, which shall

be not more than ten years nor less than ninety days. Whenever

cumulative income shares are issued which are not withdrawable until the

expiration of a fixed period, a statement that they are not withdrawable

until the expiration of such fixed period shall be printed upon the face

of the certificate of shares or other evidence of ownership in such

manner as to be clearly legible. Cumulative income shares which are not

withdrawable until the expiration of a fixed period shall be termed

"cumulative income shares, class two." Other cumulative income shares

shall be termed "cumulative income shares, class one."

5. All shares hereafter issued by any savings and loan association

shall have a matured value of one hundred dollars, except that

instalment shares may be issued having a matured value of not less than

one hundred nor more than two hundred fifty dollars.

6. Shares issued in the name of more than one person shall confer no

greater voting rights than if issued in the name of one person.

7. Persons who hold shares in a fiduciary capacity shall have all the

rights and privileges of membership, except to hold office.

8. A savings and loan association shall have a lien upon the shares of

its members to the extent of any lawful fines or other obligations due

to it, whether or not such shares are specifically transferred or

pledged to it, and may, at its option, after five days' notice to the

member, apply such shares toward the payment of any matured obligations

due it.

9. A savings and loan association may in its discretion accept or

refuse advance payments of dues.

10. Notwithstanding any provision of this chapter, a savings and loan

association, in its organization certificate, by-laws, advertising

matter or any other instrument, document or other writing used in or in

connection with its business, may designate its shares as "deposit

accounts" or "savings accounts" its members as "depositors", its dues or

share payments as "deposits", and its capital as "deposit liability".

The use of any term permitted by this subdivision shall not affect any

right, duty, privilege or liability which the savings and loan

association, any member or any depositor would otherwise have.

§ 378-a — Time deposits

Time deposits. 1. Subject to such regulations and

restrictions as the superintendent of financial services finds to be

necessary and proper, a savings and loan association may contract to

receive time deposits including deposits upon which the savings and loan

association contracts to pay interest at a fixed rate.

2. Any time deposit made by or in the name of any minor shall be held

for the exclusive right and benefit of such minor, and free from the

control or lien of all other persons, except creditors, and shall be

paid together with interest credited thereon, to the person in whose

name the deposit shall have been made. The receipt or acquittance of

such minor shall be a valid and sufficient release and discharge to the

association for any payment so made. When any time deposit shall be made

by any person in trust for another, including a minor, and no other or

further notice of the existence and terms of a legal and valid trust

shall have been given in writing to the association, in the event of the

death of the trustee, the deposit, together with the interest credited

thereon, may be paid to the person for whom the deposit was made. The

receipt of acquittance of such person shall be a valid and sufficient

release and discharge to the association for any payment so made.

3. The repayment of time deposits made with any association and any

interest credited thereto, shall be subject to the provisions of this

chapter and to rules and regulations made in accordance therewith. Any

such regulations adopted by the board of directors shall be posted in a

conspicious place in the office or offices of such association, and

shall be available to depositors upon request. All such rules and

regulations, from time to time in effect, and all amendments thereto,

from time to time in effect, shall be binding upon all depositors.

4. Notice to any association of an adverse claim to a time deposit

standing on its books to the credit of any person shall not be effectual

to cause such association to recognize such adverse claimant unless he

shall also either procure a restraining order, injunction or other

appropriate process against such association from a court of competent

jurisdiction in a cause therein instituted by him wherein the person to

whose credit the deposit stands or his executor or administrator is made

a party and served with summons, or shall execute to such association,

in form and with sureties acceptable to it a bond, indemnifying such

association from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and

expenses, for and on account of the payment of such adverse claim or the

dishonor of the order of the person to whose credit the deposit stands

on the books of such association; provided, that this section shall not

apply in any instance where the person to whose credit the deposit

stands is a fiduciary for such adverse claimant, and the facts

constituting such relationship, and the facts showing reasonable cause

for belief on the part of such claimant that such fiduciary is about to

misappropriate such deposit, are made to appear by the affidavit of such

claimant.

5. (a) In all actions against any association to recover a time

deposit, if there be any person or persons, not parties to the action,

who claim the same fund, the court in which the action is pending may,

on the petition of such association, and upon eight days' notice to the

plaintiff and such claimants, and without proof as to the merits of the

claim, make an order amending the proceedings in the action by making

such claimants parties defendants thereto; and the court shall thereupon

proceed to determine the rights and interests of the several parties to

the action in and to such funds. The remedy provided in this section

shall be in addition to and not exclusive of that provided in any other

interpleader provision.

(b) The time deposit which is the subject of such an action may remain

with such association to the credit of the action until final judgment

therein, and be entitled to the same interest as other deposits of the

same class, and shall be paid by such association in accordance with the

final judgment of the court; or the deposit in controversy may be paid

into court to await the final determination of the action, and when the

deposit is so paid into court such association shall be struck out as a

party to the action, and its liability for such deposit shall cease.

(c) The costs in all actions against an association to recover

deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be charged

upon the fund affected by the action.

7. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, a savings and loan association may

accept time deposit without the issuance of a passbook in connection

therewith, and may issue such other evidences of its obligation to repay

such time deposits as may be appropriate to safeguard the interests of

the depositors and of the savings and loan association.

§ 378-b — Club accounts

Club accounts. 1. No contract under which a savings and loan

association agrees to repay shares of fixed sums made at regular

intervals at a given time with all interest or dividends credited

thereon, or to repay said shares when, together with interest or

dividends credited thereon, they shall equal a specified sum, may

provide for any forfeiture of the sums deposited in the event of the

discontinuance of the regular payments. Interest or dividends on club

accounts, if offered, must be credited at least quarterly and may not be

forfeited once credited, in the event of the discontinuance of regular

payments.

2. Any savings and loan association which provides for deposits in

club accounts shall, in all advertising announcements or brochures

pertaining to such accounts, state whether or not interest or dividends

are paid thereon and, if interest or dividends are paid, shall state the

rate or form of interest or dividends so paid in accordance with any

rules and regulations that may be prescribed by the superintendent.

§ 378-c — Excelsior linked deposit program

Excelsior linked deposit program. A savings and loan

association may accept moneys deposited by the comptroller or the

commissioner of taxation and finance as linked deposits pursuant to

article fifteen of the state finance law and enter into agreements,

pledge assets or furnish other security, satisfactory in form and amount

to such authorized depositor, for the repayment of such moneys.

§ 378-d — Preservation of books and records

Preservation of books and records. Every savings and loan

association shall preserve all its records of final entry, including

cards used under the card system and deposit tickets, for a period of at

least six years from the date of making the same or from the date of the

last entry thereon; provided, however, that preservation of photographic

reproductions thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute

compliance with the requirements of this section. Notwithstanding the

foregoing, the superintendent of financial services may prescribe by

regulation such period of time longer or shorter than six years during

which all records kept by savings and loan associations as fiduciary

shall be preserved in original form.

§ 378-e — Water pollution control linked deposit program

Water pollution control linked deposit program. A savings and

loan association may accept moneys deposited by the New York state

environmental facilities corporation as linked deposits pursuant to

article sixteen of the state finance law and enter into agreements,

pledge assets or furnish other security, satisfactory in form and amount

to New York state environmental facilities corporation, for the

repayment of such moneys.

§ 379 — Power to invest in securities

Power to invest in securities. A savings and loan association

may invest its funds in the following securities: (1) Shares of the

Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York, in an amount not

exceeding five per centum of the assets of such association at the time

of such investment, except that such amount may exceed five per centum

with the written approval of the superintendent.

(2) Capital stock of a federal home loan bank, in an amount not

exceeding five per centum of the assets of such association at the time

of such investment, except that such amount may exceed five per centum

with the written approval of the superintendent.

(3) Obligations of the Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York.

(4) Bonds, debentures, consolidated debentures, or other obligations

of a federal home loan bank or banks.

(5) Securities, certificates of deposit and other accounts and

corporate obligations in which investments are authorized to be made by

savings banks subject to those limitations applicable to such

investments in the case of savings banks, including, without limiting

the foregoing, investments made under the provisions of subdivision

thirty of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter.

(6) Such additional investments as are authorized to be made by

savings banks by subdivision thirty-one of section two hundred

thirty-five of this chapter, subject to those limitations applicable to

such investments in the case of savings banks.

(7) Such bonds or other evidences of indebtedness issued or guaranteed

by the State of Israel as are approved by the comptroller of the

currency for investment by national banks; provided, however, that the

principal and interest payable thereon shall be payable in United States

dollars; and provided that such investments may not exceed in the

aggregate five percent of the association's capital deposits, undivided

profits, surplus and reserves.

§ 379-b — Service corporation owned by associations; authorized activities of such corporation; investment therein

Service corporation owned by associations; authorized

activities of such corporation; investment therein. 1. A savings and

loan association may invest in the stock, capital notes and debentures

of a service corporation organized under the laws of this state for the

sole activities set forth in subdivision two of this section, to the

extent and upon such conditions as are or have been authorized by the

superintendent of financial services, provided that all of the stock of

such service corporation is, or is to be, owned by one or more savings

and loan associations; and provided further, that no savings and loan

association may make any investment under this section if its aggregate

outstanding investment thereby, determined as prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, would thereupon exceed three per

centum of its assets.

2. The activities of such service corporation, performed directly or

through one or more wholly owned subsidiaries, shall consist of

rendering such services to savings and loan associations and making such

investments for itself and for savings and loan associations as are

authorized services and investments for such associations under the

provisions of this chapter as well as such activities as may be

prescribed by general regulation of the superintendent of financial

services.

§ 380 — Power to make loans

Power to make loans. 1. A savings and loan association may make

a loan upon the security of a mortgage of the type authorized to be made

by a savings bank by subdivisions five-a and six of section two hundred

thirty-five of this chapter, subject to such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe.

1-b. A savings and loan association may also lend its funds to

borrowers therefrom upon their promissory notes payable to the

association which are:

(a) secured by one or more mortgages in which a savings and loan

association may invest; provided however, that the amount loaned is not

in excess of ninety per centum of the principal sum secured by such

mortgage or mortgages. The assignment of every mortgage taken as

security for any such note shall be recorded or registered in the office

of the proper recording officer of the county in which the real property

described in such mortgage is located, unless such mortgage or mortgages

have been so assigned by a savings and loan association;

(b) secured by any of the stocks and bonds in which a savings and loan

association may invest, except stocks eligible for investment pursuant

to the provisions of subdivision twenty-six of section two hundred

thirty-five of this chapter; provided however, that the amount of the

loan is not in excess of ninety per centum of the market value of such

stocks and bonds;

(c) made by a savings bank which has been incorporated three years or

more.

(d) secured by any of the stocks eligible for investment by a savings

and loan association pursuant to the provisions of subdivision

twenty-six of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter; provided

however, that (1) the amount of the loan is not in excess of the lesser

of (i) eighty-five per centum of the market value of such stocks, or

(ii) the maximum loan value of such stocks determined in accordance with

Federal Reserve Regulation U and the supplement thereto of the board of

governors of the federal reserve system and as if the savings and loan

association were a member bank of such system extending credit secured

by such stocks for their purchase as margin stock, and (2) the amount of

such loan, together with the aggregate amount outstanding of all loans

made pursuant to this paragraph and the aggregate amount of investments

in stock eligible for investment by a savings and loan association

pursuant to the provisions of subdivision twenty-six of section two

hundred thirty-five of this chapter, shall not exceed the aggregate

limitations set forth in subdivision twenty-six of section two hundred

thirty-five of this chapter;

2. A savings and loan association may lend its funds to its members

upon their notes as follows: (a) secured by the transfer and pledge to

the association of shares of any savings and loan association or by the

assignment to the association of a time deposit in any savings and loan

association, the withdrawal value of which, in either case, shall not be

less than the amount of any such loan.

(b) Representing loans and advances of credit for the purpose of

financing alterations, repairs and improvements upon or in connection

with, or as the superintendent may authorize the equipping of existing

structures, and the building of new structures, upon urban, suburban, or

rural real property (including the restoration, rehabilitation,

rebuilding, and replacement of such improvements which have been damaged

or destroyed by earthquake, conflagration, tornado, hurricane, cyclone,

flood, or other catastrophe), by the owners thereof or by lessees of

such real property under a lease expiring not less than six months after

the maturity of the loan or advance of credit or by lessees under

proprietary leases from a corporation or partnership formed for the

purpose of the cooperative ownership of real estate, provided: (1) the

amount of such loan, advance of credit, or purchase made for the purpose

of financing the alteration, repair, equipping or improvement of

existing structure or the building of new structure does not exceed

twenty thousand dollars; (2) the maturity thereof does not exceed one

hundred twenty-one months; (3) the rate which may be paid by the

borrower for interest, discount, and fees of all kinds in connection

with the transaction shall be the rate or rates agreed to by the savings

and loan association and the borrower; and (4) the loan shall be paid in

equal or substantially equal monthly installments calculated from the

date of the note; provided, however, that in addition thereto, the

savings and loan association may contract to charge the borrower: (i)

the fees payable to the appropriate public officer to perfect any lien

or other security interest taken to secure the loan or the premium, not

in excess of such filing fee, payable for any insurance in lieu of such

filing; (ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the provisions

of the instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount

not to exceed five cents per dollar on any installment which has become

due and remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such

fine shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on

any such installment regardless of the period during which it remains in

default, and provided further that should the aggregate of such fines

collected in connection with any loan exceed two per centum of such

loan, or in any event twenty-five dollars, the savings and loan

association shall refund such excess to the borrower within sixty days

after the loan is paid in full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned

interest attributable to the amount in default, interest on each amount

past due at a rate not in excess of the rate provided for in the

instrument evidencing the obligation; (iii) the actual expenditures,

including reasonable attorney's fees, for necessary court process; and

(iv) in case the savings and loan association insures a borrower under a

credit unemployment insurance policy, group life insurance policy, group

health insurance policy, group accident insurance policy, or group

health and accident insurance policy, or requires insurance on personal

property securing any such loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums

chargeable in accordance with rate schedules then in effect and on file

with the superintendent of financial services for such insurance by the

insurer. No savings and loan association shall require a borrower to

purchase shares in the association, or to purchase shares in lieu of

regular periodic installment payments, or to do or refrain from any

other act which would entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a

condition precedent to granting a loan or advance of credit under the

authority of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this

paragraph no refund of excess fines shall be required if it amounts to

less than one dollar.

(c) Representing loans and advances of credit for the purpose of

defraying the cost of attendance of one or more students the income of

whose family is fifteen thousand dollars or more per year at the time

the loan or loan commitment is made at a university or college or for

the purpose of defraying the cost of attendance of one or more students

at an elementary or secondary school providing education required for

minors; provided, however, that no such loan shall bring the total

unpaid principal balances of any one or more loans made by such savings

and loan association to the borrower pursuant to this paragraph to an

amount in excess of thirty thousand dollars; and further provided that

the maturity of any such loan does not exceed eighty-five months; and

further provided that the rate which may be paid by the borrower for

interest, discount, and fees of all kinds in connection with the

transaction shall be the rate or rates agreed to by the savings and loan

association and the borrower, reckoned on each loan or advance from the

date thereof, calculated on any of the following bases: (i) on the

unpaid principal amount of such loans and advances from time to time

outstanding, or (ii) for each month on an average balance outstanding

determined by dividing by two the sum of the balances of unpaid

principal of such loans and advances outstanding on two dates during

such month, as specified in such agreement; the first of which dates

being not later than the fifteenth day of such month and the second

being not earlier than the sixteenth day of such month and not less than

ten nor more than twenty days after the first day, or (iii) for each

month on a fixed amount selected from a schedule, which fixed amount may

exceed the average daily balance under (i) above, or the average balance

if determined under (ii) above, by a differential of not more than five

dollars, provided the same fixed amount is also used for computing

interest for any month for which such balance exceeds said fixed amount

by any amount up to at least the same differential; and further provided

that the loan shall be paid in equal or substantially equal monthly

installments calculated from the date of the note. No fee, commission,

expense, or other charge whatsoever shall be taken, received, reserved

or contracted for in addition to the rate of interest authorized by this

paragraph except (i) the fees payable to the appropriate public officer

to perfect any lien or other security interest taken to secure the loan

or the premium, not in excess of such filing fee, payable for any

insurance in lieu of such filing; (ii) in case of default, and in

accordance with the provisions of the instrument evidencing the

obligation, either a fine in an amount not to exceed five cents per

dollar on any installment which has become due and remained unpaid for a

period in excess of ten days, but no such fine shall exceed five dollars

and only one fine shall be collected on any such installment regardless

of the period during which it remains in default, and provided further

that should the aggregate of such fines collected in connection with any

loan exceed two per centum of such loan, or in any event twenty-five

dollars, the savings and loan association shall refund such excess to

the borrower within sixty days after the loan is paid in full, or,

subject to an allowance of unearned interest attributable to the amount

in default, interest on each amount past due at a rate not in excess of

the rate provided for in the instrument evidencing the obligation; (iii)

the actual expenditures, including reasonable attorney's fees, for

necessary court process; and (iv) in case the savings and loan

association insures a borrower under a credit unemployment insurance

policy, group life insurance policy, group health insurance policy,

group accident insurance policy, or group health and accident insurance

policy, or requires insurance on personal property securing any such

loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums chargeable in accordance

with rate schedules then in effect and on file with the superintendent

of financial services for such insurance by the insurer. No savings and

loan association shall require a borrower to place any sum on deposit,

or to make deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment payments, or

to do or refrain from doing any other act which would entail additional

expense or sacrifice, as a condition precedent to granting a loan or

advance of credit under the authority of this paragraph, except under

such terms and conditions as the superintendent may from time to time

approve. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph no refund of

excess fines shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar.

(d) Representing loans secured by mobile home chattel paper evidencing

a monetary obligation incurred to finance the purchase of a mobile home

located at the time of such purchase, or to be located within ninety

days, at a semipermanent site within the state or in a contiguous state

and to be maintained as a residence of the borrower, the borrower's

spouse, child, grandchild, parent or grandparent.

(1) For this paragraph:

(i) "mobile home chattel paper" means written evidence of both a

monetary obligation and a security interest of first priority in a

mobile home and any equipment installed, or to be installed therein, and

(ii) "mobile home" or "manufactured home" means a structure,

transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode, is

eight body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length,

or when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet,

and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a

dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to

required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning

and electrical systems contained therein.

(2) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a new

mobile home,

(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the

date thereof, and

(ii) the amount advanced to the borrower shall not exceed one hundred

per cent of the sum of (a) the purchase price of such mobile home

(including any installed equipment) plus (b) the price of any new

equipment installed or to be installed by the dealer.

(3) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a used

mobile home,

(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the

date thereof, and

(ii) the amount advanced to the borrower shall not exceed one hundred

per cent of the purchase price of the mobile home actually paid

(including any installed equipment).

(4) The loan shall be payable in equal or substantially equal monthly

installments calculated from the date of the loan. Interest, which may

be taken in advance, may be charged thereon, computed from the date of

the loan to the date of the last installment payable thereunder, if the

loan has a maturity, (i) not exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate

not to exceed six dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of

the face amount or ten dollars if the interest so computed is less than

that amount, or (ii) exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not to

exceed five dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of the

face amount provided that the interest charged, if the amount thereof

exceeds ten dollars, shall not exceed one per cent per month on the

unpaid principal balance.

(5) The authorized interest shall be inclusive of all charges incident

to investigating and making any loan. No fee, commission, expense, or

other charge shall be permitted except that the savings and loan

association may contract to charge the borrower (i) the fees payable to

a public officer to perfect any lien or other security interest taken to

secure the loan, or the premium, not in excess of such filing fee,

payable for any insurance in lieu of such filing; (ii) in case of

default, and in accordance with the instrument evidencing the

obligation, either a fine in an amount not to exceed five per cent on

any installment which has become due and remained unpaid for a period in

excess of ten days, but no such fine shall exceed five dollars and only

one fine shall be collected on any such installment regardless of the

duration of the default, and provided further that should the aggregate

of such fines collected in connection with any loan exceed two per cent

of such loan or twenty-five dollars, the savings and loan association

shall refund such excess within sixty days after the loan is paid in

full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned interest attributable to

the amount in default, interest on each amount past due at a rate not in

excess of one per cent per month during the delinquency; (iii) the

actual expenditures, including reasonable attorney's fees for necessary

court process, and (iv) in case the savings and loan association insures

a borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life

insurance, health insurance, accident insurance, or health and accident

insurance policy, or requires insurance on the property securing such

loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums lawfully chargeable. No

savings and loan association shall require a borrower to purchase shares

in the association, or to purchase shares in lieu of regular periodic

installment payments, or to do or refrain from doing any other act which

would entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a condition to granting

a loan under this paragraph except as the superintendent may from time

to time approve. No refund of excess fines need be made if it amounts to

less than one dollar.

(6) As a condition of any loan made pursuant to this paragraph, the

borrower shall certify that the mobile home, against which the loan is

made, is intended to be maintained in the state or in a contiguous state

as a residence of the borrower, the borrower's spouse, child,

grandchild, parent or grandparent. If the mobile home shall not be so

maintained on the ninetieth day next succeeding the date of the loan or

if it is relocated so as to no longer be located in the state or a

contiguous state at any time before the first anniversary of the loan,

the loan and all authorized charges shall become immediately due and

payable subject only to the refund provisions of paragraph (d) and the

borrower may, if the contract so provides, be required to pay, as an

additional authorized charge, a penalty in an amount not to exceed two

per cent of the face amount of the loan.

(7) No loan shall be made by a savings and loan association pursuant

hereto if the total amount loaned by it pursuant to this paragraph

exceeds, or by the making of such loan will exceed, an amount equal to

five per cent of the assets of the savings and loan association.

(8) Subject to such limitations and conditions as the superintendent

of financial services may prescribe by general regulation, a savings and

loan association may make a loan pursuant to this paragraph which the

federal housing administrator has insured or has made a commitment to

insure and may receive and hold such debentures as are issued by the

federal housing administrator in payment of such insurance, or which is

guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled

the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of l944." No law of this state

prescribing or limiting the interest rate upon loans or advances of

credit or prescribing a penalty for violation thereof or prescribing the

nature, amount or form of security or requiring security upon which

loans or advances of credit may be made or prescribing or limiting the

period for which loans or advances of credit may be made or limiting the

amount of any class of loans, advances of credit or purchases which may

be made shall be deemed to apply to loans, advances of credit or

purchases made or to loans acquired by purchase pursuant to this

subparagraph.

(e) A borrower may prepay any loan made pursuant to paragraph (b), (c)

or (d) in full or, with the consent of the savings and loan association,

may refinance the loan. In the event of such prepayment or refinancing,

the savings and loan association shall refund: (1) the unearned portion

of the interest to the borrower the amount of which portion shall be

determined according to a generally accepted actuarial method; provided,

however, that if the amount of interest previously deducted (i) was less

than ten dollars, no refund shall be required; or (ii) exceeded the sum

of ten dollars and the earned interest is less than that amount, the

savings and loan association may retain such an additional amount as

will bring the earned interest to the sum of ten dollars and refund the

remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is refinanced, no

refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar; and (2)

if a charge was made to the borrower for premiums for insuring the

borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life

insurance policy, or under a group health, group accident or group

health and accident insurance policy, the excess of the charge to the

borrower therefor over the premiums paid or payable by the savings and

loan association, if such premiums were paid or payable by the savings

and loan association periodically, or the refund for such insurance

premium received or receivable by the savings and loan association, if

such premium was paid or payable in a lump sum by the savings and loan

association, provided that no such refund shall be required if it

amounts to less than one dollar. In the event (i) the maturity of the

loan is accelerated due to the default of the borrower or otherwise and

judgment is obtained, or (ii) repayment is made pursuant to any such

insurance policy, the borrower or his legal representative, as the case

may be, shall be entitled to the same refund as if the loan had been

prepaid in full on the date of acceleration or repayment.

2-a. A savings and loan association may lend its funds to borrowers

therefrom upon their promissory notes representing loans for the purpose

of financing the purchase of or refinancing an existing ownership

interest in certificates of stock or other evidence of an ownership

interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a corporation or partnership

formed for the purpose of the cooperative ownership of real estate as

provided in this subdivision.

A savings and loan association may, subject to such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services finds necessary and proper, invest

to an amount not exceeding the maximum per cent of the loans permitted

to be made on real estate improved by a single family residence occupied

by the owner, provided that for purposes of this section the amount of

the purchase price shall be deemed to equal the appraised value of such

certificate of stock or other evidence of an ownership interest, or, in

the case of a refinancing, the appraised value of certificates of stock

or other evidence of the ownership of an interest in, and a proprietary

lease from, a corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the

cooperative ownership of real estate, for the purpose of financing a

purchase of or refinancing an existing ownership interest in such a

corporation or partnership; provided (a) such investment is secured

within ninety days from the making of the loan by an assignment or

transfer of the stock or other evidence of an ownership interest of the

borrower and a proprietary lease; and (b) repayments of principal and

interest shall be effected within the same number of years as a

conventional mortgage loan previously described in this subdivision. The

maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or received upon

any loan or forbearance made pursuant to this subdivision may exceed the

rate of interest prescribed by the superintendent of financial services

in accordance with section fourteen-a of this chapter by no more than

one and one-half per cent per annum.

3. A savings and loan association may also lend its funds, if at any

time such association has funds in excess of the amount needed for loans

to its members, as follows:

(a) To other savings and loan associations.

(b) Upon bonds and mortgages and notes and mortgages upon real estate

to the same extent authorized in subdivision one of this section,

subject to the limitations therein.

3-a. A savings and loan association may also lend its funds to its

members or their children who are attending or planning to attend

colleges in this state or elsewhere, to assist them in meeting their

expenses of higher education, where such loans are made by the

association and (1) guaranteed by the New York higher education

assistance corporation in accordance with the provisions of article

fourteen of the education law, or (2) insured or covered by a commitment

to insure or are guaranteed or covered by a commitment to guarantee

issued by the federal education commissioner in accordance with the

provisions of the act of congress entitled the "Higher Education Act of

1965". In such cases no further security for the repayment of such loans

shall be required of the borrowers by the association. A savings and

loan association may also lend its funds to nonmembers, for the same

purposes and upon the same terms and conditions if, at any time, such

association has funds in excess of the amount needed for loans to its

members.

4. No loan shall be made under the provisions of this section upon the

security of a mortgage:

(a) Which is not a first lien upon the property described therein,

unless all prior mortgages, liens or encumbrances thereon are owned by

such association; and no such prior mortgage, lien or encumbrance shall

be sold, transferred or assigned by such association until every

subsequent mortgage, lien or encumbrance owned by it shall have been

fully paid and satisfied; and further provided that whenever loans are

made under both subdivisions one and three of this section upon the same

real estate the limitations of amount applicable to the loan under each

subdivision shall be determined by first segregating that portion of the

appraised value of the premises necessary to sustain the prior mortgage,

lien or encumbrance, and the limitation of amount applicable to the

additional mortgage, lien or encumbrance shall then be determined with

reference only to the remaining portion of the appraised value; provided

further that the loan under subdivision three shall provide for equal or

substantially equal periodic payments of interest and principal at least

annually in amount sufficient to pay all interest and effect full

repayment of principal within thirty years;

(b) Except upon the written and signed certificate of an appraiser

appointed pursuant to policies established by the board of directors,

certifying to the value of the premises according to such appraiser's

judgment. Such certificate shall be filed and preserved among the

records of the association and any member shall have access thereto;

4-a. A savings and loan association may, in addition to the authority

granted under any other subdivision of this section or subdivision six

of section three hundred seventy-nine of this article, make a loan to a

natural person upon the security of a mortgage which is not a first lien

at the rate or rates agreed to by the savings and loan association and

the borrower, subject to such regulations as the superintendent of

financial services may prescribe. Such regulations by the superintendent

of financial services may include such restrictions as the

superintendent of financial services finds necessary or proper,

including without limitation, a restriction as to the percentage of

total assets which may be invested in such loans or a restriction on the

loan to appraisal value of property securing such loan.

For purposes of this subdivision, the term mortgage shall include a

lien on an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or other

evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a

corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative

ownership of real estate.

5. Every mortgage and every assignment of a mortgage taken by any

savings and loan association shall be immediately recorded or registered

in the office of the proper recording officer of the county in which the

real estate described in such mortgage is located. This subdivision

shall not apply to a participating interest in any mortgage which shall

have been acquired by a savings and loan association under the

provisions of section three hundred eighty-c of the banking law if the

originating mortgagee shall have recorded such mortgage or an assignment

thereof in the office of the proper recording officer of the county in

which the real estate described in such mortgage is located.

6. Any savings and loan association may require either single premium

reducing term, monthly premium reducing term, or fully paid-up life

insurance or accident, health or disability insurance to be assigned to

it by any borrower. When directed by the written order of a borrower,

the cost of such insurance may be advanced and paid by the association.

All such payments may be added to the unpaid balance of the loan.

7. A savings and loan association shall have the power to waive its

right to enforce payment of a bond or note secured by a mortgage on real

property and may waive its right to obtain a deficiency judgment against

the borrower in the event of foreclosure of such mortgage.

§ 380-a — Power to purchase mortgage, loan or investment

Power to purchase mortgage, loan or investment. Subject to

such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe therefor, an association may acquire by purchase

any mortgage, loan or invetsment which by the provisions of this article

it is authorized to make and hold.

§ 380-b — Power to purchase mortgages from mortgage holders

Power to purchase mortgages from mortgage holders. A savings

and loan association may purchase from mortgage holders; (1) any bond

and mortgage insured or guaranteed by the United States or any

instrumentality thereof, or for which there is a commitment to so insure

or guarantee, or (2) provided the mortgage is a first lien, any bond and

mortgage at least twenty per centum of which is guaranteed pursuant to

the provisions of the act of congress entitled the "Servicemen's

Readjustment Act of 1944". A savings and loan association may receive

and hold such debentures as are issued in payment of any such insurance.

No law of this state prescribing or limiting the interest rate upon

loans or advances of credit or prescribing a penalty for violation

thereof or prescribing the nature, amount or form of security or

requiring security upon which loans or advances of credit may be made or

prescribing or limiting the period for which loans or advances of credit

may be made or limiting the amount of any class of loans, advances of

credit or purchases which may be made shall be deemed to apply to loans,

advances of credit or purchases made or to loans acquired by purchase

pursuant to this subdivision.

§ 380-c — Power to participate in certain loans and mortgage investments

Power to participate in certain loans and mortgage

investments. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as may be

prescribed by the superintendent of financial services, a savings and

loan association may participate in making or acquiring (1) loans of a

type that it is authorized to have by paragraph (b) of subdivision two

of section three hundred eighty of this chapter, and (2) mortgage

investments of any type that it is authorized to have, provided that the

participation acquired shall not be subordinate to any other part

interest.

§ 380-e — Effect of usury

Effect of usury. The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving,

or charging by a savings and loan association of interest, as computed

pursuant to this article, at a rate greater than such rate of interest

as may be authorized by law shall be held and adjudged a forfeiture of

the entire interest which the note or other evidence of debt carries

with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon. If such greater

rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same or his legal

representatives may recover from the savings and loan association twice

the entire amount of the interest thus paid. Nothing in this section

shall be deemed to affect the powers of any savings and loan association

with respect to loans or investments it is authorized to make.

§ 380-f — Power to make advances of federal funds

Power to make advances of federal funds. A savings and loan

association may make advances of federal funds to commercial banks,

provided such advances are made on the condition that they be repaid on

the next business day following the day on which the advance is made.

For purposes of this section the term "federal funds" shall mean funds

which a savings and loan association has on deposit at a commercial bank

which are exchangeable for funds on deposit at a federal reserve bank;

the term "commercial bank" shall mean any bank, trust company, private

banker, national banking association, having its principal office in

this state; and the term "business day" shall mean any day on which the

savings and loan association, the commercial bank and the federal

reserve bank where the funds are on deposit are all open for general

business.

§ 380-g — Power to engage in line of credit financing of residential real estate

Power to engage in line of credit financing of residential

real estate. A savings and loan association is authorized to invest an

amount, not exceeding the lesser of (a) ten per centum of the sum of its

surplus, undivided profits, and reserves or (b) one per centum of its

assets, in loans or in interests therein the principal purpose of which

is to provide financing with respect to what is or is expected to become

primarily residential real estate within this state, where (i) the

association relies substantially for repayment on the borrower's general

credit standing, with or without other security, or (ii) the association

relies on other assurances for repayment, including but not limited to a

guaranty or similar obligation of a third party, and, in either case

described in clause (i) or (ii), regardless of whether or not the

association takes security.

§ 380-h — Trust powers

Trust powers. 1. The superintendent of financial services is

authorized and empowered to grant permission to a savings and loan

association to exercise any or all of the powers specified in sections

one hundred, one hundred-a, one hundred-b and one hundred-c of this

chapter. In passing upon applications for permission to exercise any

such powers, the superintendent of financial services may take into

consideration the amount of surplus of the applying association, whether

or not such surplus is sufficient under the circumstances of the case,

the needs of the community to be served and any other facts and

circumstances that seem proper, and may grant or refuse it permission

accordingly.

2. Whenever the laws of this state require a trust company acting in a

fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with the state authorities for

the protection of private or court trusts, a savings and loan

association, so acting, is empowered to make similar deposits of

securities.

4. The superintendent of financial services is authorized to

promulgate such regulations as he or she may deem necessary or proper to

implement the provisions of this section and the proper exercise of the

powers granted by this section.

§ 380-i — Personal loan departments

Personal loan departments. Subject to such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe, a savings and loan

association may operate a personal loan department under the same terms

and conditions as are provided under subdivisions four and five of

section one hundred eight of this chapter.

The superintendent of financial services shall be empowered (a) to

prescribe the terms and conditions governing the conduct and operation

of personal loan departments including the maximum amount, expressed as

a percentage of assets or otherwise, which a savings and loan

association may invest pursuant to the provisions of this subdivision or

in the aggregate, taking into account such other provisions of law

authorizing investments by savings and loan associations and (b) to

prescribe such terms and conditions as may be appropriate to effect or

facilitate the tranfer of accounts operated pursuant to the provisions

of any other section of this chapter to the personal loan departments

authorized to be operated hereunder.

In pursuance of the authority granted hereunder savings and loan

associations shall be empowered to issue credit cards, extend credit in

connection therewith, and otherwise engage in or participate in credit

card operations, and to act as financing agencies as defined in

subdivision nine of section three hundred one and subdivision eighteen

of section four hundred one of the personal property law.

§ 380-j — Authorization to acquire and lease personal property

Authorization to acquire and lease personal property. A

savings and loan association is authorized to acquire and lease personal

property to the same extent as a commercial bank is authorized to engage

in such activities under subdivision twelve of section ninety-six of

this chapter, subject to those limitations applicable to such activities

in the case of banks or trust companies.

§ 380-k — Investment in promissory notes

Investment in promissory notes. A savings and loan

association may invest in promissory notes and other evidences of

indebtedness representing commercial, corporate or business loans to the

same extent as a savings bank is authorized to invest in such notes

under subdivision eight-c of section two hundred thirty-five of this

chapter, subject to those limitations applicable to such investments in

the case of a savings bank. For the purposes of this section, the term

"net worth" shall have the meaning ascribed to it by subdivision four of

section two hundred forty-four of this chapter. In addition, a savings

and loan association is authorized to invest in such promissory notes as

a savings bank may invest in pursuant to paragraph five of subdivision

eight of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter.

§ 380-l — Excelsior linked deposit program

Excelsior linked deposit program. A savings and loan

association may make linked loans, each authorized and approved pursuant

to article fifteen of the state finance law and each in an amount equal

to a corresponding linked deposit made pursuant to such article, subject

to the limits of section three hundred eighty-k of this article and any

other applicable limits or requirements imposed by law or regulation.

§ 380-m — Water pollution control linked deposit program

Water pollution control linked deposit program. A savings and

loan association may make linked loans, each authorized and approved

pursuant to article sixteen of the state finance law and each in an

amount equal to a corresponding linked deposit made pursuant to such

article, subject to the limits of section three hundred eighty-k of this

article and any other applicable limits or requirements imposed by law

or regulations.

§ 381 — Power to take and hold real estate; restrictions

Power to take and hold real estate; restrictions. 1. A savings

and loan association may take, hold and convey real property as follows:

(a) A plot whereon there is or may be erected a building suitable for

the convenient transaction of its business, from portions of which not

required for its own use a revenue may be derived, and a plot whereon

parking accommodations are, or are to be, provided, with or without

charge, primarily for its customers or employees or both; provided that

the aggregate of all investments of any savings and loan association in

such plots and buildings or in the bonds and mortgages upon such plots

or buildings shall not exceed five per centum of the assets of such

association except with the approval of the superintendent.

(b) Such as shall be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts

previously contracted in the course of its business.

(c) Such as it shall purchase at sales under judgments, decrees or

mortgages held by it.

(d) A whole or part interest in a "project" as defined in the New York

state urban development corporation act, pursuant to sections six or

eight of such act. An investment by an association in a single project

shall not exceed one per centum of the assets or ten per centum of the

net worth of such association, whichever is less, and the aggregate of

all investments of an association in such projects and investments in

securities pursuant to subparagraph one-a of paragraph (a) of

subdivision twenty-one of section two hundred thirty-five of this

chapter shall not exceed five per centum of the assets or fifty per

centum of the net worth of such association, whichever is less. For the

purposes of this subdivision, "net worth" of an association shall mean

the excess of its assets at book value, less allocated reserves, over

known liabilities.

* (e) Improved or unimproved real property (either by purchase, lease,

exchange or otherwise), or any interest therein, to erect, construct,

rebuild, enlarge, alter, improve, maintain, manage and operate buildings

or other improvements of any description thereon, to sell, lease,

sublet, mortgage, exchange or otherwise dispose of same and execute,

perform and carry out contracts for construction, alteration,

improvement, maintenance, management or repair thereof, to make loans in

connection therewith, as owner, co-owner or otherwise, subject to such

specific or general approvals and limitations as shall be required by

regulations promulgated from time to time by the superintendent of

financial services pursuant to this paragraph; provided, however, that

no activity specified herein shall be undertaken pursuant to the

authority contained in this paragraph until the superintendent of

financial services shall have issued regulations specifying the

limitations and requirements which shall be imposed in connection with

the investments and activities referred to herein, including, without

limitation, the consideration of such savings and loan association's

record in meeting the credit needs of local communities within the

meaning of section twenty-eight-b of this chapter.

* NB Expired June 30, 1988

2. All real estate purchased by any such association or taken by it in

settlement of debts due it, shall be conveyed to it directly by name or,

subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of

financial services finds to be necessary and proper, may be taken in the

name of a duly authorized nominee, and the conveyance immediately

recorded or registered in the office of the proper recording officer of

the county in which such real estate is located.

§ 382 — Power to borrow

Power to borrow. Subject to such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services may promulgate, a savings and loan

association may borrow money and pledge its assets as security for the

repayment thereof if it has been authorized so to do by the vote of a

majority of its board of directors.

§ 382-a — Power to act as trustee under self-employed retirement trust and of individual retirement account; investment in savings account

Power to act as trustee under self-employed retirement trust

and of individual retirement account; investment in savings account. 1.

Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, a savings and loan association

shall have power to act as trustee under a retirement plan established

pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled

"Self-employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962", and provisions

of law contained therein as amended, provided that the provisions of

such retirement plan require the funds of such trust to be invested

exclusively in deposits in savings and loan associations and federal

savings and loan associations whose principal offices are located in

this state. In the event that any such retirement plan, which in the

judgment of the association, constituted a qualified plan under the

provisions of said Self-employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962,

and provisions of law contained therein as amended, and the regulations

promulgated thereunder at the time the trust was established and

accepted by the association is subsequently determined not to be such a

qualified plan or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified plan, in

whole or in part, the association may, nevertheless, continue to act as

trustee of any deposits theretofore made under such plan and to dispose

of the same in accordance with the directions of the depositor and the

beneficiaries thereof. No association, in respect to deposits made under

this subdivision, shall be required to segregate such deposits from

other deposits of such association, provided, however, that the

association shall keep appropriate records showing in proper detail all

transactions engaged in under the authority of this subdivision. As used

in this subdivision, the term "deposits" shall include shares issued by

the association and time deposits held pursuant to section three hundred

seventy-eight-a of this chapter.

2. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, a savings and loan association

shall have power to act as trustee of an individual retirement account

established pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled

"Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974" provided that the

provisions of the written governing instrument creating the trust

require the funds of such trust to be invested exclusively in deposits

in savings and loan associations and federal savings and loan

associations whose principal offices are located in this state. In the

event that any such individual retirement account, which in the judgment

of the association, constituted a qualified individual retirement

account under the provisions of said Employee Retirement Income Security

Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated thereunder at the time the

trust was established and accepted by the association is subsequently

determined not to be such a qualified individual retirement account or

subsequently ceases to be such a qualified individual retirement

account, in whole or in part, the association may, nevertheless,

continue to act as trustee of any deposits theretofore made under such

individual retirement account and to dispose of the same in accordance

with the directions of the depositor and the beneficiaries thereof. No

association, in respect to deposits made under this subdivision, shall

be required to segregate such deposits from other deposits of such

association, provided, however, that the association shall keep

appropriate records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in

under the authority of this subdivision. As used in this subdivision,

the term "deposits" shall include shares issued by the association and

time deposits held pursuant to section three hundred seventy-eight-a of

this chapter.

§ 382-b — Power to issue certain obligations

Power to issue certain obligations. 1. In addition to all

other powers granted to it by other provisions of law, a savings and

loan association may issue such notes, bonds, debentures, or other

obligations or other securities as the superintendent may authorize.

2. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent

of financial services finds to be necessary and proper and

notwithstanding any other provisions of law, a savings and loan

association may issue notes, bonds, debentures, or other obligations or

other securities subordinated to deposits in such savings and loan

association; provided that, unless the superintendent has given prior

approval otherwise, the aggregate principal amount thereof at the time

of issuance shall not exceed twenty-five per cent of the net worth of

such savings and loan association, exclusive of all such notes, bonds,

debentures, or other obligations or other securities. The proceeds or

other consideration derived by a savings and loan association from the

issuance pursuant to this subdivision of any such notes, bonds,

debentures, or other obligations or other securities shall be deemed for

purposes of this chapter to constitute a part of the net worth of such

savings and loan association. For the purposes of this article, the term

"net worth" shall mean the excess of assets at book value, less

allocated reserves, over known liabilities, including deposit

liabilities.

§ 383 — Other powers

Other powers. Every savings and loan association shall, subject

to the restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter, have the

following powers: 1. To become a member of the Savings and Loan Bank of

the State of New York; to exercise such powers as may be conferred upon

member associations of such Savings and Loan Bank; and to perform such

duties and obligations as may be lawfully required of such member

associations.

2. To become a member of a federal home loan bank; and to have and to

exercise all powers, not in conflict with the laws of this state, which

are conferred upon any such member by the federal home loan bank act.

Such savings and loan association and its directors and officers shall

continue to be subject, however, to all liabilities and duties imposed

upon them by any law of this state and to all provisions of this chapter

relating to savings and loan associations.

3. To assume and discharge such obligations to Federal Deposit

Insurance Corporation as may be necessary or required for the purpose of

maintaining share insurance in such corporation.

4. To receive money for transmission and to transmit such money, and

to sell money orders and travel checks as agent for any corporation,

association or joint stock company empowered to sell such instruments

through agents in the state of New York.

5. To service mortgages for others, and to render investment advice

incidental to the purchase of and investment in mortgages by others,

provided, however, that the superintendent of financial services shall

have power to prescribe, by specific or general regulation, the extent

to which and the conditions upon which such mortgages may be serviced

and such investment advice may be rendered.

6. To service mortgages or to perform other services for the Federal

National Mortgage Association created under the housing act of nineteen

hundred fifty-four, as amended from time to time, and to sell or assign

mortgages to such association and in connection therewith to make

capital contributions thereto, purchase stock thereof, and do any and

all other acts which under the laws and regulations applicable to such

sales may be required to enable such sales to be effected.

7. To sue and to be sued in all courts and to participate in actions

and proceedings, whether judicial, arbitrative or otherwise, in like

cases as natural persons.

8. To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure, and

to use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or

reproduced in any other manner.

9. To make donations, irrespective of corporate benefit, for the

public welfare or for community fund, hospital, charitable, educational,

scientific, civic or similar purposes, and in time of war or other

national emergency in aid thereof.

10. To elect or appoint officers, employees and other agents of the

savings and loan association, define their duties, fix their

compensation, and to indemnify corporate personnel.

11. To have perpetual existence.

12. To execute and deliver such guaranties as may be incidental or

usual in the transfer of investment securities.

13. To receive and repay demand deposits subject to those provisions

applicable to such deposits, in the case of savings banks under section

two hundred thirty-seven of this chapter, including, subject to

regulation by the superintendent of financial services, the power to

charge for maintaining a demand deposit account or for honoring checks

drawn on or accepting deposits made to such an account.

The superintendent of financial services shall have the power to

prescribe by regulation (a) the maximum charge which may be imposed in

this state by a savings and loan association in connection with a check

or other written order drawn upon it on insufficient funds, irrespective

of whether the instrument is paid, accepted or returned by the bank, and

(b) the maximum charge which may be imposed in this state by a savings

and loan association in connection with a check or other written order

received by it for deposit or collection and subsequently dishonored and

returned for any reason by the drawee.

14. To have and exercise all other powers necessary or appropriate in

conducting the business of a savings and loan association.

15. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial

services finds to be necessary and proper, and notwithstanding any other

provision of law, to accept federal tax and loan accounts, the balance

of which are payable on demand without previous notice of intended

withdrawal and to pledge collateral to secure such accounts.

16. Subject to any limitations or other specific provisions contained

in this chapter or any other statute of this state or its organization

certificate, and as shall be appropriate in conducting the business of

the corporation, and only for such activities which are authorized by

this chapter for savings and loan associations: to be a promoter,

partner, member, associate or manager of other business enterprises or

ventures, or to the extent permitted in any other jurisdiction to be an

incorporator of other corporations of any type or kind.

17. To engage in a "savings promotion" in accordance with section

nine-v of this chapter and subject to any regulations promulgated by the

superintendent. The superintendent shall consult with the state gaming

commission before proposing any such regulations or any amendments

thereto. Such regulations shall ensure that:

a. no participant in a savings promotion is charged any fee that would

constitute, directly or indirectly, consideration for participation in

such savings promotion; and

b. no participant in a savings promotion foregoes, directly or

indirectly, any interest that would constitute consideration for

participation in such savings promotion.

§ 383-a — Rental of safe deposit boxes

Rental of safe deposit boxes. Any savings and loan

association may rent to its members safe deposit boxes in which to keep

personal property and papers of any kind.

§ 384 — Entries in books; restrictions; amortization of securities

Entries in books; restrictions; amortization of securities. 1.

No savings and loan association shall by any system of accounting or any

device of bookkeeping, directly or indirectly, enter any of its assets

upon its books in the name of any individual, partnership or

unincorporated association or of any other corporation, or under any

title or designation that is not truly descriptive thereof, except as

authorized by the provisions of this article.

2. The stocks, bonds or other interest-bearing obligations purchased

by a savings and loan association shall be entered on its books at the

actual cost thereof, and shall not thereafter be carried upon its books

at a valuation exceeding their cost as adjusted by amortization for the

purpose of bringing them to par at maturity; and where securities

purchased at a premium are callable prior to maturity, the rate of

amortization thereof shall be increased when necessary to such extent as

shall reduce the amount at which such securities are carried upon the

books to the call price at the date or dates upon which a call may be

made. No adjustment for amortization shall be required to be made on the

books, except when the books are closed for the purpose of computing

profits. The superintendent may by regulation vary the requirements of

this subdivision to permit the amortization of premiums at the same rate

as that required by federal tax statutes or regulations.

3. No savings and loan association, without the written permission of

the superintendent, shall enter on its books its real estate and the

building or buildings thereon, or its fixtures, vaults, furniture and

equipment, at a valuation exceeding the actual cost thereof to such

savings and loan association, or carry such real estate, building or

buildings, fixtures, vaults, furniture or equipment on its books at a

valuation exceeding the actual cost less appropriate allowances for

depreciation. No adjustment for depreciation shall be required to be

made on the books except when the books are closed for the purpose of

computing profits.

4. Real estate acquired by an association other than that acquired for

use as a place of business, shall be entered on the books of the

association in conformity with the method of accounting for troubled

debt restructurings approved by the financial accounting standards board

or such other method of accounting as may be authorized or required by

rules and regulations of the superintendent.

The provisions of this subdivision shall not, except as the

superintendent may otherwise require, apply to any parcel of real estate

as to which the savings and loan association has exercised its option to

transfer or convey such real estate to the veterans administration or

the federal housing commissioner pursuant to insurance or guaranty.

5. Every savings and loan association shall conform its method of

keeping its books and records to such orders in respect thereto as shall

have been made and promulgated by the superintendent. Any savings and

loan association that refuses or neglects to obey any such order shall

be subject to a penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section

forty-four of this chapter for each day it so refuses or neglects.

§ 385 — Surplus account

Surplus account. Every savings and loan association shall

accumulate and maintain a surplus account as provided in section three

hundred eighty-seven of this article. Such surplus account up to ten per

centum of the association's capital shall not be available for any

purpose, except with the prior written approval of the superintendent;

but any such association may: (a) charge against such surplus account

any losses or expenses without such approval only in the event such

association has no undivided profits against which such losses or

expenses may be charged or (b) may, with the prior written approval of

the superintendent, transfer any part of such surplus account to any

other account for any purpose. Such account may be created or increased

by contributions and by transfers from undivided profits or from net

profits.

§ 386 — Profits; how and when to be computed

Profits; how and when to be computed. 1. Every savings and loan

association shall close its books, for the purpose of computing its

profits, at the end of any period for which a dividend is to be paid and

in no event less frequently than quarterly. To determine the amount of

gross income for any such accounting period the following items may be

included:

(a) All income received or properly accrued, provided that no interest

shall be accrued upon any interest-bearing asset upon which a default of

principal or interest has existed for a period which shall be determined

by the superintendent, except for interest-bearing assets secured by

collateral the ascertained value of which is at least equal to the

amount at which such asset plus all interest accrued thereon is carried

on its books.

(b) Amounts added to cost for the purpose of amortizing discounts on

securities purchased for less than par, provided that no discount shall

be amortized on securities upon which a default exists.

(c) Any profits actually realized from the sale or other disposition

of securities, real estate or other property.

(d) Amounts recovered on assets previously charged off, including

amounts allowed by the superintendent on account of assets previously

disallowed by him; and other amounts allowed by the board of directors

on account of assets previously disallowed by it.

(e) Provided the superintendent shall have approved, and only to the

extent of such approval, any increase in the book value of the real

estate and building or buildings thereon used by it as its place or

places of business.

(f) Such other items as the superintendent, in his discretion, may

permit to be included.

2. To determine the amount of net profits for such accounting period

the following items shall be deducted from gross income:

(a) All expenses paid or properly accrued, both ordinary and

extraordinary, in the transaction of its business, the collection of its

debts and the management of its affairs.

(b) Interest paid or properly accrued upon time deposits held pursuant

to section three hundred seventy-eight-a of this article, interest paid

or properly accruing upon deposits referred to in section three hundred

seventy-eight-b of this article and debts owing by it.

(c) Amounts deducted from cost for the purpose of amortizing premiums

on securities purchased for more than par.

(d) Any losses sustained by it except to the extent that such losses

have been charged against the surplus account or valuation reserves. In

the computation of such losses there shall be included all deductions

from the book value of assets made pursuant to the direction of the

board of directors or by reason of the disallowance of assets by the

superintendent. The balance thus obtained shall constitute the net

profits of such savings and loan association for such period.

§ 387 — Credits to surplus account and undivided profits; dividends to shareholders

Credits to surplus account and undivided profits; dividends to

shareholders. 1. When the net profits of any savings and loan

association have been determined at the close of an accounting period,

if its net worth does not equal ten per centum of its capital, such net

profits shall be credited to its surplus account in such amount as may

be determined by the superintendent of financial services until such net

worth equals ten per centum of its capital. For purposes of this

article, the term "net worth" shall mean the excess of assets at book

value, less allocated reserves, over known liabilities. The balance of

such net profits, together with any amounts remaining from similar

balances for previous accounting periods, shall constitute the undivided

profits of such savings and loan association at the close of such

period. The directors, in addition to the transfers to the surplus

account required by this section, may transfer additional amounts to

surplus account from undivided profits or continue to carry as undivided

profits such sum or sums as they may deem wise. Amounts heretofore

credited to a reserve for bad debts pursuant to chapter three hundred

nine of the laws of nineteen hundred fifty-two shall be transferred to

surplus account.

2. The undivided profits of a savings and loan association at the

close of an accounting period shall be available for dividends. The

directors may declare such dividends pursuant to the provisions of this

paragraph or for any annual, semiannual, quarterly or monthly period

closing on the last day of a calendar month or as provided in paragraph

(bb) of subdivision four of section three hundred seventy-eight of this

chapter. No association shall declare, credit or pay any dividend while

its capital is impaired, or at any time except by a vote of the board of

directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the gross income,

undivided profits, surplus account or net worth of a savings and loan

association shall be, or shall be deemed by the superintendent to be,

increased as a result of any loan, purchase of assets or guaranty by, or

other transaction with, any insuror of the accounts of such savings and

loan association, including a transaction subject to subdivision two of

section three hundred eighty-two-b of this article, the amount of any

such increase in the gross income, undivided profits, surplus account or

net worth of such savings and loans association shall, with the prior

written approval of the superintendent, be available for dividends.

4. Dividends shall be apportioned upon the dues and dividends credited

to members, provided, however, that, except in the case of special

savings shares, no dividend shall be required to be computed and paid

upon any dues credited to a member except from the first day of the

month immediately following the date of receipt of such dues, and

provided further, that no dividend shall be required to be apportioned

on shares having a book value of less than fifty dollars or on savings

shares issued for special purposes which by their terms are to be

withdrawn by the shareholder within one year from the date of their

issuance. Any such association may compute dividends upon dues credited

to a member from the date of actual receipt of such dues. The by-laws of

any such association may provide a schedule of varying rates of

dividends for different classes of shares and different types of shares

within any class.

5. No savings and loan association shall declare any dividends upon

the accumulations on any share for a longer period than that during

which such accumulations have been held; provided, however, that dues

paid upon shares not later than the tenth day of any month, may have

dividends declared thereon from the first day of the month in which such

payment was made; and withdrawals of shares during the last three

business days of any dividend period or, in the event that one of such

last three business days is a Saturday, deposits withdrawn upon one of

the last four business days of any dividend period may receive dividends

apportioned for the full period.

§ 388 — Fines and penalties for failure to make payments on instalment shares

Fines and penalties for failure to make payments on instalment

shares. 1. Where dividends on instalment shares are credited by series,

a savings and loan association may impose fines upon the holders of

instalment shares of a series, their legal representatives or successors

in interest, if they neglect to pay dues, interest or premium when due,

but such fines shall not exceed one per centum per month of the amount

in default for the period during which such dues, interest and premium

shall have remained in default, except that a fine at the rate of two

per centum per month of the amount in default may be imposed during the

first three months of any default.

2. Where dividends on instalment shares are credited individually to

shares, a savings and loan association may declare a lower rate of

dividend on instalment shares upon which there has been a default for

more than sixty days since the last declaration of dividends, provided

that such dividend shall be not less than sixty per centum of the

dividend declared on like instalment shares not in default.

3. Where dues on instalment shares are applied directly in reduction

of a mortgage loan, a savings and loan association may provide, as one

of the terms of the obligation, that interest may be added to the unpaid

balance of the obligation on the first day of each month and computed

upon the unpaid balance of the obligation due as of the last day of the

preceding month.

4. No fine shall be charged against or deducted from the dues actually

paid by a member and no fines or penalties other than those provided in

this section shall be imposed for failure to meet payments on instalment

shares.

§ 389 — Matured shares; conversion into shares of another class upon notice

Matured shares; conversion into shares of another class upon

notice. Whenever the dues and dividends credited to instalment or

accumulative prepaid shares shall equal their matured value, notice of

such maturity shall be given to the holders thereof and the payment of

dues thereon shall cease. Such notice shall be mailed to such

shareholder at his last known address as it appears on the books of the

association and, in the discretion of the board of directors, may

contain a further provision that if such shareholder fails to accept

payment for such shares, convert such shares into shares of another

class or file an application to withdraw such shares within sixty days

after the mailing of such notice, the same will be converted into

another class of shares specified in such notice. If such additional

provision has been included in such notice and the shareholder fails or

neglects to accept payment for such shares, convert such shares into

shares of another class or file an application to withdraw such shares,

within such sixty days, the board of directors may, by resolution,

convert such shares into the class of shares specified in such notice.

For the purpose of maturing such shares, a special dividend may be

credited between regular dividend dates at the same rate at which the

last regular dividend was credited. When shares pledged to the

association mature, the value of such shares shall, to the extent of the

obligation for which they are pledged, be applied in payment thereof.

Any remaining balance of such shares shall be treated as matured shares

and any other collateral not required to satisfy such obligation shall

be returned.

§ 390 — Withdrawal of unpledged shares; provisions for dividends

Withdrawal of unpledged shares; provisions for dividends. 1.

The accumulations upon shares of any savings and loan association which

are not pledged to the association to secure a loan, whether or not such

shares are matured, may be withdrawn subject to the provisions of this

chapter and of the by-laws and regulations of the association made in

accordance therewith. In addition to his rights as a shareholder of an

association, a shareholder shall be a creditor of the association to the

extent of all dues and dividends credited to him. An association may by

regulation adopted by resolution of its board of directors require a

written notice of thirty days before paying withdrawals, in which event

no withdrawal shall be paid until thirty days after notice of intention

to make the withdrawal shall have been filed. It shall on the day such

regulation is made effective notify the superintendent by telephone or

telegraph that such regulation has been made and shall thereafter

number, date and file in the order of actual receipt every notice of

intention to make a withdrawal. Except as provided in section three

hundred seventy-eight-a of this chapter, no savings and loan association

shall hereafter agree with any of its shareholders in advance to waive

the said thirty days' notice. Except in the case of special savings

shares, if the by-laws so provide, a special dividend may be credited on

shares withdrawn between regular dividend dates at the rate of the last

dividend, computing from the last dividend period to the first day of

the month in which such withdrawal is made.

1-a. A savings and loan association may permit a shareholder to

withdraw the accumulations upon his shares of the association which are

not pledged to the association to secure a loan, whether or not such

shares are matured, through a disbursing savings and loan association

that is a member of the federal deposit insurance corporation if the

office of the disbursing association through which payment of such

withdrawal is made is located more than fifty miles from the principal

dwelling place of such shareholder. The association may authorize

payment by the disbursing association only upon receiving a specific

telephonic withdrawal request, which may be oral or electronic, from

such shareholder, and the amount so paid shall be immediately withdrawn

from the shareholder's account at such association. A savings and loan

association providing withdrawal services pursuant to this subdivision

one-a may, but is not required to: (a) charge a fee to shareholders

making such withdrawals, (b) place a limitation upon the amount of such

withdrawal requests, and (c) pay a fee to the disbursing association. A

savings and loan association may also act as the disbursing association

in a similar withdrawal transaction from such accumulations on shares in

another association that is a member of the federal deposit insurance

corporation, and may collect a fee for its services. This subdivision

one-a shall not apply to time deposits received by an association

pursuant to section three hundred seventy-eight-a of this chapter.

2. If a member shall not apply for the withdrawal within fifteen days

after the expiration of the thirty days' notice of intention no

withdrawal shall be payable under such notice or by reason thereof.

While any withdrawal application made pursuant to the required notice of

intention remains in effect and unpaid, no withdrawal application made

pursuant to a notice of intention subsequently filed shall be paid and

no loan may be made secured by transfer or pledge of shares, nor shall

shares be retired or applied by the association, or by the member toward

the payment of fines and obligations due to the association, nor shall

dividends be declared or paid.

3. Upon the withdrawal of instalment or accumulative prepaid shares

prior to their maturity, or upon the withdrawal of income shares issued

for a fixed term prior to the expiration of such fixed term, a portion

of the dividends credited to such shares may be retained by the

association as its own property, in accordance with a schedule, clearly

and fully set forth in the by-laws. Such schedule shall make proper

provision with respect to each class of share, and in the case of

instalment shares shall take into account the period such shares have

been in force, provided, however, that the portion of such dividends

that may be retained by the association upon the withdrawal of a share

shall in no case exceed forty per centum of the dividends apportioned

and credited upon such share.

4. The board of directors may permit a member to withdraw part of the

accumulations on his shares, other than instalment shares issued in

series, without reducing the number of shares held by him.

5. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the

superintendent of financial services, a savings and loan association may

accept deposits, including demand deposits, without the issuance of a

passbook in connection therewith, and may issue such other evidences of

its obligation to repay such deposits as may be appropriate to safeguard

the interests of the depositors and of the savings and loan association.

6. In case of conflict between this section and any other provision of

law, this section shall control.

§ 392 — Retirement of shares; suspension; transfer

Retirement of shares; suspension; transfer. 1. The board of

directors of any savings and loan association may retire shares which

are not pledged to the association by requiring their withdrawal, if the

by-laws clearly state the manner in which such withdrawals may be

required. The holders of such shares shall be paid the book value of

their shares less all lawful obligations.

2. Whenever a member of any savings and loan association shall have

failed for six months to pay dues upon any instalment shares owned by

him, such association may serve notice upon him to pay such dues within

the time stated in such notice, which time shall be not less than thirty

days. If such shareholder does not make such payment within the time

stated in the notice, the amount which would be due him if his shares

were withdrawn shall be determined and such amount transferred and

credited to him in a savings share account or a suspense account. If

transferred to a suspense account, the rights of such member shall cease

except the right to withdraw, subject to the provisions of section three

hundred ninety of this article, the amount thus credited to him and such

dividends as may be credited thereon following the date of such

transfer. Dividends on amounts in suspense accounts shall be credited at

a rate of at least three-fifths of the lowest rate at which dividends

are apportioned to any type of instalment shares.

3. No transfer of shares shall be binding upon any savings and loan

association until such transfer has been recorded upon its books. The

transferee of any share shall take the same subject to all liabilities

to the association and all conditions attaching thereto at the time of

the transfer. If the shares are in the names of two persons and in the

form to be paid to either or the survivor of them, the assignment

thereof by one of such persons shall authorize the association to record

the assignment upon its books or to accept it as collateral for a share

loan made pursuant to subdivision two-a of section three hundred eighty

of this article.

§ 393 — Repayment of mortgage loans; application of pledged shares

Repayment of mortgage loans; application of pledged shares. 1.

For the purpose of making payment on his mortgage loan a member may at

any time, without forfeiture of dividends, transfer from the amount

credited upon the shares pledged by him as security, a sum equal to the

matured value of one or more instalment shares.

2. Any mortgage loan made by a savings and loan association to a

member may be repaid in whole or in part at any time, but the loan

contract may expressly provide for a period during which prepayment may

not be made without incurring prepayment penalties. When such provision

is contained therein, the loan contract must also expressly provide for

prepayment penalties or no prepayment penalties may be collected when

the loan is prepaid. However, where a loan is secured by mortgage on a

one to six family residence, or is extended to finance the purchase of a

cooperative under subdivision two-a of section three hundred eighty of

this chapter which residence or cooperative is or will be occupied in

whole or in part by the member, prepayment penalties may be imposed only

during the first twelve months from the date the mortgage or cooperative

loan was made and may not exceed:

(a) Interest for a period of three months on the principal so prepaid;

or

(b) Interest for the remaining months of the first year on the

principal so prepaid if the prepayment is made at any time within one

year from the date the loan is made.

The book value of instalment shares pledged as security for any such

loan shall be deducted from the amount of the loan in determining the

amount of principal upon which such interest may be charged.

3. Whenever any mortgage is foreclosed, the withdrawal value of the

shares transferred and pledged to any such association as security for

the loan shall be applied toward the payment of the indebtedness of the

member and his rights under such shares shall terminate.

4. In event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation of any

association, the holder of shares pledged as security for a mortgage

loan pursuant to the provisions of subdivision one of section three

hundred eighty of this article shall be entitled to have the payments on

such shares and the dividends credited or entitled to be credited

thereon applied in reduction of such mortgage loan.

5. No shares pledged as security for a mortgage loan may be withdrawn

while the mortgage loan against which they are pledged is outstanding.

§ 394 — Joint shares; shares of minors; shares in trust

Joint shares; shares of minors; shares in trust.

3. When shares shall be issued in the name of a minor they shall be

held for the exclusive right and benefit of such minor and free from the

control or lien of all other persons except creditors, and the

withdrawal value thereof shall be paid to the person in whose name the

shares are held. A receipt or acquittance from such minor shall be a

valid and sufficient release and discharge to the association for all

payments made on account of such shares. When shares have been issued to

a parent, guardian or voluntary trustee for a minor the association may

permit the transfer of such shares to the minor by such parent, guardian

or trustee and in the event of the death of such parent, guardian or

trustee the association may transfer and hold such shares for the

exclusive right and benefit of such minor, upon presentation of

satisfactory evidence of such death and upon the surrender of the

certificate, passbook or other proper evidence of the ownership of such

shares.

4. No association shall be liable to beneficiaries for moneys paid to

their guardians or trustees, unless written notice of limitation upon

the right of such guardians or trustees to withdraw such funds has been

previously filed with the association. The receipt or acquittance of

such guardians or trustees shall be a valid and sufficient release and

discharge to the association for all payments made prior to the receipt

of written notice of such limitation.

§ 395 — Alternative provisions relative to payment of interest to shareholders

Alternative provisions relative to payment of interest to

shareholders. Notwithstanding any provision of this chapter to the

contrary the superintendent may adopt such rules or regulations as shall

permit mutual savings and loan associations to pay interest on share

accounts at the option of such association.

§ 396 — Change of location; change of designation of principal office; maintenance of branch office

Change of location; change of designation of principal office;

maintenance of branch office. 1. Any savings and loan association may

make a written application to the superintendent, such application to be

accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this chapter, for leave to change its place or one of its

places of business to another place in the state or for leave to change

the designation of its principal office to a branch office and to change

the designation of one of its branch offices to its principal office.

The application shall state the reasons for such proposed change. Such

change may be made upon the written approval of the superintendent. If

the superintendent shall grant his or her certificate authorizing the

change of location, the association may, upon or after the day specified

in the certificate, remove its property and effects to the location

designated therein.

2. (a) A savings and loan association may open and occupy one or more

branch offices at any location in the state. In addition, a savings and

loan association may open and occupy a branch office or branch offices

in one or more places located without the state of New York.

(b) Except for the city or village in which its principal office is

located, no branch office may hereafter be opened and occupied pursuant

to paragraph (a) of this subdivision in any city or village with a

population of less than thirty thousand and in which is already located

the principal office of a bank, trust company or national banking

association, other than a bank holding company, if such bank holding

company is a banking institution, or a banking subsidiary of a bank

holding company, as such terms "bank holding company", "banking

institution" and "banking subsidiary" are defined in section one hundred

forty-one of this chapter except that the definition of "bank holding

company" is modified to change the phrase "a banking institution"

wherever it appears therein to "two or more banking institutions" and

the definition of "banking institution" is modified to add a national

banking association, the principal office of which institution is

located in this state.

(c) Before any branch office shall be opened and occupied pursuant to

this subdivision two, the superintendent shall have given his written

approval.

(d) The term "village" as used in this section shall mean either an

incorporated or an unincorporated village.

3. (a) A savings and loan association may, if the merger or asset

acquisition agreement so provides, and if such merger or asset

acquisition is permitted by law, maintain as a branch office or branch

offices the place or places of business of any savings and loan

association, savings bank, federal savings bank, federal savings and

loan association, bank, trust company, national bank, or out-of-state

bank (as such term is defined in section two hundred twenty-two of this

chapter) which it has received into itself pursuant to the provisions of

this chapter which were in existence at the time the merger or asset

acquisition becomes effective, including any branch office of the

savings and loan association, savings bank, or bank or trust company

with which it has merged or from which it has acquired assets, which has

been approved pursuant to paragraph (c) of subdivision two of this

section or subdivision three of section two hundred forty or subdivision

two of section one hundred five of this chapter, even if such branch

office is not in operation at the time the merger or asset acquisition

becomes effective and may maintain, as its principal office rather than

as a branch office, the principal office of such institution with which

it has merged or from which it has acquired assets (so long as the

principal office is located in this state), in which event the former

principal office of the receiving savings and loan association may be

maintained as a branch office.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (a) of this

subdivision, any public accommodation office of a savings and loan

association, savings bank, or bank or trust company, which has been

merged or had assets acquired in an asset acquisition transaction,

including any such office which has been approved pursuant to section

one hundred ninety-one of this chapter but which is not in operation at

the time said merger or asset acquisition becomes effective, may be

maintained by the receiving savings and loan association as a public

accommodation office only.

3-a. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subdivisions two and

three of this section, a savings and loan association may, if so

provided in an agreement made pursuant to section six hundred one-c of

this chapter, maintain as a branch office or offices the place or places

of business of any savings bank or savings and loan association which it

has acquired pursuant to such agreement.

§ 396-a — Electronic facilities

Electronic facilities. A savings and loan association may

conduct a banking business, at automated teller machines, point-of-sale

terminals, and similar facilities subject to regulations which may be

promulgated by the superintendent of financial services. Such facilities

shall not be deemed to be branches and shall not be subject to any of

the provisions of this chapter applicable to branches; provided however

that notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of paragraph (b) of

subdivision two of section three hundred ninety-six of this chapter,

such facilities shall be deemed to be branches, and such facilities

shall be subject to the terms and conditions of section three hundred

ninety-six, and for purposes of section twenty-eight-b of this chapter,

such facilities shall be deemed to be branches.

§ 396-b — Acceptance of United States currency

Acceptance of United States currency. No savings and loan

association shall impose a fee, commission or service charge for

accepting for deposit or exchanging for other United States currency any

United States currency provided that any coins are properly rolled and

have the customer's account number for that savings and loan association

displayed on the coin roll, provided further that no more than ten rolls

of coins in any denomination are presented for deposit or exchange at

any one time.

§ 397 — Number, qualifications and disqualifications of directors; oath; quorum; meeting of directors

Number, qualifications and disqualifications of directors;

oath; quorum; meeting of directors. 1. The affairs of every savings and

loan association shall be managed and its corporate powers exercised by

a board of directors, in number not less than seven nor more than

fifteen, except that in the case of the merger of two or more savings

and loan associations or one or more savings banks into a savings and

loan association and if the merger agreement so provides, the authorized

number of directors of the resulting association may be increased to not

more than twenty-four, provided that thereafter the number of directors

shall be reduced to fifteen by the elimination of one authorized office

for every two vacancies that occur.

2. (a) All directors of a savings and loan association must be over

the age of eighteen years and citizens of the United States.

(b) No person shall be eligible to election as a director of any

savings and loan association

(1) Unless he is the owner in good faith and in his own right on the

books of the association of shares having a book value of not less than

two hundred dollars and every person elected a director, who, after such

election shall hypothecate, pledge or cease to be the owner in his own

right of such qualifying shares, shall thereby vacate his office, and

shall not be eligible for re-election as a director for a period of one

year from the date of the next succeeding annual meeting. Except as

provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this subdivision, every person

legally qualified and duly serving as a director at the time this act

takes effect, may continue as such director until the expiration of the

term for which he was elected or appointed, but shall not be eligible

for re-election unless he shall meet the requirement of this

subdivision.

(2) If he would, upon his election, become the third salaried

full-time employee of the savings and loan association on its board of

directors and if such board, with his election, would have twelve or

less directors, or if he would, upon his election, become the fourth

salaried full-time employee of the savings and loan association on its

board of directors and if such board, with his election, would have more

than twelve directors; provided, however, that with the written approval

of the superintendent, four salaried full-time employees may serve as

directors of a savings and loan association resulting from the merger of

two or more savings and loan associations or from the merger of one or

more savings banks into a savings and loan association if, immediately

prior to such merger, each such person was a salaried full-time employee

and a director or a trustee of a merging institution.

No director in office on April first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight,

shall be ineligible for the office of director by reason of the

provisions of subparagraph (2) of paragraph (b) of this subdivision.

(3) If: (a) Such person's spouse is a director or one of the five

highest paid salaried officers of the association; (b) Such person or

such person's spouse is the grandparent, parent, child, grandchild,

brother, sister, aunt, uncle, nephew or neice of a director or one of

the five highest paid salaried officers of the association; or (c) A

director or one of the five highest paid salaried officers of the

association is the spouse of such person's child, grandchild, brother or

sister.

No director in office on September first, nineteen hundred seventy-one

shall be ineligible for the office of director by reason of the

provisions of subparagraph three of paragraph (b) of this subdivision.

(c) The bylaws of a savings and loan association may prescribe a

maximum age beyond which no person shall be eligible for election to the

board of directors, and may prescribe a mandatory retirement age of

seventy-five years or less for directors, subject to the following

limitations:

(i) No person shall be eligible for initial election as a director

after December thirty-first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight who is seventy

years of age or more; and

(ii) No person shall continue to serve as a director after December

thirty-first, nineteen hundred seventy-three who is seventy-five years

of age or more, and the office of any such director shall become vacant

on the last day of the month in which such director reaches his

seventy-fifth birthday or on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred

seventy-three, whichever is the later.

(d) In the case of a savings and loan association which does not adopt

a bylaw prescribing a mandatory retirement age for directors prior to

January first, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, or which does not maintain

thereafter a bylaw prescribing such a mandatory retirement age, the

office of a director of such savings and loan association shall become

vacant on the last day of the month in which such director reaches his

seventieth birthday, or on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred

sixty-eight, whichever is the later.

3. Any director of a savings and loan association who shall default in

any contractual payment on any obligation to such association for more

than ninety days shall by reason of such default vacate his office as

director and shall not be eligible for re-election for a period of one

year from the date of the next succeeding annual meeting and until such

default is cured.

4. Every director of any savings and loan association, before entering

upon his duties as a director, shall take an oath that he will, so far

as the duty devolves upon him, diligently and honestly administer the

affairs of such association, and will not knowingly violate, or

willingly permit to be violated, any of the provisions of law applicable

to such association, and that he is the owner in good faith and in his

own right, of shares having a book value of not less than two hundred

dollars standing in his name on the books of the association and that

the same are not hypothecated, or in any way pledged as security for any

loan or debt, and, in case of re-election or re-appointment, that such

shares were not hypothecated, or in any way pledged as security for any

loan or debt during his previous term. Such oath shall be subscribed by

the director making it, certified by an officer authorized by law to

administer oaths, and immediately transmitted to the superintendent.

5. In the absence of a provision in the by-laws providing for the

number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum, a majority of the

total number of directors which a savings and loan association would

have if there were no vacancies shall constitute a quorum for the

transaction of business or of any specified item of business. Any

reference in this chapter to corporate action to be taken by the board

shall mean such action at a meeting of the board. Except as otherwise

provided in this chapter, the vote of a majority of the directors

present at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time,

shall be the act of the board.

6. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the by-laws, regular meetings of

the board may be held without notice if the time and place of such

meetings are fixed by the by-laws or the board. Special meetings of the

board shall be held upon notice to the directors.

(b) The by-laws may prescribe what shall constitute notice of meetings

of the board. A notice, or waiver of notice, need not specify the

purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board, unless required

by the by-laws.

(c) Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who submits

a signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting or who

attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its

commencement, the lack of notice to him.

(d) A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is

present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the

by-laws so provide, notice of any adjournment of a meeting of the board

to another time or place shall be given to the directors who were not

present at the time of the adjournment and, unless such time and place

are announced at the meeting, to the other directors.

7. Any officer elected or appointed by the board may be removed by the

board, or his authority suspended by it, with or without cause. Such

removal or suspension without cause, however, shall be without prejudice

to his contract rights. The election or appointment of an officer shall

not be deemed of itself to create contract rights. This subdivision does

not affect the powers of the superintendent under section forty-one of

this chapter.

8. Upon the petition of any shareholder aggrieved by an election, and

upon notice to the persons declared elected thereat, the savings and

loan association and such other persons as the court may direct, the

supreme court at a special term held within the judicial district where

the office of the savings and loan association is located shall

forthwith hear the proofs and allegations of the parties, and confirm

the election, order a new election, or take such other action as justice

may require.

§ 397-a — Report to directors

Report to directors. The board of directors of every savings

and loan association shall designate, by resolution duly recorded in the

minutes, an officer or officers whose duty it shall be to prepare and

submit to each director present at a regular meeting of the board or to

each member of an executive committee of not less than five members of

such board present at a regular meeting of such committee, a written

report containing such information and meeting such requirements as are

required in the case of reports submitted to the trustees of savings

banks pursuant to section two hundred fifty-two of this chapter and such

regulations as the superintendent may promulgate thereunder or

hereunder. A copy of such report, verified by the affidavit of the

officer or officers charged with the duty of preparing and submitting

such report, together with a list of the directors present at such

meeting, shall be filed with the records of the savings and loan

association within one day after such meeting, and shall be presumptive

evidence of the matters therein stated. The superintendent, by

regulation, may require the preparation and submission of such a report

to directors at dates other than those required herein.

§ 398 — Filling of vacancies in board of directors; change in number of directors

Filling of vacancies in board of directors; change in number of

directors. 1. Vacancies in the board of directors of any savings and

loan association not exceeding one-third of the whole number of the

board may be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining directors,

and the directors so elected may hold office until such vacancies are

filled by the members at a special or annual election. When the number

of directors fixed by the by-laws of any savings and loan association is

nine or more, two vacancies may, with the consent of the superintendent,

be left unfilled until the next annual election. All vacancies not

otherwise provided for in this section shall be filled by election by

the members.

2. The number of directors may be changed within the limits provided

in subdivision one of section three hundred ninety-seven of this article

by amendment of the by-laws, except where the by-laws provide that the

number of directors shall be not less than seven nor more than fifteen

and also provide the manner in which the number of directors shall be

fixed within the minimum and maximum limits.

3. Each vacancy in the office of director and each reduction in the

number of directors shall be reported to the superintendent within ten

days after such vacancy occurs or such reduction is effected. Each

election of a director shall be likewise reported together with the

name, address and occupation of the person so elected.

§ 398-a — Forfeiture of office of director

Forfeiture of office of director. The office of a director of

a savings and loan association shall become vacant whenever he shall

have failed to attend the regular meetings of the board of directors and

also of any committee of the board of which he is a member, for a period

of six successive months, unless excused by the board for such failure

by resolution adopted at the first or second regular meeting of the

board after expiration of such six months period, and entered upon its

minutes. A copy of such resolution shall be transmitted to the

superintendent by the savings and loan association within five days

after its adoption. A director who has vacated his office by reason of

such failure to attend meetings shall not be eligible for re-election as

a director until the expiration of one year from the date of the first

regular meeting of the board at which a resolution could have been

adopted by it, as herein provided, to excuse such failure.

§ 398-b — Duties of directors and officers

Duties of directors and officers.

1. Directors and officers shall discharge the duties of their

respective positions in good faith and with that degree of diligence,

care and skill which prudent men would exercise under similar

circumstances in like positions. In discharging their duties, directors

and officers, when acting in good faith, may rely (a) upon financial

statements of the savings and loan association represented to them to be

correct by the president or the officer of the savings and loan

association having charge of the books of account, or stated in a

written report by an independent public or certified public accountant

or firm of such accountants fairly to reflect the financial condition of

such savings and loan association and (b) upon reports required to be

submitted to them by any provision of this chapter or prepared in the

ordinary course of business by an officer or committee charged with the

responsibility therefor. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to

require the directors to perform functions vested in any committee,

officer or other person pursuant to the provisions of any other section

of this chapter.

2. An action may be brought against one or more directors or officers

of a savings and loan association to procure a judgment for the

following relief:

(a) To compel the defendant to account for his official conduct in the

following cases:

(1) The neglect of, or failure to perform, or other violation of his

duties in the management and disposition of the savings and loan

association's assets committed to his charge.

(2) The acquisition by himself, transfer to others, loss or waste of

the savings and loan association's assets due to any neglect of or

failure to perform, or other violation of his duties.

(b) To set aside a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the savings

and loan association's assets by one or more directors or officers,

contrary to a provision of law, where the transferee knew the purpose of

the transfer.

(c) To enjoin such a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the savings

and loan association's assets by one or more of the directors or

officers where there is good reason to apprehend that it will be made.

3. Subject to section six hundred thirty-one of this chapter, an

action may be brought for the relief provided in this section by a

savings and loan association or an officer, director or judgment

creditor thereof.

4. This section shall not affect any liability otherwise imposed by

law upon any director or officer.

§ 398-c — Executive committee and other committees

Executive committee and other committees. 1. If the

organization certificate or the by-laws so provide, the board of

directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, may

designate from among its members an executive committee consisting of at

least five directors and other committees each consisting of two or more

directors, officers or other persons, not including alternate members,

but not less than may otherwise be required by this chapter nor

differing in composition from any requirement of this chapter, and each

of which, shall have such authority as may be provided in the resolution

or in the organization certificate or by-laws or under this chapter,

except that no such committee shall have authority as to the following

matters:

(a) The submission to shareholders of any action that needs

shareholders' authorization under this chapter;

(b) The filling of vacancies in the board of directors or in any such

committee;

(c) The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the

board or on any committee;

(d) The amendment or repeal of the by-laws, or the adoption of new

by-laws;

(e) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board which by

its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable;

(f) The taking of action which is expressly required by any provision

of this chapter to be taken at a meeting of the board or by a specified

proportion of the directors.

2. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the board. The

designation or appointment of, or making of provision for, any such

committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not alone

relieve any director of his duty to the association under any provision

of this chapter.

3. Minutes shall be kept of each meeting of each such committee and

records shall be kept of all action taken in exercise of the authority

or in performance of the function of each such committee. Such minutes

and records shall be submitted to the board of directors and shall be

filed with the records of the association.

§ 399 — Restrictions on directors and officers

Restrictions on directors and officers. 1. No director or

officer of any savings and loan association shall receive any salary,

fees, expenses or other compensation for soliciting the sale of shares

of the association to any person.

2. No officer, director, attorney, agent or employee of any savings

and loan association shall discount or, directly or indirectly, purchase

from a member of such association a share in such association, whether

or not withdrawal application has been filed with respect to such share,

except by payment therefor of the book value of such share. For the

purposes of this subdivision, the book value of a share shall consist of

the dues and dividends credited thereon and dividends declared but

withheld subject to payment at maturity.

3. No director or officer of any savings and loan association shall,

after June thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-nine for himself or as

agent or partner of another borrow any of the funds of such association

or become the owner of real property upon which such association holds a

mortgage; except that such officer or director may borrow from such

association on the security of shares held by him or on the security of

real estate owned by him if used and occupied by him as a home for

himself or family, or may become the owner of real estate so used and

occupied upon which the association holds a mortgage. As used in this

subdivision, the terms "real property", "real estate", and "mortgage"

shall be deemed to refer to ownership interests in, and security with

respect to, a cooperative apartment unit.

4. No director or officer of any savings and loan association shall

direct or require a borrower on a mortgage to negotiate any policy of

insurance on the mortgaged property through any particular insurance

company or companies or through any particular insurance agent or agents

and broker or brokers or attempt to divert to any particular insurance

company or companies or any particular insurance agent or agents and

broker or brokers, the business of borrowers from the savings and loan

association, or refuse to accept any insurance policy because it was not

negotiated through a particular insurance company or companies or

through a particular insurance agent or agents and broker or brokers.

5. (a) No executive officer of a savings and loan association may be

an executive officer, director or trustee of another savings and loan

association, bank or trust company, savings bank, national bank, federal

savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of

which institution is located in this state, bank holding company or

foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state unless

permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent of financial

services pursuant to paragraph (b) of this subdivision.

(b) The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation

who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be

an executive officer, and by regulation,, to grant permission to an

executive officer of a savings and loan association to be an executive

officer, director or trustee or both an executive officer and a director

or a trustee of another savings and loan association, bank or trust

company, savings bank, national bank, federal savings bank or federal

savings association, the principal office of which is located in this

state, bank holding company or foreign banking corporation maintaining a

branch in this state. Such permission may be granted only if in the

judgment of the superintendent such service by the executive officer

will be consistent with the policy of the state of New York as declared

in section ten of this chapter. The superintendent shall have the power

to revoke such permission whenever the superintendent finds, after

reasonable notice and an opportunity to be heard, that the public

interest requires such revocation.

(c) For the purposes of this subdivision, the term "bank holding

company" shall be given the same meaning as is contained in section one

hundred forty-one of this chapter, and the definition of the term

"banking institution" is modified to include a national bank, federal

savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of

which institution is located in this state, and a foreign banking

corporation maintaining a branch in this state.

(d) All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on

executive officers and directors of savings and loan associations shall

continue in effect.

§ 399-a — Restrictions on holding of certain offices by executive officers of federal savings banks and federal savings associations

Restrictions on holding of certain offices by executive

officers of federal savings banks and federal savings associations. 1.

No executive officer of a federal savings bank or federal savings

association the principal office of which institution is located in this

state may be an executive officer, director or trustee of a savings and

loan association, bank or trust company, savings bank, bank holding

company or foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this

state, unless permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent

pursuant to subdivision two of this section, provided, however, that an

executive officer of a federal savings and loan association located in

this state, who on the effective date of this section is an executive

officer, director or trustee of a savings and loan association, bank or

trust company, savings bank, bank holding company or foreign banking

corporation maintaining a branch in this state, may continue to hold

such other office without permission from the superintendent, until the

expiration of the term of such office or the close of business on the

last day of December, nineteen hundred seventy-four, whichever occurs

sooner.

2. The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation

who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be

an executive officer, and by regulation to grant permission to an

executive officer of a federal savings bank or federal savings

association located in this state, to be at the same time an executive

officer, director or trustee, or both an executive officer and a

director or trustee of a savings and loan association, bank or trust

company, savings bank, bank holding company, and foreign banking

corporation maintaining a branch in this state. Such permission may be

granted only if in the judgment of the superintendent such service by

the executive officer will be consistent with the policy of the state of

New York as declared in section ten of this chapter. The superintendent

shall have the power to revoke such permission whenever the

superintendent finds, after reasonable notice and an opportunity to be

heard, that the public interest requires such revocation.

3. For the purposes of this subdivision, the term "bank holding

company" shall be given the same meaning as is contained in section one

hundred forty-one of this chapter, and the definition of the term

"banking institution" is modified to include a national bank, federal

savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of

which institution is located in this state, and a foreign banking

corporation maintaining a branch in this state.

4. All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on

executive officers and directors of federal savings and loan

associations located in this state, shall continue in effect.

§ 400 — Pensions; insurance

Pensions; insurance. Subject to such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe, a savings and loan

association may, in the discretion of a majority of all the directors:

1. Provide pensions to officers and employees pursuant to a

nondiscriminatory plan for service rendered to the savings and loan

association or for having become incapacitated while in service to the

savings and loan association, including annual supplements to retirees

based upon the "current cost of living index figure" for any calendar

year based upon the Consumer Price Index as issued by the bureau of

labor statistics of the United States department of labor.

2. Provide life insurance for its officers and employees, provided

that life insurance is not purchased solely for or on behalf of officers

and highly compensated employees.

§ 401 — Official communications to be submitted to directors and noted in minutes

Official communications to be submitted to directors and noted

in minutes. Every official communication, as defined in article two of

this chapter, shall be submitted, by the officer receiving it, to the

board of directors at the next meeting of such board and noted in the

minutes.

§ 402 — Amendment of articles of association and by-laws

Amendment of articles of association and by-laws. Any proposed

change in the articles of association, certificate of association,

organization certificate or the by-laws of any savings and loan

association shall be submitted to the superintendent and, upon the

superintendent's written approval thereof, shall be posted in a

conspicuous place in the office of the association for thirty days. Such

proposed changes may thereafter be incorporated in the articles of

association, certificate of association, organization certificate or the

by-laws of the association by being duly adopted by its directors. A

copy of such change shall be filed in the office of the superintendent

within thirty days after such adoption.

§ 403 — Examination by directors

Examination by directors. 1. Once in each calendar year the

directors of every savings and loan association by a committee of not

less than three of their number, none of whom shall be salaried officers

or employees of such association, shall examine fully the records and

affairs of such association for the purpose of determining its true

financial condition. Such examination shall be made as of a date not

less than six months after the date of the previous such examination.

2. In the conduct of each such examination, inquiry shall be made

into the policies of management for the purpose of determining whether

such policies are sound and consistent with the requirements of law, and

into such other matters as shall be necessary to enable the directors to

determine whether adequate protection is afforded to shareholders and

depositors.

3. A savings and loan association's compliance with section one

hundred twelve of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act of 1991,

as implemented by the provisions of part three hundred sixty-three of

the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,

as they may be amended from time to time, shall be deemed to satisfy the

examination requirement of this section.

4. The directors may employ such assistance as they deem necessary in

making the examinations prescribed by this section. Within thirty days

after the completion of such examination, a report thereof, in such form

as the superintendent may prescribe and sworn to by the directors making

the report, shall be presented to the board of directors of such

association at a regular meeting, and placed on file in the office of

the association. Within ten days after the presentation of such report

to the board of directors a duplicate thereof shall be filed in the

office of the superintendent, together with a certificate that such

report was presented to the board of directors, in the form prescribed

by the superintendent.

§ 404 — Reports to the superintendent; penalty for failure to make

Reports to the superintendent; penalty for failure to make. 1.

On or before the first day in February in each year, every savings and

loan association shall make a written report to the superintendent which

shall contain a statement of its condition as of the morning of the

first day of January in such year. Such report shall contain such

information and be in such form as the superintendent may prescribe and

shall be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury

by the president or a vice-president and another principal officer.

2. Every such association shall also make such other special reports

to the superintendent as he may from time to time require, in such form

and at such date as may be prescribed by him and such reports shall, if

required by him, be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties

of perjury.

3. If any such association shall fail to make any report required by

or pursuant to this section on or before the day designated for the

making thereof, or shall fail to include therein any information

required by the superintendent to be included, such association shall

forfeit to the people of the state an amount as determined pursuant to

section forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such report

shall be delayed or withheld, and for every day that it shall fail to

report any such omitted information, unless the time therefor shall have

been extended by the superintendent.

§ 404-a — Photographic reproduction of records

Photographic reproduction of records. Any photograph,

microphotograph or reproduction on film of any of the documents and

records of a savings and loan association relating to the members of

such savings and loan association and the operation of its business,

which such savings and loan association has caused to be made in the

conduct of its business, shall be deemed to be the equivalent of the

original thereof for all purposes, provided that the original of any

such documents and records has been destroyed, that such photograph,

microphotograph or reproduction on film shall be of durable material,

and that the device used to reproduce such documents and records shall

be one which accurately reproduces the original thereof in all details.

§ 405 — Annual report to shareholders; delivery and publication

Annual report to shareholders; delivery and publication. Every

savings and loan association shall (1) prepare a complete statement of

its financial condition, including a summary of income and expense since

its last previous statement, and publish the same annually, such

publication to be made in the form and manner determined by the

superintendent and in accordance with the requirements of this section,

(2) mail a copy of such financial statement to each shareholder or

depositor on application therefor, and (3) make copies of such financial

statement available to depositors, shareholders and other persons in a

convenient and conspicuous location on the premises of each of its

authorized places of business.

§ 406 — Charters conformed to this article; obligations and rights unimpaired; saving clause; applicability to stock-form savings and loan associ...

Charters conformed to this article; obligations and rights

unimpaired; saving clause; applicability to stock-form savings and loan

associations. 1. Except as provided by regulations promulgated by the

superintendent of financial services pursuant to section fourteen-e of

this chapter, the powers, rights, duties, privileges and obligations of

every savings and loan association shall be governed, controlled,

construed, extended, limited and determined by the provisions of this

chapter, and the articles of association, certificate of incorporation,

by-laws or rules of every such association heretofore made or existing,

are hereby modified, altered and amended to conform to the provisions of

this chapter, and are declared void where such articles of association,

certificate of incorporation, by-laws or rules are inconsistent with the

provisions of this chapter; except that the obligations of any existing

association, and the obligations to any such association, existing on

June thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-nine, shall not be in any wise

impaired by the provisions of this act. No savings and loan association

shall by reason of the provisions of this act be required to dispose of

any loan or investment held by it on June thirtieth, nineteen hundred

thirty-nine. For the purposes of this section, articles of association

and by-laws are not to be deemed obligations of the association and may

be changed as prescribed in section four hundred two, anything in the

articles of association or by-laws to the contrary notwithstanding.

2. The provisions of this article shall apply to stock-form savings

and loan associations except that the superintendent of financial

services, consistent with the declaration of policy described in section

fourteen-e of this chapter, shall be empowered to deem inapplicable to

stock-form savings and loan associations, sections three hundred

seventy-five, three hundred seventy-six, three hundred seventy-seven,

three hundred seventy-eight, three hundred eighty-five, three hundred

eighty-six, three hundred eighty-seven, three hundred eighty-eight,

three hundred eighty-nine, three hundred ninety, three hundred

ninety-two, three hundred ninety-seven, three hundred ninety-eight,

three hundred ninety-eight-a, three hundred ninety-eight-b, three

hundred ninety-eight-c, subdivisions one, two and three of section three

hundred ninety-nine, four hundred, four hundred two, four hundred five

and four hundred six of this chapter.

§ 407 — Exemptions

Exemptions. Savings and loan associations shall be deemed

institutions for savings, and such associations and the property of such

associations shall be exempt from taxation under any law which shall

exempt savings banks or institutions for savings from taxation. The

shares held by members of any association and the dues and dividends

credited thereon shall be exempt from sale on execution and proceedings

supplementary thereto to the amount of six hundred dollars, and the

members of any such association shall not be individually liable for the

payment of its debts. The shares of savings and loan associations shall

not be subject to the stock transfer tax either when issued by the

association or when transferred from one member to another.

§ 409 — Conversion of a state savings and loan association into a federal savings and loan association

Conversion of a state savings and loan association into a

federal savings and loan association. Any savings and loan association

may convert itself into a federal savings and loan association. A

meeting of the shareholders shall be held upon not less than ten days'

written notice to each shareholder, either served personally or mailed

to him at his last known address and containing a statement of the time,

place and purpose of such meeting. Proof by affidavit of due service of

such notice shall be filed in the office of the association before or at

the time of such meeting.

At such meeting the shareholders may, by vote in person or by proxy of

the holders of (a) at least sixty-six and two-thirds per centum in

amount of the book value of all outstanding shares, or (b) at least

seventy-five per centum in amount of the book value of the outstanding

shares represented at the meeting, authorize the conversion of such

savings and loan association into a federal savings and loan

association. A copy of the minutes of such meeting, verified by the

presiding officer and by the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in

the office of the superintendent within two days thereafter.

Within three months after the date of such meeting, the association

shall take such action, in the manner prescribed or authorized by the

laws of the United States as shall make it a federal savings and loan

association and shall thereupon file in the office of the superintendent

a copy of the charter or authorization issued to it. Upon such filing

the association shall cease to be a corporation under the laws of this

state, except that its corporate existence shall continue for the

purpose of prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind up

its affairs as a state savings and loan association and to dispose of

and convey its property. At the time when such conversion becomes

effective, all of the property of the state savings and loan association

shall immediately by act of law and without any conveyance or transfer

become the property of the federal savings and loan association and the

federal savings and loan association shall thereupon succeed to all the

rights, obligations and relations of the state savings and loan

association.

§ 410 — Conversion of a federal savings and loan association into a state savings and loan association

Conversion of a federal savings and loan association into a

state savings and loan association. 1. Any federal savings and loan

association having its place of business in this state may convert

itself into a state savings and loan association. A meeting of the

shareholders shall be held upon not less than ten days' written notice

to each shareholder, either served personally or mailed to him at his

last known address and containing a statement of the time, place and

purpose of such meeting. Proof by affidavit of due service of such

notice shall be filed in the office of the association before or at the

time of such meeting.

2. At such meeting the shareholders may, by vote, in person or by

proxy, of the holders of (a) at least sixty-six and two-thirds per

centum in amount of the book value of all outstanding shares, or (b) at

least seventy-five per centum in amount of the book value of the

outstanding shares represented at the meeting, authorize the conversion

of such federal savings and loan association into a state savings and

loan association. A copy of the minutes of such meeting, verified by the

presiding officer and by the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in

the office of the superintendent within thirty days after the date of

such meeting.

3. There shall be filed with such copy of the minutes, the

organization certificate required by section three hundred seventy-five

of this article, executed by a majority of the directors, and proposed

by-laws as required by section three hundred seventy-six of this

article. The federal savings and loan association shall also submit a

written plan of conversion to the superintendent, together with an

investigation fee as described pursuant to section eighteen-a of this

chapter.

4. Within sixty days after such filing, the federal savings and loan

association shall take the action prescribed or authorized by the laws

of the United States to effect such conversion and there shall thereupon

be filed in the office of the superintendent a copy of any consent or

authorization required of such federal savings and loan association

pursuant to the laws of the United States to effect such conversion.

5. When the superintendent shall have approved the organization

certificate and the proposed by-laws and shall have issued the

authorization certificate, provided in article two of this chapter, the

association shall cease to be a federal savings and loan association and

shall thereupon be converted into a state savings and loan association,

but such federal savings and loan association shall be deemed to be

continued for the purpose of prosecuting or defending suits and of

enabling it to wind up its affairs as a federal savings and loan

association, and to dispose of and convey its property.

At the time when such conversion becomes effective all the property of

the federal savings and loan association shall immediately by act of law

and without any conveyance or transfer become the property of the state

savings and loan association and the state savings and loan association

shall succeed to all the rights, obligations and relations of the

federal savings and loan association.

6. In the case of a conversion of a federal savings and loan

association, at the time such conversion becomes effective all life

insurance plans, deferred payment plans, option plans, pension plans,

and any similar plans, as well as retirement benefits, death benefits,

disability benefits, and any similar benefit programs, for the benefit

of officers and employees of such federal savings and loan associations

which plans and programs are authorized under the laws of the United

States, shall be deemed to qualify under the banking law,

notwithstanding any provision of the banking law to the contrary;

provided, however, that to the extent any such plan or program is in

violation of any such provision of the banking law with respect to

savings and loan associations, such plan or program shall be deemed to

qualify under the banking law only with respect to those officers and

employees who at the time when such conversion becomes effective (i) are

or have been officers or employees of the converting federal savings and

loan association, and (ii) have acquired a right or interest in such

plan or program which has vested in such officers or employees by

contractual arrangement in effect not less than six months prior to such

conversion or by reason of such officers or employees becoming eligible

and qualified under such plan or program. Notwithstanding the foregoing

provisions of this subdivision, the superintendent is authorized to

withhold his approval of the conversion of a federal savings and loan

association if in his opinion the benefits under such plans or programs

are unduly excessive.

§ 411 — Conversion of a savings and loan association or federal savings and loan association into a savings bank

Conversion of a savings and loan association or federal savings

and loan association into a savings bank. 1. Any savings and loan

association or federal savings and loan association having its place of

business in this state may convert itself into a savings bank upon

receiving the approval of its shareholders and the superintendent as

hereinafter provided. A meeting of the shareholders shall be held upon

not less than twenty days' written notice to each shareholder, either

served personally or mailed to him at his last known address and

containing a statement of the time, place and purpose of such meeting

and the effect of the proposed conversion upon the shareholders' right

to vote on matters affecting the management of the resulting savings

bank. Proof by affidavit of due service of such notice shall be filed in

the office of the association before or at the time of such meeting.

2. At such meeting the shareholders may, by vote, in person or by

proxy, of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds per centum in

amount of the book value of all outstanding shares represented at the

meeting, authorize the conversion of such savings and loan association

or federal savings and loan association into a savings bank subject to

the approval of the superintendent as hereinafter provided. A copy of

the minutes of such meeting, verified by the presiding officer and by

the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in the office of the

superintendent within thirty days after the date of such meeting,

together with a statement setting forth the reasons why the board of

directors believe the conversion would be in the best interests of the

savings and loan association or federal savings and loan association and

the public, and such other information as the superintendent may

require. If the superintendent determines that the proposed conversion

would be in the best interests of the savings and loan association or

federal savings and loan association and the public, he shall so advise

the board of directors of the savings and loan association or federal

savings and loan association and deliver to them his written approval of

the proposed conversion.

3. Upon receiving the superintendent's written approval of the

proposed conversion, there shall be filed with the superintendent, the

organization certificate required by section two hundred thirty of this

chapter, executed by a majority of the directors, and proposed by-laws

as required by section two hundred fifty-one of this chapter.

4. Within sixty days after such filing, or such additional time as the

superintendent may authorize in writing, a federal savings and loan

association proposing to convert to a savings bank pursuant to this

section shall take the action prescribed or authorized by the laws of

the United States to effect such conversion and there shall thereupon be

filed in the office of the superintendent a copy of any consent or

authorization required of such federal savings and loan association

pursuant to the laws of the United States to effect such conversion.

5. When the superintendent shall have approved the organization

certificate and the proposed by-laws and shall have issued the

authorization certificate, provided in article two of this chapter, the

association shall cease to be a savings and loan association or federal

savings and loan association, as the case may be, and shall thereupon be

converted into a savings bank, but such savings and loan association or

federal savings and loan association shall be deemed to be continued for

the purpose of prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind

up its affairs as a savings and loan association or federal savings and

loan association, and to dispose of and convey its property.

At the time when such conversion becomes effective all the property of

the savings and loan association or federal savings and loan

association, as the case may be, shall immediately by act of law and

without any conveyance or transfer become the property of the savings

bank and the savings bank shall succeed to all the offices, rights,

obligations and relations of such savings and loan association or

federal savings and loan association.

6. In the case of a conversion of a federal savings and loan

association, at the time such conversion becomes effective all life

insurance plans, deferred payments plans, option plans, pension plans,

and any similar plans, as well as retirement benefits, death benefits,

disability benefits, and any similar benefit programs, for the benefit

of officers and employees of such federal savings and loan associations

which plans and programs are authorized under the laws of the United

States, shall be deemed to qualify under the banking law notwithstanding

any provision of the banking law to the contrary; provided, however,

that, to the extent any such plan or program is in violation of any such

provision of the banking law with respect to savings banks, such plan or

program shall be deemed to qualify under the banking law only with

respect to those officers and employees who, at the time when such

conversion becomes effective, (i) are or have been officers or employees

of the converting federal savings and loan association, and (ii) have

acquired a right or interest in such plan or program which has vested in

such officers or employees by contractual arrangement in effect not less

than six months prior to such conversion or by reason of such officers

or employees becoming eligible and qualified under such plan or program.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subdivision, the

superintendent is authorized to withhold his approval of the conversion

of a federal savings and loan association if in his opinion the benefits

under such plans or programs are unduly excessive.

§ 412 — Conversion of federal savings institutions to state charter

Conversion of federal savings institutions to state charter.

The superintendent is authorized to promulgate such regulations as are

necessary to permit the conversion of any federal savings association or

federal savings and loan association to state charter where such

conversion is not otherwise governed by the provisions of this chapter.

Subject to the foregoing, such regulations may provide for the

conversion of a federal savings association or federal savings and loan

association, whether in mutual or stock form, into a state-chartered

savings bank or state-chartered savings and loan association. The

federal savings association shall submit a written plan of conversion to

the superintendent, together with an investigation fee as prescribed

pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.

§ 413 — Reciprocal interstate acquisitions

Reciprocal interstate acquisitions. 1. With the prior approval

of the superintendent, a New York savings and loan holding company or a

subsidiary thereof or a New York savings association may acquire control

of an out-of-state savings and loan holding company or an out-of-state

savings association, and an out-of-state savings and loan holding

company or a subsidiary thereof or an out-of-state savings association

may acquire control of a New York savings and loan holding company or a

New York savings association subject to regulations to be adopted by the

superintendent of financial services. The terms and conditions

prescribed by such regulations shall be substantially similar to those

contained in section one hundred forty-two-b of this chapter governing

reciprocal interstate acquisitions by bank holding companies.

2. For the purposes of this section:

(a) the term "savings association" shall have the same meaning as in

section 10 of an Act of Congress entitled Home Owners Loan Act as

amended from time to time;

(b) the term "savings and loan holding company" shall have the same

meaning as in section 10 of an Act of Congress entitled Home Owners Loan

Act as amended from time to time;

(c) the term "New York savings association" shall mean a savings

association whose principal office is located in this state and the term

"out-of-state savings association" shall mean a savings association

whose principal office is located in a state other than this state or

the District of Columbia; and

(d) the term "New York savings and loan holding company" shall mean a

savings and loan holding company which controls one or more New York

savings associations and the term "out-of-state savings and loan holding

company" shall mean a savings and loan holding company other than a New

York savings and loan holding company which conducts its principal

banking business in a state other than this state or the District of

Columbia. The jurisdiction in which an out-of-state savings and loan

holding company conducts its principal banking business is that state or

the District of Columbia in which the total deposits of such company and

its banking subsidiaries are largest.

ARTICLE 10-A State Savings and Loan Insurance Fund

§ 420 — Definitions

Definitions. When used in this article unless the context

otherwise requires:

1. "Default" means an adjudication or other official determination of

a court of competent jurisdiction or other public authority pursuant to

which a conservator, receiver, or other legal custodian is appointed for

an insured institution for the purpose of liquidation.

2. "Fund" means the state savings and loan insurance fund created by

section four hundred twenty-a of this article.

3. "Insured account" means a savings account held by an insured member

and which is insured under the provisions of this article.

4. "Insured savings and loan association" means an association whose

accounts are insured under this article.

5. "Member" or "insured member" means a savings and loan association

whose application for membership in the fund has been accepted and

approved; and which has made all payments required by this article; and

whose membership has not been terminated.

6. "Reserves" means the aggregate total of capital, advance premiums,

assessments and retained earnings of the fund.

§ 420-a — State savings and loan insurance fund

State savings and loan insurance fund. 1. There is hereby

created the "state savings and loan insurance fund". The fund shall be a

corporate governmental agency constituting a public benefit corporation.

It shall have the powers and privileges of a corporation, and under its

corporate name all of its business shall be transacted, all funds

invested, all warrants for money drawn and payments made, and all cash

and securities and other personal property shall be held.

2. The fund shall be administered by six trustees, four of whom shall

be appointed by the governor with the advice and consent of the senate,

one shall be elected by the insured members and one shall be elected by

the board of directors of the Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New

York from their own number. The trustees of the fund first appointed by

the governor shall serve for terms ending December thirty-first in

nineteen hundred sixty-eight, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, nineteen

hundred seventy and nineteen hundred seventy-one, respectively. Persons

appointed for full terms as their successors shall serve for four years

each commencing as of January first next following the year in which the

term of his predecessor expired. The trustee elected by the insured

members shall serve for a term ending on December thirty-first, nineteen

hundred sixty-nine and the trustee elected by the board of directors of

the savings and loan bank of the state of New York shall serve for a

term ending on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred seventy-one.

Persons elected for full terms as their successors shall serve for four

years each commencing as of January first next following the year in

which the term of his predecessor expired. In the event of a vacancy

occurring in the office of an appointed trustee by death, resignation or

otherwise, the governor shall appoint a successor in the same manner as

an original appointment to serve for the balance of the unexpired term.

If, for the previously stated reasons, a vacancy occurs in the office of

an elected trustee, said vacancy shall be filled for the unexpired term

by special election.

3. The trustees of the fund shall serve without salary, but each

trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement for his actual and necessary

expenses incurred in the performance of his official duties and to a fee

of one hundred dollars per day when rendering service as such member,

provided that the aggregate amount of such fees payable to any one

trustee in any one fiscal year shall not exceed the sum of five thousand

dollars.

4. The trustees of the fund may engage in private employment, or in a

profession or business, subject to the limitations contained in sections

seventy-three and seventy-four of the public officers law. The fund

shall, for the purposes of such sections, be a "state agency", and the

trustees thereof shall be "officers" of the agency for the purposes of

said sections.

5. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provisions of law, general,

special or local, no officer or employee of the state, or of any civil

division thereof, shall be deemed to have forfeited or shall forfeit his

office or employment by reason of his acceptance of appointment as a

trustee, officer or agent of the fund; provided, however, that a

trustee, officer or agent who holds such other public office or

employment shall receive no additional compensation, fee or allowance

for services rendered pursuant to this article, but shall be entitled to

reimbursement for his actual and necessary expenses incurred in the

performance of such services.

6. The governor may remove any trustee for inefficiency, neglect of

duty or misconduct in office after giving him a copy of the charges

against him and an opportunity to be heard, in person or by counsel, in

his defense, upon not less than ten days notice. If any trustee shall be

removed, the governor shall file with the secretary of state a complete

statement of charges made against the trustee, and his findings thereon,

together with a complete record of the proceedings.

7. The chairman of the board of trustees shall be designated by the

governor. He shall preside over all meetings of the trustees and shall

have such other duties as the trustees may direct. A vice-chairman who

shall preside over all meetings of the fund in the absence of the

chairman and who shall have such other duties as the trustees may direct

may be designated from time to time by the trustees from among the other

trustees.

8. The powers of the fund shall be vested in and exercised by no less

than four of the trustees then in office. The fund may delegate to one

or more of its trustees, or officers, agents or employees, such powers

and duties as the trustees may deem proper, provided, however, that all

contracts involving an estimated expense of ten thousand dollars or more

shall be approved prior to execution by no less than four trustees of

the fund.

9. The fund shall be subject to an examination by the superintendent

of financial services at least once in each calendar year.

10. Within three days, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted, after

each meeting of the trustees of the fund, the secretary or other officer

of the fund in charge of the minutes of the proceedings of the trustees

shall transmit to the superintendent of financial services at his office

in Albany three certified copies of the minutes of every meeting of the

trustees for his information.

11. The fund shall become operative when the total aggregate of the

savings deposits of its members amount to five hundred million dollars

or more and shall continue so long as it shall have bonds, insurance or

other obligations outstanding and until its existence shall be

terminated by law. Upon the termination of the existence of the fund,

all its rights and properties shall pass to and be vested in the state.

12. Before becoming operative the fund shall adopt, and obtain the

approval of the superintendent, of by-laws for its organization,

management and operations. Any amendment of the by-laws shall require

the prior approval of the superintendent.

§ 420-b — Purposes of the fund

Purposes of the fund. The fund shall insure the savings

accounts of savings and loan associations eligible for insurance as

hereinafter provided.

§ 420-c — General powers of the fund

General powers of the fund. Except as otherwise limited by

this article, the fund shall have power:

1. To sue and be sued;

2. To have a seal and alter the same at pleasure;

3. To borrow money and issue negotiable notes, bonds or other

obligations and to provide for the rights of the holders thereof;

4. To invest any funds held in reserve or sinking funds, or any monies

not required for immediate use or disbursement, at the discretion of the

fund, in obligations of the state or the United States government or

obligations the principal and interest of which are guaranteed by the

state or the United States government;

5. Subject to the approval of the superintendent of financial

services, to establish rules and regulations governing the exercise of

its powers and the fulfillment of its purposes under this article;

6. To enter into contracts and leases and to execute all instruments

necessary or convenient;

7. To acquire, hold and dispose of real or personal property in the

exercise of its powers;

8. To appoint such officers and employees as it may require for the

performance of its duties, and to fix and determine their

qualifications, duties, and compensation and to retain or employ

auditors, engineers and private consultants on a contract basis or

otherwise for rendering professional or technical services and advice,

and with the approval of the attorney general of the state of New York,

to retain or employ counsel;

9. To conduct investigations and hearings in the furtherance of its

general purposes, and in aid thereof have access to any books, records

or papers relevant thereto; and if any person whose testimony shall be

required for the proper performance of the duties of the fund shall fail

or refuse to aid or assist the fund in the conduct of any investigation

or hearing, or to produce any relevant books, records or other papers,

the fund is authorized to apply for process of subpoena, to issue out of

any court of general original jurisdiction whose process can reach such

person, upon due cause shown;

10. In the performance of the fund's duties, to utilize the services

of employees of the department of financial services, reimbursing the

department of financial services for such services and expenses therein;

11. To do all things necessary, convenient or desirable to carry out

its purposes and for the exercise of the powers granted in this article.

§ 420-d — Capital stock; advance premiums; other fiscal provisions

Capital stock; advance premiums; other fiscal provisions. 1.

The fund shall have a capital stock of one hundred million dollars which

shall be divided into shares of one hundred dollars each. Each member

savings and loan association whose accounts are insured under this

article shall subscribe and pay for such stock in an amount equal to one

percentum of its savings accounts at the time of admission to the fund

and shall make annual adjustments to maintain such ratio.

2. Each savings and loan association at the time it becomes a member

of the fund shall pay an advance premium to the fund in an amount equal

to one percentum of the savings and loan association's savings accounts,

said premium to be maintained at a one per cent level by annual

adjustments thereof until such time as the reserves of the fund are in

excess of two and one-half percentum of the aggregate of the savings

accounts of its members, whereupon such excess shall be applied at the

end of the fiscal year on a pro-rata basis to the reduction of the

advance premiums or to the payment of current premiums at the discretion

of the trustees.

§ 420-e — Exemption from taxation

Exemption from taxation. It is hereby found, determined and

declared that the creation of the fund and the carrying out of its

purposes is in all respects for the benefit of the people of the state

of New York and for the improvement of their health, welfare and

prosperity and is a public purpose, and that the fund will be performing

an essential governmental function in the exercise of the powers

conferred upon it by this article, and that the fund shall be required

to pay no fees, taxes or assessments, whether state or local, including

but not limited to fees, taxes or assessments on real estate, franchise

taxes, sales taxes or other excise taxes, upon its activities as an

insurer; and that all income received by the fund and that the bonds of

the fund and the income therefrom shall at all times be exempt from

taxation, except for gift and estate taxes and taxes on transfers. This

section shall constitute a covenant and agreement with the holders of

all bonds issued by the fund.

§ 420-f — Use of fund name prohibited; penalties for violation

Use of fund name prohibited; penalties for violation. No

individual, association, partnership, or corporation shall use the words

"state savings and loan insurance fund", or any combination of any of

these words which would have the effect of leading the public in general

to believe there was any connection, actually not existing, between such

individual, association, partnership, or corporation and the fund, as

the name under which he or it shall hereafter do business. No

individual, association, partnership, or corporation shall advertise or

otherwise represent falsely by any device whatsoever that his or its

accounts are insured or in anywise guaranteed by the fund, or by the

state, or by any instrumentality thereof; and no insured member shall

advertise or otherwise represent falsely by any device whatsoever the

extent to which or the manner in which its accounts are insured by the

fund. Every individual, partnership, association, or corporation

violating this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a

fine of not exceeding one thousand dollars, or by imprisonment not

exceeding one year, or both.

§ 420-g — Insurance of accounts and eligibility provisions

Insurance of accounts and eligibility provisions. 1. It

shall be the duty of the fund to insure the accounts of all state

savings and loan associations that apply and qualify therefor. Approval

of the application shall constitute the savings and loan association a

member of the fund.

2. Applications shall be in such form as the fund shall prescribe, and

shall contain an agreement (a) to pay the reasonable cost of such

examinations as the fund shall deem necessary in connection with such

insurance, and (b) if the insurance is granted, to permit and pay the

cost of such examinations as in the judgment of the fund may from time

to time be necessary for its protection and the protection of member

savings and loan associations, to permit the fund to have access to any

information or report with respect to any examination made by any public

regulatory authority and to furnish any additional information with

respect thereto as the fund may require, and to pay the premium charges

for insurance as hereinafter provided.

3. The fund shall reject the application of any applicant if it finds

that the applicant has assets insufficient to pay its debts and the

amount due its members upon savings accounts or that its financial

policies or management are unsafe or unsound; and the fund may reject

the application of any applicant if it finds that the character of the

management of the applicant or its home financing policy is inconsistent

with economical home financing or with the purposes of this article.

Upon the approval of any application for insurance the fund shall notify

the applicant, and upon the required purchase of the capital stock of

the fund and upon the payment of the initial premium charge for such

insurance and required advance premiums the fund shall issue to the

applicant a certificate stating that it has become an insured

institution. In considering applications for such insurance the fund

shall give full consideration to all factors in connection with the

financial condition of applicants and insured institutions, and shall

have power to require such adjustments in their financial statements as

the fund finds to be necessary.

4. Any savings and loan association which applies after January first,

nineteen hundred sixty-seven for insurance under this article shall pay,

in the event its application is approved, an admission fee in such

amount as the fund shall determine, taking into consideration the total

cost of processing all insurance applications.

§ 420-h — Premiums on insurance

Premiums on insurance. 1. Each savings and loan association

whose application for insurance is approved by the fund shall pay

required advance premiums to the fund, as well as a premium charge for

such insurance equal to one-twelfth of one per centum of the total

amount of all savings accounts of such institution plus any creditor

obligations of such institution. Such premiums shall be paid at the time

the certificate is issued by the fund under section four hundred

twenty-g of this article, and thereafter annually until the reserves of

the fund equal two and one-half per centum of all savings accounts of

all members; except that under regulations prescribed by the fund such

premium charge may be paid semiannually. If at any time such reserves

fall below such two and one-half per centum, the payment of such annual

premium charge for insurance shall be resumed and shall be continued

until the reserves are brought back to such two and one-half per centum.

For the purposes of this subdivision, the amount in all accounts of

insured members and the amount of creditor obligations of any

institution may be determined from adjusted statements made within one

year prior to the approval of the application of such savings and loan

association for insurance, or in such other manner as the fund may by

rules and regulations prescribe.

2. The fund is further authorized to assess against each insured

savings and loan association additional premiums for insurance until the

amount of such premiums equals the amount of all losses and expenses of

the fund; except that the total amount so assessed in any one year

against any such savings and loan association shall not exceed

one-eighth of one per centum of the total amount of its savings accounts

and its creditor obligations.

§ 420-i — Payment of insurance

Payment of insurance. 1. Each savings and loan association

whose application for insurance under this article is approved by the

fund shall be entitled to insurance up to the full withdrawal value of

the accounts of each of its members and investors or in such amount as

shall be established by the board of trustees, but in no event shall the

maximum amount of insurance for any savings account be less than fifteen

thousand dollars.

2. In the event of a default by any insured savings and loan

association, payment of each insured account in such insured association

shall be made by the fund as soon as possible either (1) by cash or (2)

by making available to each savings account a transferred savings

account in a new insured savings and loan association in the same

community or in another insured savings and loan association in an

amount equal to the insured savings account; provided however, that the

fund, in its discretion, may require proof of claims to be filed before

paying the insured accounts, and that in any case where the fund is not

satisfied as to the validity of a claim for an insured account, it may

require the final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction

before paying such claim.

§ 420-j — Liquidation of insured savings and loan associations

Liquidation of insured savings and loan associations. 1. In

the event that a savings and loan association is in default, the fund

may be appointed by the superintendent as conservator or receiver and as

such, may be authorized by the superintendent (a) to take over the

assets of and operate such association, (b) to take such action as may

be necessary to put it in a sound and solvent condition, (c) to

negotiate for a merger with another insured savings and loan

association, (d) to negotiate the organization of a new savings and loan

association to take over its assets, or (e) to proceed to liquidate its

assets in an orderly manner, whichever shall appear to the

superintendent to be in the public interest. The payment by the fund of

an insured account in any such association which is in default shall

entitle the fund to the rights of the holder of such insured account,

but shall not affect any right which the holder of such account may have

in the uninsured portion of his account or any right which he may have

to participate in the distribution of the net proceeds remaining from

the disposition of the assets of such association.

2. In order to prevent a default in an insured savings and loan

association or in order to restore an insured association to normal

operation as an insured savings and loan association, the fund is

authorized, in its discretion, to make loans to, purchase the assets of,

or make a contribution to, an insured savings and loan association or an

insured savings and loan association in default; but no contribution

shall be made to any such association in an amount in excess of that

which the fund finds to be reasonably necessary to save the expense of

liquidating such association.

§ 420-k — Termination of insurance

Termination of insurance. 1. Whenever in the opinion of the

fund any insured savings and loan association has continued unsafe or

unsound practices in conducting the business of such savings and loan

association, or has knowingly or negligently permitted any of its

officers or agents to violate any provision of any law or regulation to

which the insured savings and loan association is subject, said fund

shall first give to the superintendent a statement with respect to such

practices or violations for the purpose of securing the correction

thereof and shall give a copy thereof to the savings and loan

association. Unless such correction shall be made within one hundred and

twenty days or such shorter period of time as the superintendent shall

require, the fund, if it shall determine to proceed further, shall give

to the savings and loan association not less than thirty days' written

notice of intention to terminate the status of the savings and loan

association as an insured savings and loan association, and shall fix a

time and place for a hearing before the fund or a person designated by

the fund. The fund shall make written findings. Unless the savings and

loan association shall appear at the hearing by a duly authorized

representative, it shall be deemed to have consented to the termination

of its status as an insured savings and loan association. If the fund

shall find that any unsafe or unsound practice or violation specified in

such notice has been established and has not been corrected within the

time above prescribed in which to make such correction, the fund may

issue its order terminating the insured status of the association

effective on a date subsequent to such finding and to the expiration of

the time specified in such notice of intention. The order shall be

subject to review under article seventy-eight of the civil practice law

and rules. In the event of the termination of such status, insurance of

its accounts to the extent that they were insured on the date of such

order of termination, less any amounts thereafter withdrawn,

repurchased, or redeemed which reduce the insured accounts of an insured

member below the amount insured on the date of such order, shall

continue for a period of two years, but no investments or deposits made

after the date of such order of termination shall be insured. The fund

shall have the right to examine such association from time to time

during the two-year period aforesaid. Such insured savings and loan

association shall be obligated to pay, within thirty days after any such

order of termination, as a final insurance premium, a sum equivalent to

twice the last annual insurance premium paid by it pursuant to

subdivision one of section four hundred twenty-h of this chapter. In the

event of the termination of insurance of accounts as herein provided the

savings and loan association which was the insured savings and loan

association shall give prompt notice in writing sent to all its account

holders that it has ceased to be an insured savings and loan association

and it may include in such notice the fact that insured accounts, to the

extent not withdrawn, repurchased, or redeemed, remain insured for two

years from the date of such termination, but it shall not further

represent itself in any manner as an insured association. In the event

of failure to give the notice to account holders as herein provided the

fund is authorized to give such notice.

2. (a) At any time after five years of membership, but not before, an

insured savings and loan association may submit to the fund a

certificate of intention to terminate its membership therein.

Termination shall become effective on the first day of the sixth month

following the submission of the certificate provided that:

(i) The member pay a termination fee equivalent to twice the last

annual premium paid by it pursuant to subdivision one of section four

hundred twenty-h of this chapter; this fee shall not extend or enlarge

insurance coverage.

(ii) The insured savings and loan association sends to each holder of

a savings account a notice in writing not later than two months after

submission of the certificate; the notice shall be in a form prescribed

by the fund and shall set forth the facts of the termination.

(b) The fund may elect to refund to the association its original

capital contribution to the fund subject to terms it may prescribe,

provided that such refund is made within two years of termination of

membership.

§ 420-l — Savings and loan bank eligible as fiscal agent

Savings and loan bank eligible as fiscal agent. The savings

and loan bank operating pursuant to article ten-B of the banking law may

be designated by the fund as its fiscal agent; such bank shall have the

power to accept such designation and to do all acts necessary in order

to carry out the duties thereby imposed in accordance with any agreement

entered into pursuant thereto.

ARTICLE 10-B Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York

§ 432 — Incorporation; organization certificate

Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by the

superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, ten or more

savings and loan associations, the aggregate resources of which shall

not be less than five million dollars, may form the Savings and Loan

Bank of the State of New York. Each of such associations shall

subscribe, acknowledge and submit to the superintendent at his office an

organization certificate in duplicate which shall specifically state:

1. The name, "Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York."

2. The place in the state of New York where its business is to be

transacted.

3. The number of shares for which each association has subscribed

which shall amount in the aggregate to not less than one hundred

thousand dollars.

4. The number of directors of such savings and loan bank, which shall

not be less than seven nor more than fifteen, and the names of the

persons who shall be its directors until the first annual meeting. The

certificate shall recite that the directors possess the qualifications

specified in section four hundred forty-one of this article.

5. The name and location of the principal office of each savings and

loan association subscribing the certificate and the aggregate resources

of each such association.

§ 433 — Proposed by-laws

Proposed by-laws. The incorporators shall subscribe and

acknowledge and submit to the superintendent at his office proposed

by-laws in duplicate, which shall prescribe the manner in which the

business of such savings and loan bank shall be conducted with reference

to the following matters: 1. The date during the month of January of the

annual meeting of shareholders; the manner of calling special meetings,

and the number of members which shall constitute a quorum.

2. The number, manner of election and qualifications of directors,

subject to the provisions of section four hundred forty-one of this

article; the method of division into classes for the purpose of

electing, as nearly as may be, an equal number of directors each year;

the removal or suspension of directors; the filling of vacancies in the

board of directors, and the number of directors which shall constitute a

quorum, which shall not be less than five.

3. The meetings, powers and duties of directors; the appointment or

election of committees.

4. The officers; the manner of their election; their terms of office,

duties and compensation; and the bonds which shall be required of

officers.

5. The annual commission that may be charged each member, subject to

the limitations of section four hundred forty of this article.

6. The minimum amount of shares necessary to qualify for membership.

7. The minimum amount of shares necessary to qualify for extension of

credit.

8. The manner of voting, subject to the limitations of section four

hundred forty-four of this article.

9. The transfer of membership, subject to the limitations of section

four hundred thirty-nine of this article.

10. The manner in which the by-laws may be altered or amended.

§ 434 — When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to commencing business

When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to

commencing business. When the superintendent shall have endorsed his

approval on the organization certificate as provided in article two of

this chapter, the corporate existence of the Savings and Loan Bank of

the State of New York shall begin and it shall then have power to elect

officers and transact such other business as relates to its

organization; but such savings and loan bank shall transact no other

business until: 1. Subscriptions to its shares aggregating one hundred

thousand dollars shall have been paid in cash and an affidavit stating

that such subscriptions have been so paid, subscribed and sworn to by

its two principal officers, shall have been filed in the clerk's office

of the county of New York, and a certified copy thereof in the office of

the superintendent.

2. The superintendent shall have duly issued to it the authorization

certificate specified in article two of this chapter.

§ 435 — General powers

General powers. The savings and loan bank shall, subject to the

restrictions and limitations contained in this article and its by-laws,

have the following powers: 1. To issue, sell and redeem bonds and notes

secured by bonds and first mortgages made to or held by its members and

to issue, sell and redeem debenture bonds and notes.

2. To receive money or property from its members and from other

associations, corporations and persons with whom it has contracts,

engagements or undertakings, in instalments or otherwise; to enter into

any contract, engagement or undertaking with such associations,

corporations or persons for the withdrawal of such money or property,

with any increase thereof, or for the payment to them or to any

association, corporation or person of any sum of money, at any time,

either fixed or uncertain; to lend money to its members upon the

security of their promissory notes with or without collateral.

3. To invest its capital and other funds in investments in which its

member savings and loan associations are authorized to invest under

article ten of this chapter; and in securities in which investments are

authorized to be made by savings banks.

4. To receive by assignment from its members and to deposit in trust

with the comptroller of the state of New York to be held by him as

security for its and their outstanding obligations any first mortgages

on real estate and the bonds secured thereby that are legally receivable

by its members; to empower such members as agents of the savings and

loan bank, to collect and immediately pay over to the savings and loan

bank the dues, interest and other sums payable under the terms,

conditions and covenants of the bonds and mortgages or, prior to a

default upon any such bond and mortgage so assigned and when adequate

security has been given to the savings and loan bank by any such member,

to retain such collections until a payment to the savings and loan bank

from such member becomes due; to return to, or permit such member to

retain any sums of money so collected in excess of the amount required

to meet the obligations of such member.

5. To purchase in its own name, hold and convey real property for the

following purposes and no others: (a) A plot whereon there is or may be

erected a building suitable for the convenient transaction of its

business from portions of which not required for its own use a revenue

may be derived.

(b) Such as shall be mortgaged to it in good faith, by way of security

for loans made by it or moneys due to it.

(c) Such as shall be conveyed to it for debts previously contracted in

the course of its business, and such as it shall purchase at sales under

judgments, decrees or mortgages held by it.

6. To designate as depositaries of its funds any bank, trust company,

or savings bank, or any national bank located in this state.

7. To sue and to be sued in all courts and to participate in actions

and proceedings, whether judicial, arbitrative or otherwise, in like

cases as natural persons.

8. To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure and to

use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or

reproduced in any other manner.

9. To elect or appoint officers, employees and other agents of the

savings and loan bank, define their duties, fix their compensation, and

to indemnify corporate personnel.

10. To have perpetual existence.

11. To have and exercise all other powers necessary or appropriate in

conducting business of the savings and loan bank.

§ 436 — Restrictions on powers

Restrictions on powers. The savings and loan bank shall not: 1.

Do a general deposit business except with its members.

2. Invest more than twenty-five per centum of its surplus account in

real estate occupied, or to be occupied, by it as a place of business,

without the written approval of the superintendent.

3. Incur any indebtedness, except for the purpose of making loans to

its members or purchasing from its members those investments made by

them under article ten of this chapter, upon any bonds or notes, secured

or unsecured, with a maturity exceeding three years or in an aggregate

amount exceeding five times its capital.

4. Incur any indebtedness upon bonds or notes, secured or unsecured,

for the purpose of making loans to its members unless the amount of any

such bonds or notes which are secured shall not be in excess of eighty

per centum of the value of the collateral security pledged therefor to

such savings and loan bank; and any such bonds or notes which are

unsecured shall not have a maturity in excess of three years.

5. Purchase from its members mortgage loans which were originated less

than five years prior to date of such purchase, nor incur indebtedness

for the purchase from its members of mortgage loans which were

originated five years or more prior to the date of such purchase by the

issuance of bonds or notes, secured or unsecured, with a maturity

exceeding five years.

§ 437 — Redemption of bonds and notes; procedure in event of default

Redemption of bonds and notes; procedure in event of default.

1. All bonds and notes issued by the savings and loan bank may be

called on any interest day at one hundred two and one-half per centum

and interest by giving notice of not less than sixty days in a newspaper

published in the city of New York or on such notice, in such manner and

at such time and price, not to exceed one hundred five per centum and

interest, as may be specified in such bonds or notes.

2. In the event of any default for more than ninety days in the

payment of the principal of, or for more than ninety days in the payment

of any instalment of interest upon, any bond or note issued by the

savings and loan bank, the superintendent may, in his discretion, and

shall, upon the request in writing of the holders of said obligations in

default to the amount of fifty thousand dollars, forthwith take

possession of and proceed to liquidate the savings and loan bank. Upon

such liquidation he shall be entitled in the name of the savings and

loan bank to enforce all of its rights and securities and to collect and

realize upon all of its assets, including all mortgages assigned to the

savings and loan bank by its several members, and deposited with the

comptroller of the state of New York, up to the amounts advanced by the

savings and loan bank to the several members thereon. Upon any such

liquidation all said obligations then issued and outstanding shall

forthwith become due and payable equally and ratably out of all the

assets of the savings and loan bank in advance of any other debts

thereof not specifically preferred by law.

§ 438 — Surplus account

Surplus account. 1. The savings and loan bank shall accumulate

from its profits a surplus account by carrying thereto annually a sum

equal to one-half of one per centum of its capital, until such surplus

account shall be equal to at least fifteen per centum of its capital.

2. The guaranty fund on June thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-nine

shall be transferred to the surplus account and shall constitute the

surplus account at that date.

§ 439 — Membership; liability; transfer of shares

Membership; liability; transfer of shares. 1. Membership in the

savings and loan bank shall be limited to savings and loan associations,

except, that the directors of the savings and loan bank may, in their

discretion, permit federal savings and loan associations located in this

state to be or become members of the savings and loan bank. Every member

shall pay one hundred dollars for each share of the capital of the

savings and loan bank issued to it.

2. Members of the savings and loan bank shall not be individually

liable for the payment of its debts.

3. Shares shall not be transferable, except that a member, which is

not liable to the savings and loan bank for any direct obligation may

transfer its shares therein to another savings and loan association, by

and with the consent of the board of directors of the savings and loan

bank; or it may retire from membership and receive back such sums as it

has paid for its shares, upon giving one year's notice in writing to the

savings and loan bank of such intention, provided, however, that no

withdrawal shall be permitted by the board of directors, which shall

reduce the total amount of the capital of the savings and loan bank

below five hundred thousand dollars. The board of directors may, in

their discretion, waive such notice, in the event of the liquidation of

any member, and pay back such sums as it has paid for its shares even

though such payment should result in a reduction of capital below five

hundred thousand dollars. Any member liable to the savings and loan bank

for any direct obligation which holds shares in excess of the number

required by the by-laws of the savings and loan bank, may transfer such

excess shares to another savings and loan association, by and with the

consent of the board of directors of the savings and loan bank; or it

may, by and with the consent of the board of directors of the savings

and loan bank, withdraw such excess shares and receive back such sum as

it has paid for such excess shares, upon giving one year's notice in

writing to the savings and loan bank of such intention, provided,

however, that no withdrawal of shares shall be permitted by the board of

directors, which shall reduce the total amount of the capital of the

savings and loan bank below five hundred thousand dollars.

§ 440 — Commissions and payment of expenses

Commissions and payment of expenses. The savings and loan bank

may charge each member an annual commission, not to exceed one-half of

one per centum, upon the outstanding bonds and notes issued in its

behalf, provided, however, that the rate of commission in any year shall

be the same on all outstanding obligations in respect to which a

commission is charged; or in lieu of charging such commissions the

expenses incurred on account of any such obligations may be charged to

the member on whose behalf such obligations are issued.

§ 441 — Qualifications and disqualification of directors; oath of directors

Qualifications and disqualification of directors; oath of

directors. 1. At least three-fourths of the directors of the savings and

loan bank must reside in the state of New York during their term of

office, and all must be citizens of the United States. No person shall

be elected a director unless he is the owner in good faith and in his

own right on the books of a member savings and loan association of

shares having a book value of not less than two hundred dollars and has

been nominated by such member savings and loan association for that

office; and every person elected to be a director who, after such

election, shall hypothecate, pledge or cease to be the owner in his own

right of such qualifying shares shall cease to be a director of the

savings and loan bank, and his office shall be vacant.

2. Each director, when appointed or elected, shall take an oath that

he will, so far as the duty devolves upon him, diligently and honestly

administer the affairs of the savings and loan bank, and will not

knowingly violate, or willingly permit to be violated, any of the

provisions of law applicable to such corporation and that he is the

owner in good faith and in his own right on the books of the savings and

loan association which nominated him of shares having a book value not

less than two hundred dollars, and that the same is not hypothecated, or

in any way pledged as security for any loan or debt and, in case of

re-election that such shares were not hypothecated or in any way pledged

as security for any loan or debt during his previous term. Such oath

shall be subscribed by the directors making it, certified by an officer

authorized by law to administer oaths, and immediately transmitted to

the superintendent.

§ 442 — Number of directors; filling of vacancies; change of number

Number of directors; filling of vacancies; change of number. 1.

The number of directors of the savings and loan bank shall be not less

than seven nor more than fifteen.

2. All vacancies in the office of director shall be filled by election

by the members except as provided in this section. Vacancies not

exceeding one-third of the whole number of the board may be filled by

the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and

the directors so elected may hold office until such vacancies are filled

by the members at a special or annual election; or when the number of

directors is nine or more, two vacancies may, with the consent of the

superintendent, be left unfilled until the next annual election.

3. The number of directors may be changed within the limits provided

in subdivision one of this section by amendment of the by-laws.

§ 443 — Amendment of by-laws

Amendment of by-laws. The by-laws may be altered or amended,

from time to time, provided such alterations or amendments shall have

first received the written approval of the superintendent and shall

thereafter have been duly adopted at a meeting of the directors.

A copy of any such alteration or amendment shall be filed in the

office of the superintendent within thirty days after such adoption.

§ 444 — Annual meeting; notice; voting

Annual meeting; notice; voting. The annual meeting of the

shareholders for the election of directors shall be held in January in

each year at a place within the state to be determined by the board of

directors. Notice of the time and place of holding such election shall

be given by publication thereof, at least once in each week for two

successive weeks immediately preceding such election, in a newspaper

published in the city of New York and by mailing a copy of such notice

postage prepaid to each shareholder of the savings and loan bank not

less than ten nor more than forty days before the holding of such

meeting. Each member shall be entitled to one vote, and to such

additional votes not exceeding one vote for every share of the capital

standing in its name on the books of the savings and loan bank as the

by-laws may prescribe. Such vote or votes may be cast by mail when so

provided in the by-laws.

§ 445 — Preference of credits

Preference of credits. In case of the insolvency or voluntary

or involuntary liquidation of any bank, trust company or savings and

loan association, its assets shall be applied in the first place ratably

and proportionately to the payment in full of any sum or sums of money

deposited therewith by the savings and loan bank or due to the savings

and loan bank for subscriptions, sinking funds, interest and principal

of bonds, or guaranty of mortgages, notes secured or unsecured or any

other obligations due to the savings and loan bank, but not to an amount

exceeding that authorized to be so deposited or contracted by the

provisions of this chapter, and in accordance and on an equality with

any other preference provided for in this chapter.

§ 446 — Exemptions

Exemptions. The bonds and notes issued by the savings and loan

bank and the savings and loan bank itself, together with its capital,

accumulations and funds, shall have the same exemption from taxation as

other institutions for savings. No law which taxes corporations in any

form, or the shares thereof, or the accumulations therein, shall be

deemed to include the savings and loan bank or its issues of bonds or

notes unless they are specifically named in such law.

ARTICLE 10-C Mutual Holding Companies

§ 447 — Authorization of the formation of mutual holding companies

Authorization of the formation of mutual holding companies. 1.

Notwithstanding any other provision of law and in accordance with

general regulations which the superintendent of financial services shall

promulgate to facilitate such reorganizations, a mutual savings and loan

association may reorganize so as to cause its deposit-taking and one or

more other activities to be conducted by a stock savings and loan

association subsidiary of a mutual holding company formed for such

purpose upon the payment of a fee as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this chapter.

2. Except to the extent that such provisions are inconsistent with

this article, the stock savings and loan association subsidiary of the

mutual holding company shall be subject to the same provisions of this

chapter as apply to savings and loan associations which have converted

to stock form pursuant to sections fourteen-e and nine thousand nineteen

of this chapter.

§ 447-a — Required approvals

Required approvals. 1. Approval by the board of directors. A

reorganization of a mutual savings and loan association pursuant to this

article shall be approved by a majority of the board of directors of the

mutual savings and loan association.

2. (a) Approval by the superintendent. A mutual savings and loan

association proposing a reorganization pursuant to this article shall

provide the superintendent with written notice of such proposed

reorganization. Such notice shall include a copy of the plan of

reorganization approved by the board of directors pursuant to

subdivision one of this section, the proposed organization certificate

for the mutual holding company and the stock savings and loan

association subsidiary and shall contain such other information as the

superintendent shall require. The superintendent shall approve or

disapprove the plan of reorganization within sixty days of the

submission of such plan together with such other information as the

superintendent shall require.

(b) Factors considered. In determining whether to approve the plan of

reorganization, the superintendent shall consider:

(i) whether the formation of the mutual holding company would not be

detrimental to the interests of the shareholders of the mutual savings

and loan association proposing to reorganize as provided in section four

hundred forty-seven of this article;

(ii) whether disapproval is necessary to prevent unsafe or unsound

banking practices;

(iii) whether the interest of the public will be served by the

proposed reorganization;

(iv) whether the financial or management resources of the mutual

savings and loan association proposing to reorganize as provided in

section four hundred forty-seven of this article warrant disapproval of

the proposed plan of reorganization; (v) whether the mutual savings and

loan association proposing to reorganize as provided in section four

hundred forty-seven of this article fails to furnish any information

required under paragraph (a) of this subdivision or furnished

information containing any statement which, at the time and in the

circumstances under which it was made, was false or misleading with

respect to any material fact or omits to state any material fact

necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading.

(c) When the superintendent shall have determined to approve or

disapprove the plan of reorganization, the superintendent shall so

advise the mutual savings and loan association in writing and shall

endorse approval on an organization certificate and cause it to be filed

in the office of the superintendent and with the clerk of the county in

which the principal office of the mutual savings and loan association is

located. Upon the filing of the organization certificate the existence

of the mutual holding company shall commence. As used in this article,

the term "organization certificate" shall include an amended

organization certificate.

3. Approval by shareholders. If approved by the superintendent the

mutual savings and loan association shall submit the plan of

reorganization to its shareholders for approval at a meeting convened in

accordance with general regulations promulgated by the superintendent of

financial services for the sole purpose of approving or disapproving

such plan. At such meeting:

(a) all shareholders whose aggregate share balance equals at least one

hundred dollars as of a record date shall be entitled to approve the

plan of reorganization, either in person or by valid proxy;

(b) each shareholder entitled to vote shall be entitled to cast one

vote for each full one hundred dollars of shares of such shareholder

shown on the books and records of the mutual savings and loan

association as of the record date;

(c) no shareholder shall be entitled to cast any vote for any share

balance in amounts of less than one hundred dollars;

(d) no plan of reorganization shall be effective unless approved by

the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five per centum of the

aggregate dollar amount of the book value of shares represented at such

meeting either in person or by valid proxy and entitled to vote thereat.

§ 447-b — Formation of a mutual holding company

Formation of a mutual holding company. 1. The plan of

reorganization may authorize the formation of a mutual holding company

by:

(a) (i) the organization by the mutual holding company of a stock

savings and loan association subsidiary and the transferal to such stock

savings and loan association of the substantial part of its assets and

liabilities, including all of its deposit liabilities, in accordance

with general regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial

services;

(ii) the organization by the mutual savings and loan association of a

mutual holding company and the organization by such mutual holding

company of a stock savings and loan association subsidiary which merges

with the mutual savings and loan association; or

(iii) the reorganization of the mutual savings and loan association

under any other method approved pursuant to general or specific

regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial services.

(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this subdivision, such

regulations shall permit the stock savings and loan association to issue

to persons other than the mutual holding company of which it is a

subsidiary an amount of common stock and securities convertible into

common stock which in the aggregate does not exceed forty-nine per

centum of the issued and outstanding common stock of such stock savings

and loan association, provided that if a mutual holding company which

owns all of the common stock and securities convertible into common

stock of its savings and loan association subsidiary subsequently

determines to make such an issuance it shall pay a fee as prescribed

pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter. Issued and outstanding

securities that are convertible into common stock shall be considered

issued and outstanding common stock for the purposes of computing the

forty-nine per centum limitation. This paragraph shall not limit the

authority of such stock savings and loan association to issue equity or

debt securities other than common stock and securities convertible into

common stock.

2. In connection with the reorganization of a mutual savings and loan

association as provided in section four hundred forty-seven of this

article, the mutual holding company may retain or acquire assets of the

mutual savings and loan association to the extent that such assets are

not then required to be transferred to or retained by the stock savings

and loan association in order to satisfy capital or reserve requirements

of any applicable state or federal law or regulation.

3. A stock savings and loan association, at least fifty-one per centum

but less than one hundred per centum of the outstanding common stock of

which is owned by a mutual holding company shall have at least one

director, but no more than two-fifths of its directors, who are

"unaffiliated directors" who shall represent the interests of the

minority shareholders. An "unaffiliated director" is a director who is

not (a) an officer or employee of the stock savings and loan association

(or any affiliate thereof) or (b) an officer, trustee, director or

employee of the mutual holding company. If the organization certificate

or bylaws of the stock savings and loan association provide that the

board of directors shall be divided into two or more classes, then to

the extent possible, each class shall contain the same number of

unaffiliated directors as each other class.

§ 447-c — Mutual holding company powers

Mutual holding company powers. 1. Upon the formation of a

mutual holding company by a mutual savings and loan association:

(a) the mutual holding company shall possess all the rights, powers

and privileges, except deposit-taking powers, and shall be subject to

all the limitations not inconsistent with this article of a mutual

savings and loan association under articles ten and sixteen of this

chapter;

(b) the mutual holding company shall be subject to the limitations

imposed by the savings and loan holding company provisions of the Home

Owners Loan Act (title twelve United States Code Section 1467a);

(c) notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this

subdivision no mutual holding company shall exercise any rights, powers

or privileges pursuant to any provision of federal law applicable to

savings and loan holding companies which are not also authorized under

article ten of this chapter.

2. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of section fourteen-e,

six hundred, six hundred one, six hundred one-a or six hundred one-b of

this chapter, subject to general regulations promulgated by the

superintendent of financial services, a mutual holding company may:

(a) merge with, acquire or purchase the assets of a mutual holding

company established pursuant to this article or the savings and loan

holding company provisions of the Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve

United States Code Section 1467a);

(b) acquire or purchase the assets or stock of a stock savings bank, a

stock savings and loan association, a stock federal savings bank or a

stock federal savings and loan association;

(c) acquire a mutual savings bank, a mutual savings and loan

association, a federal mutual savings bank or a federal mutual savings

and loan association through the merger of such institution with a stock

subsidiary of such mutual holding company;

(d) engage in any other acquisition or combination specifically

permitted by general or special regulations promulgated by the

superintendent of financial services; provided, however, that the

superintendent of financial services shall have no power to permit any

insurance activities prohibited by subdivision three of this section or

to expand by interpretation any provision of federal law set forth in

the savings and loan holding company provisions of the Home Owners Loan

Act (title twelve United States Code Section 1467a).

3. Except to the extent permitted by the savings and loan holding

company provisions of the Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve United

States Code Section 1467a) and authorized by article ten of this

chapter, the powers of the mutual holding company shall not include the

power to directly or indirectly engage in: the sale or underwriting of

insurance; the formation or acquisition of an insurance agency or an

insurance company, or; the issue, sale, distribution and underwriting

of, or to deal in, any security arising out of a contract issued by an

insurance company and subject to the supervision of the superintendent

of financial services.

§ 447-d — Conversion of mutual holding company into stock holding company

Conversion of mutual holding company into stock holding

company. 1. If approved by the superintendent, a mutual holding company

may convert to a stock holding company in accordance with general

regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial services.

2. If approved by the superintendent, the mutual holding company shall

submit the plan of conversion to its shareholders for approval at a

meeting convened for that purpose in accordance with such regulations.

The provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of subdivision three

of section four hundred forty-seven-a of this article shall apply to

such meeting. For the purpose of this subdivision, the term

"shareholders" shall mean those shareholders as of a record date, of a

stock savings and loan association subsidiary of the mutual holding

company which:

(a) was organized as a result of the reorganization of a mutual

savings and loan association as provided in section four hundred

forty-seven of this article; and

(b) has not at any time subsequent to its organization issued more

than forty-nine per centum of its issued and outstanding common stock to

any persons other than a mutual holding company organized pursuant to

this article or the savings and loan holding company provisions of the

Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve United States Code Section 1467a).

ARTICLE 11 Credit Unions

§ 450 — Incorporation; organization certificate

Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by

the superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, seven or

more persons employed or residing in the state of New York may form a

corporation to be known as a credit union, which may include a corporate

credit union or a credit union. The provisions of this article shall

apply to a corporate credit union or a credit union except as otherwise

provided. Such persons shall subscribe and acknowledge and submit to

the superintendent at his office an organization certificate in

duplicate which shall specifically state:

1. The name of the corporation which shall include the words "credit

union."

2. The place where its business is to be transacted. If the condition

of membership is employment of its members by certain individuals,

partnerships or corporations, the place of business of any such

individual, partnership or corporation may be stated as the place of

business of such credit union.

3. The par value of the shares.

4. The full name, residence and post office address of each of the

incorporators. These incorporators may serve as directors until the

first annual meeting of shareholders. The organization certificate

shall also indicate which of the incorporators will serve as directors

until such meeting.

5. Its duration if other than perpetual.

§ 450-a — Designation of low income credit union

Designation of low income credit union. 1. A credit union

organized under this article may be designated as a low income credit

union as defined in subdivision five of this section.

2. A credit union, including a credit union in formation, may make

written application to the superintendent to be designated as a low

income credit union. If the superintendent shall find, after

investigation, that such credit union meets the definition of a low

income credit union, as set forth in this section, he or she shall

approve such designation.

3. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article, a low income

credit union may issue shares, share drafts and share certificates to

nonmembers who or which may be natural persons, corporations,

partnerships or other legal entities.

4. Except as provided in this section, all provisions of this chapter

shall be applicable to low income credit unions.

5. As used in this section, the term "low income credit union" shall

mean a credit union in which a majority of the members: (a) make less

than eighty percent of the average for all wage earners as established

by the bureau of labor statistics of the United States department of

labor or have annual household incomes that fall at or below eighty

percent of the median household income for the nation as established by

the United States census bureau; or (b) are residents of a public

housing project who qualify for such residency because of low income; or

(c) qualify to receive benefits from any program designed to assist the

economically disadvantaged. The superintendent of financial services may

promulgate regulations appropriate to the formation and operation of low

income credit unions.

6. A credit union's designation as a low income credit union may be

removed by the superintendent if he or she shall find, after

investigation, that such credit union no longer meets the definition of

a low income credit union as set forth in this section. Upon such a loss

of designation, such credit union shall no longer be authorized to

exercise the powers set forth in this section but shall remain subject

to all of the other provisions of this chapter applicable to credit

unions generally.

§ 450-b — Designation of student branches

Designation of student branches. 1. As used in this section

the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) "school" shall mean any public or private elementary or secondary

school;

(b) "student" shall mean a child enrolled in a school;

(c) "student branch" shall mean the designation provided to the credit

union pertaining to the in-school services and financial education

offered to students. A student branch shall not be deemed to be a

station and shall not be subject to any of the provisions of this

article applicable to stations; provided, however, that a credit union

shall provide written notice to the superintendent of the establishment

of any such student branch.

2. A credit union organized under this article may upon agreement with

a school's governing body open and maintain a student branch.

3. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article any student

enrolled in the school maintaining a student branch who is not otherwise

qualified for membership in the credit union is hereby qualified for a

student membership. Said student membership shall expire thirty days

after the student's graduation from secondary school, transfer to

another school or termination of enrollment. The student branch shall be

for the express use of the students and may not be used by faculty,

staff or lineal ancestors or descendants of students. Neither faculty,

staff nor lineal ancestors or descendants of student members are

eligible for membership in the credit union unless otherwise qualified

under this article.

4. The superintendent may promulgate regulations appropriate to the

formation and operation of student branches.

§ 451 — Proposed bylaws

Proposed bylaws. The incorporators shall subscribe and

acknowledge and submit to the superintendent proposed bylaws, in

duplicate, which shall prescribe the manner in which the business of the

credit union shall be conducted with reference to the following matters:

1. The purposes of the corporation.

2. The qualifications for membership.

Such qualifications for membership shall be established in accordance

with the provisions of section four hundred fifty-one-a of this article,

except that such section shall not apply to a corporate credit union.

3. The manner of conducting meetings, the method by which members

shall be notified of meetings, and the number of members which shall

constitute a quorum.

4. The number of directors, which shall be a number not less than five

nor more than fifteen.

5. The term of office of directors.

6. The number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum.

7. The time, place and manner of holding the annual and any special

meetings of the members of the credit union.

8. The officers to be elected from among the board of directors; their

titles, duties and terms of office.

9. Whether one or more loan officers or, in the alternative, a credit

committee shall have the responsibility of passing upon the applications

of members for loans and the powers and duties of the loan officer or

credit committee and the number of members, not less than three, of

which the credit committee shall be composed, their term of office, and

manner of election or appointment.

10. The powers, duties, term of office and manner of election or

appointment of the supervisory committee and the number of members, not

less than three, of which it shall be composed.

11. The conditions upon which shares may be issued, paid for,

transferred and withdrawn.

12. The fines, if any, which shall be charged for failure punctually

to meet obligations to the corporation.

13. The manner in which dividends shall be determined and paid to

members.

14. The manner in which the funds of the corporation shall be

employed.

15. The conditions upon which loans may be made and repaid.

16. The maximum rate of interest that may be charged upon loans.

17. The method of receipting for money paid on account of shares or

loans.

§ 451-a — Qualifications for membership

Qualifications for membership. 1. Subject to approval of the

superintendent, the membership of a credit union shall consist of

persons within the credit union's field of membership who have been duly

admitted members.

Subject to the approval of the superintendent, a credit union's field

of membership may include one or more of the following categories:

(a) Persons:

(1) within the same occupation or from multiple groups each

representing a different occupation;

(2) within the same association or from multiple groups each

representing a different association;

(3) who reside, work, worship or attend school within a well-defined

identifiable neighborhood, community or rural district and who, in the

judgment of the superintendent, have such a community of interest as

will ensure proper administration. For purposes of this section a

"well-defined identifiable neighborhood, community or rural district"

may consist of one or more adjacent precincts, districts, cities or

counties; or

(4) within a combination of these three categories described in this

subdivision; or

(b) Organizations located within a well-defined identifiable

neighborhood, community or rural district, as determined in accordance

with subparagraph three of paragraph (a) of this subdivision and which,

in the judgment of the superintendent, have such a community of interest

as will ensure proper administration; or

(c) Family members of such persons described in paragraph (a) of this

subdivision. For the purposes of this paragraph, "family member" means a

person related by blood, marriage or living in the same household with a

person within the field of membership and their lineal ancestors and

descendants including persons so related by adoption, siblings,

stepparents, stepchildren and stepsiblings; and "household" means

persons living in the same residence and maintaining a single economic

unit; or

(d) Any employee of the credit union; or

(e) Any member who leaves the field of membership and who has not

withdrawn or been expelled may retain membership; or

(f) Any incorporated or unincorporated organization composed

principally of persons eligible to membership in the credit union and

that organization's employees.

2. Any person who is eligible for membership by reason of the fact

that he or she is an employee of a common employer or of a credit union

shall not become ineligible, after the termination of such employment,

as long as he or she receives a pension or annuity from, or under, a

plan or other arrangement established by such common employer or credit

union.

3. Subject to approval of the superintendent, a credit union may

extend membership to persons and organizations in an underserved local

community, neighborhood or rural district where such area is considered

an "investment area" as defined in the federal Community Development

Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 (12 U.S.C. 4703(16)).

4. In considering an application pursuant to subdivision one of this

section, the superintendent shall consider the credit union's record and

history of serving underserved areas, as well as low and moderate-income

individuals within the communities it currently services, if any, and

its commitments to serve underserved areas, as well as low and

moderate-income individuals in the communities to be served.

Furthermore, in considering such application, the superintendent may

impose such limitation, such as geographical limitations, as the

superintendent determines to be appropriate in his or her sole

discretion.

§ 452 — When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to commencing business

When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to

commencing business. When the superintendent shall have endorsed his

approval on the organization certificate, as provided in article two of

this chapter, the corporate existence of the credit union shall begin,

and it shall then have power to elect officers and to transact such

other business as relates to its organization. But it shall transact no

other business until the superintendent shall have duly issued to it the

authorization certificate specified in article two of this chapter.

§ 453 — Corporate credit unions

Corporate credit unions. 1. A corporate credit union may be

incorporated under this section and shall be subject to all provisions

of this article not inconsistent with this section.

2. Membership in a corporate credit union shall be institutional and

shall be limited to: credit unions organized under this article, the

Federal Credit Union Act or any other credit union act, and

organizations or associations owned by or composed of credit unions and

corporations and associations which primarily service credit unions.

3. The board of directors of each credit union, organization,

association or corporation becoming a member of a corporate credit union

shall designate one person to be a voting representative in the

corporate credit union. Such person shall be eligible to hold office in

the corporate credit union as if such person were a member of the

corporate credit union.

4. A corporate credit union is a credit union whose members consist

primarily of other credit unions and whose purposes are to:

(a) accumulate and prudently manage the liquidity of its member credit

unions through interlending and investment services;

(b) act as an intermediary for credit union funds between members and

other corporate credit unions;

(c) obtain liquid funds from other credit union organizations,

financial intermediaries and other sources;

(d) foster and promote in cooperation with other state, regional and

national corporate credit unions and credit union organizations or

associations the economic security, growth and development of member

credit unions; and

(e) perform such other financial services of benefit to its members

which are authorized by the superintendent.

5. A corporate credit union shall enjoy the powers and privileges of

any other credit union incorporated under this chapter in addition to

those powers enumerated in this article, notwithstanding any limitation

or restrictions found elsewhere in this article. The superintendent of

financial services may promulgate such regulations concerning the

establishment and operations of corporate credit unions as in its

discretion are necessary and proper. Subject to such regulations, a

corporate credit union may:

(a) accept shares or deposits in any form from its members, other

state, regional or national corporate credit unions, and credit union

organizations or associations;

(b) make loans to its members and other credit unions and other state,

regional, or national corporate credit unions, organizations and

associations of credit unions;

(c) establish lines of credit for members and participate with other

credit unions in making loans to its members under the terms and

conditions determined by the board of directors;

(d) invest in the shares of or make deposits in credit unions;

(e) buy and sell any form of marketable debt obligations of domestic

or foreign corporations or of federal, state or local government units;

(f) borrow money, accept demand deposits and issue notes or

debentures;

(g) acquire or sell the assets and assume the liabilities of a member;

and

(h) enter into agreements with credit unions to discount or purchase

loans made pursuant to government-guaranteed loan programs, real estate

loans made by members or any obligations of the United States or any

agency thereof held by members.

6. A corporate credit union shall be exempt from the reserve

requirements of section four hundred fifty-eight-a of this article, but

shall be required to accumulate and maintain reserves in accordance with

the requirements of the National Credit Union Administration.

§ 454 — General powers

General powers. In addition to the powers conferred by the

provisions of this chapter, a credit union shall, subject to the

restrictions and limitations contained in this article, in its bylaws,

and in any regulations promulgated by the superintendent, or in any

regulations of the superintendent of financial services as may be

specifically authorized under this section, have the following powers:

1. To issue and receive payments on, shares, share drafts, and share

certificates, subject to such terms, rates, and conditions as are

established by its board of directors, from its members and from other

credit unions, both state and federally chartered.

A member may designate any person or persons to own shares or share

certificates with him or her in joint tenancy with the right of

survivorship, but no joint tenant shall be permitted to vote, obtain

loans, or hold office, unless he or she is within the field of

membership and is a qualified member.

2. To act as trustee under a retirement plan established pursuant to

the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Self-employed

Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962," and provisions of law contained

therein, as amended; provided that the provisions of such retirement

plan require the funds of such trust to be invested exclusively in share

accounts of insured state and federally chartered credit unions. In the

event that any such retirement plan, which, in the judgment of the

credit union, constituted a qualified plan under the provisions of said

self-employed individuals tax retirement act of nineteen hundred

sixty-two, and provisions of law contained therein, as amended, and the

regulations promulgated thereunder at the time the trust was established

and accepted by the credit union, is subsequently determined not to be

such a qualified plan or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified

plan, in whole or in part, the credit union may, nevertheless, continue

to act as trustee of any shares theretofore made under such plan and to

dispose of the same in accordance with the directions of the

shareholders and the beneficiaries thereof. No credit union, in respect

to shares purchased under this subdivision, shall be required to

segregate such shares from other shares of such credit union; provided,

however, that the credit union shall keep appropriate records showing in

proper detail all transactions engaged in under the authority of this

subdivision.

3. To act as trustee of an individual retirement account established

pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Employee

Retirement Income Security Act of 1974," and provisions of law contained

therein, as amended; provided that the provisions of the written

governing instrument creating the trust require the funds of such trust

to be invested exclusively in share accounts of insured state and

federally chartered credit unions. In the event that any such individual

retirement account, which, in the judgment of the credit union,

constituted a qualified individual retirement account under the

provisions of said employee retirement income security act of 1974, and

provisions of law contained therein, as amended, and the regulations

promulgated thereunder at the time the trust was established and

accepted by the credit union, is subsequently determined not to be such

a qualified individual retirement account or subsequently ceases to be

such a qualified individual retirement account, in whole or in part, the

credit union may, nevertheless, continue to act as trustee of any shares

theretofore purchased under such individual retirement account and to

dispose of the same in accordance with the directions of the shareholder

and the beneficiaries thereof. No credit union, in respect to shares

purchased under this subdivision, shall be required to segregate such

shares from other shares of such credit union; provided, however, that

the credit union shall keep appropriate records showing in proper detail

all transactions engaged in under the authority of this subdivision.

4. To charge an entrance fee to any person who has applied for and

been elected to membership.

5. To charge a reasonable fee for the transfer of its shares.

6. (a) To lend money to its members at the rate or rates agreed to by

the credit union and the borrower upon such terms and conditions as are

established by its board of directors and subject to such regulations

and restrictions as the superintendent of financial services finds

necessary and proper.

(b) The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving, or charging a greater

rate of interest than permitted by law shall be held and adjudged a

forfeiture of the entire interest which the note or other evidence of

debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon. If

such greater rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same

or his legal representatives may recover twice the entire amount of the

interest thus paid from the credit union.

(c) (i) No credit union may make any member business loan that would

result in a total amount of such loans outstanding at that credit union

at any one time equal to more than the lesser of 1.75 times the actual

net worth of the credit union, or 1.75 times the minimum net worth

required under 12 U.S.C. 1790d(c)(1)(A) for a credit union to be well

capitalized.

(ii) Subparagraph (i) of this paragraph does not apply in the case of:

(A) a credit union chartered for the purpose of making, or that has a

history of primarily making, member business loans to its members, as

determined by the superintendent; or (B) a credit union that serves

predominantly low-income members, as defined by the superintendent, or

which is a community development financial institution as defined in 12

U.S.C. 4702; or (C) a credit union excepted from the requirements of

such subparagraph (i) by the superintendent where such credit union is

seeking an exception from any federal limits on member business loans to

the same extent as permitted to federally-insured state credit unions

pursuant to the Federal Credit Union Act and regulations related

thereto, provided that such credit union demonstrates to the

satisfaction of the superintendent that such exception would be

consistent with the declaration of policy as set forth in section ten of

this chapter.

(iii) For purposes of this paragraph the term "member business loan"

and the term "net worth" shall have the same meaning as such terms are

defined in 12 U.S.C. 1757a.

7. (a) To issue credit cards, debit cards, and similar devices to

allow members to make purchases and to access their loans, lines of

credit, shares and deposits;

(b) To collect, receive and disburse funds in connection with the

issuance of negotiable checks, money orders, travelers checks and other

payment instruments to members, and to charge a fee for such services;

(c) To rent safe deposit boxes to members; and

(d) To provide any related financial services to members which are not

expressly authorized pursuant to this article, including but not limited

to electronic funds transfers and correspondent services; provided,

however, that any credit union which seeks to offer any such related

financial services which it has not offered prior to June twentieth, two

thousand three shall, not less than sixty days prior to offering such

services, notify the superintendent in writing of its intention to offer

such services. If the superintendent does not object in writing to the

offering of such services within sixty days after the receipt of the

notice, the credit union may offer such services to its members.

8. To deposit any moneys received by it, and not lent to members, in

one or more state or federally chartered banking organizations or

branches of foreign banking corporations which are insured by the

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, by the National Credit Union

Share Insurance Fund, or by another agency of the United States

government.

9. To borrow money subject to such regulations and restrictions as the

superintendent of financial services finds necessary and proper from any

source in an aggregate amount not exceeding fifty percent of assets

without the written approval of the superintendent.

10. To impose financing charges and late charges in the event of late

payment or default on loans and recover reasonable costs and expenses,

including collection costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred both

before and after judgment.

11. To suspend or expel members, as provided in section four hundred

sixty-four of this article.

12. To impress and enforce a lien upon the shares, share accounts,

share certificates, deposits, dividends, and accumulation of interest on

the shares, accounts, certificates, and deposits of any member to the

extent of any sums owed the credit union by said member and any loans

made to him or her directly or indirectly or on which he or she is

surety, guarantor, or endorser.

13. To cancel the shares of any member who withdraws or is expelled

and apply the withdrawal value thereof to the liquidation of such

member's indebtedness to the corporation.

14. Subject to the limitations contained in subdivision seven of

section four hundred fifty-six of this article, to hold shares in and

make loans to other credit unions, whether state or federally chartered.

15. To conduct its business at automated teller machines,

point-of-sale terminals, shared service centers, and similar facilities

subject to regulations which may be promulgated by the superintendent of

financial services. Such facilities shall not be deemed to be stations

and shall not be subject to any of the provisions of this chapter

applicable to stations.

16. To issue shares to and accept deposits from a member in the name

of a minor. Such shares and deposits shall be held for the minor's

exclusive right and benefit and free from control or lien of all other

persons, except creditors. The withdrawal value of such shares or

deposits shall be paid to the person in whose name such shares or

deposits are held. A receipt or acquittance of a minor shall be valid

and sufficient release and discharge to such credit union for all

payments made on account of such shares or deposits.

17. To issue shares to and accept deposits from a member, which are

held in the name of a member in trust for a beneficiary or in the name

of a non-member in trust for a beneficiary who is a member. No

beneficiary, unless a member in his or her own right, shall be permitted

to vote, obtain loans, or hold office or be required to pay an entrance

or membership fee. Payment of part or all of such a trust account to the

party in whose name the account is held shall, to the extent of such

payment, discharge the liability of the credit union to that party and

to the beneficiary, and the credit union shall be under no obligation to

see to the application of such payment. In the event of the death of the

party who owns a trust account, if the credit union has been given no

other written notice of the existence or terms of any trust and has not

received a court order as to disposition of the account, the account's

funds and any dividends or interest thereon shall be paid to the

beneficiary.

18. (a) To invest its funds in: (i) Those securities authorized as

permissible investments for savings banks by subdivisions one, two,

three, four, twelve, paragraph (a) of subdivision twelve-a, and

subdivisions fifteen, seventeen, twenty-seven and twenty-eight-a of

section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter and such other

investments as the superintendent deems permissible.

(ii) Advances of federal funds as authorized for savings banks by

subdivision twelve-b of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter.

(iii) Common trust units of a credit union investment pool organized

for the purchase of:

(A) obligations of the United States of America, or securities fully

guaranteed as to principal and interest thereby;

(B) obligations issued by banks for cooperatives, federal land banks,

federal intermediate credit banks, federal home loan banks, the Federal

Home Loan Bank Board, or any corporation designated in section 846 of

Title 31 of the United States Code as a wholly owned government

corporation, or in obligations, participations, or other instruments of

or issued by, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the

Federal National Mortgage Association or the Government National

Mortgage Association, or in mortgages, obligations, or other securities

which are or ever have been sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage

Corporation pursuant to section 1454 or 1455 of Title 12 of the United

States Code, or in obligations or other instruments or securities of the

Student Loan Marketing Association;

(C) participation certificates evidencing beneficial interests in

obligations, or in the right to receive interest and principal

collections therefrom, which obligations have been subjected by one or

more government agencies to a trust or trusts for which any executive

department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States (or the head

thereof) has been named to act as trustee; provided that such investment

pool has been approved by the superintendent; or

(D) securities, obligations or other instruments of, or issued by, any

agency of the United States.

(iv) Where the assets of a credit union are in excess of three million

dollars, such credit union is further authorized to invest its funds in

the securities enumerated in subdivisions thirteen and fourteen of

section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter, subject in each case to

those limitations applicable to such investment in the case of savings

banks.

(b) All such securities, except those purchased in a common trust unit

pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (a) of this subdivision,

must be registered in the name of the credit union; provided that where

any such securities are non-registerable, except those purchased in a

common trust investment pool, as hereinbefore provided, they shall be

placed in the custody of a bank, trust company, national bank, or state

or federal corporate credit union in the name of the credit union, and

shall be retained by such bank, trust company, national bank, or state

or federal corporate credit union until such securities are liquidated

at maturity or sold, in either of which events the proceeds of such

securities shall be deposited in the name of the credit union in any

institution specified in subdivision eight of this section.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of this subdivision, a credit union

may invest the lesser of ten percent of its capital or net worth, but at

least ten thousand dollars, in the shares of investment companies;

provided that the portfolio of such investment company consists solely

of securities in which credit unions are permitted to invest directly.

The term "investment companies" means open-end and close-end investment

companies and unit investment trusts as these terms are used in an Act

of Congress entitled "Investment Company Act of 1940."

19. Subject to regulations and restrictions of the superintendent of

financial services, a credit union may invest its funds in and make

loans to credit union organizations; provided that such loans or

investments shall be approved by the board of directors. No such loan or

investment shall be made by a credit union pursuant to this subdivision

if the amount of such loan or investment exceeds three per centum of the

total sum due to the members on shares and deposits. For the purpose of

this subdivision, a credit union organization is any organization

established primarily to serve the needs of its member state and federal

credit unions, and whose business relates to the daily operations of the

credit unions it serves.

20. To purchase, sell, service, pledge or discount, or otherwise

receive or dispose of, eligible obligations to the same extent as

authorized pursuant to Title 12 U.S.C. section 1757(13) and any

regulations promulgated thereunder, as such laws or regulations may be

amended from time to time.

21. To purchase, hold, lease and convey a plot whereon there is or may

be erected a building suitable for the transaction of its business, from

portions of which not required for its own use a revenue may be derived,

and a plot whereon parking accommodations are or are to be provided,

with or without charge, primarily for its members or employees or both;

provided that the net aggregate of all investments of any credit union

in such plots and building shall be limited to six per centum of the

capital and retained earnings of such credit union, except with the

approval of the superintendent.

22. To enter into contracts.

23. To sue and to be sued in all courts and to participate in actions

and proceedings, whether judicial, arbitrative, or otherwise, in like

cases as natural persons.

24. To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure, and

to use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or

reproduced in any other manner.

25. To make donations, irrespective of corporate benefit, for the

public welfare or for community fund, hospital, charitable, educational,

scientific, civic, or similar purposes, and, in time of war or other

national emergency, in aid thereof.

26. To elect or appoint officers, employees, and other agents of the

credit union, define their duties, fix the compensation of employees and

other agents, and to indemnify credit union officials, committee

members, and employees.

27. To have perpetual existence.

28. To honor requests for withdrawals of member accounts, whether

shares or deposits, in any manner approved by the credit union's board

of directors, including, without limitation because of enumeration,

requests in person, by telephone, by mail, by negotiable or

non-negotiable order, by electronic communication, or otherwise. The

board of directors may, at any time, require members to give, in

writing, not more than sixty days' notice of intention to withdraw the

whole or any part of the amounts paid in by them, except that this

requirement shall not apply to amounts in a share draft or checking

account. In the event that any credit union shall require that notice be

given before such amounts may be withdrawn, it shall, before or upon the

day such requirement is made effective, notify the superintendent by

telephone, other electronic means or in writing that such requirement

has been made.

29. To, either on an individual or participation basis, establish or

maintain an accounting service center, the functions, facilities, and

operations of which are limited to providing data processing services.

As used in this subdivision, the term "data processing services" means

the maintenance of bookkeeping, accounting, or other records related to

the purposes and functions of a credit union, primarily by mechanical or

electronic methods, and the furnishing of reports and information

derived from such records. Participation in the accounting service

center may be by means of a partnership or other non-corporate

arrangement between or among the participating entities or by

participation in an accounting service center corporation organized for

the sole purpose of providing data processing services. A credit union's

individual or proportionate ownership of the accounting service center

shall not exceed two percent of its members' shareholdings.

30. To acquire and lease personal property, and to hold, assign,

pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of such personal property, to the same

extent as authorized under subdivision twelve of section ninety-six of

this chapter, subject to such limitations and conditions as the

superintendent of financial services may from time to time prescribe by

general regulation.

31. To hold membership in other credit unions organized under this

article or under federal law or any other credit union act, and in

associations and organizations controlled by or fostering the interests

of credit unions, including a central liquidity facility organized under

state or federal law.

32. To execute and deliver for its members such guarantees as may be

incidental or usual in the transfer of investment securities.

33. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article to the

contrary, to participate in the minority - and women-owned business

development and lending program, as established in section 16-c of

section 1 of chapter 174 of the laws of 1968, constituting the urban

development corporation act, to the extent that such program allows

participation by credit unions.

33-a. To accept moneys deposited by the commissioner of taxation and

finance or the comptroller as linked deposits and make linked loans

pursuant to article fifteen of the state finance law and to pledge

assets or furnish other security satisfactory in form and amount to the

depositor, for repayment of such moneys.

34. To have and exercise all other powers that are necessary or

appropriate to enable it to carry out its purpose.

35. To participate in loans to credit union members jointly with other

credit unions, credit union organizations, or other banking

organizations pursuant to written policies established by the board of

directors; provided that a credit union which originates a loan for

which participation arrangements are made shall retain an interest in at

least ten percent of the face amount of the loan. The member of the

originating credit union benefiting from the proceeds of the loan need

not be within the field of membership of the other credit unions

participating in the loan.

36. To invest its funds in a collateralized mortgage obligation/real

estate mortgage investment conduit. A credit union may invest in a fixed

or variable rate collateralized mortgage obligation/real estate mortgage

investment conduit, subject to the same extent and under the same

conditions as federal credit unions are authorized to so invest,

pursuant to the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C 1757(15)(B)) and any

regulations related thereto, as amended.

37. To engage in a "savings promotion" in accordance with section

nine-v of this chapter and subject to any regulations promulgated by the

superintendent. The superintendent shall consult with the state gaming

commission before proposing any such regulations or any amendments

thereto. Such regulations shall ensure that:

a. no participant in a savings promotion is charged any fee that would

constitute, directly or indirectly, consideration for participation in

such savings promotion; and

b. no participant in a savings promotion foregoes, directly or

indirectly, any interest that would constitute consideration for

participation in such savings promotion.

§ 455 — Trust powers

Trust powers. 1. The superintendent of financial services is

authorized and empowered to grant permission to a credit union to

exercise any or all of the powers specified in sections one hundred, one

hundred-a, one hundred-b and one hundred-c of this chapter. In passing

upon applications for permission to exercise any such powers, the

superintendent of financial services may take into consideration the

amount of net worth of the applying credit union, whether or not such

net worth is sufficient under the circumstances of the case, the needs

of the community to be served and any other facts and circumstances that

seem proper, and may grant or refuse it permission accordingly.

2. Whenever the laws of this state require a trust company acting in a

fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with the state authorities for

the protection of private or court trusts, a credit union, so acting, is

required and empowered to make similar deposits of securities.

3. The superintendent of financial services is authorized to

promulgate such regulations as he or she may deem necessary or proper to

implement the provisions of this section and the proper exercise of the

powers granted by this section.

§ 456 — Limitations upon powers

Limitations upon powers. No credit union shall:

1. Pay any commission or compensation for securing members or for the

sale of its shares; except that such restrictions shall not prohibit a

credit union from issuing or selling shares to other state or federal

credit unions through deposit brokers, subject to any regulations

prescribed by the superintendent, nor pay any compensation to directors

or committee members except that directors and committee members may be

reimbursed for reasonable and proper costs incurred while carrying out

the responsibilities of their positions. Such reimbursement shall be

determined by the board of directors to be appropriate in carrying out

the official business of the credit union and shall be in accordance

with written policies and procedures, including documentation

requirements, established by the board of directors.

2. Make any loan to any member, if, upon the making of that loan, the

member would be indebted to the credit union upon loans made to, or

guaranteed or endorsed by, such member in an aggregate amount which

would exceed ten per centum of the capital and undivided profits of the

credit union.

3. Impose a fine, in case of failure of a member to make payments on

shares, exceeding two per centum per month or fraction of a month on

amounts due.

4. Permit any director, officer, employee, member of the credit

committee or supervisory committee to borrow directly or indirectly or

become surety for any loan or advance made by such credit union where

such loan or advance or aggregate loans or advances exceed twenty

thousand dollars, unless the loan or advance is fully secured in

accordance with criteria established by the board of directors or unless

the loan or advance is approved by a majority of the entire board of

directors. Such approval must be given in writing. Complete minutes of

such meeting shall be kept which shall include the names of all

directors present. The rate of interest or discount charged on any such

loan to a director, officer or member of the credit committee or

supervisory committee shall not be less than the rate of interest or

discount charged for loans of like character in the ordinary course of

business.

5. Issue any shares except as provided in subdivision one of section

four hundred fifty-four of this article, and unless there is printed

upon the certificate or other evidence of such shares the words

"Transferable only to qualified members."

6. Retain physical possession of a passbook or other evidence of

membership of any member except that the supervisory committee may

retain such passbook or other evidence of membership for a period not to

exceed ten days for the purpose of auditing the records of the credit

union.

7. Except in the case of a state or federal corporate credit union,

make any loan or other extension of credit to, or investment in the

shares of, any other credit union other than a state or federal

corporate credit union in an amount the aggregate of which shall exceed

twenty-five per centum of its assets or twenty-five per centum of the

assets of such other credit union; provided, however, that the

superintendent may approve a credit union's request to invest a higher

per centum of its assets in any other credit union; nor shall a credit

union issue or sell one or more shares to another credit union if, by

such issuance or sale, the aggregate of its shares held by other credit

unions will thereby exceed thirty per centum of its own assets;

provided, however, that the superintendent may approve a credit union's

request to issue or sell shares which aggregate a higher per centum of

its assets to other credit unions. Extension of credit to or investment

in the shares of another credit union or the issuance or sale of shares

to another credit union, under this subdivision, shall include credit

unions chartered by the federal government or federally insured credit

unions chartered by a state.

In the case of a corporate credit union, no loan shall be made to a

member credit union in an amount in excess of twenty percent of the

share capital of the corporate credit union.

8. Permit any member to withdraw any shares pledged as security for

any loan on which such member is liable as maker, endorser, guarantor or

surety except upon the prior written approval of a majority of the

credit committee or the loan officer. In any case, the amount of shares

in excess of the liability of such member as maker, endorser, guarantor

or surety, may be withdrawn without the approval of the credit committee

or the loan officer.

9. Make a loan to a member upon the security of a mortgage which is

not a first lien, unless such loan is in compliance with the regulations

of the superintendent of financial services. Such regulations may

include such restrictions as the superintendent of financial services

finds necessary and proper, including without limitation, a restriction

as to the percentage of total assets which may be invested in such

loans, a restriction on the loan-to-appraisal value of property securing

such loan, a restriction on the maximum amount to be loaned to each

member, and a limitation on such loans based upon share capital, as

determined by the superintendent of financial services.

§ 457 — Capital

Capital. The capital of a credit union shall consist of the

payments and dividends credited to shareholders on their shares.

§ 458-a — Maintenance of reserves

Maintenance of reserves. A credit union shall contribute to

and maintain such net worth reserve categories as the superintendent

shall, by regulation, prescribe. Such regulations shall provide for a

system of maintaining net worth reserves that is comparable to that of

Title 12 U.S.C. section 1790(d) and any regulations promulgated by the

National Credit Union Administration thereunder, except as otherwise

deemed necessary by the superintendent in accordance with the

declaration of policy set forth in section ten of this chapter.

§ 459 — Allowance for loan loss

Allowance for loan loss. An allowance for loan loss account

shall be established and maintained in an amount that represents the

current estimated loss on loans. The allowance for loan loss account

requirement shall be computed and adjusted, through the provision for

loan loss account, prior to the payment of dividends.

The calculation of this account shall be in accordance with the rules

established by the National Credit Union Administration.

§ 460 — Dividends to shareholders; conditions precedent

Dividends to shareholders; conditions precedent. 1. The board

of directors of any credit union may declare a dividend from the credit

union's undivided profits calculated as provided in this article for any

period determined by the board of directors.

2. Earnings from all sources for the period for which a dividend is to

be paid, except as provided in section four hundred fifty-eight of this

article, may be credited to the profit and loss account of the credit

union and the following items shall be charged against such account in

the determination of the amount available for dividends to shareholders:

(a) All expenses paid or incurred by the credit union in the

management of its affairs, the collection of its debts or the

transaction of its business.

(b) The interest paid or accrued on debts owed by the credit union.

(c) All losses incurred on loans in excess of the allowance for loan

loss account.

(d) Any interest collected in advance shall be considered unearned at

the end of the fiscal period, and shall be set aside in an account

called "unearned interest".

The credit balance of the profit and loss account as thus determined

shall constitute the undivided profits of the credit union at the close

of such period, and shall be applicable to the payment of dividends

except as provided in subdivision three of this section.

3. No dividend shall be credited or paid unless the credit union has:

(a) Made good any existing impairment of its capital; and

(b) Carried to its allowance for loan loss account such part of its

earnings as is required by section four hundred fifty-nine of this

article.

4. Dividends may be paid on shares and share certificates at various

rates with due consideration of the conditions that pertain to each type

of account such as minimum balance, notice and time requirements.

5. When any dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount

available for dividends as determined in accordance with the provisions

of this section, the directors voting for such dividend may be held

jointly and severally liable to the credit union for the amount of the

excess so declared.

§ 461 — Change of location; establishment of stations; extension or revival of corporate existence

Change of location; establishment of stations; extension or

revival of corporate existence. 1. Any credit union may make a written

application to the superintendent for leave to change its place of

business to another place within the state of New York. The application

shall state the reasons for such proposed change, and shall be

accompanied by a copy of a resolution authorizing the making of the

application, certified by a principal officer of the credit union to

have been adopted by a vote of a majority of its entire board of

directors at a meeting of such board, duly convened and held. Such

change may be made upon the written approval of the superintendent. If

the superintendent shall grant his certificate authorizing the change of

location, as provided in article two of this chapter, the credit union

may, upon or after the day specified in the certificate, remove its

property and effects to the location designated therein.

2. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent may adopt, any

credit union, may open and maintain within or without the state, in any

locality in which a substantial portion of its actual potential

membership is employed or residing, one or more stations for the conduct

of its business provided that before any such station or stations shall

be opened or maintained or removed to a new location:

(a) Its board of directors shall submit to the superintendent a

written application setting forth the reasons therefor and the proposed

location of such station or stations.

(b) The superintendent shall have given his written approval thereto.

3. Every application submitted under either subdivision one or two of

this section shall be accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed

pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.

4. By votes cast by a majority of the shareholders of record entitled

to vote at a meeting called for the purpose, a credit union, not having

perpetual existence, may extend its duration, or, if it ceased to exist

because of the expiration of the duration specified in its organization

certificate, may revive its existence. Such resolution shall be

transmitted to the superintendent, who shall issue, under his hand and

the official seal of the department, in triplicate, a certificate

setting forth the duration of the credit union as extended, which

certificates shall be transmitted and filed in the same manner as

authorization certificates.

§ 462 — Foreign credit unions

Foreign credit unions. Subject to such regulations as the

superintendent may adopt, any credit union located in a state other than

this state may open and maintain in this state, in any locality in which

a substantial portion of its actual or potential membership is employed

or residing, one or more stations for the conduct of its business

provided that before any such station or stations shall be opened or

maintained or removed to a new location:

1. Its board of directors shall submit to the superintendent a written

application setting forth the reasons therefor and the proposed location

of such station or stations. The application for each such station shall

be accompanied by a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of

this chapter.

2. The superintendent shall have given his written approval thereto.

§ 463 — Exemptions and individual liability of shareholders

Exemptions and individual liability of shareholders. The

transfer of the shares of any credit union shall not be taxable under

the provisions of article twelve of the tax law.

The shareholders of a credit union shall not be individually liable

for the payment of the credit union's debts.

§ 464 — Manner of withdrawal; expulsion or suspension of members; effect upon liabilities to credit unions

Manner of withdrawal; expulsion or suspension of members;

effect upon liabilities to credit unions. 1. A member desiring to

withdraw from a credit union shall file a written notice of his or her

intention to withdraw. However, a member who fails to complete payment

of one share within six months of his or her admission to membership, or

within six months from an increase in the par value of shares, or a

member who reduces his or her share balance below the par value of one

share and does not increase the balance to at least the par value of one

share within six months of the reduction will be considered to have

withdrawn from membership in the credit union.

2. The board of directors, pursuant to a written policy approved by

such board, may expel or suspend any member who has not carried out his

or her engagements with the credit union, or who has been convicted of a

criminal offense, or who neglects or refuses to comply with the

provisions of this article, or of the bylaws, or who habitually neglects

to pay his or her debts, or who becomes insolvent or bankrupt, or who is

physically or verbally abusive to credit union members or staff. Such

written policy shall include the conditions and procedures under which a

member may be expelled or may be suspended, in whole or in part,

regarding member participation in services and other rights and benefits

of membership; provided, however, that a member who has been suspended

may continue to maintain a share account and may continue to vote at

annual and special meetings.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this subdivision, a member

shall not be expelled or suspended unless he or she has been informed in

writing of the charges against him or her and has been provided the

opportunity to be heard within thirty days of the date of the mailing or

delivery of such written notice.

(b) In the case of a member who has been physically abusive or who has

made threats of physical harm or violence, such member may be suspended

or expelled from the date of the mailing or delivery of a written notice

of such action and the reasons for the suspension or expulsion. As part

of such notice, the member shall be advised of the opportunity to

request reinstatement and to be heard within thirty days of the date of

the mailing or delivery of such notice.

3. Any member of a credit union who withdraws or is suspended or

expelled shall not be relieved of any liability to the corporation. The

amounts paid in on shares or deposited by such members, together with

any dividends credited to their shares and any interest which has

accrued on their deposits, shall be repaid to them in the order of their

withdrawal, suspension or expulsion, as funds become available therefor,

but the credit union may deduct from such payments any sums due it from

such members.

§ 465 — Withdrawal of shares after voting to liquidate; notices to shareholders

Withdrawal of shares after voting to liquidate; notices to

shareholders. After the shareholders of a credit union have duly voted

that the credit union be closed and such business wound up and

voluntarily liquidated, and prior to the entry of an order of the

supreme court declaring the business of such credit union closed, any

shareholder withdrawing any or all of his shares shall be given written

notice by the credit union at the time of such withdrawal on the

withdrawal notice, that it has been duly voted to close the corporation,

wind up its business and voluntarily liquidate, that application may be

made to the supreme court for a closing order pursuant to subdivision

four of section six hundred five of this chapter, and that by receiving

payment for the shares surrendered, he will not be entitled to any part

of the surplus which may remain upon final liquidation and which would

have been credited upon such shares had the same remained until the time

that the closing order was obtained. If the notice is not given as

aforesaid, the shareholder shall be entitled to share in the surplus, as

if he had not made the withdrawal.

§ 466 — Meetings of shareholders; voting

Meetings of shareholders; voting. 1. At all meetings of

shareholders of every credit union each shareholder shall have one vote

irrespective of the number of shares which he holds; provided, however,

after a credit union has been in existence for a period of more than one

year, only a person who shall have been a shareholder of such credit

union for ninety days prior to the date of any such meeting shall be

entitled to vote. Every member entitled to vote at a meeting of members

of the credit union may authorize another person or persons to act for

him by proxy at such meeting or, if the bylaws so provide, may vote by

mail in accordance with the provisions of the bylaws. Every proxy must

be signed by the member or his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be

valid except for the meeting specified therein and adjournments thereof.

Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the member executing

it. The authority of the holder of a proxy to act shall not be revoked

by the incompetence or death of the member who executed the proxy

unless, before the authority is exercised, written notice of an

adjudication of such incompetence or of such death is received by the

officer of the credit union responsible for maintaining the list of

members. A shareholder may vote by proxy at a meeting called to vote

upon voluntary dissolution. The bylaws may prohibit or further limit

proxies for members and their duration. No officer, director,

supervisory committee member, credit committee member, loan officer,

clerk, teller or bookkeeper of the credit union shall act as such proxy.

No director, supervisory committee member, credit committee member, or

officer of a credit union shall be eligible to act as an inspector of an

election of directors, supervisory committee members and credit

committee members, at any meeting of members of the credit union.

2. Complete minutes of all shareholders' meetings shall be kept which

shall include a record of the exact number of members present together

with a count of votes cast for the election of all directors and

committee members.

3. Upon the petition of any shareholder aggrieved by an election, and

upon notice to the persons declared elected, the credit union and such

other persons as the court may direct, the supreme court at a special

term held within the judicial district where the office of the credit

union is located shall forthwith hear the proofs and allegations of the

parties, and confirm the election, order a new election or take such

other action as justice may require.

§ 467 — Qualifications and disqualifications of directors and committee members

Qualifications and disqualifications of directors and committee

members. Every director and committee member of a credit union shall be

the owner of at least one share subscribed for by him or standing in his

name on the books of the credit union; and every person elected to be a

director or committee member, who, after his election, shall

hypothecate, pledge or cease to be the owner of his qualifying share or

shares, except as permitted by subdivision four of section four hundred

fifty-six of this article, shall cure the disqualification within thirty

days or thereby vacate his office, and not be eligible for re-election

as a director or committee member for a period of one year from the date

of the next succeeding annual meeting. The restrictions herein of

requiring directors and committee members to be the owner of at least

one share shall not apply to a corporate credit union.

§ 468 — Oaths of directors, officers and members of committees

Oaths of directors, officers and members of committees. Each

director, officer and member of a committee when first appointed or

elected, shall take an oath that he will, so far as the duty devolves

upon him, diligently and honestly administer the affairs of the credit

union, and will not knowingly violate, or willingly permit to be

violated, any of the provisions of law applicable to such corporation,

and that he is the owner of at least one share subscribed for by him or

standing in his name on the books of the credit union and that the same

is not hypothecated, or in any way pledged as security for any loan or

debt, except as permitted by subdivision four of section four hundred

fifty-six of this chapter. The affirmation of share ownership need not

be given by any director, officer and member of a committee of a

corporate credit union. Such oath shall be subscribed by the directors,

officers and members of committees making it and certified by any

officer authorized by law to administer oaths, and immediately

transmitted to the superintendent.

§ 469 — Vacancies; change in number of directors

Vacancies; change in number of directors. 1. Vacancies in the

board of directors, supervisory committee, or the credit committee,

occasioned by resignations, deaths or other causes shall be reported by

each credit union to the superintendent within ten days after the event;

and the credit union shall likewise report the filling of each such

vacancy with the name, address and occupation of the person elected and

the name of the person whose place he is to fill.

2. The number of directors may be changed within the limits provided

in subdivision four of section four hundred fifty-one of this article by

amendment of the bylaws.

§ 470 — Powers and duties of directors; not entitled to compensation; disqualification of directors

Powers and duties of directors; not entitled to compensation;

disqualification of directors. 1. The board of directors of every credit

union shall have the general management of the affairs, funds and

records of the corporation. No member of the board of directors shall

receive any compensation for his services as a member of the board.

Whenever the directors shall deem any loan unsafe they may, in their

discretion, require additional security to be given by the borrower, and

if such security is not furnished as required by them, they may declare

the loan due and take action to collect the same. Complete minutes of

all meetings of directors shall be kept which shall include the names of

the directors present.

2. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of a credit

union if such person's spouse is a director or one of the five highest

paid salaried officers of the credit union, if such person or such

person's spouse is the grandparent, parent, child, grandchild, brother,

sister, uncle, nephew, or niece of a director or one of the five highest

paid salaried officers of the credit union, or if a director or one of

the five highest paid salaried officers of the credit union is the

spouse of such person's child, grandchild, brother or sister.

No director in office on July seventeenth, nineteen hundred eighty-six

shall be ineligible for the office of director by reason of the

provisions of this subdivision.

§ 471 — Duty of directors and officers

Duty of directors and officers. 1. Directors and officers shall

discharge the duties of their respective positions in good faith and

with that degree of diligence, care and skill which a prudent person

would exercise under similar circumstances in like positions. In

discharging their duties, directors and officers, when acting in good

faith, may rely (a) upon financial statements of the credit union

represented to them to be correct by the executive officer or the

officer of the credit union having charge of the books of account, or

stated in a written report by an independent public or certified public

accountant or firm of such accountants fairly to reflect the financial

condition of such credit union, and (b) upon reports required to be

submitted to them by any provision of this chapter or prepared in the

ordinary course of business by an officer or committee charged with the

responsibility therefor. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to

require the directors to perform functions vested in any committee,

officer or other person pursuant to the provisions of any other section

of this chapter.

2. An action may be brought against one or more directors or officers

of a credit union to procure a judgment for the following relief:

(a) To compel the defendant to account for his official conduct in the

following cases:

(i) The neglect of, or failure to perform, or other violation of his

duties in the management and disposition of the credit union's assets

committed to his charge.

(ii) The acquisition by himself, transfer to others, loss or waste of

the credit union's assets due to any neglect of or failure to perform,

or other violation of his duties.

(b) To set aside a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the credit

union's assets by one or more directors or officers, contrary to a

provision of law, where the transferee knew the purpose of the transfer.

(c) To enjoin such a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the credit

union's assets by one or more of the directors or officers where there

is good reason to apprehend that it will be made.

3. Subject to section six hundred thirty-one of this chapter, an

action may be brought for the relief provided in this section by a

credit union or an officer, director or judgment creditor thereof.

4. This section shall not affect any liability otherwise imposed by

law upon any director or officer.

§ 472 — Special duties of directors

Special duties of directors. Unless the bylaws shall expressly

reserve any or all of the following duties to the shareholders, it shall

be the special duty of the directors:

1. To act upon applications for membership and to expel members;

provided that the board of directors may appoint a membership committee

consisting of not less than two directors, which committee may act upon

applications for membership and approve persons for membership under

such conditions as the board may prescribe; except that such committee

so authorized shall submit to the board at each monthly meeting a list

of approved or pending applications for membership received since the

previous monthly meeting, together with such other related information

as the board may require.

2. To fix the amount of surety bond required of each officer having

the control or custody of funds.

3. To determine from time to time the rate of interest which shall be

allowed on deposits and charged on loans.

4. To fix the maximum number and classes of shares, share drafts and

share certificates which may be held by, and the maximum amount which

may be lent to, any member, subject in each case, however, to the

restrictions contained in section four hundred fifty-six of this

article.

5. To declare dividends and authorize an interest refund to all

members of record at the close of business on the last day of any

dividend period in proportion to the interest paid by them during the

dividend period. The amount of interest refund to the members shall be

in proportion to the amount of interest paid by them during the dividend

period as determined by the application of a uniform percentage. The

board may authorize an interest refund for a dividend period only during

a month in which, under the bylaws, it may declare a dividend for such

period, except that if, under the bylaws, a credit union has for the

calendar year dividend periods more frequently than annually and an

interest refund was omitted for one or more of such dividend periods,

the board, during the time permitted for the declaration of the current

dividend, may authorize an interest refund for the current dividend

period and for any one or more of the omitted dividend periods. However,

the board shall not authorize an interest refund for any dividend period

with respect to which it has not declared a dividend. An interest refund

shall be recorded on the books of the credit union as a reduction of

interest income.

6. To recommend amendments to the bylaws.

7. To fill vacancies in the board of directors or the credit or

supervisory committees as provided for in the bylaws.

8. To choose a chairman and recording officer of the credit committee

from among the members thereof at the annual organization meeting of the

board of directors of the credit union.

9. To direct the deposit or investment of funds, except loans to

members.

10. To perform such other duties as the bylaws may prescribe.

§ 473 — Loan officers, credit committee; duties

Loan officers, credit committee; duties. Whenever the term

"credit committee" is used in this article, it shall solely be

applicable to those credit unions whose bylaws provide for such

committee. The credit committee of every credit union shall meet as

often as necessary, after due notice has been given to each member, for

the purpose of passing upon applications of members for loans. No loan

shall be made unless approved by a loan officer or by a majority of the

members of the credit committee; except the credit committee or a loan

officer may approve in advance upon application by a member, an

extension of credit, and loans may be granted to such members within the

limits of such extension of credit. The loan officers or the credit

committee shall be responsible for reviewing and affirming all

extensions of credit and any extension of credit shall expire if the

member becomes more than ninety days delinquent in his obligations to

the credit union. If the credit union has shares in excess of fifty

thousand dollars, the credit committee may appoint one or more loan

officers and delegate to him, her or them the power to approve loans

within the limits fixed by the board of directors. If the credit

committee appoints one or more loan officers, not more than one loan

officer shall be a member of the credit committee and each loan officer

shall report to the credit committee a record of each loan approved or

disapproved by him, her or them within seven days after filing of the

loan application. All applications not approved by a loan officer shall

be acted upon by the credit committee. If there is no credit committee,

a member shall have the right, upon written request, of review by the

board of directors of a loan application which has been denied.

In no case shall a loan officer or a member of the credit committee

serve as a member of the supervisory committee. No officer who is

authorized to sign checks shall act as a loan officer. If a credit

union has less than five hundred thousand dollars in assets, its board

of directors may act as its credit committee. The credit committee of

every credit union shall keep full and complete minutes of all the

business transacted at each of its meetings. Such minutes shall include

the names of those present at such meetings.

§ 474 — Loan reports to directors

Loan reports to directors. 1. The credit committee shall

prepare and submit written reports to the board of directors of all

loans approved or disapproved. If there is no credit committee, the

board of directors shall designate, by resolution, a loan officer or

officers whose duty it shall be to prepare and submit such written

reports to the board.

2. These written reports shall be submitted to the board of directors

at every regular monthly meeting of the board. Such written reports

shall include a detailed description of any collateral securing these

loans.

3. The superintendent may promulgate regulations relating to the

provisions of these loan reports.

§ 475 — Supervisory committee; powers and duties

Supervisory committee; powers and duties. 1. The supervisory

committee shall have power:

(a) To suspend at any time by unanimous vote, at a meeting called for

that purpose, any member of the credit committee or any member of the

board of directors or any officer.

(b) By a majority vote to call a meeting of the shareholders to

consider any violation of this article or the bylaws, or any practices

of the credit union which, in the opinion of the committee, are unsafe

or unauthorized.

2. It shall be the duty of the supervisory committee:

(a) To inspect the securities, cash and accounts of the credit union

and supervise the acts of its board of directors, officers and credit

committee.

(b) Within fourteen days after the suspension of any member of the

credit committee or any member of the board of directors or any officer,

to cause notice of a special meeting to be given to the shareholders to

take any action regarding such suspension as may be deemed necessary.

(c) To fill vacancies in the supervisory committee until the next

annual meeting of the shareholders; provided, if such committee is

appointed by the directors, it shall be the duty of the board to fill

any such vacancies in this committee.

(d) Once each fiscal year, at the close of any quarter and not less

than six months after the date of the previous such audit, to make an

audit of the books and records of the credit union for the period

following the most recent audit; to examine fully its business and

affairs and into such other matters as the superintendent may require;

upon the completion of such audit and examination to make full report

thereof in writing, and sworn to by each member of the supervisory

committee, to the board of directors at their next regular meeting after

the completion of such audit and examination, to cause such report to be

filed in the office of the credit union and to give notice to each

member of the board of directors that such report has been filed, to

cause a duplicate of such report to be filed in the office of the

superintendent within ten days after the next regular meeting of the

board of directors, and which report to the board of directors shall

include a statement of the assets and liabilities, receipts and

disbursements of the credit union based upon such audit and examination

and to cause such report to be read at the annual meeting of

shareholders and filed with the records of the credit union; and to keep

full and complete minutes of all business transacted at each of its

meetings. In no case shall a member of the supervisory committee serve

as a loan officer or as a member of the credit committee or as a member

of the board of directors. Such supervisory committee may employ such

assistance in making such examination that they may deem necessary, and,

if the superintendent shall require, the said supervisory committee

shall employ the assistance of independent auditors.

3. Any or all members of the supervisory committee may be removed for

cause by vote of the shareholders at a regular or special meeting

thereof, provided, however, that a written copy of the charges made

against each such member shall have been served upon him personally and

mailed to each shareholder and to the superintendent at least two weeks

before such meeting.

§ 476 — Officers; powers and duties

Officers; powers and duties. The powers and duties of the

officers of any credit union shall be such as are prescribed in the

bylaws.

§ 477 — Retirement and insurance benefits for officers and employees

Retirement and insurance benefits for officers and employees.

1. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial

services may prescribe, a credit union may, in the discretion of a

majority of all the board of directors, provide to officers and

employees retirement benefits, deferred compensation programs and other

employee benefit plans.

2. A credit union investing to fund a retirement benefit, deferred

compensation program or other benefit plan for its officers and

employees shall not be subject to or limited by the investment

provisions set forth in subdivision eighteen of section four hundred

fifty-four of this article so long as the investment is directly related

to the benefit plan, and any obligation or potential obligation

thereunder, and the credit union holds the investment for as long as it

provides such benefit plan or has any actual or potential obligation

thereunder.

§ 478 — Amendment of bylaws; approval of superintendent

Amendment of bylaws; approval of superintendent. 1. The bylaws

of a credit union may be changed or amended by a vote of a majority of

the total number of directors which a credit union would have if there

were no vacancies present at any meeting; provided the proposed change

or amendment shall have first had the approval of the superintendent,

except as provided in subdivision two of this section; and provided

further, that notice of such meeting, with notice of the proposed change

or amendment, shall have been given to each director as prescribed in

the bylaws and provided, further, that any amendment, or change in a

bylaw affecting the manner or method by which a shareholders' meeting

may be convened, the voting rights of the shareholders, or a decrease in

the number of directors of the credit union shall also require the

approval of a majority of the shareholders present at a meeting of the

shareholders. A copy of any change or amendment thus adopted shall be

filed in the office of the superintendent within thirty days after its

adoption.

2. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision one of this section,

a credit union may change or amend its bylaws to add a group of less

than three thousand members upon receiving a notice of no objection from

the superintendent. Within ten business days of receiving such proposed

change or amendment, the superintendent shall either send a notice of no

objection, notify the credit union that the proposed change or amendment

is denied, or notify the credit union that additional review is

necessary; provided, however, that if additional review is necessary,

the superintendent shall notify the credit union of his or her final

decision within no more than twenty-five business days of receiving such

proposed change or amendment.

3. Any credit union deeming itself aggrieved by the refusal of the

superintendent to give his or her approval to a proposed change or

amendment may apply to any justice of the supreme court of the district

wherein the credit union is located, upon notice to the superintendent,

for a review of such decision. Such justice shall review the decision of

the superintendent and may overrule or set aside the action of the

superintendent and approve such change or amendment. An approval thus

obtained shall enable such credit union to make the change or amendment

as approved.

§ 479 — Credit union not liable for taxation

Credit union not liable for taxation. Any credit union subject

to the provisions of this article shall be deemed an institution for

savings within the meaning of the law which exempts such institutions

from taxation. No law which taxes corporations in any form, or the

shares thereof or the accumulations therein, shall apply to corporations

doing business in accordance with the provisions of this article, unless

such corporations are specifically named in said law.

§ 480 — Fiscal year

Fiscal year. The fiscal year of every credit union shall end

at the close of business on the thirty-first day of December.

§ 481 — Communications from department of financial services must be submitted to directors and supervisory committee, and noted in the minutes

Communications from department of financial services must be

submitted to directors and supervisory committee, and noted in the

minutes. Every official communication as defined in article two of this

chapter directed to a credit union shall be submitted to both the board

of directors and the supervisory committee at the next meeting of each

such board or committee and duly noted in the minutes of the meeting of

such board or committee.

§ 482 — Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make

Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make. 1.

Credit unions shall forward to the superintendent all reports required

by the National Credit Union Administration.

2. Every credit union shall also make such other special reports to

the superintendent at such times as he may require, which reports shall

be in the form and filed on the date prescribed by the superintendent.

3. If any credit union shall fail to make any report required by this

section on or before the day designated for the making thereof, or shall

fail to include therein any information required by the superintendent

to be included, such credit union shall forfeit to the people of the

state an amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four-a of this

chapter for every day that such report shall be delayed or withheld, and

for every day that it shall fail to report any such omitted information,

unless the time therefor shall have been extended by the superintendent.

§ 483 — Penalty for loans to non-members; recovery

Penalty for loans to non-members; recovery. Any officer,

director or member of a committee of a credit union who knowingly

permits a loan to be made or participates in a loan to a non-member of

the corporation shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be primarily

liable to the corporation for the amount thus illegally loaned, and the

illegality of such a loan shall be no defense in any action by the

corporation to recover the amount lent.

§ 484 — Penalty for use of term "credit union"

Penalty for use of term "credit union". The use by any person,

partnership, association or corporation, other than those authorized as

provided in this article, or by any federal law, and other than any

statewide association of credit unions operating in this state, of any

name or title which contains the two words "credit" and "union" shall be

a misdemeanor.

§ 485 — Entries in books; preservation of records

Entries in books; preservation of records. 1. No credit union

shall by any system of accounting or any device of bookkeeping, directly

or indirectly, enter any of its assets or liabilities upon its books in

the name of any person, or under any title or designation that is not

truly descriptive thereof.

2. Every credit union shall preserve all of its records of original

and final entry, including cancelled checks, withdrawal slips and

deposit tickets, for a period of at least six years from the date of

making same or from the date of the last entry thereon; provided,

however, that preservation of photographic reproduction thereof or

records in photographic form shall constitute compliance with the

requirements of this section.

§ 486 — Conversion of a federal credit union into a state credit union

Conversion of a federal credit union into a state credit union.

Any federal credit union having its place of business in this state may

convert itself into a state credit union. A meeting of the shareholders

shall be held upon not less than ten days' written notice to each

shareholder, either served personally or mailed to him or her at his or

her last known address and containing a statement of the time, place and

purpose of such meeting, provided that if the laws of the United States

prescribe a different period of time or manner of communicating notice

to each shareholder, then a meeting of the shareholders shall be held in

conformity with such laws. Proof by affidavit of due service of such

notice shall be filed in the office of the credit union before or at the

time of such meeting.

At such meeting, a majority of the shareholders represented at the

meeting may, by an affirmative vote, in person or by proxy, authorize

the conversion of such federal credit union into a state-chartered

credit union, provided that in the event the laws of the United States

require a different affirmative vote, such vote shall apply in lieu of

the affirmative vote required hereby. A copy of the minutes of such

meeting, certified by the presiding officer and by the secretary of the

meeting, shall be filed in the office of the superintendent within

thirty days after the date of such meeting.

There shall be filed with such copy of the minutes the organization

certificate required by section four hundred fifty of this article,

executed by a majority of the directors, and proposed bylaws as required

by section four hundred fifty-one of this article. The federal credit

union shall also submit a written plan of conversion to the

superintendent, together with an investigation fee as described pursuant

to section eighteen-a of this chapter.

Within sixty days after such filing, or such later date as the

superintendent in his discretion may determine, the federal credit union

shall take the action prescribed or authorized by the laws of the United

States to effect such conversion and there shall thereupon be filed in

the office of the superintendent a copy of any consent or authorization

required of such federal credit union pursuant to the laws of the United

States and the state to effect such conversion.

When the superintendent shall have approved the organization

certificate and the proposed bylaws and shall have issued the

authorization certificate, as provided in article two of this chapter,

the credit union shall cease to be a federal credit union and shall

thereupon be converted into a state credit union, but such federal

credit union shall be deemed to be continued for the purpose of

prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind up its affairs

as a federal credit union and to dispose of and convey its property.

At the time when such conversion becomes effective, all the property

of the federal credit union shall immediately by act of law and without

any conveyance or transfer become the property of the state-chartered

credit union and the state-chartered credit union shall succeed to all

the rights, obligations and relations of the federal credit union.

§ 486-a — Retention of special additional mortgage recording tax exemption for converted federal credit unions

Retention of special additional mortgage recording tax

exemption for converted federal credit unions. Mortgages made by a

credit union that is issued an authorization certificate on or after

January first, two thousand nine pursuant to section four hundred

eighty-six of this article shall be exempt from the special additional

mortgage tax imposed pursuant to paragraph (a) of subdivision one-a of

section two hundred fifty-three of the tax law.

§ 487 — Conversion of a credit union into a federal credit union

Conversion of a credit union into a federal credit union. Any

credit union may convert itself into a federal credit union. A meeting

of the shareholders of the credit union shall be held upon not less than

ten days' written notice to each shareholder, either served personally

or mailed to him or her at his or her last known address and containing

a statement of the time, place and purpose of such meeting. Proof by

affidavit of due service of such notice shall be filed in the office of

the credit union before or at the time of such meeting.

At such meeting, a majority of the shareholders represented at the

meeting may, by an affirmative vote in person or by proxy, authorize the

conversion of such credit union into a federal credit union. A copy of

the minutes of such meeting, certified by the presiding officer and by

the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in the office of the

superintendent within two days thereafter.

Within sixty days after the date of such meeting, or such later date

as the superintendent in his discretion may determine, the credit union

shall take such action, in the manner prescribed or authorized by the

laws of the United States, as shall make it a federal credit union and

shall thereupon file in the office of the superintendent a copy of the

charter or authorization issued to it. Upon such filing the credit union

shall cease to be a corporation under the laws of this state, except

that its corporate existence shall continue for the purpose of

prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind up its affairs

as a state credit union and to dispose of and convey its property. At

the time when such conversion becomes effective, all of the property of

the state credit union shall immediately by act of law and without any

conveyance or transfer become the property of the federal credit union

and the federal credit union shall thereupon succeed to all the rights,

obligations and relations of the state credit union.

§ 487-a — Conversion of a credit union into a mutual savings bank

Conversion of a credit union into a mutual savings bank. 1.

Any credit union having its place of business in this state may convert

to a mutual savings bank, subject to the requirements and procedures set

forth in the laws and regulations governing mutual savings banks.

2. A proposal for a conversion described in this section shall first

be approved, and a date set for a vote thereon by the members (either at

a meeting to be held on that date or by written ballot to be filed on or

before that date), by a majority of the directors of the credit union.

Approval of the proposal for conversion shall be by the affirmative vote

of a majority of the members of the credit union who vote on the

proposal.

3. A credit union that proposes to convert to a mutual savings bank

under this section shall submit notice to each of its members who is

eligible to vote on the matter of its intent to convert. Such notice

must adequately describe the purpose and subject matter of the vote to

be taken at the meeting or by submission of a written ballot. Such

notice shall be submitted:

a. ninety days before the date of the member vote on the conversion;

b. sixty days before the date of the member vote on the conversion;

and

c. thirty days before the date of the member vote on the conversion.

The notice submitted thirty days before the date of the member vote on

the conversion shall contain a written ballot, and shall clearly inform

the member that the member may vote at the meeting or by submitting the

written ballot. Such notice also shall state the date, time and place of

the meeting.

4. The superintendent shall require a credit union that proposes to

convert to a mutual savings bank under this section to submit a notice

to the superintendent of its intent to convert during the ninety-day

period preceding the date of the completion of the conversion,

accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this chapter.

5. No director or senior management official of a credit union may

receive any economic benefit in connection with a conversion of the

credit union as described in this section, other than:

a. director fees; and

b. compensation and other benefits paid to directors or senior

management officials of the converted institution in the ordinary course

of business.

c. For purposes of this subdivision, the term "senior management

official" means a chief executive officer, an assistant chief executive

officer, a chief financial officer, and any other senior executive

officer as defined by the appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to

section 32(f) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1831i(f).

6. The member vote concerning charter conversion under this section

shall be verified by the superintendent. If the superintendent

disapproves of the methods by which the member vote was taken or

procedures applicable to the member vote, the member vote shall be taken

again, as directed by the superintendent.

7. Upon completion of a conversion described in this section, the

credit union shall no longer be subject to any of the provisions of this

article.

When the superintendent shall have approved the organization

certificate and the proposed bylaws and shall have issued the

authorization certificate, as provided in article six of this chapter,

the credit union shall cease to be a credit union and shall thereupon be

converted into a mutual savings bank; provided, however, that such

credit union shall be deemed to be continued for the purpose of

prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind up its affairs

as a credit union and to dispose of and convey its property.

At the time when such conversion becomes effective, all the property

of the credit union shall immediately by act of law and without any

conveyance or transfer become the property of the mutual savings bank

and the mutual savings bank shall succeed to all the rights, obligations

and relations of the credit union.

ARTICLE 11-A Credit Union Insurance Fund

§ 490-a — Creation of fund

Creation of fund. Any fifty or more credit unions organized

under the provisions of this chapter whose share liabilities aggregate

not less than fifty per centum of the total share liabilities of all

credit unions so organized may enter into an agreement, subject to the

approval of the superintendent, to create a fund and from time to time

make contributions thereto in accordance with the terms of such

agreement, for the purpose of insuring the shares of such credit unions

as shall become parties to such agreement; provided, however, that the

shares so insured of any one holder in any one credit union shall not

exceed two thousand dollars. Such an agreement once entered into may be

continued, notwithstanding the fact that any number of associations may

cease to be parties thereto.

§ 490-b — Management of fund

Management of fund. The fund shall be collected, held,

administered and disbursed by a corporate trustee or a board of trustees

composed of individuals who are directors or members of a supervisory

committee of credit unions. The appointment of a corporate trustee or a

board of trustees, as the case may be, shall be subject to the approval

of the superintendent. In the event there be a board of individual

trustees, a majority of them at any time in office, shall constitute a

quorum and the vote of a majority present at any meeting, provided a

quorum is present, shall be determinative.

§ 490-c — Execution and filing of agreement

Execution and filing of agreement. The agreement when

approved by the superintendent and executed by the credit unions

desiring to become parties thereto shall be filed in the office of the

superintendent and shall thereupon become effective. The agreement may

be executed in any number of counterparts.

§ 490-d — Provisions of agreement

Provisions of agreement. The agreement shall provide for the

following: (a) The designation of a corporate trustee or a board of

trustees to administer the fund and procedure for the resignation or

removal of any such trustee or trustees and for the selection of a

substitute trustee or trustees;

(b) The amount of the initial contribution to the fund, which shall be

made by all parties to the agreement ratably in proportion to their

respective share and deposit liabilities, and which shall be not less

than one-fourth of one per centum of the total share and deposit

liabilities, of each such party;

(c) The manner of making subsequent calls for contributions, which

shall be made ratably upon all parties to the agreement in proportion to

their respective share and deposit liabilities, except that the

superintendent, where he deems it necessary and advisable, may exempt

any such party or parties from any such call in whole or in part;

(d) Procedure for amendment of such agreement and its termination and

liquidation of the fund;

(e) The powers to be vested in the corporate trustee or board of

trustees, as the case may be, and the manner in which such powers shall

be exercised;

(f) The distribution of any earnings realized from the fund which

distribution shall be made only with the written consent of the

superintendent;

(g) The method of determining from time to time the amount of the

share and deposit liabilities of the respective parties to the

agreement;

(h) The requirements to be complied with by a party to the agreement

desiring to withdraw therefrom prior to its termination, provided the

contributions to the fund theretofore made by such withdrawing party

shall not be returned but shall remain the property of the fund.

§ 490-e — Powers and duties of trustee or trustees

Powers and duties of trustee or trustees. It shall be the

duty of the corporate trustee or the board of trustees, as the case may

be, to collect the initial contribution to the fund, to call for, and to

collect by legal proceedings if necessary, such subsequent contributions

as become payable under the terms of the agreement, and to administer

the fund so created in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Such

part of the fund as is not required to be kept on hand or in bank for

the purpose of meeting and satisfying demands made by the superintendent

pursuant to the next succeeding section, may be invested in obligations

of the United States and of the state of New York, and of any county or

municipality of the state of New York.

§ 490-f — Powers of superintendent to obtain payment from fund

Powers of superintendent to obtain payment from fund. In any

case where the superintendent has taken possession of any party to the

agreement and has been engaged in the liquidation thereof for one year,

he may demand of the trustee or trustees payment to him from the fund of

such sum as shall be necessary to enable him to pay a dividend on

account of insured shares which taken together with any dividends

previously paid on account thereof will equal fifty per centum of the

established insured claim of shareholders. At the end of two years from

the date upon which the superintendent took possession of any such party

to the agreement he may demand of the trustee or trustees payment to him

from the fund of such additional sum as shall be necessary to enable him

to pay a dividend on account of insured shares which taken together with

dividends previously paid on account thereof shall equal seventy-five

per centum of such established insured claims of shareholders. At the

end of three years from the date upon which the superintendent took

possession of any party to the agreement he may demand of the trustee or

trustees payment to him from the fund of such additional sum as shall be

necessary to enable him to pay the unpaid balance of such established

insured claims of shareholders. Any payments demanded by the

superintendent shall be paid to him from the fund by the trustee or

trustees within thirty days of the date of such demand. Any sum realized

by the superintendent from the liquidation of any party to the agreement

after shareholders have been paid in full, shall be paid by him to the

trustee or trustees of the fund to the extent of the aggregate of the

sums paid by the trustee or trustees to the superintendent under the

provisions of this section.

§ 490-g — Payment of liquidating dividends on uninsured shares

Payment of liquidating dividends on uninsured shares. In the

event of liquidation by the superintendent of any credit union which is

a party to the agreement, he shall pay on account of its uninsured share

liabilities and deposit liabilities, dividends in the same manner and

amount as he would pay on account thereof if none of the share

liabilities of such credit union were insured.

§ 490-h — Exemption of fund from taxation

Exemption of fund from taxation. The fund provided for by

this article and the income thereof shall be exempt from all taxation

now or hereafter imposed by the state of New York or by any county,

municipality or local authority or subdivision.

§ 490-i — Liability for payment of contributions

Liability for payment of contributions. Any credit union

which is a party to the agreement provided for by this article shall be

liable for the payment of any contribution called for by the trustee or

trustees pursuant to such agreement in the same manner as it would be

liable for the payment of a debt otherwise contracted.

§ 490-j — Powers of credit unions with respect to agreement

Powers of credit unions with respect to agreement. Any credit

union organized under the provisions of this chapter shall have the

power to become a party to the agreement provided for by this article,

and to take all actions authorized or required by the terms of such

agreement and to pay all contributions provided for therein. Any such

contributions paid into the fund by any party to such agreement may be

carried on its books by such party as an asset to the extent authorized

by the superintendent.

ARTICLE 11-B Sales Finance Companies

§ 491 — Definitions

Definitions. In this article, unless the context or subject

matter otherwise requires:

1. "Goods" means all chattels personal, but not including money and

things in action.

2. "Motor vehicle" or "vehicle" means any device propelled or drawn by

any power other than muscular power, upon or by which any person or

property is or may be transported or drawn upon a public highway, road

or street. Unless otherwise specified, "motor vehicle" or "vehicle" also

means a "mobile home" or "manufactured home". "Mobile home" or

"manufactured home" means a structure, transportable in one or more

sections, which in the traveling mode, is eight body feet or more in

width or forty body feet or more in length, or when erected on site, is

three hundred twenty or more square feet, and which is built on a

permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without

a permanent foundation when connected to required utilities, and

includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning and electrical systems

contained therein.

3. "Instalment buyer" or "buyer" or "retail buyer" means a person who

buys goods from a retail seller and who executes a retail instalment

contract in connection therewith.

4. "Instalment seller" or "seller" or "retail seller" means a person

who sells goods to a retail buyer under or subject to a retail

instalment contract.

5. "Retail instalment sale" or "sale" means a sale, other than for a

commercial or business use or for the purpose of resale, of goods by a

retail seller to a retail buyer for a time sale price payable in two or

more instalments, payment of which is secured by a retail instalment

contract.

6. "Retail instalment contract" or "contract" means an agreement,

entered into in this state, pursuant to which the title to, the property

or a security interest in or a lien upon the goods, which are the

subject matter of a retail instalment sale, is retained or taken by a

retail seller from a retail buyer as security, in whole or in part, for

the buyer's obligation. The term includes such an agreement wherever

entered into if executed by the buyer in this state and if solicited in

person by a salesman or other person acting on his own behalf or that of

the seller. The term also includes a contract whereby a security

interest in favor of the seller is created or retained and a contract

for the bailment or leasing of goods by which the bailee or lessee

contracts to pay as compensation for their use a sum substantially

equivalent to or in excess of their value and by which it is agreed that

the bailee or lessee is bound to become, or for no other or for a

nominal consideration has the option of becoming, the owner of the goods

upon full compliance with the terms of the contract.

6-a. "Retail instalment obligation" or "obligation" means an

agreement, entered into in this state, pursuant to which the buyer

promises to pay, in instalments, the time sale price or prices of goods

and/or services, or any part thereof. The term does not include (a) a

retail instalment contract, (b) a retail instalment credit agreement or

(c) an obligation which is intended to be and is ultimately insured or

guaranteed under title three of the act of Congress entitled

"Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944".

6-b. "Retail instalment credit agreement" or "credit agreement" means

an agreement entered into in this state, pursuant to which the buyer

promises to pay, in instalments, his outstanding indebtedness from time

to time to a retail seller, not evidenced by a retail instalment

contract or obligation, for one or more items of goods or services,

whenever purchased or obtained, which provides for a service charge and

under which instalment payments apply to his outstanding indebtedness

from time to time.

7. "Sales finance company" means a person engaged, in whole or in

part, directly or indirectly, in the business of purchasing or otherwise

acquiring retail instalment contracts, obligations or credit agreements

made by and between other parties, or any interest therein. The term

includes a retail seller of motor vehicles engaged, in whole or in part,

in the business of holding retail instalment contracts acquired from

retail buyers, which have aggregate unpaid time balances of twenty-five

thousand dollars or more at any one time, exclusive of contracts

repurchased from a sales finance company or financing agency, under an

agreement to repurchase in case of default entered into as an incident

to the bona fide sale thereof to a sales finance company or financing

agency. The term does not include the pledgee of an aggregate number of

contracts to secure a bona fide loan thereon. The term includes a person

engaged, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, in the business of

entering into retail instalment credit agreements with retail buyers

pursuant to subdivision eleven of section four hundred thirteen of the

personal property law.

8. "Superintendent" means the superintendent of financial services.

9. "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, association

or other group, however organized.

10. Words in the singular include the plural and vice versa.

§ 492 — License

License. 1. No person, except a bank, savings bank, savings and

loan association, trust company, private banker, credit union,

investment company organized under article twelve of this chapter and

authorized to accept deposits, national bank, federal savings

association, federal credit union, or out-of-state state bank, as such

term is defined in subdivision two of section two hundred twenty-two of

this chapter, or lender licensed pursuant to article nine of this

chapter, shall engage in the business of a sales finance company in this

state without a license therefor obtained from the superintendent, as

provided in this article.

1-a. Subdivision one of this section does not apply to corporations

subject to the insurance law and corporations and private bankers

subject to the banking law in exercising the powers granted to them by

chapter eight hundred ninety-seven of the laws of nineteen hundred

thirty-four as heretofore or hereafter enacted.

2. Application for a license required under this article shall be in

writing, under oath, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent,

and shall contain the following:

(a) The exact name of the applicant and date of incorporation, if

incorporated;

(b) The complete address where the business is to be conducted,

showing the street and number, if any, the office building and room

number, if any, and the municipality and county;

(c) If the applicant has one or more branches, subsidiaries or

affiliates operating in this state, the complete address of each such

place of business; and

(d) The name and resident address of the owner or partners of the

applicant or, if a corporation or association, of the directors,

trustees and principal officers, and of any stockholder owning twenty

per centum or more of its stock; and

(e) Such other pertinent information as the superintendent may

require.

3. Where an applicant operates several places of business, separate

applications for license shall be made for each such place of business.

4. At the time of filing an application for license, the applicant

shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee.

The investigation fee shall be as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this chapter, except that, when an applicant files

applications for licenses for three or more places of business at the

same time, the total investigation fee for all the applications shall be

three times the amount as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of

this chapter.

§ 492-a — Changes in control

Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the

prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which

results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to

any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the

business of a licensee shall make written application to the

superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The

application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by

rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the

purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this

section.

2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change

of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of

subdivision one of section four hundred ninety-three of this article.

The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the application in

writing within ninety days after the date the application is filed with

the superintendent.

3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of

this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of

law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has

control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall

comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.

The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be

applicable to an application made under such section by a legal

representative.

The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an

individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other

organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly

or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership of

voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any

person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be

presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls

or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock

of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with

power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any

licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by

reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The

superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee

or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with

power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any

voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the ownership,

control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute

control of such licensee for purposes of this section.

§ 493 — Action by superintendent on application

Action by superintendent on application. 1. Upon the filing of

an application for a sales finance company's license, and the payment of

the fees for license and investigation, the superintendent

(a) May refuse to issue the license if he finds that the applicant, or

any person who at the time of filing such application is an owner,

director, officer, member, partner, employee, agent, or spouse of the

applicant, has duly suffered a revocation of license under this article,

or has been found guilty of a violation of any of the provisions of this

article, or of any other law regulating retail instalment sales

contracts, obligations or credit agreements, or has been responsible for

any act or omission in consequence of which a license issued under this

article to any person was duly revoked. The superintendent may likewise

refuse to issue the license if he shall find that the experience,

character and general fitness of the applicant are not such as to

command the confidence of the community and to warrant the belief that

the business will be conducted honestly and fairly within the purposes

and intent of this article. For the purpose of this subdivision, the

applicant shall be deemed to include all the members of the applicant if

it is a partnership or unincorporated association, and all the

stockholders, officers and directors of the applicant if it is a

corporation; or

(b) Shall issue and deliver to the applicant a license to engage in

business as a sales finance company in accordance with the provisions of

this article at the location specified in said application.

2. The superintendent shall approve or deny every original application

for a license hereunder within ninety days from the filing thereof with

the said fees.

3. If the superintendent refuses to issue a license, he

(a) Shall notify the applicant of the denial, return the sum paid by

the applicant as a license fee, but retain the investigation fee to

cover the costs of investigating the applicant; and

(b) Within twenty days thereafter shall file a written decision and

findings containing the reasons supporting the denial, and shall

forthwith serve a copy thereof upon the applicant.

4. Each license issued hereunder shall remain in full force and effect

until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as

provided in this article.

5. Only one place of business may be maintained under each license,

but more than one license may be issued to the same licensee pursuant to

this article.

6. No county, city, or other political subdivision of this state may

require a licensee under this article to obtain a local license or pay a

local fee for the privilege of engaging therein in the business of a

sales finance company.

7. Any sales finance company in business on the date this act takes

effect may continue in operation but must obtain a license within six

months from said date in accordance with the provisions of this article.

§ 494 — License form; posting; limitations

License form; posting; limitations. 1. Each license issued

under this article shall state the address at which the licensed

business is to be conducted and shall state fully the name of the

licensee and, if the licensee is a copartnership or association, the

names of the members thereof, and if a corporation, the date and place

of its incorporation and the address of its principal place of business.

Such license shall be kept conspicuously posted in the licensee's

specified place of business and shall not be transferable or assignable.

2. Whenever any licensee hereunder changes its place of business to

another location, it shall give immediate written notice thereof to the

superintendent, who shall without charge attach to the license or

endorse on it in writing a record of the change and the date thereof,

which shall be authority for the operation of the business under such

license at such new location.

3. No person, except a licensee, may make any representation, directly

or indirectly, orally or in writing, that he is licensed under this

article, and a licensee may make such a representation only in

connection with the licensee's business as a sales finance company and

in accordance with any rules and regulations of the superintendent.

§ 495 — Revocation, suspension or surrender of licenses

Revocation, suspension or surrender of licenses. 1. The

superintendent may suspend or revoke any license issued under this

article, if he shall find that:

(a) the licensee, knowingly or without the exercise of due care to

prevent such violation, has violated any provision of this article, the

act of congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations

thereunder, as such act and regulations may from time to time be

amended, or of any other law regulating instalment sales agreements, or

has failed to comply with any demand, or requirement, lawfully made by

the superintendent under and within the authority of this article; or

(b) there has been any material misstatement or failure to give a true

reply to a question in the application for the license; or

(c) the licensee has defrauded any retail buyer to the buyer's damage;

or wilfully failed to perform any written agreement with any retail

buyer; or

(d) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time

of the original application for such license, clearly would have

warranted the superintendent of financial services in refusing to issue

such license originally.

(e) in the case of a licensee other than a natural person.

(1) any officer, director, trustee, or partner of such licensee has

been guilty of any act or omission which would be cause for revoking or

suspending a license of such party as an individual; or

(2) any other agent or employee of such licensee has been guilty of

such act or omission and the licensee has approved or had knowledge

thereof or of acts or omission of like character and after such approval

or knowledge has retained the benefit, proceeds, profit, or advantage of

such act or omission or otherwise ratified it.

2. No license shall be suspended or revoked except after a hearing

thereon. The superintendent shall give the licensee at least ten days'

written notice of the time and place of such hearing by registered mail

addressed to the principal place of business in this state of such

licensee. Any order suspending or revoking such license shall recite the

grounds upon which it is based and shall not be effective until ten days

after written notice thereof has been sent by registered mail to the

licensee at such principal place of business.

3. The superintendent in his discretion may revoke or suspend only the

particular license with respect to which grounds for revocation or

suspension may occur or exist; but if he finds that grounds for

revocation or suspension are of general application to all places of

business, or to more than one place of business, operated by such

licensee, he shall revoke or suspend all of the licenses issued to said

licensee or those licenses to which the grounds for revocation or

suspension apply, as the case may be.

4. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the

superintendent written notice that such license is thereby surrendered,

but such surrender shall not affect the licensee's civil or criminal

liability for acts committed prior thereto.

5. No suspension, revocation or surrender of any license shall impair

or affect the obligation of any instalment contract, obligation or

credit agreement lawfully acquired previously thereto by the licensee.

6. The superintendent shall establish rules as to the form of

hearings, findings, and orders which shall be reasonable and in the

public interest.

7. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a

substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license issued pursuant to

this article for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending

investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist

only when the licensee has defaulted or is likely to default in

performing its financial engagements or engages in dishonest or

inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the persons

afforded the protection of this article.

§ 496 — Judicial review

Judicial review. The refusal, suspension or revocation of a

license by the superintendent shall be subject to review in the manner

provided by article seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules.

§ 497 — Investigations and examinations

Investigations and examinations. 1. The superintendent shall

have the power to make such investigations as he shall deem necessary to

determine whether any licensee or any other person has violated any of

the provisions of this article or any other law relating to retail

instalment sales, contracts, obligations or credit agreements, and to

the extent necessary for this purpose, he may require the attendance of

and examine any person under oath, and shall have the power to compel

the production of all relevant books, records, accounts, and documents.

2. The superintendent shall have the power to make such examinations

of the books, records, accounts and documents used in the business of

any licensee as he shall deem necessary to determine whether such

licensee has violated any of the provisions of this article or any other

law relating to retail instalment sales, contracts, obligations or

credit agreements.

3. The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant to

subdivision two of this section four hundred ninety-seven shall be

assessed against and paid by the licensee so examined, except that

traveling and subsistence expenses so incurred shall be charged against

and paid by licensees in such proportions as the superintendent shall

deem just and reasonable, and such proportionate charges shall be added

to the assessment of the other expenses incurred upon each examination.

Upon written notice by the superintendent of the total amount of such

assessment, the licensee shall become liable for and shall pay such

assessment to the superintendent.

4. All reports of examinations and investigations, and all

correspondence and memoranda concerning or arising out of such

examinations or investigations, including any duly authenticated copy or

copies thereof in the possession of any licensee or the department of

financial services, shall be confidential communications, shall not be

subject to subpoena and shall not be made public unless, in the judgment

of the superintendent, the ends of justice and the public advantage will

be subserved by the publication thereof, in which event he may publish

or authorize the publication of a copy of any such report or other

material referred to in this subdivision four, or any part thereof, in

such manner, as he may deem proper.

§ 498 — Complaints

Complaints. 1. Any buyer having reason to believe that this

article, or any other law regulating retail instalment sales, contracts,

obligations or credit agreements, has been violated by any person may

file with the superintendent a written complaint setting forth the

details of such alleged violation. Upon receipt of such complaint, the

superintendent, or any person duly designated by him, may inspect the

pertinent books, records, letters and contracts of any licensee, and of

any retail seller or other person involved, relating to such specific

written complaint.

2. The superintendent or any person duly designated by him, shall have

the power to hold hearings upon such complaints and to determine the

time and place in this state, reasonably convenient to the parties

involved, where they shall be held.

3. The superintendent shall make findings on any complaint on which a

hearing has been held. The investigation, notice and hearing shall be in

accordance with the provisions of this article and one copy of the

findings shall be given to each such person involved in the complaint.

4. No licensee or other person shall be subject to examination or

investigation by the superintendent except as provided in this article.

The superintendent shall have only such powers as are expressly

delegated to him by this article.

§ 498-b — Regulations and rulings

Regulations and rulings. The superintendent of financial

services is hereby authorized and empowered to make such general rules

and regulations, and such specific rulings, demands and findings as may

be necessary for the proper conduct of the business authorized and

licensed under and for the enforcement of this article.

§ 499 — Violations and penalties

Violations and penalties. Any person who violates or

participates in the violation of any provision of this article, or who

knowingly makes any incorrect statement of a material fact in any

application, report or statement filed pursuant to this article, or who

knowingly omits to state any material fact necessary to give the

superintendent any information lawfully required by him or refuses to

permit any lawful investigation or examination, shall be guilty of a

misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than five

hundred dollars or imprisoned for not more than six months or both, in

the discretion of the court.

§ 501 — Repeal of inconsistent acts

Repeal of inconsistent acts. All acts and parts of acts

inconsistent with this article are hereby repealed to the extent of such

inconsistency.

§ 502 — Severability

Severability. If any provision of this article or the

application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, such

invalidity shall not affect the remainder of this article or the

application of such provision to other persons or other circumstances.

ARTICLE 12 No title

§ 507 — Limited liability investment companies

Limited liability investment companies. 1. Investment companies

which (a) do not accept or maintain credit balances or deposits in the

United States, (b) do not engage in any business activity in the United

States except as an incident to their international or foreign business

or operations, and (c) conduct business in compliance with the

provisions of this chapter, may be formed and operated as limited

liability investment companies. Such limited liability investment

companies shall be formed in accordance with, shall operate in

compliance with, and shall meet all of the requirements of the limited

liability company law and this chapter, except that to the extent any

provision of the limited liability company law shall be inconsistent

with the provisions of this chapter, the provisions of this chapter

shall govern; provided, however, that limited liability investment

companies shall not have perpetual existence.

2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a limited

liability investment company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be

wound up upon the occurrence of any event specified in section seven

hundred one of the limited liability company law. Upon such a

dissolution, the provisions of this chapter shall govern the winding up

of the affairs of the limited liability investment company and the

distribution of its assets. Further, upon such a dissolution, if the

members of a limited liability investment company wish to continue the

existence of the company and meet the requirements of section seven

hundred one of the limited liability company law, they shall apply for

and may receive the approval of the superintendent for a new articles of

organization and new authorization certificate.

3. For a period of one year following the effective date of this

section, investment companies which have been formed and are operating

pursuant to this article and article fifteen of this chapter on the

effective date of this section, and which meet the requirements of

subdivision one of this section, may convert into limited liability

investment companies provided they meet all of the other requirements of

this chapter as if they were newly formed companies and subject to the

approval of the superintendent of financial services.

4. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to make such

general rules and regulations as may be necessary and proper to

effectuate the provisions of this chapter relating to the formation and

operation of limited liability investment companies.

§ 508 — General powers

General powers. In addition to the powers conferred by article

fifteen of this chapter, an investment company may, subject to the

restrictions and limitations contained in this article, have the

following powers:

1. (a) To borrow and lend money, with or without real or personal

security; as principal or agent, to purchase, discount, acquire, invest

in, sell and dispose of bills of exchange, drafts, notes, acceptances

and other choses in action and obligations for the payment of money;

and, as principal or agent, to purchase, acquire, invest in, service,

sell and dispose of, and make loans upon the security of, bonds and

mortgages on real property situated in this state or outside this state.

(b) Pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subdivision, an investment

company may lend money at a rate or rates, and upon such terms and

conditions, as agreed to by such investment company and borrower.

2. To accept bills of exchange or drafts drawn upon it payable on

demand or on time not exceeding one year from the date of acceptance; to

issue letters of credit authorizing the holders thereof to draw upon it

or its correspondents at sight or on time; and to buy and sell coin,

bullion and exchange.

3. With the approval of the superintendent of financial services, and

subject to such conditions as the superintendent of financial services

shall impose,

(a) To act as financial agent of the United States government and as

depositary of public money of the United States (including, without

being limited to, revenues and funds of the United States, and any funds

the deposit of which is subject to the control or regulation of the

United States or any of its officers, agents, or employees); and to

perform all such reasonable duties as depositary of such public money

and as financial agent of the United States government as may be

required of it; and to pledge assets or furnish other security,

satisfactory in form and amount to the secretary of the treasury of the

United States, for the safekeeping and prompt payment of such public

money deposited with it and for the faithful performance of its duties

as financial agent of the United States government.

(b) To engage in the business of receiving deposits outside this

state.

(c) To receive money for transmission and to transmit the same from

the United States to any foreign country and from any foreign country to

the United States.

4. To establish branches pursuant to the provisions of article two of

this chapter; provided, however, that an investment company to which the

provisions of subdivision two of section thirty-six of this chapter are

inapplicable may establish branches, without applying and obtaining

authorization therefor under the provisions of article two of this

chapter, but such investment company shall not open any such branch

until it shall have notified the superintendent in writing of the place

where such branch is to be located.

5. To purchase, acquire, invest in and hold all or any of the stocks

of any corporation, domestic or foreign, and to sell and dispose of all

or any such stocks owned by it.

6. To exercise, subject to such regulations as may be issued from time

to time by the superintendent, through any branch office opened and

occupied outside the states of the United States and the District of

Columbia with the approval of the superintendent as provided in article

two of this chapter, such further powers as may be usual, in connection

with the transaction of the business permitted by this article, in the

place where such branch office shall transact business; provided that no

such branch office shall engage in the general business of producing,

distributing, buying or selling goods, wares, or merchandise.

The grant of powers to investment companies by or pursuant to this

section shall not be deemed to limit or restrict any other corporations,

heretofore or hereafter organized, in the exercise of their lawful

powers.

§ 509 — Restrictions on powers of investment companies

Restrictions on powers of investment companies. An investment

company shall not:

1. Exercise within this state the powers conferred by subdivision two

of section five hundred eight of this chapter, unless it shall have a

paid-up capital stock of at least two million dollars.

2. Deposit any of its funds with any other moneyed corporation unless

such other corporation has been designated as such depositary by a vote

of a majority of the directors of the investment company, exclusive of

any director who is an officer, director or trustee of the depositary so

designated; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to

the deposit of funds by an investment company with another moneyed

corporation, which owns all or a majority of the capital stock of such

investment company.

3. Be the holder of any shares of its own capital stock unless such

stock shall have been taken to prevent loss upon a debt previously

contracted in good faith, and stock so acquired shall, within six months

from the time of its acquisition, be sold or disposed of at public or

private sale; nor shall it, either directly or indirectly, make any

discount to any person for the purpose of enabling him to pay for or

hold shares of its stock either subscribed for or purchased by him. Any

investment company making any such discount shall forfeit to the people

of the state twice the amount of such discount.

4. Except as provided in section five hundred eight of this article,

engage in the business of receiving deposits; provided, however, that

nothing contained in this article shall prevent an investment company

from maintaining for the account of others credit balances incidental

to, or arising out of, the exercise of its lawful powers, but the

superintendent of financial services shall have power to prescribe, by

specific or general regulation, the extent to which, and the conditions

upon which, such credit balances may be established, maintained and paid

out.

§ 510 — Restrictions as to entries in books

Restrictions as to entries in books. 1. No investment company

shall by any system of accounting or any device of bookkeeping, directly

or indirectly enter any of its assets upon its books in the name of any

other individual, partnership, unincorporated association or

corporation, or under any title or designation that is not truly

descriptive thereof.

2. Every investment company shall conform its methods of keeping its

books and records to such orders in respect thereto as shall have been

made and promulgated by the superintendent pursuant to the provisions of

article two of this chapter. Any investment company that refuses or

neglects to obey such order shall be subject to a penalty in an amount

as determined pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter for each

day it so refuses or neglects.

§ 511 — Change of location; change of designation of principal office

Change of location; change of designation of principal office.

Any investment company may make a written application to the

superintendent, such application to be accompanied by an investigation

fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, for

leave to change its place or one of its places of business to another

place or for leave to change the designation of its principal office to

a branch office and to change the designation of one of its branch

offices to its principal office. The application shall state the reasons

for such proposed change, and shall be accompanied by a copy of a

resolution authorizing the making of the application, certified by a

principal officer of the investment company to have been adopted by vote

of a majority of its entire board of directors. If the proposed place of

business is within the limits of the village, borough or city, if in a

city not divided into boroughs, in which the place of business sought to

be changed is located, such change may be made upon the written approval

of the superintendent; if beyond such limits, notice of intention to

make such application, signed by a principal officer of the corporation,

shall be published once a week for two successive weeks in a newspaper

to be designated by the superintendent for the purpose, in accordance

with the provisions of article two of this chapter. If the

superintendent shall grant his or her certificate authorizing the change

of location, as provided in article two of this chapter, the investment

company may, upon or after the day specified in the certificate, remove

its property and effects to the location designated therein.

Anything contained in this chapter to the contrary notwithstanding, an

investment company to which the provisions of subdivision two of section

thirty-six of this chapter are inapplicable may change the location of

its place or one of its places of business to another place or may

change the designation of its principal office to a branch office and

change the designation of one of its branch offices to its principal

office, without applying or obtaining authorization therefor under the

provisions of this section or article two of this chapter, but no such

change shall be made by an investment company until it shall have

notified the superintendent in writing of the new location or of the

change of designation of its principal office.

If the newly designated principal office be in a different county than

the county in which the principal office is located immediately prior to

the change, the superintendent shall file in the office of the clerk of

each such county a certificate stating that such change has been made by

the investment company.

§ 512 — Communications from department of financial services must be submitted to directors and noted in minutes

Communications from department of financial services must be

submitted to directors and noted in minutes. Every official

communication as defined in article two of this chapter directed to an

investment company or to any officer thereof shall be submitted, by the

officer receiving it, to the board of directors at the next meeting of

such board, and duly noted in the minutes of the meetings of such board.

§ 513 — Reports to superintendent

Reports to superintendent. On or before the first day of April

in each year, every investment company shall make a written report to

the superintendent of financial services which shall contain a statement

of its condition on the morning of the first day of January in said year

and shall be in the form and contain the matters prescribed by the

superintendent. The superintendent may, however, in his discretion

accept from an investment company which has branches in a foreign

country or countries, a report containing a statement of its condition

as of a date not later than the first day of January and not earlier

than the first day of November in the preceding year. Every such report

shall be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury,

according to the best of their knowledge and belief, by the two

principal officers of the investment company at the time of such

subscription, and shall state that the usual business of the investment

company has been transacted at the location or locations required by

this article and not elsewhere.

Every such investment company shall also make such other special

reports to the superintendent as he may from time to time require, which

shall be in such form and filed at such date as may be prescribed by the

superintendent and shall, if required by him, be subscribed and affirmed

as true under the penalties of perjury.

§ 514 — Liability of investment company for assessments by superintendent

Liability of investment company for assessments by

superintendent. When the superintendent, pursuant to the powers

conferred on him by article two of this chapter, shall have levied any

assessment upon any investment company and shall have duly notified such

investment company of the amount thereof, the amount so assessed shall

become a liability of and shall be paid by such investment company to

the superintendent.

§ 515 — Preservation of records of investment company

Preservation of records of investment company. Every investment

company shall preserve all its records of final entry, including cards

used under the card system and deposit tickets, for a period of at least

six years from the date of making the same or from the date of the last

entry thereon; provided, however, that preservation of photographic

reproduction thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute

compliance with the requirements of this section.

§ 516 — Restrictions on officers, directors and other employees

Restrictions on officers, directors and other employees. No

officer, director, clerk or other employee of any investment company,

and no person in any way interested or concerned in the management of

its affairs, shall as individuals discount, or directly or indirectly,

make any loan upon any note or other evidence of debt, which he shall

know to have been offered for discount to such corporation, and to have

been refused. Every person violating the provisions of this subdivision,

shall, for each offense, forfeit to the people of the state twice the

amount of the loan which he shall have made.

No executive officer or director of any investment company shall

borrow, directly or indirectly, from such investment company any sum of

money if the transaction would not be permissible pursuant to

subdivision eight of section one hundred three of this chapter in the

case of an executive officer or director, as the case may be, of a bank

or trust company.

Vacancies in the board of directors occasioned by resignations, deaths

or other cause shall be reported by each investment company to the

superintendent within ten days after the event; and the investment

company shall likewise report each election by the board to fill such

vacancy with the name, address and occupation of the person elected and

the name of the person whose place he fills.

§ 517 — How net earnings credited for dividend purposes, credits to surplus fund and to undivided profits, dividends to stockholders

How net earnings credited for dividend purposes, credits to

surplus fund and to undivided profits, dividends to stockholders. When

the net earnings of an investment company having preferred shares issued

and outstanding have been determined at the close of a dividend period,

if the surplus fund does not equal twenty per centum of the investment

company's capital, one-tenth of such net earnings shall be credited to

the surplus fund, or so much thereof, less than one-tenth, as will make

such fund equal twenty per centum of such capital. The balance of such

net earnings, or the entire amount thereof if such fund equals such

twenty per centum, may be credited to the investment company's profit

and loss account; or, if its expenses and losses for such dividend

period exceed its gross earnings, such excess shall be charged to its

profit and loss account. The credit balance of such account shall

constitute the undivided profits at the close of such dividend period,

which undivided profits shall be available for dividends.

The directors of any investment company may annually, semi-annually or

quarterly, but not more frequently, declare such dividends as they shall

judge expedient from such undivided profits; provided, however, that the

directors of any such company may declare a dividend in the last month

of the fiscal year of such company, in lieu of any other semi-annual or

quarterly declaration in the same fiscal year. No investment company

shall declare any dividends to its stockholders until it shall have made

good any existing impairment of its capital and any existing

encroachment on its reserves required to be maintained against deposits.

§ 518 — Payment of claims by investment companies where adverse claim is asserted; effect of claims or advices originating in, and statutes, rule...

Payment of claims by investment companies where adverse claim

is asserted; effect of claims or advices originating in, and statutes,

rules or regulations purporting to be in force in occupied territory. 1.

Notice to any investment company of an adverse claim to a credit

standing on its books to the account of any person, or of an adverse

claim to securities or other property held for the account of any

person, shall not be effectual to cause said investment company to

recognize said adverse claimant unless said adverse claimant shall also

either procure a restraining order, injunction or other appropriate

process against said investment company from a court of competent

jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein instituted by him

wherein the person to whose account the credit stands, or for whose

account the securities or other property are held, or his executor or

administrator is made a party and served with summons, or shall execute

to said investment company, in form and with sureties acceptable to it a

bond, indemnifying said investment company from any and all liability,

loss, damage, costs and expenses, for and on account of the payment of

or delivery pursuant to such adverse claim or the dishonor of the order

of the person to whose account the credit stands on the books of said

investment company or for whose account the securities or other property

are held by said investment company.

2. (a) An investment company need not recognize or give any effect to

(1) any claim to a credit standing on its books to the account of, or

any claim to securities or other property held by it for the account of,

any corporation, firm or association in occupied territory or (2) any

advice, statute, rule or regulation purporting to cancel or to give

notice of the cancellation of the authority of any person at the time

appearing on the books of such investment company as authorized to

withdraw or otherwise dispose of cash, securities or other property of

such corporation, firm or association, unless such investment company is

required so to do by appropriate process procured against it in a court

of competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein

instituted by or in the name of such corporation, firm or association,

or unless the person making such claim or giving such advice or invoking

such statute, rule or regulation, as the case may be, shall execute to

such investment company, in form and with sureties acceptable to it, a

bond indemnifying it from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and

expenses for and on account of recognizing or giving any effect to such

claim, advice, statute, rule or regulation.

(b) For the purposes of this subdivision (1) the term "occupied

territory" shall mean territory occupied by a dominant authority

asserting governmental, military or police powers of any kind in such

territory, but not recognized by the United States as the de jure

government of such territory, and (2) the term "corporation, firm or

association in occupied territory" shall mean a corporation, firm or

association which has, or at any time has had, a place of business in

territory which has at any time been occupied territory.

(c) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall be effective

only in cases where (1) such claim or advice purports or appears to have

been sent from or is reasonably believed to have been sent pursuant to

orders originating in, such occupied territory during the period of

occupation, or (2) such statute, rule or regulation appears to have

emanated from such dominant authority and purports to be or to have been

in force in such occupied territory during the period of occupation.

(d) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall apply to

claims, advices, statutes, rules or regulations made, given or invoked

either prior to, or on or subsequent to the effective date of this act.

3. An investment company need not recognize or give any effect to a

claim of authority to order the payment or delivery of any funds or

other property standing on its books to the credit of, or held by it for

the account of, any person, corporation, unincorporated association or

partnership, which claim conflicts with a claim of authority of which

the investment company had prior notice, unless the person or persons

asserting such subsequent claim shall procure a restraining order,

injunction or other appropriate process against said investment company

from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, or, in lieu

thereof, at the option of said investment company, shall execute to said

investment company, in form and with sureties acceptable to it, a bond,

indemnifying it for any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and

expenses for or on account of any payment or delivery of such property

by it pursuant to such subsequent claim of authority on for or on

account of the dishonor of any draft or other order of any person or

persons asserting the claim of authority of which such investment

company already had notice at the time the subsequent conflicting claim

of authority is asserted by the person or persons furnishing such bond.

§ 519 — Acquisition of control of investment companies

Acquisition of control of investment companies. 1. Subject to

such regulations as the superintendent may prescribe, prior to the

acquisition of control of an investment company by means of the

acquisition of the capital stock or equity interests in such investment

company or in any company which directly or indirectly controls such

investment company, the acquiring company shall make written application

to the superintendent for permission to acquire such control. Such

application shall be in such form and shall contain such information as

the superintendent may require and such applicant, at the time of making

such application, shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee

as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.

The superintendent shall disapprove the proposed exercise of control

of an investment company if, after notice to and an opportunity to be

heard by the applicant and such investment company, he finds the

acquisition of control therein contrary to law or determines that

disapproval is reasonably necessary to protect the interests of the

people of this state. In making such determination, the superintendent

shall only consider (a) whether the character, responsibility and

general fitness of the company which seeks to control such investment

company are such as to command confidence and warrant belief that the

business of such investment company will be honestly and efficiently

conducted in a manner consistent with the public interest, the interests

of depositors and creditors of such investment company, and (b) whether

the exercise of control may impair the safe and sound conduct of the

business of such investment company, the conservation of its assets or

public confidence in its business. Unless the superintendent shall have

denied such application in writing within ninety days of the filing

thereof, or shall have advised the applicant in writing before the

expiration of ninety days of his determination to extend such period an

additional sixty days, such application shall be deemed approved.

As used in this subdivision one, the term "control" means the

possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the

direction of the management and policies of a person, whether by means

of the ownership of the voting stock or equity interests of such person

or of one or more persons controlling such person, by means of a

contractual arrangement, or otherwise. Control shall be presumed to

exist if any company, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds

with the power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any

investment company or of any company which owns, controls or holds with

power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of such

investment company, but no person shall be deemed to control an

investment company solely by reason of his being an officer or director

of such investment company. The superintendent may in his discretion,

upon the application of an investment company or any company which,

directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with power to vote or

seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any voting stock of

such investment company, determine whether or not the ownership, control

or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute control

of such investment company for purposes of this section.

The provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to (1) a company

which has submitted a plan of acquisition to the superintendent pursuant

to subdivision two of this section or (2) any action taken pursuant to

article thirteen of this chapter.

2. Any company, whether or not it is in control of the business of an

investment company as provided in subdivision one of this section, which

desires to acquire all, or substantially all of the capital stock of an

investment company shall, together with such investment company, submit

in duplicate to the superintendent a written plan of acquisition of such

stock together with such other information as the superintendent may

determine. Such plan shall be in form satisfactory to the

superintendent, shall specify each investment company the stock of which

is to be acquired by the company and shall prescribe the terms and

conditions of the acquisition and the mode of carrying it into effect,

including the manner of exchanging the shares of the investment company

for shares or other securities or cash of the company. Any such plan may

provide for the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional

shares of the company.

At the time of submission to the superintendent of the written plan of

acquisition of stock, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent.

There shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent with the

plan of acquisition of stock, a certificate of the president or

secretary of the company, certifying that such plan has been approved by

the board of directors or other governing body of his company by a

majority vote of all the members thereof, and a certificate of the

president, secretary or cashier of the investment company, the

acquisition of all the capital stock of which is provided for,

certifying that such plan has been approved by the board of directors of

his corporation by a majority vote of all the members thereof, and that

such plan was thereafter submitted to the stockholders of such

corporation at a meeting thereof held upon notice of at least fifteen

days, specifying the time, place and object of such meeting and

addressed to each stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of

the corporation and published at least once a week for two successive

weeks in one newspaper in the county in which such corporation has its

principal place of business and that such plan has been approved at such

meeting by the vote of the stockholders owning at least two-thirds in

amount of the stock of such corporation.

The superintendent shall approve or disapprove of a proposed plan of

acquisition within one hundred twenty days after the submission of such

plan of acquisition to him, and in determining whether or not to approve

any such plan the superintendent shall take into consideration the

declaration of policy contained in section ten of this chapter. If the

superintendent shall approve such plan of acquisition, the

superintendent shall file the plan, together with such certificates and

the original of the approval of the superintendent, in the office of the

superintendent. Upon such filing in the office of the superintendent the

plan, and the acquisitions provided for therein, shall become effective,

unless a later date is specified in the plan, in which event the plan

and such acquisitions shall become effective upon such later date.

Any stockholder of any such corporation, entitled to vote on such plan

of acquisition, who does not assent thereto shall, subject to and by

complying with section six thousand twenty-two of this chapter, have the

right to receive payment of the fair value of his shares and the other

rights and benefits provided by such section.

The provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to any action taken

pursuant to article thirteen of this chapter.

3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe in writing, the provisions of this section shall not apply to

a transfer of control by operation of law to the legal representative,

as hereinafter defined, of one who has control of an investment company.

Thereafter, such legal representative shall comply with the provisions

of subdivision one of this section. The provisions of subdivision one of

this section shall be applicable to an application made under such

section by a legal representative.

The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

4. For purposes of this section the term "company" shall be given the

same meaning as is contained in its definition in section one hundred

forty-one of this chapter.

5. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision three of section

two-a of this chapter, when applying this section to limited liability

investment companies, the term "capital stock" shall mean the equity

interest of a member as set forth in the company's articles of

organization or, in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest

represented by a member's right to a proportionate share of the profits

of the company.

§ 520 — Savings clause

Savings clause. Nothing in this article contained shall be

deemed to require the reincorporation of any corporation heretofore

organized under the provisions of article seven of chapter three hundred

and sixty-nine of the laws of nineteen hundred fourteen, entitled "An

act in relation to banking corporations, and individuals, partnerships,

unincorporated associations and corporations under the supervision of

the banking department," constituting chapter two of the consolidated

laws, or under the provisions of said article seven of said chapter two

of the consolidated laws, or under the provisions of said article seven

of said chapter as amended, nor to alter or affect any rights,

privileges, powers, benefits, or immunities granted to such corporations

by the provisions of any law of this state. Such corporations shall have

all of the rights, privileges, powers, benefits and immunities provided

by any laws of this state with the same effect as if such corporations

were referred to in such laws as organized under this article; and no

further amendment to any such laws shall be required to give such

corporations such rights, privileges, powers, benefits and immunities.

Except as in this article otherwise provided such corporations shall be

subject to all of the obligations and duties of investment companies

organized under the provisions of this article, and such corporations

shall have all of the rights, privileges, powers, benefits and

immunities by this article granted to such companies.

ARTICLE 12-A Mutual Trust Investment Companies

§ 550 — Incorporation; organization certificate

Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by the

superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, five or more

persons may form a corporation to be known as a mutual trust investment

company. Such persons shall subscribe and acknowledge and submit to the

superintendent at the superintendent's office an organization

certificate in duplicate which shall specifically state:

1. The name by which the mutual trust investment company is to be

known and the investment purpose of its formation under the following

section five hundred fifty-one.

2. The place where its principal office is to be located.

3. The amount of its capital stock and the number of shares into which

such capital stock shall be divided.

4. The full name, residence and post-office address of each of the

incorporators and the number of shares subscribed for by each.

5. The term of its existence, which may be perpetual.

6. The number of its directors, which shall not be less than five and

the names and addresses of the persons who shall be its directors until

the first annual meeting of stockholders.

Such certificate may provide for the manner in which the stock of the

corporation may be transferred and for the number of directors necessary

to constitute a quorum.

When the superintendent shall have endorsed his approval on the

organization certificate as provided in article two of this chapter, the

corporate existence shall begin.

§ 551 — Investment powers

Investment powers. A mutual trust investment company may invest

in such investments as the company may select in its discretion.

The amount of stock of any corporation which may be held by any mutual

trust investment company shall not exceed five per centum of the number

of shares of stock of such corporation outstanding at the time of

investment by such mutual trust investment company.

§ 552 — Accountability

Accountability. A mutual trust investment company shall not be

responsible for ascertaining the investment powers of any fiduciary who

may purchase its stocks or shares and shall not be liable for accepting

funds from a fiduciary in violation of the restrictions in any will,

deed or other instrument in the absence of actual knowledge of such

violation, and shall be accountable only to the fiduciaries who are the

owners of its stocks or shares.

§ 553 — Investment by fiduciaries in shares

Investment by fiduciaries in shares. Unless the instrument or

the order, decree or judgment under which moneys are held in a fiduciary

capacity prohibits such investment, an eligible fiduciary or fiduciaries

may invest and reinvest moneys so held in shares of stock of one or more

mutual trust investment companies as it may determine.

The net aggregate amount of moneys of any estate, trust or fund

invested in shares of a mutual trust investment company shall not at any

time exceed the maximum amount permitted by such rules and regulations

as may be promulgated by the superintendent of financial services.

"An eligible fiduciary or fiduciaries" shall be deemed to mean a trust

company or a national banking association having its principal office

within the state of New York and acting either as sole fiduciary or with

one or more co-fiduciaries.

ARTICLE 12-B Insurance Premium Finance Agencies

§ 554 — Definitions

Definitions. In this article, unless the context otherwise

requires:

1. "Authorized insurer" and "insurance contract" have the respective

meanings assigned to them by the insurance law.

2. "Bank" means a bank, trust company, private banker, savings bank,

savings and loan association, credit union, investment company organized

under article twelve of this chapter and authorized to accept deposits,

national bank, federal savings association, federal credit union, or

out-of-state state bank, as such term is defined in subdivision two of

section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter, having a principal,

branch or trust office in this state.

3. "Insurance agent" and "insurance broker" mean, respectively, an

insurance agent or insurance broker duly licensed as such under the

insurance law.

4. "Insured" means a person who enters into a premium finance

agreement with a premium finance agency or makes and delivers a premium

finance agreement to, or to the order of, an insurance agent or broker,

whether or not he is insured under an insurance contract, premiums for

which are advanced or to be advanced under the premium finance

agreement.

5. "Lending institution" means a bank or a lender licensed pursuant to

article nine of this chapter.

6. "Person" means an individual, corporation, business trust, estate,

trust, partnership or association, two or more persons having a joint or

common interest, or any other legal or commercial entity.

7. "Premium finance agency" means:

(a) a person engaged, in whole or in part, in the business of entering

into premium finance agreements with insureds, including a bank if so

engaged; or

(b) a person engaged, in whole or in part, in the business of

acquiring premium finance agreements from insurance agents or brokers or

other premium finance agencies, including a bank if so engaged and an

insurance agent or broker who is licensed as a premium finance agency

and who holds premium finance agreements made and delivered by insureds

to him or his order.

8. "Premium finance agreement" means a promissory note or other

written agreement by which an insured promises or agrees to pay to, or

to the order of, either a premium finance agency or an insurance agent

or broker the amount advanced or to be advanced under the agreement to

an authorized insurer or to an insurance agent or broker in payment of

premiums on an insurance contract, together with a service charge as

authorized and limited by law. If the premium finance agreement is

payable to, or to the order of, an insurance agent or broker not

licensed as a premium finance agency, payments under the agreement must

be payable at the office of a premium finance agency named in the

agreement, to whom the agreement is by its terms to be and is

subsequently assigned. The term "premium finance agreement" does not

include a retail instalment credit agreement which complies with the

provisions of paragraph (b) of subdivision eleven of section four

hundred thirteen of the personal property law.

9. "Superintendent" means the superintendent of financial services.

§ 555 — License

License. 1. No person except a lending institution or an

authorized insurer shall engage in the business of a premium finance

agency without a license therefor obtained from the superintendent, as

provided in this article.

2. Application for license required under this article shall be in

writing, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent.

3. When an applicant has more than one office, separate applications

for license shall be made for each such office.

4. At the time of filing an application for a license, the applicant

shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee. The investigation

fee shall be as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this

chapter, except that, when an applicant files applications for licenses

for three or more offices at the same time, the total investigation fee

for all the applications shall be three times the amount prescribed

pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.

§ 555-a — Changes in control

Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the

prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which

results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to

any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the

business of a licensee shall make written application to the

superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The

application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by

rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the

purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this

section.

2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change

of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of

subdivision one of section five hundred fifty-six of this article. The

superintendent shall approve or disapprove the application in writing

within ninety days after the date the application is filed with the

superintendent.

3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of

this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of

law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has

control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall

comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.

The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be

applicable to an application made under such section by a legal

representative.

The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an

individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other

organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly

or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership of

voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any

person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be

presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls

or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock

of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with

power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any

licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by

reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The

superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee

or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with

power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any

voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the ownership,

control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute

control of such licensee for purposes of this section.

§ 556 — Action by superintendent on application

Action by superintendent on application. 1. Within ninety days

after the filing of an application for a license accompanied by payment

of the fees for license and investigation, the superintendent shall

issue the license, or the superintendent may refuse to issue the license

if he shall find that the financial responsibility, experience,

character and general fitness of the applicant or any person associated

with the applicant are not such as to command the confidence of the

community and to warrant the belief that the business will be conducted

honestly, fairly and efficiently within the purposes and intent of this

article. For the purpose of this subdivision, the applicant shall be

deemed to include all the members of the applicant if it is a

partnership or unincorporated association, and all the stockholders,

officers and directors of the applicant if it is a corporation. Such

license to engage in business in accordance with the provisions of this

article at the location specified in the application shall be executed

in triplicate by the superintendent and he shall transmit one copy

thereof to the applicant, file a copy in the office of the department of

financial services, and file a copy in the office of the clerk of the

county in which is located the place designated in such license.

2. If the superintendent refuses to issue a license, he shall notify

the applicant of the denial, return to the applicant the sum paid as a

license fee, but retain the investigation fee to cover the costs of

investigating the applicant.

3. Each license issued hereunder shall remain in full force and effect

until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as

provided in this article.

4. Only one office may be maintained under each license, but more than

one license may be issued to the same licensee pursuant to this article.

5. Any person engaged in the business of a premium finance agency on

the date this act takes effect may continue in operation in accordance

with the provisions of this article but must obtain a license for each

office at which he engages in the business of a premium finance agency

by January first, nineteen hundred sixty-one.

§ 557 — License provisions and posting

License provisions and posting. Such license shall state the

name and address of the licensee, and if the licensee be a

co-partnership or association, the names of the members thereof, and if

a corporation the date and place of its incorporation. Such license

shall be kept conspicuously posted in the office of the licensee and

shall not be transferable or assignable.

§ 558 — Change of location

Change of location. Before any licensee changes any office of

his to another location, he shall give written notice thereof to the

superintendent, who shall without charge issue an endorsement indicating

the change and the date thereof, which endorsement shall be attached to

the license for such office and be authority for the operation of the

business under such license at such new location.

§ 559 — Grounds for revocation of license; procedure

Grounds for revocation of license; procedure. 1. The

superintendent may forthwith revoke or suspend any license issued

hereunder if he shall find that:

(a) The licensee has failed to pay the annual license fee or any sum

of money lawfully demanded, or to comply with any demand, ruling, or

requirement of the superintendent lawfully made pursuant to and within

the authority of this article;

(b) The licensee has violated any provision of this article, the act

of congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations

thereunder, as such act and regulations may from time to time be amended

or any rule or regulation lawfully made by the superintendent under and

within the authority of this article;

(c) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time

of the original application for such license, clearly would have

warranted the superintendent in refusing originally to issue such

license.

2. The superintendent may revoke or suspend only the particular

license with respect to which grounds for revocation or suspension may

occur or exist, or, if he shall find that such grounds for revocation or

suspension are of general application to all offices, or to more than

one office, operated by such licensee, he shall revoke or suspend all of

the licenses issued to such licensee or such number of licenses as such

grounds apply to, as the case may be.

3. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the

superintendent written notice that he thereby surrenders such license,

but such surrender shall not affect such licensee's civil or criminal

liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.

4. No revocation or suspension or surrender of any license shall

impair or affect the obligation of an insured under any lawful premium

finance agreement previously acquired or held by the licensee.

5. Every license issued hereunder shall remain in force and effect

until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked, or suspended in

accordance with the provisions of this article, but the superintendent

shall have authority to reinstate suspended licenses or to issue new

licenses to a licensee whose license or licenses shall have been revoked

if no fact or condition then exists which clearly would have warranted

the superintendent in refusing originally to issue such license under

this article.

6. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license

issued pursuant to this article, he shall forthwith execute in

triplicate a written order to that effect. The superintendent shall file

one copy of such order in the office of the department, file another in

the office of the clerk of the county in which is located the place

designated in such license and forthwith serve the third copy upon the

licensee, which order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article

seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such special

proceeding for review as authorized by this section must be commenced

within thirty days from the date of such order of suspension or

revocation.

7. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a

substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license issued pursuant to

this article for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending

investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist

only when the licensee has defaulted or is likely to default in

performing its financial engagements or engages in dishonest or

inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the persons

afforded the protection of this article.

§ 560 — Investigations and examinations

Investigations and examinations. 1. The superintendent shall

have the power to make such investigations as he shall deem necessary to

determine whether any licensee or any other person has violated any of

the provisions of this article, or whether any licensee has conducted

himself in such manner as would justify the revocation of his license,

and to the extent necessary therefor, he may require the attendance of

and examine any person under oath, and shall have the power to compel

the production of all relevant books, records, accounts, and documents.

2. The superintendent shall have the power to make such examinations

of the books, records, accounts and documents used in the business of

any licensee as he shall deem necessary to determine whether any such

licensee has violated any of the provisions of this article.

3. The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant to

subdivision two of this section five hundred sixty shall be assessed

against and paid by the licensee so examined, except that traveling and

subsistence expenses so incurred shall be charged against and paid by

licensees in such proportions as the superintendent shall deem just and

reasonable, and such proportionate charges shall be added to the

assessment of the other expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon

written notice by the superintendent of the total amount of such

assessment, the licensee shall become liable for and shall pay such

assessment to the superintendent.

4. All reports of examinations and investigations, and all

correspondence and memoranda concerning or arising out of such

examinations or investigations, including any duly authenticated copy or

copies thereof in the possession of any licensee or the department of

financial services, shall be confidential communications, shall not be

subject to subpoena and shall not be made public unless, in the judgment

of the superintendent, the ends of justice and the public advantage will

be subserved by the publication thereof, in which event he may publish

or authorize the publication of a copy of any such report or other

material referred to in this subdivision four, or any part thereof, in

such manner as he may deem proper.

§ 561 — Regulations and rulings

Regulations and rulings. The superintendent is hereby

authorized and empowered to make such general rules and regulations,

conduct hearings and make such specific rulings, orders, demands and

findings as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business

authorized and licensed under and for the enforcement of this article.

§ 563 — Violations and penalties

Violations and penalties. 1. Any person, including any member,

officer, director or employee of a licensee, who violates or

participates in the violation of any provision of this article, or who

knowingly makes any incorrect statement of a material fact in any

application, report or statement filed pursuant to this article, or who

knowingly omits to state any material fact necessary to give the

superintendent any information lawfully required by him or refuses to

permit any lawful investigation or examination, shall be guilty of a

misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than five

hundred dollars or imprisoned for not more than six months or both, in

the discretion of the court.

2. A premium finance agency's knowingly taking or receiving from or

charging an insured a greater charge than authorized in this article

shall be held and adjudged a forfeiture of all charges which the premium

finance agreement carries with it or which have been agreed to be paid

thereon, and if a greater charge has been paid by an insured, the person

paying the same or his legal representative may recover from the premium

finance agency twice the entire amount of the charges thus paid if

action is brought within two years from the time of such payment.

3. No licensee shall make, directly or indirectly, orally or in

writing, or by any method, practice or device, a representation that he

is licensed under the banking law except that a licensee may make a

representation that he is licensed as a premium finance agency under the

banking law and is licensed to finance insurance premiums.

§ 565 — Licensee's books and records; reports

Licensee's books and records; reports. 1. The licensee shall

keep and use in his business such books, accounts and records as will

enable the superintendent to determine whether such licensee is

complying with the provisions of this article and with the rules and

regulations lawfully made by the superintendent hereunder. Every

licensee shall preserve such books, accounts and records, including

cards used in a card system, if any, for at least six years after making

the final entry in respect to any premium finance agreement recorded

therein; provided, however, the preservation of photographic

reproductions thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute

compliance with this requirement.

2. Each licensee shall annually on or before the first day of February

file a report with the superintendent giving such information as the

superintendent may require concerning the business and operations during

the preceding calendar year of each licensed place of business conducted

by the licensee within the state under the authority of this article.

Upon good cause shown by a licensee, the superintendent may extend the

time for filing such report for a period not in excess of sixty days.

Such report shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by the licensee

under the penalties of perjury and be in the form prescribed by the

superintendent who may make and publish annually an analysis and

recapitulation of such reports. In addition to such annual reports, the

superintendent may require of licensees such additional regular or

special reports as he may deem necessary to the proper supervision of

licensees under this article. Such additional reports shall be in the

form prescribed by the superintendent and shall be subscribed and

affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.

§ 566 — Insurance agents and brokers; acquisition by premium finance agencies of premium finance agreements

Insurance agents and brokers; acquisition by premium finance

agencies of premium finance agreements. 1. An insurance agent or broker

may be licensed as a premium finance agency in accordance with this

article.

2. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the personal property

law, banking law or other law:

(a) No premium finance agency, and no employee of such an agency shall

pay, allow or offer to pay or allow in any manner whatsoever to an

insurance agent or broker or any employee of an insurance agent or

broker, or to any other person, either as an inducement to the financing

of any insurance policy with the premium finance agency or after any

such policy has been financed, any rebate whatsoever, either from the

service charge for financing specified in the premium finance agreement

or otherwise, or shall give or offer to give any valuable consideration

or inducement of any kind directly or indirectly, other than an article

of merchandise not exceeding one dollar in value which shall have

thereon the advertisement of the premium finance agency, but a premium

finance agency may purchase or otherwise acquire a premium finance

agreement, provided that it conforms to this article in all respects,

from an insurance agent or broker or another premium finance agency with

recourse against the agent, broker or agency on such terms and

conditions as may be mutually agreed upon; and

(b) No filing of the assignment or notice thereof to the insured shall

be necessary to the validity of the written assignment of a premium

finance agreement as against creditors or subsequent purchasers,

pledgees or encumbrances of the assignor.

§ 567 — Form and content of premium finance agreements

Form and content of premium finance agreements. 1. A premium

finance agreement shall be in writing and dated on the date of its

signature by the insured; the printed portion thereof shall be in at

least eight point type.

2. It shall contain the entire agreement of the parties with respect

to the insurance contract, the premiums for which are advanced or to be

advanced under it, and:

(a) At its top, the words PREMIUM FINANCE AGREEMENT in at least ten

point bold type; and

(b) A notice in at least eight point bold type, reading as follows:

NOTICE: 1. Do not sign this agreement before you read it or if it

contains any blank space. 2. You are entitled to a completely filled in

copy of this agreement. 3. Under the law, you have the right to pay off

in advance the full amount due and under certain conditions to obtain a

partial refund of the service charge.

3. A premium finance agreement shall:

(a) Contain the name and place of business of the insurance agent or

broker, if any, negotiating the related insurance contract, the name and

residence or the place of business of the insured as specified by him,

the name and place of business of the premium finance agency which is to

hold or acquire the agreement and to which instalment or other payments

are to be made, a description of the insurance contract, the premiums

for which are advanced or to be advanced under the agreement, and the

amount of the premiums for such insurance contract; and

(b) Set forth the items required to be disclosed by the act of

congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations thereunder,

as such act and regulations may from time to time be amended.

4. No premium finance agreement shall be signed by an insured when it

contains any blank space to be filled in after it has been signed;

however, if any insurance contract, the premiums for which are advanced

or to be advanced under the agreement, has not been issued at the time

of its signature by the insured and it so provides, the name of the

authorized insurer by whom such insurance contract is issued and the

policy number and the due date of the first instalment may be left blank

and later inserted in the original of the agreement after it has been

signed by the insured.

§ 568 — Limitation on service and other charges

Limitation on service and other charges. 1. A premium finance

agency shall not, except as otherwise provided by law, impose, take,

receive from, reserve or charge an insured greater charges than are

permitted by this article.

2. A premium finance agency, including an insurance agent or broker

licensed as such, may, in a premium finance agreement, contract for, and

if so contracted for, the holder of the agreement may charge, receive

and collect a service charge, for financing or arranging the financing

of premiums under the agreement, computed as provided in subdivision

four.

3. An insurance agent or broker not licensed as a premium finance

agency may, in a premium finance agreement which is payable to the agent

or broker or his order at the office of a premium finance agency and

which is endorsed or otherwise transferred or assigned to such a premium

finance agency, contract for and, if so contracted for, the premium

finance agency holding the agreement may charge, receive and collect

charges for financing or arranging the financing of premiums under the

agreement, computed as provided in subdivision four.

4. (a) The service charge provided for in this section shall be

computed on the principal balance of the premium finance agreement from

the inception date of the insurance contract, the premiums for which are

advanced or to be advanced under the agreement, or from the due date of

such premiums, disregarding any period of grace or credit allowed for

payment thereof, to and including the date when the final instalment of

the premium finance agreement is payable, at not exceeding fourteen

dollars per one hundred dollars per annum, plus an additional charge of

ten dollars per premium finance agreement, which additional charge need

not be refunded upon cancellation or prepayment, provided, however, that

no insurance agent or broker or premium finance agency shall induce an

insured to become obligated under more than one premium finance

agreement for the purpose of obtaining more than one additional charge.

(b) In computing the service charge permitted by this subdivision, if

the premium finance agreement is executed later than thirty days after

the inception date, there shall be deducted from the amount of such

service charge an amount which bears the same proportion to such service

charge, as (i) the number of days from the thirtieth day after the

inception date until the day of execution of the premium finance

agreement, bears to (ii) the number of days from the inception date to

the date when the final instalment of the premium finance agreement is

payable. No deduction shall be required under this paragraph, however,

if the amount thereof is less than one dollar. For purposes of this

paragraph the term "inception date" shall mean the inception date of the

insurance contract being financed, or the due date of the premium being

financed (disregarding any period of grace or credit allowed for payment

thereof), which ever shall be earlier.

(c) Such service charge shall be computed on the principal balance of

a premium finance agreement payable in successive monthly instalments

substantially equal in amount for a period of one year. On a premium

finance agreement providing for instalments extending for a period less

than or greater than one year, the service charge shall be computed

proportionately.

(d) When a premium finance agreement provides for unequal or irregular

instalments, the service charge shall be computed at the effective rate

provided for in paragraph (a), having due regard for the schedule of

instalments.

(e) The foregoing charges shall be inclusive of all charges incident

to the premium finance agreement and for the extension of credit

provided for therein.

(f) The foregoing paragraphs of this subdivision four apply if the

premiums under only one insurance contract are advanced or to be

advanced under a premium finance agreement; if premiums under more than

one insurance contract are advanced or are to be advanced under a

premium finance agreement, the service charge shall be computed as if

the premiums under each insurance contract were advanced or to be

advanced under separate premium finance agreements.

§ 569 — Delinquency, collection and cancellation charges; attorney's fees

Delinquency, collection and cancellation charges; attorney's

fees. 1. A premium finance agreement may provide for the payment by the

insured of a delinquency and collection charge on each instalment in

default for a period of not less than five days in an amount of one

dollar to a maximum not in excess of five per centum of such instalment,

provided however, that when any personal, household or domestic

insurance contract are listed in the agreement the charge shall not

exceed five dollars and, provided that only one such delinquency and

collection charge may be collected on any such instalment regardless of

the period during which it remains in default and, if the default

results in the cancellation of any personal, household or domestic

insurance contract listed in the agreement, the agreement may provide

for the payment by the insured of a cancellation charge equal to the

difference between any delinquency and collection charge imposed in

respect to the instalment in default and five dollars.

2. A premium finance agreement may also provide for the payment of

attorney's fees not exceeding twenty per centum of the amount due and

payable under the agreement if it is referred for collection to an

attorney not a salaried employee of the premium finance agency holding

the agreement.

3. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, a premium finance

agency shall not take or receive from or charge an insured any

cancellation charge or attorney's fees unless, within ten days after

default in the payment of any instalment of a premium finance agreement,

the agency has mailed a notice of the default to the insured at his

address as shown on the agreement and to any insurance agent or broker

named therein at his place of business as shown therein.

§ 570 — Restrictions on premium finance agreements

Restrictions on premium finance agreements. 1. No premium

finance agreement shall contain any provision by which:

(a) In the absence of default of the insured, the premium finance

agency holding the agreement may, arbitrarily and without reasonable

cause, accelerate the maturity of any part or all of the amount owing

thereunder;

(b) A power of attorney is given to confess judgment in this state; or

(c) The insured relieves the insurance agent or broker or the premium

finance agency holding the agreement from liability for any legal rights

or remedies that the insured may otherwise have against the insurance

agent or broker.

2. No person may use a premium finance agreement in a manner designed

to evade any requirement of article seventy-eight of the insurance law.

3. Every person or premium finance agency that enters into a premium

finance agreement, as such terms are defined pursuant to article

twelve-B of this chapter, shall file in the office of the superintendent

of financial services, on or before the first day of March, a statement,

to be known as its annual statement, verified by the oath of at least

two of its principal officers, showing its condition at the end of the

preceding calendar year. The statement shall be in such form and shall

contain such other matters as the superintendent of financial services

shall prescribe. In addition to any other requirements, the annual

statement shall specify the total number, aggregate face amount and life

settlement proceeds of, policies settled during the immediately

preceding calendar year, together with a breakdown of the information by

policy issue year.

§ 571 — Delivery of copy of premium finance agreement

Delivery of copy of premium finance agreement. Before the due

date of the first instalment payable under a premium finance agreement,

the insurance agent or broker or the premium finance agency holding the

agreement shall deliver to the insured, or mail to him at his address as

shown in the agreement, a copy thereof or, if the agreement contained

any blank space when it was signed by the insured and such blank space

was subsequently filled in in accordance with subdivision four of

section five hundred sixty-seven, a copy of the agreement, as so filled

in.

§ 572 — Notice of assignment; payments

Notice of assignment; payments. Unless the insured has notice

of actual or intended assignment of a premium finance agreement, payment

thereunder by him to the last known holder of the agreement shall be

binding upon all subsequent holders or assignees.

§ 573 — Statement of account; receipts

Statement of account; receipts. 1. At any time after its

execution, but not later than one year after the last payment

thereunder, a premium finance agency holding a premium finance agreement

shall, upon written request of the insured, give or mail to him a

written statement of the dates and amounts of payments and the total

amount, if any, unpaid thereunder. Such a statement shall be supplied

once each year without charge; if any additional statement is requested

the premium finance agency shall supply such statement at a charge not

exceeding one dollar for each additional statement so supplied. An

insured shall be given a receipt for a payment when made in cash.

2. After the payment of all sums for which an insured is obligated

under a premium finance agreement, and upon his written demand, the

premium finance agency holding the agreement shall deliver, or mail to

the insured at his last known address such one or more good and

sufficient instruments as may be necessary to acknowledge payment in

full and to release all interests in or rights to the insurance

contracts, the premiums for which are advanced or are to be advanced

under the agreement.

§ 574 — Credit upon anticipation of payments

Credit upon anticipation of payments. 1. Notwithstanding the

provisions of any premium finance agreement to the contrary, any insured

may pay it in full at any time before the maturity of the final

instalment of the balance thereof and, if he does so and the agreement

included an amount for service charge, shall receive and be entitled to

receive for such anticipation a refund credit thereon.

2. The amount of any such refund credit shall represent at least as

great a proportion of the service charge, if any, as the sum of the

periodic balances after the month in which prepayment is made bears to

the sum of all periodic balances under the schedule of instalments in

the agreement. Such refund shall be computed in the service charge

exclusive of the additional charge. Where the amount of the refund

credit for anticipation of payment is less than one dollar, no refund

need be made.

§ 575 — Refinancing

Refinancing. A premium finance agency may, upon agreement with

the insured, extend the scheduled due date or defer the scheduled

payment of all or of any part of any instalment or instalments payable

thereunder. The agreement for such extension or deferment must be in

writing and signed by the parties thereto. The premium finance agency

may charge and contract for the payment of an extension or deferral

charge by the insured and collect and receive the same, but such charge

may not exceed an amount equal to one per centum per month simple

interest on the amount of the instalment or instalments, or part

thereof, extended or deferred for the period of extension or deferral.

Such period shall not exceed the period from the date when such extended

or deferred instalment or instalments, or part thereof, would have been

payable in the absence of such extension or deferral, to the date when

such instalment or instalments, or part thereof, are made payable under

the agreement of extension or deferment; except that a minimum charge of

one dollar for the period of extension or deferral may be made in any

case where the extension or deferral charge, when computed at such rate,

amounts to less than one dollar.

§ 576 — Cancellation of insurance contract upon default

Cancellation of insurance contract upon default. 1. When a

premium finance agreement contains a power of attorney or other

authority enabling the premium finance agency to cancel any insurance

contract or contracts listed in the agreement, the insurance contract or

contracts shall not be cancelled unless such cancellation is effectuated

in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Not less than ten days written notice shall be mailed to the

insured at his last known address as shown on the records of the premium

finance agency, of the intent of the premium finance agency to cancel

the insurance contract unless the default is cured within such ten day

period and that at least three days for mailing such notice is added to

the ten day notice. A copy of the notice of intent to cancel shall also

be mailed to the insurance agent or broker.

(b) Service of the notice of intent to cancel or notice of

cancellation by mail shall be effective provided that the notices are

mailed to the insured's last known address as shown on the records of

the premium finance agency. The records of the premium finance agency

shall be presumptive evidence as to the correctness of such address.

(c) If the insurance contract or contracts provide motor vehicle

liability insurance, every such notice of cancellation shall include in

type or print, of which the face shall not be smaller than twelve point,

a statement that proof of financial security is required to be

maintained continuously throughout the registration period and a notice

prescribed by the commissioner of motor vehicles indicating the punitive

effects of failure to maintain continuous proof of financial security

and actions which may be taken by the insured to avoid punitive effects.

(d) After the notice in paragraph (a) above has expired, the premium

finance agency may thereafter, in the name of the insured, cancel such

insurance contract by mailing to the insurer a notice of cancellation

stating when thereafter the policy shall be cancelled, and the insurance

contract shall be cancelled as if such notice of cancellation had been

submitted by the insured himself, but without requiring the return of

the insurance contract. A copy of the notice of cancellation shall also

be mailed to the insured.

(e) All statutory, regulatory and contractual restrictions providing

that the insured may not cancel his insurance contract unless he or the

insurer first satisfies such restrictions by giving a prescribed notice

to a governmental agency, the insurance carrier or an individual or a

person designated to receive such notice for said governmental agency,

insurance carrier or individual, shall apply where cancellation is

effected under the provisions of this section. The insurer shall in

accordance with said prescribed notice where it is required to give such

notice in behalf of itself or the insured give notice to such

governmental agency, person or individual and it shall determine and

calculate the effective date of cancellation from the day it receives

the copy of the notice of cancellation from the premium finance agency;

provided (1) where the aforementioned prescribed notice requires that

more than ten days' notice be given, the prescribed time for such notice

shall control as to the effective date of cancellation, and (2) where

less than ten days' notice is required by the aforementioned prescribed

notice the effective date of cancellation shall not be prior to the date

contained in the copy of the cancellation notice sent by the premium

finance agency.

Notwithstanding that certain provisions of section ninety-three-c of

the vehicle and traffic law as added by chapter six hundred fifty-five

of the laws of nineteen hundred fifty-six and its successor statute,

section three hundred thirteen of the vehicle and traffic law, as

enacted by chapter seven hundred seventy-five of the laws of nineteen

hundred fifty-nine are consistent with certain of the provisions of this

article, those sections shall not be applicable to concellation of

insurance by a premium finance agency under the provisions of this

article.

(f) The insurer or insurers within a reasonable time not to exceed

sixty days after the effective date of cancellation, shall return

whatever gross unearned premiums are due under the insurance contract or

contracts on a pro rata basis to the premium finance agency for the

benefit of the insured or insureds. However, upon such cancellation the

insurer or insurers shall be entitled to retain a minimum earned premium

on the policy of ten percent of the gross premium or sixty dollars,

whichever is greater.

(g) Upon the cancellation of motor vehicle liability insurance by a

premium finance agency, unless a notice of such cancellation is not

required by the vehicle and traffic law or by the regulations of the

commissioner of motor vehicles, a notice of such cancellation under the

provisions of this article, shall be filed by the insurer or insurers

with the commissioner of motor vehicles not later than thirty days

following the effective date of such cancellation where such a filing is

required pursuant to section ninety-three-c of the vehicle and traffic

law, as added by chapter six hundred fifty-five of the laws of nineteen

hundred fifty-six or its successor statute, section three hundred

thirteen of the vehicle and traffic law as enacted by chapter seven

hundred seventy-five of the laws of nineteen hundred fifty-nine.

2. The provisions of subdivision one relating to cancellation by a

premium finance agency of an insurance contract and the return by an

insurer of unearned premiums to the premium finance agency also apply to

the surrender by a premium finance agency of an insurance contract

providing life insurance and the payment by the insurer of the cash

value of the contract to the premium finance agency, except that the

insurer may require the surrender of the insurance contract.

3. In this section, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) "Premium finance agency" includes (1) a lending institution making

a loan for the purpose of financing insurance premiums in accordance

with the applicable provisions of other laws authorizing and regulating

the making of loans by the lending institution, and (2) a bank, or a

sales finance company licensed under article eleven-b of this chapter;

(b) "Premium finance agreement" includes (1) a promissory note or

other written agreement or obligation evidencing or securing such a loan

by a lending institution, and (2) a retail instalment contract or

obligation held by a bank, or a sales finance company so licensed; and

(c) "Insured" includes (1) each borrower or other obligor under or

upon a promissory note or other written agreement or obligation

evidencing or securing such a loan by a lending institution, and (2)

each buyer under a retail instalment contract or obligation held by a

bank, or a sales finance company so licensed.

§ 577 — Interpretation of article

Interpretation of article. This article does not affect: (1)

the inclusion of amounts for insurance in retail instalment contracts or

obligations in accordance with the motor vehicle retail instalment sales

act or the retail instalment sales act; (2) the inclusion of amounts for

insurance in retail lease agreements in accordance with the motor

vehicle retail leasing act; or (3) the making of loans for the purpose

of financing insurance premiums:

(a) By any person at a rate of interest not greater than the rate

prescribed by the superintendent of financial services pursuant to

section fourteen-a of this chapter, or, if no rate has been so

prescribed, six per centum per annum; or

(b) By a lending institution in accordance with the applicable

provisions of other laws authorizing and regulating the making of loans

by the lending institution.

§ 577-a — Premium finance agreements

Premium finance agreements. 1. Any amount advanced by a

premium finance agency, with regard to any insurance policy issued

pursuant to any plan established under article fifty-three of the

insurance law shall be paid either by check or draft made payable to the

insurance company, or, if the company is not known, by check or draft

made payable to the entity which pursuant to the plan established under

article fifty-three of the insurance law designates which insurer shall

insure or service the risk. The check or draft shall not be made payable

to the insurance agent or broker.

2. Where insurance coverage is procured through a wholesale producer

for insurance policies financed with a premium finance agency, other

than policies subject to subdivision one of this section:

(a) Prior to or contemporaneously with the advancement of any funds to

an insurance retail producer who has procured an insurance policy

through a wholesale producer, the retail producer shall provide the

premium finance agency with the name and address of the wholesale

producer through whom coverage was procured and, if available, the

policy number of the insurance policy being financed, in writing;

(b) The premium finance agency shall notify, in writing, the wholesale

producer and the insurance company of the gross premium, the borrower's

name and address, and, if available, the policy number, within ten (10)

business days of acceptance of the agreement;

(c) Failure by the retail producer to comply with paragraph (a) of

this subdivision shall be a violation of subsection (d) of section

twenty-one hundred twenty of the insurance law, and the retail producer

shall be liable for actual damages caused by his or her failure to

disclose;

(d) For the purposes of this subdivision, a "retail insurance

producer" or "retail producer" means an insurance producer who directly

deals with an insured; a "wholesale insurance producer" or "wholesale

producer" means the producer from whom or through whom the retail

producer has procured coverage on behalf of the insured.

§ 578 — Severability

Severability. If any provision of this article or the

application thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, the

invalidity thereof shall not affect other provisions or applications of

the article which can be given effect without the invalid provision or

application, and to this end the provisions of this article are

severable.

§ 578-a — Electronic notes and documents

Electronic notes and documents. 1. For purposes of this

section, the following words have the following meanings:

(a) "Delivered by electronic means" includes:

(i) delivery to an electronic mail address at which a party has

consented to receive notices or documents; or

(ii) posting on an electronic network or site accessible via the

internet, mobile application, computer, mobile device, tablet, or any

other electronic device, together with separate notice of such posting

which shall be provided by electronic mail to the address at which such

party has consented to receive notice or by any other electronic

delivery method that has been consented to by such party.

(b) "Party" means any recipient of any notice or document required as

part of a premium finance transaction, including, but not limited to, an

insured, insurance agent or broker, or insurer.

2. Subject to the requirements of this section, any notice to a party

or any other document required under this article in a premium finance

transaction or that is to serve as evidence of a premium finance

agreement may be delivered, stored, and presented by electronic means so

long as it meets the requirements of article three of the state

technology law. Where this chapter requires that written notice to an

insured or any other document required under this article be mailed or

delivered to the insured at his address as shown in such premium finance

agreement or at his last known address as shown on the records of the

premium finance agency, the notice may be delivered by electronic means

to an electronic address not shown on such premium finance agreement.

3. Delivery of any notice or document in accordance with this section

shall be considered equivalent to any mail or delivery method required

under this article.

4. A notice or document may be delivered by electronic means by a

premium finance agency to a party under this section if:

(a) such party has affirmatively consented to such method of delivery

and has not withdrawn such consent;

(b) such party, before giving consent, is provided with a clear and

conspicuous statement informing such party of:

(i) the right of such party to withdraw, at any time, consent to have

such notice or document be delivered by electronic means, and any

conditions or consequences imposed in the event consent is withdrawn;

(ii) the types of notices and documents to which such party's consent

would apply;

(iii) the right of such party to have such notice or document

delivered in paper form; and

(iv) the procedures such party must follow to withdraw consent to have

such notice or document delivered by electronic means and to update such

party's electronic mail address;

(c) such party:

(i) before giving consent, is provided with a statement of the

hardware and software requirements for access to and retention of such

notice or document delivered by electronic means; and

(ii) consents electronically, or confirms consent electronically, in a

manner that reasonably demonstrates that such party can access

information in the electronic form that will be used for notices or

documents delivered by electronic means as to which such party has given

consent; and

(d) after consent of such party is given, such premium finance agency,

in the event a change in the hardware or software requirements needed to

access or retain such notice or document delivered by electronic means

creates a material risk that such party will not be able to access or

retain a subsequent notice or document to which such consent applies:

(i) provides such party with a statement that describes:

(A) the revised hardware and software requirements for access to and

retention of such notice or document delivered by electronic means; and

(B) the right of such party to withdraw consent without the imposition

on any condition or consequence that was not disclosed at the time of

initial consent; and

(ii) complies with paragraph (b) of this subdivision.

5. (a) Before a notice or document is delivered by electronic means, a

premium finance agency shall obtain a party's consent to deliver such

notice or document by electronic means. Such party's consent to receive

one type of notice or document shall not be construed as a blanket

consent for every type of notice and document to be delivered by

electronic means. Such party's consent shall only apply to the types of

notices and documents identified in the clean and conspicuous

information statement provided to the consenting party, as required by

subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (b) of subdivision four of this section.

(b) Any electronic mail being sent by a premium finance agency to a

party in connection with the delivery of a notice of intent to cancel or

notice of cancellation delivered by electronic means shall include in

the subject line and body of the communication clear and conspicuous

language alerting the receiving party as to the importance of the

communication and the type of notice being delivered by electronic means

to such party.

6. This section does not affect requirements related to content or

timing of any notice or document required under this article.

7. The legal effectiveness, validity, or enforceability of any premium

finance agreement executed by a party may not be denied solely because

of the failure to obtain electronic consent or confirmation of consent

of the party pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of

subdivision four of this section.

8. (a) A withdrawal of consent by a party does not affect the legal

effectiveness, validity, or enforceability of a notice or document

delivered by electronic means to such party before such withdrawal of

consent is effective.

(b) A withdrawal of consent by a party is effective within a

reasonable period of time after receipt of such withdrawal by a premium

finance agency.

(c) Failure by a premium finance agency to comply with paragraph (d)

of subdivision four and subdivision ten of this section may be treated,

at the election of the party, as a withdrawal of consent for purposes of

this section.

9. This section does not apply to a notice or document delivered by a

premium finance agency in an electronic form before the effective date

of this section to a party who, before such date, has consented to

receive a notice or document in an electronic form otherwise allowed by

law.

10. If the consent of a party to receive certain notices or documents

in an electronic form is on file with a premium finance agency before

the effective date of this section, and pursuant to this section, such

premium finance agency intends to deliver additional notices or

documents to such party in an electronic form, then prior to delivering

such additional notices or documents electronically, such premium

finance agency shall:

(a) provide such party with a statement that describes:

(i) such notices or documents that shall be delivered by electronic

means under this section that were not previously delivered

electronically; and

(ii) such party's right to withdraw consent to have notices or

documents delivered by electronic means, without the imposition of any

condition or consequence that was not disclosed at the time of initial

consent; and

(b) comply with paragraph (b) of subdivision four of this section.

11. A premium finance agency shall mail or deliver a notice or

document by any other delivery method permitted by this article other

than electronic means if such premium finance agency:

(a) attempts to deliver by electronic means such notice or document

and has a reasonable basis for believing that such notice or document

has not been received by the party; or

(b) becomes aware that the electronic mail address provided by such

party is no longer valid.

12. This section shall not be construed to modify, limit, or supersede

the provisions of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and

National Commerce Act, Public Law 106-229, as amended.

ARTICLE 12-C Budget Planners

§ 579 — Doing business without license prohibited

Doing business without license prohibited. Only a charitable

corporation as defined in paragraph (a) of section one hundred two

(Definitions) of the not-for-profit corporation law of this state, or an

entity incorporated in another state and having a similar not-for-profit

status, shall engage in the business of budget planning as defined in

subdivision one of section four hundred fifty-five of the general

business law of this state except as authorized by this article and

without first obtaining a license from the superintendent.

§ 580 — Application for license

Application for license. 1. Application for a license required

under this article shall be in writing, under oath, and in the form

prescribed by the superintendent, and shall contain the following:

(a) The exact name and the address of the applicant and its date of

incorporation; and

(b) The name and complete business and residential address and

occupation of each officer and director of the applicant; and

(c) The complete address where the business of the applicant is to be

conducted, showing the street and number, if any, post office and

building and room number, if any, the office building and room number,

if any, and the municipality and county; and

(d) If the applicant has one or more branches, subsidiaries or

affiliates operating in this state, the complete address of each such

place of business; and

(e) Such other pertinent information as the superintendent may

require, including but not limited to evidence indicating that the

applicant, or officer, director, or manager of such applicant has at

least one year of experience in financial services or related fields

applicable to budget planning.

2. Where an applicant operates several places of business, separate

applications for license shall be made for each such place of business.

3. Upon original application for a license or licenses to operate one

or more places of business, the applicant shall pay an investigation fee

in an aggregate amount as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of

this chapter. No additional investigation fee shall be required for any

subsequent application for a license unless such application is

subsequent to a denial of a license or to a revocation, suspension or

surrender of a license.

4. As a condition for the issuance and retention of a budget planner

license, and subject to such regulations as the superintendent shall

prescribe, applicants for a license shall file with the superintendent a

surety bond in form satisfactory to the superintendent issued by a

bonding company or insurance company authorized to do business in this

state. Except as provided hereunder, the principal amount of such bond

shall be two hundred fifty thousand dollars. The superintendent may

require a larger bond if he or she determines, in his or her sole

discretion, that a licensee has engaged in a pattern of conduct

resulting in bona fide consumer complaints of misconduct and that such

increased bond is necessary for the protection of consumers; or the

superintendent may increase or decrease the amount of such bond or

deposit based upon the applicant's or licensee's financial condition,

business plan, and the actual or estimated aggregate amount of payments

and fees paid by debtors to such licensee. In lieu of such bond, an

applicant may keep on deposit with such banks, savings banks, savings

and loan associations, trust companies, private bankers, national banks,

federal savings banks, or federal savings and loan associations in the

state as such licensee may designate and the superintendent may approve,

interest-bearing bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations of the

United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, or guaranteed by

the United States, or of this state, or of a city, county, town,

village, school district, or instrumentality of this state or guaranteed

by this state, or dollar deposits, or such other assets or letters of

credit as the superintendent shall by rule or regulation permit. The

proceeds of each bond or deposit shall constitute a trust fund to be

used exclusively to reimburse payments by debtors that have not been

properly distributed to creditors or to reimburse fees determined by the

superintendent to be improperly charged or collected and, in the event

of the insolvency, liquidation, or bankruptcy of such licensee, to pay

outstanding department of financial services examination costs and

assessments. Within ninety days after the effective date of this

subdivision, each licensee shall comply with the requirements of this

subdivision.

§ 581 — Conditions for issuance of a license; procedure where application denied

Conditions for issuance of a license; procedure where

application denied. 1. Upon the filing of an application for a license,

if the superintendent shall find that the financial responsibility,

experience, character, and general fitness of the applicant, and of the

officers and directors thereof are such as to command the confidence of

the community and to warrant belief that the business will be operated

honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purposes of this article,

he or she shall thereupon issue a license in duplicate to engage in

budget planning in accordance with the provisions of this article. The

superintendent shall transmit one copy of such license to the applicant

and file another in the office of the department of financial services.

Such license shall remain in full force and effect until it is

surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as hereinafter

provided; if the superintendent shall not so find he or she shall not

issue such license and he or she shall notify the applicant of the

denial. The superintendent shall approve or deny every application for

license hereunder within ninety days from the filing thereof.

2. The superintendent shall not issue a license unless an applicant

agrees to provide, either directly or indirectly, budgeting, educational

and/or counseling services, acceptable to the superintendent, to the

debtors with whom such licensee has a contract to engage in budget

planning, as defined by section four hundred fifty-five of the general

business law. Failure of a licensee to provide, directly or indirectly,

such budgeting, educational and/or counseling services acceptable to the

superintendent shall be a basis for suspension and revocation of the

license.

§ 582 — License provisions

License provisions. Each license issued under this article

shall state the address or addresses at which the business is to be

conducted and shall state fully the name of the licensee, and the date

and place of its incorporation. A copy of such license shall be

prominently posted in each place of business of the licensee. Such

license shall not be transferable or assignable. In the event the

location at which the business is to be conducted shall be changed, the

licensee shall forthwith notify the superintendent who shall thereupon

without charge attach to the license a rider setting forth such changed

location. Each licensee, within ninety days of the close of the

licensee's fiscal year, shall submit an independently audited financial

statement to the superintendent.

§ 583 — Changes in officers or directors of licensee

Changes in officers or directors of licensee. In the event that

there shall be any change among the officers or directors of any

licensee, the licensee shall promptly notify the superintendent of the

name, address, and occupation of each new officer or director and

provide such other information as the superintendent may require.

§ 583-a — Changes in control

Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the

prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which

results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to

any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the

business of a licensee shall make written application to the

superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The

application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by

rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the

purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this

section.

2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change

of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of section

five hundred eighty-one of this article. The superintendent shall

approve or disapprove the application in writing within ninety days

after the date the application is filed with the superintendent.

3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of

this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of

law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has

control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall

comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.

The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be

applicable to an application made under such section by a legal

representative.

The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an

individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other

organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly

or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership of

voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any

person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be

presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls

or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock

of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with

power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any

licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by

reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The

superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee

or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with

power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any

voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the ownership,

control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute

control of such licensee for purposes of this section.

§ 584 — Grounds for suspension or revocation of license; procedure

Grounds for suspension or revocation of license; procedure. 1.

The superintendent may revoke any license issued hereunder if he shall

find that:

(a) The licensee has violated any provisions of this article, or of

any rule or regulation made by the superintendent under and within the

authority of this article;

(b) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time

of the original application for such license, would have warranted the

superintendent in refusing originally to issue such license; or

(c) The conviction of a licensee for a crime against the laws of this

state or any other state or of the United States involving moral

turpitude or fraudulent or dishonest actions, or the entry of a final

judgement in a court of competent jurisdiction against the licensee in a

civil action arising from fraud, misrepresentation, or deceit.

2. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, suspend any license

for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending investigation.

3. No license shall be revoked or suspended except after notice and a

hearing thereon.

4. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the

superintendent written notice that it thereby surrenders such license,

but such surrender shall not affect such licensee's civil or criminal

liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.

5. No revocation, suspension or surrender of any license shall impair

or affect the obligation of any pre-existing lawful contract between the

licensee and any person.

6. Every license issued hereunder shall remain in force and effect

until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked or suspended in

accordance with the provisions of this article, but the superintendent

shall have authority to reinstate a suspended license or to issue a new

license to a licensee whose license shall have been revoked if no fact

or condition then exists which would have warranted the superintendent

in refusing originally to issue such license under this article.

7. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license

issued pursuant to this article, he shall forthwith execute in duplicate

a written order to that effect. The superintendent shall file one copy

of such order in the office of the department of financial services and

shall forthwith serve the other copy upon the licensee. Any such order

may be reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of the

civil practice law and rules. Such application for review as authorized

by this section must be made within thirty days from the date of such

order of suspension or revocation.

§ 584-a — Contracts with debtors; fees

Contracts with debtors; fees. Each licensee shall submit to

the department any form of written contract it intends to use between

itself and such debtor. Such form contract shall, at minimum, make

provision for the following information:

1. a complete list of the debtor's obligations to be adjusted,

including the name of each creditor;

2. the total fees agreed to for such services, including any

adjustments for estimated available rebates from creditors, provided

that nothing in this subdivision shall require a licensee to share

rebates with its clients;

3. the commencement and termination date of the contract;

4. a pro forma statement of the total fees to be charged, including

expected available rebates from creditors, expressed as a percentage of

the total obligations, principal and interest to be adjusted under such

contract;

5. settlement terms in case of cancellation of the contract or

prepayment of the obligations;

6. a notice to the debtor that the debtor may cancel the contract

until midnight of the third business day after the day on which the

debtor has signed the contract; and

7. the terms under which the payments may be made by the debtor. Upon

execution, a copy of such contract shall be immediately furnished to the

debtor. Such contract may subsequently be amended to include additional

creditors and debtors obligations.

§ 584-b — Prohibited activities

Prohibited activities. 1. No person, partnership,

association, corporation, or other entity, except a licensee, may make

any representation, directly or indirectly, orally or in writing that

he, she, or it is licensed under this article.

2. No licensee shall advertise its services in any media, whether

print or electronic, in any manner that may be false or deceptive. All

such advertisements shall contain the name and office address of such

entity, which shall conform to a name and address on record with the

department and which shall indicate that the licensee is licensed by the

department. Any advertisements in any media, print or electronic,

contracted for or placed prior to the effective date of this section,

shall not be subject to the provisions of this section.

3. No person or any other entity, other than a licensee, shall use the

title "budget planner" or "licensed budget planner" or the term "budget

planning" in any public advertisement, business card, or letterhead.

4. No licensee shall commingle monies received from debtors with any

other funds associated with the operation of its business or with any

funds associated with any other type of business, provided, however,

that for the sole purpose of making a single payment to a creditor, a

licensee may commingle monies received from debtors under contract with

one or more of its affiliates authorized to engage in budget planning in

another state.

5. Licensees shall make payments to creditors in a timely manner, in

accordance with the contract between the licensee and the debtor,

provided, however, that a licensee may contract with a person or entity

that distributes, or supervises, coordinates, or controls the

distribution of, such payments to the creditors, pursuant to such terms

or conditions that the superintendent may prescribe by regulation.

Payments made pursuant to such contract with the licensee shall not

require such person or entity to be licensed pursuant to article

thirteen-b of this chapter.

6. No licensee shall purchase any obligation of a debtor.

7. No licensee shall operate as a person or entity seeking payment of

obligations on behalf of any creditors that are not receiving payments

pursuant to a contract between a debtor and a licensee.

8. No licensee shall execute any contract or agreement to be signed by

the debtor unless the contract or agreement is fully completed, and the

duration of any such contract shall be in conformance with any

limitations specified pursuant to regulations of the superintendent.

9. No licensee shall pay any bonus or other consideration to any

person or entity for the referral of a debtor to its business, or accept

or receive any bonus, commission or other consideration for referring

any debtor to any person or entity for any reason; provided, however,

that nothing herein shall prohibit the payment of rebates from creditors

to licensees.

10. No licensee shall disclose or threaten to disclose information

concerning the existence of a debt, or any other conduct, which could

coerce payment of the debt of a debtor with whom it has a contract.

11. No licensee shall use a communication which simulates in any

manner a legal or judicial process, or which gives the false appearance

of being authorized, issued, or approved by a government, governmental

agency, or attorney-at-law.

12. No licensee, or a director, manager or officer of such licensee,

or any immediate family member of such individual, or a controlling

party of such licensee as defined in section five hundred eighty-three-a

of this article, shall be a director, manager, officer, owner, or

controlling party of any creditor or a subsidiary of any such creditor,

that is receiving or will receive payments from the licensee on behalf

of a debtor with whom the licensee has contracted.

13. No licensee, or a director, manager or officer of such licensee,

or any immediate family member of such individual, or a controlling

party of such licensee as defined in section five hundred eighty-three-a

of this article, shall disclose by any means, directly or indirectly,

the name, address, or any other identifying information of a debtor,

except as required by subpoena or other process from a court of

competent jurisdiction or a law enforcement agency, or in order to

establish an account with a creditor. "Identifying information of a

debtor" as used herein shall include, but not be limited to, a debtor's

name, photograph, address, telephone number, social security number,

date of birth, drivers identification number, credit card number, bank

account number, mother's maiden name, medical or disability information,

if any, as well as any other identification number which a licensee may

possess.

§ 585 — Superintendent authorized to examine

Superintendent authorized to examine. For the purpose of

discovering violations of this article or securing information lawfully

required by him or her hereunder, the superintendent may at any time,

and as often as he or she may determine, either personally or by a

person duly designated by him or her, investigate the business and

examine the books, accounts, records, and files used therein of every

licensee hereunder. For that purpose the superintendent and his or her

duly designated representative shall have free access to the offices and

place of business, books, accounts, papers, records, files, safes and

vaults of all such licensees. The superintendent and any person duly

designated by him or her shall have authority to require the attendance

of and to examine under oath all persons whose testimony he or she may

require relative to such business. The expenses incurred in making any

examination pursuant to this section shall be assessed against and paid

by the licensee so examined, except that traveling and subsistence

expenses so incurred shall be charged against and paid by licensees in

such proportions as the superintendent shall deem just and reasonable,

and such proportionate charges shall be added to the assessment of the

other expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon written notice by

the superintendent of the total amount of such assessment, the licensee

shall become liable for and shall pay such assessment to the

superintendent. If, upon review, the superintendent shall determine that

the fees or service charges set by the licensee are unreasonable, he or

she shall direct the licensee to make adjustments in said fees and

service charges in accordance with his or her findings, which shall set

forth a detailed factual basis and reasoning supporting such finding.

§ 586 — Licensee's books and records; reports

Licensee's books and records; reports. 1. The licensee shall

keep and use in its business such books, accounts, and records as will

enable the superintendent to determine whether such licensee is

complying with the provisions of this article and with the rules and

regulations lawfully made by the superintendent hereunder. Every

licensee shall preserve such books, accounts, and records, for at least

three years; provided, however, that preservation by photographic

reproduction thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute

compliance with the requirements of this section.

2. Each licensee shall annually, on or before the first day of

February, file a report with the superintendent giving such information

as the superintendent may require concerning the business and operations

during the preceding calendar year of such licensee under authority of

this article. Such report shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by

the licensee under the penalties of perjury and shall be in the form

prescribed by the superintendent. In addition to annual reports, the

superintendent may require, under oath and in the form prescribed by

him, such additional regular or special reports as he may deem necessary

to the proper supervision of licensees under this article. Such

additional reports shall be in the form prescribed by the superintendent

and shall be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of

perjury.

§ 587 — Authority of superintendent

Authority of superintendent. The superintendent is hereby

authorized and empowered to make, in addition hereto and not

inconsistent herewith, such general rules and regulations, and such

specific rulings, demands, and findings as he may deem necessary for the

proper conduct of the business authorized and licensed hereunder and for

the enforcement of this article.

ARTICLE 12-D Licensed Mortgage Bankers

§ 589 — Declaration of policy

Declaration of policy. The origination, funding and servicing

of residential mortgage loans and the types of entities involved in

residential mortgage lending has undergone significant changes in recent

years, due in part to developments in the general economy, specifically

interest rate volatility, the sophistication of the national secondary

market for mortgage loans and the market for mortgage-backed securities.

The recent trend toward deregulation in the financial services industry

has accelerated the evolution of residential mortgage lending,

dramatically increasing the types of mortgage loans offered and the

manner in which they are advertised and marketed to consumers.

Depository institutions, traditionally the major source of residential

mortgage financing for individuals, now compete for capital and

customers with mortgage bankers and other financial service

organizations. Residential mortgage lenders of every type have

increasingly relied on non-financial intermediaries, such as mortgage

brokers, to make loans available to consumers. These developments have

raised questions as to whether all entities engaging in this banking

function operate under appropriate regulatory scrutiny and as to whether

all residential mortgage lenders are conducting their business in the

best interests of New York homeowners and potential homeowners.

The activities of lenders and their agents offering financing for

residential real property have a direct and immediate impact upon the

housing industry, the neighborhoods and communities of this state, its

homeowners and potential homeowners. The legislature finds that it is

essential for the protection of the citizens of this state and the

stability of the state's economy that reasonable standards governing the

business practices of mortgage lenders and their agents be imposed. The

legislature further finds that the obligations of lenders and their

agents to consumers in connection with making, soliciting, processing,

placing or negotiating of mortgage loans are such as to warrant the

uniform regulation of the residential mortgage lending process,

including the application, solicitation, making and servicing of

mortgage loans. Consistent with the purposes of promoting mortgage

lending for the benefit of our citizens by responsible providers of

mortgage loans and services and avoiding requirements inconsistent with

legitimate and responsible business practices in the mortgage lending

industry, the purpose of this article is to protect New York consumers

seeking a residential mortgage loan and to ensure that the mortgage

lending industry is operating fairly, honestly and efficiently, free

from deceptive and anti-competitive practices.

§ 590 — Licensing

Licensing. 1. Definitions. (a) "Mortgage loan" shall mean a

loan to a natural person made primarily for personal, family or

household use, secured by either a mortgage or deed of trust on

residential real property, any certificate of stock or other evidence of

ownership in, and proprietary lease from, a corporation or partnership

formed for the purpose of cooperative ownership of residential real

property or, if determined by the superintendent by regulation, shall

include such a loan secured by a security interest on a manufactured

home;

(b) "Residential real property" shall mean real property located in

this state improved by a one-to-four family dwelling used or occupied,

or intended to be used or occupied, wholly or partly, as the home or

residence of one or more persons, but shall not refer to unimproved real

property upon which such dwellings are to be constructed;

(c) "Making a mortgage loan" shall mean for compensation or gain,

either directly or indirectly, advancing funds, offering to advance

funds, or making a commitment to advance funds to an applicant for a

mortgage loan or a mortgagor as a mortgage loan;

(d) "Soliciting, processing, placing or negotiating a mortgage loan"

shall mean for compensation or gain, either directly or indirectly,

accepting or offering to accept an application for a mortgage loan,

assisting or offering to assist in the processing of an application for

a mortgage loan, soliciting or offering to solicit a mortgage loan on

behalf of a third party or negotiating or offering to negotiate the

terms or conditions of a mortgage loan with a lender on behalf of a

third party;

(e) "Exempt organization" shall mean any insurance company, banking

organization, foreign banking corporation licensed by the superintendent

or the comptroller of the currency to transact business in this state,

national bank, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan

association, federal credit union, or any bank, trust company, savings

bank, savings and loan association, or credit union organized under the

laws of any other state, or any instrumentality created by the United

States or any state with the power to make mortgage loans. Subject to

such regulations as may be promulgated by the superintendent, "exempt

organization" may also include any subsidiary of such entities;

(f) "Licensee" or "mortgage banker" shall mean a person or entity who

or which is licensed pursuant to section five hundred ninety-one of this

chapter to engage in the business of making mortgage loans in this

state;

(g) "Registrant" or "mortgage broker" shall mean a person or entity

registered pursuant to section five hundred ninety-one-a of this chapter

to engage in the business of soliciting, processing, placing or

negotiating mortgage loans for others, or offering to solicit, process,

place or negotiate mortgage loans for others;

(h) "Mortgage loan servicer" or "servicer" shall mean a person or

entity registered pursuant to subdivision two of this section to engage

in the business of servicing mortgage loans for property located in this

state;

(i) "Servicing mortgage loans" shall mean receiving any scheduled

periodic payments from a borrower pursuant to the terms of any mortgage

loan, including amounts for escrow accounts under section six-k of this

chapter, title three-A of article nine of the real property tax law or

section ten of 12 U.S.C. 2609, and making the payments to the owner of

the loan or other third parties of principal and interest and such other

payments with respect to the amounts received from the borrower as may

be required pursuant to the terms of the mortgage service loan documents

or servicing contract. In the case of a home equity conversion mortgage

or reverse mortgage as referenced in section six-h of this chapter,

sections two hundred eighty and two hundred eighty-a of the real

property law or 24 CFR 3500.2, servicing includes making payments to the

borrower.

2. Necessity for license. (a) No individual, person, partnership,

association, corporation or other entity shall engage in the business of

making mortgage loans without first obtaining a license from the

superintendent in accordance with the licensing procedure provided in

this article and such regulations as may be promulgated by the

superintendent. The licensing provisions of this subdivision shall not

apply to: (i) any exempt organization; (ii) any entity or entities which

shall be exempted in accordance with regulations promulgated by the

superintendent hereunder; or (iii) any individual, person, partnership,

association, corporation or other entity which makes not more than three

such loans in a calendar year, nor more than five in a two year period,

provided that no such mortgage loans have been made which were

solicited, processed, placed or negotiated by a mortgage broker,

mortgage banker or exempt organization.

(b) No person, partnership, association, corporation or other entity

shall engage in the business of soliciting, processing, placing or

negotiating a mortgage loan or offering to solicit, process, place or

negotiate a mortgage loan in this state without first being registered

with the superintendent as a mortgage broker in accordance with the

registration procedure provided in this article and by such regulations

as may be promulgated by the superintendent. The registration provisions

of this subdivision shall not apply to any exempt organization, mortgage

banker or mortgage loan servicer. No real estate broker or salesman, as

defined in section four hundred forty of the real property law, shall be

deemed to be engaged in the business of a mortgage broker if he does not

accept a fee, directly or indirectly, for services rendered in

connection with the solicitation, processing, placement or negotiation

of a mortgage loan. No attorney-at-law who solicits, processes, places

or negotiates a mortgage loan incidental to his legal practice shall be

deemed to be engaged in the business of a mortgage broker. The

registration provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to any

person or entity which shall be exempted in accordance with regulations

promulgated by the superintendent hereunder.

(b-1) No person, partnership, association, corporation or other entity

shall engage in the business of servicing mortgage loans with respect to

any property located in this state without first being registered with

the superintendent as a mortgage loan servicer in accordance with the

registration procedure provided by such regulations as may be prescribed

by the superintendent. The superintendent may refuse to register a

mortgage loan servicer on the same grounds that the superintendent may

refuse to issue a registration certificate to a mortgage broker pursuant

to subdivision two of section five hundred ninety-two-a of this article.

The registration provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to any

exempt organization, mortgage banker, or mortgage broker or any person

or entity which shall be exempted in accordance with regulations

prescribed by the superintendent hereunder; provided that such exempt

organization, mortgage banker, mortgage broker, or exempted person

notifies the superintendent that it is acting as a mortgage loan

servicer in this state and complies with any regulation applicable to

mortgage loan servicers, promulgated by the superintendent. The

superintendent may require all registrations and notifications to be

made through the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry. An

application to become a registered mortgage loan servicer or any

application with respect to a mortgage loan servicer shall be

accompanied by a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of

this chapter. Any fee established pursuant to this subdivision may be

collected by and include a processing fee charged by the Nationwide

Mortgage Licensing System and Registry. Any such processing fees shall

not be remitted to the superintendent and shall not be deemed revenue

pursuant to this chapter or the state finance law.

(c) A licensee registrant or mortgage loan servicer may apply for

authority to open and maintain one or more branch offices.

(d) No person or entity engaged in the building and sale of

residential real property, or a financing subsidiary thereof, shall be

deemed to be making a mortgage loan, as defined in paragraph (c) of

subdivision one of this section, or soliciting, processing, placing or

negotiating a mortgage loan, as defined in paragraph (d) of subdivision

one of this section, if and only if such person, entity or financing

subsidiary shall make, solicit, process, place or negotiate a mortgage

loan with respect to residential real property it has built through a

licensee or exempt organization which is acting as its agent in

compliance with this article and regulations promulgated hereunder.

3. Rules and regulations. In addition to such powers as may otherwise

be prescribed by this chapter, the superintendent is hereby authorized

and empowered to promulgate such rules and regulations as may in the

judgement of the superintendent be consistent with the purposes of this

article, or appropriate for the effective administration of this

article, including, but not limited to:

(a) Such rules and regulations in connection with the activities of

mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers, mortgage loan servicers and exempt

organizations as may be necessary and appropriate for the protection of

consumers in this state;

(b) Such rules and regulations as may be necessary and appropriate to

define improper or fraudulent business practices in connection with the

activities of mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers, mortgage loan

servicers and exempt organizations in making mortgage loans;

(c) Such rules and regulations under this article regarding the

origination, sale or servicing of manufactured home loans as may be

necessary and appropriate for the protection of consumers;

(d) Such rules and regulations as may define the terms used in this

article and as may be necessary and appropriate to interpret and

implement the provisions of this article; and

(e) Such rules and regulations as may be necessary for the enforcement

of this article.

The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to make such

specific rulings, demands and findings as the superintendent may deem

necessary for the proper conduct of the mortgage lending industry.

4. Exemptions from provisions of article. No person shall be subject

to the licensure or registration provisions of this article if he or she

is employed by an exempt organization, a licensee or registrant, or a

mortgage loan servicer to assist in the performance of the business

activities described in this article for the exempt organization,

licensee or registrant, or a mortgage loan servicer or is engaged in

regulated activities as an associate or affiliate of a registrant, a

licensee, a mortgage loan servicer or exempt organization which has

filed an undertaking of accountability with the superintendent.

No employee of an exempt organization shall be subject to the

licensure or registration provisions of this article due to such

employee's assisting in the performance of the business activities of a

mortgage banker that is controlled by the exempt organization or

affiliated with the exempt organization through common ownership or

control.

5. Activities of mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers, mortgage loan

servicers and exempt organizations. (a) Mortgage brokers may not make

mortgage loans in this state;

(b) Mortgage brokers shall solicit, process, place and negotiate

mortgage loans with a mortgage banker licensed pursuant to the

provisions of this article or exempt organization as defined herein or

pursuant to regulations as promulgated by the banking board or

prescribed by the superintendent and in conformity with the provisions

of this chapter, such rules and regulations as may be promulgated by the

superintendent thereunder and all applicable federal laws and the rules

and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(c) Mortgage bankers and exempt organizations shall make mortgage

loans in conformity with the provisions of this chapter, such rules and

regulations as may be promulgated by the superintendent thereunder and

all applicable federal laws and the rules and regulations promulgated

thereunder;

(d) Mortgage loan servicers shall engage in the business of servicing

mortgage loans in conformity with the provisions of this chapter, such

rules and regulations as may be promulgated by the superintendent

thereunder and all applicable federal laws and the rules and regulations

promulgated thereunder.

(e) No mortgage banker, mortgage broker or exempt organization shall

conduct business with any person, partnership, association, corporation

or other entity which it knows or should have known is acting as a

mortgage banker or a mortgage broker without being licensed or

registered as required by this article. A person, partnership,

association, corporation or other entity who provides non-residential

subordinate loans shall be exempt from this paragraph. A mortgage

banker, mortgage broker or exempt organization shall promptly notify the

department of any such unlicensed or unregistered operations.

(f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit any otherwise

applicable state or federal law or regulations.

5-a. Mortgage brokers and federal housing administration-insured

mortgage loans. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, a

mortgage broker may enter into agreements with federally-approved

sponsors and make mortgage loans, which are insured by the federal

housing administration, for sale or transfer to such sponsors, provided

that such mortgage broker:

(i) meets all federal requirements as a loan correspondent and

receives and maintains federal approval;

(ii) prior to making any such federal housing administration-insured

mortgage loans, receives the superintendent's approval;

(iii) maintains the superintendent's approval;

(iv) enters into agreements only with federally-approved sponsors who

are licensed mortgage bankers or exempt organizations;

(v) promptly notifies the superintendent when it enters into an

agreement with a federally-approved sponsor and when any such agreement

terminates. The federally-approved sponsor shall also promptly notify

the superintendent when any such agreement with a mortgage broker

terminates;

(vi) maintains a written agreement with its federally-approved

sponsors to fund all federal housing administration-insured mortgage

loans that the mortgage broker makes;

(vii) issues a lock-in agreement or commitment only after receiving

approval for such agreement or commitment from its federally-approved

sponsors; and

(viii) maintains at all times the federal net worth requirement.

(b) A federally-approved sponsor is responsible to the superintendent

for the actions of any mortgage broker which is its loan correspondent

in regard to the making of a mortgage loan insured by the federal

housing administration.

(c) If a mortgage broker's federal approval is surrendered, suspended

or revoked, the authorization granted pursuant to this subdivision shall

immediately cease and the mortgage broker shall immediately notify the

superintendent of the surrender, suspension or revocation.

(d) The approval of the superintendent pursuant to paragraph (a) of

this subdivision may be immediately suspended or revoked in the sole

discretion of the superintendent if it is found that the making of

federal housing administration-insured mortgage loans under this section

by a mortgage broker is inconsistent with the provisions of section five

hundred eighty-nine of this chapter.

(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section and sections five

hundred ninety-three-a and five hundred ninety-five-a of this chapter,

the superintendent may establish regulations to implement this

subdivision, and may impose requirements and conditions on mortgage

brokers which supplement or exceed federal requirements.

6. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered, consistent

with the declaration of policy set forth in this article, to exempt by

rule or regulation from any or all of the provisions of this article any

or all licensees or exempt organizations as defined in paragraph (e) of

subdivision one of this section with respect to credit line mortgages,

installment loans and home improvement loans.

§ 590-a — Junior mortgage loans

Junior mortgage loans. 1. A licensee may make a loan to a

natural person upon the security of a mortgage on residential real

property which is not a first lien at the rate or rates agreed to by the

licensee and the borrower, subject to such regulations as the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe. Such regulations by

the superintendent of financial services may include such restrictions

as the superintendent of financial services finds necessary or proper.

For purposes of this section, the term mortgage shall include a lien on

an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or other

evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a

corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative

ownership of residential real estate.

2. A contract, note or instrument evidencing or securing a junior

mortgage loan shall not contain any acceleration clause which would

provide that the junior mortgage loan may be declared due and payable

upon the condition that the licensee deems itself insecure with respect

to the unpaid balance of such junior mortgage loan; shall not contain

clauses which authorize confession of judgment; shall allow the borrower

to prepay the loan in whole or in part without penalty, and shall

contain the following notice in bold face type, at least ten point size:

"DEFAULT IN THE PAYMENT OF THIS LOAN AGREEMENT MAY RESULT IN THE

LOSS OF THE PROPERTY SECURING THE LOAN. UNDER FEDERAL LAW, YOU MAY HAVE

THE RIGHT TO CANCEL THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU HAVE THIS RIGHT, THE CREDITOR

IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH A SEPARATE WRITTEN NOTICE SPECIFYING THE

CIRCUMSTANCES AND TIMES UNDER WHICH YOU CAN EXERCISE THIS RIGHT."

3. Where the contract, note or instrument evidencing or securing a

junior mortgage loan provides for a variable rate of interest, said rate

shall be based on a published index that is (a) readily available, (b)

independently verifiable, (c) beyond the control of the licensee, and

(d) approved by the superintendent. The interest rate of the junior

mortgage loan shall be reduced in proportion to any decrease in the

index rate. Increases in the interest rate may be made at the option of

the licensee.

4. The superintendent of financial services shall adopt regulations,

including but not limited to: (a) providing for disclosure to the

borrower by the licensee of the circumstances under which the rate may

increase, any limitations on the increase, the effect of an increase and

an example of the payment terms that would result from an increase, (b)

providing for disclosure to the borrower by the licensee of a history of

the fluctuations of the index over a reasonable period of time, and (c)

providing for notice to the borrower from the licensee of any rate

increase or change in the terms of payment.

5. A line of credit secured by a junior mortgage shall be established

in an amount of no less than twenty-five hundred dollars; and shall be

repayable in monthly installments.

§ 590-b — Responsibilities

Responsibilities. 1. Each mortgage broker shall, in addition

to the duties imposed by otherwise applicable provisions of state and

federal law, with respect to any transaction, including any practice, or

course of business in connection with the transaction, in which the

mortgage broker solicits, processes, places or negotiates a home loan:

(a) act in the borrower's interest;

(b) act with reasonable skill, care and diligence;

(c) act in good faith and with fair dealing;

(d) not accept, give, or charge any undisclosed compensation, directly

or indirectly, that inures to the benefit of the mortgage broker,

whether or not characterized as an expenditure made for the borrower;

(e) clearly disclose to the borrower, not later than three days after

receipt of the loan application, all material information as specified

by the superintendent that might reasonably affect the rights,

interests, or ability of the borrower to receive the borrower's intended

benefit from the home loan, including total compensation that the broker

would receive from any of the loan options that the lender or mortgage

broker presents to the borrower; and

(f) diligently work to present the borrower with a range of loan

products for which the borrower likely qualifies and which are

appropriate to the borrower's existing circumstances, based on

information known by, or obtained in good faith by, the broker.

2. No lender or mortgage broker shall improperly influence or attempt

to improperly influence the development, reporting, result or review of

a real estate appraisal relating to real property securing a home loan,

provided that it shall not be a violation of this prohibition to:

(a) ask an appraiser to consider additional information about a

borrower's principal dwelling or about comparable properties;

(b) request that an appraiser provide additional information about the

basis for a valuation;

(c) request that an appraiser correct factual errors in a valuation;

(d) obtain multiple appraisals of a borrower's principal dwelling, so

long as the lender or mortgage broker adheres to a policy of selecting

the most reliable appraisal, rather than the appraisal that states the

highest value;

(e) withhold compensation from an appraiser for breach of contract or

substandard performance of services;

(f) terminate a relationship with an appraiser for violations of

applicable state or federal law or breaches of ethical or professional

standards; and

(g) take action permitted or required by applicable state or federal

statute, regulation, or agency guidance.

3. Any mortgage broker found by a preponderance of evidence to have

violated subdivision one of this section, shall be liable to the

borrower for actual damages.

3-a. In connection with the making or brokering of a home loan, no

person may provide, and no mortgage broker or mortgage lender may

receive, directly or indirectly, any compensation that is based on, or

varies with, the terms of any home loan. This subdivision shall not

prohibit compensation based on the principal balance of the loan.

4. Any lender or mortgage broker found by a preponderance of evidence

to have violated subdivision two of this section, shall be liable to the

borrower for actual damages.

5. A borrower may be granted injunctive, declaratory, and such other

equitable relief as the court deems appropriate in an action to enforce

compliance with this section.

6. A court may also award reasonable attorneys' fees to a prevailing

borrower in a foreclosure action.

7. The attorney general or the superintendent may enforce the

provisions of this section.

8. The remedies provided in this section are not intended to be the

exclusive remedies available to a borrower.

§ 591 — Application for a mortgage banker's license; fees

Application for a mortgage banker's license; fees. 1. The

application for a license to be a mortgage banker shall be in writing,

under oath, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent.

Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law or any other

law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that an application

for, or renewal of, a license or any other submission or application for

approval as may be required by this article, be made or executed by

electronic means, including through the National Mortgage Licensing

System and Registry or other entities designated by the National

Mortgage Licensing System and Registry if he or she deems it necessary

to ensure the efficient and effective administration of this article.

The application shall contain the name and complete business and

residential address or addresses of the applicant. If the applicant is a

partnership, association, corporation or other form of business

organization, the application shall contain the names and complete

business and residential addresses of each member, director and

principal officer thereof. Such application shall also include a

description of the activities of the applicant, in such detail and for

such periods, as the superintendent may require; including:

(a) An affirmation of financial solvency noting such capitalization

requirements as may be required by the superintendent, and access to

such credit as may be required by the superintendent;

(b) The fingerprints of the applicant, which may be submitted to the

division of criminal justice services and the federal bureau of

investigation for state and national criminal history record checks;

(c) An affirmation that the applicant, or its members, directors or

principals as may be appropriate, are at least twenty-one years of age;

(d) Information as to the character, fitness, financial and business

responsibility, background and experiences of the applicant.

2. An application shall be accompanied by an investigation fee as

prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter payable to the

superintendent.

3. A licensee may apply for authority to open and maintain a branch

office by giving the superintendent prior notice of its intention in

such form as shall be prescribed by the superintendent. Unless the

superintendent denies the application within thirty days of publication

of notice of receipt of a completed application, the licensee shall be

permitted to open and maintain such branch office. An application to

open and maintain a branch office shall be accompanied by an

investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this

chapter.

4. As a condition for the issuance and retention of a mortgage

banker's license, and subject to such regulations as the superintendent

shall prescribe, applicants for a license shall file with the

superintendent a surety bond in form satisfactory to him or her issued

by a bonding company or insurance company authorized to do business in

this state. The principal amount of such bond shall be in an amount and

form prescribed by regulations of the superintendent. Such regulations

shall provide for a varying bond amount based upon a licensee's volume

of business and any other relevant factors as determined by the

superintendent, but in no case shall such bond be less than fifty

thousand dollars nor more than five hundred thousand dollars; provided,

however, that if the superintendent determines, in his or her sole

discretion, that a licensee has engaged in a pattern of conduct

resulting in bona fide consumer complaints of misconduct, the

superintendent may require such licensee to post a surety bond, or keep

on deposit as provided in this subdivision, twice the amount of such

bond or deposit as is required consistent with such regulations. In lieu

of such bond, an applicant may keep on deposit with such banks, savings

banks, savings and loan associations, or trust companies or private

bankers or national banks or federal savings banks or federal savings

and loan associations in the state of New York as such applicant may

designate and the superintendent may approve, interest-bearing stocks

and bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations of the United States

or any agency or instrumentality thereof, or guaranteed by the United

States, or of this state, or of a city, county, town, village, school

district, or instrumentality of this state or guaranteed by this state,

or dollar deposits, or such other assets or letters of credit as the

superintendent shall by rule or regulation permit. In the event of the

insolvency, liquidation or bankruptcy of such licensee, or the surrender

or revocation of such mortgage banker's license, or where the

superintendent takes possession of such licensee, the proceeds of each

bond or deposit shall constitute a trust fund to be used exclusively to

reimburse consumer fees or other charges determined by the

superintendent to be improperly charged or collected and to pay past due

department of financial services examination costs and assessments

charged to the licensee, unpaid penalties, or other obligations of the

licensee. The superintendent is authorized to promulgate such

regulations as are necessary and desirable to define and implement the

provisions of this subdivision. Persons and entities licensed prior to

the effective date of any regulations of the superintendent prescribing

the bonding requirement authorized by this subdivision shall file such

bond or establish such deposit within six months of the effective date

of such regulations.

§ 591-a — Application to register as a mortgage broker; fees

Application to register as a mortgage broker; fees. 1. An

application to become registered as a mortgage broker shall be in

writing, under oath, in such form as shall be prescribed by the

superintendent, and shall be accompanied by the fingerprints of the

applicant. Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law or

any other law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that an

application for, or renewal of, a license or any other submission or

application for approval as may be required by this article, be made or

executed by electronic means, including through the National Mortgage

Licensing System and Registry or other entities designated by the

National Mortgage Licensing System and Registry if he or she deems it

necessary to ensure the efficient and effective administration of this

article. Such fingerprints shall be submitted to the division of

criminal justice services for a state criminal history record check, as

defined in subdivision one of section three thousand thirty-five of the

education law, and may be submitted to the federal bureau of

investigation for a national criminal history record check. Such

application shall contain the name and complete business and residential

address or addresses of the applicant, or if the applicant is a

partnership, association, corporation or other form of business

organization, the names and complete business and residential addresses

of each member, director and principal officer thereof. Such application

shall also include an affirmation of financial solvency noting such

capitalization requirements as may be required by the superintendent,

and such descriptions of the business activities, financial

responsibility, educational background and general character and fitness

of the applicant as may be required by the superintendent. Such

application shall be accompanied by an investigation fee payable to the

superintendent as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this

chapter.

2. A registrant may apply for authority to open and maintain a branch

office by giving the superintendent prior notice of its intention in

such form as shall be prescribed by the superintendent. Unless the

superintendent denies the application within thirty days of publication

of notice of receipt of a completed application, the registrant shall be

permitted to open and maintain such branch office. An application to

open and maintain a branch office shall be accompanied by an

investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this

chapter.

3. As a condition for the issuance and retention of a mortgage

broker's registration, and subject to such regulations as the

superintendent shall prescribe, applicants for a registration shall file

with the superintendent a surety bond or make a deposit, as described in

subdivision four of section five hundred ninety-one of this article, in

an amount and form prescribed by regulations of the superintendent. Such

regulations shall provide for a varying bond amount based upon a

registrant's volume of business and any other relevant factors as

determined by the superintendent, but in no case shall such bond be less

than ten thousand dollars nor more than one hundred thousand dollars;

provided however that if the superintendent determines, in his or her

sole discretion, that a registrant has engaged in a pattern of conduct

resulting in bona fide consumer complaints of misconduct, the

superintendent may require such registrant to post a surety bond, or

keep on deposit as provided in this subdivision, twice the amount of

such bond or deposit as is required consistent with such regulations. In

the event of the insolvency, liquidation or bankruptcy of such

registrant, or the surrender or revocation of such mortgage broker's

registration, or where the superintendent takes possession of such

registrant, the proceeds of each bond or deposit shall constitute a

trust fund to be used exclusively to reimburse consumer fees or other

charges determined by the superintendent to be improperly charged or

collected and to pay past due department of financial services

examination costs and assessments charged to the registrant, unpaid

penalties, or other obligations of the registrant. The superintendent is

authorized to promulgate such regulations as are necessary and desirable

to define and implement the provisions of this subdivision. Persons and

entities registered prior to the effective date of any regulations of

the superintendent implementing or modifying the bonding requirement

authorized by this subdivision shall file such bond or establish such

deposit within six months of the effective date of such regulations.

§ 592 — Application process to receive license to engage in the business of mortgage banking

Application process to receive license to engage in the

business of mortgage banking. 1. Upon the filing of an application for a

license, if the superintendent shall find that the financial

responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of the

applicant and of the members thereof if the applicant is a

co-partnership or association, and of the officers and directors thereof

if the applicant is a corporation are such as to command the confidence

of the community and to warrant belief that the business will be

operated honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purpose of this

article, the superintendent shall thereupon issue a license in duplicate

to engage in the business of making mortgage loans described in section

five hundred ninety of this article in accordance with provisions of

this article. If the superintendent shall not so find, the

superintendent shall not issue such license, and the superintendent

shall notify the applicant of the denial. The superintendent shall

transmit one copy of such license to the applicant and file another in

the office of the department of financial services. Upon receipt of such

license, a mortgage banker shall be authorized to engage in the business

of making mortgage loans in accordance with the provisions of this

article. Such license shall remain in full force and effect until it is

surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as hereinafter

provided. The superintendent shall approve or deny every application for

license hereunder within ninety days from the filing of a completed

application provided, however, that failure to act within the prescribed

period shall not be deemed approval of any such application.

2. The superintendent may refuse to issue a license pursuant to this

article if he or she shall find that the applicant, or any person who is

a director, officer, partner, agent, employee, substantial stockholder

of the applicant, consultant or person having a relationship with the

applicant similar to a consultant, (a) has been convicted of a crime

involving an activity which is a felony under this chapter or under

article one hundred fifty-five, one hundred seventy, one hundred

seventy-five, one hundred seventy-six, one hundred eighty, one hundred

eighty-five, one hundred eighty-seven, one hundred ninety, two hundred,

two hundred ten or four hundred seventy of the penal law or any

comparable felony under the laws of any other state or the United

States, provided that such crime would be a felony if committed and

prosecuted under the laws of this state or (b) has had a license or

registration revoked by the superintendent or (c) has been a director,

partner, or substantial stockholder of an entity which has had a license

or registration revoked by the superintendent or (d) has been an agent,

employee or officer of an entity, or a consultant to, or person having

had a similar relationship with, any entity which has had a license or

registration revoked by the superintendent where such person shall have

been found by the superintendent to bear responsibility in connection

with the revocation. The term "substantial stockholder", as used in this

subdivision, shall be deemed to refer to a person owning or controlling

directly or indirectly ten per centum or more of the total outstanding

stock of a corporation.

§ 592-a — Application process to register as a mortgage broker

Application process to register as a mortgage broker. 1. Upon

the filing of an application for registration, if the superintendent

shall find that the financial responsibility, experience, character, and

general fitness of the applicant, and of the members thereof if the

applicant is a co-partnership or association, and of the officers and

directors thereof if the applicant is a corporation, are such as to

command the confidence of the community and to warrant belief that the

business will be operated honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the

purpose of this article, the superintendent shall thereupon register the

applicant as a mortgage broker on a roll maintained for that purpose at

the department of financial services, and issue a certificate attesting

to such registration in duplicate. If the superintendent shall not so

find, the superintendent shall not register such applicant, and shall

notify the applicant of the denial. The superintendent shall transmit

one copy of such certificate to the applicant and file another in the

office of the department of financial services. Upon receipt of such

certificate a mortgage broker shall be authorized to engage in the

business of placing, processing and negotiating mortgage loans. Such

registration shall remain in full force and effect until it is

surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as hereinafter

provided, except that such registration, notwithstanding any provisions

of subdivision five of section seventeen of this chapter to the

contrary, shall expire upon the registrant's failure to pay the required

assessment charged pursuant to such section seventeen thirty days after

the date or dates such payment or payments are due. If the registrant

fails to pay such charged assessment by the date or dates such payment

or payments are due, then the registrant shall be required to pay, in

addition, a late fee in the amount of one hundred dollars. Such

registration shall be reinstated if the registrant pays such assessment

charged and any applicable late fees and/or interest within sixty days

of such expiration. The superintendent shall approve or deny every

application for registration hereunder within ninety days from the

filing of a complete application provided, however, that failure to act

within the prescribed period shall not be deemed approval of any such

application.

2. The superintendent may refuse to issue a certificate pursuant to

this article if he or she shall find that the applicant, or any person

who is a director, officer, partner, agent, employee, substantial

stockholder of the applicant, consultant or person having a relationship

with the applicant similar to a consultant, (a) has been convicted of a

crime involving an activity which is a felony under this chapter or

under article one hundred fifty-five, one hundred seventy, one hundred

seventy-five, one hundred seventy-six, one hundred eighty, one hundred

eighty-five, one hundred eighty-seven, one hundred ninety, two hundred,

two hundred ten or four hundred seventy of the penal law or any

comparable felony under the laws of any other state or the United

States, provided that such crime would be a felony if committed and

prosecuted under the laws of this state or (b) has had a license or

registration revoked by the superintendent or (c) has been a director,

partner, or substantial stockholder of an entity which has had a license

or registration revoked by the superintendent or (d) has been an agent,

employee or officer of an entity, or a consultant to, or person having

had a similar relationship with, any entity which has had a license or

registration revoked by the superintendent where such person shall have

been found by the superintendent to bear responsibility in connection

with the revocation. The term "substantial stockholder", as used in this

subdivision, shall be deemed to refer to a person owning or controlling

directly or indirectly ten per centum or more of the total outstanding

stock of a corporation.

§ 593 — License provisions

License provisions. Each license issued under this article

shall state the address or addresses at which the business is to be

conducted and shall state fully the name of the licensee, and the date

and place of its incorporation if applicable. A copy of such license

shall be prominently posted in each place of business of the licensee.

Such license shall not be transferable or assignable. In the event the

location at which the business is to be conducted shall be changed, the

licensee shall forthwith notify the superintendent who shall thereupon

without charge attach to the license an amendment certificate setting

forth such changed location.

§ 593-a — Registration provisions

Registration provisions. 1. Each certificate issued to a

registered mortgage broker under this article shall state the address or

addresses at which the business is to be conducted and shall state fully

the name of the registrant, and the date and place of its incorporation

if applicable. A copy of such certificate shall be prominently posted in

each place of business of the registrant. Such certificate shall not be

transferable or assignable. In the event the location at which the

business is to be conducted shall be changed, the registrant shall

forthwith notify the superintendent who shall thereupon without charge

attach to the certificate an amendment certificate setting forth such

changed location.

2. In addition to the display of such certificate, each registered

mortgage broker shall prominently display a notice printed in the

English language, each letter to be at least two inches in height,

indicating that the mortgage broker is not empowered to make mortgage

loans, and such other notices as required by the superintendent of

financial services.

§ 594 — Changes in officers and directors

Changes in officers and directors. Upon any change of any of

the executive officers, partners or directors of any licensee or

registrant, the licensee or registrant shall submit to the

superintendent the name, address, and occupation of each new officer,

partner or director, and provide such other information as the

superintendent may require.

§ 594-b — Changes in control

Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the

prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which

results in a change of control of the business of a licensee or

registrant. Prior to any change of control, the person desirous of

acquiring control of the business of a licensee or registrant shall make

written application to the superintendent and pay an investigation fee

as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter to the

superintendent. The application shall contain such information as the

superintendent, by rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or

appropriate for the purpose of making the determination required by

subdivision two of this section. This information shall include but not

be limited to the information and other material required for a licensee

by subdivision one of section five hundred ninety-one of this article or

required for a registrant by subdivision one of section five hundred

ninety-one-a of this article.

2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change

of control of a licensee or registrant in accordance with the provisions

of section five hundred ninety-two of this article relating to licensees

or section five hundred ninety-two-a of this article relating to

registrants. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the

application in writing within ninety days after the date the application

is filed with the superintendent.

3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of

this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of

law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has

control of a licensee or registrant. Thereafter, such legal

representative shall comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and

two of this section. The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this

section shall be applicable to an application made under such section by

a legal representative.

The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an

individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other

organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly

or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

management and policies of a licensee or registrant, whether through the

ownership of voting stock of such licensee or registrant, the ownership

of voting stock of any person which possesses such power or otherwise.

Control shall be presumed to exist if any person, directly or

indirectly, owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or

more of the voting stock of any licensee or registrant or of any person

which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more

of the voting stock of any licensee or registrant, but no person shall

be deemed to control a licensee or registrant solely by reason of being

an officer or director of such licensee or registrant or person. The

superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee

or registrant or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls

or holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power

to vote any voting stock of such licensee or registrant, determine

whether or not the ownership, control or holding of such voting stock

constitutes or would constitute control of such licensee or registrant

for purposes of this section.

§ 595 — Grounds for suspension or revocation of license, or suspension or deletion of name from mortgage broker roll

Grounds for suspension or revocation of license, or suspension

or deletion of name from mortgage broker roll. 1. The superintendent may

revoke any license to engage in the business of a mortgage banker issued

pursuant to this article or delete the name of a mortgage broker from

the roll of mortgage brokers registered pursuant to this article if he

shall find that:

(a) Through a course of conduct, the licensee or registrant has

violated any provisions of this article, or any rule or regulation

promulgated by the superintendent of financial services under and within

the authority of this article or of any other law, rule or regulation of

this state or the federal government;

(b) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time

of the original application for such license or registration, would have

warranted the superintendent in refusing originally to issue such

license;

(c) The commission by a licensee or registrant of a crime against the

laws of this state or any other state or of the United States involving

moral turpitude or fraudulent or dishonest dealing, or the entry of a

final judgment against a licensee or registrant in a civil action upon

grounds of fraud, misrepresentation or deceit;

(d) As a part of such determination regarding suspension or

revocation, the superintendent is authorized to require the

fingerprinting of any licensee or registrant. Such fingerprints shall be

submitted to the division of criminal justice services for a state

criminal history record check, as defined in subdivision one of section

three thousand thirty-five of the education law, and may be submitted to

the federal bureau of investigation for a national criminal history

record check.

2. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a

substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license or delete the name

of any registrant for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending

investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist

only when the licensee or registrant has defaulted or is likely to

default in performing its financial engagements or engages in dishonest

or inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the persons

afforded the protection of this article.

3. Except as provided in subdivision two of this section, no license

or registration shall be revoked or suspended except after notice and a

hearing thereon. Any order of suspension issued after notice and a

hearing may include as a condition of reinstatement that the licensee or

registrant make restitution to consumers of fees or other charges which

have been improperly charged or collected as determined by the

superintendent.

4. Any licensee or registrant may surrender any license or certificate

by delivering to the superintendent written notice that it thereby

surrenders such license or certificate, but such surrender shall not

affect such licensee's or registrant's civil or criminal liability for

acts committed prior to such surrender. If such surrender is made after

the issuance by the superintendent of a statement of charges and notice

of hearing, the superintendent may proceed against the licensee or

registrant as if such surrender had not taken place.

4-a. An expiration of registration in accordance with section five

hundred ninety-two-a of this article shall not affect such registrant's

civil or criminal liability for acts committed prior to such

expirations. If such expiration occurs after the issuance by the

superintendent of a statement of charges and notice of hearing, the

superintendent may proceed against the registrant as if such expiration

had not taken place.

5. No revocation, suspension, surrender or expiration of any license

or certificate shall impair or affect the obligation of any preexisting

lawful contract between the licensee or registrant and any person.

6. Every license or registration issued pursuant to this article shall

remain in force and effect until the same shall have expired in

accordance with section five hundred ninety-two-a of this article or

shall have been surrendered, revoked or suspended in accordance with any

other provisions of this article, but the superintendent shall have

authority to reinstate a suspended license or certificate or to issue a

new license or certificate to a licensee or registrant whose license or

registration shall have been revoked if no fact or condition then exists

which would have warranted the superintendent in refusing originally to

issue such license or registration under this article.

7. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license or

registration issued pursuant to this article, he shall forthwith execute

in duplicate a written order to that effect. The superintendent shall

file one copy of such order in the office of the department of financial

services and shall forthwith serve the other copy upon the licensee or

registrant. Any such order may be reviewed in the manner provided by

article seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such

application for review as authorized by this section must be made within

thirty days from the date of such order of suspension or revocation.

7-a. Whenever a registration shall have expired in accordance with

section five hundred ninety-two-a of this article, the superintendent

shall notify the registrant that the registration has expired and that

the registrant may not engage in the business of soliciting, processing,

placing or negotiating a mortgage loan or offering to solicit, process,

place or negotiate a mortgage loan in this state.

8. Any hearing held pursuant to the provisions of this section shall

be noticed, conducted and administered in compliance with the state

administrative procedure act.

§ 595-a — Regulation of mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers and exempt organizations

Regulation of mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers and exempt

organizations. 1. Establishment of grounds to impose a fine or penalty.

In addition to such other rules, regulations and policies as the

superintendent of financial services may prescribe to effectuate the

purposes of this article, the superintendent of financial services shall

promulgate regulations and policies governing the establishment of

grounds to impose a fine or penalty with respect to the activities of a

mortgage banker, mortgage broker or exempt organization. Such regulation

shall encompass the following:

(a) The misrepresentation of material facts or the making of false

promises likely to influence, persuade, or induce an applicant for a

mortgage loan or mortgagor to take a mortgage loan, or pursuing a course

of misrepresentation or false promises through agents or otherwise;

(b) The misrepresentation, or concealment of any material factors,

terms or conditions of a transaction to which he is a party, including

the receipt of payment from a third party, pertinent to an applicant for

a mortgage loan or a mortgagor;

(c) The failure to disburse funds in accordance with a written

commitment or agreement to make a mortgage loan;

(d) The failure to account for or deliver to any person any personal

property obtained in connection with a mortgage loan such as money,

fund, deposit, check, draft, mortgage, or other document, or thing of

value, which has come into his hands, and which is not his property, or

which he is not in law or equity entitled to retain;

(e) The improper refusal to issue a satisfaction of mortgage;

(f) Engaging in any transaction, practice, or course of business which

operates a fraud upon any person in connection with the purchase or sale

of any mortgage loan;

(g) Violation of section six-j of this chapter; and

(h) Making a mortgage loan, or indirectly or directly providing for

the making of a mortgage loan, to an equity purchaser, as defined in

section two hundred sixty-five-a of the real property law, if the

mortgage banker, mortgage broker or exempt organization had knowledge

that the equity purchaser was not complying with the provisions of

section two hundred sixty-five-a of the real property law with respect

to such transaction.

2. Restrictions on advertising. In addition to such other rules,

regulations and policies as the superintendent of financial services may

promulgate to effectuate the purposes of this article, the

superintendent of financial services shall prescribe regulations

governing the advertising of mortgage loans, including, without

limitation, the following requirements:

(a) All advertisements by a mortgage broker, mortgage banker or exempt

organization shall contain the name and an office address of such

entity, which in the case of licensees and registrants shall conform to

a name and address on record with the department of financial services;

(b) No licensed mortgage broker or mortgage banker shall advertise its

services in any media, whether print or electronic, without the words

"registered mortgage broker" or "licensed mortgage banker" or similar

words therein;

(c) No mortgage broker, mortgage banker or exempt organization shall

advertise information concerning mortgage loans, including rates,

margins, discounts, points, fees, commissions or other material

information, including material limitations on such loans, unless such

entity is able to make such mortgage loans available to a reasonable

number of qualified applicants;

(d) All advertisements by mortgage brokers must include language

indicating that such brokers may not make loans; and

(e) The term "advertisement" shall not include promotional material

containing fifteen words or less which does not contain references to

specific rates, points, discounts, fees, material loan factors, etc.,

such as imprinted pencils, pens or balloons.

3. Required disclosures. In addition to such other rules, regulations

and policies as the superintendent of financial services may promulgate

to effectuate the purposes of this article, the superintendent of

financial services shall promulgate regulations governing the disclosure

required to be made to applicants for a mortgage loan, including,

without limitation, the following requirements:

(a) Each mortgage broker, mortgage banker and exempt organization

shall provide to each applicant for a mortgage loan at or before the

time of application a disclosure of the fees payable at the time of

application and the conditions under which such fees may be refundable,

and such other disclosures as shall be required by the superintendent of

financial services;

(b) Each mortgage banker and exempt organization shall make available

to each applicant for a mortgage loan at or before the time a commitment

to make a mortgage loan is given a written disclosure, the fees to be

paid in connection with the commitment and the loan, or the manner in

which such fees shall be determined and the conditions under which such

fees may be refundable, and such other disclosures as may be required by

the superintendent of financial services; and

(c) In each lock-in agreement it shall issue, every mortgage banker

and exempt organization shall include a list of all documents typically

required to be produced and conditions typically required to be

satisfied for closing of a mortgage loan based on information provided

by the applicant. In each commitment it shall issue, every mortgage

banker and exempt organization shall include a list of all documents

foreseeably required to be produced and conditions foreseeably required

to be satisfied for closing of a mortgage loan based on information

provided by the applicant. In addition, no later than twelve business

days prior to the expiration of any lock-in period or commitment period,

a mortgage banker or exempt organization shall mail to each applicant

for a mortgage loan a notice indicating the date of such expiration

together with a request that the applicant contact the lender

immediately to discuss the conditions precedent to the closing of such

loan; and

(d) Each mortgage broker, mortgage banker and exempt organization

shall provide such other disclosure as the superintendent of financial

services shall determine by regulation are appropriate to carry out the

purposes of this article.

4. Restrictions on tying. (a) No mortgage banker, mortgage broker or

exempt organization shall, as a condition for the approval of a mortgage

loan, require the use of a particular title insurance company, title

insurance agency or title insurance agent or, for any other type of

insurance, require the use of a particular insurer, agent or broker.

(b) A bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association

or national bank which operates in compliance with the provisions of

paragraph (e) of subdivision seven of section twelve-a of this chapter

and paragraph two of subdivision (a) of section two thousand five

hundred two of the insurance law shall be deemed to be in compliance

with this subdivision.

5. No licensee or registrant engaging in any activities constituting

the business of a distressed property consultant, as described in

section two hundred sixty-five-b of the real property law, shall charge

for or accept payment for real property consulting services as defined

in such section before the full completion of such services.

§ 595-b — Regulation of mortgage loan servicers

Regulation of mortgage loan servicers. 1. Establishment of

grounds to impose a fine or penalty. In addition to such other rules,

regulations and policies as the superintendent may promulgate to

effectuate the purposes of this article, the superintendent shall

promulgate regulations and policies governing the establishment of

grounds to impose a fine or penalty with respect to the activities of a

mortgage loan servicer.

2. Servicing practices. In addition to such other rules, regulations

and policies as the superintendent may promulgate to effectuate the

purposes of this article, the superintendent may prescribe regulations

which relate to: (a) providing for disclosures to borrowers of the basis

for any interest rate resets; (b) requirements for the provision of

pay-off statements; and (c) governing the timing of the crediting of

payments made by the borrower.

§ 595-c — Regulation of dealings of mortgage brokers and home improvement contractors

Regulation of dealings of mortgage brokers and home

improvement contractors. 1. No home improvement contractor nor any

agents or salespersons thereof shall represent, act as an agent for, or

advertise, promote or arrange for the services of a mortgage broker or

its affiliate while soliciting home improvement contracts nor receive

anything of value from a mortgage broker or its affiliate for the

referral of a borrower to a mortgage broker. The staff of a home

improvement contractor shall not act on behalf of a mortgage broker in

any transaction.

2. Where a mortgage broker has solicited, processed, placed or

negotiated a mortgage loan, a home improvement contractor shall not be

paid directly but instead may receive payment from the proceeds of a

home improvement loan payable solely to the borrower or, at the election

of the borrower, through an independent third party escrow agent in

accordance with the terms established in a written agreement signed by

the borrower, the lender and the contractor prior to disbursement. A

mortgage broker shall not offer a homeowner different loan terms

contingent on the homeowner executing an agreement for payment through

an independent third party as described in the preceding sentence. Any

such agreement shall contain a clear and conspicuous disclosure: YOU ARE

NOT REQUIRED TO EXECUTE THIS AGREEMENT. YOU MAY INSTEAD RECEIVE PAYMENT

DIRECTLY. (NAME OF MORTGAGE BROKER) MAY NOT OFFER YOU DIFFERENT TERMS ON

YOUR LOAN TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT. The provisions of this subdivision

shall not apply to a home improvement loan insured by the federal

housing administration under section 203(k) of the National Housing Act,

12 U.S.C. 1709(k), or to amounts added to a federal housing

administration insured mortgage under the energy efficiency mortgage

program originally established under section 106 of the Energy Policy

Act of 1992, as from time to time amended.

3. A mortgage broker shall not permit a home improvement contractor to

be a cosigner or to act as a guarantor for a mortgage loan for home

improvement.

4. For the purpose of this section, "home improvement contractor",

means, with respect to any home improvement, a person, firm or

corporation which owns or operates a home improvement business or who

undertakes, offers to undertake or agrees to perform any home

improvement for a fee and for whom the total price for all labor,

materials and other items is equal to or greater than two hundred

dollars. Home improvement contractor does not include a person, firm,

corporation, landlord, cooperative corporation, condominium board of

managers, joint tenant or co-tenant that owns, in whole or in part, the

property to be improved.

5. This section shall not annul, alter, affect or exempt any person

subject to the provisions of this section from complying with the laws,

ordinances, rules or regulations of any locality or other governmental

body, relating to home improvement contracts, except to the extent that

such laws, ordinances, rules or regulations are inconsistent with any

provision of this section, but no such law, ordinance, rule or

regulation shall be considered inconsistent, if it affords greater

protection to the homeowner from persons subject to this section.

§ 596 — Superintendent authorized to examine; expenses

Superintendent authorized to examine; expenses. For the purpose

of discovering violations of this article or securing information

lawfully required by him hereunder, the superintendent may at any time,

and as often as he or she may determine, either personally or by a

person duly designated by him, investigate the business and examine the

books, accounts, records, and files used therein of every licensee,

servicer and registrant. For that purpose the superintendent and his or

her duly designated representative shall have free access to the offices

and places of business, books, accounts, papers, records, files, safes

and vaults of all such licensees, servicers and registrants. The

superintendent and any person duly designated by him or her shall have

authority to require the attendance of and to examine under oath all

persons whose testimony he or she may require relative to such business.

The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant to this section

shall be assessed against and paid by the licensee, servicer or

registrant so examined, except that traveling and subsistence expenses

so incurred shall be charged against and paid by licensees, servicers or

registrants in such proportions as the superintendent shall deem just

and reasonable, and such proportionate charges shall be added to the

assessment of the other expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon

written notice by the superintendent of the total amount of such

assessment, the licensee, servicer or registrant shall become liable for

and shall pay such assessment to the superintendent.

In any hearing in which the bank examiner acting under authority of

this chapter is available for cross-examination, any official written

report, worksheet, other related papers, or duly certified copy thereof,

compiled, prepared, drafted, or otherwise made by said bank examiner,

after being duly authenticated by said examiner, may be admitted as

competent evidence upon the oath of said examiner that said worksheet,

investigative report, or other related documents were prepared as a

result of an examination of the books and records of a licensee,

servicer or registrant or other person, conducted pursuant to the

authority of this chapter.

§ 597 — Books and records; reports and electronic filing

Books and records; reports and electronic filing. Each

licensee, servicer, registrant and exempt organization shall keep and

use in its business such books, accounts and records as will enable the

superintendent to determine whether such licensee, servicer, registrant

or exempt organization is complying with the provisions of this article

and with the rules and regulations lawfully made by the superintendent

and the superintendent of financial services. Every licensee, servicer,

registrant and exempt organization shall preserve such books, accounts,

and records, for at least three years; provided, however, that

preservation by photographic reproduction thereof or records in

photographic form, including an optical disk storage system and the use

of electronic data processing equipment that provides comparable records

to those otherwise required and which are available for examination upon

request shall constitute compliance with the requirements of this

section.

Each licensee and registrant shall annually, on or before a date to be

determined by the superintendent, file a report with the superintendent

giving such information as the superintendent may require concerning the

business and operations during the preceding calendar year of such

licensee or registrant under authority of this article. Such report

shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by the licensee or registrant

under the penalties of perjury and shall be in the form prescribed by

the superintendent. In addition to annual reports, the superintendent

may require such additional regular or special reports as he or she may

deem necessary to the proper supervision of licensees and registrants

under this article. Such additional reports shall be in the form

prescribed by the superintendent and shall be subscribed and affirmed as

true under the penalties of perjury.

Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law or any other

law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that any application

for, or renewal of, any license or registration or any other submission

or approval as may be required by the superintendent be made or executed

by electronic means if he or she deems it necessary to ensure the

efficient administration of this article.

The superintendent may require servicers to file annual reports or

other regular or special reports, including reports with respect to

mortgage delinquencies and foreclosures. Such reports shall be in the

form prescribed by the superintendent and shall be subscribed and

affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.

§ 598 — Additional penalties for violation of this article; civil, criminal; liquidated damages

Additional penalties for violation of this article; civil,

criminal; liquidated damages. 1. In addition to such penalties as may

otherwise be applicable by law, the superintendent may, after notice and

hearing as provided elsewhere in this article, require any entity,

licensee, servicer, registrant or exempt organization found violating

the provisions of this article or the rules or regulations promulgated

hereunder to pay to the people of this state an additional penalty for

each violation of the article or any regulation or policy promulgated

hereunder a sum not to exceed an amount as determined pursuant to

section forty-four of this chapter for each such violation.

2. Whoever violates any provision of the licensing requirements of

subparagraphs (a) and (b) of subdivision two of section five hundred

ninety of this article by making a mortgage loan without being licensed

or specifically exempted from licensing, or soliciting, processing,

placing or negotiating a mortgage loan without being registered or

specifically exempted from registration, shall be guilty of a class A

misdemeanor, punishable as provided in articles seventy and eighty of

the penal law.

3. Liquidated damages. In addition to any other remedy which an

applicant for a mortgage loan or mortgagor may have against a licensee,

registrant or exempt organization for breach of contract or agreement to

make a mortgage loan, the court after considering the circumstances may

award the plaintiff, upon granting a judgment in his favor in an

individual action on such claim, liquidated damages an amount equal to

twice the amount of any fees or other charges paid by the applicant or

mortgagor in connection with such contract or agreement exclusive of any

amounts paid or payable after the mortgage or other security instrument

is executed.

4. Statutory or common-law remedies. Nothing in this article shall

limit any statutory or common-law right of any person to bring any

action in any court for any act, or the right of the state to punish any

person for any violation of any law.

5. Civil penalties assessable against unlicensed or unregistered

persons or entities. If any non-exempt unlicensed or unregistered person

or entity engages in activities encompassed by this article, he shall be

liable to any person or entity affected by such activities for a sum of

money of not less than the amount of money paid to an affected person or

entity in connection with such activities, nor more than four times such

sum; provided however that where a non-exempt unlicensed or unregistered

person has continued to engage in such unauthorized activities after

receiving a cease and desist notice from the superintendent, the maximum

amount of liability shall be up to the amount of actual damages. Such

sum may be sued for and recovered by any person or entity for his use

and benefit in any court of competent jurisdiction.

§ 599 — Separability of provisions

Separability of provisions. If any provision of this article,

or the application of such provision to any person, co-partnership,

association, corporation or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the

remainder of the article, and the application of such provision to

persons, co-partnerships, associations, corporations or circumstances

other than those as to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected

thereby.

ARTICLE 12-E Licensed Mortgage Loan Originators

§ 599-a — Legislative purpose

Legislative purpose. The legislature deems it necessary, in

order to enhance consumer protection, reduce fraud and ensure the public

welfare, that mortgage loan originators who originate mortgage loans on

residential real property be subject to regulation by the superintendent

and that such regulation be consistent with Title V of The Housing and

Economic Recovery Act of 2008, also known as the S.A.F.E. Mortgage

Licensing Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and regulations

thereunder or interpretations thereof, that may be adopted from time to

time by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban

Development.

§ 599-b — Definitions

Definitions. As used in this article:

1. "Annual expiration date" means December thirty-first of each year.

2. "Depository institution" has the same meaning as in section three

of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and includes any credit union.

3. "Federal banking agencies" means the Board of Governors of the

Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Director of

the Office of Thrift Supervision, the National Credit Union

Administration, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

4. "Immediate family member" means a spouse, child, sibling, parent,

grandparent, or grandchild. This includes stepparents, stepchildren,

stepsiblings and adoptive relationships.

5. "Individual" means a natural person.

6. Loan processor or underwriter-

(a) "Loan processor or underwriter" means an individual who performs

clerical or support duties as an employee at the direction of and

subject to the supervision and instruction of a person licensed, or

exempt from licensing, under this article, provided that such individual

does not represent to the public, through advertising or other means of

communicating or providing information, including the use of business

cards, stationery, brochures, signs, rate lists, or other promotional

items, that such individual can or will perform any of the activities of

a mortgage loan originator.

(b) For purposes of this subdivision, "clerical or support duties" may

include, subsequent to the receipt of an application:

(i) the receipt, collection, distribution, and analysis of information

common for the processing or underwriting of a residential mortgage

loan; and

(ii) communicating with a consumer to obtain the information necessary

for the processing or underwriting of a loan, to the extent that such

communication does not include offering or negotiating loan rates or

terms, or counseling consumers about residential mortgage loan rates or

terms.

7. Mortgage loan originator (MLO) --

(a) "Mortgage Loan Originator" means an individual who for

compensation or gain or in the expectation of compensation or gain:

(i) takes a residential mortgage loan application; or

(ii) offers or negotiates terms of a residential mortgage loan.

(b) Does not include:

(i) any individual engaged solely as a loan processor or underwriter

except as otherwise provided in subdivision four of section five hundred

ninety-nine-c of this article;

(ii) an individual who performs only real estate brokerage activities

and is licensed or registered in accordance with applicable New York

law, unless the individual is compensated by a lender, a mortgage

broker, or other mortgage loan originator or by any agent of such

lender, mortgage broker, or other mortgage loan originator; and

(iii) an individual solely involved in extensions of credit relating

to timeshare plans, as that term is defined in section 101(53D) of title

11, United States Code.

(c) For purposes of this article, "real estate brokerage activity"

means any activity that involves offering or providing real estate

brokerage services to the public, including:

(i) acting as a real estate agent or real estate broker for a buyer,

seller, lessor, or lessee of real property;

(ii) bringing together parties interested in the sale, purchase,

lease, rental, or exchange of real property;

(iii) negotiating, on behalf of any party, any portion of a contract

relating to the sale, purchase, lease, rental, or exchange of real

property (other than in connection with providing financing with respect

to any such transaction);

(iv) engaging in any activity for which a person engaged in the

activity is required to be registered or licensed as a real estate agent

or real estate broker under any applicable law; and

(v) offering to engage in any activity, or act in any capacity,

described in subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph.

8. "Residential mortgage loan" shall mean a loan to a natural person

made primarily for personal, family or household use, secured by either

a mortgage, deed of trust or other equivalent consensual security

interest on a dwelling (as defined in section 1203(v) of the Truth in

Lending Act) or residential real property or any certificate of stock or

other evidence of ownership in, and proprietary lease from, a

corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of cooperative

ownership of residential real property and shall include any refinance

or modification of any such existing loan.

9. "Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry" (NMLSR) means a

mortgage licensing system developed and maintained by the Conference of

State Bank Supervisors and the American Association of Residential

Mortgage Regulators for the licensing and registration of licensed

mortgage loan originators.

10. "Nontraditional mortgage product" means, for purposes of this

article, any mortgage product other than a thirty-year fixed rate

mortgage.

11. "Originating entity" means a person or entity licensed or

registered pursuant to article twelve-D of this chapter or such other

employer of mortgage loan originators as the superintendent may approve.

12. "Person" means an individual or any corporation, company, limited

liability company, partnership, association or other entity.

13. "Registered mortgage loan originator" means any individual who:

(a) Meets the definition of mortgage loan originator and is an

employee of:

(i) a depository institution;

(ii) a subsidiary that is owned and controlled by a depository

institution and regulated by a federal banking agency; or

(iii) an institution regulated by the Farm Credit Administration; and

(b) Is registered with, and maintains a unique identifier through, the

NMLSR.

14. "Residential real property" shall mean real property located in

this state improved by a one-to-four family residence or residential

unit in a building used or occupied, or intended to be used or occupied,

wholly or partly, as the home or residence of one or more persons, but

shall not refer to unimproved real property upon which such residence is

to be constructed.

15. "Unique identifier" means a number or other identifier assigned by

protocols established by the NMLSR.

§ 599-c — License required

License required. 1. License required. No individual, unless

specifically exempt pursuant to subdivision three of this section shall

engage in the business of a mortgage loan originator with respect to any

dwelling or residential real property in this state without first

obtaining and maintaining annually a license under this article. Each

licensed mortgage loan originator must register with and maintain a

valid unique identifier issued by the NMLSR.

2. Effective date. In order to facilitate an orderly transition to

licensing and minimize disruption in the mortgage marketplace:

(a) Each individual, other than an individual described in paragraph

(b) of this subdivision, shall be licensed pursuant to subdivision one

of this section not later than July thirty-first, two thousand ten, or

such later date approved for mortgage loan originators in this state by

the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development,

pursuant to the authority granted under Public Law 110-289, Section

1508(a) and approved by the superintendent;

(b) Each individual authorized as a mortgage loan originator under

prior law not later than July thirty-first, two thousand nine, shall be

licensed pursuant to subdivision one of this section not later than

January first, two thousand eleven, or such later date approved for

mortgage loan originators in this state by the Secretary of the U.S.

Department of Housing and Urban Development, pursuant to the authority

granted under Public Law 110-289, Section 1508(a) and approved by the

superintendent.

(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subdivision, after

the effective date of this article, no individual shall act as a

mortgage loan originator if such individual has been convicted of, or

pled guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony of the types and during the

time periods described in paragraph (b) of subdivision one of section

five hundred ninety-nine-e of this article, in a domestic, foreign or

military court, unless expressly authorized to act as a mortgage loan

originator by the superintendent.

3. Exemption from licensing requirements. The following persons are

exempt from the licensing requirements otherwise applicable under this

article:

(a) Registered mortgage loan originators, when acting for an entity

described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (a) of

subdivision thirteen of section five hundred ninety-nine-b of this

article.

(b) Any individual who offers or negotiates the terms of a residential

mortgage loan with or on behalf of an immediate family member of the

individual.

(c) Any individual who offers or negotiates terms of a residential

mortgage loan secured by a dwelling or residential real property that

served as the individual's own residence.

(d) A licensed attorney who negotiates the terms of a residential

mortgage loan on behalf of a client as an ancillary matter to the

attorney's representation of the client, unless the attorney is

compensated by a lender, a mortgage broker, or other mortgage loan

originator or by any agent of such lender, mortgage broker, or other

mortgage loan originator.

(e) Any individual employed by a mortgage loan servicer registered

under article twelve-D of this chapter, who negotiates any modification

of an existing residential mortgage loan on behalf of such servicer, and

does not otherwise act as a mortgage loan originator, unless licensing

is required by a rule, regulation, guideline or interpretation issued by

the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development under Public Law

110-289.

(f) Any individual involved in the sale of manufactured homes if

exempted from licensing by a rule, regulation, guideline or

interpretation issued by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban

Development under Public Law 110-289.

4. Independent contractor loan processors or underwriters. A loan

processor or underwriter who is an independent contractor of an

originating entity may not engage in residential mortgage loan

origination activities unless such independent contractor loan processor

or underwriter obtains and maintains a license under this article. Each

independent contractor loan processor or underwriter licensed as a

mortgage loan originator must have and maintain a valid unique

identifier issued by the NMLSR.

§ 599-d — State license application

State license application. 1. Form of application. Applicants

for a license under this article shall apply on a form prescribed by the

superintendent. Each such form shall contain content as set forth by

rule, regulation, instruction or procedure of the superintendent and may

be changed or updated as necessary by the superintendent in order to

carry out the purposes of this article. As part of such application and

notwithstanding section eighteen-a of this chapter, the applicant (or

his or her originating entity on his or her behalf) shall pay a fee as

determined by the superintendent as an investigation and initial license

fee; provided, however, that the investigation portion of such fee shall

be no more than the superintendent's reasonable estimate of the actual

cost or costs to the department to undertake such investigation of the

applicant, and the initial license portion of such fee and the annual

license fee as hereafter required pursuant to this article shall be a

license fee amount determined by the superintendent.

2. Charges to originating entities. Any expense of the administration

of this article with respect to the licensing of mortgage loan

originators that is included with an assessment of originating entities

pursuant to section seventeen of this chapter shall be levied only upon

such originating entities having employed or affiliated mortgage loan

originators that are required to be licensed.

3. Fee collection by the NMLSR. Any fee established pursuant to this

section may be collected by the NMLSR and include a processing fee

charged by that entity. Any such processing fees shall not be remitted

to the superintendent and shall not be deemed revenue pursuant to this

section or the state finance law.

4. Relationship with NMLSR. In order to fulfill the purposes of this

article, the superintendent is authorized to establish contracts with

the NMLSR or other entities designated by the NMLSR to collect and

maintain records and process transaction fees or other fees related to

licensees or other persons subject to this article.

5. Waiver or modification of requirements. The superintendent is

authorized to waive or modify, in whole or part, by rule, regulation or

order, any and all requirements of this article and to establish new

requirements as may be reasonably necessary to participate in the NMLSR

or to comply with Title V of The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of

2008, also known as the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act, as it may be

amended from time to time, and regulations thereunder or interpretations

thereof, that may be adopted from time to time by the Secretary of the

U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.

6. Electronic filing. Notwithstanding article three of the state

technology law or any other law to the contrary, the superintendent may

require that any application for, or renewal of, a license or for any

other submission or approval as may be required by this article, be made

or executed by electronic means, including through the NMLSR or other

entities designated by the NMLSR if he or she deems it necessary to

ensure the efficient and effective administration of this article.

7. NMLSR as agent to distribute criminal background information. For

the purposes of this section and in order to expedite the processing of

all fingerprints, the superintendent is authorized to use the NMLSR as a

channeling agent for requesting information from and distributing

information to the U.S. Department of Justice or any governmental

agency.

8. NMLSR as agent to distribute non-criminal background information.

For the purposes of this section and in order to expedite the processing

of all applications, including obtaining independent credit reports and

information related to administrative, civil or criminal findings by any

governmental jurisdiction, the superintendent is authorized to use the

NMLSR as a channeling agent for requesting and distributing information

to and from any source.

9. Background information. In connection with an application for

licensing as a mortgage loan originator, the applicant shall, at a

minimum, furnish to the NMLSR and the superintendent, as required by the

superintendent, information concerning the applicant's identity,

including:

(a) Fingerprints for submission to the Federal Bureau of

Investigation, and any governmental agency or entity authorized to

receive such information for a state, national and international

criminal history background check, as may be designated by the

superintendent; and

(b) Personal history and experience in a form prescribed by the NMLSR,

including the submission of authorization for the NMLSR to obtain:

(i) an independent credit report from a consumer reporting agency

described in section 603(p) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act; and

(ii) information related to any administrative, civil or criminal

findings by any governmental jurisdiction.

(c) The current business name and principal address of the originating

entity employing the applicant or with which the applicant has an

affiliation; and

(d) Such other pertinent information as the superintendent may

require.

§ 599-e — Issuance of a license

Issuance of a license. 1. Findings. Notwithstanding any other

law, the superintendent shall not issue a mortgage loan origination

license unless he or she makes, at a minimum, the following findings:

(a) No license revocation. That the applicant has never had a mortgage

loan originator authorization, license or license equivalent revoked in

any governmental jurisdiction, except that a subsequent formal vacation

of such revocation shall not be deemed a revocation;

(b) No felony conviction. That the applicant has not been convicted

of, or pled guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony in a domestic,

foreign, or military court:

(i) During the seven-year period preceding the date of the application

for licensing; or

(ii) At any time preceding such date of application, if such felony

involved an act of fraud, dishonesty, or a breach of trust, or money

laundering, provided that for purposes of this subdivision, the

superintendent may, in his or her discretion, disregard a conviction

where the felon has been pardoned;

(c) Character and fitness. That the applicant has demonstrated

financial responsibility, character, and general fitness such as to

command the confidence of the community and to warrant a determination

that the MLO will operate honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the

purposes of this article;

(d) Pre-licensing education. That the applicant has completed the

pre-licensing education requirement described in section five hundred

ninety-nine-f of this article;

(e) Written test. That the applicant has passed a written test that

meets the test requirement described in section five hundred

ninety-nine-g of this article;

(f) Surety bond. That the applicant has met the surety bond

requirement described in section five hundred ninety-nine-k of this

article; and

(g) Affiliation. Unless the superintendent shall have waived the

affiliation requirement pursuant to regulations adopted by the

superintendent, that the applicant is employed by, or is an independent

contractor of (i) an originating entity, (ii) solely in the case of a

mortgage loan originator engaged in the origination of residential

mortgage loans on manufactured homes, an entity licensed under article

nine or eleven-B of this chapter, or (iii) in the case of a mortgage

loan originator engaged in mortgage loan servicing and employed by a

mortgage loan servicer, an entity registered as a mortgage loan servicer

under article twelve-D of this chapter or exempt from registration under

such article. A mortgage loan originator may not be simultaneously

employed or affiliated with more than one originating entity.

2. Disqualifying associations. The superintendent may refuse to issue

a license pursuant to this article if he or she shall find that the

applicant (a) has been a director, partner, or substantial stockholder

of an originating entity which has had a registration or license revoked

by the superintendent or a regulator of another state that regulates

such originating entity, or (b) has been an employee, officer or agent

of, or a consultant to, an originating entity that has had a

registration or license revoked by the superintendent or a regulator of

another state that regulates such originating entity where such person

shall have been found by the superintendent or by such regulator of

another state to bear responsibility for the acts resulting in such

revocation. For the purposes of this subdivision, a person shall be

deemed to have been convicted of a crime if such person shall have pled

guilty to a charge thereof before a court or magistrate, or shall have

been found guilty thereof by the decision or judgment of a court or

magistrate or by the verdict of a jury, irrespective of the

pronouncement of sentence or the suspension thereof.

3. Issuance of a license. The superintendent, after making the

findings required by subdivision one of this section shall thereupon

issue a license to the applicant as mortgage loan originator. The

superintendent shall transmit one copy of such certificate to the

applicant and file another in his or her office, and shall transmit

notice of approval of such application, in such form as the

superintendent deems appropriate, to the originating entity for which

the applicant is providing services. Such license shall be deemed to

terminate at the end of the annual license period, unless such license

is renewed in accordance with section five hundred ninety-nine-i of this

article.

§ 599-f — Pre-licensing educational requirements

Pre-licensing educational requirements. 1. Minimum

educational requirements. In order to meet the pre-licensing education

requirement referred to in this article, a person shall complete at

least twenty hours of education approved in accordance with subdivision

two of this section, which shall include at least the following minimum

requirements:

(a) Three hours of federal law and regulations;

(b) Three hours of ethics, which shall include instruction on fraud,

consumer protection, and fair lending issues;

(c) Two hours of training related to lending standards for the

nontraditional mortgage product marketplace; and

(d) Three hours of training on applicable New York State law and

regulations as may be approved by the superintendent.

2. Approved education courses. For purposes of subdivision one of this

section, pre-licensing education courses shall be such courses,

including the course provider thereof, as shall have been reviewed, and

approved, by the NMLSR based upon reasonable standards. An hour of

education for purposes of this article shall be as defined by the NMLSR.

3. Employer and affiliate education courses. Nothing in this section

shall preclude any pre-licensing education course, as approved by the

NMLSR, that is provided by the employer of the applicant or an entity

that is affiliated with the applicant by an agency contract, or any

subsidiary or affiliate of such employer or entity.

4. Venue of education. Pre-licensing education may be offered either

in a classroom, online or by any other means approved by the NMLSR.

5. Reciprocity of education courses. Pre-licensing education courses

approved by the NMLSR pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of

subdivision one of this section for any state shall be accepted as

credit towards completion of pre-licensing education requirements in

this state.

6. Re-licensing educational requirements. An individual licensed under

this article subsequent to its effective date applying to be licensed

again must prove that he or she has completed all the continuing

education requirements for the year in which the license was last held.

§ 599-g — Testing of mortgage loan originators

Testing of mortgage loan originators. 1. General

requirements. In order to meet the written test requirement referred to

in this article, an individual shall pass, in accordance with the

standards established under this section, a qualified written test

developed by the NMLSR and administered by a test provider approved by

the NMLSR based upon reasonable standards.

2. Qualified test. A written test shall not be treated as a qualified

written test for purposes of subdivision one of this section unless the

test adequately measures the applicant's knowledge and comprehension in

appropriate subject areas, including the following:

(a) Ethics;

(b) Federal law and regulation pertaining to mortgage origination;

(c) State law and regulation pertaining to mortgage origination; and

(d) Federal and state law and regulation, including instruction on

fraud, consumer protection, the nontraditional mortgage marketplace, and

fair lending issues.

3. Testing location. Nothing in this section shall prohibit a test

provider approved by the NMLSR from providing a test at the location of

the employer of the applicant or the location of any subsidiary or

affiliate of such entity, or the location of any entity with which the

applicant holds an exclusive arrangement to conduct the business of a

mortgage loan originator.

4. Minimum competency. The following conditions apply to individuals

taking such competency tests:

(a) An individual shall not be considered to have passed a qualified

written test unless the individual shall have achieved a test score of

not less than seventy-five percent correct answers to questions;

(b) An individual may retake a test three consecutive times, with each

consecutive taking occurring at least thirty days after the preceding

test;

(c) After failing three consecutive tests, an individual shall wait at

least six months before taking the test again; and

(d) A licensed mortgage loan originator who fails to maintain a valid

license for a period of five years or longer, not taking into account

any time during which such individual is a registered mortgage loan

originator, shall retake the test.

§ 599-h — Mortgage call reports

Mortgage call reports. Each originating entity shall submit

to the NMLSR reports of condition, which shall be in such form and shall

contain such information as the NMLSR may require.

§ 599-i — Standards for license renewal; inactive status

Standards for license renewal; inactive status. 1. Standards

for renewal. The following minimum standards for license renewal for

mortgage loan originators are hereby established:

(a) The mortgage loan originator must continue to meet the minimum

standards for license issuance set forth in section five hundred

ninety-nine-e of this article;

(b) The mortgage loan originator must satisfy the annual continuing

education requirements described in section five hundred ninety-nine-j

of this article; and

(c) The mortgage loan originator must have paid all required fees for

the renewal of the license.

2. Failure to satisfy standards. The license of a mortgage loan

originator failing to satisfy the minimum standards for renewal shall

terminate. In the event the licensed mortgage loan originator fails to

pay such fee or otherwise satisfy this section, then the department

shall notify the originating entity of the termination of the license.

Such license shall be reinstated, in the case of a licensed mortgage

loan originator failing to timely pay such fee, if such licensed

mortgage loan originator pays such fee within sixty days of such due

date.

3. Submission of annual request. An annual request for renewal of a

license as a mortgage loan originator shall be affirmed by the mortgage

loan originator and submitted electronically, including through the

NMLSR, in such form and in such manner as may be prescribed by the

superintendent. The annual request for renewal shall contain such

information as specified by the superintendent.

4. Inactive status. The license of a mortgage loan originator is not

effective during any period during which the mortgage loan originator is

not employed by, or is an independent contractor of, an originating

entity. When a mortgage loan originator ceases to be employed by, or is

an independent contractor of, an originating entity, the originating

entity shall promptly notify the superintendent of the termination date

of such employment or affiliation. The license of such mortgage loan

originator shall be placed in inactive status until the superintendent

receives written or electronic notice of the mortgage loan originator's

new employment or affiliation. A mortgage loan originator shall continue

to pay the annual license fee and to take required education courses

while in inactive status.

§ 599-j — Continuing education for mortgage loan originators

Continuing education for mortgage loan originators. 1.

Continuing education requirements. In order to meet the annual

continuing education requirements referred to in section five hundred

ninety-nine-i of this article, a licensed mortgage loan originator shall

complete, beginning in the year after such individual is licensed, at

least eleven hours of education approved in accordance with subdivision

two of this section, which shall include at least:

(a) Three hours of Federal law and regulations;

(b) Two hours of ethics, which shall include instruction on fraud,

consumer protection, and fair lending issues;

(c) Two hours of training related to lending standards for the

nontraditional mortgage product marketplace; and

(d) Three hours of training on applicable New York State law and

regulations.

2. Approved education courses. For purposes of subdivision one of this

section, continuing education courses shall be reviewed and approved by

the NMLSR based upon reasonable standards. Review and approval of a

continuing education course shall include review and approval of the

course provider.

3. Employer and affiliate education courses. Nothing in this section

shall preclude any education course approved by the NMLSR that is

provided by the employer of the mortgage loan originator or an entity

which is affiliated with the mortgage loan originator by an agency

contract, or any subsidiary or affiliate of such employer or entity.

4. Venue of education. Continuing education may be offered either in a

classroom, online or by any other means approved by the NMLSR.

5. Calculation of credits. A licensed mortgage loan originator:

(a) Except for subdivision nine of this section, may receive credit

for a continuing education course only in the calendar year in which the

course is taken; and

(b) May not take the same approved course in the same or successive

years to meet the annual requirements for continuing education.

6. Instructor credit. A licensed mortgage loan originator who is an

instructor of an approved continuing education course may receive credit

for the licensed mortgage loan originator's own annual continuing

education requirement at the rate of two hours credit for every one hour

taught.

7. Reciprocity of education. A person having successfully completed

the education requirements approved by the NMLSR pursuant to paragraphs

(a), (b), and (c) of subdivision one of this section for any state shall

be accepted as credit towards completion of continuing education

requirements in this state.

8. Lapse in license. A licensed mortgage loan originator who

subsequently becomes unlicensed must complete the continuing education

requirements for the last year in which the license was held prior to

issuance of a new or renewed license.

9. Make up of continuing education. An individual meeting the

requirements of paragraphs (a) and (c) of subdivision one of section

five hundred ninety-nine-i of this article may make up any deficiency in

continuing education as established by rule or regulation of the

superintendent.

§ 599-k — Required surety bond

Required surety bond. 1. Each mortgage loan originator shall

be covered by a surety bond in accordance with this section. In the

event that the mortgage loan originator is an employee or exclusive

agent of an originating entity, the surety bond of such person may be

used to satisfy the mortgage loan originator's surety bond requirement;

provided that such surety bond contains coverage for each mortgage loan

originator not otherwise covered by a qualifying surety bond in an

amount prescribed in subdivision two of this section. The surety bond

shall be in a form prescribed by the superintendent. The superintendent

may promulgate rules or regulations with respect to the requirements for

such surety bonds as are necessary to accomplish the purposes of this

article.

2. The penal amount of the required surety bond shall be maintained in

an amount that reflects the dollar amount of loans originated by the

mortgage loan originator as determined by the superintendent.

3. When an action is commenced on a licensee's bond, the

superintendent may require the filing of a new or supplemental bond.

4. Immediately upon recovery upon any claim or action on or under the

bond, the mortgage loan originator (or the originating entity as the

case may be), shall file a new or supplemental bond restoring the face

amount of the bond to the amount required by the superintendent.

§ 599-l — Reports by the superintendent; permissive challenges by licensees

Reports by the superintendent; permissive challenges by

licensees. 1. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, the

superintendent shall report on a regular basis, not more than annually,

all violations of this article, as well as enforcement actions and other

relevant information, to the NMLSR subject to the provisions contained

in the confidentiality provisions of section five hundred ninety-nine-q

of this article.

2. The superintendent shall establish a process whereby a mortgage

loan originator may challenge information entered into the NMLSR by the

superintendent.

§ 599-m — Required records and reporting

Required records and reporting. 1. Educational records. Each

originating entity shall obtain and retain acceptable documentation of

the satisfactory completion of education courses required pursuant to

this article by each mortgage loan originator employed by or affiliated

with such originating entity and shall provide such documentation at the

request of the superintendent. Such documentation shall be retained by

an originating entity for six years. An originating entity shall retain

a copy of any original proof or record of completion provided by a

mortgage loan originator. In those instances when an originating entity

also retains the original proof or record of such completion of any then

applicable education requirement, such originating entity shall provide

the original proof or record, upon request, when a mortgage loan

originator terminates or has terminated his or her employment or

affiliation with the originating entity.

2. List of licensed mortgage loan originators. The superintendent

shall maintain upon the internet web-page of the department a list of

the mortgage loan originators licensed and in good standing. Such list

shall indicate the name, license number and current originating entity,

if any, employing each mortgage loan originator or with whom such

mortgage loan originator is affiliated.

3. Reports by originating entities. Each originating entity shall on a

quarterly basis in each calendar year provide the superintendent, in

written or electronic form, with a list of the mortgage loan originators

employed by, or affiliated with, such originating entity and shall also

advise in such report of any dismissal for cause of a mortgage loan

originator employed by, or affiliated with, such originating entity

during such quarter, which is due or based upon an alleged violation of

this chapter or any law involving real property.

4. Reports by mortgage loan originators. Each mortgage loan originator

shall promptly notify the superintendent of the following:

(a) A change in his or her primary residence address;

(b) Any felony conviction or pending felony charges; any charge of or

conviction with respect to a misdemeanor involving financial services or

a financial services related business; or any charge or conviction

involving fraud, false statements or omissions, theft or wrongful taking

of property, bribery, perjury, forgery or extortion subsequent to

initial authorization;

(c) Any termination of or resignation from employment of affiliation

with an originating entity;

(d) Any initiation, settlement or resolution of any complaint, action

or proceeding brought against him or her by a state or federal

governmental unit or self-regulatory organization in connection with a

financial services-related activity or business or involving fraud,

misrepresentation, consumer deception, larceny or perjury;

(e) Any initiation, settlement or resolution of any other civil action

or proceeding against him or her involving fraud, misrepresentation,

larceny or perjury; and

(f) Any other matters as directed by the superintendent.

§ 599-n — Enforcement authority; grounds for suspension or revocation of a mortgage loan originator license; restitution

Enforcement authority; grounds for suspension or revocation

of a mortgage loan originator license; restitution. 1. Licensee

revocation. In addition to the authority set forth in subdivision three

of this section, the superintendent may revoke a license to engage in

business as a mortgage loan originator pursuant to this article if he or

she finds, after notice and a hearing, that:

(a) Through a course of conduct, the licensee has violated any

provisions of this article, or any rule or regulation promulgated by the

superintendent thereunder, or any rule or regulation promulgated by the

superintendent under article twelve-D of this chapter or of any other

applicable law, rule or regulation of this state or the federal

government pertaining to mortgage banking, brokering or loan

originating; or

(b) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time

of the original application for such license, would have warranted the

superintendent to refuse to issue such initial license.

2. Restitution. The superintendent may order a mortgage loan

originator or any other person to pay restitution for violations of this

article or any rules of the superintendent promulgated hereunder.

3. Suspension; termination. (a) The superintendent may, for good

cause, or where there is a substantial risk of public harm, without

notice or a hearing, issue an order suspending the license of any

mortgage loan originator for a period not to exceed ninety days for

investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist

only when the mortgage loan originator has engaged or engages in

dishonest or inequitable practices or practices which demonstrate

incompetent mortgage loan originating, which practices may cause

substantial harm to the persons afforded the protection of article

twelve-D of this chapter, or the license of the mortgage loan originator

was revoked in another state or jurisdiction participating in the NMLSR.

(b) The superintendent may, without notice or a hearing, issue an

order suspending any license: (i) thirty days after the date the

mortgage loan originator fails to file any report required to be filed

with the superintendent pursuant to the authority provided by this

article; or (ii) immediately upon notice that any required surety bond

with respect to the licensee is no longer in effect.

(c) If the superintendent has issued an order suspending a license

pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subdivision, such license may be

reinstated if the superintendent determines, in his or her sole

discretion after investigation, that good cause therefor did not exist

or no longer exists. If the superintendent has issued an order

suspending a license pursuant to paragraph (b) of this subdivision, such

license may be reinstated, if the superintendent determines, in his or

her sole discretion, that the licensee has cured all deficiencies set

forth in such order by the close of business ninety days after the date

of such suspension order. Otherwise, in case of a suspension pursuant to

paragraph (b) of this subdivision, unless the superintendent has, in his

or her sole discretion, extended such suspension, the license of such

mortgage loan originator shall be deemed to be automatically terminated

by operation of law at the close of business on such ninetieth day.

4. Requirement for a hearing. Except as provided in subdivision three

of this section, no license shall be revoked or suspended except after

notice and a hearing thereon. Any order of suspension issued after

notice and a hearing may include as a condition of reinstatement that

restitution be made to consumers of fees or other charges which have

been improperly charged or collected as determined by the

superintendent.

5. Surrender of license. With the prior consent of the superintendent,

any mortgage loan originator may surrender any license by delivering to

the superintendent written notice that he or she thereby surrenders such

license, but such surrender shall not affect such mortgage loan

originator's civil or criminal liability for acts committed prior to

such surrender or its obligations to the superintendent for assessments,

fees or administrative actions with respect to the periods before such

surrender.

6. Continuation of liability. A suspension, revocation or termination

of a license in accordance with this article shall not affect such

mortgage loan originator's civil or criminal liability for acts

committed prior to such suspension, revocation or termination or its

obligations to the superintendent for assessments, fees or

administrative actions with respect to the periods before such

suspension, revocation or termination.

7. Continuation of contracts. No revocation, suspension, surrender or

termination of any license under this article shall impair or affect the

obligation of any preexisting lawful contract between any licensee under

article twelve-D of this chapter and any person.

8. Continuation of license. Every license issued pursuant to this

article shall remain in force and effect until the same shall have been

surrendered, revoked, terminated or suspended in accordance with any

provision of this article, but the superintendent shall have authority

in his or her sole discretion to reinstate a suspended license or to

issue a new license to a mortgage loan originator whose license shall

have been revoked or terminated if no fact or condition then exists

which would have warranted the superintendent to refuse to issue such

initial authorization under this article.

9. Notice of revocation or suspension; review. Whenever the

superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license issued pursuant to this

article, he or she shall forthwith execute multiple copies of a written

order to that effect. The superintendent shall file one copy of such

order in the office of the department and shall forthwith serve a copy

upon the mortgage loan originator and any affected originating entity.

Any such order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article

seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such application for

review as authorized by this section must be made within thirty days

from the date of such order of suspension or revocation.

10. Notice of termination. Whenever a license shall have terminated in

accordance with this article, the superintendent shall notify the

mortgage loan originator and any affected originating entity that the

license has terminated and that the mortgage loan originator may not

engage in the business of soliciting, processing, placing or negotiating

a mortgage loan or offering to solicit, process, place or negotiate a

mortgage loan in this state.

11. Hearing requirements. Any hearing held pursuant to the provisions

of this section shall be subject to the provisions of the state

administrative procedure act.

§ 599-o — Rules, regulations and examinations

Rules, regulations and examinations. 1. The superintendent is

hereby authorized and empowered to make such rules and regulations and

interim procedures for licensing and acceptance of applications as may

in his or her judgment be necessary or appropriate for the effective

administration or enforcement of this article. For individuals

previously authorized to act as mortgage loan originators under this

chapter, the superintendent may establish expedited review and licensing

procedures.

2. For the purpose of discovering violations of this article or

securing information lawfully required by him or her hereunder, the

superintendent may at any time, and as often as he or she may determine,

investigate the business and examine the books, accounts, records, and

files of every licensee under this article and any entity with which

such individual is associated as an employee or independent contractor.

For that purpose the superintendent shall have free access to the

offices and places of business, books, accounts, papers, records, files,

safes and vaults of all such entities. The superintendent shall have

authority to require the attendance of and to examine under oath all

persons whose testimony he or she may deem necessary or desirable

relative to such business. The expenses incurred in making any

examination pursuant to this section shall be assessed against and paid

by the licensee so examined, except that traveling and subsistence

expenses so incurred shall be charged against and paid by licensees in

such proportions as the superintendent shall deem just and reasonable,

and such proportionate charges shall be added to the assessment of the

other expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon written notice by

the superintendent of the total amount of such assessment, the licensee

shall become liable for and shall pay such assessment to the

superintendent.

§ 599-p — Unique identifier

Unique identifier. The unique identifier of any person

originating a residential mortgage loan shall be clearly shown on all

residential mortgage loan application forms, solicitations or

advertisements, including business cards or websites, and any other

documents as established by rule, regulation or order of the

superintendent.

§ 599-q — Confidentiality

Confidentiality. In order to promote more effective

regulation and reduce regulatory burden through supervisory information

sharing, information provided to the superintendent by an MLO shall be

subject to the following:

1. Except as otherwise provided in public law 110-289, section 1512,

the requirements under any federal law, the freedom of information law

("FOIL") or other law of this state regarding the privacy or

confidentiality of any information or material provided to the NMLSR,

and any privilege arising under federal or state law (including the

rules of any federal or state court) with respect to such information or

material, shall continue to apply to such information or material after

the information or material has been disclosed to the NMLSR. Such

information and material may be shared with all state and federal

regulatory officials with mortgage industry oversight authority without

the loss of privilege of the loss of confidentiality protections

provided by federal law, FOIL or this chapter.

2. For these purposes, the superintendent is authorized to enter into

agreements or sharing arrangements with other governmental agencies, the

Conference of State Bank Supervisors, the American Association of

Residential Mortgage Regulators or other associations representing

governmental agencies as established by rule, regulation or order of the

superintendent.

§ 599-r — Construction

Construction. Nothing contained in this article shall be

deemed to impair, alter or render ineffective any provision of article

twelve-D of this chapter, including but not limited to any provision

thereof relating to issuing, suspending or revoking any mortgage banker

license or mortgage broker registration.

ARTICLE 13 Merger; Voluntary Dissolution; Superintendent's Taking Possession; Reorganization; Liquidation

§ 600 — Merger; when authorized

Merger; when authorized. The following mergers are hereby

authorized:

(1) One or more corporations organized under the laws of this state

and subject to the provisions of article three, article eight, article

eleven or article twelve of this chapter with another corporation

subject to the provisions of the same article.

(2) One or more mutual savings banks with another mutual savings bank.

(3) One or more mutual savings and loan associations with another

mutual savings and loan association.

(4) One or more mutual savings and loan associations with one or more

mutual savings banks.

(5) One or more safe deposit companies with a bank or trust company.

(6) One or more banks, trust companies, stock-form savings banks or

stock-form savings and loan associations, with one or more out-of-state

banks or out-of-state trust companies as such terms are defined in

section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter.

(7) One or more subsidiaries or affiliates of a bank, trust company,

savings bank or savings and loan association, which are not a bank,

trust company, savings bank or savings and loan association, as those

terms are defined in section two of this chapter, with the bank, trust

company, savings bank or savings and loan association of which it is a

subsidiary or affiliate, as the superintendent of financial services

shall approve and enter on its records; provided, however, that nothing

in this subdivision shall be deemed to authorize a bank, trust company,

savings bank or savings and loan association to exercise any power or

engage in any activity that it may not exercise or engage in pursuant to

this chapter. The superintendent of financial services may promulgate

such regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper to implement

and define the provisions of this subdivision. Nothing in this

subdivision shall alter, affect or impair any regulation or resolution

adopted, or that may be adopted, by the superintendent of financial

services, pursuant to section twelve-a or former sections fourteen-g or

fourteen-h of this chapter.

(8) Such other mergers between and among banking institutions as the

superintendent of financial services may authorize. The superintendent

may promulgate such regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper

to implement and define the provisions of this paragraph.

§ 601 — Merger agreement; authorization; approval; filing

Merger agreement; authorization; approval; filing. 1. A written

plan of merger shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent

by the corporations which are to merge. Such plan shall be in form

satisfactory to the superintendent, shall specify each corporation to be

merged and the corporation which is to receive into itself the merging

corporation or corporations, and shall prescribe the terms and

conditions of the merger and the mode of carrying it into effect. Such

plan may provide the name to be borne by the receiving corporation and

such name may be the name of any corporation which is a party to such

plan or a new name. Such plan may also name the persons who shall

constitute the board of directors or trustees of the receiving

corporation after the merger shall have been accomplished, provided that

the number and qualifications of such persons shall be in accordance

with the provisions of this chapter relating to the number and

qualifications of directors or trustees of such a corporation; or, in

the case of stock corporations, such plan may provide for a meeting of

the stockholders to elect a board of directors within sixty days after

such merger, and may make provision for conducting the affairs of the

corporation meanwhile. In the case of savings banks, such plan may also

provide that the place or places of business of the merging bank may be

maintained as an office or offices of the receiving bank as provided in

paragraph (c) of subdivision two of section two hundred forty of this

chapter.

At the time of submission for action by the superintendent of the

written plan of merger, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent.

2. In the case of stock corporations, there shall be submitted, in

duplicate, to the superintendent with the plan of merger, a certificate

of the president, secretary or cashier of each of the corporations which

are to merge, certifying that such plan has been approved by the board

of directors of his corporation by a majority vote of all the members

thereof, and that such plan was thereafter submitted to the stockholders

of such corporation at a meeting thereof held upon notice of at least

fifteen days, specifying the time, place and object of such meeting and

addressed to each stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of

the corporation and published at least once a week for two successive

weeks in one newspaper in each county in which any of the merging

corporations has its principal place of business and that such plan has

been approved at such meeting by the vote of the stockholders owning at

least two-thirds in amount of the stock of such corporation, except that

such certificate of the president, secretary or cashier of the receiving

corporation need not certify that such plan was submitted to or approved

by vote of the stockholders of such corporation if (a) the total assets

of the merging corporation or corporations do not exceed ten per centum

of the total assets of the receiving corporation and (b) the plan of

merger does not change the name or the authorized shares of capital

stock of the receiving corporation or make or require any other change

or amendment for which the approval or consent of stockholders of the

receiving corporation would be required under provisions of law other

than this section.

3. In the case of mutual savings banks, mutual savings and loan

associations or credit unions, there shall be submitted, in duplicate,

to the superintendent with the plan of merger, a certificate of the

president, secretary or cashier of each of the corporations which are to

merge, certifying that such plan has been submitted to a special meeting

of the board of trustees or directors of his corporation, that a notice

of at least fifteen days, specifying the time, place and object of the

meeting, together with a copy of the plan has been mailed to each

trustee or director and that such plan has been approved at such meeting

by a vote of two-thirds of all the members of such board of trustees or

directors.

4. In the case of merger of a safe deposit company into a bank or

trust company which owns at least ninety-five per centum of the

outstanding shares of each class of the stock of such safe deposit

company, in lieu of compliance with subdivisions one and two of this

section there may be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent a

written plan of merger in form satisfactory to the superintendent

stating that such safe deposit company as the merging corporation is to

be merged into such bank or trust company as the receiving corporation

and setting forth any necessary or appropriate terms and conditions of

the merger and provisions for carrying it into effect, including, if the

receiving corporation does not own all the outstanding stock of the

merging corporation, provisions with respect to the cash or other

consideration to be paid or delivered to the stockholders of the merging

corporation (other than the receiving corporation) upon the merger

becoming effective and upon the surrender of their shares. There shall

be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent with such plan of

merger, a certificate of the president, secretary or cashier of the

merging corporation and of the receiving corporation, certifying that

such plan has been approved by the board of directors of his corporation

by a majority vote of all the members thereof. The certificate of the

president, secretary or cashier of the merging corporation shall certify

the extent of the ownership by the receiving corporation of the

outstanding capital stock of the merging corporation. If the receiving

corporation does not own all the outstanding stock of the merging

corporation, the certificate of the president, secretary or cashier of

the merging corporation shall also certify that there has been mailed to

each of its stockholders of record (other than the receiving

corporation), at the address appearing upon the books of the merging

corporation, a copy of the plan of merger. Any holder of a share or

shares of stock of the merging corporation not owned by the receiving

corporation may, at any time prior to the expiration of twenty days

after the date of mailing of the plan of merger to the stockholders of

the merging corporation, object to the merger and demand payment for his

stock. Such objection and demand must be in writing and filed with the

receiving corporation. Thereupon such stockholder and the receiving

corporation shall have the right to have such stock appraised and paid

for as provided in section six thousand twenty-two of this chapter,

subject to the conditions and provisions of said section (other than the

conditions and provisions of subdivisions one, two and three thereof);

except that (a) the time within which the receiving corporation may mail

to such stockholder a written offer accompanied by a balance sheet and

profit and loss statement of the merging corporation as provided in

subdivision seven of said section shall expire thirty days after the

merger takes effect, (b) all references in subdivision eight of said

section to the stockholders' authorization date shall be deemed to refer

to the date of mailing of the plan of merger to the stockholders of the

merging corporation, and (c) all references in said section to the

notice of election to dissent shall be deemed to refer to the demand of

a stockholder of the merging corporation for payment of his stock.

§ 601-a — Purchase of assets

Purchase of assets. 1. The following acquisitions are hereby

authorized whether by purchase or otherwise, other than by merger, of

all or a substantial part of the assets of:

(a) One or more corporations organized under the laws of this state

and subject to the provisions of article three, article eight or article

twelve of this chapter by another corporation subject to the provisions

of the same article.

(b) One or more safe deposit companies by a bank or trust company.

(c) One or more mutual savings banks by another mutual savings bank.

(d) One or more mutual savings and loan associations by another mutual

savings and loan association.

(e) One or more stock-form savings banks by another stock-form savings

bank.

(f) One or more stock-form savings and loan associations by another

stock-form savings and loan association.

(g) One or more banks, trust companies, stock-form savings banks or

stock-form savings and loan associations, with one or more out-of-state

banks or out-of-state trust companies as such terms are defined in

section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter.

(h) One or more banking institutions by another banking institution as

the superintendent may authorize. For purposes of this paragraph, a

branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to

article two of this chapter and seeking approval for a transfer of

fiduciary relationships pursuant to section six hundred four-a of this

chapter shall be considered a banking institution. The superintendent

may promulgate such regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper

to implement and define the provisions of this paragraph.

2. A written plan providing for the acquisition by one corporation of

the assets of another shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the

superintendent by both corporations. Such plan shall be in form

satisfactory to the superintendent, shall specify the selling and the

acquiring corporation, and shall prescribe the terms and conditions of

the acquisition and the mode of carrying it into effect.

At the time of submission for action by the superintendent of the

written plan of acquisition of assets, an investigation fee as

prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid

to the superintendent; provided, however, that no investigation fee

shall be payable under this subdivision with respect to an acquisition

to which subdivision two of section six hundred one-b of this article is

applicable.

3. There shall also be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent

with the plan of acquisition of assets, a certificate of the president,

secretary or cashier of the selling corporation and, in the event the

assets of the selling corporation shall exceed ten per centum of the

assets of the acquiring corporation, of the acquiring corporation,

certifying that such plan has been approved by the board of directors of

his corporation by a majority vote of all the members thereof, and that

such plan was thereafter submitted to the stockholders of such

corporation at a meeting thereof held upon notice of at least fifteen

days, specifying the time, place, and object of such meeting and

addressed to each stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of

the corporation and published at least once a week for two successive

weeks in one newspaper in each county in which the selling corporation

and, if applicable, the acquiring corporation has its principal place of

business and that such plan has been approved at such meeting by the

vote of the stockholders owning at least two-thirds in amount of the

stock of such corporation.

5. Nothing contained in this section six hundred and one-a shall be

construed to prohibit any other purchase of assets which is otherwise

permitted by applicable law.

§ 601-b — Approval or disapproval of merger or purchase of assets

Approval or disapproval of merger or purchase of assets. 1.

The superintendent shall approve or disapprove of a proposed merger as

authorized by section six hundred of this chapter or a proposed

acquisition of all or a substantial part of the assets of any banking

organization as authorized by section six hundred one-a of this chapter,

as the case may be, within one hundred twenty days after the submission

of the proposed plan thereof to him. In determining whether to so

approve, the superintendent shall take into consideration (i) the

declaration of policy contained in section ten of this chapter, (ii)

whether the effect of such merger or acquisition shall be either to

expand the size or extent of the resulting or acquiring institution

beyond limits consistent with adequate and sound banking and the

preservation thereof or result in a concentration of assets beyond

limits consistent with effective competition, (iii) whether such merger

or acquisition may result in such a lessening of competition as to be

injurious to the interests of the public or tend toward monopoly and

(iv) primarily, the public interest and the needs and convenience

thereof. If the superintendent shall approve such proposed merger or

acquisition, he shall file the plan, together with such certificates and

the original of the approval of the superintendent, in the office of the

superintendent, and, in the case of merger, a duplicate of the plan,

together with a duplicate of each of such certificates and a duplicate

of the superintendent's approval, shall be filed in the office of the

clerk of the county in which the principal office of the receiving

corporation is located. Upon such filing in the office of the

superintendent, the merger or acquisition shall become effective, unless

a later date is specified in the plan, in which event the merger or

acquisition shall become effective upon such later date.

§ 601-c — Sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of property, rights, privileges and franchises

Sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of property,

rights, privileges and franchises. 1. Subject to subdivision eight of

section six hundred five of this chapter, and except as otherwise

provided by law or by its organization certificate or other certificate

filed pursuant to law, a corporation organized under the laws of this

state and subject to the provisions of article three, article six,

article eight, article ten or article twelve of this chapter may

voluntarily sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of its property,

rights, privileges and franchises, or any interest therein or any part

thereof; provided, however, that if such sale, lease, exchange or other

disposition is not made in the regular course of business of the

corporation and involves all or substantially all of its property,

rights, privileges and franchises, or an integral part thereof essential

to the conduct of the business of the corporation, such sale, lease,

exchange or other disposition shall be authorized only in accordance

with the following procedure:

(a) In the case of a corporation subject to the provisions of article

three, article eight, article twelve or a stock-form banking

organization subject to either article six or article ten of this

chapter, the board of directors of the corporation by a majority vote of

all the members thereof shall approve the proposed sale, lease, exchange

or other disposition and direct its submission to a vote of

stockholders.

Notice of meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record,

whether or not entitled to vote.

The stockholders shall authorize such sale, lease, exchange or other

disposition and may fix, or may authorize the board of directors to fix,

any of the terms and conditions thereof and the consideration to be

received by the corporation therefor, which may consist in whole or in

part of cash or other property, real or personal, including shares,

bonds or other securities of any other domestic or foreign corporation

or corporations, by vote at a meeting of stockholders of the holders of

two-thirds of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

(b) In the case of a mutual corporation subject to the provisions of

article six of this chapter, the board of trustees of the corporation by

a vote of a majority of all the members thereof shall approve and

authorize the proposed sale, lease, exchange or other disposition and

shall fix any of the terms and conditions thereof and the consideration

to be received by the corporation therefor, which may consist in whole

or in part of cash or other property, real or personal, including such

shares, bonds or other securities of any other domestic or foreign

corporation or corporations as are authorized investments for savings

banks, subject to those limitations applicable to such investments.

A verified copy of the minutes of the meeting at which the board of

trustees approves and authorizes the proposed transaction shall be filed

in the office of the superintendent together with a copy of the

agreement governing the proposed transaction, a statement setting forth

the reasons why the trustees believe the proposed transaction would be

in the best interest of the savings bank, its depositors and the public

and such other information as the superintendent may require. In

determining whether or not to approve the proposed transaction, the

superintendent shall consider whether the proposed transaction would be

in the best interests of the savings bank, its depositors and the public

and such other information as the superintendent may deem appropriate.

The superintendent shall notify the board of trustees in writing of his

or her determination. If the superintendent disapproves, the board of

trustees shall abandon the proposed transaction.

(c) In the case of a mutual corporation subject to the provisions of

article ten of this chapter, the board of directors of the corporation

by a majority vote of all the members thereof shall approve the proposed

sale, lease, exchange or other disposition and direct its submission to

a vote of shareholders.

Notice of meeting shall be given to each shareholder.

The shareholders shall authorize such sale, lease, exchange or other

disposition and may fix, or may authorize the board of directors to fix,

any of the terms and conditions thereof and the consideration to be

received by the corporation therefor, which may consist in whole or in

part of cash or other property, real or personal, including such shares,

bonds or other securities of any other domestic or foreign corporation

or corporations as are authorized investments for savings and loan

associations, subject to those limitations applicable to such

investments, by vote at a meeting of shareholders of the holders of

two-thirds in amount of the book value of all outstanding shares

entitled to vote thereon.

A verified copy of the minutes of the meetings at which the board of

directors and shareholders approve and authorize the proposed

transaction shall be filed in the office of the superintendent together

with a copy of the agreement governing the proposed transaction, a

statement setting forth the reasons why the directors believe the

proposed transaction would be in the best interest of the savings and

loan association, its shareholders and the public and such other

information as the superintendent may require. In determining whether or

not to approve the proposed transaction, the superintendent shall

consider whether the proposed transaction would be in the best interests

of the savings and loan association, its shareholders and the public.

The superintendent shall notify the board of directors in writing of his

or her determination. If the superintendent disapproves, the board of

directors shall abandon the proposed transaction.

2. Notwithstanding stockholder or shareholder authorization, the board

may abandon the proposed sale, lease, exchange or other disposition

without further action by the stockholders or shareholders, subject to

the rights, if any, of third parties under any contract relating

thereto.

3. This section shall not be applicable to a sale or disposition of

assets the acquisition of which is authorized by section six hundred

one-a of this chapter, or to any sale or other disposition of assets

after the entry of an order pursuant to subdivision four of section six

hundred five of this chapter, or to a sale or disposition of all or

substantially all of the assets by a mutual corporation subject to the

provisions of article six or article ten of this chapter to a national

banking association or national banking associations or a corporation or

corporations subject to the provisions of article three, article eight

or article twelve of this chapter or to a stock-form corporation subject

to article six or article ten of this chapter or to a stock-form federal

savings bank or to a stock-form federal savings and loan association.

§ 602 — Effect of merger

Effect of merger. At the time when a merger becomes effective:

(1) the receiving corporation shall be considered the same business

and corporate entity as each corporation merged into it;

(2) all of the property, rights, powers and franchises of any

corporation that shall be so merged shall vest in the receiving

corporation and the receiving corporation shall be subject to and be

deemed to have assumed all of the debts, liabilities, obligations and

duties of such merged corporation and to have succeeded to all of its

relationships, fiduciary or otherwise, as fully and to the same extent

as if such property, rights, powers, franchises, debts, liabilities,

obligations, duties and relationships had been originally acquired,

incurred or entered into by the receiving corporation;

(3) any reference to a merged corporation in any contract, will or

document, whether executed or taking effect before or after the merger,

shall be considered a reference to the receiving corporation if not

inconsistent with the other provisions of the contract, will or

document;

(4) a pending action or other judicial proceeding to which any

corporation that shall be so merged is a party, shall not be deemed to

have abated or to have discontinued by reason of the merger, but may be

prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same manner as if

the merger had not been made; or the receiving corporation may be

substituted as a party to such action or proceeding, and any judgment,

order or decree may be rendered for or against it that might have been

rendered for or against such other corporation if the merger had not

occurred.

No corporation organized under or subject to the provisions of this

chapter which subsequent to January first, nineteen hundred

thirty-eight, receives or has received into itself by merger pursuant to

any provision of law a corporation organized under or subject to the

provisions of any law other than this chapter shall, through such

merger, acquire power to engage in any business or to exercise any

right, privilege or franchise which is not conferred by the provisions

of this chapter upon such receiving corporation.

§ 603 — Issuance of new certificates of stock or other consideration

Issuance of new certificates of stock or other consideration.

The receiving corporation may require the return of the original

certificate or certificates held by each stockholder or shareholder in

such other corporation or corporations and may issue in lieu thereof new

certificates for such number of its own shares, or pay or deliver such

other consideration, as such stockholder or shareholder may be entitled

to receive under the merger plan.

§ 604 — Rights of dissenting stockholders

Rights of dissenting stockholders.

The following stockholders shall, subject to and by complying with

section six thousand twenty-two of this chapter, have the right to

receive payment of the fair value of their shares and the other rights

and benefits provided by such section:

1. In the case of a merger pursuant to a plan submitted to

stockholders as provided in subdivision two of section six hundred one

of this chapter, any stockholder of the merging corporation entitled to

vote thereon who does not assent thereto;

2. In the case of a plan of acquisition of assets submitted to

stockholders as provided in subdivision two of section six hundred one-a

of this chapter, any stockholder of the selling corporation entitled to

vote thereon who does not assent thereto; and

3. In the case of a sale, lease, exchange or other disposition which

requires stockholder authorization under section six hundred one-c of

this chapter, any stockholder, entitled to vote thereon, of the

corporation making such sale, lease, exchange or other disposition who

does not assent thereto, except in the case of a transaction wholly for

cash where the stockholders' authorization thereof is conditioned upon

the distribution of all the net proceeds of such transaction to the

stockholders in accordance with their respective interests within one

year after the date of such transaction and upon the dissolution of the

corporation.

§ 604-a — Transfer of fiduciary relationships

Transfer of fiduciary relationships. 1. If any banking

institution, including a bank or trust company, national banking

association, savings bank, savings and loan association, federally

chartered savings bank, federally chartered savings association, or a

branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to

article two of this chapter, located in this state, shall have

transferred all or substantially all of its assets to another banking

institution in a transaction subject to this chapter pursuant to a

written agreement between the transferor and transferee whereby the

transferee has assumed the deposit liabilities, if any, of the

transferor and has agreed to assume all fiduciary relationships of the

transferor, the transferee may file in the office of the superintendent

a certificate in its name and under its seal, signed by its president,

secretary or cashier, setting forth a copy of such agreement and stating

that the transferee assumes all of the fiduciary relationships of the

transferor pursuant to the provisions of this section; provided,

however, that such certificate shall not be filed unless the approval of

the superintendent shall have been endorsed thereon or annexed thereto

before filing. In the case of a branch or agency licensed pursuant to

article two of this chapter that seeks to participate in a transaction

described in this section, such branch or agency shall be subject to the

application and approval requirements governing acquisition transactions

set forth in sections six hundred one-a and six hundred one-b of this

article.

2. Upon the filing of such certificate in the office of the

superintendent, all of the property, rights, powers and franchises of

the transferor as fiduciary shall vest in the transferee and the

transferee shall be deemed to have assumed all of the debts,

liabilities, obligations and duties of the transferor as fiduciary, and

to have succeeded to all the fiduciary relationships of the transferor,

as fully and with the same effect as is provided in sections one hundred

thirty-six-c and six hundred two of this chapter in the case of a

merger, and any reference to the transferor as fiduciary in any

capacity, contained in any contract, will or document, whether executed

or taking effect before or after the filing of such certificate in the

office of the superintendent, shall be considered a reference to the

transferee if not inconsistent with the other provisions of the

contract, will or document.

3. For purposes of this section, the fiduciary relationships of the

transferor shall include all relationships as agent, trustee, guardian,

receiver, committee, conservator, executor, administrator, or other

fiduciary in any capacity or for any purpose mentioned in section one

hundred of this chapter, and all relationships of the transferor as

bailee or depositary of personal property.

4. This section shall not be deemed to authorize a transferee to

assume any fiduciary relationship of a kind which it would not otherwise

have power to undertake and perform. Nothing in this section shall be

deemed to authorize any such transferee to maintain as its own office

any office previously maintained by the transferor, and authority, if

any, to maintain any such office shall be governed by the applicable

provisions of law other than this section. This section shall not be

deemed to apply to contracts of the transferor for the leasing of safe

deposit boxes or vaults.

§ 605 — Voluntary liquidation; sale of assets; forfeiture of charter by non-user

Voluntary liquidation; sale of assets; forfeiture of charter by

non-user. 1. Any corporate banking organization, the assets of which

have a value at least equal to its liabilities, exclusive of any

liability to shareholders or stockholders, as such, may voluntarily wind

up its affairs; but no banking organization of which the superintendent

has taken possession in accordance with the provisions of section six

hundred six of this chapter shall take any steps for such voluntary

dissolution until it has received the written approval of the

superintendent.

2. To effect a voluntary dissolution of any corporation, a meeting of

the stockholders or shareholders of such corporation having full voting

rights, and if applicable any other stockholders or shareholders

authorized by the organization certificate or by-laws of such

corporation to vote on a resolution to effect a voluntary dissolution,

shall be held upon not less than twenty days' written notice to each

such stockholder or shareholder, either served personally or mailed to

the stockholder or shareholder at the address appearing upon the books

of the corporation, and containing a statement of the purpose for which

such meeting is called. Proof by affidavit of due service of such notice

shall be filed in the office of the corporation before or at the time of

such meeting.

In the case of a mutual savings bank, a meeting of its board of

trustees shall be held upon like notice. Proof by affidavit of due

service of such notice shall be filed in the office of the savings bank

before or at the time of such meeting.

3. At such a meeting of stockholders or mutual shareholders, such

stockholders or mutual shareholders may, by a vote of the owners of at

least two-thirds in amount of such stock, or of the capital of such

mutual corporation, direct that the corporation be closed and its

business wound up. The proceedings of such meeting shall be entered in

the minutes of such corporation.

At such a meeting of the board of trustees of a savings bank, the

trustees may by vote of not less than two-thirds of their whole number,

direct by resolution that the savings bank be closed and its business

wound up. The vote on such resolution shall be recorded with the

resolution in the minutes of the board of trustees.

A copy of the minutes of such meeting of stockholders or mutual

shareholders or board of trustees, verified by the presiding officer and

by the secretary of such meeting, shall be filed in the office of the

superintendent within five days after the date of such meeting.

4. Within three months after the date of any such meeting, application

may be made to the supreme court, after due notice to the

superintendent, for an order declaring the business of such corporation

closed. In a proper case, the court shall make such order which shall

prescribe the notice to be given to creditors and depositors to present

their claims to the corporation for payment. In the closing order, the

court shall set a date certain by which claims must be presented to the

corporation for payment. The corporation need not consider any claims

submitted after that date. Within five days after the making of such

order, a certified copy thereof shall be filed in the office of the

superintendent. Upon the entry of such order such corporation shall

cease to do business and shall wind up its affairs, pay its creditors

and depositors, if any, and, except in the case of a mutual savings

bank, distribute any remaining assets among its shareholders or

stockholders according to their respective rights and interests. The

corporation or any creditor or depositor thereof, upon due notice, may

apply to the court that issued the closing order for a determination as

to any disputed claim or for any other relief necessary to effectuate

the liquidation and dissolution of the corporation. Any petition,

application, or motion to vacate, set aside, modify or amend such order

so as to permit the corporation to resume business shall have

incorporated therein a certificate of the superintendent certifying that

after investigation the superintendent has found that the public

convenience and advantage will be promoted by the granting of said

petition, application or motion.

4-a. (a) Such corporation may, at any time after entry of the order

described in subdivision four of this section, cause to be mailed to

each person claiming to be, or appearing upon the books of such

corporation to be

(1) the owner of any personal property in the custody or possession of

such corporation as bailee or depositary for hire or otherwise,

including the contents of any safe, vault or box theretofore opened for

non-payment of rental in accordance with the provisions of this chapter,

or

(2) the lessee of any safe, vault or box, a notice in writing directed

by registered mail to such person at his last address as the same

appears on the books of such corporation or at his last known address if

no address appears on such books, notifying such person to remove all

such property or the contents of any such safe, vault or box, within a

period stated in said notice, which period shall be not less than sixty

days from the date of such notice, and further notifying such person of

the terms and provisions of this subdivision. The contract of bailment

or of deposit for hire, or lease of safe, vault or box, if any, between

the person to whom such notice is mailed and such corporation shall

cease and determine upon the date for removal fixed in such notice. Such

person shall have a claim against such corporation for the amount of the

unearned rent or charges, if any, paid by such person from the date

fixed in such notice, if the property or contents is removed on or

before such date, or from the date of actual removal, if the property or

contents is removed after such date.

(b) If such property or contents shall not be removed, and all rent or

storage and other charges theretofore accrued, if any, shall not be

paid, within the time fixed by such notice, such corporation shall,

within thirty days thereafter, cause such property to be inventoried, or

such safe, vault or box, or any package, parcel or receptacle in the

custody or possession of such corporation as bailee or depositary for

hire or otherwise, to be opened and the contents, if any, to be removed

and inventoried, in the presence of an officer of such corporation and

of a notary public, not an officer or employee thereof. Such property or

contents shall thereupon be sealed up by such notary public in a package

distinctly marked by him with the name of the person in whose name such

property or such safe, vault, box, package, parcel or receptacle stands

upon the books of such corporation, and a copy of the inventory of the

property therein shall be certified and attached thereto by such notary

public. Such package may be kept in such place as the corporation, with

the approval of the superintendent, may determine, at the expense and

risk of the person in whose name it stands until delivered to such

person or until sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed of as hereinafter

provided. Such package may, from time to time, pending final disposition

of its contents, be opened in the presence of an officer of such

corporation and of a notary public, not an officer or employee thereof,

for inspection or appraisal, or to enable such corporation to exercise

any of the powers conferred or duties imposed by this article. Whenever

such package is opened, the notary shall endorse on the outside thereof

the date of opening and re-sealing, and shall certify and attach thereto

a list of the articles, if any, removed therefrom, or placed or replaced

therein, and an affidavit of the officer in whose presence it was opened

showing the reason for opening the same.

(c) At any time prior to the sale, destruction or other disposition of

the contents thereof, the person in whose name such package stands may

require the delivery thereof upon payment of all rental or storage

charges accrued, and all other charges or expenses paid or incurred to

the date of delivery with respect to such package or the contents

thereof, including the cost of inventorying or of opening and

inventorying, the fees of the notary public, the cost of preparing and

mailing the notice, and advertising, if any. If the principal of, or

interest, income, or dividends on any bonds, stock certificates,

promissory notes, choses in action or other securities contained in such

package, is or becomes due and payable while it is in the possession of

such corporation, it may at its election collect such principal,

interest, income or dividends, and from the proceeds thereof may deduct

all such sums due for rental and other charges, until the time of such

collection. The balance, if any, of the amount or amounts so collected

shall be disposed of as hereafter in paragraph (e) of this subdivision

and in subdivision five hereof provided.

(d) After the expiration of one year from the time of mailing the

notice in paragraph (a) of this subdivision described, such corporation

may apply to the supreme court for an order authorizing such corporation

to sell, destroy or otherwise dispose of the contents of such package.

In a proper case, the court shall make such order upon such terms and

conditions as justice may require. The application for an order of the

supreme court pursuant to this paragraph shall be made upon an order to

show cause, which shall provide that notice thereof to the person in

whose name such package stands and to any other person claiming or

appearing to have an interest therein, shall be published, mailed or

given in such other manner as the court may prescribe. Whenever,

pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, a corporation is given the

power to sell the contents of any package, such power to sell shall be

deemed a power to sell in satisfaction of a lien for non-payment of

rental or storage charges accrued, and all other charges and expenses

paid or incurred to the date of sale with respect to such package and

the contents thereof, including the charges and expenses described in

paragraph (c) hereof. Such power to sell, or the power to destroy or

otherwise dispose of, when authorized pursuant to the provisions of this

paragraph, shall be deemed to include the power to sell, destroy or

otherwise dispose of, as the case may be, any bonds, stock certificates,

promissory notes, choses in action, or other securities, and any other

tangible or intangible property contained in any package, regardless of

whether or not it shall appear from such securities or properties that

the person in whose name the package stands, possesses title to or

interest in such securities or other properties, or power to transfer

such title or interest, and any sale of such securities or properties,

pursuant to this paragraph, shall vest good title thereto in the

purchaser thereof.

(e) From the proceeds of any sale, such corporation shall deduct all

rental or storage charges accrued, and all other charges and expenses

paid or incurred to the date of sale, including the charges and expenses

described in paragraph (c) hereof, and the expenses of sale. The balance

of such proceeds, if any, shall be credited to the person in whose name

such package stood and, unless sooner paid over to the superintendent

pursuant to subdivision five hereof, shall be paid over to such person,

his assignee or legal representative on satisfactory evidence of

identity.

(f) The provisions of this subdivision do not affect or preclude any

other remedy by action or otherwise for the enforcement of the claims or

rights of such corporation against the person in whose name any

property, or any safe, vault, box, package, parcel or receptacle stands,

nor affect, nor bar the right of such corporation to recover, before

sale, any debt or claim due it or, after sale, so much of the debt or

claim as shall not be paid by the proceeds of the sale.

(g) The procedure prescribed in this subdivision may be followed by

any corporation winding up its affairs in accordance with the provisions

of this section, notwithstanding the fact that such corporation may have

commenced proceedings to open, or may have opened, any safe, vault or

box for non-payment of rental in accordance with other provisions of

this chapter and notwithstanding the contents of any notice that may

have been given by such corporation in accordance with any requirement

of this section.

5. When such corporation shall have given the notice to creditors and

depositors to present their claims as prescribed in the order entered in

accordance with the provisions of subdivision four hereof, and shall

have paid all its debts and obligations for which a legal claimant has

been found, and shall have complied with the provisions of subdivision

four-a hereof, it shall, before applying to court for a release upon

final accounting or for a final order of dissolution, make a verified

transcript or statement from its books of the names of all depositors,

creditors, stockholders, shareholders, owners of personal property in

the custody or possession of such corporation as bailee, depositary for

hire or otherwise, or lessees of any safe, vault or box, who have not

claimed or have not received the deposits, debts, dividends, interest

balances or other amounts due them, and shall file such transcript or

statement with the superintendent together with all identifying

information, including, in the case of unclaimed proceeds of any sale

pursuant to subdivision four-a hereof, a certified copy of the

inventory, and an affidavit showing compliance with the provisions of

said subdivision, a list of the articles sold, the price or prices

obtained therefor, and the amount or amounts deducted and retained from

the proceeds and such corporation shall thereupon pay over such

unclaimed amounts to the superintendent as trustee for the persons

entitled to receive them, as provided in article two of this chapter.

6. Upon the petition of such corporation showing

(a) that all its debts and obligations have been discharged except

those for which no legal claimant has been found,

(b) that notice was given to creditors and depositors to present their

claims as prescribed by the court and that any period prescribed by the

court for the presentation of such claims has expired,

(c) that the provisions of subdivision four-a hereof, if applicable,

have been complied with and

(d) that all unclaimed amounts referred to in subdivision five hereof

have been paid over to the superintendent, and on notice to the

comptroller and the superintendent and such further notice as the court

may prescribe, the court may, on such terms as justice requires, make an

order affirming such disposition of such unclaimed amounts and declaring

such corporation dissolved and its corporate existence terminated.

7. On filing with the superintendent a certified copy of the order of

dissolution described in the last preceding subdivision of this section,

the corporation shall cease to exist.

8. Unless the superintendent shall otherwise provide, any corporate

banking organization that, pursuant to an agreement, sells or conveys

more than fifty per centum of its assets without the written approval of

the superintendent shall take the proceedings for voluntary dissolution

herein prescribed and, within six months from the date of such sale or

conveyance, shall file with the superintendent a certified copy of the

closing order in the form prescribed by subdivision four of this

section. The corporate banking organization, upon making written

application to the superintendent for approval of the sale or conveyance

of more than fifty per centum of its assets, shall pay an investigation

fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter. If a

closing order is required to be filed pursuant to this subdivision and

such order is not filed within the time prescribed, the superintendent

shall have the power, in the superintendent's discretion, to take

possession of the business and property of such corporation and proceed

with the liquidation thereof under the provisions of this article.

9. If the superintendent shall certify that any corporate banking

organization is deemed by him to have abandoned and forfeited its

charter by non-user and to be virtually in process of liquidation, such

corporation, if its assets have a value at least equal to its

liabilities, exclusive of any liability to shareholders or stockholders,

as such, shall take the proceeding for voluntary dissolution herein

prescribed and, within six months from the date of such certificate,

shall file with the superintendent a certified copy of the closing order

in the form prescribed by subdivision four of this section. If such

order is not filed within the time prescribed, the superintendent shall

have the power, in his discretion, to take possession of the business

and property of such corporation and proceed with the liquidation

thereof under the provisions of this article.

10. (a) Upon the petition of the superintendent showing

(1) that any corporate banking organization has ceased to transact

business, or has commenced but failed to complete proceedings for its

voluntary dissolution in accordance with the banking law, or for any

other reason is deemed by the superintendent to have abandoned and

forfeited its charter by non-user, and

(2) that all of its assets have been distributed, or that the

superintendent has no knowledge as to the existence of any such assets,

the supreme court in the judicial district where such banking

organization maintained its principal place of business may make an

order declaring such corporation dissolved and the corporate existence

thereof terminated. Upon the filing of a certified copy of such order in

the office of the superintendent the existence of such corporation shall

cease and determine.

(b) If the petition of the superintendent shall show, in addition to

the allegations required by the provisions of subparagraph (1) of

paragraph (a) of this subdivision, that such banking organization

(1) has undistributed assets and it appears that in the opinion of the

superintendent the cost of taking possession of and liquidating such

assets in accordance with the provisions of this article will exceed the

fair value of such assets, and

(2) has failed, for a period of two years after ceasing to transact

business or commencing proceedings for its voluntary dissolution, to

complete such proceedings or to produce proof satisfactory to the

superintendent that it has complied with or is in the process of

complying with the provisions of the banking law, the court may, upon

such notice as it may prescribe, make an order declaring such

corporation dissolved and the corporate existence thereof terminated,

and further declaring that such assets have been abandoned and providing

for the payment, delivery or transfer thereof to the superintendent in

such manner and at such time as the court may direct. Upon the filing of

a certified copy of such order in the office of the superintendent the

existence of such corporation shall cease and determine. At any time

within six months after the entry of such order, the court may upon good

cause shown and upon such terms as justice may require, vacate or modify

such order. At the expiration of such six-month period or such further

period as the court may prescribe, the superintendent shall sell, redeem

or otherwise dispose of such assets and from the proceeds thereof may

retain and pay all costs, disbursements and legal fees allowed by the

court and any assessments, penalties or forfeitures incurred by such

banking organization under the banking law. The remaining proceeds if

any shall forthwith be paid into the state treasury for the use and

benefit of the state.

11. (a) Any foreign banking corporation which has been licensed

pursuant to article two of this chapter to engage in business in this

state, including any such corporation whose license has been surrendered

or revoked, may, if it so desires, take proceedings for the voluntary

liquidation of its business and property in this state in accordance

with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subdivision; but no such

liquidation shall be commenced while the superintendent is in possession

of such business and property unless such corporation shall have first

received the written approval of the superintendent. In any such

liquidation the claims of creditors of such corporation arising out of

transactions had by them with its New York agency or agencies or branch

or branches shall be accorded the same preference accorded to similar

claims in a liquidation under subdivision four of section six hundred

six of this article.

(b) To effect such a voluntary liquidation, a foreign corporation

shall subscribe, acknowledge and file with the superintendent at his

office a written notice of its intention so to liquidate, which notice

shall specify the date of commencement of the liquidation, and upon such

date, such corporation shall forthwith cease to transact business in

this state if it has not already done so, and shall proceed to wind up

its affairs in this state. Within thirty days after such date, such

corporation shall make application to the supreme court, after due

notice to the superintendent, for an order prescribing the notice to be

given to the preferred creditors hereinabove described to present their

claims for payment. Every such corporation shall, in the course of such

liquidation, comply with the provisions of subdivisions four-a, five and

six of this section, except that an order entered pursuant to

subdivision six of this section shall affirm the disposition of the

unclaimed amounts therein referred to and shall authorize the turn-over

of all of the assets remaining after payment of the preferred creditors

to the principal office of such corporation. Within five days after the

making of any order described in this paragraph a certified copy thereof

shall be filed in the office of the superintendent.

(c) Any foreign banking corporation which has been licensed pursuant

to article two of this chapter to engage in business in this state,

which shall liquidate its business and property in this state without

electing to comply with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this

subdivision, shall, upon completion of the liquidation, make a verified

transcript or statement from its books of the names of all creditors

whose claims arise out of transactions had by them with its New York

agency or agencies, or its New York branch or branches and of all owners

of personal property in the custody or possession of such agency or

agencies or branch or branches as bailee, depositary for hire or

otherwise, who have not claimed or have not received the debts or other

amounts due them, and shall file such transcript or statement with the

superintendent together with all identifying information, including, in

the case of unclaimed proceeds of any sale of personal property, a list

of the articles sold, the price or prices obtained therefor, and the

amount or amounts deducted and retained from the proceeds, and such

corporation shall thereupon pay over such unclaimed amounts to the

superintendent as trustee for the persons entitled to receive them, as

provided in article two of this chapter. Any such corporation so

liquidating its business and property in this state may, if it so

desires, follow the procedures for the disposition of personal property

in the custody or possession of, and exercise the same powers and

privileges with respect thereto accorded to, banking organizations in

subdivision four-a of this section. To effectuate the purposes of this

chapter, the superintendent may impose additional requirements and

procedures for the foreign banking corporation to follow with respect to

the dissolution of the licensed office.

(d) For the purposes of this subdivision, the words "debts",

"obligations" and "deposits", as used in subdivisions four-a, five and

six of this section, shall be deemed to refer to the preferred claims

hereinabove described, the words "creditors" and "depositors" shall be

deemed to refer to the owners of such preferred claims, the references

in subdivisions four-a and five of this section to the order entered in

accordance with subdivision four of this section shall be deemed to

refer to the like order entered in accordance with the provisions of

this subdivision, and, except when the context shall otherwise require,

the word "corporation" shall be deemed to refer to the New York agency

or agencies, or branch or branches and the word "officer" shall include

the agent or other person in charge of such agency or agencies and any

person in charge of or who is an officer of such branch or branches or

of the liquidation.

12. If the superintendent shall at any time find that any of the

reasons enumerated in section six hundred six of this article for

takeover of the business and property of a banking organization or of

the business and property in this state of a foreign banking corporation

shall exist, he may, in his discretion, forthwith take possession of

such business and property in accordance with the provisions of such

section notwithstanding that such banking organization or corporation

may have theretofore commenced proceedings for the voluntary liquidation

of such business and property in accordance with this section.

§ 605-a — Transfer of deposit liabilities of bank or trust company; sale or pledge of assets to facilitate such transfer

Transfer of deposit liabilities of bank or trust company;

sale or pledge of assets to facilitate such transfer. 1. A bank or trust

company may, pursuant to a plan approved by the superintendent, enter

into an agreement with another bank or trust company, whereby its

liabilities to depositors will be assumed by such other bank or trust

company. To facilitate the consummation of such plan and agreement, such

bank or trust company may borrow money from the Federal Deposit

Insurance Corporation and pledge all or any part of its assets as

security for the money so borrowed, or it may sell all or any part of

its assets to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the money so

borrowed or realized with or without any other assets belonging to such

bank or trust company, may be transferred by it to such other bank or

trust company, in consideration of the latter's agreement to assume and

pay the deposit liabilities of the former. If the superintendent shall

thereafter take possession of the business and property of such bank or

trust company, pursuant to this article, the validity of a claim against

such bank or trust company which was in existence when such plan was

consummated and remains unpaid shall be determined pursuant to the

provisions of section six hundred twenty to six hundred twenty-five

inclusive of this article as though such plan had not been consummated.

Nothing in this section nor in any plan consummated pursuant to this

section shall be deemed to require allowance of any claim if such claim

would not otherwise be allowable in the liquidation proceedings. If such

claim is allowed or ultimately established, the owner thereof shall be

entitled to dividends on his claim as though such plan had not been

consummated, and as though the assets of such bank or trust company had

been taken over for liquidation immediately prior to any sale, pledge or

transfer made pursuant to such plan. If such bank or trust company in

liquidation does not have sufficient other assets to pay such dividends,

the deficiency shall be paid from the proceeds of the sale or

liquidation of the assets sold or pledged by such bank or trust company

to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. If such proceeds prove

insufficient to pay such deficiency in full, any remaining deficiency

shall be paid from the proceeds of the sale or liquidation of the assets

transferred by such bank or trust company to such other bank or trust

company, exclusive of cash representing the proceeds of a sale to or a

loan from Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The superintendent

shall take such action as he shall deem necessary and appropriate to

protect the interests of the owner of any such claim, but he shall not

be required to obtain possession of any of the assets from the proceeds

of which the deficiency in dividends upon such claim is payable, unless

it shall appear that the amount required for the payment of such

deficiency is not otherwise available. The superintendent may, subject

to the approval of the supreme court in the judicial district where the

principal office of such bank or trust company is located, enter into an

agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the bank or

trust company to which any assets of such bank or trust company have

been transferred, or either of them, whereby payments shall be made to

him as trustee for the benefit of the person or persons entitled thereto

from time to time as cash is realized from the sale or liquidation of

the assets from the proceeds of which claims are payable. If such

agreement is approved by the supreme court, after notice of a kind which

the court deems to be adequate to all persons whose interests, in the

opinion of the court, may be affected thereby, such agreement shall be

binding upon all such persons. No action may be brought by any such

person to enforce payment of his claim unless it be clearly shown that

the superintendent has refused or failed to take necessary and

appropriate action to protect the interests of such person. No sale,

conveyance or transfer by a bank or trust company of all or any part of

its assets shall be deemed to have been made pursuant to the provisions

of this section unless the plan approved by the superintendent shall

expressly so state. Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to

repeal, limit, modify or otherwise affect any right or power of a bank

or trust company to sell, convey or transfer all or any part of its

assets pursuant to any other provision of law.

2. A bank or trust company assuming the deposit liabilities of another

bank or trust company in connection with a plan pursuant to this section

may issue preferred shares which, to the extent permitted by the

superintendent, may have a retirable value greater than the amount

received in payment for such shares.

§ 606 — When superintendent may take possession of banking organization; when possession may be surrendered

When superintendent may take possession of banking

organization; when possession may be surrendered. 1. The superintendent

may, in his discretion, forthwith take possession of the business and

property of any banking organization whenever it shall appear that such

banking organization:

(a) Has violated any law;

(b) Is conducting its business in an unauthorized or unsafe manner;

(c) Is in an unsound or unsafe condition to transact its business;

(d) Cannot with safety and expediency continue business;

(e) Has an impairment of its capital; or, in the case of a mutual

savings and loan association or credit union, has assets insufficient to

pay its debts and the amount due members upon their shares;

(f) Has suspended payment of its obligations; or, in the case of a

mutual savings and loan association, has failed for sixty days after a

withdrawal application has been filed with it by any shareholder to pay

such withdrawal application in full;

(g) Has neglected or refused to comply with the terms of a duly issued

order of the superintendent;

(h) Has refused, upon proper demand, to submit its records and affairs

for inspection to an examiner of the department;

(i) Has refused to be examined upon oath regarding its affairs.

(j) Has neglected, refused or failed to take or continue proceedings

for voluntary liquidation in accordance with any of the provisions of

this chapter.

2. The superintendent may, in his discretion, and upon such conditions

as may be approved by him, surrender possession and permit such banking

organization to resume business.

3. When the superintendent shall have duly taken possession of the

property and business of any such banking organization, he may hold such

possession until its affairs are finally liquidated by him, unless he

shall surrender possession as provided in subdivision two of this

section or be enjoined from continuing possession as provided in section

six hundred seven of this article, or unless such banking organization

shall, with the written approval of the superintendent, voluntarily wind

up its affairs as provided in section six hundred five of this article.

4. (a) The superintendent may also, in his or her discretion,

forthwith take possession of the business and property in this state of

any foreign banking corporation that has been licensed by the

superintendent under the provisions of this chapter, including, for the

purposes of this article, any such corporation whose license has been

surrendered or revoked, upon his or her finding that any of the reasons

enumerated in subdivision one of this section exist with respect to such

corporation or that it is in liquidation at its domicile or elsewhere or

that there is reason to doubt its ability or willingness to pay in full

the claims of the creditors hereinbelow described. Title to such

business and property shall vest by operation of law in the

superintendent and his or her successors forthwith upon taking

possession. Thereafter the superintendent shall liquidate or otherwise

deal with such business and property in accordance with the provisions

of this chapter applicable to the liquidation of banking organizations,

except that the superintendent may deal with such business and property

and prosecute and defend any and all actions relating thereto in his or

her own name as superintendent. Only the claims of creditors of such

corporation arising out of transactions had by them with its New York

agency or agencies, or with its New York branch or branches, shall be

accepted by the superintendent for payment out of such business and

property in this state as provided in this article. Acceptance or

rejection of such claims by the superintendent shall not prejudice such

creditors' rights to otherwise share in the assets of such corporation.

The following claims shall not be accepted by the superintendent for

payment out of such business and property in this state: (1) claims

which would not represent an enforceable legal obligation against such

branch or agency if such branch or agency were a separate and

independent legal entity; and (2) amounts due and other liabilities to

other offices, agencies or branches of, and affiliates of, such foreign

banking corporation.

(b) Whenever the accepted claims, together with interest thereon, if

interest was paid, and the expenses of the liquidation have been paid in

full or properly provided for, the superintendent upon the order of the

supreme court shall turn over the remaining assets to, in the first

instance, other offices of the foreign banking corporation that are

being liquidated in the United States, upon the request of the

liquidators of those offices, in amounts which the liquidators of those

offices demonstrate to the superintendent are needed to pay the claims

accepted by those liquidators and any expenses incurred by the

liquidators in liquidating those other offices of the foreign banking

corporation. After such payments, if any, have been made, any assets of

the foreign banking corporation remaining in the hands of the

superintendent shall be turned over to the principal office of such

foreign banking corporation, or to the duly appointed domiciliary

liquidator or receiver of said foreign banking corporation. Dividends

and other amounts remaining unclaimed or unpaid in the hands of the

superintendent for six months after such turn-over shall be deposited by

him or her as provided in article two of this chapter.

(c) As used in this subdivision the phrase "business and property in

this state" includes, but is not limited to, all property of the foreign

corporation, real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible,

(1) wherever situated, constituting part of the business of the New York

agency or branch and appearing on its books as such, and (2) situated

within this state whether or not constituting part of the business of

the New York agency or branch or so appearing on its books.

(d) For the purposes of this subdivision, the words "debts",

"obligations", "deposits" and other similar terms as used in subsequent

sections of this article, shall be deemed to refer to the claims that

the superintendent shall accept pursuant to paragraph (a) of this

subdivision, the words "creditors" and "depositors" shall be deemed to

refer to the owners of such accepted claims and, except when the context

shall otherwise require, the terms "banking organization" and

"corporation" shall be deemed to refer to the New York agency or

agencies or branch or branches and the word "officer" shall include the

agent or other person in charge of such agency or agencies and any

person in charge of or who is an officer of such branch or branches. As

used in this subdivision, (i) "affiliate" shall mean any person, or

group of persons acting in concert, that controls, is controlled by or

is under common control with such foreign banking corporation and (ii)

"control" means any person, or group of persons acting in concert,

directly or indirectly, owning, controlling or holding with power to

vote, more than fifty percent of the voting stock of a company, or

having the ability in any manner to elect a majority of the directors of

a company, or otherwise exercising a controlling influence over the

management and policies of a company as defined by the superintendent by

regulation. For purposes of this subdivision, the term "person" shall

mean a corporation, unincorporated association, partnership, or any

other entity or individual.

5. The term "banking organization" as used in this and subsequent

sections of this article shall be deemed to include a corporation which

has engaged in any business or other activity prohibited by section one

hundred thirty-one of this chapter, and an unincorporated association,

partnership, fiduciary or individual who has engaged in any business or

other activity prohibited by section one hundred eighty of this chapter.

6. (a) In the case of the liquidation of an investment company by the

superintendent, accepted claims, amounts due and other liabilities owed

to affiliates of such investment company shall be paid only after all

accepted claims, amounts due and other liabilities owed have been fully

paid to such creditors and other claimants of the investment company

that are not affiliates of such investment company.

(b) For the purposes of this subdivision, (i) "affiliate" shall mean

any person, or group of persons acting in concert, that controls, is

controlled by or is under common control with such investment company,

and (ii) "control" means any person, or group of persons acting in

concert, directly or indirectly, owning, controlling, or holding with

power to vote, more than fifty percent of the voting stock of a company,

or having the ability in any manner to elect a majority of the directors

of a company, or otherwise exercising a controlling influence over the

management and policies of a company as defined by the superintendent by

regulation. For purposes of this subdivision, the term "person" shall

mean a corporation, unincorporated association, partnership, or any

other entity or individual.

§ 607 — Manner and time within which taking possession may be tested

Manner and time within which taking possession may be tested.

At any time within ten days after the superintendent has taken

possession of the property and business of any banking organization such

banking organization may apply to the supreme court in the judicial

district in which its principal office is located, for an order

requiring the superintendent to show cause why he should not be enjoined

from continuing such possession. The court may, upon good cause shown,

direct the superintendent to refrain from further proceedings and to

surrender such possession.

§ 609 — Resumption of business by bank, trust company or industrial bank; retirement of certificates; applicability to stock-form savings banks a...

Resumption of business by bank, trust company or industrial

bank; retirement of certificates; applicability to stock-form savings

banks and stock-form savings and loan associations. 1. Any bank, trust

company, stock-form savings bank or stock-form savings and loan

association of which the superintendent has taken possession or which is

operating under restrictions imposed by duly constituted authority may

be permitted by the superintendent, in his discretion and subject to

such conditions as may be approved by him, to resume business in

accordance with the provisions of this section.

2. No bank, trust company or industrial bank permitted by the

superintendent to resume business in accordance with the provisions of

this section shall, without previously obtaining the written permission

of the superintendent, pay, on account of any deposit made or debt

incurred before such restrictions were imposed or before the

superintendent took possession of such bank, trust company or industrial

bank, more than that proportion of eighty per centum of the total value

of its sound assets, as determined by the superintendent, which such

deposit or debt bears to the total of the deposits and debts of such

bank, trust company or industrial bank at the time of resuming business:

provided that nothing contained in this section shall affect any

preference created by any law of this state for the benefit of any

depositor or creditor or impair the rights of any secured depositor or

creditor in any assets lawfully pledged or assigned as such security.

For the purposes of this section, the holder of a judgment against any

such bank, trust company or industrial bank for the payment of money

arising out of a cause of action arising prior to such resumption of

business, whether such judgment was recovered prior or subsequent to

such resumption of business, shall have the same rights as if he were a

depositor having a balance equal to the amount of such judgment at the

time such restrictions were imposed or at the time the superintendent

took possession of such bank, trust company or industrial bank. The

superintendent shall prepare for each such bank, trust company or

industrial bank a list of the assets which, in his judgment, are sound

and the value thereof as determined by him.

3. Such bank, trust company or industrial bank shall, immediately upon

resuming business, issue to its depositors and creditors non-negotiable

transferable certificates, in a form approved by the superintendent,

representing the part of its deposits and debts which it is not

authorized to pay at that time under the provisions of subdivision two

of this section. Such certificates shall bear interest, if any, at a

rate not in excess of three per centum per annum.

4. The superintendent shall from time to time determine the excess of

the value of the sound assets of such bank, trust company or industrial

bank over the total of the principal amount of such certificates

outstanding and of the deposits and debts of such bank, trust company or

industrial bank not represented by such certificates, including deposits

made and debts incurred after resuming business. The amount by which

such excess is greater than the excess of the value of the sound assets

of such bank, trust company or industrial bank, determined as provided

in subdivision two of this section, over its total deposits and debts at

the time of resuming business may, unless the superintendent

disapproves, be paid pro rata on account of the principal due on such

certificates or, if the principal has been paid in full, on account of

the interest, if any, due thereon. No such bank, trust company or

industrial bank shall, without previously obtaining the written

permission of the superintendent, make any other payment on account of

the principal or interest of such certificates.

5. No dividends shall be paid on the stock of such bank, trust company

or industrial bank while any such certificates are outstanding, unless,

having previously secured the written permission of the superintendent

to pay such certificates, it shall set aside and maintain a sum

sufficient for the payment of all such outstanding certificates and the

interest, if any, accrued thereon and shall publish once a week for two

calendar weeks in a newspaper published in the county in which its

principal office is located, notice to the effect that it will pay all

such certificates and the interest, if any, accrued thereon upon due

presentation for payment. If, thereafter, any such certificate together

with all interest, if any, accrued thereon, shall not be paid when so

presented, the authority of such bank, trust company or industrial bank

to pay such dividends shall cease.

6. So long as any of such certificates are outstanding, every holder

of such a certificate shall have the same right to notice of all regular

or special meetings of the stockholders of such bank, trust company or

industrial bank and to attend and to vote in person or by proxy at such

meetings as would a holder of stock of the par value of the unpaid

principal amount of such certificate, except that no holder of a

certificate or certificates shall be entitled to vote upon any change in

respect to shares or capital stock pursuant to title eight of article

fifteen or to receive notice of or attend a meeting of stockholders

specially called for that purpose. Within sixty days after such bank,

trust company or industrial bank has resumed business a meeting of its

stockholders and holders of such certificates shall be called upon

notice prescribed by the superintendent. At such meeting directors shall

be elected who shall succeed the former directors, and the directors so

elected shall elect officers who shall succeed the former officers.

Directors in office at the date of such meeting may be elected at such

meeting to succeed themselves and the directors elected at such meeting

may elect officers then serving to succeed themselves.

7. If the superintendent shall retake possession of the business and

property of such bank, trust company or industrial bank while any such

certificates are still outstanding and liquidate its business as

elsewhere provided in this chapter, deposits and debts not represented

by such certificates, including deposits made and debts incurred after

resuming business, shall be entitled to payment of principal and

interest in priority to the payment of the principal and interest of

such certificates.

8. (a) A plan for the retirement of certificates issued or made

available by a bank, trust company or industrial bank pursuant to the

provisions of this section may be promulgated in accordance with this

subdivision eight in any case where the value of all the assets of such

bank, trust company or industrial bank as determined by the

superintendent is less than the aggregate of the amounts owing to

depositors and other creditors plus the unpaid amount of all such

certificates so issued or made available by such bank, trust company or

industrial bank. Such plan may be promulgated by such bank, trust

company or industrial bank or by the holders of ten per centum or more

in principal amount of all such outstanding certificates or the

representative or representatives of such holders.

(b) Such plan may provide for any one or more of the following:

(1) The retirement of certificates by the issuance in exchange

therefor of shares of capital stock or debentures or both of such bank,

trust company or industrial bank;

(2) The issuance of preferred stock of such bank, trust company or

industrial bank and the sale of such preferred stock for cash or its

exchange for real or personal property or for outstanding capital notes,

debentures or other obligations of such bank, trust company or

industrial bank;

(3) The issuance of fractional shares of capital stock of such bank,

trust company or industrial bank in exchange for certificates or

portions thereof in unpaid amount insufficient to permit the exchange

thereof for a full share of capital stock. Such fractional shares of

capital stock shall have no voting rights, but, when combined with other

fractional shares in sufficient amount, shall be convertible into a full

share or shares of capital stock;

(4) The transfer into a separate account upon the books of such bank,

trust company or industrial bank or to a separate corporation, of any

assets to be liquidated for the pro rata benefit of certificate holders

and the issuance to certificate holders of evidences of participation in

such assets if transferred into a separate account upon the books of

such bank, trust company or industrial bank, or of stock or obligations

or both of such separate corporation, if such assets are transferred to

a separate corporation;

(5) The organization of a corporation to issue its stock or

obligations or both in exchange for certificates and for the exchange of

certificates so acquired by such corporation for shares of the capital

stock or debentures or both of such bank, trust company or industrial

bank;

(6) The amount of capital stock which such bank, trust company or

industrial bank shall have upon the plan becoming effective, the

classes, if any, into which such capital stock shall be divided, the

number of shares in each class and the par value of each share.

In addition to provisions herein specifically authorized to be

contained in a plan promulgated pursuant to this subdivision, such plan

may also contain any other provisions deemed necessary or convenient to

effectuate the general purpose or purposes of the plan.

(c) The person or persons promulgating such plan shall first submit it

to the superintendent for his approval. If the plan is approved by the

superintendent, such person shall within sixty days of such approval

submit it to the supreme court in and for the county in which the

principal office of such bank, trust company or industrial bank is

located, together with an application for its approval. Such application

shall set forth such facts as may be necessary to enable the court to

determine the fairness of such plan and shall be made upon an order to

show cause which shall provide that notice thereof of a kind which the

court deems to be adequate shall be given by such bank, trust company or

industrial bank to all holders of such certificates and all other

persons whose interests, in the opinion of the court, may be affected by

such plan. If the issue is raised in any proceeding involving a plan

promulgated pursuant to this subdivision, a certificate executed by the

superintendent and filed with the court shall be presumptive evidence of

the fact that the value of all of the assets of such bank, trust company

or industrial bank is less than the aggregate of the amounts owing to

depositors and other creditors plus the unpaid amount of all such

certificates issued or made available by such bank, trust company or

industrial bank.

(d) The superintendent or the bank, trust company or industrial bank

or any person or persons authorized to promulgate a plan hereunder may

propose and submit to the court an alternative plan or a modification or

modifications of any plan before the court. The court may modify any

such plan or may propose a new or alternative plan, provided, however,

that a modification or modifications, whether proposed by the court or

by any other person or persons, may be made only after a hearing upon

notice to all holders of certificates and all other persons whose

interests, in the opinion of the court, may be affected thereby, and

subject to the right of any person who shall previously have consented

to such plan to withdraw such consent within a period to be prescribed

by the court and after such notice as the court may direct. If any

person having such right of withdrawal shall not withdraw within the

period so prescribed he shall be deemed to have approved such plan as so

modified.

(e) After the hearing or hearings above provided the court shall by

order approve a plan, with or without modifications, or shall reject all

such plans, provided, however, that no order made pursuant to this

paragraph approving such plan shall be made or entered unless such plan,

in final form, shall first have been approved in writing by the

superintendent and such written approval shall have been filed in the

proceeding. If at the time of making the order approving such plan, the

court is satisfied that the holders of two-thirds in amount of such

certificates have approved such plan, the order of the court shall

recite such fact and shall declare that such plan shall be effective

upon the filing by the superintendent in the office of the clerk of the

county in which is located the principal office of such bank, trust

company or industrial bank of the certificate required to be filed

pursuant to paragraph (k) of this subdivision. If at the time of making

such order, such plan shall not have been approved by the holders of

two-thirds in amount of such certificates, such order shall provide that

upon satisfactory proof of the fact that the holders of two-thirds in

amount of such certificates shall have approved the same, a further

order may be entered ex parte declaring that such plan shall be

effective upon the filing by the superintendent in the office of the

clerk of the county in which is located the principal office of such

bank, trust company or industrial bank of the certificate required to be

filed pursuant to paragraph (k) of this subdivision.

(f) Upon the entering of an order declaring that such plan shall be

effective upon the filing by the superintendent in the office of the

county clerk of the certificate required to be filed pursuant to

paragraph (k) of this subdivision, such plan shall become binding upon

the holders of all certificates of such bank, trust company or

industrial bank and all such holders shall be conclusively deemed to

have consented to all the terms and conditions of such plan whether or

not all of such holders shall actually have consented thereto and

whether or not all of them shall have received notice thereof or of the

hearing thereon hereinbefore provided.

(g) Every executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, committee,

conservator, receiver, or other fiduciary, and every public and private

corporation or association, and every political and public

instrumentality or body, including, but not by way of limitation of the

generality of the foregoing, boards of education and school districts

and other special districts, is hereby authorized and empowered to

approve and accept a plan promulgated pursuant to this subdivision and

to execute and deliver such papers and documents as may be necessary or

proper to evidence such approval and acceptance, and shall not be

subject to any liability whatsoever for any such approval or acceptance

or any exchange of certificates for stock or other securities or both

made pursuant thereto.

(h) A plan promulgated pursuant to this subdivision may be effectuated

even though it has not been expressly approved by the holders of

two-thirds in amount of all outstanding certificates, provided, as an

alternative to such express approval, the provisions of this paragraph

have been complied with. After the plan is approved by the

superintendent as provided by paragraph (c) of this subdivision, the

person or persons promulgating such plan shall file a copy thereof with

the clerk of the court and shall prepare and mail to each of the holders

of such certificates and to each of the holders of stock of the bank,

trust company or industrial bank, addressed by registered mail to him,

postage prepaid, to his last known address as the same appears on the

records of the bank, trust company or industrial bank, a summary of such

plan together with a notice stating in substance that such plan will be

presented to the supreme court in and for the county in which the

principal office of the bank, trust company or industrial bank is

located, and designating a date, which date shall not be less than

thirty days after the mailing of such notice, when such court will

consider such plan and hear any objection thereto on the part of any

holder of a certificate or of stock. Such notice shall also be published

by the person or persons promulgating such plan once, at least twenty

days before said date, in a daily newspaper of general circulation

published in the county where such hearing is to be had and if no such

daily newspaper is published in such county, then such notice shall be

published in a newspaper of general circulation in said county. Upon the

return of such notice or any adjourned date or dates thereof, the court

shall hear the parties interested therein and may accept proof in

affidavit form or otherwise as to any facts and circumstances material

thereto. The court upon proof by affidavit that the provisions hereof

with respect to mailing and publication have been fully complied with

shall thereupon approve, modify or disapprove such plan, but in no event

shall any such plan, with or without modifications, be approved by the

court unless the court deems such plan fair and equitable to the holders

of certificates and unless such plan, in final form, shall first have

been approved in writing by the superintendent, and such written

approval shall have been filed in the proceeding; or if written dissent

therefrom, duly executed and acknowledged, shall be filed with the clerk

of the court prior to such return date, or prior to such other date as

may be fixed by the court, by the holders in the aggregate of more than

thirty-three and one-third per centum of the face amount of the

certificates affected by such plan. All holders of certificates who have

not dissented from the plan in the manner provided by this paragraph and

prior to the return date or such other date as may be fixed by the court

shall be conclusively deemed to have assented thereto. Such plan shall

contain a provision in respect of certificate holders dissenting

thereto, to the effect that adequate protection will be provided for the

realization by them of the value of their certificates by such method as

will in the opinion of the court, under and consistent with the

circumstances of the particular case, be equitable and fair to them.

When such plan, with or without modifications, shall be approved by the

court, the court shall make an order reciting such approval and

declaring that such plan shall be effective upon the filing by the

superintendent in the office of the clerk of the county in which is

located the principal office of such bank, trust company or industrial

bank of the certificate required to be filed pursuant to paragraph (k)

of this subdivision. The appellate court to which an appeal is taken by

any dissenting certificate holder or by any stockholder from any action

by the court pursuant to this section shall have the right to impose

upon the appellant as part of the costs of the appeal, reasonable fees

of counsel for the respondent, and such appellate court may also, in its

discretion, require bond therefor before entertaining any such appeal.

(i) Upon the entering of an order declaring that such plan shall be

effective upon the filing by the superintendent in the office of the

county clerk of the certificate required to be filed pursuant to

paragraph (k) of this subdivision, such steps shall be taken by the

superintendent and all other persons, and all acts shall be done as may

be required by such plan and as may be necessary or desirable to make

such plan operative. Within ten days after the entering of such order,

the superintendent shall issue an order pursuant to article two of this

chapter directing that such bank, trust company or industrial bank shall

forthwith make good the impairment of its capital. Upon receipt of such

order, the directors of the bank, trust company or industrial bank shall

give notice to each stockholder of such requisition and of the amount of

the assessment he must pay, which amount shall be the aggregate par

value of his shares. Such notice shall be mailed to each stockholder at

his address appearing on the records of the bank, trust company or

industrial bank or shall be served personally upon him. Notwithstanding

any provision of section one hundred fourteen or section three hundred

six of this chapter, all outstanding stock certificates of the bank,

trust company or industrial bank shall be canceled of record not less

than thirty days after notice of assessment is given to stockholders as

herein provided, and thereupon such stock certificates shall be null and

void for all purposes and the rights of the holders thereunder shall

cease and determine; provided, however, that each stockholder who pays

the full amount of such assessment within thirty days after notice of

assessment is given as herein provided shall receive, in lieu of the

stock on account of which such assessment was paid, new stock in the

amount to which he would be entitled if he held certificates issued by

such bank, trust company or industrial bank pursuant to the provisions

of this section in an aggregate unpaid principal and interest amount

equal to the assessment so paid.

(j) Not less than thirty nor more than sixty days after notice of

assessment is given to stockholders as provided in paragraph (i) of this

subdivision, the superintendent shall, if the plan so provides, cause

any assets of such bank, trust company or industrial bank which are to

be liquidated for the pro rata benefit of certificate holders, to be set

aside in a special account upon the books of such bank, trust company or

industrial bank or transferred to a separate corporation.

(k) Upon the completion of the acts required to be done pursuant to

paragraph (i) and paragraph (j) of this subdivision and not more than

sixty days after notice of assessment is given to stockholders as

provided in paragraph (i) of this subdivision, the superintendent shall

execute in triplicate a certificate declaring such plan to be effective

and stating the amount of capital stock which such bank, trust company

or industrial bank shall thereafter have, the classes, if any, into

which such capital stock shall be divided, the number of shares in each

class and the par value of each such share. The amount of capital stock

stated in such certificate shall be not less than the amount of capital

stock required to be issued to certificate holders pursuant to such

plan, plus the amount of capital stock required, pursuant to paragraph

(i) of this subdivision, to be issued to stockholders who shall have

paid the full amount of the assessments levied pursuant to such

paragraph (i). The amount of capital stock, the number of shares and

the par value of each such share as stated in such certificate shall be

the amount of capital stock, the number of shares and the par value

thereof which such bank, trust company or industrial bank shall

thereafter be authorized to have, provided that nothing herein contained

shall be deemed to limit the power of any such bank, trust company or

industrial bank subsequently to change the amount of its capital stock,

the number of its shares or the par value of its shares pursuant to

subdivision two of section eight thousand one. One of such triplicate

certificates shall be transmitted forthwith by the superintendent to

such bank, trust company or industrial bank, another shall be filed in

the office of the superintendent and the third shall be filed by the

superintendent in the office of the clerk of the county in which is

located the principal office of such bank, trust company or industrial

bank. Upon such filing in the office of the county clerk, the plan shall

become effective and all certificates theretofore issued by such bank,

trust company or industrial bank pursuant to the provisions of this

section shall be null and void and shall not be deemed to be outstanding

for any purpose. Thereupon such bank, trust company or industrial bank

shall issue and make available to the holders of such certificates

shares of stock or debentures or both of such bank, trust company or

industrial bank, and if the plan so provides, evidences of participation

in the assets aside in a special account or stock or other securities or

both of a separate corporation, in the proportions and amounts specified

in such plan.

(l) Within sixty days after a plan pursuant to this subdivision has

become effective with respect to any bank, trust company or industrial

bank, there shall be called in accordance with its by-laws a meeting of

its stockholders who shall elect directors who shall succeed the former

directors. The directors so elected shall elect officers who shall

succeed the former officers. Directors in office at the date of such

meeting may be elected at such meeting to succeed themselves and the

directors elected at such meeting may elect officers then serving to

succeed themselves. Notwithstanding the requirements as to ownership of

capital stock contained in section one hundred sixteen or section three

hundred three of this chapter, the directors of such bank, trust company

or industrial bank holding office at the time that such plan becomes

effective may continue to hold office as directors, until their

successors are elected and shall have qualified.

(m) The supreme court in and for the county in which is located the

principal office of such bank, trust company or industrial bank is

hereby vested with jurisdiction and authority to determine the fairness

of, and to approve or disapprove, any plan, or modification or

modifications thereof, which may be promulgated hereunder and to

determine the fairness of, and to approve or disapprove, the terms and

conditions of the issuance and exchange of stock or other securities, or

both, of any corporation for certificates issued pursuant to the

provisions of this section and to make such orders and do such other

things as may be required by this subdivision or as may be necessary or

convenient to carry out the purposes hereof.

9. If there be in article fifteen of this chapter a provision which

conflicts with any provision of this section six hundred nine, the

provision of this section six hundred nine shall prevail, and the

conflicting provision of article fifteen shall not apply in such case.

If there be in article fifteen a provision relating to a matter embraced

in this section six hundred nine, but not in conflict therewith, both

provisions shall apply.

§ 610 — Resumption of business in accordance with plan of reorganization

Resumption of business in accordance with plan of

reorganization. The superintendent, in his discretion, may permit a

corporation of which he has taken possession or which is operating on a

restricted basis pursuant to regulations promulgated by duly constituted

authority, to resume business in accordance with a plan of

reorganization under which depositors and other creditors will receive

less than the full amount of their claims and/or in partial payment

thereof will receive certificates of beneficial interest in certain

segregated assets and/or stock of such corporation, and under which

stockholders will contribute their shares of capital stock and/or money

in lieu of assessments upon such stock. In any such case in which the

superintendent permits resumption of business pursuant to such a plan of

reorganization, all depositors and creditors and stockholders of any

such corporation, whether or not they shall have consented to such plan

of reorganization, shall be fully and in all respects subject to and

bound by its provisions, and claims of all depositors and other

creditors shall be treated as if they had consented to such plan;

provided, however, that the superintendent shall not permit a

corporation to resume business in accordance with such a plan of

reorganization unless it has been shown to his satisfaction that (1)

such plan is fair and equitable to all depositors and other creditors

and stockholders and is in the public interest and (2) that depositors

and other creditors, representing at least eighty per centum in amount

of its total deposits and other liabilities, exclusive of the claims of

depositors and other creditors which will be satisfied in full under the

plan of reorganization, and stockholders owning at least two-thirds of

its outstanding capital stock, as shown by the books of the corporation,

have consented in writing to such plan; provided further, that

permission to resume business under any such plan of reorganization

shall be granted by the superintendent only upon an order of the supreme

court in and for the county in which the principal office of such

corporation is located. The application for an order of the supreme

court pursuant to this section shall be made upon an order to show cause

which shall provide that notice thereof, of a kind which the court deems

to be adequate and proper, be given to depositors, creditors and

stockholders of such corporation.

§ 611 — Special deputies; assistants; counsel and other employees

Special deputies; assistants; counsel and other employees. The

superintendent may, by certificate, under his hand and the official seal

of the department, appoint one or more special deputy superintendents as

agent or agents to assist him in liquidating the business and affairs of

any banking organization in his possession. The superintendent shall

file such certificate in his office and shall cause a certified copy

thereof to be filed with the supreme court in the judicial district in

which the principal office of such banking organization is located. He

may delegate such special deputy superintendents to perform such duties

connected with such liquidation as he may deem proper. The

superintendent may employ such counsel and expert assistants, without

being subject to the requirements of section one hundred twelve of the

state finance law or to the prior approval of any other state agency,

under such titles as he shall assign to them and may retain such of the

officers or employees of such banking organization as he may deem

necessary in the liquidation and distribution of its assets. He shall

require such security as he may deem proper from his agents and

assistants appointed pursuant to the provisions of this section.

§ 611-a — Appointment of single judge

Appointment of single judge. When the superintendent has

taken possession of and is liquidating the business and property in this

state of any banking organization under the provisions of this article,

the superintendent shall be entitled to the appointment of a single

judge to supervise the liquidation upon request to the administrative

judge of the supreme court in the judicial district in which the

principal office of such banking organization is located. Such judge

shall have the power to order expedited or simplified procedures or

order a reference wherever necessary to resolve a matter in such

liquidation.

§ 612 — Certificates to be recorded and received in evidence

Certificates to be recorded and received in evidence. The

superintendent, deputy superintendents, and the special deputy

superintendents designated under the provisions of section six hundred

eleven of this chapter, are hereby authorized to subscribe and

acknowledge written statements reciting determinations made or acts

performed pursuant to the powers vested in and duties imposed upon the

superintendent pursuant to the terms and provisions of this chapter.

Every paper so executed and acknowledged by the superintendent or a

deputy superintendent or a special deputy superintendent may be recorded

in any proper recording office in the same manner and with the same

effect as a deed regularly acknowledged and, whether or not so recorded,

shall be received in evidence in any action or proceeding now pending or

hereafter commenced, and shall be presumptive evidence of the facts

therein stated.

Any statement, similarly executed and acknowledged, setting forth an

extract from a book, record or document of any banking organization in

the possession of the superintendent or any other book, record or

document relating to the liquidation thereof, shall be received in

evidence in any action or proceeding now pending or hereafter commenced

with the same effect as the original book, record or document.

§ 612-a — Payment of wages

Payment of wages. All wages actually owing to the employees

of a banking organization in the possession of the superintendent for

services rendered within three months prior to the date when possession

was taken, not exceeding two thousand dollars to each employee, shall be

paid prior to the payment of every other debt or claim, and in the

discretion of the superintendent may be paid as soon as practicable

after taking possession, except that at all times the superintendent

shall reserve such funds as will in his opinion be sufficient for the

expenses of administration.

§ 613 — Payment by superintendent of expenses of liquidation

Payment by superintendent of expenses of liquidation. The

superintendent shall pay out of the funds in his hands of any banking

organization of which he is in possession, all expenses of liquidation,

subject to the approval of the supreme court in the judicial district in

which the principal office of such banking organization was located. The

application for an order of the supreme court pursuant to this section

shall be made upon an order to show cause which shall provide that

notice thereof to the depositors and creditors, and to the stockholders

or shareholders, if any, of such banking organization be published once

in each week for two consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general

circulation in the county in which the principal office of such banking

organization was located. Such order to show cause shall also be served

upon such banking organization in such manner as the court, in such

order to show cause, may direct. The hearing upon such application shall

be held not less than ten days after the first publication of such

notice. An order approving the final expenses of liquidation of a

corporate banking organization may, in a proper case, and if the

petition complies with the requirements of subdivision three of section

six hundred twenty-seven of this article, include a provision declaring

the banking organization dissolved and its corporate existence

terminated. The supreme court shall not upon any application under this

section increase the compensation of special deputy superintendents,

assistants, counsel or other employees over the amount fixed by the

superintendent, or direct the superintendent to make any expenditure not

approved by him.

§ 614 — Obtaining possession of pleadings, et cetera, in actions against which attorneys' liens are asserted

Obtaining possession of pleadings, et cetera, in actions

against which attorneys' liens are asserted. When the superintendent is

in possession of any banking organization, and attorneys' liens are

asserted by attorneys of such banking organization against any causes of

action to which such banking organization is a party, or against

pleadings or other papers in the possession of such attorneys relating

to such causes of action, or if such liens are asserted against any

evidences of title to any assets or against any of the assets of such

banking organization then in the possession of such attorneys, the

superintendent may institute special proceedings and petition the court

to fix and determine the amount of such liens. Such proceedings shall be

instituted in the county in which the principal office of such banking

organization is located. Upon application of the superintendent and upon

notice to such attorneys to be prescribed by the court, the court may by

order prior to final order in such proceeding direct such attorneys to

deliver to the superintendent all property of such banking organization,

against which such liens are asserted, together with such consents to

substitution of attorneys as the court may direct, upon the

superintendent furnishing security to such attorneys in the manner and

to an amount that may be fixed by the court.

§ 615 — On taking possession, superintendent shall notify those holding assets; effect of notification; turnover of assets and payment of debts o...

On taking possession, superintendent shall notify those holding

assets; effect of notification; turnover of assets and payment of debts

owed to the banking organization. When the superintendent shall take

possession of the property and business of any banking organization:

1. The superintendent shall forthwith give notice of such fact to all

corporations, unincorporated associations, partnerships, governmental

entities and other entities and individuals known to him to hold any

assets of such banking organization. No corporation, unincorporated

association, partnership, governmental entity or other entity or

individual having notice or knowledge that the superintendent has taken

possession of such banking organization, shall have a lien or charge for

any payment, advance or clearance thereafter made against any of the

assets of such banking organization for liability thereafter incurred.

2. Upon the written demand of the superintendent, any corporation,

unincorporated association, partnership, governmental entity or other

entity or individual holding assets of such banking organization shall

deliver such assets to the superintendent and shall thereupon be

discharged from liability with respect to any claim upon such assets;

provided, however that such demand shall not affect the right of a

secured creditor with a perfected security interest, or other valid lien

or security interest enforceable against third parties, to retain

collateral, including any right of such secured creditor under any

security arrangement related to a qualified financial contract, as

defined in section six hundred eighteen-a of this article to retain

collateral and apply such collateral in accordance with paragraph (d) of

subdivision two of section six hundred eighteen-a of this article.

Nothing in this section shall affect any right of setoff permitted under

applicable law; provided, however, that in connection with the

liquidation of a branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation

pursuant to this article, no entity or individual may set off the

business and property in this state of such foreign banking corporation

described in subparagraph one of paragraph (c) of subdivision four of

section six hundred six of this article against liabilities of such

foreign banking corporation other than those that arise out of

transactions had by such entity or individual with such branch or agency

(which liabilities shall be deemed to include in the case of qualified

financial contracts the lesser of the two amounts calculated with

respect to any such qualified financial contract pursuant to paragraph

(c) of subdivision two of section six hundred eighteen-a of this

article) and provided that such setoff is otherwise permissible under

applicable law.

§ 616 — Inventory of assets; where filed

Inventory of assets; where filed. After the superintendent

shall have taken possession of and shall have determined to liquidate

the property and business of any banking organization, he shall make in

duplicate an inventory of the assets of such banking organization. He

shall file one copy of such inventory in his office and shall cause one

copy to be filed with the supreme court in the judicial district in

which the principal office of such banking organization is located.

§ 617 — Disposition of property held as bailee, or depositary; opening of safe deposit boxes; disposal of contents

Disposition of property held as bailee, or depositary; opening

of safe deposit boxes; disposal of contents. 1. The superintendent may,

after he has taken possession of any banking organization, cause to be

mailed to each person claiming to be, or appearing upon the books of

such banking organization to be

(1) the owner of any personal property in the custody or possession of

such banking organization as bailee or depositary for hire or otherwise,

including the contents of any safe, vault or box theretofore opened for

non-payment of rental in accordance with the provisions of this chapter,

or

(2) the lessee of any safe, vault or box, a notice in writing directed

by registered mail to such person at his last address as the same

appears on the books of such banking organization or at his last known

address if no address appears on such books, notifying such person to

remove all such property or the contents of any such safe, vault or box,

within a period stated in said notice, which period shall be not less

than sixty days from the date of such notice, and further notifying such

person of the terms and provisions of this section. The contract of

bailment or of deposit for hire, or lease of safe, vault or box, if any,

between the person to whom such notice is mailed and such banking

organization shall cease and determine upon the date for removal fixed

in such notice. Such person shall have a claim against such banking

organization for the amount of the unearned rent or charges, if any,

paid by such person from the date fixed in such notice, if the property

or contents is removed on or before such date, or from the date of

actual removal, if the property or contents is removed after such date.

As used herein the phrase "personal property in the custody or

possession of such banking organization as bailee or depositary for hire

or otherwise" shall include, without limitation, securities, whether

held in custody directly or in book-entry form by such banking

organization, its nominee, subcustodian, clearing corporation or similar

entity.

2. If such property or contents shall not be removed, and all rent or

storage and other charges theretofore accrued, if any, shall not be

paid, within the time fixed by such notice, the superintendent may cause

such property to be inventoried, or such safe, vault or box, or any

package, parcel or receptacle in the custody or possession of such

banking organization as bailee or depositary for hire or otherwise, to

be opened and the contents, if any, to be removed and inventoried, in

his presence or in the presence of a deputy superintendent, a special

deputy superintendent, or an examiner and of a notary public, not an

officer or employee of such banking organization or of the department of

financial services. Such property or contents shall thereupon be sealed

up by such notary public in a package distinctly marked by him with the

name of the person in whose name such property or such safe, vault, box,

package, parcel or receptacle stands upon the books of such banking

organization, and a copy of the inventory of the property therein shall

be certified and attached thereto by such notary public. Such package

may be kept by the superintendent in such place as he may determine at

the expense and risk of the person in whose name it stands until

delivered to such person or until sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed

of as hereinafter provided. Such package may, pending final disposition

of its contents, be opened by the superintendent, a deputy

superintendent, special deputy superintendent or examiner, from time to

time for inspection or appraisal, or to enable the superintendent to

exercise any of the powers conferred or duties imposed upon him by this

article. Whenever such package is opened, the superintendent, deputy

superintendent, special deputy superintendent or examiner, shall endorse

on the outside of said package the date of opening and re-sealing, and

shall prepare an affidavit which shall be attached thereto, showing the

reason for opening and the articles, if any, removed therefrom, or

placed or replaced therein.

3. At any time prior to the sale, destruction or other disposition of

the contents thereof, the person in whose name such package stands may

require the delivery thereof upon payment of all rental or storage

charges accrued, and all other charges or expenses paid or incurred to

the date of delivery with respect to such package or the contents

thereof, including the cost of inventorying or of opening and

inventorying, the fees of the notary public, the cost of preparing and

mailing the notice, and advertising, if any. In case the superintendent

is in doubt concerning the person entitled to receive such package, or

there are conflicting claims thereto, he may require of the claimant an

order of the supreme court authorizing and directing the delivery

thereof, but for any delivery or transfer made by him in good faith to

the claimant appearing from the records in his office to be entitled

thereto, he shall be held harmless and shall not be liable to any

subsequent claimant. If the principal of, or interest, income, or

dividends on any bonds, stock certificates, promissory notes, choses in

action or other securities contained in such package, is or becomes due

and payable while it is in the possession of the superintendent, he may

at his election collect such principal, interest, income or dividends,

and from the proceeds thereof may deduct all such sums due for rental

and other charges, until the time of such collection. The balance, if

any, of the amount or amounts so collected shall be disposed of by the

superintendent as hereafter in subdivision five provided.

4. After the expiration of one year from the time of mailing the

notice in subdivision one hereof described, the superintendent may apply

to the supreme court for an order authorizing him to sell, destroy or

otherwise dispose of the contents of such package. In a proper case, the

court shall make such order upon such terms and conditions as justice

may require. The application for an order of the supreme court pursuant

to this subdivision shall be made upon an order to show cause, which

shall provide that notice thereof to the person in whose name such

package stands and to any other person claiming or appearing to have an

interest therein, shall be published, mailed or given in such other

manner as the court may prescribe. Whenever, pursuant to the provisions

of this subdivision, the superintendent is given the power to sell the

contents of any package, such power to sell shall be deemed a power to

sell in satisfaction of a lien for non-payment of rental or storage

charges accrued, and all other charges and expenses paid or incurred to

the date of sale with respect to such package and the contents thereof,

including the charges and expenses described in subdivision three

hereof. Such power to sell, or the power to destroy or otherwise dispose

of, when authorized pursuant to the provisions of this subdivision,

shall be deemed to include the power to sell, destroy or otherwise

dispose of, as the case may be, any bonds, stock certificates,

promissory notes, choses in action, or other securities, and any other

tangible or intangible property contained in any package, regardless of

whether or not it shall appear from such securities or properties that

the person in whose name the package stands, possesses title to or

interest in such securities or other properties, or power to transfer

such title or interest, and any sale of such securities or properties,

pursuant to this subdivision, shall vest good title thereto in the

purchaser thereof.

5. From the proceeds of any sale, the superintendent shall deduct all

rental or storage charges accrued, and all other charges and expenses

paid or incurred to the date of sale, including the charges and expenses

described in subdivision three hereof, and the expenses of sale. The

balance of such proceeds, if any, shall be credited to the person in

whose name such package stood and shall be paid over to such person, his

assignee or legal representative on satisfactory evidence of identity.

At the expiration of six months after the completion of the liquidation

of such banking organization, the superintendent shall deposit any

unclaimed amounts derived from such sale, as provided in article two of

this chapter.

6. The provisions of this section do not affect or preclude any other

remedy by action or otherwise for the enforcement of the claims or

rights of the superintendent, or of a banking organization of which he

is in possession, against the person in whose name any property, or any

safe, vault, box, package, parcel or receptacle stands, nor affect, nor

bar the right of the superintendent or the banking organization to

recover, before sale, any debt or claim due him or it, or, after sale,

so much of the debt or claim as shall not be paid by the proceeds of the

sale.

§ 618 — Liquidation and conservation of assets; compromising debts and claims; deposit of moneys collected; preference; superintendent, as liquid...

Liquidation and conservation of assets; compromising debts and

claims; deposit of moneys collected; preference; superintendent, as

liquidator, authorized to borrow on and pledge assets of banks. 1. (a)

The superintendent is authorized, upon taking possession of any banking

organization, to liquidate the affairs thereof and to do all acts and to

make such expenditures as in his or her judgment are necessary to

conserve its assets and business. The superintendent shall proceed to

collect the debts due. The superintendent may, upon an order of the

supreme court (unless such order is not required pursuant to the

provisions of paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this subdivision), (i) sell,

assign, compromise, or otherwise dispose of all bad or doubtful debts

held by such banking organization, (ii) compromise claims against such

banking organization, other than deposit claims, and (iii) sell or

otherwise dispose of all or any of the real and personal property of

such banking organization wherever situated. In case any of the real

property so sold is located in a county in this state other than a

county in which the application to the court for leave to sell is made,

the superintendent shall cause a certified copy of such order to be

filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which such real

property is located.

(b) The superintendent may sell, assign, compromise or otherwise

dispose of any bad or doubtful debt held by such banking organization

the value of which does not exceed fifty thousand dollars upon such

terms as he or she may deem for the best interests of such banking

organization without obtaining the approval of the court. For purposes

of this paragraph, the value of any such bad or doubtful debt shall be

the current value thereof as determined by the superintendent in good

faith.

(c) The superintendent may, when the amount proposed to be paid by the

superintendent in compromise does not exceed fifty thousand dollars,

compromise any claim against such banking organization, other than any

deposit claim, upon such terms as he or she may deem for the best

interests of such banking organization without obtaining the approval of

the court.

(d) The superintendent may sell or otherwise dispose of any personal

property of such banking organization (other than bad or doubtful debts

subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subdivision) the

value of which does not exceed fifty thousand dollars upon such terms as

he or she may deem for the best interests of such banking organization

without obtaining the approval of the court. For purposes of this

paragraph, the value of any such personal property of such banking

organization shall be (i) in the case of any single class of a security,

or any commodity, or other property or claim that has a readily

ascertainable market value, such market value, and (ii) in any other

case, the current value thereof as determined by the superintendent in

good faith.

2. The moneys collected by the superintendent shall be: (a) Deposited

on demand, time or otherwise in one or more banks, savings banks or

trust companies and, in case of the insolvency or voluntary or

involuntary liquidation of the depositary, such deposits shall be

entitled to priority of payment on an equality with any other priority

given by this chapter;

(b) Deposited on demand, time or otherwise in one or more national

banks with its principal office located in this state and with total

assets exceeding five billion dollars; or

(c) Invested in obligations of the United States, or those for which

the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to provide for

the payment of interest and principal.

3. Upon an order of the supreme court in and for the county in which

the principal office of such banking organization is located, the

superintendent is authorized to borrow money and to execute, acknowledge

and deliver notes or other evidences of indebtedness therefor and to

secure the repayment thereof by the mortgage, pledge, assignment in

trust or hypothecation of any or all of the property whether real,

personal or mixed of such banking organization. Money may be so borrowed

for any one or more of the following purposes:

(a) Facilitating liquidation;

(b) Protecting or preserving the assets in his possession;

(c) Declaring and paying dividends to depositors and other creditors;

(d) Providing for the expenses of administration and liquidation;

(e) Aiding in the reopening or reorganization of such banking

organization;

(f) Aiding in the merger or consolidation of any one or more of such

banking organizations which are corporations;

(g) Aiding in the sale of all of the assets of any such banking

organization.

The superintendent with the aforesaid order of the supreme court shall

have power to take any and all other action necessary and proper to

consummate any such loans and to provide for the repayment thereof.

The superintendent shall be under no obligation personally or in his

official capacity to repay any loan made pursuant to this subdivision.

The obligation for the repayment of any such loan shall be solely the

obligation of the banking organization receiving the benefit of such

loan.

§ 618-a — Repudiation of contracts

Repudiation of contracts. 1. Except as otherwise provided in

this section, when the superintendent has taken possession of the

business and property in this state of a banking organization, unless

the federal regulator or insurer is appointed as receiver or liquidator,

the superintendent may assume or repudiate any contract, including an

unexpired lease, of the banking organization: (a) to which such banking

organization is a party, (b) the performance of which the

superintendent, in the superintendent's discretion, determines to be

burdensome, and (c) the repudiation of which the superintendent

determines, in the superintendent's discretion, will promote the orderly

administration of the banking organization's affairs. After the

expiration of ninety days from the date that the superintendent takes

possession of the banking organization, any party to a contract with the

banking organization being liquidated may demand in writing that the

superintendent assume or repudiate such contract. If the superintendent

has not assumed or repudiated the contract within fifteen calendar days

from the date of receipt of the demand by the superintendent, the

affected party may bring an action in the supreme court in the judicial

district in which the principal office of the banking organization is

located to obtain an order requiring the superintendent to decide

whether to assume or repudiate that contract. If the superintendent has

not assumed or repudiated a contract by one month before the last date

for filing claims against the banking organization being liquidated

pursuant to section six hundred twenty of this article, such contract

shall be deemed repudiated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect

to an unexpired lease of the banking organization for the rental of real

property under which the banking organization was a lessee, if the

superintendent remains in possession of the leasehold, the

superintendent shall not be required to assume or repudiate such lease

and may continue in possession of such leasehold for the remainder of

the term of the lease in accordance with the terms of the lease;

provided, however, that should the superintendent later repudiate the

lease before the end of the lease term, any amounts that may be due the

lessor due to such repudiation shall be calculated according to the

provisions of paragraph (a) of subdivision three of this section.

Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this subdivision, in

liquidating a branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation, the

superintendent shall not assume or repudiate any qualified financial

contract that the branch or agency entered into which is subject to a

multi-branch netting agreement or arrangement that provides for netting

present or future payment obligations or payment entitlements (including

termination or close-out values relating to the obligations or

entitlements) among the parties to the contract and agreement or

arrangement and the superintendent shall not be required to assume or

repudiate any other qualified financial contract that the branch or

agency entered into; provided, however, that upon any repudiation of any

qualified financial contract or the termination or liquidation of any

qualified financial contract in accordance with its terms, the liability

of the superintendent under such qualified financial contract shall be

determined in accordance with subdivision two of this section.

2. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, upon the

repudiation or termination of any contract pursuant to subdivision one

of this section, the liability of the superintendent shall be limited to

the actual direct compensatory damages of the parties to the contract,

determined as of the date the superintendent took possession of the

banking organization. The superintendent shall not be liable for any

future wages other than severance payments (to the extent such payments

are reasonable), or for payments for future services, costs of cover, or

any consequential, punitive or exemplary damages, damages for lost

profits or lost opportunity or damages for pain and suffering.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the liability of the

superintendent upon the repudiation of any qualified financial contract,

or in connection with the termination or liquidation of any qualified

financial contract in accordance with the terms thereof, shall be

limited as provided in paragraph (a) of this subdivision, except that

compensatory damages shall be deemed to include normal and reasonable

costs of cover or other reasonable measures of damages utilized among

participants in the market for qualified financial contract claims,

calculated as of the date of repudiation or the date of the termination

of such qualified financial contract in accordance with its terms. Upon

the repudiation of any qualified financial contract or in connection

with the termination or liquidation of any qualified financial contract

in accordance with the terms thereof, if the superintendent shall be

entitled to damages, such damages shall be paid over by the party to the

superintendent upon written demand pursuant to subdivision two of

section six hundred fifteen of this article, notwithstanding any

provision in any such contract that purports to effect a forfeiture of

such damages.

(c) In the case of the liquidation of a branch or agency of a foreign

banking corporation by the superintendent, with respect to qualified

financial contracts subject to netting agreements or arrangements that

provide for netting present or future payment obligations or payment

entitlements (including termination or close-out values relating to the

obligations or entitlements) among the parties to the contracts and

agreements or arrangements, the liability of the superintendent to any

party to any such qualified financial contract upon repudiation or in

connection with the termination or liquidation of such qualified

financial contract in accordance with the terms thereof, shall be

calculated as of the date of repudiation or the date of the termination

of such qualified financial contract in accordance with its terms and

shall be limited to the lesser of (i) the global net payment obligation

and (ii) the branch/agency net payment obligation. The liability of the

superintendent under this paragraph shall be reduced by any amount

otherwise paid to or received by the party in respect of the global net

payment obligation pursuant to such qualified financial contract which

if added to the liability of the superintendent under this paragraph

would exceed the global net payment obligation. The liability of the

superintendent under this paragraph to a party to a qualified financial

contract also shall be reduced by the fair market value or the amount of

any proceeds of collateral that secures and has been applied to satisfy

the obligations of the foreign banking corporation pursuant to such

qualified financial contract to the party. In the event that netting

under the applicable netting agreement or arrangement results in a

branch/agency net payment entitlement, notwithstanding any provision in

any such contract that purports to effect a forfeiture of such

entitlement, the superintendent may make written demand upon the party

to such contract under subdivision two of section six hundred fifteen of

this article for an amount not to exceed the lesser of (x) the global

net payment entitlement and (y) the branch/agency net payment

entitlement. The liability of the party under this paragraph shall be

reduced by any amount otherwise paid to or received by the

superintendent or any other liquidator or receiver of the foreign

banking corporation in respect of the global net payment entitlement

pursuant to such qualified financial contract which if added to the

liability of the party under this paragraph would exceed the global net

payment entitlement. The liability of the party under this paragraph to

the superintendent pursuant to such qualified financial contract also

shall be reduced by the fair market value or the amount of any proceeds

of collateral that secures and has been applied to satisfy the

obligations of the party pursuant to such qualified financial contract

to the foreign banking corporation.

(d) A party to a qualified financial contract with a foreign banking

corporation, the branch or agency of which the superintendent is

liquidating, which party has a perfected security interest in

collateral, or other valid lien or security interest in collateral

enforceable against third parties pursuant to a security arrangement

related to such qualified financial contract, may retain all such

collateral and upon repudiation of that qualified financial contract, or

in connection with the termination or liquidation of that qualified

financial contract in accordance with its terms thereof, apply such

collateral in satisfaction of any claims secured by the collateral,

provided that the total amount so applied to such claims shall in no

event exceed the global net payment obligation, if any.

(e) The following terms shall have the following meanings: (i)

"qualified financial contract" means any securities contract, commodity

contract, forward contract (including spot and forward foreign

exchange), repurchase agreement, swap agreement, and any similar

agreement, any option to enter into any such agreement, including any

combination of the foregoing, and any master agreement for such

agreements (such master agreement, together with all supplements

thereto, shall be treated as one qualified financial contract), provided

that such contract, option or agreement, or combination of contracts,

options or agreements is reflected in the books, accounts or records of

the banking organization or a party provides documentary evidence of

such agreement; the superintendent may define by regulation securities

contract, commodity contract, forward contract, repurchase agreement and

swap agreement, and may by regulation or order determine any other

agreement to be a qualified financial contract for purposes of this

paragraph; (ii) "global net payment obligation" means the amount, if

any, owed by a foreign banking corporation as a whole to a party after

giving effect to the netting provisions of a qualified financial

contract with respect to all transactions subject to netting under such

qualified financial contract; (iii) "global net payment entitlement"

means the amount, if any, owed by a party (or that would be owed if the

relevant agreements provided for payments to either party, upon

termination thereof under any and all circumstances) to a foreign

banking corporation as a whole after giving effect to the netting

provisions of a qualified financial contract with respect to all

transactions subject to netting under such qualified financial contract;

(iv) "branch/agency net payment obligation" means with respect to a

qualified financial contact the amount, if any, that would have been

owed by the foreign banking corporation to a party after netting only

those transactions entered into by the branch or agency and such party

under such qualified financial contract; and (v) "branch/agency net

payment entitlement" means with respect to a qualified financial

contract the amount, if any, that would have been owed by a party to the

foreign banking corporation after netting only those transactions

entered into by the branch or agency and such party under such qualified

financial contract. The superintendent shall have authority to prescribe

such regulations relating to qualified financial contracts and netting

thereof as the superintendent shall deem appropriate.

3. (a) If the superintendent repudiates a lease of the banking

organization for the rental of real or personal property under which the

banking organization was a lessee, the lessor under such lease shall be

entitled to file a claim with the superintendent for whichever is the

least amount of: (i) the amount designated as liquidated damages

contained in the agreement between the banking organization and the

lessor, (ii) an amount equal to one year's rent under the terms of the

repudiated lease, or (iii) an amount equal to the rent for the remaining

term of the lease.

(b) If the superintendent repudiates a lease of the banking

organization for the rental of real property under which the banking

organization was a lessor, and the lessee was not in default at the time

of repudiation, the lessee under such repudiated lease may either (i)

treat the lease as terminated by such repudiation and vacate the

premises, or (ii) remain in possession of the leasehold interest for the

balance of the term of the lease, and for any renewal or extension of

such term that is enforceable by such lessee under applicable

non-insolvency law, unless the lessee defaults under the terms of the

lease after the date of such repudiation. If the lessee remains in

possession of the leasehold interest, the lessee shall continue to pay

to the superintendent the contractual rent pursuant to the terms of the

lease after the date of the repudiation of such lease, and may offset

against such rent payment any damages which may accrue due to the

nonperformance of any obligation of the banking organization under the

lease after the date of repudiation. The superintendent shall not be

liable to the lessee for any damages arising after such date as a result

of the repudiation other than the amount of any offset allowed under

this subdivision. Nothing stated herein shall prohibit the

superintendent from entering into a new contract with the lessee for the

rental of the leasehold which was the subject of the repudiated lease.

4. Except as otherwise provided, notwithstanding any provision in an

unexpired lease or other contract, or in applicable law, a contract or

unexpired lease of the banking organization may not be terminated or

modified by any party other than the superintendent without the

concurrence of the superintendent, and any right or obligation under

such contract or lease may not be terminated or modified, at any time

after the superintendent's taking of possession, solely pursuant to a

provision in such contract or lease that is conditioned on the

superintendent's taking of possession, or the insolvency, financial

condition or liquidation of the banking organization.

5. Nothing in this section shall affect the right of a party to a

contract of a foreign banking corporation to seek performance of such

contract or damages thereon in any other jurisdiction, provided,

however, that the superintendent shall not be liable for the performance

of such contract or damages thereon in any other jurisdiction.

6. The rights granted herein are in addition to any other rights

available to the superintendent under common law or any other law.

§ 619 — Prosecution and defense of actions; actions preferred; limitations; power to execute instruments; exemption from filing and other fees

Prosecution and defense of actions; actions preferred;

limitations; power to execute instruments; exemption from filing and

other fees. 1. (a) For the purpose of executing any of the powers and

performing any of the duties hereby conferred upon him, the

superintendent may, in the name of any banking organization of which he

is in possession, prosecute and defend any and all actions. Any such

action, upon application of the superintendent, shall be entitled to the

same preference to which an action by or against a receiver appointed by

the court is entitled in any court of the state. Except as provided in

the civil practice law and rules for venue for real property actions,

all actions against a banking organization in the possession of the

superintendent or against the superintendent arising out of its affairs,

shall be instituted and maintained in a court of record in the county in

which such banking organization maintained its principal place of

business.

(b) If the superintendent takes possession of the business and

property of any banking organization entitled to maintain an action,

before the expiration of the time limited for the commencement thereof,

such action may be commenced by the superintendent in the name of such

banking organization before the expiration of that time or within one

year after taking such possession, whichever date is later.

(c) Where by any agreement a period of limitation is fixed for

instituting an action upon any claim, or for presenting or filing any

claim, proof of claim, proof of loss, demand, notice, or the like, or

where in any action or by statute or ordinance, a period of limitation

is fixed for serving or filing any claim or pleading, taking any appeal,

or doing any other act, and where in any such case such period had not

expired at the date of taking possession of the business and property of

any such banking organization, the superintendent may for the benefit of

such banking organization institute any such action, serve or file any

such claim or pleading, take any such appeal, or do any such other act,

required or permitted to such banking organization within a period of

one year subsequent to the date of taking of such possession, or within

such further period as may be permitted by the agreement, or in the

action, or by statute or ordinance, as the case may be.

(d) (1) Except as provided in this paragraph, unless the federal

regulator or insurer is appointed as receiver or liquidator, the

superintendent's taking of possession of any banking organization and

the liquidation of same shall operate as a stay of and as an injunction

against, as of the date the superintendent takes possession of the

banking organization, applicable to all persons or entities, of:

(i) The commencement or continuation, including the issuance or

employment of process, of a judicial, administrative, or other action or

proceeding against the banking organization that was or could have been

commenced before the taking of possession, or to recover a claim against

the banking organization that arose before the taking of possession;

(ii) The enforcement, against the banking organization or the business

and property of the banking organization in this state, of a judgment

obtained before the taking of possession;

(iii) Any act to obtain possession of property of the banking

organization or of property from the banking organization or to exercise

control over property of the banking organization;

(iv) Any act to create, perfect, or enforce any lien against property

of the banking organization;

(v) Any act to create, perfect or enforce against property of the

banking organization any lien to the extent that such lien secures a

claim that arose before the taking of possession; and

(vi) Any act to collect, assess, or recover a claim against the

banking organization that arose before the taking of possession.

(2) The superintendent's taking of possession of a banking

organization and the liquidation of same does not operate as a stay of

or as an injunction against:

(i) The filing of a claim pursuant to section six hundred twenty of

this article in the liquidation of the banking organization; the making

of a demand upon the superintendent pursuant to section six hundred

eighteen-a of this article to decide whether to assume or repudiate a

contract of the banking organization; the exercise of any setoff

otherwise permissible under applicable law except as limited by

subdivision two of section six hundred fifteen of this article; the

right of any secured creditor with a perfected security interest or

other valid lien or security interest enforceable against third parties

to retain collateral, including any right of such secured creditor under

any security arrangement related to a qualified financial contract, as

defined in section six hundred eighteen-a of this article, to retain

collateral and to apply such collateral in accordance with paragraph (d)

of subdivision two of section six hundred eighteen-a of this article;

any automatic termination in accordance with the terms of any qualified

financial contract or any right to cause the termination or liquidation

of any qualified financial contract, as defined in section six hundred

eighteen-a of this article, in accordance with the terms thereof; any

right to offset or net out any termination value, payment amount, or

other transfer obligation arising under or in connection with one or

more such qualified financial contracts; or the commencement of an

action under section six hundred seven of this article or any other

action relating to the liquidation before the supreme court justice

overseeing the liquidation of the banking organization;

(ii) The commencement or continuation of a criminal action or

proceeding against the banking organization;

(iii) The commencement or continuation of an action or proceeding by a

governmental unit to enforce such governmental unit's police or

regulatory power;

(iv) The enforcement of a judgment, other than a money judgment,

obtained in an action or proceeding by a governmental unit to enforce

such governmental unit's police or regulatory power;

(v) The issuance to the banking organization by a governmental unit of

a notice of tax deficiency; and

(vi) The commencement or continuation of a judicial action or

proceeding by a secured creditor with a perfected security interest, or

other valid lien or security interest enforceable against third parties,

including any right of such secured creditor under any security

arrangement related to a qualified financial contract, as defined in

section six hundred eighteen-a of this article, to enforce such security

interest or lien.

(3) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph:

(i) The stay or enjoining of an act against property of the banking

organization under this paragraph shall continue until such property is

no longer the property of the superintendent in possession of the

banking organization; and

(ii) The stay or enjoining of any other act under this paragraph shall

continue until the superintendent has concluded liquidating the banking

organization.

(4) For good cause shown, on request of a party in interest and after

notice and a hearing, the supreme court justice overseeing the

liquidation may grant relief from the stay or injunction provided under

this paragraph, such as by terminating, annulling, modifying or

conditioning such stay or injunction.

(5) In the case of any willful violation of a stay or injunction

provided in this paragraph by any person or entity who has knowledge of

the superintendent's taking of possession of the banking organization

that is the subject of the stay or injunction, the superintendent shall

recover actual damages, including costs and attorneys' fees and, in

appropriate circumstances, may recover punitive damages.

(e) No action against the superintendent, his or her deputies, special

deputies, attorneys, agents or employees, or against a banking

organization whose business and property have been taken over by him or

her, with respect to any matter arising out of the liquidation,

administration, distribution or other disposition by or on behalf of the

superintendent

(i) of the estate of such banking organization, or

(ii) of money or property in its possession or under its control as

executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, committee, conservator, or

other fiduciary capacity, or as bailee, pledgee, depository, agent or

otherwise, or

(iii) of money or property in or removed from a safe, vault or box of

which it is or was the lessor, shall be commenced subsequent to either

(a) three years after the accrual of such cause of action, or (b) the

expiration of such period of limitation as may be otherwise applicable

thereto under the provisions of any other statute, whichever period is

shorter. A cause of action shall be deemed to accrue within the meaning

of this paragraph, when the facts upon which such cause of action is

based come into existence. Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to

extend or otherwise affect the period of limitation in section six

hundred twenty-five of this article provided with respect to claims or

causes of action therein referred to.

2. (a) The superintendent may, in the name of any banking organization

of which he is in possession, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and

all deeds, assignments, bills of sale, releases, extensions,

satisfactions and other instruments necessary and proper to effectuate

any sale, lease or transfer of real or personal property or to carry

into effect any power conferred or duty imposed upon him by this article

or by order of the supreme court. Any instrument executed pursuant to

the authority hereby given shall be as valid and effectual for all

purposes as though executed by the officers of the banking organization.

(b) The superintendent shall not be required to pay any fee to any

clerk, sheriff, register or other public officer for entering, filing,

docketing, registering, recording, executing, issuing a copy,

transcript, extract or certificate of, or authenticating or exemplifying

any paper, record or instrument pertaining to the exercise by the

superintendent of any of the powers conferred or duties imposed upon him

by any of the provisions of this article, whether or not such paper,

record or instrument be executed by the superintendent and whether or

not it is connected with an action.

3. The word "action" contained in this section and section six hundred

twenty-five of this article is to be construed as including a special

proceeding or any proceeding therein or in an action. A cause of action

upon which an action cannot be maintained, as prescribed in this

article, cannot be effectually interposed as a defense, set-off or

counterclaim.

§ 620 — Notice to creditors to make proof of claims; form of claims; claims for priority of payment

Notice to creditors to make proof of claims; form of claims;

claims for priority of payment. 1. When the superintendent shall have

taken possession of any banking organization, and shall have determined

to liquidate its affairs, he or she shall notify all persons who may

have claims against such banking organization to present such claims to

him or her and make proper proof thereof within four months from the

date of such notice and at a place specified therein; provided, that (a)

if the superintendent finds that a shorter period than four months will

afford a reasonable time for presenting claims and making proof thereof,

he or she may specify such shorter period which shall in no event be

less than thirty days or (b) if the superintendent finds that a longer

period than four months is needed to afford a reasonable time for

presenting claims and making proof thereof, he or she may specify such

longer period which shall in no event be more than six months from the

date of such notice. In any event the superintendent shall specify in

such notice the last date for presenting claims and for making proof

thereof. The superintendent shall cause such notice to be mailed to all

persons whose names appear as creditors upon the books of the banking

organization. Such notice to persons appearing as depositors shall be

mailed to the address appearing upon the deposit records or ledger of

such banking organization. The superintendent shall also cause such

notice to be inserted biweekly in such newspaper or newspapers as he or

she may direct for three consecutive months, the first insertion thereof

to be published more than ninety days before the last day fixed in such

notice for presenting proof of claims; provided, that where the notice

requires claims to be presented within less than four months, the

superintendent shall cause such notice to be inserted weekly in such

newspaper or newspapers as he or she may direct for three consecutive

weeks, the first insertion thereof to be published more than twenty-one

days before the last day fixed in such notice for presenting claims.

Such notice shall specify that all persons having claims for priority of

payment shall make demand in writing for priority in the proof of their

claims. The superintendent shall have no power to accept any claim

presented after the date specified in such notice as the last date for

presenting claims.

2. A proof of claim shall consist of a written statement under oath

signed by the claimant or his attorney in fact, and shall be in such

form as the superintendent shall require.

3. All persons who shall have failed to demand in writing priority of

payment as specified in the notice to file claims shall be deemed to

have waived and abandoned any right to such priority of payment. No

person who shall have failed to demand in writing priority of payment as

herein above provided, shall be entitled to maintain any action or

proceeding for any priority of payment. In all actions or proceedings

for priority of payment, the claimant shall be required to allege and

prove that the claim upon which the action is instituted was duly filed

and contained therein demand in writing for priority of payment.

§ 620-a — Certain claims shall not be accepted

Certain claims shall not be accepted. The superintendent

shall not accept a claim based on an agreement with the banking

organization unless the agreement is either reflected on the accounts,

books or records of the banking organization or a creditor provides

documentary evidence of such agreement. The superintendent may issue any

regulations determined to be necessary to implement this section.

§ 622 — List of claims duly presented; filing

List of claims duly presented; filing. The superintendent

shall cause to be made in duplicate a complete list of all claims duly

presented specifying the name of the claimant, the nature of the claim

and the amount thereof. Such list shall also contain a statement of

accounts payable as shown by the books and records and as to which no

claims have been presented, specifying the name of each person to whom

such an account appears to be payable, the nature of the debt and amount

thereof. Within sixty days after the last date fixed in the notice to

creditors to present and make proof of claims, the superintendent shall

file one copy of such list in his office, and cause one copy to be filed

with the supreme court in the judicial district in which the principal

office of such banking organization is located.

§ 623 — Filing objections to claims presented or listed; procedure upon claim under objection

Filing objections to claims presented or listed; procedure upon

claim under objection. Within forty days after the superintendent shall

have filed in his office a copy of the list of claims required by

section six hundred twenty-two, objections to any claim duly presented

or to any account appearing on such list may be made by any party

interested, by filing with the superintendent such objections in

writing, signed by the objector and duly verified. Unless the

superintendent rejects any claim or accounts to which objections have

been duly filed with him, he shall, within sixty days after the time to

file such objections has expired, apply to the supreme court, upon

notice to the objector, for an order directing the superintendent as to

the disposition of such claim or account. The court may thereupon

dispose of such objections or may order a reference for that purpose.

§ 624 — Acceptance and rejection of claims and accounts; filing of list thereof; secured claims and accounts; determination of priorities

Acceptance and rejection of claims and accounts; filing of list

thereof; secured claims and accounts; determination of priorities. 1.

The superintendent shall, not later than sixty days after the time has

expired to file objections to claims duly presented, accept or reject,

in whole or in part, every duly filed claim except claims as to which

objections are still pending undetermined by the court and accept or

reject, in whole or in part, every account payable as shown by the books

and records and as to which no claim has been presented except accounts

as to which objections are still pending undetermined by the court.

Whenever the superintendent accepts a portion of a claim or account and

rejects the remainder, the portion accepted and the portion rejected

shall, for the purposes of this article, each be deemed separate claims

or accounts as the case may be.

2. No claim or account of any secured claimant or creditor shall be

accepted at a sum greater than the difference between the value of the

claim or account without security and the value of the security itself

as of the commencement of the liquidation, unless the claimant or

creditor shall, prior to the expiration of the time fixed by the

superintendent for the presentation of claims, surrender his security to

the superintendent, in which event the claim or account may be accepted

in the full amount for which it is valued.

3. Every claim or account payable accepted by the superintendent shall

be endorsed "accepted" and filed so endorsed in his office. If the

superintendent is unable, from the books, accounts or records of the

banking organization, to determine the ownership of a claim or account

payable or if for any other reason he doubts the justice or validity of

any claim or account payable, he shall reject such claim or account

payable and shall endorse the same "rejected" and file it as so endorsed

in his office. He shall cause notice of such acceptance or rejection to

be mailed within fourteen calendar days after the superintendent has

accepted or rejected all claims duly filed. Where a proof of claim has

been filed, such notice need be mailed only to the address appearing

thereon, and where no proof of claim has been filed, only to the address

appearing upon the books of the banking organization. Where, however,

the superintendent is unable from the proof of claim or the books and

records of the banking organization to identify a name or address, such

notice of rejection need not be given.

4. Within thirty days after the superintendent has accepted or

rejected all claims duly filed, and all accounts payable as shown by the

books and records as to which no claims have been presented, he shall

make a list of all such claims and accounts accepted or rejected by him

and file one copy thereof in his office and one copy with the supreme

court in the judicial district in which the principal office of such

banking organization is located.

5. The superintendent shall not determine priorities, in accepting or

rejecting claims and the acceptance by the superintendent of a claim in

which priority of payment is demanded shall not entitle the claimant to

priority. Accepted claims in which priority of payment is duly demanded

shall be presented to the supreme court on notice to the claimant for

determination as to their priority of payment. All claims entitled to

priority of payment shall be paid ratably and proportionately.

§ 625 — Effect of accepting claims and accounts; limitation upon actions to establish claims and accounts; necessary allegations; effect of judgment

Effect of accepting claims and accounts; limitation upon

actions to establish claims and accounts; necessary allegations; effect

of judgment. 1. When the superintendent has accepted a duly filed claim

and has filed such claim endorsed "accepted" in his office, the

claimant, unless priority of payment has been duly demanded, and such

claim is entitled by law to priority of payment, shall be entitled to

share ratably with other general creditors in the distribution of the

proceeds of the liquidation of the assets of such banking organization

as such proceeds are distributed pursuant to section six hundred

twenty-seven of this article, provided, however, that any accepted claim

or claims for taxes owed to any taxing authority shall be paid in full,

to the extent that assets of the banking organization are available,

prior to the payment of any other accepted claim. Where the claimant has

duly demanded priority of payment, and such claim is entitled by law to

priority of payment, the receipt and acceptance of ratable dividends

shall be without prejudice to the right to such priority of payment.

2. When the superintendent has accepted an account payable as shown by

the books and records and as to which no claim has been presented and

included the same in the list filed in his office as provided in section

six hundred twenty-four of this article, the owner thereof shall be

entitled to share ratably with other general creditors in the

distribution of the proceeds of the liquidation of the assets of such

banking organization as such proceeds are distributed pursuant to

section six hundred twenty-seven of this article.

3. Within six months after the date that the superintendent files the

list required by subdivision four of section six hundred twenty-four of

this article listing the claims and accounts payable accepted or

rejected by the superintendent, a claimant whose claim has been duly

filed and has not been accepted by the superintendent, or any person

whose account payable as shown by the books and records, as to which no

claim has been presented, has not been accepted by the superintendent,

may institute and maintain an action thereon against such banking

organization. Such action may be maintained only in the supreme court in

the judicial district in which the principal office of such banking

organization was located.

4. No action shall be maintained against such banking organization

while the superintendent is in possession of its affairs and business

unless brought within the period of limitation specified in this

section. In all actions instituted against such banking organization

while the superintendent is in possession of its property and business,

the plaintiff shall be required to allege and prove that the claim upon

which the action is instituted was duly filed and that such claim has

not been accepted, or in the case of an action upon an account as to

which no claim has been presented the plaintiff shall be required to

allege and prove that such account appeared upon the books and records

and that such account has not been accepted.

5. If, in an action instituted in accordance with this section, the

court should determine that a claim or account rejected by the

superintendent should be allowed, the judgment entered therein shall so

provide and shall fix and determine the amount thereof as of the date

the superintendent took possession. A claim or account whose status and

amount have been so fixed shall have the same force and effect as a

claim or account which has been accepted by the superintendent in

accordance with the provisions of section six hundred twenty-four of

this article. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the court

shall not award interest, nor shall interest accrue, in any such action

at a rate greater than the amount rate of interest, if any, that the

superintendent has determined is payable to other creditors; provided

further that the court shall not award interest, nor shall interest

accrue, except from the date from which the superintendent has

determined to pay interest to creditors whose claims or accounts payable

have been accepted or otherwise duly established to the date such claims

or accounts are paid; provided, however, that the court may in its

discretion award interest at a rate not to exceed the rate permitted by

section six hundred twenty-seven of this article on any such judgment

for the claimant in any such action for the period from the date such

claim would have been paid had it been accepted initially by the

superintendent to the date such judgment is paid.

§ 626 — Judgments recovered shall not be liens

Judgments recovered shall not be liens. A lien shall not attach

to any of the property or assets of any banking organization by reason

of the entry of any judgment recovered against such banking organization

after the superintendent has taken possession of its property and

business and so long as such possession continues.

§ 627 — Dividends to creditors; distributions to stockholders; dissolution; destruction of documents

Dividends to creditors; distributions to stockholders;

dissolution; destruction of documents. 1. At any time after the date

fixed by the superintendent for the presentation of claims, the

superintendent may, upon an order of the supreme court, declare and pay

out of the funds remaining in his or her hands after the payment of

expenses, one or more dividends to creditors whose claims or accounts

payable have been accepted or otherwise duly established. If the

superintendent intends to declare and pay more than one dividend to

creditors, at the time he or she declares and pays out such first

dividend to creditors, the superintendent may pay in full those claims

and accounts payable that were accepted, or otherwise duly established,

in an amount that is less than one hundred dollars; provided, however,

that this sentence shall not be construed as a right to priority of

payment; and provided further, that if the superintendent will not be

able to satisfy in full all other creditors with accepted claims or

accounts payable either in the first or succeeding dividends, then such

payment may not be made. After a dividend or dividends aggregating one

hundred per centum of the principal amount of all such claims and

accounts payable shall have been paid or set apart, and if funds are

available therefor, a further dividend or dividends on account of

interest accruing, on such claims and accounts payable, subsequent to

the commencement of the liquidation may, at the sole discretion of the

superintendent, be paid to the creditors entitled thereto at a rate not

to exceed four per centum per annum, but nothing herein shall be deemed

to create any right to interest which would not otherwise accrue or be

payable. No creditor shall be entitled to receive nor be paid interest

on any dividend or dividends by reason of delay in payment of such

dividend or dividends. Dividends remaining unclaimed or unpaid in the

hands of the superintendent for six months after payment of a final

dividend, shall be deposited as provided in article two of this chapter

except that if, after payment of such a dividend, the liquidation is

continued in accordance with the provisions of subdivision two of this

section, then such dividends shall be so deposited simultaneously with

the like deposit of unclaimed or unpaid distributive amounts pursuant to

the provisions of such subdivision at the expiration of six months after

a final distribution.

2. Whenever the superintendent shall have (a) paid to, or set apart

for, each creditor of any stock corporation whose claim or account

payable has been accepted or otherwise duly established, a dividend or

dividends aggregating the full amount of such claim or account payable

together with interest thereon, and (b) set aside proper reserves for

claims and accounts payable in litigation and not finally determined and

for such other purposes as in the discretion of the superintendent shall

be necessary or desirable, and (c) paid all the expenses of liquidation,

the superintendent shall, if there be assets remaining in his or her

hands, continue the liquidation of the affairs of such corporation and

after paying the expenses thereof, distribute the proceeds, together

with any part of the foregoing reserves not finally necessary to pay

creditors and expenses in full, among the persons equitably entitled

thereto according to their respective rights and interests and in such

manner and upon such notice as may be directed by order of the supreme

court. Any such distributive amounts remaining unpaid or unclaimed in

the hands of the superintendent for six months after a final

distribution shall be deposited by the superintendent as provided in

article two of this chapter.

3. Upon the petition by the superintendent showing that the

liquidation of a corporate banking organization of which he has taken

possession has been completed and upon such notice as the supreme court

may prescribe, the court may, on such terms as justice requires, make an

order declaring such corporation dissolved and the corporate existence

thereof terminated. Upon the filing of a certified copy of such order in

the office of the superintendent, the existence of such corporation

shall cease and determine.

4. Any records, documents and correspondence of any banking

organization of which the superintendent has taken possession and any

records, documents and correspondence in the custody of the

superintendent relating to the liquidation of such banking organization

may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of at such time or times and in

such manner as the supreme court by order may authorize.

§ 628 — Payment of dividends when deposits have been made available by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Payment of dividends when deposits have been made available by

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. When the superintendent shall

have taken possession of any banking organization for the purpose of

liquidation, and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation shall have made

available to the depositors thereof the amounts of their respective

deposits insured by such corporation, he shall be authorized, without

requiring assignments from depositors, to pay to such corporation such

dividends on account of such insured deposits as such depositors would

be entitled to receive had their deposits not been made available to

them by such corporation.

§ 629 — Payment of dividends to minors, trustees or joint depositors; payment of dividends where adverse claim is asserted; interpleader in certa...

Payment of dividends to minors, trustees or joint depositors;

payment of dividends where adverse claim is asserted; interpleader in

certain actions. 1. Where a claim or an account payable in the name of

any minor has been accepted by the superintendent, dividends thereon

shall be paid to such minor and the receipt or acquittance of such minor

shall be a valid and sufficient release and discharge to the

superintendent.

5. Notice to the superintendent of an adverse interest in a claim or

account payable accepted by the superintendent to the credit of any

person shall not be effectual to cause the superintendent to recognize

said adverse claimant unless said adverse claimant shall also either

procure a restraining order, injunction or other appropriate process

against said superintendent from a court of competent jurisdiction in a

cause therein instituted by him wherein the person to whose credit said

claim or account payable was accepted or his executor or administrator

is made a party and served with summons, or shall execute to said

superintendent, in form and with sureties acceptable to him, a bond,

indemnifying the superintendent from any and all liability, loss,

damage, costs and expenses, for and on account of the payment of

dividends to such adverse claimant.

6. (a) In all actions or proceedings against the superintendent to

recover dividends on claims or accounts payable accepted, if there be

any person or persons, not parties to the action, who claim the fund,

the court in which the action or proceeding is pending, may, on the

motion of the superintendent, make an order amending the proceedings

making such claimants parties thereto; and the court shall thereafter

proceed to determine the rights and interests of the several parties to

such funds. The remedy provided in this section shall be in addition to

and not exclusive of that provided in any other interpleader provision.

(b) The dividends which are the subject of such an action may remain

with the superintendent to the credit of the action until final judgment

therein and shall not be entitled to interest, and shall be paid by the

superintendent in accordance with the final judgment of the court; or

the dividends in controversy may be paid into court to await the final

determination of the action and when the dividend or dividends are so

paid into court the superintendent shall be stricken out as a party to

the action and his liability shall cease.

(c) The costs in all actions against the superintendent to recover

dividends shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be charged

upon the fund affected by the action.

7. In case the superintendent is in doubt concerning the person

entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or there are conflicting

claims thereto, he may require of the claimant an order of the supreme

court authorizing and directing the payment thereof, but for any payment

made by him in good faith, by check or order, payable to the claimant

appearing from the records in his office to be entitled thereto, he

shall be held harmless and shall not be liable to any subsequent

claimant.

§ 630 — Claims of shareholders and members of credit unions and savings and loan associations

Claims of shareholders and members of credit unions and savings

and loan associations. For the purposes of sections six hundred six to

six hundred thirty-one, both inclusive, of this chapter, the terms

"depositors" and "creditors" shall be deemed to include shareholders or

members of a credit union or savings and loan association, and the terms

"claims, " "accounts payable, " "deposits" and "deposit accounts" shall

be deemed to include the liability of a credit union or savings and loan

association to such shareholders or members, provided, however, that

nothing contained in this section shall in any way affect any priority

over such shareholders or members to which any general creditor of a

credit union or savings and loan association would be entitled in the

absence of this section, and provided further that the provisions of

subdivision two of section six hundred twenty of this chapter shall not

apply to the claims of creditors entitled to such priority.

§ 631 — Actions against directors, trustees, managers or officers for violation of their official duties

Actions against directors, trustees, managers or officers for

violation of their official duties. At any time while the superintendent

is in possession of the property and business of any corporation, he may

within six years after the cause of action has accrued institute and

maintain in his name as superintendent of financial services against its

directors, trustees, managers or officers, or any of them, any action or

proceeding which is vested in such corporation or in the stockholders or

creditors thereof.

§ 633 — Service of notice or process during time of war

Service of notice or process during time of war. Whenever,

pursuant to the provisions of this article, any communication, notice or

other paper or process is required to be given or served by the

superintendent upon any person and the giving or service thereof is in

any manner prohibited by the provisions of the act of congress, known as

the "Trading with the Enemy Act," or any amendment thereof, or the

rules, regulations or licenses issued pursuant thereto, or any other

law, rule, regulation or license pursuant to law prohibiting or

regulating the same, such communication, notice or other paper or

process shall be deemed to have been duly given or served on such person

if given or served on his or her behalf, in the manner provided in the

pertinent provisions of this article, on the noncitizen property

custodian or on such other officer as may have been appointed or

designated by the president of the United States of America to take

possession of the property of noncitizen enemies. This section shall

apply whether or not (1) such noncitizen property custodian or other

officer shall actually have taken possession of any property of such

person, or (2) the president, or an officer duly designated by him or

her for the purpose, has the power to authorize or license the giving or

service of any such communication, notice or other paper or process, and

nothing herein shall require the superintendent to apply to the

president or such officer for such authority or license, provided,

however, that in any case where it appears that at the time such

communication, notice or other paper or process is required to be given

or served, the president or such officer has actually authorized or

licensed the giving or service of same in the manner provided in the

pertinent provisions of this article, then this section shall not apply

and the superintendent shall be required to give or serve such

communication, notice or other paper or process on such person in

accordance with such authorization or license.

§ 634 — Power to appoint regulator or insurer as receiver; additional powers

Power to appoint regulator or insurer as receiver; additional

powers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this chapter, the

superintendent may, in his or her sole discretion, and upon such terms

and conditions as the superintendent may approve, appoint as receiver or

liquidator of any banking organization or branch or agency of a foreign

banking corporation, the business and property of which the

superintendent has taken or is entitled to take possession, the Office

of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance

Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, the successor or

assignee of any of the foregoing, or such other regulator, or insurer of

deposits or shares as may be empowered by federal law to receive such

appointment. Any regulator or insurer which accepts such appointment may

act without bond or other security as to such appointment and shall have

and possess, and may exercise, all the rights, powers and privileges

provided by the laws of this state to the superintendent in his or her

capacity as, or to any other, receiver or liquidator of a banking

organization or branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation. Upon

the payment to any depositor or shareholder of a banking organization or

branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation, the regulator or

insurer shall be subrogated to all the rights of such depositor or

shareholder to the extent of such payment.

In addition to such other powers as he or she may possess under law,

the superintendent, or any regulator or insurer which accepts

appointment in accordance with the provisions of this section, may,

without obtaining the approval of stockholders, shareholders or any

court, sell, transfer, assign, consolidate or otherwise dispose of all

or any part of the assets, real and personal, including fiduciary

relationships, of the banking organization, or branch or agency of the

foreign banking corporation, to another banking organization, national

bank, branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation, federal savings

bank, federal savings and loan association or federal credit union or to

such regulator or insurer, its successor or assignee, on such terms as

may be determined to be in the best interests of depositors,

shareholders and other creditors. In connection therewith the

superintendent may, in addition, and without obtaining court approval,

borrow from such regulator or insurer any amount necessary to facilitate

the assumption of deposit liabilities by any other banking institution

and assign any part or all of the assets of a banking organization or

branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation as security for such

loan.

ARTICLE 13-A Licensees: Superintendent's Taking Possession: Conservation: Liquidation

§ 635 — Definitions

Definitions. 1. "Person" when used in this article means an

individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated association, joint

stock association, trust or other group, however organized.

2. "License" when used in this article means any license duly issued

by the superintendent pursuant to the provisions of article nine,

nine-A, eleven-B, twelve-B, twelve-C, twelve-D or thirteen-B of this

chapter or any registration certificate issued by the superintendent

pursuant to the provisions of article twelve-D of this chapter.

3. "Licensee" when used in this article means any person issued a

license.

§ 636 — When superintendent may take possession of license; when possession may be surrendered

When superintendent may take possession of license; when

possession may be surrendered. 1. The superintendent may, in his

discretion, forthwith take possession of the business and property of

any licensee which is used in the business for which the license is

granted whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that in the

conduct of the business for which it has received a license, a clear and

present danger exists to the public because such licensee:

(a) Is conducting its business in a manner which is unauthorized or

unsafe or which might render its further operations hazardous to the

public;

(b) Is in an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business;

(c) Cannot with safety and expediency continue business;

(d) Has an impairment of its capital, has assets insufficient to pay

its debts and obligations, or is otherwise unable to pay its debts and

obligations as they mature;

(e) Has suspended payment of some or all of its debts and obligations;

(f) Has neglected or refused to comply with the terms of a duly issued

order of the superintendent;

(g) Has refused, upon proper demand, to submit its records and affairs

for inspection to an examiner of the department; or

(h) Has refused, or any of its officers, directors or partners have

refused, to be examined under oath regarding its affairs.

2. When the superintendent shall have duly taken possession of the

business and property of any such licensee, he may hold such possession

until its affairs are finally liquidated by him, unless, he shall

surrender possession as provided in subdivision three of this section, a

receiver is appointed by the supreme court pursuant to section six

hundred thirty-seven of this article to liquidate the affairs of the

licensee, or he is enjoined from continuing possession as provided in

section six hundred thirty-eight of this article.

3. The superintendent may, in his discretion, and upon such conditions

as may be approved by him, surrender possession and permit such licensee

to resume business.

§ 637 — Powers of superintendent in possession; application for receiver

Powers of superintendent in possession; application for

receiver. 1. When the superintendent has taken possession of the

business and property of a licensee, he shall liquidate or otherwise

deal with such business and property in accordance with the provisions

of article thirteen of this chapter applicable to the possession,

liquidation and conservation of the business and property of a banking

organization.

2. Whenever the superintendent has taken possession of the business

and property of a licensee, he may, in his discretion, apply to the

supreme court in the judicial district in which such licensee's

principal office is located for the appointment of a receiver to

liquidate or otherwise deal with the affairs of the licensee. Any

receiver which accepts such appointment may act without bond or other

security as to such appointment and shall have and possess, and may

exercise, all the rights, powers and privileges provided by this article

to the superintendent or by the laws of this state to the superintendent

in his capacity as, or to any other, receiver or liquidator of a banking

organization.

§ 638 — Manner and time within which taking possession may be tested

Manner and time within which taking possession may be tested.

At any time within ten days after the superintendent has taken

possession of the business and property of any licensee, such licensee

may apply to the supreme court in the judicial district in which its

principal office is located, for an order requiring the superintendent

to show cause why he should not be enjoined from continuing such

possession. The court may, upon good cause shown, direct the

superintendent to refrain from further proceedings and to surrender such

possession.

§ 639 — Severability

Severability. If any provision of this article, or the

application of such provision to any person or circumstance shall be

held invalid, the remainder of this article, and the application of such

provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is

held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

ARTICLE 13-B Transmitters of Money

§ 640 — Definitions

Definitions. In this article, unless the context or subject

matter otherwise requires:

1. "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation,

association, joint stock association, trust or other group, however

organized.

2. "Licensee" means any person duly licensed by the superintendent

pursuant to this article.

3. "Check" means any check, draft, travelers check, money order or

other instrument for the transmission or payment of money.

4. "purchaser", "holder", "New York instrument" and "New York

traveler's check" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such

terms by section six hundred fifty-three of this chapter.

5. "Payment instrument" means any check, draft, money order, or other

instrument or order for the transmission or payment of money, whether or

not such instrument or order is negotiable, and sold to one or more

persons. "Payment instrument" does not include a traveler's check, any

instrument which is redeemable by the issuer in merchandise or services,

a letter of credit or a permissible investment as defined in this

section.

6. "Outstanding payment instruments" means unpaid payment instruments

sold anywhere in the United States and whose sale has been reported to a

licensee.

7. "Traveler's check" means an instrument, regardless of its form,

specifically identified on the instrument as a traveler's check and

issued in either written form, with a provision for a specimen signature

of the purchaser to be completed at the time of purchase and a

counter-signature of the purchaser to be completed at the time of its

negotiation, or in electronic form with a provision for the electronic

equivalent of the specimen signature and counter signature. An

instrument shall not be identified as a traveler's check if it fails to

comply, as the case may be, with either the written or electronic

signature requirements of this subdivision.

8. "Outstanding traveler's checks" means unpaid traveler's checks sold

anywhere in the United States and whose sale has been reported to a

licensee.

9. "Permissible investments" means:

(i) cash;

(ii) certificates of deposit or other debt instruments of a commercial

bank;

(iii) bills of exchange or time drafts drawn on and accepted by a

commercial bank, otherwise known as bankers acceptances, which are

eligible for purchase by member banks of the federal reserve system;

(iv) commercial paper of prime quality as defined by a nationally

recognized organization which rates such securities;

* (v) interest-bearing bills, notes, bonds, debentures or other

obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States or any state or

other local governmental entity or any agent or instrumentality thereof,

bearing a rating of one of the three highest grades by a nationally

recognized investment service organization that has been engaged

regularly in rating state and municipal issues for a period of not less

than five years;

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* (v) interest-bearing bills, notes, bonds, debentures or other

obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States or any state or

other local governmental entity or any agent or instrumentality thereof,

which meet the standards of creditworthiness established by regulation

by the superintendent;

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* (vi) interest-bearing bills, notes, bonds, debentures or preferred

stock traded on any national securities exchange or on a national

over-the-counter market or bearing a rating of one of the three highest

grades by a nationally recognized investment service organization that

has been engaged regularly in rating corporate debt or equity issues for

a period of not less than five years; and

* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial

services

* (vi) interest-bearing bills, notes, bonds, debentures or preferred

stock traded on any national securities exchange or on a national

over-the-counter market or which meet the standards of creditworthiness

established by regulation by the superintendent; and

* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial

services

(vii) such other investments or assets if and as approved by the

superintendent.

Except for cash and certificates of deposit of a commercial bank, any

particular investment within the classes of investments authorized by

this section is subject to disqualification for one or more licensees

for the purpose of this article, if unsatisfactory for any reason in the

opinion of the superintendent. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions

of this section, the superintendent shall have the power to limit, with

respect to any particular licensee or all licensees, the extent to which

any class of investments authorized by this section, except for cash and

certificates of deposit of a commercial bank, may be considered a

permissible investment.

10. "Agent" means any person designated or appointed by the licensee

pursuant to a written agency contract to engage in money transmission

activities at locations other than a duly authorized office of the

licensee as provided in section six hundred forty-eight of this article.

Except for a licensee, any person acting as agent engaging in money

transmission activities absent such a written agency contract shall be

deemed to be in violation of section six hundred forty-one of this

article and may be subject to criminal prosecution pursuant to section

six hundred fifty of this article. Such term shall not be deemed to

include any banking corporation incorporated or licensed under this

chapter or under the laws of the United States or any other state or any

casher of checks licensed under this chapter.

§ 641 — License

License. 1. No person shall engage in the business of selling

or issuing checks, or engage in the business of receiving money for

transmission or transmitting the same, without a license therefor

obtained from the superintendent as provided in this article, nor shall

any person engage in such business as an agent, except as an agent of a

licensee or as agent of a payee; provided, however, that nothing in this

article shall apply to a bank, trust company, private banker, foreign

banking corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter or

foreign banking company authorized to operate pursuant to the

International Banking Act of 1978 (12 USC 3101 et seq.), as amended,

savings bank, savings and loan association, an investment company, a

national banking association, federal reserve bank, corporation

organized under the provisions of section twenty-five-a of an act of

congress entitled the "Federal Reserve Act", federal savings bank,

federal savings and loan association or state or federal credit union.

2. Application for a license required under this article shall be in

writing, under oath, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent,

and shall contain the following:

(a) The exact name of the applicant and, if incorporated, the date of

incorporation and the state where incorporated.

(b) The complete address of the principal office from which the

business is to be conducted, and where the books and records of the

applicant are maintained and to be maintained, showing the street and

number, if any, and the municipality and county;

(c) If the applicant has one or more branches, subsidiaries or

affiliates engaging in this state in the business of selling or issuing

checks, or of receiving money for transmission or transmitting the same,

the complete name and address of each;

(d) The name and residence address of the applicant, if an individual

or, if a partnership, of its partners or, if a corporation or

association, of the directors, trustees and principal officers thereof,

and of any stockholder owning twenty per centum or more of any class of

its stock; and

(e) Such other pertinent information as the superintendent may

require.

3. Application for a license shall be accompanied by an investigation

fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, which

shall not be refunded.

§ 642 — Action by superintendent

Action by superintendent. 1. Upon the filing of an application,

and the payment of the fees for investigation and license, the

superintendent shall investigate the financial condition and

responsibility, financial and business experience, character and general

fitness of the applicant and, if the superintendent finds these

qualities are such as to warrant the belief that the applicant's

business will be conducted honestly, fairly, equitably, carefully and

efficiently within the purposes and intent of this article, and in a

manner commanding the confidence and trust of the community, the

superintendent shall advise the applicant in writing of his conditional

approval of the application, and thereafter upon compliance by the

applicant with the provisions of section six hundred forty-three of this

article, shall issue to the applicant a license to engage in the

business of selling and issuing checks, and of receiving money for

transmission and transmitting the same, subject to the provisions of

this article; or the superintendent may deny the application and return

the license fee to the applicant.

2. The superintendent shall approve conditionally or deny every

application for a license hereunder within ninety days from the filing

thereof. Such period of ninety days may be extended, by the written

consent of the applicant, for such additional reasonable period of time

as may be required to enable compliance with such requirements and

conditions as may be provided by this article and the rules or

regulations of the superintendent issued thereunder.

3. A license issued pursuant to this article shall remain in full

force and effect until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or

suspended as provided in this article.

4. The superintendent may suspend or revoke a license on any ground on

which he might refuse to issue an original license, or for a violation

of any provision of this chapter or any regulation issued under this

article, or for failure of the licensee to pay a judgment, recovered in

any court, within or without this state, by a claimant or creditor in an

action arising out of the licensee's business in this state of selling

or issuing checks or of receiving money for transmission or transmitting

the same, within thirty days after the judgment becomes final or within

thirty days after expiration or termination of a stay of execution

thereon; provided, however, that if execution on the judgment be stayed,

by court order or operation of law or otherwise, then proceedings to

suspend or revoke the license (for failure of the licensee to pay such

judgment) may not be commenced by the superintendent during the time of

such stay, and for thirty days thereafter.

5. No license shall be suspended or revoked except after a hearing

thereon. The superintendent shall give the licensee at least ten days'

written notice of the time and place of such hearing by registered or

certified mail addressed to the principal place of business of such

licensee. Any order of the superintendent suspending or revoking such

license shall state the grounds upon which it is based and shall not be

effective until ten days after written notice thereof has been sent by

registered or certified mail to the licensee at such principal place of

business, except that revocation by reason of the licensee's bond not

being kept in full force and effect as required by this article, or by

reason of failure to keep on deposit sufficient securities or funds as

required by this article, may take effect immediately if the

superintendent so orders.

6. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a

substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license issued pursuant to

this article for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending

investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist

only when the licensee has defaulted or is likely to default in

performing its financial engagements or engages in dishonest or

inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the persons

afforded the protection of this article.

§ 643 — Bond or securities

Bond or securities. 1. As a condition for the issuance and

retention of the license, applicants for a license and other licensees

shall, within thirty days after notice by the superintendent, or such

longer or shorter period as he or she shall prescribe, file with the

superintendent one or more corporate surety bond or bonds, as required

below, in form satisfactory to him or her and issued by a bonding

company or insurance company authorized to do business in this state.

One bond shall be in favor of the superintendent and in such principal

amount as he or she shall determine is necessary or desirable for the

protection of the purchasers and holders of New York instruments sold or

to be sold by the applicant or licensee, provided, however, that until

June first, nineteen hundred seventy-seven, the principal amount of such

bond shall be no less than two hundred ten thousand dollars and on and

after June first, nineteen hundred seventy-seven, the principal amount

of such bond shall be no less than five hundred thousand dollars. If the

applicant or licensee intends to engage or engages in the sale of New

York traveler's checks, such applicant or licensee shall file with the

superintendent a separate bond. Said bond shall be in favor of the

superintendent and in such principal amount as he or she shall determine

is necessary or desirable for the protection of the purchasers and

holders of the New York traveler's checks sold or to be sold by the

applicant or licensee; provided, however, that the principal amount of

such bond shall not be less than seven hundred fifty thousand dollars,

unless the superintendent, for good cause shown, shall have determined

that a lesser amount will adequately protect the purchasers and holders

of the New York traveler's checks sold or to be sold by such applicant

or licensee.

In making any determination under this subdivision, the superintendent

may take into account the financial condition of the licensee, the

number of locations in this state at which the licensee, either directly

or through agents, transacts the business of selling New York

instruments or New York traveler's checks, the controls imposed on such

agents or, and the possible exposure of purchasers and holders of New

York instruments and New York traveler's checks to loss in the event of

the insolvency, bankruptcy or other financial impairment of the

licensee. The proceeds of each bond shall constitute a trust fund for

the exclusive benefit of the purchasers and holders of the New York

instruments and New York traveler's checks, as the case may be. Except

as otherwise provided in the following sentence, in the event of the

insolvency or bankruptcy of any licensee, the proceeds of the bond or

bonds held for the exclusive benefit of the purchasers and holders of

New York instruments and the proceeds of the bond or bonds held for the

exclusive benefit of the purchasers and holders of New York traveler's

checks shall be paid to the superintendent forthwith for disposition in

accordance with the provisions of this article. If any New York

instruments have been assigned to the fund, the proceeds of the bond

held for the exclusive benefit of the purchasers and holders of New York

instruments shall constitute a trust fund for the benefit of, and shall

be payable to, the fund to the extent of such assignment. From time to

time, the superintendent may require, upon thirty days notice or such

longer or shorter period as he or she shall prescribe, that such bond or

bonds be increased if he or she shall determine that such increase is

necessary or desirable for the protection of the purchasers and holders

of New York instruments and New York traveler's checks.

2. The licensee shall give notice to the superintendent by registered

or certified mail of any action which shall be brought against him and

of any judgment which shall be entered against him by such purchaser or

holder of a New York instrument or a New York traveler's check, with

details sufficient to identify the action or judgment, within ten days

after the commencement of any such action or notice to the licensee of

entry of any such judgment. The corporate surety shall within ten days

after it pays any claim or judgment to any such purchaser or holder of a

New York instrument or a New York traveler's check give notice to the

superintendent by registered mail of such payment, with details

sufficient to identify the purchaser or holder and the claim or judgment

so paid. Whenever the principal sum of such bond or bonds is reduced by

one or more recoveries or payments thereon the licensee shall furnish a

new or additional bond or bonds under the provisions of this section, so

that the total or aggregate principal sum of such bond or bonds shall

equal the sum required pursuant to the provisions of this section, or

shall furnish an endorsement duly executed by the corporate surety

reinstating the bond or bonds to the required principal sum thereof. The

liability of the surety on such bond or bonds to the superintendent and

to the said purchasers and holders of New York instruments and New York

traveler's checks shall not be affected in any way by any

misrepresentation, breach of warranty or failure to pay the premium or

by any act or omission upon the part of the licensee nor by the

insolvency or bankruptcy of the licensee or the insolvency of the

licensee's estate, and in the event of the death or dissolution or

liquidation of the licensee, shall continue upon all transactions

entered into by the agents of such deceased, dissolved or liquidated

licensee within a period of thirty days after the death, dissolution or

liquidation of the licensee or termination of the bond or bonds,

whichever date shall first occur, provided, however, that such

transactions were entered into in good faith by such purchasers and

holders of New York instruments and New York traveler's checks. Every

such corporate surety bond shall provide that in the event that a

judgment recovered against the licensee or its legal representative or

successor by any such purchaser or holder on a claim arising or a

transaction entered into during the life of the bond shall remain

unsatisfied after the expiration of thirty days from the service of

notice of entry of judgment upon the licensee or upon his legal

representative or successor or upon the attorney for the licensee, and

upon the corporate surety, or in the event that the fund has become an

assignee of any claim arising or a transaction entered into during the

life of the bond, then an action may be maintained against the corporate

surety under the terms of the bond (1) by such purchaser or holder for

the amount of such judgment not exceeding the amount of the bond, except

during a stay of execution of such judgment against the licensee or his

legal representatives or successors, or (2) by the superintendent, on

behalf of the fund, for the amount of such claim, not exceeding the

amount of the bond. The bond may not be cancelled either by the licensee

or the surety except upon notice to the superintendent by registered or

certified mail with return receipt requested, the cancellation to be

effective not less than ten days after receipt by the superintendent of

such notice.

3. In lieu of such corporate surety bond or bonds, or of any portion

of the principal sum thereof as required by this section, applicants for

a license and other licensees may keep on deposit, or may be required to

keep on deposit by the superintendent, with such banks, trust companies,

national banks, savings bank, savings and loan associations, federal

savings associations, credit unions, or federal credit unions in the

state of New York as such applicants or licensees may designate and the

superintendent may approve, and in accordance with such rules and

regulations as the superintendent shall from time to time promulgate,

interest-bearing stocks and bonds, notes, debentures or other

obligations of the United States or any agency or instrumentality

thereof, or guaranteed by the United States, or of this state, or of a

city, county, town, village, school district or instrumentality of this

state, or guaranteed by this state, or dollar deposits, to an aggregate

amount, based upon principal amount or market value, whichever is lower,

in the case of the above-described securities, of not less than the

amount of the required corporate surety bond or bonds or portion or

portions thereof. Such securities or funds shall be deposited to secure

the same obligation or obligations as would the corporate surety bond or

bonds filed under this section. So long as it shall continue business in

the ordinary course, such licensee shall be permitted to collect

interest on the securities so deposited and from time to time to

exchange, examine and compare such securities. In the event of the

failure or insolvency of such licensee, the securities, any proceeds

therefrom and the funds deposited pursuant to this section shall

constitute a trust fund for the exclusive benefit of the purchasers and

holders of New York instruments or New York traveler's checks, as the

case may be, or, in the event such New York instruments are assigned to

the fund, the securities, any proceeds therefrom and the funds deposited

pursuant to this section for the benefit of the purchasers and holders

of New York instruments shall constitute a trust fund, for the benefit

of the fund.

4. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, if the

superintendent shall find that a licensee has transacted the business of

money transmission in this state for a period of five consecutive years

and that such business has been conducted honestly, efficiently and

safely and that the licensee's financial condition is sound and that its

New York instruments are insured, the superintendent may dispense with,

modify or eliminate any of the foregoing requirements of this section

with respect to New York instruments; provided, however, that if at any

time subsequent thereto, the superintendent shall deem it necessary or

desirable for the protection of the purchasers and holders of New York

instruments, to reinstate any of the requirements of this section, he

may do so.

§ 645 — Assignment of claims to superintendent

Assignment of claims to superintendent. At the written request

of any claimant or creditor of the licensee whose claim is based on a

transaction, in this state, for the sale or issuance of a check or the

receipt of money for transmission or transmission of the same, under the

provisions of this article, the superintendent may, in his discretion,

take an assignment of such claim in trust for the benefit of the

assigning claimant or creditor and may bring any legal action necessary

to collect such claim. Two or more such claims against the licensee may

be combined in one such action.

§ 646 — Investigations, hearings and reports

Investigations, hearings and reports. 1. The superintendent

shall have the power to make such investigations and conduct such

hearings as he shall deem necessary to determine whether any licensee or

any other person has violated any of the provisions of this article, or

whether any licensee has conducted himself in such manner as would

justify the suspension or revocation of his license.

2. In making any investigation or conducting any hearing pursuant to

the provisions of this article, the superintendent, or any person duly

designated by him, shall have the power at all times to subpoena

witnesses; to take depositions of witnesses residing without the state,

in the manner provided for in civil actions in courts of record; to pay

such witnesses the fees and mileage for their attendance provided for

witnesses in civil actions in courts of record; and to administer oaths.

He shall also have the power to compel by order or subpoena the

production of and to examine all relevant books, records, accounts and

other documents. Any person who fails to obey the command of the

subpoena without reasonable excuse, or refuses without reasonable cause

to be served or to be examined or to answer a question or to produce a

book or paper when ordered so to do, or fails to perform any act

required hereunder to be performed, shall be subject to the compulsions

in such cases made and provided by law, and if the person be licensed

hereunder, the superintendent shall have the right to suspend or revoke

the license.

3. The superintendent may require of any licensee such reports, under

oath or otherwise, concerning the licensee's business in this state, as

he may deem necessary for the enforcement of this article.

4. All reports of investigations and other reports rendered pursuant

to this section, and all correspondence and memoranda concerning or

arising out of such investigations or reports, including any duly

authenticated copy or copies thereof in the possession of any licensee

or the department of financial services, shall be confidential

communications, shall not be subject to subpoena and shall not be made

public unless, in the judgment of the superintendent, the ends of

justice and the public advantage will be subserved by the publication

thereof, in which event the superintendent may publish or authorize the

publication of a copy of any such report or other material referred to

in this subdivision, or any part thereof, in such manner as may be

deemed proper. For purposes of this subdivision, "reports of

investigations, and other reports rendered pursuant to this section and

all correspondence and memoranda concerning or arising out of such

investigations or reports" shall have the same meaning as such terms are

defined pursuant to subdivision ten of section thirty-six of this

chapter.

§ 647 — Judicial review

Judicial review. The refusal by the superintendent of an

original license, in the case of an applicant which, prior to January

first, nineteen hundred sixty-three, and upon the date of filing such

application, has lawfully been engaged in this state in the business of

selling or issuing checks or of receiving money for transmission or

transmitting the same, and in all cases the suspension or revocation of

any license by the superintendent, shall be subject to judicial review

in the manner in such cases made and provided by law.

§ 648 — Agents

Agents. A licensee may conduct its business at one or more

locations within this state, as follows:

(a) The business may be conducted through or by means of agents as the

licensee may from time to time designate or appoint and, in no event,

shall the business of money transmission be conducted through a

subagent.

(b) No license under this article shall be required of any agent of a

licensee in cases in which such agent is acting on behalf of a licensee

under, and in accordance with, an agency contract except as provided in

subdivision (c) of this section.

(c) An agent, other than a person expressly excepted from the

application of this article, who sells or delivers the licensee's checks

over-the-counter to the public shall not be exempt from licensing under

this article if such agent in the ordinary conduct of such business

receives or at any time has access to (1) the licensee's checks which,

having been paid, are returned through banking channels or otherwise for

verification or for reconciliation or accounting with respect thereto or

(2) bank statements relating to checks so returned. No license under

this article shall be required of an agent, including a general or

managing agent, of a licensee who does not directly sell or deliver the

licensee's checks over-the-counter to the public.

§ 649 — Rules and regulations

Rules and regulations. The superintendent is hereby authorized

and empowered to make such rules and regulations as may in his judgment

be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of this article.

§ 650 — Violations and penalties

Violations and penalties. 1. Any person who violates or

participates in the violation of any provisions of this article, or who

knowingly makes any incorrect statement of a material fact in any

application, report or statement made pursuant to this article, or who

knowingly omits to state any material fact necessary to give the

superintendent any information lawfully required by him or refuses to

permit any lawful investigation by the superintendent shall be guilty of

a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than five

hundred dollars or imprisoned for not more than six months or both, in

the discretion of the court.

2. a. Any person who either (1) engages in the business of receiving

money for transmission or transmitting the same or (2) sells or issues

New York instruments or New York traveler's checks as those terms are

defined by section six hundred fifty-three of this chapter, without a

license therefor obtained from the superintendent as provided in this

article, shall be guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.

b. Any person who violates paragraph a of this subdivision and in the

course of that violation:

(1) knowingly receives or agrees to receive for transmission from one

or more individuals a total of ten thousand dollars or more in a single

transaction, a total of twenty-five thousand dollars or more during a

period of thirty days or less, or a total of two hundred fifty thousand

dollars or more during a period of one year or less; or

(2) knowingly sells or issues New York instruments or New York

traveler's checks to one or more individuals totaling ten thousand

dollars or more in a single transaction, a total of twenty-five thousand

dollars or more during a period of thirty days or less, or a total of

two hundred fifty thousand dollars or more during a period of one year

or less; or

(3) knowingly engages in the business of receiving money for

transmitting or transmitting the same, knowing such money to be the

proceeds of any criminal conduct; or

(4) knowingly sells or issues New York instruments or New York

traveler's checks as those terms are defined by section six hundred

fifty-three of this chapter, knowing such instruments or checks to be

purchased with the proceeds of or derived from any criminal conduct;

shall be guilty of a class E felony.

3. Any licensee who fails to make any report required by the

superintendent pursuant to this article, on or before the day designated

for the making thereof, or fails to include therein any prescribed

matter, shall forfeit to the people of the state an amount as determined

pursuant to section forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such

report shall be delayed or withheld, and for every day that it shall

fail to report any such omitted matter, unless the superintendent shall,

in his or her sole discretion, for good cause shown, reduce the amount

to be forfeited, or unless the time therefor shall have been extended by

the superintendent, as provided in subdivision four of this section.

4. The superintendent may extend, for a period not exceeding ninety

days, the time within which a licensee is required to make any report

required by the superintendent pursuant to this article.

§ 651 — Investments

Investments. Every licensee shall at all times maintain

permissible investments having (i) a market value, computed in

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, at least equal

to the aggregate of the amount of all its outstanding payment

instruments and all its outstanding traveler's checks or (ii) a net

carrying value, computed in accordance with generally accepted

accounting principles, at least equal to the aggregate of the amount of

all its outstanding payment instruments and all its outstanding

traveler's checks so long as the market value of such permissible

investments is at least eighty per centum of the net carrying value.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the

superintendent shall have the authority, for good cause shown, to exempt

from the requirements of this section any licensee.

§ 651-a — Remittances

Remittances. 1. Each agent of a licensee which sells any New

York instruments or New York traveler's checks issued by such licensee

shall, and each licensee shall so require each of its agents which sells

any New York instruments or New York traveler's checks issued by such

licensee to report such sale and remit the face amount of New York

instruments and New York traveler's checks to such licensee within such

period of time as the licensee requires within the normal course of its

business or as the superintendent, by rule or regulation, may prescribe.

For purposes of this section, remittance shall include either direct

payment of such funds to the licensee or the deposit of such funds in a

banking organization, national bank, federal savings bank, federal

savings and loan association, federal credit union, or a banking

institution chartered under the laws of another state or country, in an

account in the name of such licensee specifically established for the

purpose of receiving such funds. Remittance by such agent to such

licensee or deposit by such agent in such account or its equivalent of

funds in advance of the sale of such New York instruments and New York

traveler's checks, in an amount not less than the amount said agent

would normally receive from such sales of New York instruments and New

York traveler's checks, shall be deemed compliance with the provisions

of this section.

2. Every agent of a licensee shall remit all moneys owed such licensee

in accordance with the terms of the contract between the licensee and

such agent. Any intentional or negligent failure of an agent to remit

all moneys due and owing the licensee within the time provided in such

contract shall result in the agent's civil liability to the licensee for

three times the licensee's damages. The superintendent may, by rule,

establish the maximum period of time for remittance.

§ 651-b — Maintenance of books and records by agents

Maintenance of books and records by agents. Each licensee

shall require of each of its agents to make and keep such accounts,

correspondence, memoranda, papers, books and other records as the

superintendent by regulation or order requires. All records so required

shall be preserved for the time specified by the regulation or order of

the superintendent.

§ 652 — Severability

Severability. If any provision of this article, or the

application of such provision to any person or circumstance, shall be

held invalid, the remainder of this article, and the application of such

provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is

held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

§ 652-a — Changes in control

Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the

prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which

results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to

any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the

business of a licensee shall make written application to the

superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The

application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by

rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the

purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this

section.

2. The superintendent shall disapprove the proposed change of control

of a licensee if, after notice to and an opportunity to be heard by the

applicant and such licensee, he finds the acquisition of control therein

contrary to law or determines that disapproval is reasonably necessary

to protect the interest of the people of this state. In making such

determination, the superintendent shall consider (a) whether the

character, responsibility and general fitness of the person which seeks

to control such licensee are such as to command confidence and warrant

belief that the business of such licensee will be honestly and

efficiently conducted in a manner consistent with the public interest,

(b) whether the exercise of control may impair the safe and sound

conduct of the business of such licensee, the conservation of its assets

or public confidence in its business, and (c) primarily, the public

interest and the needs and convenience thereof. Unless the

superintendent shall have denied such application in writing within one

hundred fifty days of the filing thereof, such application shall be

deemed approved. If the superintendent disapproves such application, or,

if no such application has been made, upon consummation of the

acquisition of control, the license of the licensee shall become null

and void and the applicant or licensee, whoever has possession of such

license, shall forthwith surrender to the superintendent the license

theretofore in effect.

3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of

this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of

law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has

control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall

comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.

The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be

applicable to an application made under such section by a legal

representative.

The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

4. As used in this section the term "control" means the possession,

directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of

the management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership

of voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any

person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be

presumed to exist if any person directly or indirectly, owns, controls,

or holds with power to vote twenty-five per centum or more of the voting

stock of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds

with power to vote twenty-five per centum or more of the voting stock of

such licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee

solely by reason of his being an officer or director of such licensee or

person. The superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application

of a licensee or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls

or holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power

to vote any voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the

ownership, control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would

constitute control of such licensee for purposes of this section.

§ 652-b — Tying arrangements

Tying arrangements. 1. It shall be unlawful for any

transmitter of money or its officers, affiliates or subsidiaries to

enter into an agreement with a check casher, licensed pursuant to the

provisions of article nine-A of this chapter, whereby credit is extended

to the check casher at the same time as, and on the condition that, the

transmitter of money enters into an agreement with the check casher

whereby the check casher will (1) sell only the New York instruments or

New York traveler's checks of the transmitter of money or (2) agree to

the exclusive use of any of the other services of the transmitter of

money. This section shall not apply to the issuance by a transmitter of

money of a guarantee of any indebtedness of a check casher licensed

pursuant to the provisions of article nine-A of this chapter.

2. For purposes of this section the term "transmitter of money" means

a licensee, as such term is defined in subdivision two of section six

hundred forty of this article, a bank, trust company, private banker,

savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union, foreign

banking corporation licensed pursuant to article five of this chapter,

national banking association, federal savings bank, federal savings and

loan association, federal credit union, foreign banking company

authorized to operate pursuant to the international banking act of 1978

(12 USC 3101 et seq.), as amended, and an investment company, which

either directly or through agents transacts the business in this state

of selling or issuing New York instruments or New York traveler's

checks.

For purposes of this section the terms "New York instruments" and "New

York traveler's checks" shall have the meaning ascribed to them by

section six hundred fifty-three of this chapter.

ARTICLE 13-C State Transmitter of Money Insurance Fund

§ 653 — Definitions

Definitions. 1. "Claimant", when used in this article, means a

purchaser or holder of a New York instrument.

2. "Federal insuring agency", when used in this article, means the

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit Union

Administration.

3. "Fund", when used in this article, means the state transmitter of

money insurance fund as provided for in this article.

4. "Holder", when used in this article, means a person, other than a

purchaser, who is either (i) in possession of a New York instrument and

is the named payee thereon, or (ii) in possession of a New York

instrument issued or endorsed to him or bearer or in blank; provided,

however, that no person who is in possession of a lost, stolen or forged

New York instrument or who is in possession of a New York instrument by

virtue of the fact that he is the surety on a bond required by

subdivision one of section six hundred forty-three of this chapter or is

a receiver or trustee, whether in bankruptcy or otherwise, for an

uninsured transmitter of money shall be deemed a "holder" thereof.

5. "Insured transmitter of money" means a transmitter of money whose

New York instruments are insured by a federal insuring agency.

6. "New York instrument" means a money order, check, draft or other

instrument or document for the transmission or payment of money, or

which evidences an obligation for the transmission or payment of money,

or which evidences the purchase or deposit of funds for the purchase of

any such instrument or document, sold in New York, but shall not include

a New York traveler's check.

7. "Purchaser" means a person who buys or has bought a New York

instrument from an uninsured transmitter of money or agent thereof.

8. "Transmitter of money" means a licensee, as such term is defined in

subdivision two of section six hundred forty of this chapter, a bank,

trust company, private banker, savings bank and savings and loan

association, a credit union, foreign banking corporation licensed

pursuant to article two of this chapter and any investment company which

either directly or through agents transacts the business in this state

of selling or issuing New York instruments.

9. "New York traveler's check" means an instrument, regardless of its

form, specifically identified on the instrument as a traveler's check,

and issued in either written form, with a provision for a specimen

signature of the purchaser to be completed at the time of purchase and a

counter-signature of the purchaser to be completed at the time of its

negotiation, or in electronic form with provision for the electronic

equivalent of the specimen signature and counter signature, and, in

either case, sold in New York. An instrument shall not be identified as

a traveler's check if it fails to comply, as the case may be, with

either the written or electronic signature requirements of this

subdivision.

10. "Uninsured transmitter of money" means a transmitter of money

other than a banking organization, whose New York instruments are

uninsured by a federal insuring agency.

§ 654 — Purpose of the fund

Purpose of the fund. There is hereby created a fund to be known

as the "state transmitter of money insurance fund". The purpose of the

fund shall be to insure the New York instruments of uninsured

transmitters of money which, by reason of insolvency, bankruptcy or

other inability to pay, have defaulted in making payment on their New

York instruments, whether such default has occurred prior to or after

the effective date of this act.

§ 655 — Maximum amount of insurance

Maximum amount of insurance. 1. Subject to the provisions of

subdivisions two and three of this section, the maximum amount of

insurance that any claimant shall be entitled to shall be determined by

the superintendent after taking into account the amount of claims, the

amount of the fund, including the authority of the fund to make

assessments pursuant to section six hundred fifty-seven of this article,

and any claim for recovery which the fund would have pursuant to the

provisions of section six hundred forty-three of this chapter.

2. No insurance shall be paid on any New York instrument payable for

an amount in excess of one thousand dollars, other than those New York

instruments issued for the purpose of paying utility bills.

3. The maximum amount of insurance which any claimant shall be

entitled to shall be determined as follows:

a. If the claimant is a purchaser, the maximum amount of insurance

which such purchaser shall be entitled to on all insured New York

instruments purchased by said purchaser shall be five thousand dollars.

b. If the claimant is a holder, the maximum amount of insurance which

such holder shall be entitled to shall be the aggregate of the amounts

which would have been due to the purchasers of the insured New York

instruments held by the holder, had the instruments remained in the

possession of the purchasers, rather than the holder.

§ 656 — Claims against the fund

Claims against the fund. 1. If an uninsured transmitter of

money has defaulted in making payment on any of its New York

instruments, the superintendent shall give notice of such default to

purchasers and holders of such instruments. Such notice may be given by

means of publication in such newspaper or newspapers as the

superintendent may direct and by such other means, if any, as the

superintendent may determine to be reasonable and necessary under the

circumstances. The determination of the superintendent as to the means

of notice shall be conclusively presumed reasonable if notice is

published in such newspaper or newspapers for five consecutive days.

Such notices shall request purchasers and holders of such instruments

who wish to file claims against the fund to present such claims to the

superintendent and to file proper proof thereof within the period of

time set forth in the notice and at a place specified therein. Such

notice may limit the period of time within which claims may be filed to

a period of time no less than ten business days from the final date of

notice. Claimants shall file their claims in the form and manner

prescribed by the superintendent and shall make proof thereof and of the

loss actually suffered by such claimants to the satisfaction of the

superintendent. The superintendent shall examine the claims so filed,

determine the amount due upon such claims and certify, in writing, the

amount due each claimant, whereupon payment by the fund to the claimant

shall be made as provided for in this article. In any case where the

superintendent is not satisfied as to the allowability of a claim or if

he has notice of an adverse claim with respect to such New York

instrument, he may require the final determination of a court of

competent jurisdiction before certifying such claim. Whoever, for the

purpose of obtaining payment on any insured New York instrument, or the

payment of any claim, makes any statement knowing it to be false, or

willfully overvalues any claim, shall be guilty of a Class A

misdemeanor.

2. The payment by the fund to the claimant shall constitute an

assignment, by operation of law, of all rights which the claimant has

with respect to the New York instrument, including all rights, claims

and interests in property which the claimant could have asserted against

the transmitter of money or its property or otherwise, and all

recoveries which he would have been entitled to under the provisions of

section six hundred forty-three of this chapter, provided that if any

portion of such New York instrument is uninsured by virtue of the fact

that it exceeds the maximum amount of insurance provided for by section

six hundred fifty-five of this article or otherwise, the claimant shall

retain all of his rights with respect to the uninsured portion of such

instrument.

§ 657 — Payments to the fund

Payments to the fund. In the event the fund has borrowed any

monies from the property and liability insurance security fund pursuant

to the provisions of section six hundred fifty-eight of this chapter,

and has any debt outstanding thereto, or in the event an uninsured

transmitter of money is declared, or declares itself, insolvent or

defaults on its New York instruments, the fund shall levy an assessment

upon each uninsured transmitter of money. The amount of such assessment

shall be determined by the superintendent provided, however, that each

uninsured transmitter of money shall be assessed ratably, in proportion

to the average of the dollar amounts of the New York instruments issued

by such uninsured transmitter of money outstanding at the end of each

calendar quarter for the calendar year preceding that in which the

assessment is made, and provided, further, that no such assessments

shall be levied once the net value of the fund shall equal such amount

as the superintendent shall have determined to be necessary to protect

the interests of the purchasers and holders of New York instruments. In

making his determination, the superintendent shall consider the scope of

the risk covered by the fund, the expenses incurred or expected to be

incurred by the fund, the amount of any loans and advances to the fund,

and the interest thereon.

In no event shall the total amount so assessed in any one year against

any uninsured transmitter of money pursuant to this section exceed two

per centum of the New York instruments of such uninsured transmitter of

money which were outstanding at the end of the calendar year preceding

that in which such assessments are made or one hundred twenty-five

thousand dollars, whichever is less. The net value of the fund shall be

determined by deducting from the value of the assets of the fund the

aggregate actual and estimated liabilities of the fund as determined by

the superintendent.

§ 658 — General powers of the fund; administration of the fund

General powers of the fund; administration of the fund. 1. The

fund shall have the power to borrow money from the property and

liability insurance security fund created by section seven thousand six

hundred three of the insurance law on such terms and conditions as the

superintendent may authorize pursuant to section seven of chapter one of

the laws of nineteen hundred seventy-seven to the extent necessary to

protect the interests of the purchasers and holders of New York

instruments, and to pledge the assets of the fund or any portion thereof

as security for such borrowings.

2. The fund shall have the power to accept contributions or donations

to the fund from any source. The fund shall also have the power to

pursue, realize upon, compromise and otherwise dispose of all rights and

remedies of claimants assigned to the fund pursuant to the provisions of

this article. The proceeds of all such rights and remedies and any other

amounts which the fund may receive from any source shall constitute a

part of the assets of the fund.

3. The fund created by this article shall be separate and apart from

any other fund and from all other state monies, and the faith and credit

of the state of New York is pledged for its safekeeping. The

commissioner of taxation and finance shall be the custodian of the fund

and all disbursements from said fund shall be made by the commissioner

of taxation and finance upon vouchers signed by the superintendent or

his designated deputy. The monies of said fund may be invested by the

commissioner of taxation and finance only in obligations of the United

States or of this state and in interest-bearing certificates of deposit

for a bank or trust company located and authorized to do business in

this state, or of a national bank located in this state, secured by a

pledge of direct obligations of the United States or of the state of New

York in an amount equal to the amount of such certificate of deposit.

The commissioner of taxation and finance may sell any of the obligations

or certificates of deposit in which said fund is invested, if advisable,

for its proper administration or in the best interests of said fund.

4. The expense of administering the fund shall be paid out of the

fund. Prior to the first days of January, April, July and October, there

shall be submitted to the director of the budget for approval an

estimated budget of expenditures for the succeeding three months. There

may not be expended for the purpose of administering the fund more than

the amounts as authorized by the director of the budget. The

superintendent shall serve as administrator of the fund without

additional compensation, but may be allowed and paid from the fund

expenses incurred in the performance of his duties in connection with

the fund. The compensation of those persons employed by the

superintendent, within the amounts approved by the director of the

budget, shall be deemed administration expense payable from the fund.

The superintendent shall make an annual report of the receipts to and

disbursements from the fund, including the cost of administration of the

fund, which report shall be made available to each uninsured transmitter

of money who has made payments into the fund during such year and to any

other person having an interest in the fund.

§ 659 — Rules and regulations

Rules and regulations. The superintendent is hereby authorized

and empowered to make such rules and regulations as may in his judgment

be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of this article.

ARTICLE 13-D Misconduct Relating to Banking Organizations

§ 660 — Misconduct of officers, directors, trustees, or employees of banking corporations and of private bankers

Misconduct of officers, directors, trustees, or employees of

banking corporations and of private bankers. A director of a

corporation, organized under the laws of this state, having banking

powers, who concurs in any vote or act of the directors of such

corporation, or any of them, by which it is intended to make a loan or

discount to any director of such corporation, or upon paper upon which

any such director is liable or responsible to an amount exceeding the

amount allowed by statute; or, any director, trustee, officer or

employee of any corporation to which the banking law is applicable who

makes or maintains, or attempts to make or maintain, a deposit of such

corporation's funds with any other corporation on condition, or with the

understanding, express or implied, that the corporation receiving such

deposit make a loan or advance, directly or indirectly, to any director,

trustee, officer or employee of the corporation so making or maintaining

or attempting to make or maintain such deposit; or any director,

trustee, officer, or employee of any banking corporation organized under

the laws of another state which is doing business in New York, who makes

or maintains, or attempts to make or maintain, a deposit of such

corporation's funds with any banking organization or any branch of a

foreign banking corporation licensed under article five of this chapter,

on condition, or with the understanding, express or implied, that the

banking organization or branch receiving such deposit make a loan or

advance, directly or indirectly, to any director, trustee, officer or

employee of such banking corporation so making or maintaining or

attempting to make or maintain such deposit; or any director, trustee,

officer, or employee of any banking organization or any branch or agency

of a foreign banking corporation licensed under article five of this

chapter who receives, or attempts to receive, a deposit of funds from

any other banking organization, or any national banking association,

federal savings and loan association, federal credit union, or a banking

corporation organized under the laws of another state or country, on

condition, or with the understanding, express or implied, that such

banking organization or foreign banking corporation licensed under

article five of this chapter receiving, or attempting to receive, such

deposit make a loan or advance, directly or indirectly, to any director,

trustee, officer or employee of the banking organization, national

banking association, federal savings and loan association, federal

credit union or banking corporation organized under the laws of another

state or country, so making or attempting to make, such deposit; or, any

officer or employee of any corporation to which the banking law is

applicable who intentionally conceals from the directors or trustees of

such corporation any discounts or loans made by it between the regular

meetings of its board of directors or trustees, or the purchase of any

securities or the sale of any of its securities during the same period,

or knowingly fails to report to its board of directors or trustees when

required to do so by law, all discounts or loans made by it and all

securities purchased or sold by it between the regular meetings of its

board of directors or trustees; or any director, officer or employee of

a bank or trust company, or a private banker or his employee, who makes

any agreement express or implied, before or at the time of issuing a

certificate of deposit, by which its holder may demand or receive

payment thereof in advance of its maturity, is guilty of a misdemeanor.

Nothing in this section shall render any loan made by the directors of

any such corporation, in violation thereof, invalid.

§ 661 — Officer or agent of banking corporation or a private banker making guaranty or endorsement beyond the legal limit

Officer or agent of banking corporation or a private banker

making guaranty or endorsement beyond the legal limit. An officer or

agent of any banking corporation, or a private banker or his agent, who

makes or delivers any guaranty or indorsement on behalf of such

corporation or private banker, whereby such corporation or private

banker may become liable on any of its or his discounted notes, bills or

obligations, in a sum beyond the amount of loans and discounts which

such corporation or private banker may legally make, is guilty of a

misdemeanor.

§ 662 — Bank officer or employee overdrawing his account or asking for or receiving commissions or gratuities from persons procuring loans or mak...

Bank officer or employee overdrawing his account or asking for

or receiving commissions or gratuities from persons procuring loans or

making overdrafts of their accounts. Any officer, director, agent,

teller, clerk or employee of any bank, banking association, savings

bank, trust company or private banker, who:

1. Knowingly overdraws his account with such bank, banking

association, savings bank, trust company or private banker, and thereby

obtains the money, notes or funds of any such bank, banking association,

savings bank, trust company or private banker; or

2. Asks or receives, or consents or agrees to receive, any commission,

emolument, gratuity or reward, or any promise of any commission,

emolument, gratuity or reward, or any money, property or thing of value

or of personal advantage, for procuring or endeavoring to procure for

any person, firm or corporation, any loan from, or the purchase or

discount of any paper, note, draft, check or bill of exchange, by any

such bank, banking association, savings bank, trust company or private

banker, or for permitting any person, firm or corporation to overdraw

any account with such bank, banking association, savings bank, trust

company or private banker,

Is guilty of a misdemeanor.

§ 663 — Receiving deposits in insolvent bank

Receiving deposits in insolvent bank. An officer, agent, teller

or clerk of any bank, banking association or savings bank, and every

private banker or his agent and any teller or clerk of a private banker

or any officer, agent or clerk of any corporation transacting any part

of the business which a banking corporation is authorized by law to

transact who receives any deposit, knowing that such bank or association

or banker or corporation is insolvent, is guilty of a misdemeanor, if

the amount or value of such deposit be less than twenty-five dollars; if

the amount or value of such deposit be twenty-five dollars or over, such

person shall be guilty of a felony.

§ 664 — Unlawful investments by officers of mutual savings banks

Unlawful investments by officers of mutual savings banks. Any

officer or trustee of a mutual savings bank authorizing or making any

investment of the funds of the bank in securities not authorized by law,

is guilty of a misdemeanor.

§ 665 — Misconduct by directors of banking corporations

Misconduct by directors of banking corporations. Every director

of a banking corporation who:

1. In case of the fraudulent insolvency of such corporation, shall

have participated in such fraud; or

2. Wilfully does any act as such director which is expressly forbidden

by statute, or wilfully omits to perform any duty imposed upon him as

such director by statute,

Is guilty of a misdemeanor, if no other punishment is prescribed

therefor by law.

The insolvency of a banking corporation is deemed fraudulent unless

its affairs appear upon investigation to have been administered fairly,

legally and with the same care and diligence that agents receiving a

compensation for their services are bound, by law, to observe.

§ 666-a — Loans to be guaranteed by New York state higher education assistance corporation

Loans to be guaranteed by New York state higher education

assistance corporation. It shall be unlawful for any banking corporation

or private banker authorized to carry on the business of banking under

the laws of this state to require that a person making application for a

loan to be guaranteed by the New York state higher education assistance

corporation be a depositor with the bank prior to the time of such

application.

§ 668 — Use of checks with certain photographs or drawings reproduced thereon prohibited

Use of checks with certain photographs or drawings reproduced

thereon prohibited. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or

corporation to use any bank check in this state that has printed or

embossed thereon a photograph, drawing or other reproduction of any

public building of the United States or of this or any other state or of

any municipality, or the shield, coat of arms, flag or other insignia of

the United States or of this or any other state or municipality.

Violation of the provisions of this section shall constitute a

misdemeanor.

§ 669 — Unauthorized use of the term "bank" or "trust company

Unauthorized use of the term "bank" or "trust company." Any

person not authorized by the superintendent of financial services, who:

1. Uses an office sign at the place where his business is transacted,

having thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other words

indicating that such place or office is the place or office of a bank or

trust company; or,

2. Uses or circulates any letter-heads, bill-heads, blank notes, blank

receipts, certificates, circulars or any written or printed paper

whatever, having thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other word

or words indicating that such business is the business of a bank or

trust company.

Is guilty of a misdemeanor; provided, however, that nothing in this

section shall be deemed to prevent a bank holding company from using any

corporate name it is duly authorized to use under subdivision (b) of

section three hundred two of the business corporation law.

§ 671 — False statements or rumors as to banking institutions

False statements or rumors as to banking institutions. Any

person who wilfully and knowingly makes, circulates or transmits to

another or others any statement or rumor, written, printed or by word of

mouth, which is untrue in fact and is directly or by inference

derogatory to the financial condition or effects the solvency or

financial standing of any bank, private banker, savings bank, banking

association, building and loan association or trust company doing

business in this state, or who knowingly counsels, aids, procures or

induces another to start, transmit or circulate any such statement or

rumor, is guilty of a misdemeanor.

§ 672 — Falsification of books, reports or statements of private bankers or corporations subject to the banking law

Falsification of books, reports or statements of private

bankers or corporations subject to the banking law. 1. Any officer,

director, trustee, employee or agent of any corporation to which the

banking law is applicable who makes a false entry in any book, report or

statement of such corporation with intent to deceive any officer,

director or trustee thereof, or any agent or examiner lawfully appointed

to examine into its condition or into any of its affairs, or any public

officer, office or board to which such corporation is required by law to

report, or which has authority by law to examine into its condition or

into any of its affairs, or who, with like intent, wilfully omits to

make a true entry of any material particular pertaining to the business

of such corporation in any book, report or statement of such corporation

made, written or kept by him under his direction, is guilty of a felony.

2. Any employee or agent of a private banker who makes a false entry

in any book, report or statement of such private banker with intent to

deceive such private banker, or any agent or examiner lawfully appointed

to examine into the condition or affairs of such private banker, or any

public officer, office or board to which such private banker is required

by law to report, or which has authority by law to examine into the

condition of such private banker or into any of its affairs, or who,

with like intent, wilfully omits to make a true entry of any material

particular pertaining to the business of such private banker in any

book, report or statement made, written or kept by such private banker

or under his direction is guilty of a felony.

3. Any private banker who commits any act made punishable by

subdivision two, or who wilfully omits to make the true entry required

thereby, with intent to deceive his co-partner or any such agent,

examiner, public officer, office or board is guilty of a felony.

§ 673 — Abstraction or misappropriation of money, funds or property, or misapplication of credit of private bankers or corporations to which the ...

Abstraction or misappropriation of money, funds or property, or

misapplication of credit of private bankers or corporations to which the

banking law is applicable, by an officer, director, trustee, employee or

agent thereof. Any officer, director, trustee, employee or agent of any

corporation to which the banking law is applicable, or any employee or

agent of any private banker, who abstracts or wilfully misapplies any of

the money, funds or property of such corporation or private banker, or

wilfully misapplies its or his credit, is guilty of a felony. Nothing in

this section shall be deemed or construed to repeal, amend or impair any

existing provision of law prescribing a punishment for any such offense.

§ 674 — Presumption of knowledge of corporate condition and business and of assent thereto by directors; definitions

Presumption of knowledge of corporate condition and business

and of assent thereto by directors; definitions. It is no defense to a

prosecution for a violation of the provisions of this article, that the

corporation is a foreign corporation, if it carries on business or keeps

an office therefor in this state.

The term "director" as used in this article includes any of the

persons having, by law, the direction or management of the affairs of a

corporation, by whatever name described.

A director of a corporation or joint-stock association is deemed to

have such a knowledge of the affairs of the corporation or association

as to enable him to determine whether any act, proceeding or omission of

its directors is a violation of this article. If present at a meeting of

the directors at which any act, proceeding or omission of such directors

in violation of this article occurs, he must be deemed to have concurred

therein, unless he at the time causes or in writing requires his dissent

therefrom to be entered on the minutes of the directors. If absent from

such meeting, he must be deemed to have concurred in any such violation,

if the facts constituting such violation appear on the record or minutes

of the proceedings of the board of directors, and he remains a director

of the corporation for six months thereafter without causing or in

writing requiring his dissent from such violation to be entered on such

record or minutes.

§ 674-a — Unlawful undertakings

Unlawful undertakings. 1. Every undertaking, whether written

or oral, express or implied, constituting or contained in a contract

heretofore or hereafter entered into, directly or indirectly, between a

banking organization, bank holding company, national banking

association, federal savings and loan association or foreign banking

corporation and the owner of an interest in real property located in the

state, which bars such owner from leasing, selling or otherwise

disposing of any interest in real property to any other banking

organization, bank holding company, national banking association,

federal savings and loan association or foreign banking corporation

shall be null and void.

2. Any banking organization, bank holding company, national banking

association, federal savings and loan association, foreign banking

corporation or any other entity or person injured in his business or

property by reason of an undertaking which violates subdivision one

hereof may sue on account thereof and be entitled to recover three times

the amount of the damages sustained, and the cost of suit, including

reasonable attorneys' fees.

3. If any provision of this section, or the application of such

provision to any individual, company or circumstance, shall be held

invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application of such

section to individuals, companies or circumstances other than those to

which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

ARTICLE 13-E Joint Deposits and Shares;

§ 675 — Joint deposits and shares; ownership and payment

Joint deposits and shares; ownership and payment. (a) When a

deposit of cash, securities, or other property has been made or shall

hereafter be made in or with any banking organization or foreign banking

corporation transacting business in this state, or shares shall have

been already issued or shall be hereafter issued, in any savings and

loan association or credit union transacting business in this state, in

the name of such depositor or shareholder and another person and in form

to be paid or delivered to either, or the survivor of them, such deposit

or shares and any additions thereto made, by either of such persons,

after the making thereof, shall become the property of such persons as

joint tenants and the same, together with all additions and accruals

thereon, shall be held for the exclusive use of the persons so named,

and may be paid or delivered to either during the lifetime of both or to

the survivor after the death of one of them, and such payment or

delivery and the receipt or acquittance of the one to whom such payment

or delivery is made, shall be a valid and sufficient release and

discharge to the banking organization or foreign banking corporation for

all payments or deliveries made on account of such deposit or shares

prior to the receipt by the banking organization or foreign banking

corporation of notice in writing signed by any one of such joint

tenants, not to pay or deliver such deposit or shares and the additions

and accruals thereon in accordance with the terms thereof, and after

receipt of any such notice, the banking organization or foreign banking

corporation may require the receipt or acquittance of both such joint

tenants for any further payments or delivery.

(b) The making of such deposit or the issuance of such shares in such

form shall, in the absence of fraud or undue influence, be prima facie

evidence, in any action or proceeding to which the banking organization,

foreign banking corporation, surviving depositor or shareholder is a

party, of the intention of both depositors or shareholders to create a

joint tenancy and to vest title to such deposit or shares, and additions

and accruals thereon, in such survivor. The burden of proof in refuting

such prima facie evidence is upon the party or parties challenging the

title of the survivor.

(c) 1. The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate and

may from time to time amend rules and regulations which require that the

joint tenants of an account established on or after the date on which

the rule or regulation becomes effective and representing any deposit or

shares governed by the foregoing provisions of this section, shall, at

the time the account is established be informed of the terms and

conditions of the account including the relationship and consequences

between the parties in the account and the responsibilities of the

institution with which the account is established.

2. This subdivision or any rule or regulation thereunder shall not be

deemed or construed as increasing or diminishing the rights or liability

of any person, or other entity.

§ 676 — Unauthorized withdrawals from savings or time deposit accounts

Unauthorized withdrawals from savings or time deposit accounts.

Any withdrawal of moneys from any savings account or time deposit

account maintained in any banking organization, branch of a foreign

banking corporation, national bank, federal savings and loan association

or federal credit union located in this state which is made by means of

an unauthorized signature is wholly inoperative as to the person whose

name is signed unless such person has authorized or ratified such

withdrawal or is precluded from denying such withdrawal because he has

received a portion of the funds withdrawn, provided that in such latter

event he shall be precluded from denying such withdrawal only with

respect to the funds so received; provided, however, that such a

signature shall operate as the signature of the unauthorized signer in

favor of any such banking organization, branch of a foreign banking

corporation, national bank, federal savings and loan association or

federal credit union which has, in good faith, honored such withdrawal.

No such banking organization, branch of a foreign banking corporation,

national bank, federal savings and loan association or federal credit

union shall interpose the defense, in an action for recovery by a

depositor of money paid upon an unauthorized signature, that it has

exercised due care and diligence in ascertaining the identity of the

person to whom it has paid such money. The term "unauthorized signature"

shall have the meaning ascribed to it by section 1--201 of the uniform

commercial code and the term "savings account" shall include shares

issued by a savings and loan association, state or federally chartered,

and by a credit union, state or federally chartered.

Any waiver of the provisions of this section or any contrary

agreement, by-law, rule or regulation of any banking organization,

branch of a foreign banking corporation, national bank, federal savings

and loan association or federal credit union located in this state shall

be void as against public policy and wholly unenforceable.

§ 677 — Decedents' accounts, withdrawals by authorized persons

Decedents' accounts, withdrawals by authorized persons. 1. The

maximum withdrawal permissible by law for purposes of this section shall

be the amount permitted to be paid, without the consent of the

commissioner of taxation and finance, under rules or regulations

promulgated by such commissioner pursuant to section one hundred

seventy-one of the tax law.

3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no banking organization or foreign

banking corporation shall be required to make any payment pursuant to

this section if (a) it has notice of an adverse claim with respect to

any such savings or time deposits or shares standing on its books to the

credit of the decedent, or (b) there is in effect an order, injunction

or other appropriate process of a court of competent jurisdiction

restraining such payment, or (c) it has notice that such payment would

violate the terms of a legal and valid trust, or (d) such payment is

inconsistent with any federal laws or regulations.

4. Such payments as any banking organization or foreign banking

corporation is required to make pursuant to this section shall be a

valid and sufficient release and discharge to such banking organization

or foreign banking corporation for any payment so made.

§ 678 — Accounts for convenience only

Accounts for convenience only. 1. When a deposit of cash,

securities or other property has been made, or shares shall be issued in

or with any banking organization or foreign banking corporation

transacting business in this state, in an account established after the

effective date of this section, in the name of a depositor and another

person and in form to be paid or delivered to either "for the

convenience" of the depositor, the making of such deposit or the

issuance of such shares shall not affect the title to such deposit or

shares and the depositor shall not be considered to have made a gift of

one-half the deposit or of any additions or accruals thereon to the

other person, and, on the death of the depositor, the other person shall

have no right of survivorship in the account. If an addition is made to

such an account by anyone other than the depositor, such an addition and

accruals thereon shall be considered to have been made by the depositor.

Such deposit or shares, together with all additions and accruals

thereon, may be paid or delivered to the depositor or the other person,

and such payment or delivery and the receipt or acquittance of the one

to whom such payment or delivery is made, shall be a valid and

sufficient release and discharge to the banking organization or foreign

banking corporation prior to the receipt by the banking organization or

foreign banking corporation of notice in writing signed by the depositor

not to pay or deliver such deposit or shares and the additions and

accruals thereon in accordance with the terms thereof, and after receipt

of any such notice, the banking organization or foreign banking

corporation may require the receipt or acquittance of the depositor for

any further payments or delivery. If the depositor is dead, such payment

or delivery to the other person shall be a valid and sufficient release

to the banking organization or foreign banking corporation prior to the

receipt by the banking organization or foreign banking corporation of

written notice of the depositor's death. A banking organization or

foreign banking corporation which, upon the death of the depositor and

prior to service upon it of a restraining order, injunction or other

appropriate process from a court of competent jurisdiction prohibiting

payment, makes payment to the executor, administrator or other qualified

representative of the deceased depositor's estate, shall, to the extent

of such payment, be released from liability to any person claiming a

right to the funds and the receipt or acquittance of the executor,

administrator or qualified representative to whom payment is made shall

be a valid and sufficient release and discharge of the financial

institution.

2. The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate and may

from time to time amend rules and regulations which require that a

depositor who requests the establishment of an account in the name of

the depositor and another person "for the convenience" of the depositor

be informed of the terms and conditions of the account described in

subdivision one of this section, including the relationship and

consequences between the parties in such an account, the difference

between such an account and a joint account established under section

six hundred seventy-five of this article, and the responsibilities of

the institution with which such an account is established. This

subdivision or any rule or regulation thereunder shall not be deemed or

construed as increasing or diminishing the rights or liability of any

person, or other entity.

§ 679 — Public awareness; banking services

Public awareness; banking services. The superintendent shall

conduct a public awareness campaign to educate consumers on different

banking services available in the state, particularly those that can

assist vulnerable adults in financial planning, including, but not

limited to, citizens of an advanced age, individuals with cognitive or

developmental disabilities, or those who have health or physical issues

that impair their financial independence. The public awareness campaign

shall include information regarding the differences between types of

accounts, including joint and convenience accounts, as well as the

rights and responsibilities generally recognized for each. The public

awareness campaign shall also include, but not be limited to, answers to

general concerns and questions that individuals may have with respect to

the establishment of certain types of accounts and services, as well as

information and recommendations for obtaining more information.

ARTICLE 13-F Uniform Special Deposits Act

§ 680 — Short title

Short title. This article shall be known and may be cited as

the "uniform special deposits act".

§ 680-a — Definitions

Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms

shall have the following meanings:

1. "Account agreement" means an agreement that:

(a) is in a record between a bank and one or more depositors;

(b) may have one or more beneficiaries as additional parties; and

(c) states the intention of the parties to establish a special deposit

governed by this article.

2. "Bank" means a person engaged in the business of banking and

includes a savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union,

trust company, and a bank as defined in section two of this chapter.

Each branch or separate office of a bank is a separate bank for the

purpose of this article.

3. "Beneficiary" means a person that:

(a) is identified as a beneficiary in an account agreement; or

(b) if not identified as a beneficiary in an account agreement, may be

entitled to payment from a special deposit:

(i) under the account agreement; or

(ii) on termination of the special deposit.

4. "Contingency" means an event or circumstance stated in an account

agreement that is not certain to occur but must occur before the bank is

obligated to pay a beneficiary.

5. "Creditor process" means attachment, garnishment, levy, notice of

lien, sequestration, or similar process issued by or on behalf of a

creditor or other claimant.

6. "Depositor" means a person that establishes or funds a special

deposit.

7. "Good faith" means honesty in fact and observance of reasonable

commercial standards of fair dealing.

8. "Knowledge" means:

(a) with respect to a beneficiary, actual knowledge of the fact; or

(b) with respect to a bank holding a special deposit:

(i) if the bank:

(1) has established a reasonable routine for communicating material

information to an individual to whom the bank has assigned

responsibility for the special deposit; and

(2) maintains reasonable compliance with the routine, actual knowledge

of the fact by that individual; or

(ii) if the bank has not established and maintained reasonable

compliance with a routine described in subparagraph (i) of this

paragraph or otherwise exercised due diligence, implied knowledge of the

fact that would have come to the attention of an individual to whom the

bank has assigned responsibility for the special deposit.

9. "Obligated to pay a beneficiary" or "obligation to pay a

beneficiary" means a beneficiary is entitled under the account agreement

to receive from the bank a payment when:

(a) a contingency has occurred; and

(b) the bank has knowledge the contingency has occurred.

10. "Permissible purpose" means a governmental, regulatory,

commercial, charitable, or testamentary objective of the parties stated

in an account agreement. The term includes an objective to:

(a) hold funds:

(i) in escrow, including for a purchase and sale, lease, buyback, or

other transaction;

(ii) as a security deposit of a tenant;

(iii) that may be distributed to a person as remuneration, retirement

or other benefit, or compensation under a judgment, consent decree,

court order, or other decision of a tribunal; or

(iv) for distribution to a defined class of persons after

identification of the class members and their interest in the funds;

(b) provide assurance with respect to an obligation created by

contract, such as earnest money to ensure a transaction closes;

(c) settle an obligation that arises in the operation of a payment

system, securities settlement system, or other financial market

infrastructure;

(d) provide assurance with respect to an obligation that arises in the

operation of a payment system, securities settlement system, or other

financial market infrastructure; or

(e) hold margin, other cash collateral, or funds that support the

orderly functioning of financial market infrastructure or the

performance of an obligation with respect to the infrastructure.

11. "Person" means an individual, estate, business or nonprofit

entity, government or governmental subdivision, agency, or

instrumentality, or other legal entity. The term includes a protected

series, however denominated, of an entity if the protected series is

established under law that limits, or limits if conditions specified

under law are satisfied, the ability of a creditor of the entity or of

any other protected series of the entity to satisfy a claim from assets

of the protected series.

12. "Record" means information:

(a) inscribed on a tangible medium; or

(b) stored in an electronic or other medium and retrievable in

perceivable form.

13. "Special deposit" means a deposit that satisfies section six

hundred eighty-d of this article.

14. "State" means a state of the United States, the District of

Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, or any other

territory or possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United

States. The term includes an agency or instrumentality of the state.

§ 680-b — Scope; choice of law; forum

Scope; choice of law; forum. 1. This article applies to a

special deposit under an account agreement that states the intention of

the parties to establish a special deposit governed by this article,

regardless of whether a party to the account agreement or a transaction

related to the special deposit, or the special deposit itself, has a

reasonable relation to this state.

2. The parties to an account agreement may choose a forum in this

state for settling a dispute arising out of the special deposit,

regardless of whether a party to the account agreement or a transaction

related to the special deposit, or the special deposit itself, has a

reasonable relation to this state.

3. This article does not affect:

(a) a right or obligation relating to a deposit other than a special

deposit under this article; or

(b) the voidability of a deposit or transfer that is fraudulent or

voidable under other law.

§ 680-c — Variation by agreement or amendment

Variation by agreement or amendment. 1. The effect of this

section and sections six hundred eighty-a, six hundred eighty-b, six

hundred eighty-d, six hundred eighty-e, six hundred eighty-g, six

hundred eighty-h, six hundred eighty-i, six hundred eighty-j and six

hundred eighty-m of this article shall not be varied by agreement,

except as provided in such sections. Subject to subdivision two of this

section, the effect of sections six hundred eighty-f, six hundred

eighty-k and six hundred eighty-l of this article may be varied by

agreement.

2. A provision in an account agreement or other record that

substantially excuses liability or substantially limits remedies for

failure to perform an obligation under this article is not sufficient to

vary the effect of a provision of this article.

3. If a beneficiary is a party to an account agreement, the bank and

the depositor may amend the agreement without the consent of the

beneficiary only if the agreement expressly permits the amendment.

4. If a beneficiary is not a party to an account agreement and the

bank and the depositor know the beneficiary has knowledge of the

agreement's terms, the bank and the depositor may amend the agreement

without the consent of the beneficiary only if the amendment does not

adversely and materially affect a payment right of the beneficiary.

5. If a beneficiary is not a party to an account agreement and the

bank and the depositor do not know whether the beneficiary has knowledge

of the agreement's terms, the bank and the depositor may amend the

agreement without the consent of the beneficiary only if the amendment

is made in good faith.

§ 680-d — Requirements for special deposit

Requirements for special deposit. A deposit is a special

deposit if it is:

1. a deposit of funds in a bank under an account agreement;

2. for the benefit of at least two beneficiaries, one or more of which

may be a depositor;

3. denominated in a medium of exchange that is currently authorized or

adopted by a domestic or foreign government;

4. for a permissible purpose stated in the account agreement; and

5. subject to a contingency.

§ 680-e — Permissible purpose

Permissible purpose. 1. A special deposit must serve at least

one permissible purpose stated in the account agreement from the time

the special deposit is created in the account agreement until

termination of the special deposit.

2. If, before termination of the special deposit, the bank or a court

determines the special deposit no longer satisfies subdivision one of

this section, sections six hundred eighty-g, six hundred eighty-h, six

hundred eighty-i and six hundred eighty-j of this article cease to apply

to any funds deposited in the special deposit after the special deposit

ceases to satisfy subdivision one of this section.

3. If, before termination of a special deposit, the bank determines

the special deposit no longer satisfies subdivision one of this section,

the bank may take action it believes is necessary under the

circumstances, including terminating the special deposit.

§ 680-f — Payment to beneficiary by bank

Payment to beneficiary by bank. 1. Unless the account

agreement provides otherwise, the bank is obligated to pay a beneficiary

if there are sufficient actually and finally collected funds in the

balance of the special deposit.

2. Except as provided in subdivision three of this section, the

obligation to pay the beneficiary is excused if the funds available in

the special deposit are insufficient to cover such payment.

3. Unless the account agreement provides otherwise, if the funds

available in the special deposit are insufficient to cover an obligation

to pay a beneficiary, a beneficiary may elect to be paid the funds that

are available or, if there is more than one beneficiary, a pro rata

share of the funds available. Payment to the beneficiary making the

election under this subsection discharges the bank's obligation to pay a

beneficiary and does not constitute an accord and satisfaction with

respect to another person obligated to the beneficiary.

4. Unless the account agreement provides otherwise, the obligation of

the bank obligated to pay a beneficiary is immediately due and payable.

5. The bank may discharge its obligation under this section by:

(a) crediting another transaction account of the beneficiary; or

(b) taking other action that:

(i) is permitted under the account agreement for the bank to obtain a

discharge; or

(ii) otherwise would constitute a discharge under law.

6. If the bank obligated to pay a beneficiary has incurred an

obligation to discharge the obligation of another person, the obligation

of the other person is discharged if action by the bank under

subdivision five of this section would constitute a discharge of the

obligation of the other person under law that determines whether an

obligation is satisfied.

§ 680-g — Property interest of depositor or beneficiary

Property interest of depositor or beneficiary. 1. Neither a

depositor nor a beneficiary has a property interest in a special

deposit.

2. Any property interest with respect to a special deposit is only in

the right to receive payment if the bank is obligated to pay a

beneficiary and not in the special deposit itself. Any property interest

under this subdivision shall be subject to the provisions of this

chapter and to rules and regulations made in accordance therewith.

§ 680-h — When creditor process enforceable against bank

When creditor process enforceable against bank. 1. Subject to

subdivision two of this section, creditor process with respect to a

special deposit is not enforceable against the bank holding the special

deposit.

2. Creditor process is enforceable against the bank holding a special

deposit with respect to an amount the bank is obligated to pay a

beneficiary or a depositor if the process:

(a) is served on the bank;

(b) provides sufficient information to permit the bank to identify the

depositor or the beneficiary from the bank's books and records; and

(c) gives the bank a reasonable opportunity to act on the process.

3. Creditor process served on a bank before it is enforceable against

the bank under subdivision two of this section does not create a right

of the creditor against the bank or a duty of the bank to the creditor.

The lien law and any other applicable law shall determine whether

creditor process creates a lien enforceable against the beneficiary on a

contingent interest of a beneficiary, including a depositor as a

beneficiary, even if not enforceable against the bank.

§ 680-i — Injunction or similar relief

Injunction or similar relief. A court may enjoin, or grant

similar relief that would have the effect of enjoining, a bank from

paying a depositor or beneficiary only if payment would constitute a

material fraud or facilitate a material fraud with respect to a special

deposit.

§ 680-j — Recoupment or set off

Recoupment or set off. 1. Except as provided in subdivision

two or three of this section, a bank shall not exercise a right of

recoupment or set off against a special deposit.

2. An account agreement may authorize the bank to debit the special

deposit:

(a) when the bank becomes obligated to pay a beneficiary, in an amount

that does not exceed the amount necessary to discharge the obligation;

(b) for a fee assessed by the bank that relates to an overdraft in the

special deposit account;

(c) for costs incurred by the bank that relate directly to the special

deposit; or

(d) to reverse an earlier credit posted by the bank to the balance of

the special deposit account, if the reversal occurs under an event or

circumstance warranted under other law of this state governing mistake

and restitution.

3. The bank holding a special deposit may exercise a right of

recoupment or set off against an obligation to pay a beneficiary, even

if the bank funds payment from the special deposit.

§ 680-k — Duties and liability of bank

Duties and liability of bank. 1. A bank does not have a

fiduciary duty to any person with respect to a special deposit.

2. When the bank holding a special deposit becomes obligated to pay a

beneficiary, a debtor-creditor relationship arises between the bank and

beneficiary.

3. The bank holding a special deposit has a duty to a beneficiary to

comply with the account agreement and this article.

4. If the bank holding a special deposit does not comply with the

account agreement or this article, the bank is liable to a depositor or

beneficiary only for damages proximately caused by the noncompliance.

Except as provided by other law of this state, the bank is not liable

for consequential, special, or punitive damages.

5. The bank holding a special deposit may rely on records presented in

compliance with the account agreement to determine whether the bank is

obligated to pay a beneficiary.

6. If the account agreement requires payment on presentation of a

record, the bank shall determine within a reasonable time whether the

record is sufficient to require payment. If the agreement requires

action by the bank on presentation of a record, the bank is not liable

for relying in good faith on the genuineness of the record if the record

appears on its face to be genuine.

7. Unless the account agreement provides otherwise, the bank is not

required to determine whether a permissible purpose stated in the

agreement continues to exist.

§ 680-l — Term and termination

Term and termination. 1. Unless otherwise provided in the

account agreement, a special deposit terminates five years after the

date the special deposit was first funded.

2. Unless otherwise provided in the account agreement, if the bank

cannot identify or locate a beneficiary entitled to payment when the

special deposit is terminated, and a balance remains in the special

deposit, the bank shall pay the balance to the depositor or depositors

as a beneficiary or beneficiaries.

3. A bank that pays the remaining balance as provided under

subdivision two of this section has no further obligation with respect

to the special deposit.

§ 680-m — Principles of law and equity

Principles of law and equity. The uniform commercial code,

article twenty-two-A of the general business law, the provisions of this

chapter governing deposits generally, the abandoned property law, and

the principles of law and equity, including any applicable law related

to capacity to contract, principal and agent, estoppel, fraud,

misrepresentation, duress, coercion, mistake, and bankruptcy, supplement

this article except to the extent inconsistent with this article.

§ 680-n — Uniformity of application and construction

Uniformity of application and construction. In applying and

construing the provisions of this uniform special deposits act, a court

shall consider the promotion of uniformity of the law among

jurisdictions that enact it.

§ 680-o — Transitional provision

Transitional provision. This article applies to:

1. a special deposit made under an account agreement executed on or

after the effective date of this article; and

2. a deposit made under an agreement executed before the effective

date of this article, if:

(a) all parties entitled to amend the agreement agree to make the

deposit a special deposit governed by this article; and

(b) the special deposit referenced in the amended agreement satisfies

the provisions of section six hundred eighty-d of this article.

§ 680-p — Severability

Severability. If any word, phrase, clause, sentence,

paragraph, section or part of this article shall be adjudged by any

court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment shall not

affect, impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be

confined in its operation to the word, phrase, clause, sentence,

paragraph, section or part thereof directly involved in the controversy

in which judgment shall have been rendered.

ARTICLE 14 Laws Repealed; Construction; When to Take Effect

§ 700 — Laws repealed

Laws repealed. Of the laws enumerated in the schedule hereto

annexed, that portion specified in the last column is hereby repealed.

§ 701 — Construction

Construction. The provisions of this chapter shall be construed

as a continuation of the provisions of chapter ten of the laws of

nineteen hundred nine, as amended, modified or amended according to the

language employed, and not as a new enactment.

§ 702 — When to take effect

When to take effect. This act, except the repeal of chapters

three hundred forty-eight of the laws of nineteen hundred ten and three

hundred ninety-three of the laws of nineteen hundred eleven, shall take

effect immediately; and the repeal of chapters three hundred forty-eight

of the laws of nineteen hundred ten and three hundred ninety-three of

the laws of nineteen hundred eleven, shall take effect on November

first, nineteen hundred fourteen.

ARTICLE 14-A Student Loan Servicers

§ 710 — Definitions

Definitions. 1. "Applicant" shall mean any person applying for

a license under this article.

2. "Borrower" shall mean any resident of this state who has received a

student loan or agreed in writing to pay a student loan or any person

who shares a legal obligation with such resident for repaying a student

loan.

3. "Borrower benefit" shall mean an incentive offered to a borrower in

connection with the origination of a student loan, including but not

limited to an interest rate reduction, principal rebate, fee waiver or

rebate, loan cancellation, or cosigner release.

4. "Exempt organization" shall mean any banking organization, foreign

banking corporation, national bank, federal savings association, federal

credit union, or any bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan

association, or credit union organized under the laws of any other

state, any public postsecondary educational institution or private

nonprofit postsecondary educational institution or any person licensed

or supervised by the department and exempted by the superintendent

pursuant to regulations promulgated in accordance with this article.

5. "Person" shall mean any individual, association, corporation,

limited liability company, partnership, trust, unincorporated

organization, government, and any other entity.

6. "Servicer" or "student loan servicer" shall mean a person engaged

in the business of servicing student loans owed by one or more borrowers

residing in this state.

7. "Servicing" shall mean:

(a) receiving any payment from a borrower pursuant to the terms of any

student loan;

(b) applying any payment to the borrower's account pursuant to the

terms of a student loan or the contract governing the servicing of any

such loans;

(c) providing any notification of amounts owed on a student loan by or

on account of any borrower in conjunction with performing such

activities as described in paragraphs (a), (b), or (d) of this

subdivision;

(d) during a period where a borrower is not required to make a payment

on a student loan, maintaining account records for the student loan and

communicating with the borrower regarding the student loan on behalf of

the owner of the student loan promissory note;

(e) interacting with a borrower with respect to or regarding any

attempt to avoid default on the borrower's student loan, or facilitating

the activities described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this subdivision in

conjunction with performing such activities as described in paragraphs

(a), (b), or (d) of this subdivision; or

(f) performing other administrative services with respect to a

borrower's student loan in conjunction with performing such activities

as described in paragraphs (a), (b), or (d) of this subdivision.

8. "Student loan" shall mean any loan to a borrower to finance

postsecondary education or expenses related to postsecondary education.

9. "Federal student loan" means (a) any student loan issued pursuant

to the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program; (b) any student loan

issued pursuant to the Federal Family Education Loan Program, which was

purchased by the government of the United States pursuant to the federal

Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act and is presently owned by

the government of the United States; and (c) any other student loan

issued pursuant to a federal program that is identified by the

superintendent as a "federal student loan" in a regulation.

§ 711 — Licensing

Licensing. 1. Except as provided in subdivisions two, three,

and four of this section, no person shall engage in the business of

servicing student loans owed by one or more borrowers residing in this

state without first being licensed by the superintendent as a student

loan servicer in accordance with this article and such regulations as

may be prescribed by the superintendent.

2. The licensing provisions of this article shall not apply to any

exempt organization that is a student loan servicer; provided that,

unless preempted by federal law, such exempt organization shall notify

the superintendent that it is servicing student loans in this state and

complies with sections seven hundred seventeen, seven hundred nineteen,

seven hundred twenty-one, seven hundred twenty-three and seven hundred

twenty-five of this article and article nine of the financial services

law and any regulation applicable to student loan servicers promulgated

by the superintendent.

3. Any person that services federal student loans owed by one or more

borrowers residing in this state shall be automatically deemed by

operation of law to have been issued a license to service federal

student loans by the superintendent as of April first, two thousand

nineteen. Such person shall notify the superintendent that it is

servicing federal student loans in this state and comply with sections

seven hundred seventeen, seven hundred nineteen, seven hundred

twenty-one, seven hundred twenty-two, seven hundred twenty-three and

seven hundred twenty-five of this article and any regulation applicable

to student loan servicers promulgated by the superintendent. The

provisions of sections thirty-three, thirty-nine, and forty-four of this

chapter shall also apply to such person. The license automatically

issued pursuant to this section shall only authorize the servicing of

federal student loans. A person that services both federal student loans

and non-federal student loans shall be required to be licensed pursuant

to subdivision one of this section and sections seven hundred twelve and

seven hundred thirteen of this article in order to be authorized to

service non-federal student loans unless such person is also an exempt

organization.

4. A person, other than an exempt organization, that services federal

student loans owed by one or more borrowers residing in this state and

that is not otherwise required to be licensed under this section shall

notify the superintendent that it is servicing federal student loans in

this state and shall comply with sections seven hundred seventeen, seven

hundred nineteen, seven hundred twenty-one, seven hundred twenty-two,

seven hundred twenty-three, and seven hundred twenty-five of this

article and any regulations applicable to student loan servicers

promulgated by the superintendent.

§ 712 — Application for a student loan servicer license; fees

Application for a student loan servicer license; fees. 1. The

application for a license to engage in the business of servicing student

loans shall be in writing, under oath, and in the form prescribed by the

superintendent. Notwithstanding article three of the state technology

law or any other law to the contrary, the superintendent may require

that an application for a license or any other submission or application

for approval as may be required by this article be made or executed by

electronic means if he or she deems it necessary to ensure the efficient

and effective administration of this article. The application shall

include a description of the activities of the applicant, in such detail

and for such periods as the superintendent may require; including:

(a) an affirmation of financial solvency noting such capitalization

requirements as may be required by the superintendent, and access to

such credit as may be required by the superintendent;

(b) a financial statement prepared by a certified public accountant,

the accuracy of which is sworn to under oath before a notary public by

an officer or other representative of the applicant who is authorized to

execute such documents;

(c) an affirmation that the applicant, or its members, officers,

partners, directors and principals as may be appropriate, are at least

twenty-one years of age;

(d) information as to the character, fitness, financial and business

responsibility, background and experiences of the applicant, or its

members, officers, partners, directors and principals as may be

appropriate;

(e) any additional detail or information required by the

superintendent.

2. An application to become a licensed student loan servicer or any

application with respect to a student loan servicer shall be

accomplished by a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of

this chapter.

§ 713 — Application process to receive license to engage in the business of student loan servicing

Application process to receive license to engage in the

business of student loan servicing. 1. Upon the filing of an application

for a license, if the superintendent shall find that the financial

responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of the

applicant and, if applicable, the members, officers, partners, directors

and principals of the applicant are such as to command the confidence of

the community and to warrant belief that the business will be operated

honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purpose of this article,

the superintendent shall thereupon issue a license in duplicate to

engage in the business of servicing student loans described in section

seven hundred ten of this article in accordance with the provisions of

this article. If the superintendent shall not so find, the

superintendent shall not issue a license, and the superintendent shall

so notify the applicant. The superintendent shall transmit one copy of a

license to the applicant and file another in the office of the

department of financial services. Upon receipt of such license, a

student loan servicer shall be authorized to engage in the business of

servicing student loans in accordance with the provisions of this

article. Such license shall remain in full force and effect until it is

surrendered by the servicer or revoked or suspended as hereinafter

provided.

2. The superintendent may refuse to issue a license pursuant to this

article if he or she shall find that the applicant, or any person who is

a director, officer, partner, agent, employee, member, or substantial

stockholder of the applicant:

(a) within the last ten years prior to the date of application, has

committed any act involving dishonesty, fraud, deceit, or has been

convicted of, or pleaded nolo contendere to, a crime directly related to

the qualifications, functions, or duties related to servicing student

loans, provided that any criminal conviction be evaluated consistent

with article twenty-three-A of the correction law;

(b) has had a license or registration revoked by the superintendent or

any other regulator or jurisdiction;

(c) has been an officer, director, partner, member or substantial

stockholder of an entity which has had a license or registration revoked

by the superintendent or any other regulator or jurisdiction; or

(d) has been an agent, employee, officer, director, partner or member

of an entity which has had a license or registration revoked by the

superintendent where such person shall have been found by the

superintendent to bear responsibility in connection with the revocation.

3. The term "substantial stockholder", as used in this section, shall

be deemed to refer to a person owning or controlling directly or

indirectly ten per centum or more of the total outstanding stock of a

corporation.

§ 714 — Changes in officers and directors

Changes in officers and directors. Upon any change of any of

the executive officers, directors, partners or members of any student

loan servicer required to be licensed under section seven hundred eleven

of this article, the student loan servicer shall submit to the

superintendent the name, address, and occupation of each new officer,

director, partner or member, and provide such other information as the

superintendent may require.

§ 715 — Changes in control

Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the

prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which

results in a change of control of the business of a student loan

servicer required to be licensed under section seven hundred eleven of

this article. Prior to any change of control, the person desirous of

acquiring control of the business of a student loan servicer shall make

written application to the superintendent and pay an investigation fee

as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter to the

superintendent. The application shall contain such information as the

superintendent, by rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or

appropriate for the purpose of making the determination required by

subdivision two of this section. This information shall include but not

be limited to the information and other material required for a student

loan servicer by subdivision one of section seven hundred twelve of this

article.

2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change

of control of a student loan servicer required to be licensed under

section seven hundred eleven of this article in accordance with the

provisions of section seven hundred thirteen of this article.

3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of

this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of

law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has

control of a student loan servicer. Thereafter, such legal

representative shall comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and

two of this section. The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this

section shall be applicable to an application made under such section by

a legal representative. The term "legal representative", for the

purposes of this subdivision, shall mean one duly appointed by a court

of competent jurisdiction to act as executor, administrator, trustee,

committee, conservator or receiver, including one who succeeds a legal

representative and one acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in

accordance with the provisions of such court appointment.

4. As used in this section the term "control" means the possession,

directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of

the management and policies of a student loan servicer, whether through

the ownership of voting stock of such student loan servicer, the

ownership of voting stock of any person which possesses such power or

otherwise. Control shall be presumed to exist if any person, directly or

indirectly, owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or

more of the voting stock of any student loan servicer or of any person

which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more

of the voting stock of any student loan servicer, but no person shall be

deemed to control a student loan servicer solely by reason of being an

officer or director of such student loan servicer. The superintendent

may in his or her discretion, upon the application of a student loan

servicer or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or

holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to

vote any voting stock of such student loan servicer, determine whether

or not the ownership, control or holding of such voting stock

constitutes or would constitute control of such student loan servicer

for purposes of this section.

§ 716 — Grounds for suspension or revocation of license

Grounds for suspension or revocation of license. 1. After

notice and hearing, the superintendent may revoke or suspend any license

to engage in the business of a student loan servicer issued pursuant to

this article if he or she shall find that:

(a) a servicer has violated any provision of this article, any rule or

regulation promulgated by the superintendent under and within the

authority of this article, or any other applicable law;

(b) any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time

of the original application for such license, would have warranted the

superintendent refusing originally to issue such license;

(c) a servicer does not cooperate with an examination or investigation

by the superintendent;

(d) a servicer engages in fraud, intentional misrepresentation, or

gross negligence in servicing a student loan;

(e) the competence, experience, character, or general fitness of the

servicer, an individual controlling, directly or indirectly, ten percent

or more of the outstanding interests, or any person responsible for

servicing a student loan for the servicer indicates that it is not in

the public interest to permit the servicer to continue servicing student

loans;

(f) the servicer engages in an unsafe or unsound practice;

(g) the servicer is insolvent, suspends payment of its obligations, or

makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(h) a servicer has violated the laws of this state, any other state or

any federal law involving fraudulent or dishonest dealing, or a final

judgement has been entered against a student loan servicer in a civil

action upon grounds of fraud, misrepresentation or deceit.

2. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a

substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license for a period not

exceeding thirty days, pending investigation. "Good cause", as used in

this subdivision, shall exist when a student loan servicer has defaulted

or is likely to default in performing its financial engagements or

engages in dishonest or inequitable practices which may cause

substantial harm to the persons afforded the protection of this article.

3. Except as provided in subdivision two of this section, no license

shall be revoked or suspended except after notice and hearing thereon.

Any order of suspension issued after notice and a hearing may include as

a condition of reinstatement that the student loan servicer make

restitution to consumers of fees or other charges which have been

improperly charged or collected, including but not limited to by

allocating payments contrary to a borrower's direction or in a manner

that fails to help a borrower avoid default, as determined by the

superintendent. Any hearing held pursuant to the provisions of this

section shall be noticed, conducted and administered in compliance with

the state administrative procedure act.

4. Any student loan servicer may surrender any license by delivering

to the superintendent written notice that it thereby surrenders such

license, but such surrender shall not affect such servicer's civil or

criminal liability for acts committed prior to such surrender. If such

surrender is made after the issuance by the superintendent of a

statement of charges and notice of hearing, the superintendent may

proceed against the servicer as if such surrender had not taken place.

5. No revocation, suspension, or surrender of any license shall impair

or affect the obligation of any pre-existing lawful contract between the

student loan servicer and any person, including the department of

financial services.

6. Every license issued pursuant to this article shall remain in force

and effect until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked or

suspended in accordance with any other provisions of this article.

7. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license

issued pursuant to this article, he or she shall forthwith execute in

duplicate a written order to that effect. The superintendent shall file

one copy of such order in the office of the department and shall

forthwith serve the other copy upon the student loan servicer. Any such

order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of

the civil practice law and rules.

§ 717 — Books and records; reports and electronic filing

Books and records; reports and electronic filing. 1. Each

student loan servicer shall keep and use in its business such books,

accounts and records as will enable the superintendent to determine

whether such servicer or exempt organization is complying with the

provisions of this article and with the rules and regulations lawfully

made by the superintendent. Every servicer shall preserve such books,

accounts, and records, for at least three years.

2. (a) Each student loan servicer, other than an exempt organization,

shall annually, on or before a date to be determined by the

superintendent, file a report with the superintendent giving such

information as the superintendent may require concerning the business

and operations during the preceding calendar year of such servicer under

authority of this article. Such report shall be subscribed and affirmed

as true by the servicer under the penalties of perjury and shall be in

the form prescribed by the superintendent.

(b) In addition to annual reports, the superintendent may require such

additional regular or special reports as he or she may deem necessary to

the proper supervision of student loan servicers under this article.

Such additional reports shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by the

servicer under the penalties of perjury and shall be in the form

prescribed by the superintendent.

3. Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law or any

other law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that any

submission or approval as may be required by the superintendent be made

or executed by electronic means if he or she deems it necessary to

ensure the efficient administration of this article.

§ 718 — Rules and Regulations

Rules and Regulations. 1. In addition to such powers as may

otherwise be prescribed by law, the superintendent is hereby authorized

and empowered to promulgate such rules and regulations as may in the

judgement of the superintendent be consistent with the purposes of this

article, or appropriate for the effective administration of this

article, including, but not limited to:

(a) Such rules and regulations in connection with the activities of

student loan servicers as may be necessary and appropriate for the

protection of borrowers in this state.

(b) Such rules and regulations as may be necessary and appropriate to

define unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with

the activities of student loan servicers.

(c) Such rules and regulations as may define the terms used in this

article and as may be necessary and appropriate to interpret and

implement the provisions of this article.

(d) Such rules and regulations as may be necessary for the enforcement

of this article.

2. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to make such

specific rulings, demands and findings as the superintendent may deem

necessary for the proper conduct of the student loan servicing industry.

§ 719 — Prohibited practices

Prohibited practices. No student loan servicer shall:

1. Employ any scheme, device or artifice to defraud or mislead a

borrower;

2. Engage in any unfair, deceptive or predatory act or practice toward

any person or misrepresent or omit any material information in

connection with the servicing of a student loan, including, but not

limited to, misrepresenting the amount, nature or terms of any fee or

payment due or claimed to be due on a student loan, the terms and

conditions of the loan agreement or the borrower's obligations under the

loan;

3. Misapply payments to the outstanding balance of any student loan or

to any related interest or fees;

4. Provide inaccurate information to a consumer reporting agency;

5. Refuse to communicate with an authorized representative of the

borrower who provides a written authorization signed by the borrower,

provided that the servicer may adopt procedures reasonably related to

verifying that the representative is in fact authorized to act on behalf

of the borrower;

6. Make any false statement or make any omission of a material fact in

connection with any information or reports filed with a governmental

agency or in connection with any investigation conducted by the

superintendent or another governmental agency;

7. Fail to respond within fifteen calendar days to communications from

the department, or within such shorter, reasonable time as the

department may request in his or her communication; or

8. Fail to provide a response within fifteen calendar days to a

consumer complaint submitted to the servicer by the department. If

necessary, a student loan servicer may request additional time up to a

maximum of forty-five calendar days, provided that such request is

accompanied by an explanation why such additional time is reasonable and

necessary.

§ 720 — Servicing student loans without a license

Servicing student loans without a license. 1. Whenever, in the

opinion of the superintendent, a person is engaged in the business of

servicing student loans, either actually or through subterfuge, without

a license from the superintendent, the superintendent may order that

person to desist and refrain from engaging in the business of servicing

student loans in the state. If, within thirty days after an order is

served, a request for a hearing is filed in writing and the hearing is

not held within sixty days of the filing, the order shall be rescinded.

2. This section does not apply to exempt organizations.

§ 721 — Responsibilities

Responsibilities. 1. If a student loan servicer regularly

reports information to a consumer reporting agency, the servicer shall

accurately report a borrower's payment performance to at least one

consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers

on a nationwide basis as defined in Section 603(p) of the federal Fair

Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 1681a(p)), upon acceptance as a

data furnisher by that consumer reporting agency.

2. (a) Except as provided in federal law or required by a student loan

agreement, a student loan servicer shall inquire of a borrower how to

apply a borrower's nonconforming payment. A borrower's direction on how

to apply a nonconforming payment shall remain in effect for any future

nonconforming payment during the term of a student loan until the

borrower provides different directions.

(b) For purposes of this subdivision, "nonconforming payment" shall

mean a payment that is either more or less than the borrower's required

student loan payment.

3. (a) If the sale, assignment, or other transfer of the servicing of

a student loan results in a change in the identity of the person to whom

the borrower is required to send subsequent payments or direct any

communications concerning the student loan, a student loan servicer

shall transfer all information regarding a borrower, a borrower's

account, and a borrower's student loan, including but not limited to the

borrower's repayment status and any borrower benefits associated with

the borrower's student loan, to the new student loan servicer servicing

the borrower's student loan within forty-five days.

(b) A student loan servicer shall adopt policies and procedures to

verify that it has received all information regarding a borrower, a

borrower's account, and a borrower's student loan, including but not

limited to the borrower's repayment status and any borrower benefits

associated with the borrower's student loan, when the servicer obtains

the right to service a student loan.

4. If a student loan servicer sells, assigns, or otherwise transfers

the servicing of a student loan to a new servicer, the sale, assignment

or other transfer shall be completed at least seven days before the

borrower's next payment is due.

5. (a) A student loan servicer that sells, assigns, or otherwise

transfers the servicing of a student loan shall require as a condition

of such sale, assignment or other transfer that the new student loan

servicer shall honor all borrower benefits originally represented as

being available to a borrower during the repayment of the student loan

and the possibility of such benefits, including any benefits that were

represented as being available but for which the borrower had not yet

qualified.

(b) A student loan servicer that obtains the right to service a

student loan shall honor all borrower benefits originally represented as

being available to a borrower during the repayment of the student loan

and the possibility of such benefits, including any benefits that were

represented as being available but for which the borrower had not yet

qualified.

6. A student loan servicer shall respond within thirty days after

receipt to a written inquiry from a borrower or a borrower's

representative.

7. A student loan servicer shall preserve records of each student loan

and all communications with borrowers for not less than two years

following the final payment on such student loan or the sale, assignment

or other transfer of the servicing of such student loan, whichever

occurs first, or such longer period as may be required by any other

provision of law.

§ 722 — Examinations

Examinations. 1. The superintendent may at any time, and as

often as he or she may determine, either personally or by a person duly

designated by the superintendent, investigate the business and examine

the books, accounts, records, and files used therein of every student

loan servicer. For that purpose the superintendent and his or her duly

designated representative shall have free access to the offices and

places of business, books, accounts, papers, records, files, safes and

vaults of all such servicers. The superintendent and any person duly

designated by him or her shall have authority to require the attendance

of and to examine under oath all persons whose testimony he or she may

require relative to such business.

2. No person subject to investigation or examination under this

section may knowingly withhold, abstract, remove, mutilate, destroy or

secrete any books, records, computer records or other information.

3. The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant to this

section shall be assessed against and paid by the student loan servicer

so examined, except that travelling and subsistence expenses so incurred

shall be charged against and paid by servicers in such proportions as

the superintendent shall deem just and reasonable, and such

proportionate charges shall be added to the assessment of the other

expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon written notice by the

superintendent of the total amount of such assessment, the servicer

shall become liable for and shall pay such assessment to the

superintendent.

4. In any hearing in which a department employee acting under

authority of this chapter is available for cross-examination, any

official written report, worksheet, other related papers, or duly

certified copy thereof, compiled, prepared, drafted, or otherwise made

by said department employee, after being duly authenticated by said

employee, may be admitted as competent evidence upon the oath of said

employee that said worksheet, investigative report, or other related

documents were prepared as a result of an examination of the books and

records of a servicer or other person, conducted pursuant to the

authority of this chapter.

5. Unless it is an exempt organization, affiliates of a student loan

servicer are subject to examination by the superintendent on the same

terms as the servicer, but only when reports from, or examination of, a

servicer provides evidence of unlawful activity between a servicer and

affiliate benefitting, affecting, or arising from the activities

regulated by this article.

6. This section shall not apply to exempt organizations. To the extent

the superintendent is authorized by any other law to make an examination

into the affairs of any exempt organization, this subdivision shall not

be construed to limit in any way the superintendent's authority,

regarding the subjects of such an examination, or otherwise.

§ 723 — Penalties for violation of this article

Penalties for violation of this article. 1. In addition to such

penalties as may otherwise be applicable by law, including but not

limited to the penalties available under section forty-four of this

chapter, the superintendent may, after notice and hearing, require any

person found violating the provisions of this article or the rules or

regulations promulgated hereunder to pay to the people of this state a

penalty for each violation of the article or any regulation or policy

promulgated hereunder a sum not to exceed the greater of (i) two

thousand dollars or where such violation is willful ten thousand dollars

for each offense; (ii) a multiple of two times the aggregate damages

attributable to the violation; or (iii) a multiple of two times the

aggregate economic gain attributable to the violation.

2. Nothing in this article shall limit any statutory or common-law

right of any person to bring any action in any court for any act, or the

right of the state to punish any person for any violation of any law.

§ 724 — Severability of provisions

Severability of provisions. If any provision of this article,

or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance,

shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remainder of the

article, and the application of such provision to persons or

circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal

or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby.

§ 725 — Compliance with other laws

Compliance with other laws. 1. Student loan servicers shall

engage in the business of servicing student loans in conformity with the

provisions of the financial services law, this chapter, such rules and

regulations as may be promulgated by the superintendent thereunder and

all applicable federal laws and the rules and regulations promulgated

thereunder.

2. Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit any otherwise

applicable state or federal law or regulations.

ARTICLE 14-B Buy-now-pay-later Lenders

§ 735 — Short title

* § 735. Short title. This article shall be known and may be cited as

the "buy-now-pay-later act".

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 736 — Definitions

* § 736. Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms

shall have the following meanings:

1. "Authorized buy-now-pay-later lender" means a buy-now-pay-later

lender authorized by the superintendent pursuant to subdivision two of

section seven hundred thirty-seven of this article.

2. "Consumer" means an individual who is a resident of the state of

New York.

3. "Buy-now-pay-later loan" means closed-end credit provided to a

consumer in connection with such consumer's particular purchase of goods

and/or services, other than a motor vehicle as defined under section one

hundred twenty-five of the vehicle and traffic law. A "buy-now-pay-later

loan" does not include credit where the creditor is the seller of such

goods and/or services, unless it is credit pursuant to an agreement

whereby, at a consumer's request, the creditor purchases a specific good

and/or service from a seller and resells such specific good and/or

service to such consumer on closed-end credit. A "buy-now-pay-later

loan" shall include the following categories of such loans:

(a) "Buy-now-pay-later zero-interest loan" means a buy-now-pay-later

loan payable in one or more installments without any interest or finance

charge;

(b) "Buy-now-pay-later installment loan" means a buy-now-pay-later

loan with either interest or finance charges or both; and

(c) Any other subset of buy-now-pay-later loans the superintendent may

classify as a separate category by regulation.

4. "Buy-now-pay-later lender" means a person who offers

buy-now-pay-later loans in this state. For purposes of the preceding

sentence, "offer" means offering to make a buy-now-pay-later loan by

extending credit directly to a consumer or operating a platform,

software or system with which a consumer interacts and the primary

purpose of which is to allow third parties to offer buy-now-pay-later

loans, or both. A person shall not be considered a buy-now-pay-later

lender on the basis of isolated, incidental or occasional transactions

which otherwise meet the definitions of this section.

5. "Exempt organization" means any national bank, federal savings

bank, federal savings and loan association, federal credit union,

federal trust company, or foreign banking corporation licensed by the

comptroller of the currency to transact business in this state.

6. "Licensee" means a person who has been issued a license under this

article.

7. "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, association

or any other business organization.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 737 — License or authorization

* § 737. License or authorization. 1. No person or other entity,

except an exempt organization or an authorized buy-now-pay-later lender

as defined in this article, shall act as a buy-now-pay-later lender

without first obtaining a license from the superintendent under this

article.

(a) An application for a license shall be in writing, under oath, and

in the form and containing such information as the superintendent may

require.

(b) At the time of filing an application for a license, the applicant

shall pay to the superintendent a fee as prescribed pursuant to section

eighteen-a of this chapter.

(c) A license granted under this article shall be valid unless revoked

or suspended by the superintendent or unless surrendered by the licensee

and accepted by the superintendent.

(d) No licensee or authorized buy-now-pay-later lender shall be

permitted to engage in lending of any category of buy-now-pay-later loan

not captured by subdivision three of section seven hundred thirty-six of

this article without receiving permission from the superintendent to do

so.

(e) The superintendent shall establish a process by which a licensee

or authorized lender may obtain permission to update categories of

buy-now-pay-later loans they are permitted to offer to a license or

authorization under this article, provided that a single license or

authorization may include multiple categories of buy-now-pay-later

loans. A license or authorization granted under this article shall

specify the eligible buy-now-pay-later loans and shall be limited to

categories of lending in which the lender has been licensed or

authorized by the superintendent to engage. Buy-now-pay-later lenders

shall not be required to obtain more than one license or authorization

for multiple categories of lending. A licensed or authorized

buy-now-pay-later lender must clearly and conspicuously disclose to

consumers its license or authorization status in accordance with section

seven hundred thirty-nine of this article.

(f) In connection with an application for a license, the applicant

shall submit an affidavit of financial solvency, including financial

statements, noting such capitalization requirements and access to such

credit or such other affirmation or information as may be prescribed by

the regulations of the superintendent for different categories of

buy-now-pay-later loans. The applicant shall also submit policies and

procedures for underwriting such buy-now-pay-later loans.

2. Any banking organization, foreign banking corporation licensed by

the superintendent to transact business in this state or originating

buy-now-pay-later loans from a branch in this state subject to article

five-C of this chapter, or a licensed lender licensed by the

superintendent under article nine of this chapter, other than an exempt

organization, must obtain the superintendent's prior written

authorization to act as a buy-now-pay-later lender for specific

categories of buy-now-pay-later loans. The superintendent shall

establish a process by which an entity described in this subdivision may

request such authorization to act as a buy-now-pay-later lender, which

process shall include, but not be limited to, requirements that the

entity requesting such authorization submit a written plan describing

the proposed buy-now-pay-later lending, its proposed policies and

procedures for complying with the provisions of this article, and the

impact on the overall business of the entity. The superintendent shall

establish a process for withdrawing an authorization to act as a

buy-now-pay-later lender.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 738 — Conditions precedent to issuing a license; procedure where application is denied

* § 738. Conditions precedent to issuing a license; procedure where

application is denied. 1. After the filing of an application for a

license accompanied by payment of the fee pursuant to paragraph b of

subdivision one of section seven hundred thirty-seven of this article,

it shall be substantively reviewed. After the application is deemed

sufficient and complete, if the superintendent finds that the financial

responsibility, including meeting any capital requirements as

established pursuant to subdivision three of this section, experience,

character and general fitness of the applicant or any person associated

with the applicant are such as to command the confidence of the

community and to warrant the belief that the business will be conducted

honestly, fairly and efficiently within the purposes and intent of this

article, the superintendent shall issue the license. For the purpose of

this subdivision, the applicant shall be deemed to include all the

members of the applicant if it is a partnership or unincorporated

association or organization, and all the stockholders, officers and

directors of the applicant if it is a corporation.

2. If the superintendent refuses to issue a license, the

superintendent shall notify the applicant of the denial and retain the

fee paid pursuant to paragraph b of subdivision one of section seven

hundred thirty-seven of this article.

3. The superintendent shall promulgate rules and regulations setting

capital requirements to ensure the solvency and financial integrity of

licensees and their ongoing operations, taking into account the risks,

volume of business, complexity, and other relevant factors regarding

such licensees. Further, the superintendent may promulgate rules and

regulations prescribing a methodology to calculate capital requirements

with respect to licensees or categories thereof.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 739 — License provisions and posting

* § 739. License provisions and posting. 1. A license issued under

this article shall state the name and address of the licensee, and if

the licensee be a co-partnership or association, the names of the

members thereof, and for a corporation, the date and place of its

incorporation.

2. Such license shall be kept conspicuously posted on the mobile

application, website, or other consumer interface of the licensee, as

well as listed in the terms and conditions of any buy-now-pay-later loan

offered or entered into by the licensee. The superintendent may provide

by regulation an alternative form of notice of licensure.

3. A license issued under this article shall not be transferable or

assignable.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 740 — Application for acquisition of control of buy-now-pay-later lender by purchase of stock

* § 740. Application for acquisition of control of buy-now-pay-later

lender by purchase of stock. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the

prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which

results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to

any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the

business of a licensee shall make written application to the

superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to

section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The

application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by

regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the purpose of

making the determination required by subdivision two of this section.

2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change

of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of section

seven hundred thirty-eight of this article.

3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof

and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may

prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of

this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of

law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has

control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall

comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.

The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be

applicable to an application made under such section by a legal

representative.

4. The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,

shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to

act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or

receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one

acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the

provisions of such court appointment.

5. As used in this section, the term "control" means the possession,

directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of

the management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership

of voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any

person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be

presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls

or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock

of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with

power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any

licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by

reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The

superintendent may in the superintendent's discretion, upon the

application of a licensee or any person who, directly or indirectly,

owns, controls or holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or

hold with power to vote any voting stock of such licensee, determine

whether or not the ownership, control or holding of such voting stock

constitutes or would constitute control of such licensee for purposes of

this section.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 741 — Grounds for revocation or suspension of license; procedure

* § 741. Grounds for revocation or suspension of license; procedure.

1. A license granted under this article may be revoked or suspended by

the superintendent upon a finding that:

(a) the licensee has violated any applicable law or regulation;

(b) any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time

of the original application for such license, clearly would have

warranted the superintendent's refusal to issue such license; or

(c) the licensee has failed to pay any sum of money lawfully demanded

by the superintendent or to comply with any demand, ruling or

requirement of the superintendent.

2. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the

superintendent written notice that the licensee thereby surrenders such

license. Such surrender shall be effective upon its acceptance by the

superintendent, and shall not affect such licensee's civil or criminal

liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.

3. Every license issued under this article shall remain in force and

effect until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked or suspended,

in accordance with the provisions of this article, but the

superintendent shall have authority to reinstate suspended licenses or

to issue a new license to a licensee whose license has been revoked if

no fact or condition then exists which clearly would have warranted the

superintendent's refusal to issue such license.

4. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license

issued under this article, the superintendent shall forthwith execute a

written order to that effect, which order may be reviewed in the manner

provided by article seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules.

Such special proceeding for review as authorized by this section must be

commenced within thirty days from the date of such order of suspension

or revocation.

5. The superintendent may, for good cause, without notice and a

hearing, suspend any license issued under this article for a period not

exceeding thirty days, pending investigation. "Good cause," as used in

this subdivision, shall exist only when the licensee has engaged in or

is likely to engage in a practice prohibited by this article or the

rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or engages in dishonest or

inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the public.

6. No revocation, suspension or surrender of any license shall impair

or affect any pre-existing lawful contracts between the licensee and any

borrower.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 742 — Superintendent authorized to examine

* § 742. Superintendent authorized to examine. 1. The superintendent

shall have the power to make such investigations as the superintendent

shall deem necessary to determine whether any buy-now-pay-later lender

or any other person has violated any of the provisions of this article

or any other applicable law, or whether any licensee has conducted

itself in such manner as would justify the revocation of its license,

and to the extent necessary therefor, the superintendent may require the

attendance of and examine any person under oath, and shall have the

power to compel the production of all relevant books, records, accounts,

and documents.

2. The superintendent shall have the power to make such examinations

of the books, records, accounts and documents used in the business of

any licensee as the superintendent shall deem necessary to determine

whether any such licensee has violated any of the provisions of this

chapter or any other applicable law or to secure information lawfully

required by the superintendent.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 743 — Licensee's books and records; reports

* § 743. Licensee's books and records; reports. 1. A buy-now-pay-later

lender shall keep and use in its business such books, accounts and

records as will enable the superintendent to determine whether such

buy-now-pay-later lender is complying with the provisions of this

article and with the rules and regulations promulgated by the

superintendent thereunder. Every buy-now-pay-later lender shall preserve

such books, accounts and records for at least six years after making the

final entry in respect to any buy-now-pay-later loan recorded therein;

provided, however, the preservation of photographic or digital

reproductions thereof or records in photographic or digital form shall

constitute compliance with this requirement.

2. By a date to be set by the superintendent, each licensee shall

annually file a report with the superintendent giving such information

as the superintendent may require concerning the licensee's business and

operations during the preceding calendar year within the state under the

authority of this article. Such report shall be subscribed and affirmed

as true by the licensee under the penalties of perjury and be in the

form prescribed by the superintendent. In addition to such annual

reports, the superintendent may require of licensees such additional

regular or special reports as the superintendent may deem necessary to

the proper supervision of licensees under this article. Such additional

reports shall be in the form prescribed by the superintendent and shall

be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 744 — Acts prohibited

* § 744. Acts prohibited. 1. No buy-now-pay-later lender shall take or

cause to be taken any confession of judgment or any power of attorney to

confess judgment or to appear for the consumer in a judicial proceeding.

2. No buy-now-pay-later lender shall:

(a) employ any scheme, device, or artifice to defraud or mislead a

borrower;

(b) engage in any deceptive or unfair practice toward any person or

misrepresent or omit any material information in connection with the

buy-now-pay-later loans, including, but not limited to, misrepresenting

the amount, nature or terms of any fee or payment due or claimed to be

due on the loan, the terms and conditions of the loan agreement or the

borrower's obligations under the loan;

(c) misapply payments to the outstanding balance of any buy-now-pay-

later loan or to any related fees;

(d) provide inaccurate information to a consumer reporting agency; or

(e) make any false statement or make any omission of a material fact

in connection with any information or reports filed with a governmental

agency or in connection with any investigation conducted by the

superintendent or another governmental agency.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 745 — Interest and other charges

* § 745. Interest and other charges. 1. No buy-now-pay-later lender

shall: (a) charge interest unless the rate of interest to be charged is

allowable pursuant to its license or authorization; (b) charge interest

unless the rate of interest to be charged is clearly disclosed and

agreed to by the consumer; or (c) directly or indirectly charge,

contract for, or receive any interest, discount, or consideration upon

the loan, use, forbearance of money, goods, or things, or inaction, or

upon the loan, use, or sale of credit greater than the maximum set by

the superintendent pursuant to this section, but in no case greater than

the rate permitted by section 5-501 of the general obligations law.

2. The superintendent shall establish a maximum cumulative amount of

all charges and fees that a buy-now-pay-later lender can charge a

consumer in connection with each category of buy-now-pay-later loans.

The superintendent shall also establish a maximum amount or percentage

for total specific charge or fee in connection with origination, late

payment, default or any other violation of the buy-now-pay-later loan

agreement, that a buy-now-pay-later lender can charge a consumer for

each category of buy-now-pay-later loans. Any such fee or charge shall

not be collected more than once for a single such late payment, default,

or other violation of the buy-now-pay-later loan agreement.

3. The superintendent shall promulgate rules and regulations regarding

the manner of charging interest and fees as prescribed as in this

section.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 746 — Consumer protections

* § 746. Consumer protections. 1. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall

disclose or cause to be disclosed to consumers the terms of

buy-now-pay-later loans, including, without limitation, the cost, such

as interest and fees, repayment schedule, the means by which a consumer

may dispute billing practices, whether the transaction will or will not

be reported to a credit reporting agency, and other material conditions,

in a clear and conspicuous manner. Disclosures shall comply with

applicable federal regulations, including but not limited to regulation

Z of title I of the Consumer Credit Protection Act.

2. Subject to regulations to be promulgated by the superintendent, a

buy-now-pay-later lender shall, before providing or causing to be

provided a buy-now-pay-later loan to a consumer, perform, or cause to be

performed, reasonable risk-based underwriting. A buy-now-pay-later

lender shall maintain or cause to be maintained policies and procedures

for underwriting buy-now-pay-later loans, and shall disclose factors

considered in such underwriting process, in a clear and conspicuous

manner to the consumer. No buy-now-pay-later lender shall collect,

evaluate, report, or maintain in the file on a borrower the credit

worthiness, credit standing, or credit capacity of members of the

borrower's social network for purposes of determining the credit

worthiness of the borrower; the average credit worthiness, credit

standing, or credit capacity of members of the borrower's social

network; or any group score that is not the borrower's own credit

worthiness, credit standing, or credit capacity.

3. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall maintain or cause to be maintained

policies and procedures for maintaining accurate data that may be

reported to credit reporting agencies. No buy-now-pay-later lender shall

share consumer data in a manner inconsistent with this article and

regulations promulgated thereto.

4. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall provide or cause to be provided

refunds or credits for goods or services purchased in connection with a

buy-now-pay-later loan, if the consumer requests and is entitled to a

refund, in a manner that is fair, transparent, and not unduly burdensome

to consumers. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall maintain or cause to be

maintained policies and procedures to provide such refunds or credits.

Such policies and procedures shall be fair, transparent, and not unduly

burdensome to the consumer. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall disclose or

cause to be disclosed to consumers, in a clear and conspicuous manner,

the process by which they can obtain refunds or credits for goods or

services they have purchased in connection with a buy-now-pay-later

loan.

5. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall resolve or cause to be resolved

disputes in a manner that is fair and transparent to consumers. A

buy-now-pay-later lender shall create or cause to be created a readily

available and prominently disclosed method for consumers to bring a

dispute to the buy-now-pay-later lender. A buy-now-pay-later lender

shall maintain policies and procedures for handling consumer disputes.

The superintendent may promulgate rules and regulations regarding

treatment of unauthorized use, so that consumers are liable for use of

buy-now-pay-later loans in their name only under circumstances where

such liability would be fair and reasonable. A buy-now-pay-later lender

shall apply to buy-now-pay-later loans the dispute rights and

unauthorized charges requirements that apply to credit cards under the

Truth in Lending Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1643, 1666, 1666a, 1666i, regardless

of whether such law applies to buy-now-pay-later loans or whether the

buy-now-pay-later lender offers a credit card within the scope of such

law.

6. A buy-now-pay-later lender may use, sell, or share the data of a

consumer, other than in connection with the making of a particular

buy-now-pay-later loan to the consumer, only with the consumer's

consent. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall disclose or cause to be

disclosed to a consumer in a clear and conspicuous manner how such

consumer's data may be used, shared, or sold by the buy-now-pay-later

lender before obtaining such consumer's consent and also shall disclose

or cause to be disclosed to such consumer in a clear and conspicuous

manner how such consumer may subsequently withdraw consent to such use,

sharing, or sale. The superintendent, in their discretion, may by

regulation prohibit certain uses of consumer data. A buy-now-pay-later

lender shall maintain policies and procedures regarding its use, sale,

and sharing of consumers' data. Nothing in this subdivision shall

preclude a buy-now-pay-later lender from using information in accordance

with the Fair Credit Reporting Act or furnishing credit reporting data

to a credit reporting agency.

7. Any buy-now-pay-later loan made by a person not licensed or

authorized under this article, other than an exempt organization, shall

be void, and such person shall have no right to collect or receive any

principal, interest or charge whatsoever.

8. Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the obligations

of a buy-now-pay-later lender to comply with any other applicable laws

or regulations. Any protections, rights and remedies provided in this

section to a consumer with respect to an agreement with a

buy-now-pay-later lender shall be intended to supplement and not be

exclusive of any protections, rights and remedies otherwise available

pursuant to any other law or regulations.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 747 — Authority of superintendent

* § 747. Authority of superintendent. 1. The superintendent is

authorized to promulgate such general rules and regulations as may be

appropriate to implement the provisions of this article, protect

consumers, and ensure the solvency and financial integrity of

buy-now-pay-later lenders. The superintendent is further authorized to

make such specific rulings, demands, and findings as may be necessary

for the proper conduct of the business authorized and licensed under and

for the enforcement of this article, in addition hereto and not

inconsistent herewith.

2. In addition to such powers as may otherwise be prescribed by law,

the superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to promulgate such

rules and regulations as may in the judgment of the superintendent be

consistent with the purposes of this article, or appropriate for the

effective administration of this article, including, but not limited to:

(a) such rules and regulations in connection with the activities of

buy-now-pay-later lenders as may be necessary and appropriate for the

protection of borrowers in this state;

(b) such rules and regulations as may be necessary and appropriate to

define deceptive or unfair practices in connection with the activities

of buy-now-pay-later lenders;

(c) such rules and regulations as may define the terms used in this

article and as may be necessary and appropriate to interpret and

implement the provisions of this article; and

(d) such rules and regulations as may be necessary for the enforcement

of this article.

3. When promulgating rules and regulations under this article, the

superintendent shall consider the applicability of other articles of

this chapter to buy-now-pay-later lenders and buy-now-pay-later loans

for the purpose of avoiding conflicting requirements.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 748 — Penalties

* § 748. Penalties. 1. Any person, including any member, officer,

director or employee of a buy-now-pay-later lender, who violates or

participates in the violation of section seven hundred thirty-seven of

this article, or who knowingly makes any incorrect statement of a

material fact in any application, report or statement filed pursuant to

this article, or who knowingly omits to state any material fact

necessary to give the superintendent any information lawfully required

by the superintendent or refuses to permit any lawful investigation or

examination, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction,

shall be fined not more than five hundred dollars or imprisoned for not

more than six months or both, in the discretion of the court.

2. (a) Without limiting any power granted to the superintendent under

any other provision of this chapter, the superintendent may, in a

proceeding after notice and a hearing require a buy-now-pay-later

lender, whether or not a licensee, to pay to the people of this state a

penalty for any violation of this chapter, any rule or regulation

promulgated thereunder, any final or temporary order issued pursuant to

section thirty-nine of this chapter, any condition imposed in writing by

the superintendent in connection with the grant of any application or

request, or any written agreement entered into with the superintendent,

and for knowingly making any incorrect statement of a material fact in

any application, report or statement filed pursuant to this article, or

knowingly omitting to state any material fact necessary to give the

superintendent any information lawfully required by the superintendent

or refusing to permit any lawful investigation or examination.

(b) The superintendent shall not impose or collect any penalty for an

act or omission constituting a violation of this article if the

superintendent imposes or collects any penalty pursuant to another

provision of this chapter for the same act or omission.

(c) The superintendent shall not impose or collect a penalty for an

act or omission constituting a violation of this article by a

buy-now-pay-later lender more than once for the same act or omission,

where the entity extending credit directly to a consumer is different

from the entity operating a platform, software, or system with which the

consumer interacts, unless both entities are found to have knowingly

committed the same act or omission.

(d) As to any buy-now-pay-later lender that is not a licensee or an

authorized buy-now-pay-later lender, the superintendent is authorized to

impose a penalty in the same amount authorized in section forty-four of

this chapter for a violation of this chapter by any person licensed,

certified, registered, authorized, chartered, accredited, incorporated

or otherwise approved by the superintendent under this chapter.

3. No person except a buy-now-pay-later lender licensed under this

article shall make, directly or indirectly, orally or in writing, or by

any method, practice or device, a representation that such person is

licensed under this article.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

§ 749 — Severability

* § 749. Severability. If any provision of this article or the

application thereof to any person or circumstances is held to be

invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other provisions or

applications of this article which can be given effect without the

invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this

article are severable.

* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the

promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial

services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §

13)

ARTICLE 15 General Provisions Applicable to Banking Stock Corporations, Limited Liability Investment Companies, and Limited Liability Trust Companies

TITLE 1 Definitions; Application; Certificates; Miscellaneous

§ 1001 — Definitions

Definitions. In this article, unless the context otherwise

requires:

1. "Corporation" means and includes all banks, trust companies, safe

deposit companies, investment companies, mutual trust investment

companies, and, to the extent not provided otherwise under any

regulation of the superintendent of financial services promulgated

pursuant to the provisions of section fourteen-e of this chapter,

stock-form savings banks and stock-form savings and loan associations.

2. "Director" means any member of the governing board of a

corporation, whether designated as director, trustee, manager, governor,

or by any other title. The term "board" means "board of directors".

3. "Foreign corporation" means a corporation which is licensed by the

superintendent under the provisions of article two of this chapter to do

business in this state or is applying for such license and a corporation

authorized to conduct business in this state pursuant to article five-C

of this chapter or is applying for such authorization.

4. "Office" means in the case of a bank or trust company its principal

office, in the case of a safe deposit company, investment company or

mutual trust investment company, its principal place of business and in

the case of a foreign corporation the place of business designated in

its license or its authorization pursuant to article five-C of this

chapter, as the case may be, for the oldest agency or branch in this

state of such foreign corporation.

5. "Organization certificate" includes (a) the original organization

certificate or any other instrument filed or issued under any statute to

form a corporation or foreign corporation, as amended, supplemented or

restated by certificates of amendment, merger or consolidation or other

certificates or instruments filed or issued under any statute; or (b) a

special act or charter creating a corporation or foreign corporation, as

amended, supplemented or restated by special acts or by certificates of

amendment, merger or consolidation or other certificates or instruments

filed or issued under any statute.

6. "Treasury shares" means shares which have been issued, have been

subsequently acquired, and are retained uncancelled by the corporation.

§ 1002 — Application

Application. 1. This article applies to every corporation and,

to the extent herein provided, to every foreign corporation, and shall

not apply to any other banking organization, except to such extent, if

any, as may be specified in any article of this chapter governing such

banking organization.

2. The general corporation law, the stock corporation law and the

business corporation law shall not apply to any corporation or foreign

corporation as defined in section one thousand one.

§ 1003 — Certificates; requirements, signing, filing, effectiveness

Certificates; requirements, signing, filing, effectiveness. 1.

Every certificate or other instrument relating to a corporation or

foreign corporation which is delivered to the superintendent for filing

under this chapter shall be in the English language, except that the

corporate name may be in another language if written in English letters

or characters.

2. Whenever such instrument is required to set forth an address, it

shall include the street and number, or other particular description

instead of a street and number. This requirement does not apply where a

post office address is specified to be set forth.

3. Whenever such instrument is required to set forth the date when an

organization certificate was filed by the superintendent, the original

organization certificate is meant. This requirement shall be satisfied,

in the case of a corporation created by special act, by setting forth

the chapter number and year of passage of such act.

4. Every such instrument required under this chapter to be signed and

delivered to the superintendent shall, except as otherwise specified in

the section providing for such instrument, be signed either (a) by the

holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, or (b) by

the chairman of the board, the president or a vice president and by the

secretary or an assistant secretary or, in the case of a corporation

which does not have a secretary or an assistant secretary, by the

cashier or an assistant cashier or (c) if there are no such officers, by

a majority of the directors or such directors as are designated by a

majority of the directors in office, or (d) if also there are no

directors, by the holders, or such of them as are designated by the

holders, of record of a majority of all outstanding shares, entitled to

vote thereon, or (e) if also there is no stockholder of record, by a

subscriber for shares whose subscription has been accepted or his

successor in interest, or (f) if also no subscription for shares has

been accepted, by an incorporator or anyone acting in his stead under

subdivision three of section six thousand fifteen. His name and the

capacity in which any person signs such instrument shall be stated

beneath or opposite his signature. The person signing such instrument,

or if more than one person signs it, one of such persons shall verify or

acknowledge the instrument if required by the section providing for such

instrument.

5. No such instrument shall be filed unless it shall have endorsed

thereon the approval of the superintendent. No certificate of

authentication or conformity or other proof shall be required with

respect to any verification, oath or acknowledgment of any instrument

delivered to the superintendent under this chapter, if such

verification, oath or acknowledgment purports to have been made before a

notary public, or person performing the equivalent function, of one of

the states, or any subdivision thereof, of the United States or the

District of Columbia.

6. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, such instrument shall

become effective upon the filing thereof by the superintendent.

7. The superintendent shall make, certify and transmit a copy of each

such instrument to the clerk of the county in which the office of the

corporation or foreign corporation is or is to be located. The county

clerk shall file and index such copy.

§ 1004 — Certificates; corrections

Certificates; corrections. Any certificate or other instrument

relating to a corporation or foreign corporation filed by the

superintendent under this chapter may be corrected with respect to any

informality or error apparent on the face or defect in the execution

thereof including the deletion of any matter not permitted to be stated

therein. A certificate, entitled "Certificate of correction of

............. (correct title of certificate and name of corporation or

foreign corporation)" shall be signed, verified or acknowledged as

provided in this chapter with respect to the instrument being corrected

and delivered to the superintendent. It shall set forth the name of the

corporation or foreign corporation, the date the instrument to be

corrected was filed by the superintendent, the provision in the

instrument as corrected or eliminated and if the execution was

defective, the proper execution. The filing of the certificate by the

superintendent shall not alter the effective time of the instrument

being corrected, which shall remain as its original effective date, and

shall not affect any right or liability accrued or incurred before such

filing. The name of the corporation or foreign corporation may not be

changed or corrected under this section.

§ 1005 — Certificates as evidence

Certificates as evidence. 1. Any certificate or other

instrument filed by the superintendent relating to a corporation or a

foreign corporation and containing statements of fact required or

permitted by law to be contained therein, shall be received in all

courts, public offices and official bodies as prima facie evidence of

such facts and of the execution of such instrument.

2. Whenever by the laws of any jurisdiction other than this state, any

certificate by any officer in such jurisdiction or a copy of any

instruments certified or exemplified by any such officer, may be

received as prima facie evidence of the incorporation, existence or

capacity of any foreign corporation incorporated in such jurisdiction,

or claiming so to be, such certificate when exemplified, or such copy of

such instrument when exemplified shall be received in all courts, public

offices and official bodies of this state, as prima facie evidence with

the same force as in such jurisdiction. Such certificate or certified

copy of such instrument shall be so received, without being exemplified,

if it is certified by the secretary of state, or official performing the

equivalent functions as to corporate records, of such jurisdiction.

§ 1006 — Corporate seal as evidence

Corporate seal as evidence. The presence of the corporate seal

on a written instrument purporting to be executed by authority of a

corporation or a foreign corporation shall be prima facie evidence that

the instrument was so executed.

§ 1007 — When notice or lapse of time unnecessary; notices dispensed with when delivery is prohibited

When notice or lapse of time unnecessary; notices dispensed

with when delivery is prohibited. 1. Whenever, under this article or the

organization certificate or by-laws of any corporation or by the terms

of any agreement or instrument, a corporation or the board or any

committee thereof is authorized to take any action after notice to any

person or persons or after the lapse of a prescribed period of time,

such action may be taken without notice and without the lapse of such

period of time. If at any time before or after such action is completed

the person or persons entitled to such notice or entitled to participate

in the action to be taken or, in the case of a stockholder, by his

attorney-in-fact, submit a signed waiver of notice of such requirements.

2. Whenever any notice or communication is required to be given to any

person by this article, the organization certificate or by-laws, or by

the terms of any agreement or instrument, or as a condition precedent to

taking any corporate action and communication with such person is then

unlawful under any statute of this state or of the United States or any

regulation, proclamation or order issued under said statutes, then the

giving of such notice or communication to such person shall not be

required and there shall be no duty to apply for a license or other

permission to do so. Any affidavit, certificate or other instrument

which is required to be made or filed as proof of the giving of any

notice or communication required under this article shall, if such

notice or communication to any person is dispensed with under this

section, include a statement that such notice or communication was not

given to any person with whom communication is unlawful. Such affidavit,

certificate or other instrument shall be as effective for all purposes

as though such notice or communication had been personally given to such

person.

§ 1008 — Effect of invalidity of part of article; severability

Effect of invalidity of part of article; severability. If any

provision of this article or application thereof to any person or

circumstances is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other

provisions or applications of this article which can be given effect

without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the

provisions of this article are declared severable.

TITLE 2 Corporate Powers

§ 2001 — General corporate powers

General corporate powers. 1. Every corporation shall have, in

addition to all other powers granted by this chapter or any other

statute of this state, the following powers:

(a) To sue and be sued in all courts and to participate in actions and

proceedings, whether judicial, administrative, arbitrative or otherwise,

in like cases as natural persons.

(b) To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure, and

to use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or

reproduced in any other manner.

(c) To adopt, amend or repeal by-laws, including emergency by-laws

made pursuant to subdivision sixteen of section twelve of the state

emergency defense act, relating to the business of the corporation, the

conduct of its affairs, its rights or powers or the rights or powers of

its stockholders, directors or officers.

(d) To make donations, irrespective of corporate benefit, for the

public welfare or for community fund, hospital, charitable, educational,

scientific, civic or similar purposes, and in time of war or other

national emergency in aid thereof.

(e) To pay pensions, establish and carry out pension, profit-sharing,

savings, thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans,

trusts and provisions for any or all of its directors, officers and

employees.

(f) To have perpetual existence.

2. Every corporation, subject to any limitations or other specific

provisions contained in this chapter or any other statute of this state

or its organization certificate, shall have such of the following powers

as shall be appropriate in conducting the business of the corporation:

(a) To purchase, receive, take by grant, gift, devise, bequest or

otherwise, lease, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, improve, employ, use

and otherwise deal in and with, real or personal property, or any

interest therein, wherever situated.

(b) To sell, convey, lease, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose

of, all or any of its property or any interest therein, wherever

situated.

(c) To make contracts, give guarantees and incur liabilities.

(d) To do business, carry on its operations, and have offices and

exercise the powers granted by this chapter in any jurisdiction within

or without the United States.

(e) To elect or appoint officers, employees and other agents of the

corporation, define their duties, fix their compensation and the

compensation of directors, and to indemnify corporate personnel.

(f) To be a promoter, partner, member, associate or manager of other

business enterprises or ventures, or to the extent permitted in any

other jurisdiction to be an incorporator of other corporations of any

type or kind; provided, however, that nothing contained in this

paragraph shall authorize a banking organization to engage in any

activity not otherwise authorized by the laws of New York or by

regulations of the superintendent.

(g) To have and exercise all other powers necessary or appropriate in

conducting the business of the corporation.

TITLE 3 Corporate Name

§ 3001 — Corporate name; general

Corporate name; general. Except as otherwise provided in this

chapter, the name of a corporation or a foreign corporation, or the name

of representative and other offices in this state, which are open to the

general public and maintained by any banking corporation, wherever

located, shall not be the same as the name of a corporation of any type

or kind, as such name appears on the index of names of existing

corporations and foreign corporations of any type or kind in the

department of financial services or a name so similar to such name as to

tend to confuse or deceive.

§ 3002 — Corporate name; exceptions

Corporate name; exceptions. 1. Any reference to a corporation

in this section shall include both corporations and foreign

corporations.

2. The provisions of section three thousand one:

(a) Shall not require any corporation, existing or licensed under this

chapter on the effective date of this article, to add to, modify or

otherwise change its corporate name.

(b) Shall not prevent a corporation with which another corporation is

merged or which is formed by the reorganization or consolidation of one

or more other corporations or upon a sale, lease, exchange or other

disposition of all or substantially all the assets of another

corporation, including its name, from having the same name as any of

such corporations if at the time such other corporation was licensed or

existing under this chapter.

TITLE 4 Formation of Corporations

§ 4001 — Incorporation; organization certificate; amount of capital stock

Incorporation; organization certificate; amount of capital

stock. When authorized by the superintendent as provided in article two

of this chapter, five or more persons may incorporate a bank or trust

company, a stock-form savings bank, a stock-form savings and loan

association, a safe deposit company or an investment company. Such

persons shall subscribe and acknowledge an organization certificate in

duplicate which shall specifically state:

1. The name by which the corporation is to be known.

2. The place where its office is to be located.

3. The amount of its authorized capital stock, the number of shares

into which such capital stock shall be divided and the par value of the

shares, which capital stock shall amount to not less than the minimum

amount prescribed by the superintendent of financial services, nor more

than the aggregate of (a) the amount of capital stock the corporation

expects to sell in its initial offering of shares and (b) such

additional amount as may be approved by the superintendent of financial

services.

4. If the shares are to be classified:

(a) The number of shares to be included in each class and the par

value of the shares;

(b) The designation of each class and the relative rights, preferences

and limitations of the shares of each class;

(c) The number of shares of common stock, if any, which are to be

reserved for issuance in exchange for preferred shares or otherwise to

replace any capital stock represented by preferred shares.

5. The names and places of residence of the incorporators and, in the

case of banks, trust companies and safe deposit companies, the

citizenship of the incorporators.

6. Its duration if other than perpetual.

7. The number of its directors or that the number of directors shall

not be less than a stated minimum nor more than a stated maximum. Such

number, or the minimum and the maximum stated, shall be within the

limitations prescribed by section seven thousand two of this article.

8. The names of the incorporators who shall be its directors until the

first annual meeting of stockholders. The incorporators named as

directors must possess the qualifications of directors as to citizenship

and residence specified in section seven thousand one of this article;

and the certificate of a safe deposit company shall recite that such

qualifications are possessed by such incorporators.

9. In the case of a trust company, that the proposed corporation is to

exercise the powers conferred by section one hundred of this chapter, if

the proposed corporation desires to exercise such powers in addition to

the other powers conferred upon banks and trust companies in article

three of this chapter.

No corporation shall be authorized to exercise the powers set forth in

section one hundred of this chapter unless its capital stock shall

amount to not less than the amounts prescribed by the superintendent of

financial services.

§ 4001-a — Formation of limited liability investment companies

Formation of limited liability investment companies. 1.

Notwithstanding the provisions of section four thousand one of this

title and when authorized by the superintendent as provided in article

two of this chapter, five or more persons may form a limited liability

investment company pursuant to the provisions of article twelve of this

chapter. Such person or persons shall subscribe and acknowledge the

articles of organization in duplicate which shall specifically state:

(a) the name by which the limited liability investment company is to

be known;

(b) the place where its office is to be located;

(c) the amount of its capital contributions;

(d) if the company is to have classes or groups of members, the

relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations and voting powers of

each such class or group;

(e) the names and places of residence of the persons forming the

company;

(f) the duration of the company;

(g) the number of managers charged with the management of the company

as its board, provided that such number shall be in accordance with the

requirements set forth in section seven thousand two of this article;

and

(h) the names of the persons who shall manage the company until the

first annual meeting of the members, provided that such persons must

possess the qualifications as to citizenship and residence specified in

section seven thousand one of this article.

2. No limited liability investment company shall be authorized to

exercise the powers set forth in this chapter or the limited liability

company law unless its capital contributions amount to not less than the

amounts prescribed by the superintendent.

§ 4001-b — Formation of limited liability trust companies

Formation of limited liability trust companies. 1.

Notwithstanding the provisions of section four thousand one of this

title and when authorized by the superintendent as provided in article

two of this chapter, five or more persons may form a limited liability

trust company pursuant to the provisions of article three of this

chapter. Such person or persons shall subscribe and acknowledge the

articles of organization in duplicate, which shall specifically state:

(a) the name by which the limited liability trust company is to be

known;

(b) the place where its office is to be located;

(c) the amount of its capital contributions;

(d) if the company is to have classes or groups of members, the

relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations, and voting powers of

each such class or group;

(e) the names and places of residence of the persons forming the

company;

(f) the duration of the company;

(g) the number of managers charged with the management of the company

as its board, provided that such number shall be in accordance with the

requirements set forth in section seven thousand two of this article;

and

(h) the names of the persons who shall manage the company until the

first annual meeting of the members, provided that such persons must

possess the qualifications as to citizenship and residence specified in

section seven thousand one of this article.

2. No limited liability trust company shall be authorized to exercise

the powers set forth in this chapter or the limited liability company

law unless its capital contributions amount to not less than the amounts

prescribed by the superintendent.

§ 4002 — Fingerprints

Fingerprints. (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of law,

every incorporator of a corporation shall, in addition to any other

requirements which may be imposed by the superintendent, submit

simultaneously with an application, his or her fingerprints in such form

and in such manner as specified by the division of criminal justice

services, but in any event, no less than two digit imprints. Every

applicant filing an application to acquire control of any banking

institution under sections one hundred forty-three-a and one hundred

forty-three-b of this chapter shall, in addition to any other

requirements which may be imposed by the superintendent, submit

simultaneously with an application, his or her fingerprints in such form

and in such manner as specified by the division of criminal justice

services, but in any event, no less than two digit imprints. The

superintendent shall submit the fingerprints to the division of criminal

justice services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search

and returning a report thereon in accordance with the procedures and

requirements established by the division pursuant to the provisions of

article thirty-five of the executive law, which shall include the

payment of the prescribed processing fees. The superintendent shall

request that the division submit such fingerprints to the federal bureau

of investigation, together with the processing fees prescribed by such

bureau, for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search and

returning a report thereon.

(b) The superintendent shall also, concurrent with an investigation of

an incorporator of a corporation pertaining to a violation of this

chapter, submit such fingerprints to the division of criminal justice

services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search and

returning a report thereon and through the division to the federal

bureau of investigation for the purpose of a fingerprint check of such

incorporator.

(c) For purposes of this section, "incorporator" shall include a

natural person or such principal, officer, director, trustee or

stockholder of any other entity as may be designated by the

superintendent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article,

the superintendent shall not access criminal history data or

information, unless any agency from which the superintendent receives

directly criminal history data or information has entered into a use and

dissemination agreement with the superintendent consistent with the

provisions of this section.

(d) An applicant shall not be required to submit his or her

fingerprints as required by subdivision (a) of this section if such

applicant (i) is already subject to regulation by the department and the

applicant has submitted such fingerprints to the department, such

fingerprints have been submitted to the division of criminal justice

services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search, and a

report of such search has been received by the department from such

division; or (ii) is subject to regulation by a federal bank regulatory

agency and has submitted such fingerprints to such agency which has had

a criminal history search conducted of such individual and has shared

such information or its determination resulting from such search with

the department; or (iii) is an officer or stockholder of a corporation

whose common or preferred stock is registered on a national securities

exchange, as provided in an act of congress of the United States

entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of 1934", approved June sixth,

nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, or such other exchange or

market system as the superintendent shall approve by regulation, and has

submitted such fingerprints to such exchange or market system which has

had a criminal history search conducted of such individual and has

shared such information or its determination resulting from such search

with the department; provided, however, that the superintendent may

subsequently require such applicant to submit sets of fingerprints if

the superintendent has a reasonable basis for updating the information

or determination resulting from the report of the criminal history

search conducted at the request of such federal banking agency, exchange

or market system.

§ 4003 — Organization certificate to be submitted to the superintendent

Organization certificate to be submitted to the

superintendent. The organization certificate of a bank, trust company,

stock-form savings bank, stock-form savings and loan association, safe

deposit company or investment company, executed in duplicate, shall be

submitted to the superintendent at his office.

§ 4004 — When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to commencing business

When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to

commencing business. 1. When the superintendent shall have endorsed his

approval on the organization certificate as provided in article two of

this chapter, the corporate existence of the corporation shall begin and

such corporation shall then have power to elect officers and transact

such other business as relates to its organization. Such corporation

shall transact no other business until:

(a) All of its capital stock, except such shares as may be reserved in

accordance with any provision made therefor in the organization

certificate, shall have been fully paid in cash and an affidavit stating

that it has been so paid, subscribed and sworn to by two of its

principal officers, shall have been delivered to and filed by the

superintendent.

(b) In the case of a bank or trust company, stock-form savings bank,

or stock-form savings and loan association, there shall have been

delivered to and filed by the superintendent a list of its stockholders,

verified by two of its principal officers, giving the name, residence,

post-office address and the number of shares of stock held by each

stockholder; which list shall become a confidential communication and

shall not be filed in the office of the county clerk or be made public,

unless, in the judgment of the superintendent, the ends of justice or

the public advantage will be subserved by the publication thereof;

(c) The superintendent shall have duly issued to it the authorization

certificate specified in article two of this chapter.

§ 4005 — Organization meeting

Organization meeting. 1. After the corporate existence has

begun, an organization meeting of the incorporators shall be held within

this state, for the purpose of adopting by-laws and the transaction of

such other business relating to organization as may come before the

meeting. The meeting may be held at the call of any incorporator, who

shall give at least five days' notice thereof by mail to each other

incorporator, which notice shall set forth the time and place of the

meeting. Notice need not be given to any incorporator who attends the

meeting or submits a signed waiver of notice before or after the

meeting. A majority shall constitute a quorum and the act of the

majority of the incorporators present at a meeting at which a quorum is

present shall be the act of the incorporators.

2. Any action permitted to be taken at the organization meeting may be

taken without a meeting if each incorporator signs an instrument setting

forth the action so taken.

3. If an incorporator dies or is for any reason unable to act, action

may be taken as provided in such event in subdivision three of section

six thousand fifteen.

TITLE 5 Corporate Finance

§ 5001 — Authorized shares

Authorized shares. 1. Every corporation shall have power to

create and issue the number of shares stated in its organization

certificate. Such shares may be all of one class or may be divided into

two or more classes. Each class shall consist of shares with par value,

having such designation and such relative voting, dividend, liquidation

and other rights, preferences and limitations, consistent with this

chapter, as shall be stated in the organization certificate. The

organization certificate may deny, limit or otherwise define the voting

rights and may limit or otherwise define the dividend or liquidation

rights or shares of any class, but no such denial, limitation or

definition of voting rights shall be effective unless at the time one or

more classes of outstanding shares, singly or in the aggregate, are

entitled to full voting rights, and no such limitation or definition of

dividend or liquidation rights shall be effective unless at the time one

or more classes of outstanding shares, singly or in the aggregate, are

entitled to unlimited dividend and liquidation rights.

2. If the shares are divided into two or more classes, the shares of

each class shall be designated to distinguish them from the shares of

all other classes. Shares which are entitled to preference in the

distribution of dividends or assets shall not be designated as common

shares. Shares which are not entitled to preference in the distribution

of dividends or assets shall not be designated as preferred shares.

3. Subject to the designations, relative rights, preferences and

limitations applicable to separate series and except as otherwise

permitted by subdivision two of section five thousand five of this

chapter, each share shall be equal to every other share of the same

class.

§ 5002 — Issue of any class of preferred shares in series

Issue of any class of preferred shares in series. 1. If the

organization certificate so provides, a corporation may issue any class

of preferred shares in series. Shares of each such series, when issued,

shall be designated to distinguish them from the shares of all other

series.

2. The number of shares included in any or all series of any classes

of preferred shares and any or all of the designations, relative rights,

preferences and limitations of any or all such series may be fixed in

the organization certificate, subject to the limitation that, if the

stated dividends and amounts payable on liquidation are not paid in

full, the shares of all series of the same class shall share ratably in

the payment of dividends including accumulations, if any, in accordance

with the sums which would be payable on such shares if all dividends

were declared and paid in full, and in any distribution of assets other

than by way of dividends in accordance with the sums which would be

payable on such distribution if all sums payable were discharged in

full.

3. If any such number of shares or any such designation, relative

right, preference or limitation of the shares of any series is not fixed

in the organization certificate, it may be fixed by the board, to the

extent authorized by the organization certificate.

4. Before the issue of any shares of a series established by the

board, a certificate of amendment shall be filed as provided in section

eight thousand five. Such certificate shall set forth:

(a) The name of the corporation and, if it has been changed, the name

under which it was formed.

(b) The date the organization certificate was filed by the

superintendent.

(c) That the organization certificate is thereby amended by the

addition of a provision stating the number, designation, relative

rights, preferences, and limitations of the shares of the series as

fixed by the board, setting forth in full the text of such provision.

§ 5003 — Subscription for shares; time of payment, forfeiture for default

Subscription for shares; time of payment, forfeiture for

default. 1. Unless otherwise provided by the terms of the subscription,

a subscription for shares of a corporation to be formed shall be

irrevocable, except with the consent of all other subscribers or the

corporation, for a period of seven months from its date.

2. A subscription, whether made before or after the formation of a

corporation, shall not be enforceable unless in writing and signed by

the subscriber.

3. Unless otherwise provided by the terms of the subscription,

subscriptions for shares, whether made before or after the formation of

a corporation, shall be paid in full at such time, or in such

instalments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board. Any

call made by the board for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as

to all shares of the same class or of the same series. If the

superintendent has taken possession of the business and property of the

corporation, all unpaid subscriptions shall be paid at such times and in

such instalments as the superintendent may direct.

4. In the event of default in the payment of any instalment or call

when due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the

same manner as any debt due the corporation or the board may declare a

forfeiture of the subscriptions. The subscription agreement may

prescribe other penalties, not amounting to forfeiture, for failure to

pay instalments or calls that may become due. No forfeiture of the

subscription shall be declared as against any subscriber unless the

amount due thereon shall remain unpaid for a period of thirty days after

written demand has been made therefor. If mailed, such written demand

shall be deemed to be made when deposited in the United States mail in a

sealed envelope addressed to the subscriber at his last post-office

address known to the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Upon

forfeiture of the subscription, if at least fifty percent of the

subscription price has been paid, the shares subscribed for shall be

offered for sale for cash at a price at least sufficient to pay the full

balance owed by the delinquent subscriber plus the expenses incidental

to such sale, and any excess of net proceeds realized over the amount

owed on such shares shall be paid to the delinquent subscriber or to his

legal representative. If no prospective purchaser offers a cash price

sufficient to pay the full balance owed by the delinquent subscriber

plus the expenses incidental to such sale, or if less than fifty percent

of the subscription price has been paid, the shares subscribed for shall

be cancelled and restored to the status of authorized but unissued

shares and all previous payments thereon shall be forfeited to the

corporation and transferred to surplus.

§ 5004 — Consideration and payment for shares

Consideration and payment for shares. 1. Consideration for the

issue of shares shall consist of money or (except as otherwise required

by subdivision a of subdivision one of section four thousand four) other

property tangible or intangible, or labor or services actually received

by or performed for the corporation or for its benefit or in its

formation or reorganization, or a combination thereof. In the absence of

fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the board or stockholders, as

the case may be, as to the value of the consideration received for

shares shall be conclusive.

2. Neither obligations of the subscriber for future payments nor

future services shall constitute payment or part payment for shares of a

corporation.

3. Shares may be issued for such consideration, not less than the par

value thereof, as is fixed from time to time by the board.

4. Treasury shares may be disposed of by a corporation on such terms

and conditions as are fixed from time to time by the board.

5. Upon distribution of authorized but unissued shares to

stockholders, that part of the undivided profits or surplus of a

corporation which is concurrently transferred to capital stock shall be

the consideration for the issue of such shares.

6. In the event of a conversion of capital notes, debentures or shares

into shares, or in the event of an exchange of capital notes, debentures

or shares for shares, the consideration for the shares so issued in

exchange or conversion shall be the sum of (a) either the principal sum

of, and accrued interest on, the capital notes or debentures so

exchanged or converted, or the par value of the shares so exchanged or

converted, plus (b) any additional consideration paid to the corporation

for the new shares, plus (c) any undivided profits or surplus

transferred to capital stock in respect of the new shares.

7. Certificates for shares may not be issued until the full amount of

the consideration therefor has been paid.

8. When the consideration for shares has been paid in full, the

subscriber shall be entitled to all the rights and privileges of a

holder of such shares and to a certificate representing his shares, and

such shares shall be fully paid and, subject to sections one hundred

thirteen-a, one hundred thirteen-b, one hundred fourteen, three hundred

five, three hundred five-a, three hundred six, three hundred twenty-two,

three hundred twenty-two-a and three hundred twenty-three of this

chapter, shall be nonassessable.

§ 5005 — Transferable rights to purchase shares; imposition of restrictions or conditions thereon

Transferable rights to purchase shares; imposition of

restrictions or conditions thereon. 1. Except as otherwise provided in

this section or in the organization certificate, a corporation may

create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issue and sale

of any of its capital notes, debentures or shares, rights or options

entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the corporation, upon

such consideration, terms and conditions as may be fixed by the board,

shares of any class or series, whether authorized but unissued shares,

treasury shares or shares to be purchased or acquired.

2. (a) In the case of a corporation that has a class of voting stock

registered pursuant to section twelve of the Exchange Act, the terms and

conditions of such rights or options may include, without limitation,

restrictions or conditions that preclude or limit the exercise, transfer

or receipt of such rights or options by an interested shareholder or any

transferee of any such interested shareholder or that invalidate or void

such rights or options held by any such interested shareholder or any

such transferee. For the purposes of this subdivision, the terms "voting

stock", "Exchange Act" and "interested shareholder" shall have the same

respective meanings as are set forth in section nine hundred twelve of

the business corporation law except that for this purpose references in

said section of the business corporation law to a "resident business

corporation" shall be read instead to refer to a "corporation" as

defined by section one thousand one of this chapter.

(b) Determinations of the board of directors whether to impose,

enforce or waive or otherwise render ineffective such limitations or

conditions as are permitted by paragraph (a) of this subdivision shall

be subject to judicial review in an appropriate proceeding in which the

courts formulate or apply appropriate standards in order to insure that

such limitations or conditions are imposed, enforced or waived in the

best long-term interests and short-term interests of the corporation and

its stockholders considering, without limitation, the prospects for

potential growth, development, productivity and profitability of the

corporation.

3. The consideration for shares to be purchased under any such right

or option shall comply with the requirements of section five thousand

four of this chapter.

4. The terms and conditions of such rights or options, including the

time or times at or within which and the price or prices at which they

may be exercised and any limitations upon transferability, shall be set

forth or incorporated by reference in the instrument or instruments

evidencing such rights or options.

5. If there is shareholder approval for the issue of rights and

options, such approval may provide that the board is authorized by

certificate of amendment under section eight thousand five of this

chapter to increase the authorized shares of any class or series to such

number as will be sufficient, when added to the previously authorized

but unissued shares of such class or series, to satisfy any such rights

or options entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the

corporation authorized but unissued shares of such class or series.

6. In the absence of fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the

board shall be conclusive as to the adequacy of the consideration,

tangible or intangible, received or to be received by the corporation

for the issue of rights or options for the purchase from the corporation

of its shares.

7. The provisions of this section are inapplicable to the rights of

the holders of convertible shares, capital notes or debentures to

acquire shares upon the exercise of conversion privileges under section

five thousand sixteen of this chapter.

8. The provisions of this section are inapplicable to the rights of

officers, directors and employees of a corporation who have been issued

options to purchase authorized and unissued shares of its capital stock

under or by reference to section one hundred forty-a of this chapter.

§ 5006 — Compensation for formation, reorganization and financing

Compensation for formation, reorganization and financing. The

reasonable charges and expenses of formation or reorganization of a

corporation, and the reasonable expenses of and compensation for the

sale or underwriting of its shares may be paid or allowed by the

corporation out of the consideration received by it in payment for its

shares without thereby impairing the fully paid and nonassessable status

of such shares as provided in subdivision eight of section five thousand

four.

§ 5007 — Certificates representing shares

Certificates representing shares. 1. The shares of a

corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be

uncertificated shares. Certificates shall be signed by the chairman or

a vice-chairman of the board or the president or a vice-president and

the secretary or an assistant secretary or, in the case of a corporation

which does not have a secretary or an assistant secretary, by the

cashier or an assistant cashier, or the treasurer or an assistant

treasurer of the corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the

corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of the officers upon

a certificate may be facsimiles if (i) the shares are listed on a

registered national security exchange, or (ii) the certificate is

countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar which,

unless the corporation is a trust company, shall be a person other than

the corporation itself or its employee. In case any officer who has

signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate

shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued,

it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she

were such officer at the date of issue.

2. Each certificate representing shares issued by a corporation which

is authorized to issue shares of more than one class shall set forth

upon the face or back of the certificate, or shall state that the

corporation will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without

charge, a full statement of the designation, relative rights,

preferences and limitations of the shares of each class authorized to be

issued and, if the corporation is authorized to issue any class of

preferred shares in series, the designation, relative rights,

preferences and limitations of each such series so far as the same have

been fixed and the authority of the board to designate and fix the

relative rights, preferences and limitations of other series.

3. Each certificate representing shares shall when issued state upon

the face thereof:

(a) That the corporation is formed under the laws of this state.

(b) The name of the person or persons to whom issued.

(c) The number and class of shares, and the designation of the series,

if any, which such certificate represents.

(d) The par value of each share represented by such certificate.

4. Shares shall be transferable in the manner provided by law and in

the by-laws.

5. The corporation may issue a new certificate for shares in place of

any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost or

destroyed, and the board may require the owner of the lost or destroyed

certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond

sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be

made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any

such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

6. Unless otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation or

by-laws, the board of directors of a corporation may provide by

resolution that some or all of any or all classes and series of its

shares shall be uncertificated shares, provided that such resolution

shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such

certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Within a reasonable time

after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the corporation

shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing

the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates

pursuant to subdivisions two and three of this section. Except as

otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the

holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the

holders of certificated shares and the rights and obligations of the

holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series

shall be identical.

§ 5008 — Fractions of a share or scrip authorized

Fractions of a share or scrip authorized. 1. a. A corporation

may, but shall not be obliged to, issue fractions of a share either

represented by a certificate or uncertificated, which may entitle the

holder, in proportion to his or her fractional holdings, to exercise

voting rights, receive dividends and participate in liquidating

distributions.

b. As an alternative, a corporation may pay in cash the fair value of

fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such

fractions are determined.

2. As an alternative, a corporation may issue scrip in registered or

bearer form over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the

corporation or of its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full

shares, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a

stockholder except as therein provided. Such scrip may be issued subject

to the condition that it shall become void if not exchanged for

certificates representing full shares or uncertificated full shares

before a specified date, or subject to the condition that the shares for

which such scrip is exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the

proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of such scrip, or subject to

any other conditions which the board may determine.

3. Subject to subdivision six of section one hundred three and

subdivision three of section five hundred nine of this chapter, a

corporation may provide reasonable opportunity for persons entitled to

fractions of a share or scrip to sell such fractions of a share or scrip

or to purchase such additional fractions of a share or scrip as may be

needed to acquire a full share.

§ 5009 — Dividends or other distributions in cash or property

Dividends or other distributions in cash or property. Subject

to sections one hundred ten, one hundred twelve and five hundred

seventeen of this chapter, a corporation may declare and pay dividends

or make other distributions in cash or property, including the shares or

bonds of other corporations, on its outstanding shares, out of net

profits or surplus, except when there is any impairment of capital

stock, or when the declaration, payment, or distribution would be

contrary to any restrictions contained in the organization certificate.

§ 5010 — Share distributions and changes

Share distributions and changes. 1. A corporation may make pro

rata distributions of its authorized but unissued shares to holders of

any class or series of its outstanding shares, subject to the following

conditions:

(a) Such shares shall be issued at not less than the par value thereof

and there shall be transferred to capital stock at the time of such

distribution an amount of undivided profits or surplus equal to the

aggregate par value of such shares.

(b) A distribution of shares of any class or series may be made only

to holders of the same class or series of shares unless the organization

certificate permits distribution, subject to the preemptive rights of

holders of any outstanding shares, to holders of another class or series

or unless such distribution is authorized, when there are no outstanding

preemptive rights, by the affirmative vote or the written consent of the

holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series

to be distributed.

2. A corporation making a pro rata distribution of authorized but

unissued shares to the holders of any class or series of outstanding

shares may at its option make an equivalent distribution upon treasury

shares of the same class or series, and any shares so distributed shall

be treasury shares.

3. A change of issued shares of any class which increases the

aggregate par value of those shares may be made if the sum of the

undivided profits and surplus of the corporation is sufficient to permit

the transfer, and a transfer is concurrently made, from undivided

profits or surplus to capital stock, of an amount equal to such

increase.

§ 5011 — Redeemable shares

Redeemable shares. 1. A corporation may provide in its

organization certificate for a class of common shares in relation to an

incentive stock option plan pursuant to section one hundred forty-a of

this chapter and for one or more classes or series of preferred shares

which are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the

corporation at such price or prices, within such period or periods and

under such conditions as are stated in the organization certificate.

2. A corporation shall not issue redeemable or other shares which

purport by their terms to grant to any holder thereof the right to

compel the corporation to redeem such shares.

3. Nothing in this section shall prevent a corporation from creating

sinking funds for the redemption or purchase of its preferred shares to

the extent permitted by section five thousand twelve.

§ 5012 — Purchase or redemption by a corporation of its own shares

Purchase or redemption by a corporation of its own shares. 1.

A corporation may purchase its own shares, or pay stockholders entitled

to receive payment for their shares, when permitted or required under

any other provision of this chapter.

2. To effect retirement of its common shares reacquired under section

one hundred forty-a of this chapter, or of its preferred shares in

accordance with any provision in its organization certificate, a

corporation may, with the written approval of the superintendent,

purchase or redeem such shares out of undivided profits or surplus or,

to the extent of the par value of such shares, out of capital stock.

3. Nothing in this title shall prevent a corporation from returning to

stockholders any amounts made available for such purpose by a reduction

of capital stock in accordance with section eight thousand two.

§ 5013 — Agreements for purchase by a corporation of its own shares

Agreements for purchase by a corporation of its own shares. 1.

An agreement for the purchase by a corporation of its own shares shall

be enforceable by the stockholder and the corporation to the extent such

purchase is permitted at the time of purchase by section five thousand

twelve.

2. The possibility that a corporation may not be able to purchase its

shares under section five thousand twelve shall not be a ground for

denying to either party specific performance of an agreement for the

purchase by a corporation of its own shares, if at the time for

performance the corporation can purchase all or part of such shares

under section five thousand twelve.

§ 5014 — Reacquired shares

Reacquired shares. 1. Shares that have been issued and have

been reacquired under subdivision one of section five thousand twelve

shall, subject to other applicable provisions of this chapter, be sold

or otherwise disposed of or, with the written approval of the

superintendent, may be retained or may be cancelled by the board.

2. Shares that have been issued and thereafter converted shall be

cancelled.

3. Shares that have been issued and have been reacquired under

subdivision two of section five thousand twelve shall be cancelled.

4. Neither the retention of reacquired shares as treasury shares nor

their subsequent distribution to stockholders or disposition for a

consideration shall change the capital stock.

5. When reacquired shares other than converted shares are cancelled,

the capital stock of the corporation shall be reduced by the amount of

capital stock represented by such shares.

6. Within ninety days after any shares are cancelled under this

section, (a) the corporation by action of the board shall file a

certificate of amendment under section eight thousand five eliminating

such shares from the number of authorized shares, except that if the

organization certificate does not prohibit the reissue of such shares,

such shares may with the written approval of the superintendent be

restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares, and (b) unless

stated in a certificate of amendment so filed, a certificate of the

corporation shall be signed, verified and filed as provided in section

one thousand three stating the number of shares of each class or series

thereof so cancelled, the manner of reacquisition thereof and, if

converted shares, the number of shares of each class or series thereof

into which the same were converted, and such other information with

respect thereto as the superintendent may require.

§ 5015 — Capital notes and debentures

Capital notes and debentures. No corporation shall issue

capital notes or debentures except for money or other property, tangible

or intangible, or labor or services actually received by or performed

for the corporation or for its benefit or in its formation or

reorganization, or a combination thereof. In the absence of fraud in

the transaction, the judgment of the board as to the value of the

consideration received shall be conclusive.

§ 5016 — Convertible shares, capital notes and debentures

Convertible shares, capital notes and debentures. 1. When so

provided in the organization certificate, and subject to the

restrictions in subdivision four of this section, a bank, trust company,

stock-form savings bank, or stock-form savings and loan association may

issue preferred shares convertible, at the option of the holder only,

into common shares of any class. Authorized shares, whether issued or

unissued, may be made so convertible within such period and upon such

terms and conditions as are stated in the organization certificate.

2. Unless otherwise provided in the organization certificate, and

subject to subdivision four of section ninety-six and subdivision five-b

of section two hundred thirty-four of this chapter, and to the

restrictions in subdivision four of this section, a bank, trust company,

stock-form savings bank, or stock-form savings and loan association may

issue its capital notes or debentures convertible into shares of the

corporation within such period and upon such terms and conditions as are

fixed by the board.

3. If there is stockholder approval for the issue of capital notes,

debentures or shares convertible into shares of the corporation, such

approval may provide that the board is authorized by certificate of

amendment under section eight thousand five to increase the authorized

shares of any class or series to such number as will be sufficient, when

added to the previously authorized but unissued shares of such class or

series, to satisfy the conversion privileges of any such capital notes,

debentures or shares convertible into shares of such class or series.

4. No issue of capital notes, debentures or shares convertible into

shares of the corporation shall be made unless:

(a) A sufficient number of authorized but unissued shares of the

appropriate class or series are reserved by the board to be issued only

in satisfaction of the conversion privileges of such convertible capital

notes, debentures or shares when issued; or

(b) The aggregate conversion privileges of such convertible capital

notes, debentures or shares when issued do not exceed the aggregate of

any shares reserved under paragraph (a) and any additional shares which

may be authorized by the board under subdivision three of this section.

5. No privilege of conversion may be conferred upon, or altered in

respect to, any shares or capital notes or debentures that would result

in the receipt by the corporation of less than the minimum consideration

required to be received upon the issue of new shares. The consideration

for shares issued upon the exercise of a conversion privilege shall be

that provided in subdivision six of section five thousand four.

6. Within ninety days after any capital notes or debentures are

converted into shares of the corporation, a certificate of the

corporation shall be signed, verified and filed as provided in section

one thousand three stating the amount of capital notes or debentures so

converted, the number of shares of each class or series into which the

same were converted, and such other information with respect thereto as

the superintendent may require.

TITLE 5-A Limited Liability Investment Company or Limited Liability Trust Company Finance

§ 5050 — Company finance

Company finance. Notwithstanding the provisions of title five

of this article, the allocation of profits and losses, and the

distribution of cash or other assets of a limited liability investment

company or limited liability trust company shall be in accordance with

article five of the limited liability company law.

TITLE 6 Stockholders

§ 6001 — By-laws

By-laws. 1. The initial by-laws of a corporation shall be

adopted by its incorporators. Except as otherwise provided in the

organization certificate under section six thousand thirteen, by-laws

may be amended, repealed or adopted by vote of the holders of the shares

at the time entitled to vote in the election of any directors. When so

provided in the organization certificate, a by-law adopted by the

stockholders or a by-law validly adopted prior to the effective date of

this article, by-laws may also be amended, repealed or adopted by the

board, but any by-law adopted by the board may be amended or repealed by

the stockholders entitled to vote thereon as herein provided. Any

reference in this article to a "by-law adopted by the stockholders"

shall include a by-law adopted by the incorporators.

2. If any by-law regulating an impending election of directors is

adopted, amended or repealed by the board, there shall be set forth in

the notice of the next meeting of stockholders for the election of

directors the by-law so adopted, amended or repealed, together with a

concise statement of the changes made.

3. The by-laws may contain any provision relating to the business of

the corporation, the conduct of its affairs, its rights or powers or the

rights or powers of its stockholders, directors, committees or officers,

not inconsistent with this chapter or any other statute of this state or

the organization certificate.

§ 6002 — Meetings of stockholders

Meetings of stockholders. 1. Meetings of stockholders may be

held at such place, within or without this state, as may be fixed by or

under the by-laws, or if not so fixed, at the office of the corporation

in this state except that the annual meetings of stockholders of banks

and trust companies, stock-form savings banks, and stock-form savings

and loan associations shall be held in the city or village in which the

office of the bank or trust company, stock-form savings bank, or

stock-form savings and loan association is located.

2. A meeting of stockholders shall be held annually for the election

of directors and the transaction of other business within the first four

months of each institution's fiscal year in the case of banks, trust

companies, stock-form savings banks, stock-form savings and loan

associations, and safe deposit companies and on a date fixed by or under

the by-laws in the case of investment companies. A failure to hold the

annual meeting on the date so fixed or to elect a sufficient number of

directors to conduct the business of the corporation shall not work a

forfeiture or give cause for dissolution of the corporation.

3. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board and

by such person or persons as may be so authorized by the organization

certificate or the by-laws.

§ 6003 — Special meeting for election of directors

Special meeting for election of directors. 1. If, for a period

of one month after the date fixed by or under section six thousand two

or the by-laws for the annual meeting of stockholders, or if no date has

been so fixed, for a period of thirteen months after the formation of

the corporation or the last annual meeting, there is a failure to elect

a sufficient number of directors to conduct the business of the

corporation, the board shall call a special meeting for the election of

directors. If such special meeting is not called by the board within two

weeks after the expiration of such period or if it is so called but

there is a failure to elect such directors for a period of two months

after the expiration of such period, holders of ten percent of the

shares entitled to vote in an election of directors may, in writing,

demand the call of a special meeting for the election of directors

specifying the date and month thereof, which shall not be less than two

nor more than three months from the date of such call. The secretary of

the corporation upon receiving the written demand shall promptly give

notice of such meeting, or if he fails to do so within five business

days thereafter, any stockholder signing such demand may give such

notice. The meeting shall be held at the place fixed in the by-laws or,

if not so fixed, at the office of the corporation.

2. At any such special meeting called on demand of stockholders,

notwithstanding section six thousand eight, the stockholders attending,

in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote in an election of directors

shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing directors, but not

for the transaction of any other business.

§ 6004 — Fixing record date

Fixing record date. 1. For the purpose of determining the

stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of

stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or

dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of

determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or

the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action, the

by-laws may provide for fixing or, in the absence of such provision, the

board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such

determination of stockholders. Such date shall not be more than fifty

nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than

fifty days prior to any other action.

2. If no record date is fixed:

(a) The record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to

notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close

of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given,

or, if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining stockholders for any purpose other

than that specified in paragraph (a) shall be at the close of business

on the day on which the resolution of the board relating thereto is

adopted.

3. When a determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice

of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided

in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment

thereof, unless the board fixes a new record date under this section for

the adjourned meeting.

§ 6005 — Notice of meetings of stockholders

Notice of meetings of stockholders. 1. Whenever under the

provisions of this chapter stockholders are required or permitted to

take any action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date

and hour of the meeting and unless it is the annual meeting, indicate

that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons

calling the meeting. Notice of a special meeting shall also state the

purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If, at any meeting,

action is proposed to be taken which would, if taken, entitle

stockholders fulfilling the requirements of section six thousand

twenty-two to receive payment for their shares, the notice of such

meeting shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. A

copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail,

not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the

meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If

mailed, such notice is given when deposited in the United States mail,

with postage thereon prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address

as it appears on the record of stockholders, or, if he shall have filed

with the secretary of the corporation a written request that notices to

him be mailed to some other address, then directed to him at such other

address. An affidavit of the secretary or other persons giving the

notice or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice

required by this section has been given shall, in the absence of fraud,

be prima facie evidence of the facts therein stated.

2. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, it shall not

be necessary, unless the by-laws require otherwise, to give any notice

of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is

adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is

taken, and at the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that

might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.

However, if after the adjournment the board fixes a new record date for

the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given

to each stockholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice

under subdivision one.

3. To the extent that any provision of this section conflicts with any

other provision of this chapter relating to a notice of a meeting of

stockholders, the latter shall prevail.

§ 6006 — Waivers of notice

Waivers of notice. Notice of meeting need not be given to any

stockholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, in person or by

proxy, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any

stockholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting

prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such

meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by him.

§ 6007 — List of stockholders at meetings

List of stockholders at meetings. A list of stockholders as of

the record date, certified by the corporate officer responsible for its

preparation or by a transfer agent, shall be produced at any meeting of

stockholders upon the request thereat or prior thereto of any

stockholder. If the right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the

inspectors of election, or person presiding thereat, shall require such

list of stockholders to be produced as evidence of the right of the

persons challenged to vote at such meeting, and all persons who appear

from such list to be stockholders entitled to vote thereat may vote at

such meeting.

§ 6008 — Quorum of stockholders

Quorum of stockholders. 1. The holders of a majority of the

shares entitled to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum at a meeting

of stockholders for the transaction of any business, provided that when

a specified item of business is required to be voted on by a class or

series, voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of

such class or series shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of

such specified item of business.

2. The organization certificate or by-laws may provide for any lesser

quorum not less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote, and the

organization certificate may, under section six thousand sixteen,

provide for a greater quorum.

3. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not

broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

4. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the

absence of a quorum.

§ 6009 — Proxies

Proxies. 1. Every stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of

stockholders or to express consent or dissent without a meeting may

authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.

2. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or his

attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven

months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder

executing it, except as otherwise provided in this section.

3. The authority of the holder of a proxy to act shall not be revoked

by the incompetence or death of the stockholder who executed the proxy

unless, before the authority is exercised, written notice of an

adjudication of such incompetence or of such death is received by the

corporate officer responsible for maintaining the list of stockholders.

4. Except when other provision shall have been made by written

agreement between the parties, the record holder of shares which are

held by a pledgee as security or which belong to another, upon demand

therefor and payment of necessary expenses thereof, shall issue to the

pledgor or to such owner of such shares a proxy to vote or take other

action thereon.

5. A stockholder shall not sell his vote or issue a proxy to vote to

any person for any sum of money or anything of value, except as

authorized in this section and section six thousand twenty.

6. A proxy which is entitled "irrevocable proxy" and which states that

it is irrevocable, is irrevocable when it is held by any of the

following or a nominee of any of the following:

(a) A pledgee;

(b) A person who has purchased or agreed to purchase the shares.

7. Notwithstanding a provision in a proxy, stating that it is

irrevocable, the proxy becomes revocable after the pledge is redeemed.

This paragraph does not affect the duration of a proxy under subdivision

two.

8. A proxy may be revoked, notwithstanding a provision making it

irrevocable, by a purchaser of shares without knowledge of the existence

of the provision unless the existence of the proxy and its

irrevocability is noted conspicuously on the face or back of the

certificate representing such shares.

9. No director, officer, clerk, teller or bookkeeper of a corporation

shall act as proxy at any meeting of such corporation.

§ 6010 — Selection of inspectors at stockholders' meetings

Selection of inspectors at stockholders' meetings. Unless

otherwise provided in the by-laws, the board, in advance of any

stockholders' meeting, may appoint one or more inspectors to act at the

meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors are not so appointed,

the person presiding at a stockholders' meeting may, and on the request

of any stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall, appoint one or more

inspectors. In case any person appointed fails to appear or act, the

vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the board in advance of the

meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each

inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take

and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such

meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his

ability. No director or officer of the corporation shall be eligible to

act as an inspector of an election of directors of such corporation.

§ 6011 — Duties of inspectors at stockholders' meetings

Duties of inspectors at stockholders' meetings. The inspectors

shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of

each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum,

the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or

consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in

connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots

or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to

conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On

request of the person presiding at the meeting or any stockholder

entitled to vote thereat, the inspectors shall make a report in writing

of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and execute a

certificate of any fact found by them. Any report or certificate made by

them shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated and of the vote

as certified by them. Each inspector shall be entitled to a reasonable

compensation for his services, to be paid by the corporation.

§ 6012 — Qualification of voters

Qualification of voters. 1. Every stockholder of record shall

be entitled at every meeting of stockholders to one vote for every share

standing in his name on the record of stockholders, unless otherwise

provided in the organization certificate.

2. Treasury shares and shares held by another corporation of any type

or kind, whether or not formed under any law of this state, if a

majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of

such other corporation is beneficially owned by the corporation, shall

not be shares entitled to vote or to be counted in determining the total

number of outstanding shares.

3. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator,

committee, or other fiduciary, except a trustee, may be voted by him,

either in person or by proxy, without transfer of such shares into his

name. Shares held by a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or

by proxy, only after the shares have been transferred into his name as

trustee or into the name of his nominee. Shares of its own stock held by

a trust company as sole trustee, whether registered in its own name as

such trustee or in the name of its nominee, shall not be voted by the

registered owner in the election of directors unless under the terms of

the trust the manner in which such shares shall be voted may be

determined by a donor or beneficiary of the trust and unless such donor

or beneficiary actually directs how such shares shall be voted, and

shares of its own stock held by a trust company and one or more persons

as trustees may be voted by such other person or persons, as trustees,

in the same manner as if he or they were the sole trustee.

4. Shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by

him without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do is

contained in an order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.

5. A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote

such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the

pledgee, or a nominee of the pledgee.

6. Redeemable shares which have been called for redemption shall not

be deemed to be outstanding shares for the purpose of voting or

determining the total number of shares entitled to vote on any matter on

and after the date on which written notice of redemption has been sent

to holders thereof and a sum sufficient to redeem such shares has been

deposited with a bank or trust company with irrevocable instruction and

authority to pay the redemption price to the holders of the shares upon

surrender of certificates therefor.

7. Shares standing in the name of another corporation of any type or

kind, whether or not formed under any law of this state, may be voted by

such officer, agent or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may

provide, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of such

corporation may determine.

8. When shares are registered on the record of stockholders of a

corporation in the name of, or have passed by operation of law or by

virtue of any deed of trust or other instrument to two or more

fiduciaries, and dispute arises among them in respect to voting thereon,

such shares may be voted by a majority of such fiduciaries, and in such

manner and for such purpose as such majority shall direct, and if the

fiduciaries shall be equally divided as to voting such shares, any court

having jurisdiction of their accounts, upon petition by any of such

fiduciaries or by any party in interest, may direct the voting of such

shares for the best interest of the beneficiaries. This subdivision

shall not apply in any case where the instrument or order of the court

appointing such fiduciaries shall otherwise direct how such shares shall

be voted. Nor shall this subdivision apply to any fiduciaries appointed

by a court prior to May sixth, nineteen hundred eighteen, or by last

will and testament of a decedent, whose death occurred prior to such

date, or by deed of trust or other instrument made prior to May first,

nineteen hundred fifty-six, nor to shares at any time transferred to or

held by fiduciaries so appointed.

9. Notwithstanding the foregoing subdivisions, a corporation shall be

protected in treating the persons in whose names shares stand on the

record of stockholders as the owners thereof for all purposes.

§ 6013 — Limitations on right to vote

Limitations on right to vote. The organization certificate may

provide, except as limited by section five thousand one, either

absolutely or conditionally, that the holders of any designated class or

series of shares shall not be entitled to vote, or it may otherwise

limit or define the respective voting powers of the several classes or

series of shares, and, except as otherwise provided in this chapter,

such provisions of such certificate shall prevail, according to their

tenor, in all elections and in all proceedings, over the provisions of

this chapter which authorize any action by the stockholders.

§ 6014 — Vote of stockholders

Vote of stockholders. 1. Directors shall, except as otherwise

required by this article or by the organization certificate as permitted

by this article, be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a

meeting of stockholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the

election.

2. Whenever any corporate action, other than the election of

directors, is to be taken under this chapter by vote of the

stockholders, it shall, except as otherwise required by this chapter or

by the organization certificate as permitted by this article, be

authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders

by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.

§ 6015 — Written consent of stockholders, subscribers or incorporators without a meeting

Written consent of stockholders, subscribers or incorporators

without a meeting. 1. Whenever under this chapter stockholders are

required or permitted to take any action by vote, such action may be

taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so

taken, signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote

thereon. This subdivision shall not be construed to alter or modify the

provisions of any section or any provision in an organization

certificate not inconsistent with this chapter under which the written

consent of the holders of less than all outstanding shares is sufficient

for corporate action.

2. Written consent thus given by the holders of all outstanding shares

entitled to vote shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of

stockholders and any certificate with respect to the authorization or

taking of any such action which is to be delivered to the superintendent

shall recite that the authorization was by unanimous written consent.

3. When there are no stockholders of record, such action may be taken

on the written consent signed by a majority in interest of the

subscribers for shares whose subscriptions have been accepted or their

successors in interest or, if no subscription has been accepted, on the

written consent signed by a majority of the incorporators. If any

incorporator dies or is for any reason unable to act, the other or

others may act. If there is no incorporator able to act, any person for

whom an incorporator was acting as agent may act in his stead, or if

such other person also dies or is for any reason unable to act, his

legal representative may act.

§ 6016 — Greater requirement as to quorum and vote of stockholders

Greater requirement as to quorum and vote of stockholders. 1.

The organization certificate may contain provisions specifying either or

both of the following:

(a) That the proportion of shares, or the proportion of shares of any

class or series thereof, the holders of which shall be present in person

or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders in order to constitute a

quorum for the transaction of any business or of any specified item of

business, including amendments to the organization certificate, shall be

greater than the proportion prescribed by this chapter in the absence of

such provision.

(b) That the proportion of votes of the holders of shares, or of the

holders of shares of any class or series thereof, that shall be

necessary at any meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any

business or of any specified item of business, including amendments to

the organization certificate, shall be greater than the proportion

prescribed by this chapter in the absence of such provision.

2. An amendment of the organization certificate which adds a provision

permitted by this section or which changes or strikes out such a

provision, shall be authorized at a meeting of stockholders by vote of

the holders of two-thirds of all outstanding shares entitled to vote

thereon, or of such greater proportion of shares or class or series of

shares, as may be provided specifically in the organization certificate

for adding, changing or striking out a provision permitted by this

section.

3. If the organization certificate of any corporation contains a

provision authorized by this section, the existence of such provision

shall be noted conspicuously on the face or back of every certificate

for shares issued by such corporation.

§ 6017 — Voting by class or classes of shares

Voting by class or classes of shares. 1. The organization

certificate may contain provisions specifying that any class or classes

of shares or of any series thereof shall vote as a class in connection

with the transaction of any business or of any specified item of

business at a meeting of stockholders, including amendments to the

organization certificate.

2. Where voting as a class is provided in the organization

certificate, it shall be by the proportionate vote so provided or, if no

proportionate vote is provided, in the election of directors, by a

plurality of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of shares of

such class entitled to vote in the election, or for any other corporate

action, by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders

of shares of such class entitled to vote thereon.

3. Such voting by class shall be in addition to any other vote,

including vote by class, required by this chapter and by the

organization certificate as permitted by this article.

§ 6018 — Cumulative voting

Cumulative voting. The organization certificate of any

corporation may provide that in all elections of directors of such

corporation each stockholder shall be entitled to as many votes as shall

equal the number of votes which, except for such provisions as to

cumulative voting, he would be entitled to cast for the election of

directors with respect to his shares multiplied by the number of

directors to be elected, and that he may cast all of such votes for a

single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for,

or any two or more of them, as he may see fit, which right, when

exercised, shall be termed cumulative voting.

§ 6019 — Powers of supreme court respecting elections

Powers of supreme court respecting elections. Upon the

petition of any stockholder aggrieved by an election, and upon notice to

the persons declared elected thereat, the corporation and such other

persons as the court may direct, the supreme court at a special term

held within the judicial district where the office of the corporation is

located shall forthwith hear the proofs and allegations of the parties,

and confirm the election, order a new election, or take such other

action as justice may require.

§ 6020 — Agreements as to voting

Agreements as to voting. An agreement between two or more

stockholders, if in writing and signed by the parties thereto, may

provide that in exercising any voting rights, the shares held by them

shall be voted as therein provided, or as they may agree, or as

determined in accordance with a procedure agreed upon by them.

§ 6021 — Preemptive rights

Preemptive rights. 1. As used in this section, the term:

(a) "Unlimited dividend rights" means the right without limitation as

to amount either to all or to a share of the balance of current or

liquidating dividends after the payment of dividends on any shares

entitled to a preference.

(b) "Equity shares" means shares of any class, whether or not

preferred as to dividends or assets, which have unlimited dividend

rights.

(c) "Voting rights" means the right to vote for the election of one or

more directors, excluding a right so to vote which is dependent on the

happening of an event specified in the organization certificate which

would change the voting rights of any class of shares.

(d) "Voting shares" means shares of any class which have voting

rights.

(e) "Preemptive right" means the right to purchase shares or other

securities to be issued, as such right is defined in this section.

(f) "New shares or securities" means new equity shares of any class or

any shares or other securities convertible into equity shares of any

class.

2. The preemptive rights provided for in subdivision three of this

section shall not apply to new shares or securities of any corporation

whose organization certificate is approved on or after the effective

date of this subdivision, unless expressly provided for in the

organization certificate of such corporation, which may incorporate by

reference the preemptive rights set forth in this section, or further

modify such preemptive rights.

3. Except as otherwise provided in the organization certificate, and

except as provided in this section, in case of the proposed issuance by

the corporation of new shares or securities:

(a) if the issuance of the new shares or securities would adversely

affect the unlimited dividend rights of the holders of existing equity

shares of any class, such holders shall have the right during a

reasonable time and on reasonable conditions, both to be fixed by the

board, to purchase such new shares or securities in such proportions as

shall be determined as provided in this section; and

(b) if such new shares or securities are voting shares of any class

and the issuance of the new shares or securities would adversely affect

the voting rights of the holders of existing shares of any class, such

holders shall have the right during a reasonable time and on reasonable

conditions, both to be fixed by the board, to purchase such new shares

or other securities in such proportions as shall be determined as

provided in this section.

4. The preemptive right provided for in subdivision three of this

section shall entitle stockholders having such rights to purchase the

shares or other securities to be offered for sale as nearly as

practicable in such proportions as would, if such preemptive right were

exercised, preserve the relative unlimited dividend rights and voting

rights of such holders and at a price or prices not less favorable than

the price or prices at which such shares or other securities are

proposed to be offered for sale to others, without deduction of such

reasonable expenses of and compensation for the sale, underwriting or

purchase of such shares or other securities by underwriters or dealers

as may lawfully be paid by the corporation. In case each of the shares

entitling the holders thereof to preemptive rights does not confer the

same unlimited dividend right or voting right, the board shall apportion

the shares or other securities to be offered for sale among the

stockholders having preemptive rights to purchase them in such

proportions as in the opinion of the board shall preserve as far as

practicable the relative unlimited dividend rights and voting rights of

the holders at the time of such offering. The apportionment made by the

board shall, in the absence of fraud or bad faith, be binding upon all

stockholders.

5. Unless otherwise provided in the organization certificate, shares

or other securities offered for sale shall not be subject to preemptive

rights under subdivisions two and three of this section if they:

(a) Are to be issued by the board to effect a merger or offered for

consideration other than cash;

(b) Are to be issued or subjected to options under section one hundred

forty-a of this chapter;

(c) Are to be issued to satisfy conversion rights theretofore granted

by the corporation;

(d) Are treasury shares; or

(e) Are part of the shares or other securities of the corporation

authorized in its original organization certificate and are issued, sold

or optioned within two years from the date of filing such certificate.

6. Stockholders of record entitled to preemptive rights on the record

date fixed by the board under section six thousand four, or, if no

record date is fixed, then on the record date determined under section

six thousand four, and no others shall be entitled to the right defined

in this section.

7. The board shall cause to be given to each stockholder entitled to

purchase shares or other securities in accordance with this section, a

notice directed to him in the manner provided in section six thousand

five setting forth the time within which and the terms and conditions

upon which the stockholder may purchase such shares or other securities

and also the apportionment made of the right to purchase among the

stockholders entitled to preemptive rights. Such notice shall be given

personally or by mail at least fifteen days prior to the expiration of

the period during which the stockholder shall have the right to

purchase. All stockholders entitled to preemptive rights to whom notice

shall have been given as aforesaid shall be deemed conclusively to have

had a reasonable time in which to exercise their preemptive rights.

8. Shares or other securities which have been offered to stockholders

having preemptive rights to purchase and which have not been purchased

by them within the time fixed by the board may thereafter, for a period

of not exceeding one year following the expiration of the time during

which stockholders might have exercised such preemptive rights, be

issued or sold to any other person or persons at a price, without

deduction of such reasonable expenses of and compensation for the sale,

underwriting or purchase of such shares by underwriters or dealers as

may lawfully be paid by the corporation, not less than that at which

they were offered to such stockholders. Any such shares or other

securities not so issued or sold to others during such one year period

shall thereafter again be subject to the preemptive rights of

stockholders.

9. Except as otherwise provided in the organization certificate and

except as provided in this section, no holder of any shares of any class

shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase any other

shares or securities of any class which at any time may be sold or

offered for sale by the corporation.

§ 6022 — Procedure to enforce stockholder's right to receive payment for shares

Procedure to enforce stockholder's right to receive payment

for shares. 1. A stockholder intending to enforce his right under a

section of this chapter to receive payment for his shares if the

proposed corporate action referred to therein is taken shall file with

the corporation, before the meeting of stockholders at which the action

is submitted to a vote, or at such meeting but before the vote, written

objection to the action. The objection shall include a statement that he

intends to demand payment for his shares if the action is taken. Such

objection is not required from any stockholder to whom the corporation

did not give notice of such meeting in accordance with this chapter or

where the proposed action is authorized by written consent of

stockholders without a meeting.

2. Within ten days after the stockholders' authorization date, which

term as used in this section means the date on which the stockholders'

vote authorizing such action was taken, or the date on which such

consent without a meeting was obtained from the requisite stockholders,

the corporation shall give written notice of such authorization or

consent by registered mail to each stockholder who filed written

objection or from whom written objection was not required, excepting any

who voted for or consented in writing to the proposed action.

3. Within twenty days after the giving of notice to him, any

stockholder to whom the corporation was required to give such notice and

who elects to dissent shall file with the corporation a written notice

of such election, stating his name and residence address, the number and

classes of shares as to which he dissents and a demand for payment of

the fair value of his shares.

4. A stockholder may not dissent as to less than all of the shares,

held by him of record, that he owns beneficially. A nominee or fiduciary

may not dissent on behalf of any beneficial owner as to less than all of

the shares of such owner held of record by such nominee or fiduciary.

5. Upon filing a notice of election to dissent, the stockholder shall

cease to have any of the rights of a stockholder except the right to be

paid the fair value of his shares and any other rights under this

section. Withdrawal of a notice of election shall require the written

consent of the corporation. If a notice of election is withdrawn, or the

proposed corporate action is abandoned or rescinded, or a court shall

determine that the stockholder is not entitled to receive payment for

his shares, or the stockholder shall otherwise lose his dissenter's

rights, he shall not have the right to receive payment for his shares

and he shall be reinstated to all his rights as a stockholder as of the

filing of his notice of election, including any intervening preemptive

rights and the right to payment of any intervening dividend or other

distribution or, if any such rights have expired or any such dividend or

distribution other than in cash has been completed, in lieu thereof, at

the election of the corporation, the fair value thereof in cash as

determined by the board as of the time of such expiration or completion,

but without prejudice otherwise to any corporate proceedings that may

have been taken in the interim.

6. At the time of filing the notice of election to dissent or within

one month thereafter the stockholder shall submit the certificates

representing his shares to the corporation, or to its transfer agent,

which shall forthwith note conspicuously thereon that a notice of

election has been filed and shall return the certificates to the

stockholder or other person who submitted them on his behalf. Any

stockholder who fails to submit his certificates for such notation as

herein specified shall, at the option of the corporation exercised by

written notice to him within forty-five days from the date of filing of

such notice of election to dissent, lose his dissenter's rights unless a

court, for good cause shown, shall otherwise direct. Upon transfer of a

certificate bearing such notation, each new certificate issued therefor

shall bear a similar notation together with the name of the original

dissenting holder of the shares and a transferee shall acquire no rights

in the corporation except those which the original dissenting

stockholder had after filing his notice of election.

7. Within seven days after the expiration of the period within which

stockholders may file their notices of election to dissent, or within

seven days after the proposed corporate action is consummated, whichever

is later, the corporation or, in the case of a merger, the receiving

corporation, shall make a written offer by registered mail to each

stockholder who has filed such notice of election to pay for his shares

at a specified price which the corporation considers to be their fair

value. Such offer shall be made at the same price per share to all

dissenting stockholders of the same class, or if divided into series, of

the same series and shall be accompanied by a balance sheet of the

corporation whose shares the dissenting stockholder holds as of the

latest available date, which shall not be earlier than twelve months

before the making of such offer, and a profit and loss statement or

statements for not less than a twelve month period ended on the date of

such balance sheet or, if the corporation was not in existence

throughout such twelve month period, for the portion thereof during

which it was in existence. If within thirty days after the making of

such offer, the corporation making the offer and any stockholder agree

upon the price to be paid for his shares, payment therefor shall be made

within sixty days after the making of such offer upon the surrender of

the certificates representing such shares.

8. The following procedure shall apply if the corporation fails to

make such offer within such period of seven days, or if it makes the

offer and any dissenting stockholder or stockholders fail to agree with

it within the period of thirty days thereafter upon the price to be paid

for their shares:

(a) The corporation or, in the case of a merger, the receiving

corporation shall, within twenty days after the expiration of whichever

is applicable of the two periods last mentioned, institute a special

proceeding in the supreme court in the judicial district in which the

office of the corporation is located to determine the rights of

dissenting stockholders and to fix the fair value of their shares.

(b) If the corporation fails to institute such proceeding within such

period of twenty days, any dissenting stockholder may institute such

proceeding for the same purpose not later than thirty days after the

expiration of such twenty day period. If such proceeding is not

instituted within such thirty day period, all dissenter's rights shall

be lost unless the supreme court, for good cause shown, shall otherwise

direct.

(c) All dissenting stockholders, excepting those who, as provided in

subdivision seven, have agreed with the corporation upon the price to be

paid for their shares, shall be made parties to such proceeding, which

shall have the effect of an action quasi in rem against their shares.

The corporation shall serve a copy of the petition in such proceeding

upon each dissenting stockholder who is a resident of this state in the

manner provided by law for the service of a summons, and upon each

nonresident dissenting stockholder either by registered mail and

publication, or in such other manner as is permitted by law. The

jurisdiction of the court shall be plenary and exclusive.

(d) The court shall determine whether each dissenting stockholder, as

to whom the corporation requests the court to make such determination,

is entitled to receive payment for his shares. If the corporation does

not request any such determination or if the court finds that any

dissenting stockholder is so entitled, it shall proceed to fix the value

of the shares, which, for the purposes of this section, shall be the

fair value as of the close of business on the day prior to the

stockholders' authorization date, excluding any appreciation or

depreciation directly or indirectly induced by such corporate action or

its proposal. The court may, if it so elects, appoint an appraiser to

receive evidence and recommend a decision on the question of fair value.

Such appraiser shall have the power, authority and duties specified in

the order appointing him, or any amendment thereof.

(e) The final order in the proceeding shall be entered against the

corporation in favor of each dissenting stockholder who is a party to

the proceeding and is entitled thereto for the value of his shares so

determined.

(f) The final order shall include an allowance for interest at such

rate as the court finds to be equitable, from the stockholders'

authorization date to the date of payment. If the court finds that the

refusal of any stockholder to accept the corporate offer of payment for

his shares was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith, no

interest shall be allowed to him.

(g) The costs and expenses of such proceeding shall be determined by

the court and shall be assessed against the corporation, or, in the case

of a merger, the receiving corporation, except that all or any part of

such costs and expenses may be apportioned and assessed, as the court

may determine, against any or all of the dissenting stockholders who are

parties to the proceeding if the court finds that their refusal to

accept the corporate offer was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in

good faith. Such expenses shall include reasonable compensation for and

the reasonable expenses of the appraiser, but shall exclude the fees and

expenses of counsel for and experts employed by any party unless the

court, in its discretion, awards such fees and expenses. In exercising

such discretion, the court shall consider any of the following: (A)

that the fair value of the shares as determined materially exceeds the

amount which such corporation offered to pay; (B) that no offer was made

by such corporation; and (C) that such corporation failed to institute

the special proceeding within the period specified therefor.

(h) Within sixty days after final determination of the proceeding, the

corporation or, in the case of a merger, the receiving corporation shall

pay to each dissenting stockholder the amount found to be due him, upon

surrender of the certificates representing his shares.

9. Shares acquired by the corporation upon the payment of the agreed

value therefor or of the amount due under the final order, as provided

in this section, shall be dealt with as provided in section five

thousand fourteen, except that, in the case of a merger, they shall be

disposed of as provided in the plan of merger or consolidation.

10. The enforcement by a stockholder of his right to receive payment

for his shares in the manner provided herein shall exclude the

enforcement by such stockholder of any other right to which he might

otherwise be entitled by virtue of share ownership, except as provided

in subdivision five, and except that this section shall not exclude the

right of such stockholder to bring or maintain an appropriate action to

obtain relief on the ground that such corporate action will be or is

illegal or fraudulent as to him.

11. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this section, any notice

to be given by a corporation to a stockholder under this section shall

be given in the manner provided in section six thousand five.

§ 6023 — Books and records; right of inspection, prima facie evidence

Books and records; right of inspection, prima facie evidence.

1. Each corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of

account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders,

board and executive committee, if any, and shall keep at the office of

the corporation in this state or at the office of its transfer agent or

registrar in this state, a record containing the names and addresses of

all stockholders, the number and class of shares held by each and the

dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof. Any of

the foregoing minutes or records may be in written form or in any other

form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable

time.

2. Any person who shall have been a stockholder of record of a

corporation for at least six months immediately preceding his demand, or

any person holding, or thereunto authorized in writing by the holders

of, at least five percent of any class of the outstanding shares, upon

at least five days' written demand shall have the right to examine in

person or by agent or attorney, during usual business hours, its minutes

of the proceedings of its stockholders and record of stockholders and to

make extracts therefrom. If an investment company has failed to pay

wages as defined in subdivision two of section six thousand twenty-nine,

any person to whom a stockholder may be liable thereunder upon at least

five days' written demand shall have the right to examine in person or

by agent or attorney during usual business hours, the record of

stockholders and to make extracts therefrom.

3. An inspection authorized by subdivision two may be denied to such

stockholder or other person upon his refusal to furnish to the

corporation, its transfer agent or registrar an affidavit that such

inspection is not desired for a purpose which is in the interest of a

business or object other than the business of the corporation and that

he has not within five years sold or offered for sale any list of

stockholders of any corporation of any type or kind, whether or not

formed under any law of this state, or aided or abetted any person in

procuring any such record of stockholders for any such purpose. The

enforcement of liability of an investment company under section six

thousand twenty-nine shall not be an object other than the business of

the corporation.

4. Upon refusal by the corporation or by an officer or agent of the

corporation to permit an inspection of the minutes of the proceedings of

its stockholders or the record of stockholders as herein provided, the

person making the demand for inspection may apply to the supreme court

in the judicial district where the office of the corporation is located,

upon such notice as the court may direct, for an order directing the

corporation, its officer or agent to show cause why an order should not

be granted permitting such inspection by the applicant. Upon the return

day of the order to show cause, the court shall hear the parties

summarily, by affidavit or otherwise, and if it appears that the

applicant is qualified and entitled to such inspection, the court shall

grant an order compelling such inspection and awarding such further

relief as to the court may seem just and proper.

5. Nothing in this section contained shall impair the power of courts

to compel the production for examination of the books and records of a

corporation when not inconsistent with any other provision of this

chapter.

6. The minutes of the proceedings of stockholders, record of

stockholders and the books and records of account of the corporation

specified in subdivision one shall be prima facie evidence of the facts

therein stated in favor of the plaintiff in any action or special

proceeding against such corporation or any of its officers, directors or

stockholders.

§ 6024 — Infant securityholders

Infant securityholders. 1. A corporation may treat an infant

who holds shares, capital notes or debentures of such corporation as

having capacity to receive and to empower others to receive dividends,

interest, principal and other payments and distributions, to vote or

express consent or dissent, in person or by proxy, and to make elections

and exercise rights relating to such shares, capital notes or

debentures, unless, in the case of shares, the corporate officer

responsible for maintaining the list of stockholders or the transfer

agent of the corporation or, in the case of capital notes or debentures,

the paying officer or agent has received written notice that such holder

is an infant.

2. An infant holder of shares, capital notes or debentures of a

corporation who has received or empowered others to receive payments or

distributions, voted or expressed consent or dissent, or made an

election or exercised a right relating thereto, shall have no right

thereafter to disaffirm or avoid, as against the corporation, any such

act on his part, unless prior to such receipt, vote, consent, dissent,

election or exercise, as to shares, the corporate officer responsible

for maintaining the list of stockholders or its transfer agent, or in

the case of capital notes or debentures, the paying officer or agent had

received written notice that such holder was an infant.

3. This section does not limit any other statute which authorizes any

corporation to deal with an infant or limits the right of an infant to

disaffirm his acts.

§ 6025 — Stockholders' derivative action brought in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor

Stockholders' derivative action brought in the right of the

corporation to procure a judgment in its favor. 1. An action may be

brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its

favor, by a holder of shares or of a beneficial interest in such shares.

2. In any such action, it shall be made to appear that the plaintiff

is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such

a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that

his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of

law.

3. In any such action, the complaint shall set forth with

particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of

such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort.

4. Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled,

without the approval of the court having jurisdiction of the action. If

the court shall determine that the interest of the stockholders of any

class or classes thereof will be substantially affected by such

discontinuance, compromise, or settlement, the court, in its discretion,

may direct that notice, by publication or otherwise, shall be given to

the stockholders or class or classes thereof whose interests it

determines will be so affected; if notice is so directed to be given,

the court may determine which one or more of the parties to the action

shall bear the expense of giving the same, in such amount as the court

shall determine and find to be reasonable in the circumstances, and the

amount of such expense shall be awarded as special costs of the action

and recoverable in the same manner as statutory taxable costs.

5. If the action on behalf of the corporation was successful, in whole

or in part, or if anything was received by the plaintiff or plaintiffs

or a claimant or claimants as the result of a judgment, compromise or

settlement of an action or a claim, the court may award the plaintiff or

plaintiffs, claimant or claimants, reasonable expenses, including

reasonable attorney's fees, and shall direct him or them to account to

the corporation for the remainder of the proceeds so received by him or

them. This subdivision shall not apply to any judgment rendered for the

benefit of injured stockholders only and limited to a recovery of the

loss or damage sustained by them.

§ 6026 — Security for expenses in stockholders' derivative action brought in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor

Security for expenses in stockholders' derivative action

brought in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its

favor. In any action specified in section six thousand twenty-five, if

the plaintiff or plaintiffs hold less than five percent of any class of

the outstanding shares or hold a beneficial interest in shares

representing less than five percent of any class of such shares, then

unless the shares and beneficial interest of such plaintiff or

plaintiffs have a fair value in excess of fifty thousand dollars, the

corporation in whose right such action is brought shall be entitled at

any stage of the proceedings before final judgment to require the

plaintiff or plaintiffs to give security for the reasonable expenses,

including attorney's fees, which may be incurred by it in connection

with such action and by the other parties defendant in connection

therewith for which the corporation may become liable under this

article, under any contract or otherwise under law, to which the

corporation shall have recourse in such amount as the court having

jurisdiction of such action shall determine upon the termination of such

action. The amount of such security may thereafter from time to time be

increased or decreased in the discretion of the court having

jurisdiction of such action upon showing that the security provided has

or may become inadequate or excessive.

§ 6029 — Liability of stockholders for wages due to laborers, servants or employees

Liability of stockholders for wages due to laborers, servants

or employees. 1. The ten largest stockholders, as determined by the fair

value of their beneficial interest as of the beginning of the period on

which the unpaid services referred to in this section are performed, of

every investment company, the shares of which are not listed on a

national securities exchange or regularly quoted in an over-the-counter

market by one or more members of a national or an affiliated securities

association, shall jointly and severally be personally liable for all

debts, wages or salaries due and owing to any of its laborers, servants

or employees other than contractors, for services performed by them for

such investment company. Before such laborer, servant or employee shall

charge such stockholder for such services, he shall give notice in

writing to such stockholder that he intends to hold him liable under

this section. Such notice shall be given within ninety days after

termination of such services, except that if, within such period, the

laborer, servant or employee demands an examination of the record of

stockholders under subdivision two of section six thousand twenty-three,

such notice may be given within sixty days after he has been given the

opportunity to examine the record of stockholders. An action to enforce

such liability shall be commenced within ninety days after the return of

an execution unsatisfied against the investment company upon a judgment

recovered against it for such services.

2. For the purposes of this section, wages or salaries shall mean all

compensation and benefits payable by an employer to or for the account

of the employee for personal services rendered by such employee. These

shall specifically include but not be limited to salaries, overtime,

vacation, holiday and severance pay; employer contributions to or

payments of insurance or welfare benefits; employer contributions to

pension or annuity funds; and any other moneys properly due or payable

for services rendered by such employee.

3. A stockholder who has paid more than his pro rata share under this

section shall be entitled to contribution pro rata from the other

stockholders liable under this section with respect to the excess so

paid, over and above his pro rata share, and may sue them jointly or

severally or any number of them to recover the amount due from them.

Such recovery may be had in a separate action. As used in this

subdivision, "pro rata" means in proportion to beneficial share

interest. Before a stockholder may claim contribution from other

stockholders under this subdivision, he shall, unless they have been

given notice by a laborer, servant or employee under subdivision one,

give them notice in writing that he intends to hold them so liable to

him. Such notice shall be given by him within twenty days after the date

that notice was given to him by a laborer, servant or employee under

subdivision one.

TITLE 6-A Membership In a Limited Liability Investment Company or a Limited Liability Trust Company

§ 6050 — Company membership

Company membership. The members of a limited liability

investment company or limited liability trust company shall have all of

the rights and obligations as set forth in the limited liability company

law, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

TITLE 7 Directors and Officers

TITLE 8 Amendments and Changes

§ 8001 — Right to amend organization certificate

Right to amend organization certificate. 1. A corporation may

amend its organization certificate, from time to time, in any and as

many respects as may be desired, if such amendment contains only such

provisions as might be lawfully contained in an original organization

certificate filed at the time of making such amendment.

2. In particular, and without limitation upon such general power of

amendment, a corporation may amend its organization certificate, from

time to time, so as:

(a) To change its corporate name.

(b) In the case of a bank or trust company, to change its corporate

powers in accordance with section ninety-four.

(c) To extend the duration of the corporation or, if the corporation

ceased to exist because of the expiration of the duration specified in

its organization certificate, to revive its existence.

(d) To increase or decrease the number of its directors, or to provide

that the number of its directors shall be not less than a stated minimum

nor more than a stated maximum; provided that in either case the number

of directors shall not be less than the minimum prescribed in this

chapter, and provided further that the number of the directors may be

increased notwithstanding any maximum number prescribed by any special

law.

(e) To increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares, or shares

of any class or series, which the corporation shall have authority to

issue.

(f) To eliminate from authorized shares any class of shares, or any

shares of any class, whether issued or unissued.

(g) To increase the par value of any authorized shares of any class,

whether issued or unissued.

(h) To reduce the par value of any authorized shares of any class,

whether issued or unissued.

(i) To change any authorized shares, whether issued or unissued, into

a different number of shares of the same class or into the same or a

different number of shares of any one or more classes or any series

thereof.

(j) To fix, change or abolish the designation of any authorized class

or any series thereof, or any of the relative rights, preferences and

limitations of any shares of any authorized class or any series thereof,

whether issued or unissued, including any provisions in respect of any

undeclared dividends, whether or not cumulative or accrued, or the

redemption of any shares, or any preemptive right to acquire shares or

other securities.

(k) As to the shares of any preferred class, then or theretofore

authorized, which may be issued in series, to grant authority to the

board or to change or revoke the authority of the board to establish and

designate series and to fix the number of shares and the relative

rights, preferences and limitations as between series.

(l) To strike out, change or add any provision, not inconsistent with

this chapter or any other statute, relating to the business of the

corporation, its affairs, its rights or powers, or the rights or powers

of its stockholders, directors or officers, including any provision

which under this chapter is required or permitted to be set forth in the

by-laws.

3. A corporation created by special act may accomplish any or all

amendments permitted in this title, in the manner and subject to the

conditions provided in this subarticle.

4. A corporation may not change the location of its office under this

section.

§ 8002 — Reduction of capital stock by amendment

Reduction of capital stock by amendment. A corporation may

reduce its capital stock by an amendment of its organization certificate

under section eight thousand one which:

1. Reduces the par value of any issued shares.

2. Changes issued shares under subdivision two (i) of section eight

thousand one and results in a reduction of capital stock.

3. Eliminates from authorized shares, shares that have been issued and

reacquired by the corporation.

§ 8003 — Authorization of amendment or change

Authorization of amendment or change. 1. Amendment of the

organization certificate may be authorized by vote of the holders of a

majority of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon at a meeting

of stockholders.

2. This section shall not alter the vote required by section six

thousand sixteen or seven thousand nine for the adoption of an amendment

referred to therein, nor alter the authority of the board to authorize

amendments under section five thousand two, subdivision six of section

five thousand fourteen, or section five thousand sixteen.

§ 8004 — Class voting on amendment

Class voting on amendment. 1. Notwithstanding any provision in

the organization certificate, the holders of shares of a class or

series, shall be entitled to vote and to vote as a class upon the

authorization of an amendment and, in addition to the authorization of

the amendment by vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding

shares entitled to vote thereon, the amendment shall be authorized by

vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of the class

or series when a proposed amendment would:

(a) Exclude or limit their right to vote on any matter, except as such

right may be limited by voting rights given to new shares then being

authorized of any existing or new class or series;

(b) Change their shares under subdivision two (h), (i) or (j) of

section eight thousand one or provide that their shares may be converted

into shares of any other class or into shares of any other series of the

same class, or alter the terms or conditions upon which their shares are

convertible or change the shares issuable upon conversion of their

shares, if such action would adversely affect such holders; or

(c) Subordinate their rights, by authorizing shares having preferences

which would be in any respect superior to their rights.

2. If any proposed amendment referred to in subdivision one would

adversely affect or subordinate the rights of the holders of shares of

only one or more series of any class, but not the entire class, then

only the holders of each series whose rights would be adversely affected

or subordinated shall be considered a separate class for the purposes of

this section.

§ 8005 — Certificate of amendment or of change; contents

Certificate of amendment or of change; contents. 1. To

accomplish any amendment or change, a certificate of amendment, entitled

"Certificate of amendment of the organization certificate of ...........

(name of corporation) under section 8005 of the Banking Law" shall be

signed, verified and filed as provided in section one thousand three. It

shall set forth:

(a) The name of the corporation and, if it has been changed, the name

under which it was formed.

(b) The date its organization certificate was filed by the

superintendent.

(c) Each amendment effected thereby.

(d) If any such amendment provides for a change or elimination of

issued shares, and if the manner in which the same shall be effected is

not set forth in such amendment, then a statement of the manner in which

the same shall be effected.

(e) If any amendment reduces capital stock, then a statement of the

manner in which the same is effected and the amounts from which and to

which capital stock is reduced.

(f) The manner in which the amendment of the organization certificate

was authorized.

2. Any number of amendments or changes may be included in one

certificate under this section. Such certificate may also include any

amendments or changes permitted by other sections and in that case the

certificate shall set forth any additional statement required by any

other section specifying the contents of a certificate to effect such

amendment or change.

3. In the case of a change of shares, the shares resulting from such

change shall, upon the filing of the certificate of amendment under this

section, be deemed substituted for the shares changed, in accordance

with the stated terms of the change.

§ 8006 — Provisions as to certain proceedings

Provisions as to certain proceedings. 1. The superintendent

shall not file a certificate of amendment reviving the existence of a

corporation unless the consent of the state tax commission to the

revival is delivered to the superintendent. If the name of the

corporation being revived is not available under section three thousand

one for use by a corporation then being formed under this chapter, the

certificate of amendment shall change the name to one which is available

for such use.

2. The following provisions shall apply to amendments and changes

under this title:

(a) Any changes that may be made in the relative rights, preferences

and limitations of the authorized shares of any class by any certificate

of amendment which does not eliminate such shares from authorized shares

or change them into shares of another class, shall not for the purpose

of any statute or rule of law effect an issue of a new class of shares.

(b) No amendment or change shall affect any existing cause of action

in favor of or against the corporation, or any pending suit to which it

shall be a party, or the existing rights of persons other than

stockholders; and in the event the corporate name shall be changed, no

suit brought by or against the corporation under its former name shall

abate for that reason.

(c) A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote for or

consent in writing to the taking of such action shall, subject to and by

complying with the provisions of section six thousand twenty-two, have

the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares, if the

certificate of amendment (1) alters or abolishes any preferential right

of any outstanding shares having preferences; or (2) creates, alters or

abolishes any provision or right in respect of the redemption of any

outstanding shares; or (3) alters or abolishes any preemptive right of

such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or (4) excludes or

limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such

right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being

authorized of any existing or new class.

§ 8007 — Restated organization certificate

Restated organization certificate. 1. A corporation, when

authorized by the board, may restate in a single certificate the text of

its organization certificate, as amended theretofore, without making any

further amendment or change thereby, except that it may include any one

or more of the amendments or changes which may be authorized by the

board without a vote of stockholders under this chapter. Alternatively,

a corporation may restate in a single certificate the text of its

organization certificate, as amended theretofore, and as further amended

thereby to effect any one or more of the amendments or changes

authorized by this chapter, when authorized by the required vote of the

holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.

2. A restated organization certificate entitled "Restated organization

certificate of ............. (name of corporation) under section 8007 of

the Banking Law" shall be signed, verified and filed as provided in

section one thousand three. It shall set forth:

(a) The name of the corporation and, if it has been changed, the name

under which it was formed.

(b) The date its organization certificate was filed by the

superintendent.

(c) If the restated certificate restates the text of the organization

certificate, as amended theretofore, without making any further

amendment or change, then a statement that the text of the organization

certificate, as amended theretofore, is thereby restated without further

amendment or change to read as therein set forth in full.

(d) If the restated certificate restates the text of the organization

certificate, as amended theretofore, and as further amended or changed

thereby, then a statement that the organization certificate is amended

or changed to effect one or more of the amendments or changes authorized

by this chapter, specifying each such amendment or change and that the

text of the organization certificate, as amended theretofore, is thereby

restated as further amended or changed to read as therein set forth in

full.

(e) If any such amendment, effected by the restated certificate,

provides for a change or elimination of issued shares, and if the manner

in which the same shall be effected is not set forth in such amendment,

then a statement of the manner in which the same shall be effected.

(f) If the restated certificate contains an amendment which effects a

reduction of capital stock, then a statement of the manner in which the

same is effected and the amounts from which and to which capital stock

is reduced.

(g) The manner in which the restatement of the organization

certificate was authorized.

3. A restated certificate need not include statements as to the

incorporators, the original subscribers for shares or the first

directors.

4. Any amendment or change under this section shall be subject to any

other section, not inconsistent with this section, which would be

applicable if a separate certificate were filed to effect such amendment

or change.

5. Upon filing by the superintendent, the original organization

certificate, as amended theretofore, shall be superseded and the

restated organization certificate, including any further amendments and

changes made thereby, shall be the organization certificate of the

corporation.

ARTICLE 16 General Provisions Applicable to Banking Non-stock Corporations

§ 9001 — Definitions

Definitions. In this article, unless the context otherwise

requires:

1. "Corporation" means and includes all mutual savings banks, mutual

savings and loan associations, mutual holding companies and credit

unions.

2. "Director" means any member of the governing board of a

corporation, whether designated as director, trustee, manager, governor

or by any other title; the term "board" means "board of directors. "

3. "Organization certificate" includes (a) the original organization

certificate or any other instrument filed or issued under any statute to

form a corporation or foreign corporation, as amended, supplemented or

restated by certificates of amendment, merger or consolidation or other

certificates or instruments filed or issued under any statute; or (b) a

special act or charter creating a corporation or foreign corporation, as

amended, supplemented or restated by special acts or by certificates of

amendment, merger or consolidation or other certificates or instruments

filed or issued under any statute.

4. "Foreign corporation" means a non-stock corporation which is

licensed by the superintendent under the provisions of article two of

this chapter to do business in this state or is applying for such

license and a non-stock corporation authorized to conduct business in

this state pursuant to article five-C of this chapter or is applying for

such authorization.

§ 9001-a — Fingerprints

Fingerprints. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of

law, every incorporator of a corporation shall, in addition to any other

requirements which may be imposed by the superintendent, submit

simultaneously with an application, his or her fingerprints in such form

and in such manner as specified by the division of criminal justice

services, but in any event, no less than two digit imprints. The

superintendent shall submit the fingerprints to the division of criminal

justice services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search

and returning a report thereon in accordance with the procedures and

requirements established by the division pursuant to the provisions of

article thirty-five of the executive law, which shall include the

payment of the prescribed processing fees. The superintendent shall

request that the division submit such fingerprints to the federal bureau

of investigation, together with the processing fees prescribed by such

bureau, for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search and

returning a report thereon.

(b) The superintendent shall also, concurrent with an investigation of

an incorporator of a corporation pertaining to a violation of this

chapter, submit such fingerprints to the division of criminal justice

services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search and

returning a report thereon and through the division to the federal

bureau of investigation for the purpose of a fingerprint check of such

incorporator.

(c) For purposes of this section, "incorporator" shall include a

natural person or such principal, officer, director, trustee or

stockholder of any other entity as may be designated by the

superintendent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article,

the superintendent shall not access criminal history data or

information, unless any agency from which the superintendent receives

directly criminal history data or information has entered into a use and

dissemination agreement with the superintendent consistent with the

provisions of this section.

(d) An applicant shall not be required to submit his or her

fingerprints as required by subdivision (a) of this section if such

applicant (i) is already subject to regulation by the department and the

applicant has submitted such fingerprints to the department, such

fingerprints have been submitted to the division of criminal justice

services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search, and a

report of such search has been received by the department from such

division; or (ii) is subject to regulation by a federal bank regulatory

agency and has submitted such fingerprints to such agency which has had

a criminal history search conducted of such individual and has shared

such information or its determination resulting from such search with

the department; or (iii) is an officer or stockholder of a corporation

whose common or preferred stock is registered on a national securities

exchange, as provided in an act of congress of the United States

entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of 1934", approved June sixth,

nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, or such other exchange or

market system as the superintendent shall approve by regulation, and has

submitted such fingerprints to such exchange or market system which has

had a criminal history search conducted of such individual and has

shared such information or its determination resulting from such search

with the department; provided, however, that the superintendent may

subsequently require such applicant to submit such fingerprints if the

superintendent has a reasonable basis for updating the information or

determination resulting from the report of the criminal history search

conducted at the request of such federal banking agency, exchange or

market system.

§ 9002 — Application

Application. 1. To the extent not inconsistent with articles

six, ten, ten-B and eleven, this article applies to every corporation

and, to the extent herein provided, to every foreign corporation.

2. The business corporation law shall not apply to any corporation or

foreign corporation as defined in section nine thousand one of this

article.

§ 9003 — Certificates; requirements, signing, filing, effectiveness

Certificates; requirements, signing, filing, effectiveness. 1.

Every certificate or other instrument relating to a corporation or a

foreign corporation which is delivered to the superintendent for filing

under this chapter shall be in the English language, except that the

corporate name may be in another language if written in English letters

or characters.

2. Whenever such instrument is required to set forth an address, it

shall include the street and number, or other particular description

instead of a street and number. This requirement does not apply where a

post office address is specified to be set forth.

3. Whenever such instrument is required to set forth the date when an

organization certificate was filed by the superintendent, the original

organization certificate is meant.

4. Every such instrument required under this chapter to be signed and

delivered to the superintendent, except as otherwise provided in the

section providing for such instrument, shall be signed either (a) by the

holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, or (b) by

the chairman of the board, the president or vice president and by the

secretary or an assistant secretary or, in the case of a corporation

which does not have a secretary or an assistant secretary, by the

cashier or an assistant cashier, or (c) if there are no such officers,

by a majority of the directors or such directors as are designated by

the majority of the directors in office, or (d) if also there are no

directors, by the holders, or such of them as are designated by the

holders of record of a majority of all outstanding shares entitled to

vote thereon, or (e) if also there is no shareholder of record, by a

subscriber for shares whose subscription has been accepted or his

successor in interest, or (f) if also no subscription for shares has

been accepted, by an incorporator. His name and the capacity in which

any person signs such instrument shall be stated beneath or opposite his

signature. The person signing such instrument, or, if more than one

person signs it, one of such persons shall verify or acknowledge the

instrument if required by the section providing for such instrument.

5. No such instrument shall be filed unless it shall have endorsed

thereon the approval of the superintendent. No certificate of

authentication or conformity or other proof shall be required with

respect to any verification, oath or acknowledgment of any instrument

delivered to the superintendent under this chapter, if such

verification, oath or acknowledgment purports to have been made before a

notary public, or person performing the equivalent function, of one of

the states, or any subdivision thereof, of the United States or the

District of Columbia.

6. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, such instrument shall

become effective upon the filing thereof by the superintendent.

§ 9004 — Certificates; corrections

Certificates; corrections. Any certificate or other instrument

relating to a corporation filed by the superintendent under this chapter

may be corrected with respect to any informality or error apparent on

the face or defect in the execution thereof, including the deletion of

any material not permitted to be stated therein. A certificate, entitled

" Certificate of correction of ........... (correct title of certificate

and name of corporation) " shall be signed, verified or acknowledged as

provided in this chapter with respect to the instrument being corrected

and delivered to the superintendent. It shall set forth the name of the

corporation or foreign corporation, the date the instrument to be

corrected was filed by the superintendent, the provision in the

instrument as corrected or eliminated and if the execution was

defective, the proper execution. The filing of the certificate by the

superintendent shall not alter the effective time of the instrument

being corrected, which shall remain as its original effective date, and

shall not affect any right or liability accrued or incurred before such

filing. The name of the corporation or foreign corporation may not be

changed or corrected under this section.

§ 9005 — Nonexclusivity of statutory provisions for indemnification of directors and officers

Nonexclusivity of statutory provisions for indemnification of

directors and officers. The indemnification and advancement of expenses

granted pursuant to, or provided by, this article shall not be deemed

exclusive of any other rights to which a director or officer seeking

indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, whether

contained in the organization certificate or the by-laws or, when

authorized by such certificate of incorporation or by-laws, (i) a

resolution of shareholders, (ii) a resolution of directors, or (iii) an

agreement providing for such indemnification, provided that no

indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any director or officer

if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or

officer establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or were

the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the

cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a

financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally

entitled. Nothing contained in this article shall affect any rights to

indemnification to which corporate personnel other than directors and

officers may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.

§ 9006 — Authorization for indemnification of directors and officers

Authorization for indemnification of directors and officers.

1. A corporation may indemnify any person, made, or threatened to be

made, a party to an action or proceeding (other than one by or in the

right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor), whether

civil or criminal, including an action by or in the right of any other

corporation of any type or kind, whether or not formed under any law of

this state, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit

plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer of the

corporation served in any capacity at the request of the corporation, by

reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, was a director or

officer of the corporation, or served such other corporation,

partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other

enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in

settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees actually

and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or

any appeal therein, if such director or officer acted, in good faith,

for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of

service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture,

trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the

best interests of the corporation and, in criminal actions or

proceedings, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his

conduct was unlawful.

2. The termination of any such civil or criminal action or proceeding

by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere,

or its equivalent, shall not in itself create a presumption that any

such director or officer did not act, in good faith, for a purpose which

he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service to any other

corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit

plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the

corporation or that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct

was unlawful.

3. A corporation may indemnify any person made, or threatened to be

made, a party to an action by or in the right of the corporation to

procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he, his

testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the

corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a

director or officer of any other corporation of any type or kind,

whether or not formed under any law of this state, of any partnership,

joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against

amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys'

fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection with the

defense or settlement of such action, or in connection with an appeal

therein, if such director or officer acted, in good faith, for a purpose

which he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for

any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee

benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of

the corporation, except that no indemnification under this subdivision

shall be made in respect of (a) a threatened action, or a pending action

which is settled or otherwise disposed of, or (b) any claim, issue or

matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to

the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which

the action was brought, or, if no action was brought, any court of

competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that, in view of all

the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably

entitled to indemnity for such portion of the settlement amount and

expenses as the court deems proper.

4. For the purpose of this section, a corporation shall be deemed to

have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the

performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes

duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or

participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a

person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable

law shall be considered fines; and action taken or omitted by a person

with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of such

person's duties for a purpose reasonably believed by such person to be

in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall

be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests

of the corporation.

§ 9007 — Payment of indemnification other than by court award

Payment of indemnification other than by court award. 1. A

person who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the

defense of a civil or criminal action or proceeding of the character

described in section nine thousand six shall be entitled to

indemnification as authorized in such section.

2. Except as provided in subdivision one, any indemnification under

section nine thousand six or otherwise permitted by section nine

thousand five, unless ordered by a court under section nine thousand

eight, shall be made by the corporation, only if authorized in the

specific case:

(a) By the board acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are

not parties to such action or proceeding upon a finding that the

director or officer has met the standard of conduct set forth in section

nine thousand six or established pursuant to section nine thousand five,

as the case may be, or,

(b) If a quorum under paragraph (a) is not obtainable or, even if

obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs:

(1) By the board upon the opinion in writing of independent legal

counsel that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the

applicable standard of conduct set forth in such sections has been met

by such director or officer, or

(2) By the shareholders upon a finding that the director or officer

has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such sections.

3. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action or

proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final

disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking

by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount as, and

to the extent, required by subdivision one of section nine thousand

nine.

§ 9008 — Indemnification of directors and officers by a court

Indemnification of directors and officers by a court. 1.

Notwithstanding the failure of a corporation to provide indemnification,

and despite any contrary resolution of the board or of the shareholders

in the specific case under section nine thousand seven, indemnification

shall be awarded by a court to the extent authorized under section nine

thousand six and subdivision one of section nine thousand seven.

Application therefor may be made, in every case, either:

(a) In the civil action or proceeding in which the expenses were

incurred or other amounts were paid, or

(b) To the supreme court in a separate proceeding, in which case the

application shall set forth the disposition of any previous application

made to any court for the same or similar relief and also reasonable

cause for the failure to make application for such relief in the action

or proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were

paid.

2. The application shall be made in such manner and form as may be

required by the applicable rules of court, or in the absence thereof, by

direction of a court to which it is made. Such application shall be upon

notice to the corporation. The court may also direct that notice be

given at the expense of the corporation to the shareholders and such

other persons as it may designate in such manner as it may require.

3. Where indemnification is sought by judicial action, the court may

allow a person such reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees,

during the pendency of the litigation as are necessary in connection

with his defense therein, if the court shall find that the defendant has

by his pleadings or during the course of the litigation raised genuine

issues of fact or law.

§ 9009 — Other provisions affecting indemnification of directors and officers

Other provisions affecting indemnification of directors and

officers. 1. All expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal

action or proceeding which are advanced by the corporation under

subdivision three of section nine thousand seven or allowed by a court

under subdivision three of section nine thousand eight shall be repaid

in case the person receiving such advancement or allowance is ultimately

found, under the procedure set forth in this article, not to be entitled

to indemnification or, where indemnification is granted, to the extent

the expenses so advanced by the corporation or allowed by the court

exceed the indemnification to which he is entitled.

2. No indemnification, advancement or allowance shall be made under

this article in any circumstance where it appears:

(a) That the indemnification would be inconsistent with a provision of

the organization certificate, a by-law, a resolution of the board or of

the shareholders, an agreement or other proper corporate action, in

effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of action

asserted in the threatened or pending action or proceeding in which the

expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or

otherwise limits indemnification; or

(b) If there has been a settlement approved by the court, that the

indemnification would be inconsistent with any condition with respect to

indemnification expressly imposed by the court in approving the

settlement.

3. If any expenses or other amounts are paid by way of

indemnification, otherwise than by court order or action by the

shareholders, the corporation shall, not later than the next annual

meeting of shareholders unless such meeting is held within three months

from the date of such payment, and, in any event, within fifteen months

from the date of such payment, mail to its shareholders of record at the

time entitled to vote for the election of directors a statement

specifying the persons paid, the amounts paid, and the nature and status

at the time of such payment of the litigation or threatened litigation.

4. If any action with respect to indemnification of directors and

officers is taken by way of amendment of the by-laws, resolution of

directors, or by agreement, then the corporation shall, not later than

the next annual meeting of shareholders, unless such meeting is held

within three months from the date of such action and, in any event

within fifteen months from the date of such action, mail to its

shareholders of record at the time entitled to vote for the election of

directors a statement specifying the action taken.

5. No payment of indemnification, advancement or allowance under this

article shall be made unless a notice has been filed with the

superintendent, not less than thirty days prior to such payment,

specifying the persons to be paid, the amounts to be paid, the manner in

which such payment was authorized, and the nature and status at the time

of the notice of the litigation or threatened litigation.

§ 9010-a — Insurance for indemnification of directors and officers

Insurance for indemnification of directors and officers. 1.

Subject to the provisions of subdivision two of this section, a

corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance:

(a) To indemnify the corporation for any obligation which it incurs as

a result of the indemnification of directors and officers under the

provisions of this article, and

(b) To indemnify directors and officers in instances in which they may

be indemnified by the corporation under the provisions of this article,

and

(c) To indemnify directors and officers in instances in which they may

not otherwise be indemnified by the corporation under the provisions of

this article provided the contract of insurance covering such directors

and officers provides, in a manner acceptable to the superintendent of

financial services, for a retention amount and for co-insurance.

2. No insurance under subdivision one of this section may provide for

any payment, other than cost of defense, to or on behalf of any director

or officer:

(a) If a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the insured

director or officer establishes that his acts of active and deliberate

dishonesty were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that

he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to

which he was not legally entitled, or

(b) In relation to any risk the insurance of which is prohibited under

the insurance law of this state.

3. Insurance under any or all paragraphs of subdivision one of this

section may be included in a single contract or supplement thereto.

Retrospective rated contracts are prohibited.

4. The corporation shall, within the time and to the persons provided

in subdivision three of section nine thousand nine of this article, mail

a statement in respect of any insurance it has purchased or renewed

under this section, specifying the insurance carrier, date of the

contract, cost of the insurance, corporate positions insured, and a

statement explaining all sums, not previously reported in a statement to

shareholders, paid under any indemnification insurance contract.

5. This section is the public policy of this state to spread the risk

of corporate management, notwithstanding any other general or special

law of this state or of any other jurisdiction including the federal

government.

§ 9011 — Certificates as evidence

Certificates as evidence. 1. Any certificate or other

instrument filed by the superintendent relating to a corporation or

foreign corporation and containing statements of fact, required or

permitted by law to be contained therein, shall be received in all

courts, public offices and official bodies as prima facie evidence of

such facts and of the execution of such instrument.

2. Whenever by the laws of any jurisdiction other than this state, any

certificate by any officer in such jurisdiction or a copy of any

instruments certified or exemplified by such officer, may be received as

prima facie evidence of the incorporation, existence or capacity of any

foreign corporation incorporated in such jurisdiction, or claiming so to

be, such certificate when exemplified shall be received in all courts,

public offices and official bodies of this state, as prima facie

evidence with the same force as in such jurisdiction. Such certificate

or certified copy of such instrument shall be so received, without being

exemplified, if it is certified by the secretary of state, or officer

performing the equivalent functions, as to corporate records of such

jurisdiction.

§ 9012 — Corporate seal as evidence

Corporate seal as evidence. The presence of the corporate seal

on a written instrument purporting to be executed by authority of a

corporation or a foreign corporation shall be prima facie evidence that

the instrument was so executed.

§ 9013 — When notice or lapse of time unnecessary; notices dispensed with when delivery is prohibited

When notice or lapse of time unnecessary; notices dispensed

with when delivery is prohibited. 1. Whenever, under articles six, ten,

ten-B and eleven, the organization certificate and by-laws of any

corporation or by the terms of any agreement or instrument, a

corporation or the board or any committee thereof is authorized to take

any action after notice to any person or persons or after the lapse of a

prescribed period of time, such action may be taken without notice and

without the lapse of such period of time, if at any time before or after

such action is completed the person or persons entitled to such notice

or entitled to participate in the action to be taken or, in the case of

a shareholder, by his attorney-in-fact, submit a signed waiver of notice

of such requirements.

2. Whenever any notice or communication is required to be given to any

person or persons by articles six, ten, ten-B and eleven, the

organization certificate and by-laws, or by the terms of any agreement

or instrument, or as a condition precedent to taking any corporate

action and communication with such person or persons is then unlawful

under any statute of this state or of the United States or any

regulation, proclamation or order issued under such statutes, then the

giving of such notice or communication to such person or persons shall

not be required and there shall be no duty to apply for a license or

other permission to do so. Any affidavit, certificate or other

instrument which is required to be made or filed as proof of giving of

any notice or communication required under articles six, ten and eleven

shall, if such notice or communication to any person is dispensed with

under this subdivision, include a statement that such notice or

communication was not given to any person with whom communication is

unlawful. Such affidavit, certificate or other instrument shall be as

effective for all purposes as though such notice or communication had

been personally given to such person.

§ 9014 — Corporate name; general

Corporate name; general. Except as otherwise provided in this

chapter, the name of a corporation or a foreign corporation shall not be

the same as the name of a corporation of any type or kind, as such name

appears on the index of names of existing corporations of any type or

kind in the department of financial services or a name so similar to

such name as to tend to confuse or deceive.

§ 9015 — Corporate name; exceptions

Corporate name; exceptions. 1. Any reference to a corporation

in this section shall include both corporations and foreign

corporations.

2. The provisions of section nine thousand fourteen:

(a) Shall not require any corporation existing or recognized under

this chapter on the effective date of this article, to add to, modify or

otherwise change its corporate name.

(b) Shall not prevent a corporation with which another corporation is

merged or which is formed by the reorganization or consolidation of one

or more other corporations or upon a sale, lease, exchange or other

disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of another

corporation, including its name, from having the same name as any of

such corporations if at the time such other corporation was licensed or

existing under this chapter.

§ 9016 — Change of name

Change of name. By resolution adopted by a vote of two-thirds

of all its directors, at a meeting held for the purpose, a corporation

may change its corporate name, but such change shall not be effective

unless it shall have been approved by the superintendent. If the

superintendent shall approve, he shall issue, under his hand and the

official seal of the department, in triplicate, a certificate

authorizing such change of name to become effective, and stating the

time at which such change shall become effective, which certificates

shall be transmitted and filed in the same manner as authorization

certificates.

§ 9017 — Place and time of meetings of the board; presence at

Place and time of meetings of the board; presence at. 1.

Meetings of the board, regular or special, may be held at any place

within or without this state, unless otherwise provided in the

organization certificate or the by-laws.

2. Subject to articles six, ten, ten-B and eleven of this chapter, the

time and place for holding meetings of the board may be fixed by or

under the by-laws, or, if not so fixed, by the board.

3. When authorized by the organization certificate of incorporation or

the by-laws, any one or more members of the board or any committee

thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means

of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing

all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same

time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at

a meeting.

§ 9018 — Effect of invalidity of part of article; severability

Effect of invalidity of part of article; severability. If any

provision of this article or application thereof to any person or

circumstances is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other

provisions or applications of this article which can be given effect

without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the

provisions of this article are declared severable.

§ 9019 — Certain provisions relating to the conversion of non-stock savings banks and savings and loan associations to stock form

Certain provisions relating to the conversion of non-stock

savings banks and savings and loan associations to stock form. No mutual

savings bank and no mutual savings and loan association shall convert to

stock form unless all depositors (in the case of such savings banks) and

all shareholders (in the case of such savings and loan associations) of

any such converting institution whose aggregate deposit or share

balance, as the case may be, (as shown on the books and records of the

converting institution) equals at least one hundred dollars as of a

record date to be established in accordance with general regulations of

the superintendent of financial services are provided with an

opportunity to approve such conversion, either in person or by valid

proxy, at a meeting duly convened in accordance with general regulations

of the superintendent of financial services for the purpose of approving

or disapproving such conversion. At such meeting, each depositor or

shareholder shall be entitled to cast one vote for each full one hundred

dollars of deposits or shares of such depositor or shareholder shown on

the books and records of the converting institution as of such record

date. A depositor or shareholder shall not be entitled to cast any votes

for any deposit or share balances in amounts of less than one hundred

dollars. No such conversion shall be effective unless approved by the

affirmative vote of at least seventy-five per centum of the aggregate

dollar amount of the book value of deposits or shares, as the case may

be, represented (either in person or by proxy) at such duly convened

meeting and entitled to vote thereat.